Waqed H. Hassan| Zahraa Mohammad Fadhe*| Rifqa F. Thiab| Karrar Mahdi Civil Engineering Department, Faculty of Engineering, University of Warith Al-Anbiyaa, Kerbala 56001, Iraq Civil Engineering Department, Faculty of Engineering, University of Kerbala, Kerbala 56001, Iraq Corresponding Author Email: Waqed.hammed@uowa.edu.iq
OPEN ACCESS
Abstract:
This work investigates numerically a local scour moves in irregular waves around tripods. It is constructed and proven to use the numerical model of the seabed-tripod-fluid with an RNG k turbulence model. The present numerical model then examines the flow velocity distribution and scour characteristics. After that, the suggested computational model Flow-3D is a useful tool for analyzing and forecasting the maximum scour development and the flow field in random waves around tripods. The scour values affecting the foundations of the tripod must be studied and calculated, as this phenomenon directly and negatively affects the structure of the structure and its design life. The lower diagonal braces and the main column act as blockages, increasing the flow accelerations underneath them. This increases the number of particles that are moved, which in turn creates strong scouring in the area. The numerical model has a good agreement with the experimental model, with a maximum percentage of error of 10% between the experimental and numerical models. In addition, Based on dimensional analysis parameters, an empirical equation has been devised to forecast scour depth with flow depth, median size ratio, Keulegan-Carpenter (Kc), Froud number flow, and wave velocity that the results obtained in this research at various flow velocities and flow depths demonstrated that the maximum scour depth rate depended on wave height with rising velocities and decreasing particle sizes (d50) and the scour depth attains its steady-current value for Vw < 0.75. As the Froude number rises, the maximum scour depth will be large.
Keywords:
local scour, tripod foundation, Flow-3D, waves
1. Introduction
New energy sources have been used by mankind since they become industrialized. The main energy sources have traditionally been timber, coal, oil, and gas, but advances in the science of new energies, such as nuclear energy, have emerged [1, 2]. Clean and renewable energy such as offshore wind has grown significantly during the past few decades. There are numerous different types of foundations regarding offshore wind turbines (OWTs), comprising the tripod, jacket, gravity foundation, suction anchor (or bucket), and monopile [3, 4]. When the water depth is less than 30 meters, Offshore wind farms usually employ the monopile type [4]. Engineers must deal with the wind’s scouring phenomenon turbine foundations when planning and designing wind turbines for an offshore environment [5]. Waves and currents generate scour, this is the erosion of soil near a submerged foundation and at its location [6]. To predict the regional scour depth at a bridge pier, Jalal et al. [7-10] developed an original gene expression algorithm using artificial neural networks. Three monopiles, one main column, and several diagonal braces connecting the monopiles to the main column make up the tripod foundation, which has more complicated shapes than a single pile. The design of the foundation may have an impact on scour depth and scour development since the foundation’s form affects the flow field [11, 12]. Stahlmann [4] conducted several field investigations. He discovered that the main column is where the greatest scour depth occurred. Under the main column is where the maximum scour depth occurs in all experiments. The estimated findings show that higher wave heights correspond to higher flow velocities, indicating that a deeper scour depth is correlated with finer silt granularity [13] recommends as the design value for a single pile. These findings support the assertion that a tripod may cause the seabed to scour more severely than a single pile. The geography of the scour is significantly more influenced by the KC value (Keulegan–Carpenter number)
The capability of computer hardware and software has made computational fluid dynamics (CFD) quite popular to predict the behavior of fluid flow in industrial and environmental applications has increased significantly in recent years [14].
Finding an acceptable piece of land for the turbine’s construction and designing the turbine pile precisely for the local conditions are the biggest challenges. Another concern related to working in a marine environment is the effect of sea waves and currents on turbine piles and foundations. The earth surrounding the turbine’s pile is scoured by the waves, which also render the pile unstable.
In this research, the main objective is to investigate numerically a local scour around tripods in random waves. It is constructed and proven to use the tripod numerical model. The present numerical model is then used to examine the flow velocity distribution and scour characteristics.
2. Numerical Model
To simulate the scouring process around the tripod foundation, the CFD code Flow-3D was employed. By using the fractional area/volume method, it may highlight the intricate boundaries of the solution domain (FAVOR).
This model was tested and validated utilizing data derived experimentally from Schendel et al. [15] and Sumer and Fredsøe [6]. 200 runs were performed at different values of parameters.
2.1 Momentum equations
The incompressible viscous fluid motion is described by the three RANS equations listed below [16]:
where, respectively, u, v, and w represent the x, y, and z flow velocity components; volume fraction (VF), area fraction (Ai; I=x, y, z), water density (f), viscous force (fi), and body force (Gi) are all used in the formula.
2.2 Model of turbulence
Several turbulence models would be combined to solve the momentum equations. A two-equation model of turbulence is the RNG k-model, which has a high efficiency and accuracy in computing the near-wall flow field. Therefore, the flow field surrounding tripods was captured using the RNG k-model.
2.3 Model of sediment scour
2.3.1 Induction and deposition
Eq. (4) can be used to determine the particle entrainment lift velocity [17].
α𝛼i is the Induction parameter, ns the normal vector is parallel to the seafloor, and for the present numerical model, ns=(0,0,1), θ𝜃cr is the essential Shields variable, g is the accelerated by gravity, di is the size of the particles, ρi is species density in beds, and d∗ The diameter of particles without dimensions; these values can be obtained in Eq. (5).
fbis the essential particle packing percentage, qb, i is the bed load transportation rate, and cb, I the percentage of sand by volume i. These variables can be found in Eq. (9), Eq. (10), fb, δ𝛿i the bed load thickness.
In this paper, after the calibration of numerous trials, the selection of parameters for sediment scour is crucial. Maximum packing fraction is 0.64 with a shields number of 0.05, entrainment coefficient of 0.018, the mass density of 2650, bed load coefficient of 12, and entrainment coefficient of 0.01.
3. Model Setup
To investigate the scour characteristics near tripods in random waves, the seabed-tripod-fluid numerical model was created as shown in Figure 1. The tripod basis, a seabed, and fluid and porous medium were all components of the model. The seabed was 240 meters long, 40 meters wide, and three meters high. It had a median diameter of d50 and was composed of uniformly fine sand. The 2.5-meter main column diameter D. The base of the main column was three dimensions above the original seabed. The center of the seafloor was where the tripod was, 130 meters from the offshore and 110 meters from the onshore. To prevent wave reflection, the porous media were positioned above the seabed on the onshore side.
Figure 1. An illustration of the numerical model for the seabed-tripod-fluid
3.1 Generation of meshes
Figure 2 displays the model’s mesh for the Flow-3D software grid. The current model made use of two different mesh types: global mesh grid and nested mesh grid. A mesh grid with the following measurements was created by the global hexahedra mesh grid: 240m length, 40m width, and 32m height. Around the tripod, a finer nested mesh grid was made, with dimensions of 0 to 32m on the z-axis, 10 to 30 m on the x-axis, and 25 to 15 m on the y-axis. This improved the calculation’s precision and mesh quality.
To increase calculation efficiency, the top side, The model’s two x-z plane sides, as well as the symmetry boundaries, were all specified. For u, v, w=0, the bottom boundary wall was picked. The offshore end of the wave boundary was put upstream. For the wave border, random waves were generated using the wave spectrum from the Joint North Sea Wave Project (JONSWAP). Boundary conditions are shown in Figure 3.
Figure 3. Boundary conditions of the typical problem
The wave spectrum peak enhancement factor (=3.3 for this work) and can be used to express the unidirectional JONSWAP frequency spectrum.
3.3 Mesh sensitivity
Before doing additional research into scour traits and scour depth forecasting, mesh sensitivity analysis is essential. Three different mesh grid sizes were selected for this section: Mesh 1 has a 0.45 by 0.45 nested fine mesh and a 0.6 by 0.6 global mesh size. Mesh 2 has a 0.4 global mesh size and a 0.35 nested fine mesh size, while Mesh 3 has a 0.25 global mesh size and a nested fine mesh size of 0.15. Comparing the relative fine mesh size (such as Mesh 2 or Mesh 3) to the relatively coarse mesh size (such as Mesh 1), a larger scour depth was seen; this shows that a finer mesh size can more precisely represent the scouring and flow field action around a tripod. Significantly, a lower mesh size necessitates a time commitment and a more difficult computer configuration. Depending on the sensitivity of the mesh guideline utilized by Pang et al., when Mesh 2 is applied, the findings converge and the mesh size is independent [20]. In the next sections, scouring the area surrounding the tripod was calculated using Mesh 2 to ensure accuracy and reduce computation time. The working segment generates a total of 14, 800,324 cells.
3.4 Model validation
Comparisons between the predicted outcomes from the current model and to confirm that the current numerical model is accurate and suitably modified, experimental data from Sumer and Fredsøe [6] and Schendel et al. [15] were used. For the experimental results of Run 05, Run 15, and Run 22 from Sumer and Fredsøe [6], the experimental A9, A13, A17, A25, A26, and A27 results from Schendel et al. [15], and the numerical results from the current model are shown in Figure 4. The present model had d50=0.051cm, the height of the water wave(h)=10m, and wave velocity=0.854 m.s-1.
Figure 5. Comparison of the present study’s maximum scour depth with that authored by Sumer and Fredsøe [6] and Schendel et al. [15]
According to Figure 5, the highest discrepancy between the numerical results and experimental data is about 10%, showing that overall, there is good agreement between them. The ability of the current numerical model to accurately depict the scour process and forecast the maximum scour depth (S) near foundations is demonstrated by this. Errors in the simulation were reduced by using the calibrated values of the parameter. Considering these results, a suggested simulated scouring utilizing a Flow-3D numerical model is confirmed as a superior way for precisely forecasting the maximum scour depth near a tripod foundation in random waves.
3.5 Dimensional analysis
The variables found in this study as having the greatest impacts, variables related to flow, fluid, bed sediment, flume shape, and duration all had an impact on local scouring depth (t). Hence, scour depth (S) can be seen as a function of these factors, shown as:
With the aid of dimensional analysis, the 14-dimensional parameters in Eq. (11) were reduced to 6 dimensionless variables using Buckingham’s -theorem. D, V, and were therefore set as repetition parameters and others as constants, allowing for the ignoring of their influence. Eq. (12) thus illustrates the relationship between the effect of the non-dimensional components on the depth of scour surrounding a tripod base.
(12)
\frac{S}{D}=f\left(\frac{h}{D}, \frac{d 50}{D}, \frac{V}{V W}, F r, K c\right)
where, SD𝑆𝐷 are scoured depth ratio, VVw𝑉𝑉𝑤 is flow wave velocity, d50D𝑑50𝐷 median size ratio, $Fr representstheFroudnumber,and𝑟𝑒𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑠𝑡ℎ𝑒𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑑𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟,𝑎𝑛𝑑Kc$is the Keulegan-Carpenter.
4. Result and Discussion
4.1 Development of scour
Similar to how the physical model was used, this numerical model was also used. The numerical model’s boundary conditions and other crucial variables that directly influence the outcomes were applied (flow depth, median particle size (d50), and wave velocity). After the initial 0-300 s, the scour rate reduced as the scour holes grew quickly. The scour depths steadied for about 1800 seconds before reaching an asymptotic value. The findings of scour depth with time are displayed in Figure 6.
4.2 Features of scour
Early on (t=400s), the scour hole began to appear beneath the main column and then began to extend along the diagonal bracing connecting to the wall-facing pile. Gradually, the geography of the scour; of these results is similar to the experimental observations of Stahlmann [4] and Aminoroayaie Yamini et al. [1]. As the waves reached the tripod, there was an enhanced flow acceleration underneath the main column and the lower diagonal braces as a result of the obstructing effects of the structural elements. More particles are mobilized and transported due to the enhanced near-bed flow velocity, it also increases bed shear stress, turbulence, and scour at the site. In comparison to a single pile, the main column and structural components of the tripod have a significant impact on the flow velocity distribution and, consequently, the scour process and morphology. The main column and seabed are separated by a gap, therefore the flow across the gap may aid in scouring. The scour hole first emerged beneath the main column and subsequently expanded along the lower structural components, both Aminoroayaie Yamini et al. [1] and Stahlmann [4] made this claim. Around the tripod, there are several different scour morphologies and the flow velocity distribution as shown in Figures 7 and 8.
Figure 8. Random waves of flow velocity distribution around a tripod
4.3 Wave velocity’s (Vw) impact on scour depth
In this study’s section, we looked at how variations in wave current velocity affected the scouring depth. Bed scour pattern modification could result from an increase or decrease in waves. As a result, the backflow area produced within the pile would become stronger, which would increase the depth of the sediment scour. The quantity of current turbulence is the primary cause of the relationship between wave height and bed scour value. The current velocity has increased the extent to which the turbulence energy has changed and increased in strength now present. It should be mentioned that in this instance, the Jon swap spectrum random waves are chosen. The scour depth attains its steady-current value for Vw<0.75, Figure 9 (a) shows that effect. When (V) represents the mean velocity=0.5 m.s-1.
Figure 9. Main effects on maximum scour depth (Smax) as a function of column diameter (D)
4.4 Impact of a median particle (d50) on scour depth
In this section of the study, we looked into how variations in particle size affected how the bed profile changed. The values of various particle diameters are defined in the numerical model for each run numerical modeling, and the conditions under which changes in particle diameter have an impact on the bed scour profile are derived. Based on Figure 9 (b), the findings of the numerical modeling show that as particle diameter increases the maximum scour depth caused by wave contact decreases. When (d50) is the diameter of Sediment (d50). The Shatt Al-Arab soil near Basra, Iraq, was used to produce a variety of varied diameters.
4.5 Impact of wave height and flow depth (h) on scour depth
One of the main elements affecting the scour profile brought on by the interaction of the wave and current with the piles of the wind turbines is the height of the wave surrounding the turbine pile causing more turbulence to develop there. The velocity towards the bottom and the bed both vary as the turbulence around the pile is increased, modifying the scour profile close to the pile. According to the results of the numerical modeling, the depth of scour will increase as water depth and wave height in random waves increase as shown in Figure 9 (c).
4.6 Froude number’s (Fr) impact on scour depth
No matter what the spacing ratio, the Figure 9 shows that the Froude number rises, and the maximum scour depth often rises as well increases in Figure 9 (d). Additionally, it is crucial to keep in mind that only a small portion of the findings regarding the spacing ratios with the smallest values. Due to the velocity acceleration in the presence of a larger Froude number, the range of edge scour downstream is greater than that of upstream. Moreover, the scouring phenomena occur in the region farthest from the tripod, perhaps as a result of the turbulence brought on by the collision of the tripod’s pile. Generally, as the Froude number rises, so does the deposition height and scour depth.
4.7 Keulegan-Carpenter (KC) number
The geography of the scour is significantly more influenced by the KC value. Greater KC causes a deeper equilibrium scour because an increase in KC lengthens the horseshoe vortex’s duration and intensifies it as shown in Figure 10.
The result can be attributed to the fact that wave superposition reduced the crucial KC for the initiation of the scour, particularly under small KC conditions. The primary variable in the equation used to calculate This is the depth of the scouring hole at the bed. The following expression is used to calculate the Keulegan-Carpenter number:
Kc=Vw∗TpD𝐾𝑐=𝑉𝑤∗𝑇𝑝𝐷 (13)
where, the wave period is Tp and the wave velocity is shown by Vw.
Figure 10. Relationship between the relative maximum scour depth and KC
5. Conclusion
(1) The existing seabed-tripod-fluid numerical model is capable of faithfully reproducing the scour process and the flow field around tripods, suggesting that it may be used to predict the scour around tripods in random waves.
(2) Their results obtained in this research at various flow velocities and flow depths demonstrated that the maximum scour depth rate depended on wave height with rising velocities and decreasing particle sizes (d50).
(3) A diagonal brace and the main column act as blockages, increasing the flow accelerations underneath them. This raises the magnitude of the disturbance and the shear stress on the seafloor, which in turn causes a greater number of particles to be mobilized and conveyed, as a result, causes more severe scour at the location.
(4) The Froude number and the scouring process are closely related. In general, as the Froude number rises, so does the maximum scour depth and scour range. The highest maximum scour depth always coincides with the bigger Froude number with the shortest spacing ratio.
Since the issue is that there aren’t many experiments or studies that are relevant to this subject, therefore we had to rely on the monopile criteria. Therefore, to gain a deeper knowledge of the scouring effect surrounding the tripod in random waves, further numerical research exploring numerous soil, foundation, and construction elements as well as upcoming physical model tests will be beneficial.
Nomenclature
CFD
Computational fluid dynamics
FAVOR
Fractional Area/Volume Obstacle Representation
VOF
Volume of Fluid
RNG
Renormalized Group
OWTs
Offshore wind turbines
Greek Symbols
ε, ω
Dissipation rate of the turbulent kinetic energy, m2s-3
Subscripts
d50
Median particle size
Vf
Volume fraction
GT
Turbulent energy of buoyancy
KT
Turbulent velocity
PT
Kinetic energy of the turbulence
Αi
Induction parameter
ns
Induction parameter
ΘΘcr
The essential Shields variable
Di
Diameter of sediment
d∗
The diameter of particles without dimensions
µf
Dynamic viscosity of the fluid
qb,i
The bed load transportation rate
Cs,i
Sand particle’s concentration of mass
D
Diameter of pile
Df
Diffusivity
D
Diameter of main column
Fr
Froud number
Kc
Keulegan–Carpenter number
G
Acceleration of gravity g
H
Flow depth
Vw
Wave Velocity
V
Mean Velocity
Tp
Wave Period
S
Scour depth
References
[1] Aminoroayaie Yamini, O., Mousavi, S.H., Kavianpour, M.R., Movahedi, A. (2018). Numerical modeling of sediment scouring phenomenon around the offshore wind turbine pile in marine environment. Environmental Earth Sciences, 77: 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12665-018-7967-4
[2] Hassan, W.H., Hashim, F.S. (2020). The effect of climate change on the maximum temperature in Southwest Iraq using HadCM3 and CanESM2 modelling. SN Applied Sciences, 2(9): 1494. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42452-020-03302-z
[3] Fazeres-Ferradosa, T., Rosa-Santos, P., Taveira-Pinto, F., Pavlou, D., Gao, F.P., Carvalho, H., Oliveira-Pinto, S. (2020). Preface: Advanced research on offshore structures and foundation design part 2. In Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers-Maritime Engineering. Thomas Telford Ltd, 173(4): 96-99. https://doi.org/10.1680/jmaen.2020.173.4.96
[4] Stahlmann, A. (2013). Numerical and experimental modeling of scour at foundation structures for offshore wind turbines. In ISOPE International Ocean and Polar Engineering Conference. ISOPE, pp. ISOPE-I.
[5] Petersen, T.U., Sumer, B.M., Fredsøe, J. (2014). Edge scour at scour protections around offshore wind turbine foundations. In 7th International Conference on Scour and Erosion. CRC Press, pp. 587-592.
[6] Sumer, B.M., Fredsøe, J. (2001). Scour around pile in combined waves and current. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 127(5): 403-411. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2001)127:5(403)
[7] Jalal, H.K., Hassan, W.H. (2020). Effect of bridge pier shape on depth of scour. In IOP Conference Series: Materials Science and Engineering. IOP Publishing, 671(1): 012001. https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899X/671/1/012001
[8] Hassan, W.H., Jalal, H.K. (2021). Prediction of the depth of local scouring at a bridge pier using a gene expression programming method. SN Applied Sciences, 3(2): 159. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42452-020-04124-9
[9] Jalal, H.K., Hassan, W.H. (2020). Three-dimensional numerical simulation of local scour around circular bridge pier using Flow-3D software. In IOP Conference Series: Materials Science and Engineering. IOP Publishing, 745(1): 012150. https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899X/745/1/012150
[10] Hassan, W.H., Attea, Z.H., Mohammed, S.S. (2020). Optimum layout design of sewer networks by hybrid genetic algorithm. Journal of Applied Water Engineering and Research, 8(2): 108-124. https://doi.org/10.1080/23249676.2020.1761897
[11] Hassan, W.H., Hussein, H.H., Alshammari, M.H., Jalal, H.K., Rasheed, S.E. (2022). Evaluation of gene expression programming and artificial neural networks in PyTorch for the prediction of local scour depth around a bridge pier. Results in Engineering, 13: 100353. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rineng.2022.100353
[12] Hassan, W.H., Hh, H., Mohammed, S.S., Jalal, H.K., Nile, B.K. (2021). Evaluation of gene expression programming to predict the local scour depth around a bridge pier. Journal of Engineering Science and Technology, 16(2): 1232-1243. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rineng.2022.100353
[13] Nerland, C. (2010). Offshore wind energy: Balancing risk and reward. In Proceedings of the Canadian Wind Energy Association’s 2010 Annual Conference and Exhibition, Canada, p. 2000.
[14] Hassan, W.H., Nile, B.K., Mahdi, K., Wesseling, J., Ritsema, C. (2021). A feasibility assessment of potential artificial recharge for increasing agricultural areas in the kerbala desert in Iraq using numerical groundwater modeling. Water, 13(22): 3167. https://doi.org/10.3390/w13223167
[15] Schendel, A., Welzel, M., Schlurmann, T., Hsu, T.W. (2020). Scour around a monopile induced by directionally spread irregular waves in combination with oblique currents. Coastal Engineering, 161: 103751. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.coastaleng.2020.103751
[16] Yakhot, V., Orszag, S.A. (1986). Renormalization group analysis of turbulence. I. Basic theory. Journal of Scientific Computing, 1(1): 3-51. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01061452
[17] Mastbergen, D.R., Van Den Berg, J.H. (2003). Breaching in fine sands and the generation of sustained turbidity currents in submarine canyons. Sedimentology, 50(4): 625-637. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1365-3091.2003.00554.x
[18] Soulsby, R. (1997). Dynamics of marine sands. https://doi.org/10.1680/doms.25844
[19] Van Rijn, L.C. (1984). Sediment transport, part I: Bed load transport. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 110(10): 1431-1456. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1984)110:10(1431)
[20] Pang, A.L.J., Skote, M., Lim, S.Y., Gullman-Strand, J., Morgan, N. (2016). A numerical approach for determining equilibrium scour depth around a mono-pile due to steady currents. Applied Ocean Research, 57: 114-124. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apor.2016.02.010
Chuan Wang abc, Hao Yu b, Yang Yang b, Zhenjun Gao c, Bin Xi b, Hui Wang b, Yulong Yao b
aInternational Shipping Research Institute, GongQing Institute of Science and Technology, Jiujiang, 332020, ChinabCollege of Hydraulic Science and Engineering, Yangzhou University, Yangzhou, 225009, ChinacCollege of Mechanical and Power Engineering, China Three Gorges University, Yichang, 443002, China
Numerical simulations and experiments were combined to investigate pulsed jet scour.
The effect mechanism of pulse amplitude on the variation of scour hole depth was analyzed.
Models for the prediction of relative low pulse width with the inlet pulse amplitude have been developed.
Abstract
This paper investigates the effects of the pulse width and amplitude on the scouring of sand beds by vertical submerged pulsed jets using a combination of experimental and numerical calculations. The reliability of the numerical calculations is verified through a comparison between the numerical simulations with the sedimentation scour model and the experimental data at a low pulse width T2 of 0, with the result that the various errors are within 5%. The results show that the scour hole depth |hmin| grows with the relative low pulse width T3 throughout three intervals: a slowly increasing zone I, a rapidly increasing zone II, and a decreasing zone III, producing a unique extreme value of |hmin|. The optimal scouring effect equation was obtained by analytically fitting the relationship curve between the pulse amplitude V and the relatively low pulse width T3. Including the optimal T3 and optimal duty cycle ƞ. The difference in the scour hole depth |hmin| under different pulse amplitudes is reflected in the initial period F of the jet. With an increasing pulse amplitude, |hmin| goes through three intervals: an increasing zone M, decreasing zone N, and rebound zone R. It is found that the scouring effect in the pulse jet is not necessarily always stronger with a larger amplitude. The results of the research in this paper can provide guidance for optimizing low-frequency pulsed jets for related engineering practices, such as dredging and rock-breaking projects.
Introduction
Submerged jet scouring technology is widely used in marine engineering and dredging projects due to its high efficiency and low cost, and a wide range of research exists on the topic (Zhang et al., 2017; Thaha et al., 2018; Lourenço et al., 2020). Numerous scholars studied the scouring caused by different forms of jets, such as propeller jets (Curulli et al., 2023; Wei et al., 2020), plane jets (Sharafati et al., 2020; Mostaani and Azimi, 2022), free-fall jets (Salmasi and Abraham, 2022; Salmasi et al., 2023), and moving jets (Wang et al., 2021). Among them, vertical jets were more popular than inclined jets due to theirs simple equipment and good silt-scouring performance (Chen et al., 2023; Wang et al., 2017). So, a large number of scholars have proposed relevant static and dynamic empirical equations for the scour depth of submerged jets. Among them, Chen et al. (2022) and Mao et al. (2023) investigated the influence of jet diameters, jet angles, exit velocities, and impinging distances on scouring effects. Finally, based on a large amount of experimental data and theoretical analysis, a semi-empirical equation for the dynamic scour depth in equilibrium was established. Amin et al. (2021) developed semi-empirical prediction equations for asymptotic lengths and empirical equations for the temporal development of lengths. Shakya et al. (2021, 2022) found that the ANN model in dimensionless form performs better than the ANN model in dimensioned form and proposed an equation for predicting the depth of static scour under submerged vertical jets using MNLR. Kartal and Emiroglu (2021) proposed an empirical equation for predicting the maximum dynamic scour depth for a submerged vertical jet with a plate at the nozzle. The effect of soil properties on jet scour has also been studied by numerous scholars. Among them, Nguyen et al. (2017) investigated the effects of compaction dry density and water content on the scour volume, critical shear stress, linear scour coefficient, and volumetric scour coefficient using a new jet-scour test device. Dong et al. (2020) investigated the effect of water content on scour hole size through experiments with a vertical submerged jet scouring a cohesive sediment bed. It was found that the depth and width of the scour holes increased with the increasing water content of the cohesive sediments, and equations for the scour depth and width in the initial stage of scouring and the calculation of the scouring rate were proposed. Kartal and Emiroglu (2023) studied the scouring characteristics of different nozzle types produced in non-cohesive sands. The results of the study found that the air entrainment rate of venturi nozzles was 2–6.5 times higher than that of circular nozzles. Cihan et al. (2022) investigated the effect of different proportions of clay and sand on propeller water jet scouring. And finally, he proposed an estimation equation for the maximum depth and length of the scour hole under equilibrium conditions. From the above summary, it is clear that a great deal of research has been carried out on submerged jet scouring under continuous jet flows.
Pulsed jets have advantages such as higher erosion rates and entrainment rates compared to continuous jets and have therefore received more attention in the development of engineering fields such as cleaning and rock breaking (Raj et al., 2019; Zhu et al., 2019; Kang et al., 2022; Y. Zhang et al., 2023). In the study of jet structure, Li et al. (2018, 2019a, 2019b, 2023) investigated the effects of the jet hole diameter, the number of jet holes, the jet distance, and the tank pressure on pulse jet cleaning. It was found that the transient pressure below the injection hole gradually increased along the airflow direction of the injection pipe, and the peak positive pressure at the inner surface of the injection pipe also increased. Liu and Shen (2019) investigated the effect of a new venturi structure on the performance of pulse jet dust removal. It was found that the longer the length of the venturi or the shorter the throat diameter of the venturi, the greater the energy loss. Zhang et al. (2023b) studied jet scouring at different angles based on FLOW-3D. It was found that counter flow scouring is better than down flow scouring. In the study of pulsed structure, Li et al. (2020) investigated the effects of different pulse amplitudes, pulse frequencies, and circumferential pressures on the rock-breaking performance. It was found that the rock-breaking performance of the jet increased with increasing pulse amplitude. However, due to the variation in pulse frequency, the rock-breaking performance does not show a clear pattern. The effect of Reynolds number on pulsating jets impinging on a plane was systematically investigated by H. H Medina et al. (2013) It was found that pulsation leads to a shorter core region of the jet, a faster decrease in the centerline axial velocity component, and a wider axial velocity distribution. Bi and Zhu (2021) investigated the effect of nozzle geometry on jet performance at low Reynolds numbers, while Luo et al. (2020) studied pulse jet propulsion at high Reynolds numbers and finally found that higher Reynolds numbers accelerate the formation of irregular vortices and symmetry-breaking instabilities. Cao et al. (2019) investigated the effect of four different pulse flushing methods on diamond core drilling efficiency. It was found that the use of intermittent rinsing methods not only increases penetration rates but also reduces rinse fluid flow and saves power.
Previous research on vertical submerged jet scouring has primarily focused on the effect of jet structure on scouring under continuous jet conditions. However, there have been fewer studies conducted on scouring under pulsed jet conditions. We found that the pulsed jet has a high erosion rate and entrainment rate, which can significantly enhance the scouring effect of the jet. Therefore, to address the research gap, this paper utilizes a combination of numerical calculations and experiments to investigate the effects of high pulse width, low pulse width, and amplitude on the scouring of vertically submerged jets. The study includes analyzing the structure of the pulsed jet flow field, studying the evolution of the scouring effect over time, and examining the relationship between the optimal pulse width, duty cycle, and amplitude. The study’s conclusions of the study can provide a reference for optimizing the performance of pulse jets in the fields of jet scouring applications, such as dredger dredging and pulse rock breaking, as well as a theoretical basis for the development of submerged pulse jets.
Section snippets
Model and calculation settings
Fig. 1 shows the geometric model of the submerged vertical jet impinging on the sand bed, which was built in Flow-3D on a 1:1 dimensional scale corresponding to the experiment. The jet scour simulation was set up between four baffles, where the top baffle was used to ensure that the jet entered only from the brass tube, and the remaining three tank baffles were used to fix the sediment and water body. The computational domain consisted of only solid and liquid components, with the specific
The effects of the pulse width on submerged jet scouring
The blocking pulsed jet, indicated as A and C in Fig. 8(a)–is discontinuous and divided into a water section and a pulse interval section. The water section in region A is not a regular shape, due to part of the water section near the side wall being affected by the wall friction and the falling speed being lower, but this also shows that the wall plays a certain buffer role. Region B of Fig. 8(a) shows the symmetrical vortex generation that occurs below the nozzle as the water section is
conclusions
In this paper, the effects of the pulse width and pulse amplitude on jet scour under submerged low-frequency pulse conditions are discussed and investigated, and the following conclusions have been reached.
(1)The errors of between the Flow-3D simulation and the experimental measurements were within 5%, which proves that the sedimentation scouring model of Flow-3D can reliably perform numerical calculation of the type considered in this paper.
(2)The change in the high pulse width T1 in the pulse cycle
CRediT authorship contribution statement
Chuan Wang: Data curation, Conceptualization. Hao Yu: Writing – original draft. Yang Yang: Writing – review & editing, Supervision. Zhenjun Gao: Supervision, Writing – review & editing. Bin Xi: Resources, Project administration. Hui Wang: Software, Data curation. Yulong Yao: Validation, Software.
Declaration of competing interest
The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.
•Landslide travel distance is considered for the first time in a predictive equation.
•Predictive equation derived from databases using 3D physical and numerical modeling.
•The equation was successfully tested on the 2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami event.
•The developed equation using three-dimensional data exhibits a 91 % fitting quality.
Abstract
Landslide tsunamis, responsible for thousands of deaths and significant damage in recent years, necessitate the allocation of sufficient time and resources for studying these extreme natural hazards. This study offers a step change in the field by conducting a large number of three-dimensional numerical experiments, validated by physical tests, to develop a predictive equation for the maximum initial amplitude of tsunamis generated by subaerial landslides. We first conducted a few 3D physical experiments in a wave basin which were then applied for the validation of a 3D numerical model based on the Flow3D-HYDRO package. Consequently, we delivered 100 simulations using the validated model by varying parameters such as landslide volume, water depth, slope angle and travel distance. This large database was subsequently employed to develop a predictive equation for the maximum initial tsunami amplitude. For the first time, we considered travel distance as an independent parameter for developing the predictive equation, which can significantly improve the predication accuracy. The predictive equation was tested for the case of the 2018 Anak Krakatau subaerial landslide tsunami and produced satisfactory results.
The Anak Krakatau landslide tsunami on 22nd December 2018 was a stark reminder of the dangers posed by subaerial landslide tsunamis (Ren et al., 2020; Mulia et al. 2020a; Borrero et al., 2020; Heidarzadeh et al., 2020; Grilli et al., 2021). The collapse of the volcano’s southwest side into the ocean triggered a tsunami that struck the Sunda Strait, leading to approximately 450 fatalities (Syamsidik et al., 2020; Mulia et al., 2020b) (Fig. 1). As shown in Fig. 1, landslide tsunamis (both submarine and subaerial) have been responsible for thousands of deaths and significant damage to coastal communities worldwide. These incidents underscored the critical need for advanced research into landslide-generated waves to aid in hazard prediction and mitigation. This is further emphasized by recent events such as the 28th of November 2020 landslide tsunami in the southern coast mountains of British Columbia (Canada), where an 18 million m3 rockslide generated a massive tsunami, with over 100 m wave run-up, causing significant environmental and infrastructural damage (Geertsema et al., 2022).
Physical modelling and numerical simulation are crucial tools in the study of landslide-induced waves due to their ability to replicate and analyse the complex dynamics of landslide events (Kim et al., 2020). In two-dimensional (2D) modelling, the discrepancy between dimensions can lead to an artificial overestimation of wave amplification (e.g., Heller and Spinneken, 2015). This limitation is overcome with 3D modelling, which enables the scaled-down representation of landslide-generated waves while avoiding the simplifications inherent in 2D approaches (Erosi et al., 2019). Another advantage of 3D modelling in studying landslide-generated waves is its ability to accurately depict the complex dynamics of wave propagation, including lateral and radial spreading from the slide impact zone, a feature unattainable with 2D models (Heller and Spinneken, 2015).
Physical experiments in tsunami research, as presented by authors such as Romano et al. (2020), McFall and Fritz (2016), and Heller and Spinneken (2015), have supported 3D modelling works through validation and calibration of the numerical models to capture the complexities of wave generation and propagation. Numerical modelling has increasingly complemented experimental approach in tsunami research due to the latter’s time and resource-intensive nature, particularly for 3D models (Li et al., 2019; Kim et al., 2021). Various numerical approaches have been employed, from Eulerian and Lagrangian frameworks to depth-averaged and Navier–Stokes models, enhancing our understanding of tsunami dynamics (Si et al., 2018; Grilli et al., 2019; Heidarzadeh et al., 2017, 2020; Iorio et al., 2021; Zhang et al., 2021; Kirby et al., 2022; Wang et al., 2021, 2022; Hu et al., 2022). The sophisticated numerical techniques, including the Particle Finite Element Method and the Immersed Boundary Method, have also shown promising results in modelling highly dynamic landslide scenarios (Mulligan et al., 2020; Chen et al., 2020). Among these methods and techniques, FLOW-3D HYDRO stands out in simulating landslide-generated tsunami waves due to its sophisticated technical features such as offering Tru Volume of Fluid (VOF) method for precise free surface tracking (e.g., Sabeti and Heidarzadeh 2022a). TruVOF distinguishes itself through a split Lagrangian approach, adeptly reducing cumulative volume errors in wave simulations by dynamically updating cell volume fractions and areas with each time step. Its intelligent adaptation of time step size ensures precise capture of evolving free surfaces, offering unparalleled accuracy in modelling complex fluid interfaces and behaviour (Flow Science, 2023).
Predictive equations play a crucial role in assessing the potential hazards associated with landslide-generated tsunami waves due to their ability to provide risk assessment and warnings. These equations can offer swift and reasonable evaluations of potential tsunami impacts in the absence of detailed numerical simulations, which can be time-consuming and expensive to produce. Among multiple factors and parameters within a landslide tsunami generation, the initial maximum wave amplitude (Fig. 1) stands out due to its critical role. While it is most likely that the initial wave generated by a landslide will have the highest amplitude, it is crucial to clarify that the term “initial maximum wave amplitude” refers to the highest amplitude within the first set of impulse waves. This parameter is essential in determining the tsunami’s impact severity, with higher amplitudes signalling a greater destructive potential (Sabeti and Heidarzadeh 2022a). Additionally, it plays a significant role in tsunami modelling, aiding in the prediction of wave propagation and the assessment of potential impacts.
In this study, we initially validate the FLOW-3D HYDRO model through a series of physical experiments conducted in a 3D wave tank at University of Bath (UK). Upon confirmation of the model’s accuracy, we use it to systematically vary parameters namely landslide volume, water depth, slope angle, and travel distance, creating an extensive database. Alongside this, we perform a sensitivity analysis on these variables to discern their impacts on the initial maximum wave amplitude. The generated database was consequently applied to derive a non-dimensional predictive equation aimed at estimating the initial maximum wave amplitude in real-world landslide tsunami events.
Two innovations of this study are: (i) The predictive equation of this study is based on a large number of 3D experiments whereas most of the previous equations were based on 2D results, and (ii) For the first time, the travel distance is included in the predictive equation as an independent parameter. To evaluate the performance of our predictive equation, we applied it to a previous real-world subaerial landslide tsunami, i.e., the Anak Krakatau 2018 event. Furthermore, we compare the performance of our predictive equation with other existing equations.
2. Data and methods
The methodology applied in this research is a combination of physical and numerical modelling. Limited physical modelling was performed in a 3D wave basin at the University of Bath (UK) to provide data for calibration and validation of the numerical model. After calibration and validation, the numerical model was employed to model a large number of landslide tsunami scenarios which allowed us to develop a database for deriving a predictive equation.
2.1. Physical experiments
To validate our numerical model, we conducted a series of physical experiments including two sets in a 3D wave basin at University of Bath, measuring 2.50 m in length (WL), 2.60 m in width (WW), and 0.60 m in height (WH) (Fig. 2a). Conducting two distinct sets of experiments (Table 1), each with different setups (travel distance, location, and water depth), provided a robust framework for validation of the numerical model. For wave measurement, we employed a twin wire wave gauge from HR Wallingford (https://equipit.hrwallingford.com). In these experiments, we used a concrete prism solid block, the dimensions of which are outlined in Table 2. In our experiments, we employed a concrete prism solid block with a density of 2600 kg/m3, chosen for its similarity to the natural density of landslides, akin to those observed with the 2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami, where the landslide composition is predominantly solid rather than granular. The block’s form has also been endorsed in prior studies (Watts, 1998; Najafi-Jilani and Ataie-Ashtiani, 2008) as a suitable surrogate for modelling landslide-induced waves. A key aspect of our methodology was addressing scale effects, following the guidelines proposed by Heller et al. (2008) as it is described in Table 1. To enhance the reliability and accuracy of our experimental data, we conducted each physical experiment three times which revealed all three experimental waveforms were identical. This repetition was aimed at minimizing potential errors and inconsistencies in laboratory measurements.
Table 1. The locations and other information of the laboratory setups for making landslide-generated waves in the physical wave basin. This table details the specific parameters for each setup, including slope range (α), slide volume (V), kinematic viscosity (ν), water depth (h), travel distance (D), surface tension coefficient of water (σ), Reynolds number (R), Weber number (W), and the precise coordinates of the wave gauges (WG).
The acceptable ranges for avoiding scale effects are based on the study by Heller et al. (2008).⁎⁎
The Reynolds number (R) is given by g0.5h1.5/ν, with ν denoting the kinematic viscosity. The Weber number (W) is W = ρgh2/σ, where σ represents surface tension coefficient and ρ = 1000kg/m3 is the density of water. In our experiments, conducted at a water temperature of approximately 20 °C, the kinematic viscosity (ν) and the surface tension coefficient of water (σ) are 1.01 × 10−6 m²/s and 0.073 N/m, respectively (Kestin et al., 1978).
Table 2. Specifications of the solid block used in physical experiments for generating subaerial landslides in the laboratory.
Solid-block attributes
Property metrics
Geometric shape
Slide width (bs)
0.26 m
Slide length (ls)
0.20 m
Slide thickness (s)
0.10 m
Slide volume (V)
2.60 × 10−3 m3
Specific gravity, (γs)
2.60
Slide weight (ms)
6.86 kg
2.2. Numerical simulations applying FLOW-3D hydro
The detailed theoretical framework encompassing the governing equations, the computational methodologies employed, and the specific techniques used for tracking the water surface in these simulations are thoroughly detailed in the study by Sabeti et al. (2024). Here, we briefly explain some of the numerical details. We defined a uniform mesh for our flow domain, carefully crafted with a fine spatial resolution of 0.005 m (i.e., grid size). The dimensions of the numerical model directly matched those of our wave basin used in the physical experiment, being 2.60 m wide, 0.60 m deep, and 2.50 m long (Fig. 2). This design ensures comprehensive coverage of the study area. The output intervals of the numerical model are set at 0.02 s. This timing is consistent with the sampling rates of wave gauges used in laboratory settings. The friction coefficient in the FLOW-3D HYDRO is designated as 0.45. This value corresponds to the Coulombic friction measurements obtained in the laboratory, ensuring that the simulation accurately reflects real-world physical interactions.
In order to simulate the landslide motion, we applied coupled motion objects in FLOW-3D-HYDRO where the dynamics are predominantly driven by gravity and surface friction. This methodology stands in contrast to other models that necessitate explicit inputs of force and torque. This approach ensures that the simulation more accurately reflects the natural movement of landslides, which is heavily reliant on gravitational force and the interaction between sliding surfaces. The stability of the numerical simulations is governed by the Courant Number criterion (Courant et al., 1928), which dictates the maximum time step (Δt) for a given mesh size (Δx) and flow speed (U). According to Courant et al. (1928), this number is required to stay below one to ensure stability of numerical simulations. In our simulations, the Courant number is always maintained below one.
In alignment with the parameters of physical experiments, we set the fluid within the mesh to water, characterized by a density of 1000 kg/m³ at a temperature of 20 °C. Furthermore, we defined the top, front, and back surfaces of the mesh as symmetry planes. The remaining surfaces are designated as wall types, incorporating no-slip conditions to accurately simulate the interaction between the fluid and the boundaries. In terms of selection of an appropriate turbulence model, we selected the k–ω model that showed a better performance than other turbulence methods (e.g., Renormalization-Group) in a previous study (Sabeti et al., 2024). The simulations are conducted using a PC Intel® Core™ i7-10510U CPU with a frequency of 1.80 GHz, and a 16 GB RAM. On this PC, completion of a 3-s simulation required approximately 12.5 h.
2.3. Validation
The FLOW-3D HYDRO numerical model was validated using the two physical experiments (Fig. 3) outlined in Table 1. The level of agreement between observations (Oi) and simulations (Si) is examined using the following equation:(1)�=|��−����|×100where ε represents the mismatch error, Oi denotes the observed laboratory values, and Si represents the simulated values from the FLOW-3D HYDRO model. The results of this validation process revealed that our model could replicate the waves generated in the physical experiments with a reasonable degree of mismatch (ε): 14 % for Lab 1 and 8 % for Lab 2 experiments, respectively (Fig. 3). These values indicate that while the model is not perfect, it provides a sufficiently close approximation of the real-world phenomena.
In terms of mesh efficiency, we varied the mesh size to study sensitivity of the numerical results to mesh size. First, by halving the mesh size and then by doubling it, we repeated the modelling by keeping other parameters unchanged. This analysis guided that a mesh size of ∆x = 0.005 m is the most effective for the setup of this study. The total number of computational cells applying mesh size of 0.005 m is 9.269 × 106.
2.4. The dataset
The validated numerical model was employed to conduct 100 simulations, incorporating variations in four key landslide parameters namely water depth, slope angle, slide volume, and travel distance. This methodical approach was essential for a thorough sensitivity analysis of these variables, and for the creation of a detailed database to develop a predictive equation for maximum initial tsunami amplitude. Within the model, 15 distinct slide volumes were established, ranging from 0.10 × 10−3 m3 to 6.25 × 10−3 m3 (Table 3). The slope angle varied between 35° and 55°, and water depth ranged from 0.24 m to 0.27 m. The travel distance of the landslides was varied, spanning from 0.04 m to 0.07 m. Detailed configurations of each simulation, along with the maximum initial wave amplitudes and dominant wave periods are provided in Table 4.
Table 3. Geometrical information of the 15 solid blocks used in numerical modelling for generating landslide tsunamis. Parameters are: ls, slide length; bs, slide width; s, slide thickness; γs, specific gravity; and V, slide volume.
Solid block
ls (m)
bs (m)
s (m)
V (m3)
γs
Block-1
0.310
0.260
0.155
6.25 × 10−3
2.60
Block-2
0.300
0.260
0.150
5.85 × 10−3
2.60
Block-3
0.280
0.260
0.140
5.10 × 10−3
2.60
Block-4
0.260
0.260
0.130
4.39 × 10−3
2.60
Block-5
0.240
0.260
0.120
3.74 × 10−3
2.60
Block-6
0.220
0.260
0.110
3.15 × 10−3
2.60
Block-7
0.200
0.260
0.100
2.60 × 10−3
2.60
Block-8
0.180
0.260
0.090
2.11 × 10−3
2.60
Block-9
0.160
0.260
0.080
1.66 × 10−3
2.60
Block-10
0.140
0.260
0.070
1.27 × 10−3
2.60
Block-11
0.120
0.260
0.060
0.93 × 10−3
2.60
Block-12
0.100
0.260
0.050
0.65 × 10−3
2.60
Block-13
0.080
0.260
0.040
0.41 × 10−3
2.60
Block-14
0.060
0.260
0.030
0.23 × 10−3
2.60
Block-15
0.040
0.260
0.020
0.10 × 10−3
2.60
Table 4. The numerical simulation for the 100 tests performed in this study for subaerial solid-block landslide-generated waves. Parameters are aM, maximum wave amplitude; α, slope angle; h, water depth; D, travel distance; and T, dominant wave period. The location of the wave gauge is X=1.030 m, Y=1.210 m, and Z=0.050 m. The properties of various solid blocks are presented in Table 3.
Test-
Block No
α (°)
h (m)
D (m)
T(s)
aM (m)
1
Block-7
45
0.246
0.029
0.510
0.0153
2
Block-7
45
0.246
0.030
0.505
0.0154
3
Block-7
45
0.246
0.031
0.505
0.0156
4
Block-7
45
0.246
0.032
0.505
0.0158
5
Block-7
45
0.246
0.033
0.505
0.0159
6
Block-7
45
0.246
0.034
0.505
0.0160
7
Block-7
45
0.246
0.035
0.505
0.0162
8
Block-7
45
0.246
0.036
0.505
0.0166
9
Block-7
45
0.246
0.037
0.505
0.0167
10
Block-7
45
0.246
0.038
0.505
0.0172
11
Block-7
45
0.246
0.039
0.505
0.0178
12
Block-7
45
0.246
0.040
0.505
0.0179
13
Block-7
45
0.246
0.041
0.505
0.0181
14
Block-7
45
0.246
0.042
0.505
0.0183
15
Block-7
45
0.246
0.043
0.505
0.0190
16
Block-7
45
0.246
0.044
0.505
0.0197
17
Block-7
45
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0199
18
Block-7
45
0.246
0.046
0.505
0.0201
19
Block-7
45
0.246
0.047
0.505
0.0191
20
Block-7
45
0.246
0.048
0.505
0.0217
21
Block-7
45
0.246
0.049
0.505
0.0220
22
Block-7
45
0.246
0.050
0.505
0.0226
23
Block-7
45
0.246
0.051
0.505
0.0236
24
Block-7
45
0.246
0.052
0.505
0.0239
25
Block-7
45
0.246
0.053
0.510
0.0240
26
Block-7
45
0.246
0.054
0.505
0.0241
27
Block-7
45
0.246
0.055
0.505
0.0246
28
Block-7
45
0.246
0.056
0.505
0.0247
29
Block-7
45
0.246
0.057
0.505
0.0248
30
Block-7
45
0.246
0.058
0.505
0.0249
31
Block-7
45
0.246
0.059
0.505
0.0251
32
Block-7
45
0.246
0.060
0.505
0.0257
33
Block-1
45
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0319
34
Block-2
45
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0294
35
Block-3
45
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0282
36
Block-4
45
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0262
37
Block-5
45
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0243
38
Block-6
45
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0223
39
Block-7
45
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0196
40
Block-8
45
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0197
41
Block-9
45
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0198
42
Block-10
45
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0184
43
Block-11
45
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0173
44
Block-12
45
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0165
45
Block-13
45
0.246
0.045
0.404
0.0153
46
Block-14
45
0.246
0.045
0.404
0.0124
47
Block-15
45
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0066
48
Block-7
45
0.202
0.045
0.404
0.0220
49
Block-7
45
0.204
0.045
0.404
0.0219
50
Block-7
45
0.206
0.045
0.404
0.0218
51
Block-7
45
0.208
0.045
0.404
0.0217
52
Block-7
45
0.210
0.045
0.404
0.0216
53
Block-7
45
0.212
0.045
0.404
0.0215
54
Block-7
45
0.214
0.045
0.505
0.0214
55
Block-7
45
0.216
0.045
0.505
0.0214
56
Block-7
45
0.218
0.045
0.505
0.0213
57
Block-7
45
0.220
0.045
0.505
0.0212
58
Block-7
45
0.222
0.045
0.505
0.0211
59
Block-7
45
0.224
0.045
0.505
0.0208
60
Block-7
45
0.226
0.045
0.505
0.0203
61
Block-7
45
0.228
0.045
0.505
0.0202
62
Block-7
45
0.230
0.045
0.505
0.0201
63
Block-7
45
0.232
0.045
0.505
0.0201
64
Block-7
45
0.234
0.045
0.505
0.0200
65
Block-7
45
0.236
0.045
0.505
0.0199
66
Block-7
45
0.238
0.045
0.404
0.0196
67
Block-7
45
0.240
0.045
0.404
0.0194
68
Block-7
45
0.242
0.045
0.404
0.0193
69
Block-7
45
0.244
0.045
0.404
0.0192
70
Block-7
45
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0190
71
Block-7
45
0.248
0.045
0.505
0.0189
72
Block-7
45
0.250
0.045
0.505
0.0187
73
Block-7
45
0.252
0.045
0.505
0.0187
74
Block-7
45
0.254
0.045
0.505
0.0186
75
Block-7
45
0.256
0.045
0.505
0.0184
76
Block-7
45
0.258
0.045
0.505
0.0182
77
Block-7
45
0.259
0.045
0.505
0.0183
78
Block-7
45
0.260
0.045
0.505
0.0191
79
Block-7
45
0.261
0.045
0.505
0.0192
80
Block-7
45
0.262
0.045
0.505
0.0194
81
Block-7
45
0.263
0.045
0.505
0.0195
82
Block-7
45
0.264
0.045
0.505
0.0195
83
Block-7
45
0.265
0.045
0.505
0.0197
84
Block-7
45
0.266
0.045
0.505
0.0197
85
Block-7
45
0.267
0.045
0.505
0.0198
86
Block-7
45
0.270
0.045
0.505
0.0199
87
Block-7
30
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0101
88
Block-7
35
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0107
89
Block-7
36
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0111
90
Block-7
37
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0116
91
Block-7
38
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0117
92
Block-7
39
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0119
93
Block-7
40
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0121
94
Block-7
41
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0127
95
Block-7
42
0.246
0.045
0.404
0.0154
96
Block-7
43
0.246
0.045
0.404
0.0157
97
Block-7
44
0.246
0.045
0.404
0.0162
98
Block-7
45
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0197
99
Block-7
50
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0221
100
Block-7
55
0.246
0.045
0.505
0.0233
In all these 100 simulations, the wave gauge was consistently positioned at coordinates X=1.09 m, Y=1.21 m, and Z=0.05 m. The dominant wave period for each simulation was determined using the Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) function in MATLAB (MathWorks, 2023). Furthermore, the classification of wave types was carried out using a wave categorization graph according to Sorensen (2010), as shown in Fig. 4a. The results indicate that the majority of the simulated waves are on the border between intermediate and deep-water waves, and they are categorized as Stokes waves (Fig. 4a). Four sample waveforms from our 100 numerical experiments are provided in Fig. 4b.
The dataset in Table 4 was used to derive a new predictive equation that incorporates travel distance for the first time to estimate the initial maximum tsunami amplitude. In developing this equation, a genetic algorithm optimization technique was implemented using MATLAB (MathWorks 2023). This advanced approach entailed the use of genetic algorithms (GAs), an evolutionary algorithm type inspired by natural selection processes (MathWorks, 2023). This technique is iterative, involving selection, crossover, and mutation processes to evolve solutions over several generations. The goal was to identify the optimal coefficients and powers for each landslide parameter in the predictive equation, ensuring a robust and reliable model for estimating maximum wave amplitudes. Genetic Algorithms excel at optimizing complex models by navigating through extensive combinations of coefficients and exponents. GAs effectively identify highly suitable solutions for the non-linear and complex relationships between inputs (e.g., slide volume, slope angle, travel distance, water depth) and the output (i.e., maximum initial wave amplitude, aM). MATLAB’s computational environment enhances this process, providing robust tools for GA to adapt and evolve solutions iteratively, ensuring the precision of the predictive model (Onnen et al., 1997). This approach leverages MATLAB’s capabilities to fine-tune parameters dynamically, achieving an optimal equation that accurately estimates aM. It is important to highlight that the nondimensionalized version of this dataset is employed to develop a predictive equation which enables the equation to reproduce the maximum initial wave amplitude (aM) for various subaerial landslide cases, independent of their dimensional differences (e.g., Heler and Hager 2014; Heller and Spinneken 2015; Sabeti and Heidarzadeh 2022b). For this nondimensionalization, we employed the water depth (h) to nondimensionalize the slide volume (V/h3) and travel distance (D/h). The slide thickness (s) was applied to nondimensionalize the water depth (h/s).
2.5. Landslide velocity
In discussing the critical role of landslide velocity for simulating landslide-generated waves, we focus on the mechanisms of landslide motion and the techniques used to record landslide velocity in our simulations (Fig. 5). Also, we examine how these methods were applied in two distinct scenarios: Lab 1 and Lab 2 (see Table 1 for their details). Regarding the process of landslide movement, a slide starts from a stationary state, gaining momentum under the influence of gravity and this acceleration continues until the landslide collides with water, leading to a significant reduction in its speed before eventually coming to a stop (Fig. 5) (e.g., Panizzo et al. 2005).
To measure the landslide’s velocity in our simulations, we attached a probe at the centre of the slide, which supplied a time series of the velocity data. The slide’s velocity (vs) peaks at the moment it enters the water (Fig. 5), a point referred to as the impact time (tImp). Following this initial impact, the slides continue their underwater movement, eventually coming to a complete halt (tStop). Given the results in Fig. 5, it can be seen that Lab 1, with its longer travel distance (0.070 m), exhibits a higher peak velocity of 1.89 m/s. This increase in velocity is attributed to the extended travel distance allowing more time for the slide to accelerate under gravity. Whereas Lab 2, featuring a shorter travel distance (0.045 m), records a lower peak velocity of 1.78 m/s. This difference underscores how travel distance significantly influences the dynamics of landslide motion. After reaching the peak, both profiles show a sharp decrease in velocity, marking the transition to submarine motion until the slides come to a complete stop (tStop). There are noticeable differences observable in Fig. 5 between the Lab-1 and Lab-2 simulations, including the peaks at 0.3 s . These variations might stem from the placement of the wave gauge, which differs slightly in each scenario, as well as the water depth’s minor discrepancies and, the travel distance.
2.6. Effect of air entrainment
In this section we examine whether it is required to consider air entrainment for our modelling or not as the FLOW-3D HYDRO package is capable of modelling air entrainment. The process of air entrainment in water during a landslide tsunami and its subsequent transport involve two key components: the quantification of air entrainment at the water surface, and the simulation of the air’s transport within the fluid (Hirt, 2003). FLOW-3D HYDRO employs the air entrainment model to compute the volume of air entrained at the water’s surface utilizing three approaches: a constant density model, a variable density model accounting for bulking, and a buoyancy model that adds the Drift-FLUX mechanism to variable density conditions (Flow Science, 2023). The calculation of the entrainment rate is based on the following equation:(2)�������=������[2(��−�����−2�/���)]1/2where parameters are: Vair, volume of air; Cair, entrainment rate coefficient; As, surface area of fluid; ρ, fluid density; k, turbulent kinetic energy; gn, gravity normal to surface; Lt, turbulent length scale; and σ, surface tension coefficient. The value of k is directly computed from the Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) (k–w) calculations in our model.
In this study, we selected the variable density + Drift-FLUX model, which effectively captures the dynamics of phase separation and automatically activates the constant density and variable density models. This method simplifies the air-water mixture, treating it as a single, homogeneous fluid within each computational cell. For the phase volume fractions f1and f2, the velocities are expressed in terms of the mixture and relative velocities, denoted as u and ur, respectively, as follows:(3)��1��+�.(�1�)=��1��+�.(�1�)−�.(�1�2��)=0(4)��2��+�.(�2�)=��2��+�.(�2�)−�.(�1�2��)=0
The outcomes from this simulation are displayed in Fig. 6, which indicates that the influence of air entrainment on the generated wave amplitude is approximately 2 %. A value of 0.02 for the entrained air volume fraction means that, in the simulated fluid, approximately 2 % of the volume is composed of entrained air. In other words, for every unit volume of the fluid-air mixture at that location, 2 % is air and the remaining 98 % is water. The configuration of Test-17 (Table 4) was employed for this simulation. While the effect of air entrainment is anticipated to be more significant in models of granular landslide-generated waves (Fritz, 2002), in our simulations we opted not to incorporate this module due to its negligible impact on the results.
3. Results
In this section, we begin by presenting a sequence of our 3D simulations capturing different time steps to illustrate the generation process of landslide-generated waves. Subsequently, we derive a new predictive equation to estimate the maximum initial wave amplitude of landslide-generated waves and assess its performance.
3.1. Wave generation and propagation
To demonstrate the wave generation process in our simulation, we reference Test-17 from Table 4, where we employed Block-7 (Tables 3, 4). In this configuration, the slope angle was set to 45°, with a water depth of 0.246 m and a travel distance at 0.045 m (Fig. 7). At 0.220 s, the initial impact of the moving slide on the water is depicted, marking the onset of the wave generation process (Fig. 7a). Disturbances are localized to the immediate area of impact, with the rest of the water surface remaining undisturbed. At this time, a maximum water particle velocity of 1.0 m/s – 1.2 m/s is seen around the impact zone (Fig. 7d). Moving to 0.320 s, the development of the wave becomes apparent as energy transfer from the landslide to the water creates outwardly radiating waves with maximum water particle velocity of up to around 1.6 m/s – 1.8 m/s (Fig. 7b, e). By the time 0.670 s, the wave has fully developed and is propagating away from the impact point exhibiting maximum water particle velocity of up to 2.0 m/s – 2.1 m/s. Concentric wave fronts are visible, moving outwards in all directions, with a colour gradient signifying the highest wave amplitude near the point of landslide entry, diminishing with distance (Fig. 7c, f).
3.2. Influence of landslide parameters on tsunami amplitude
In this section, we investigate the effects of various landslide parameters namely slide volume (V), water depth (h), slipe angle (α) and travel distance (D) on the maximum initial wave amplitude (aM). Fig. 8 presents the outcome of these analyses. According to Fig. 8, the slide volume, slope angle, and travel distance exhibit a direct relationship with the wave amplitude, meaning that as these parameters increase, so does the amplitude. Conversely, water depth is inversely related to the maximum initial wave amplitude, suggesting that the deeper the water depth, the smaller the maximum wave amplitude will be (Fig. 8b).
Fig. 8a highlights the pronounced impact of slide volume on the aM, demonstrating a direct correlation between the two variables. For instance, in the range of slide volumes we modelled (Fig. 8a), The smallest slide volume tested, measuring 0.10 × 10−3 m3, generated a low initial wave amplitude (aM= 0.0066 m) (Table 4). In contrast, the largest volume tested, 6.25 × 10−3 m3, resulted in a significantly higher initial wave amplitude (aM= 0.0319 m) (Table 4). The extremities of these results emphasize the slide volume’s paramount impact on wave amplitude, further elucidated by their positions as the smallest and largest aM values across all conducted tests (Table 4). This is corroborated by findings from the literature (e.g., Murty, 2003), which align with the observed trend in our simulations.
The slope angle’s influence on aM was smooth. A steady increase of wave amplitude was observed as the slope angle increased (Fig. 8c). In examining travel distance, an anomaly was identified. At a travel distance of 0.047 m, there was an unexpected dip in aM, which deviates from the general increasing trend associated with longer travel distances. This singular instance could potentially be attributed to a numerical error. Beyond this point, the expected pattern of increasing aM with longer travel distances resumes, suggesting that the anomaly at 0.047 m is an outlier in an otherwise consistent trend, and thus this single data point was overlooked while deriving the predictive equation. Regarding the inverse relationship between water depth and wave amplitude, our result (Fig. 8b) is consistent with previous reports by Fritz et al. (2003), (2004), and Watts et al. (2005).
The insights from Fig. 8 informed the architecture of the predictive equation in the next Section, with slide volume, travel distance, and slope angle being multiplicatively linked to wave amplitude underscoring their direct correlations with wave amplitude. Conversely, water depth is incorporated as a divisor, representing its inverse relationship with wave amplitude. This structure encapsulates the dynamics between the landslide parameters and their influence on the maximum initial wave amplitude as discussed in more detail in the next Section.
3.3. Predictive equation
Building on our sensitivity analysis of landslide parameters, as detailed in Section 3.2, and utilizing our nondimensional dataset, we have derived a new predictive equation as follows:(5)��/ℎ=0.015(tan�)0.10(�ℎ3)0.90(�ℎ)0.10(ℎ�)−0.11where, V is sliding volume, h is water depth, α is slope angle, and s is landslide thickness. It is important to note that this equation is valid only for subaerial solid-block landslide tsunamis as all our experiments were for this type of waves. The performance of this equation in predicting simulation data is demonstrated by the satisfactory alignment of data points around a 45° line, indicating its accuracy and reliability with regard to the experimental dataset (Fig. 9). The quality of fit between the dataset and Eq. (5) is 91 % indicating that Eq. (5) represents the dataset very well. Table 5 presents Eq. (5) alongside four other similar equations previously published. Two significant distinctions between our Eq. (5) and these others are: (i) Eq. (5) is derived from 3D experiments, whereas the other four equations are based on 2D experiments. (ii) Unlike the other equations, our Eq. (5) incorporates travel distance as an independent parameter.
Table 5. Performance comparison among our newly-developed equation and existing equations for estimating the maximum initial amplitude (aM) of the 2018 Anak Krakatau subaerial landslide tsunami. Parameters: aM, initial maximum wave amplitude; h, water depth; vs, landslide velocity; V, slide volume; bs, slide width; ls, slide length; s, slide thickness; α, slope angle; and ����, volume of the final immersed landslide. We considered ����= V as the slide volume.
Geometrical and kinematic parameters of the 2018 Anak Krakatau subaerial landslide based on Heidarzadeh et al. (2020), Grilli et al. (2019) and Grilli et al. (2021): V=2.11 × 107 m3, h= 50 m; s= 114 m; α= 45°; ls=1250 m; bs= 2700 m; vs=44.9 m/s; D= 2500 m; aM= 100 m −150 m.⁎⁎
aM= An average value of aM = 134 m is considered in this study.⁎⁎⁎
The equation of Bolin et al. (2014) is based on the reformatted one reported by Lindstrøm (2016).⁎⁎⁎⁎
Error is calculated using Eq. (1), where the calculated aM is assumed as the simulated value.
Additionally, we evaluated the performance of this equation using the real-world data from the 2018 Anak Krakatau subaerial landslide tsunami. Based on previous studies (Heidarzadeh et al., 2020; Grilli et al., 2019, 2021), we were able to provide a list of parameters for the subaerial landslide and associated tsunami for the 2018 Anak Krakatau event (see footnote of Table 5). We note that the data of the 2018 Anak Krakatau event was not used while deriving Eq. (5). The results indicate that Eq. (5) predicts the initial amplitude of the 2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami as being 130 m indicating an error of 2.9 % compared to the reported average amplitude of 134 m for this event. This performance indicates an improvement compared to the previous equation reported by Sabeti and Heidarzadeh (2022a) (Table 5). In contrast, the equations from Robbe-Saule et al. (2021) and Bolin et al. (2014) demonstrate higher discrepancies of 4200 % and 77 %, respectively (Table 5). Although Noda’s (1970) equation reproduces the tsunami amplitude of 134 m accurately (Table 5), it is crucial to consider its limitations, notably not accounting for parameters such as slope angle and travel distance.
It is essential to recognize that both travel distance and slope angle significantly affect wave amplitude. In our model, captured in Eq. (5), we integrate the slope angle (α) through the tangent function, i.e., tan α. This choice diverges from traditional physical interpretations that often employ the cosine or sine function (e.g., Heller and Hager, 2014; Watts et al., 2003). We opted for the tangent function because it more effectively reflects the direct impact of slope steepness on wave generation, yielding superior estimations compared to conventional methods.
The significance of this study lies in its application of both physical and numerical 3D experiments and the derivation of a predictive equation based on 3D results. Prior research, e.g. Heller et al. (2016), has reported notable discrepancies between 2D and 3D wave amplitudes, highlighting the important role of 3D experiments. It is worth noting that the suitability of applying an equation derived from either 2D or 3D data depends on the specific geometry and characteristics inherent in the problem being addressed. For instance, in the case of a long, narrow dam reservoir, an equation derived from 2D data would likely be more suitable. In such contexts, the primary dynamics of interest such as flow patterns and potential wave propagation are predominantly two-dimensional, occurring along the length and depth of the reservoir. This simplification to 2D for narrow dam reservoirs allows for more accurate modelling of these dynamics.
This study specifically investigates waves initiated by landslides, focusing on those characterized as solid blocks instead of granular flows, with slope angles confined to a range of 25° to 60°. We acknowledge the additional complexities encountered in real-world scenarios, such as dynamic density and velocity of landslides, which could affect the estimations. The developed equation in this study is specifically designed to predict the maximum initial amplitude of tsunamis for the aforementioned specified ranges and types of landslides.
4. Conclusions
Both physical and numerical experiments were undertaken in a 3D wave basin to study solid-block landslide-generated waves and to formulate a predictive equation for their maximum initial wave amplitude. At the beginning, two physical experiments were performed to validate and calibrate a 3D numerical model, which was subsequently utilized to generate 100 experiments by varying different landslide parameters. The generated database was then used to derive a predictive equation for the maximum initial wave amplitude of landslide tsunamis. The main features and outcomes are:
•The predictive equation of this study is exclusively derived from 3D data and exhibits a fitting quality of 91 % when applied to the database.
•For the first time, landslide travel distance was considered in the predictive equation. This inclusion provides more accuracy and flexibility for applying the equation.
•To further evaluate the performance of the predictive equation, it was applied to a real-world subaerial landslide tsunami (i.e., the 2018 Anak Krakatau event) and delivered satisfactory performance.
The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.
Funding
RS is supported by the Leverhulme Trust Grant No. RPG-2022-306. MH is funded by open funding of State Key Lab of Hydraulics and Mountain River Engineering, Sichuan University, grant number SKHL2101. We acknowledge University of Bath Institutional Open Access Fund. MH is also funded by the Great Britain Sasakawa Foundation grant no. 6217 (awarded in 2023).
Acknowledgements
Authors are sincerely grateful to the laboratory technician team, particularly Mr William Bazeley, at the Faculty of Engineering, University of Bath for their support during the laboratory physical modelling of this research. We appreciate the valuable insights provided by Mr. Brian Fox (Senior CFD Engineer at Flow Science, Inc.) regarding air entrainment modelling in FLOW-3D HYDRO. We acknowledge University of Bath Institutional Open Access Fund.
Data availability
All data used in this study are given in the body of the article.
References
Baptista et al., 2020M.A. Baptista, J.M. Miranda, R. Omira, I. El-HussainStudy of the 24 September 2013 Oman Sea tsunami using linear shallow water inversionArab. J. Geosci., 13 (14) (2020), p. 606View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Bolin et al., 2014H. Bolin, Y. Yueping, C. Xiaoting, L. Guangning, W. Sichang, J. ZhibingExperimental modeling of tsunamis generated by subaerial landslides: two case studies of the Three Gorges Reservoir, ChinaEnviron. Earth Sci., 71 (2014), pp. 3813-3825View at publisher CrossRefView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Borrero et al., 2020J.C. Borrero, T. Solihuddin, H.M. Fritz, P.J. Lynett, G.S. Prasetya, V. Skanavis, S. Husrin, Kushendratno, W. Kongko, D.C. Istiyanto, A. DaulatField survey and numerical modelling of the December 22, 2018, Anak Krakatau TsunamiPure Appl. Geophys, 177 (2020), pp. 2457-2475View at publisher CrossRefView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Ersoy et al., 2019H. Ersoy, M. Karahan, K. Gelişli, A. Akgün, T. Anılan, M.O. Sünnetci, B.K. YahşiModelling of the landslide-induced impulse waves in the Artvin Dam reservoir by empirical approach and 3D numerical simulationEng. Geol., 249 (2019), pp. 112-128View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Fritz et al., 2004H.M. Fritz, W.H. Hager, H.E. MinorNear field characteristics of landslide generated impulse wavesJ. Waterw. Port Coastal Ocean Eng., 130 (6) (2004), pp. 287-302View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Geertsema et al., 2022M. Geertsema, B. Menounos, G. Bullard, J.L. Carrivick, J.J. Clague, C. Dai, D. Donati, G. Ekstrom, J.M. Jackson, P. Lynett, M. PichierriThe 28 Nov 2020 landslide, tsunami, and outburst flood – a hazard cascade associated with rapid deglaciation at Elliot Creek, BC, CanadaGeophys. Res. Lett., 49 (6) (2022)Google Scholar
Grilli et al., 2021S.T. Grilli, C. Zhang, J.T. Kirby, A.R. Grilli, D.R. Tappin, S.F.L. Watt, J.E. Hunt, A. Novellino, S. Engwell, M.E.M. Nurshal, M. AbdurrachmanModeling of the Dec. 22nd, 2018, Anak Krakatau volcano lateral collapse and tsunami based on recent field surveys: comparison with observed tsunami impactMar. Geol., 440 (2021), Article 106566View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Grilli et al., 2019S.T. Grilli, D.R. Tappin, S. Carey, S.F. Watt, S.N. Ward, A.R. Grilli, S.L. Engwell, C. Zhang, J.T. Kirby, L. Schambach, M. MuinModelling of the tsunami from the Dec. 22, 2018, lateral collapse of Anak Krakatau volcano in the Sunda Straits, IndonesiaSci. Rep., 9 (1) (2019), p. 11946 View at publisher This article is free to access.View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Heidarzadeh et al., 2023M. Heidarzadeh, A.R. Gusman, I.E. MuliaThe landslide source of the eastern Mediterranean tsunami on 6 Feb 2023 following the Mw 7.8 Kahramanmaraş (Türkiye) inland earthquakeGeosci. Lett., 10 (1) (2023), p. 50 View at publisher This article is free to access.View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Heidarzadeh et al., 2020M. Heidarzadeh, T. Ishibe, O. Sandanbata, A. Muhari, A.B. WijanartoNumerical modeling of the subaerial landslide source of the 22 Dec 2018 Anak Krakatoa volcanic tsunami, IndonesiaOcean. Eng., 195 (2020), Article 106733View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Heidarzadeh et al., 2017M. Heidarzadeh, T. Harada, K. Satake, T. Ishibe, T. TakagawaTsunamis from strike-slip earthquakes in the Wharton Basin, northeast Indian Ocean: March 2016 M w7. 8 event and its relationship with the April 2012 M w 8.6 eventGeophys. J. Int., 211 (3) (2017), pp. 1601-1612, 10.1093/gji/ggx395 View at publisher This article is free to access.View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Heller et al., 2016V. Heller, M. Bruggemann, J. Spinneken, B.D. RogersComposite modelling of subaerial landslide–tsunamis in different water body geometries and novel insight into slide and wave kinematicsCoastal Eng., 109 (2016), pp. 20-41View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Hirt, 2003C.W. HirtModeling Turbulent Entrainment of Air at a Free SurfaceFlow Science, Inc (2003)Google Scholar
Hu et al., 2023G. Hu, K. Satake, L. Li, P. DuOrigins of the tsunami following the 2023 Turkey–Syria earthquakeGeophys. Res. Lett., 50 (18) (2023)Google Scholar
Hu et al., 2022G. Hu, W. Feng, Y. Wang, L. Li, X. He, Ç. Karakaş, Y. TianSource characteristics and exacerbated tsunami hazard of the 2020 Mw 6.9 Samos earthquake in Eastern Aegean SeaJ. Geophys. Res., 127 (5) (2022)e2022JB023961Google Scholar
Kim et al., 2020G.B. Kim, W. Cheng, R.C. Sunny, J.J. Horrillo, B.C. McFall, F. Mohammed, H.M. Fritz, J. Beget, Z. KowalikThree-dimensional landslide generated tsunamis: numerical and physical model comparisonsLandslides, 17 (2020), pp. 1145-1161View at publisher CrossRefView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Kirby et al., 2022J.T. Kirby, S.T. Grilli, J. Horrillo, P.L.F. Liu, D. Nicolsky, S. Abadie, B. Ataie-Ashtiani, M.J. Castro, L. Clous, C. Escalante, I. Fine, J.M. González-Vida, F. Løvholt, P. Lynett, G. Ma, J. Macías, S. Ortega, F. Shi, S. Yavari-Ramshe, C. ZhangValidation and inter-comparison of models for landslide tsunami generationOcean Model., 170 (2022), Article 101943View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
McFall and Fritz, 2016B.C. McFall, H.M. FritzPhysical modelling of tsunamis generated by three-dimensional deformable granular landslides on planar and conical island slopesProc. R. Soc. A. Math. Phys. Eng. Sci., 472 (2188) (2016), Article 20160052View at publisher CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mulia et al., 2020aI.E. Mulia, S. Watada, T.C. Ho, K. Satake, Y. Wang, A. AditiyaSimulation of the 2018 tsunami due to the flank failure of Anak Krakatau volcano and implication for future observing systemsGeophys. Res. Lett., 47 (14) (2020), Article e2020GL087334 View at publisher This article is free to access.View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Mulia et al., 2020bI.E. Mulia, S. Watada, T.C. Ho, K. Satake, Y. Wang, A. AditiyaSimulation of the 2018 tsunami due to the flank failure of Anak Krakatau volcano and implication for future observing systemsGeophys. Res. Lett., 47 (14) (2020)Google Scholar
Mulligan et al., 2020R.P. Mulligan, A. Franci, M.A. Celigueta, W.A. TakeSimulations of landslide wave generation and propagation using the particle finite element methodJ. Geophys. Res. Oceans, 125 (6) (2020)Google Scholar
Ren et al., 2020Z. Ren, Y. Wang, P. Wang, J. Hou, Y. Gao, L. ZhaoNumerical study of the triggering mechanism of the 2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami: eruption or collapsed landslide?Nat. Hazards, 102 (2020), pp. 1-13View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Robbe-Saule et al., 2021M. Robbe-Saule, C. Morize, Y. Bertho, A. Sauret, A. Hildenbrand, P. GondretFrom laboratory experiments to geophysical tsunamis generated by subaerial landslidesSci. Rep., 11 (1) (2021), pp. 1-9Google Scholar
Sabeti et al. 2024R. Sabeti, M. Heidarzadeh, A. Romano, G. Barajas Ojeda, J.L. LaraThree-Dimensional Simulations of Subaerial Landslide-Generated Waves: Comparing OpenFOAM and FLOW-3D HYDRO ModelsPure Appl. Geophys. (2024), 10.1007/s00024-024-03443-x View at publisher This article is free to access.Google Scholar
Sorensen, 2010R.M. SorensenBasic Coastal Engineering(3rd edition), Springer Science & Business Media (2010), p. 324Google Scholar
Syamsidik et al., 2020Benazir Syamsidik, M. Luthfi, A. Suppasri, L.K. ComfortThe 22 December 2018 Mount Anak Krakatau volcanogenic tsunami on Sunda Strait coasts, Indonesia: tsunami and damage characteristicsNat. Hazards Earth Syst. Sci., 20 (2) (2020), pp. 549-565View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Synolakis et al., 2002C.E. Synolakis, J.P. Bardet, J.C. Borrero, H.L. Davies, E.A. Okal, E.A. Silver, D.R. TappinThe slump origin of the 1998 Papua New Guinea tsunamiProc. R. Soc. Lond. A Math. Phys. Eng. Sci., 45 (2002), pp. 763-789View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Wang et al., 2022Y. Wang, H.Y. Su, Z. Ren, Y. MaSource properties and resonance characteristics of the tsunami generated by the 2021 M 8.2 Alaska earthquakeJ. Geophys. Res. Oceans, 127 (3) (2022), Article e2021JC018308 View at publisher This article is free to access.View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Watts et al., 2005P. Watts, S.T. Grilli, D.R. Tappin, G.J. FryerTsunami generation by submarine mass failure. II: predictive equations and case studiesJ. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng., 131 (6) (2005), pp. 298-310View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Watts, 1998P. WattsWavemaker curves for tsunamis generated by underwater landslidesJ. Waterw. Port. Coast. Ocean. Eng., 124 (3) (1998), pp. 127-137Google Scholar
Zhang et al., 2021C. Zhang, J.T. Kirby, F. Shi, G. Ma, S.T. GrilliA two-layer non-hydrostatic landslide model for tsunami generation on irregular bathymetry. 2. Numerical discretization and model validationOcean Model., 160 (2021), Article 101769View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
M.T. Mansouri Kia1,2, H.R. Sheibani 3, A. Hoback 4 1 Manager of Dam and Power Plant Construction, Khuzestan Water and Power Authority (KWPA), Ahwaz, Iran. 2 Ph.D., Department of Civil Engineering, Payame Noor University, Tehran, Iran. 3 Associate Professor of PNU University, Tehran, Iran. 4 Professor of Civil, Architectural & Environmental Engineering, University of Detroit Mercy Civil, Rome, Italy.
Abstract
Mared Dam in northern Abadan is under construction on the Karun River and it is the first ship lock in Iran. In this study, the ship’s lock was examined. Every vessel must pass through this lock in order to transport water from Arvand River to Karun and vice versa. The interior dimensions of the Mared Shipping Lock are 160 meters long, 25 meters wide and 8 meters deep. Several important times are calculated for lock operation. 𝑇is the first time the gates open, 𝑇15 the time the initial gates remain open until the height difference between the two sides reaches 150 mm, 𝑇filled is the duration between the start of the opening the gates till the difference between the two ends becomes zero after 𝑇15. Finally, T is the total time required for opening or closing the gates completely. The rotational speeds of the gates range from 5 to 35 radians per minute. Numerical modeling has been used to study fluid behavior and interaction between fluid and gates in flow 3D software. Different lock maintenance scenarios have been analyzed. Important parameters such as inlet and outlet flow rate changes from gates, water depth changes at different times, stress and strain fields, hydrodynamic forces acting on different points of the lock have been calculated. Based on this, the forces acting on hydraulic jacks and gates have been calculated. The minimum time required for the safe passage of the ship through the lock is calculated.
북부 아바단의 마레드 댐은 카룬 강에 건설 중이며 이란 최초의 선박 잠금 장치입니다. 본 연구에서는 선박의 자물쇠를 조사하였습니다. Arvand 강에서 Karun으로 또는 그 반대로 물을 운송하려면 모든 선박이 이 수문을 통과해야 합니다.
Mared Shipping Lock의 내부 치수는 길이 160m, 너비 25m, 깊이 8m입니다. 잠금 작동을 위해 몇 가지 중요한 시간이 계산됩니다. 𝑇은 게이트가 처음 열릴 때, 𝑇15는 양쪽의 높이 차이가 150mm에 도달할 때까지 초기 게이트가 열린 상태로 유지되는 시간, 𝑇filled는 게이트가 열리는 시작부터 이후 두 끝의 차이가 0이 될 때까지의 시간입니다.
𝑇15. 마지막으로 T는 게이트를 완전히 열거나 닫는 데 필요한 총 시간입니다. 게이트의 회전 속도는 분당 5~35라디안입니다. 수치 모델링은 유동 3D 소프트웨어에서 유체 거동과 유체와 게이트 사이의 상호 작용을 연구하는 데 사용되었습니다. 다양한 잠금 유지 관리 시나리오가 분석되었습니다.
게이트의 입구 및 출구 유속 변화, 다양한 시간에 따른 수심 변화, 응력 및 변형 필드, 수문의 다양한 지점에 작용하는 유체역학적 힘과 같은 중요한 매개변수가 계산되었습니다.
이를 바탕으로 유압잭과 게이트에 작용하는 힘을 계산하였습니다. 선박이 자물쇠를 안전하게 통과하는 데 필요한 최소 시간이 계산됩니다.
Fig 1. (a) The Location of the Bahman Shir dam (upstream), (b) Bahman Shir dam (downstream dam) and (c) Mared Dam. Note: The borders of the countries are not exact.
References
Ables, J.H., 1978. Filling and Emptying System, New Ship Lock, Mississippi River-Gulf Outlet, Louisiana: Hydraulic Model Investigation, 78. US Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station.
Army, U., 1964. Corps of Engineers, 1965. National Inventory of Physical Resources. Agency for International Development, Costa Rica.
Belzner, F., Simons, F., Thorenz, C., 2018. An application-oriented model for lock filling processes, 34th PIANC-World Congress (Proceedings). Online verfügbar unter https://coms.events/piancpanama/data/full_pa pers/full_paper_183.pdf, zuletzt geprüft am, pp. 2018.
Brolsma, J., Roelse, K., 2011. Waterway guidelines 2011. ISBN 9789036900690. Dhanuka, A., Agrawal, S., Mehra, H., 2018. Hydraulic and Structural Design of Navigational Locks. J Civil Environ Eng, 8(297): 2.
Gao, Z., Fang, S.L., Shi, X.T., Gu, Z.H., 2013. Computation of Filling Time of a Ship Lock. Applied Mechanics and Materials, 256: 2509- 2513.
Hu, Q., Li, Y., Zhu, L., 2024. Effect of Parameters of Ditch Geometry on the Uniformity of Water Filling in Ship Lock Chambers. Journal of Marine Science and Engineering, 12(1): 86. Iranian sahel Omid Co., Engineer, L.C., 2015. Numerical Modeling of Flow in Lock Chamber, Abadan ship Lock Dam Project. 0920-4741.
Iuorio, L., 2024. Dams are fragile: the frenzy and legacy of modern infrastructures along the Klamath and Allegheny Rivers. Water History: 1-26.
Li, J., Hu, Y., Wang, X., Diao, M., 2023. Operation safety evaluation system of ship lock based on extension evaluation and combination weighting method. Journal of Hydroinformatics, 25(3): 755-781.
Liu, B., Yang, J., Huang, Y., Wang, L., 2022. Hydraulic Research on Filling and Emptying System of Water-Saving Ship Lock for Navigation-Power Junction in Mountainous River, Smart Rivers. Springer, pp. 1492-1501.
Mäck, A., Lorke, A., 2014. Ship‐lock–induced surges in an impounded river and their impact on subdaily flow velocity variation. River research and applications, 30(4): 494-507. Mahab., S., 1976. Final technical Report of Feasibility study. 25-96.
Mansouri Kia, M.T., 2022. Hydraulic design and optimization of navigation lock performance – A case study of Karun and Bahman Shir river locks. . PNU University. The Ph. D thesis (in Civil Engineering).
Mansouri Kia, M.T., Ansari, Z., 2008. Feasibility of Water Transport in Karun Waterway. 4th National Congress of Civil Engineering, Tehran University Iran: 1-8 (in Persian).
Mansouri Kia, M.T., Rajabi, E., Sheybani, H.R., 2022. Determining the Optimal Dimensions of River Transportation Channel in Iran. . Fourth International Conference of Civil, Architectural and sustainable green city, Hamedan, Iran. (in Persian): 298-309.
Moore, F.G., 1950. Three canal projects, Roman and Byzantine. American Journal of Archaeology, 54(2): 97-111.
Negi, P., Kromanis, R., Dorée, A.G., Wijnberg, K.M., 2024. Structural health monitoring of inland navigation structures and ports: a review on developments and challenges. Structural Health Monitoring, 23(1): 605-645.
Nogueira, H.I., Van Der Hout, A., O’Mahoney, T.S., Kortlever, W.C., 2024. The Impact of Density Differences on the Hydraulic Design of Leveling Systems: The Case of New Large Sea Locks in IJmuiden and Terneuzen. Journal of Waterway, Port, Coastal, and Ocean Engineering, 150(1): 05023002.
O’Mahoney, T., De Loor, A., 2015. Paper 55- Computational Fluid Dynamics simulations of the effects of density differences during the filling process in a sea lock. Scott_Wilson;, Piesold., 2005. Karun River, Interim report NO 6, Transportation component.
Wang, H.-z., Zou, Z.-j., 2014. Numerical prediction of hydrodynamic forces on a ship passing through a lock. China Ocean Engineering, 28(3): 421-432.
Yang, Z., Sun, Y., Lian, F., Feng, H., Li, G., 2024. Optimization of river container port-access transport based on the innovatively designed electric ship in the Yangtze River Delta. Ocean & Coastal Management, 248: 106976.
C. M. Ladeiro Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, Faculdade de Engenharia, Universidade do Porto, Rua Dr. Roberto Frias, 4200-465 PORTO, Portugal (up201806112@fe.up.pt) ORCID 0009-0003-8587-2309 F. L. Nunes Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, Faculdade de Engenharia, Universidade do Porto, Rua Dr. Roberto Frias, 4200-465 PORTO, Portugal (up201806193@fe.up.pt) ORCID 0009-0000-0988-4285 M. M. Trindade Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, Faculdade de Engenharia, Universidade do Porto, Rua Dr. Roberto Frias, 4200-465 PORTO, Portugal (up201806438@fe.up.pt) ORCID 0009-0008-1397-5321 J. M. Costa Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, Faculdade de Engenharia, Universidade do Porto and LAETA/INEGI – Institute of Science and Innovation in Mechanical and Industrial Engineering, Rua Dr. Roberto Frias, 4200-465 PORTO, Portugal (jose.costa@fe.up.pt) ORCID 0000-0002-1714-4671
Abstract
In today’s world, additive manufacturing (AM) is one of the most popular technologies and has the potential to revolutionize the manufacturing industry. As one of the most recent advances in this industry, liquid metal printing has a growing value in the engineering field. This study aims to evaluate the effect of two heat treatment conditions in an Al-4008 alloy produced by this technique in the microstructure and mechanical properties. It was concluded that the heat treatment (HT) enhances the Si particle coalescence and Fe-rich intermetallic compound precipitation, increasing the sample hardness significantly (50%). Density analysis showed a slight porosity decrease with HT. Tensile tests indicated heat-treated, same-directionally pulled samples exhibited brittleness compared to as-printed ones, while HT increased both yield strength (245 MPa) and ultimate tensile strength (294 MPa).
오늘날 세계에서 적층 제조(AM)는 가장 인기 있는 기술 중 하나이며 제조 산업에 혁명을 일으킬 잠재력을 가지고 있습니다. 이 업계의 가장 최근 발전 중 하나인 액체 금속 인쇄는 엔지니어링 분야에서 그 가치가 커지고 있습니다. 본 연구는 이 기술로 생산된 Al-4008 합금의 두 가지 열처리 조건이 미세 구조 및 기계적 특성에 미치는 영향을 평가하는 것을 목표로 합니다. 열처리(HT)는 Si 입자 유착과 Fe가 풍부한 금속간 화합물 침전을 향상시켜 샘플 경도를 크게(50%) 증가시키는 것으로 결론지었습니다. 밀도 분석에서는 HT를 사용하면 다공성이 약간 감소하는 것으로 나타났습니다. 인장 테스트에서는 동일한 방향으로 당겨진 열처리된 샘플이 인쇄된 샘플에 비해 취성을 보인 반면, HT는 항복 강도(245MPa)와 최대 인장 강도(294MPa)를 모두 증가시켰습니다.
프로필 오목부가 탁도 퇴적물에 미치는 영향: 전 세계 대륙 경계에 대한 해저 협곡의 통찰력
Kaiqi Yu a, Elda Miramontes bc, Matthieu J.B. Cartigny d, Yuping Yang a, Jingping Xu a aDepartment of Ocean Science and Engineering, Southern University of Science and Technology, 1088 Xueyuan Rd., Shenzhen 518055, Guangdong, China bMARUM-Center for Marine Environmental Sciences, University of Bremen, Bremen, Germanyc Faculty of Geosciences, University of Bremen, Bremen, Germany dDepartment of Geography, Durham University, South Road, Durham DH1 3LE, UK
Received 10 August 2023, Revised 13 March 2024, Accepted 13 March 2024, Available online 17 March 2024, Version of Record 20 March 2024.
What do these dates mean?Show lessAdd to MendeleyShareCite
•The impact of submarine canyon concavity on turbidite deposition was assessed.
•Distribution of turbidite deposits varies with changes in canyon concavity.
•Three distinct deposition patterns were identified.
•The recognized deposition patterns align well with the observed turbidite deposits.
Abstract
Submarine canyons are primary conduits for turbidity currents transporting terrestrial sediments, nutrients, pollutants and organic carbon to the deep sea. The concavity in the longitudinal profile of these canyons (i.e. the downstream flattening rate along the profiles) influences the transport processes and results in variations in turbidite thickness, impacting the transfer and burial of particles. To better understand the controlling mechanisms of canyon concavity on the distribution of turbidite deposits, here we investigate the variation in sediment accumulation as a function of canyon concavity of 20 different modern submarine canyons, distributed on global continental margins. In order to effectively assess the isolated impact of the concavity of 20 different canyons, a series of two-dimensional, depth-resolved numerical simulations are conducted. Simulation results show that the highly concave profile (e.g. Surveyor and Horizon) tends to concentrate the turbidite deposits mainly at the slope break, while nearly straight profiles (e.g. Amazon and Congo) result in deposition focused at the canyon head. Moderately concave profiles with a smoother canyon floor (e.g. Norfolk-Washington and Mukluk) effectively facilitate the downstream transport of suspended sediments in turbidity currents. Furthermore, smooth and steep upper reaches of canyons commonly contribute to sediment bypass (i.e. Mukluk and Chirikof), while low slope angles lead to deposition at upper reaches (i.e. Bounty and Valencia). At lower reaches, the distribution of turbidite deposits is consistent with the occurrence of hydraulic jumps. Under the influence of different canyon concavities, three types of deposition patterns are inferred in this study, and verified by comparison with observed turbidite deposits on the modern or paleo-canyon floor. This study demonstrates a potential difference in sediment transport efficiency of submarine canyons with different concavities, which has potential consequences for sediment and organic carbon transport through submarine canyons.
Introduction
Submarine canyons are pivotal links in source-to-sink systems on continental margins (Sømme et al., 2009; Nyberg et al., 2018; Pope et al., 2022a, Pope et al., 2022b) that provide efficient pathways for moving prodigious volumes of terrestrial materials to the abyssal basin (Spychala et al., 2020; Heijnen et al., 2022). When turbidity currents, the main force that transports the above mentioned sediments (Xu et al., 2004; Xu, 2010; Talling et al., 2013; Stevenson et al., 2015), slow down after entering a flatter and/or wider stretch of the canyon downstream, the laden sediments settle, often rapidly, to form a deposit called turbidite that is known for organic carbon burial, hydrocarbon reserves and the accumulation of microplastics (Galy et al., 2007; Pohl et al., 2020a; Pope et al., 2022b; Pierdomenico et al., 2023). A set of flume experiments by Pohl et al. (2020b) revealed that the variation of bed slope plays a dominant role in controlling the sizes and locations of the deposit: a) a more gently dipping upper slope leads to upstream migration of upslope pinch-out; b) the increase of lower slope results in a decrease of the deposit thickness (Fig. 1a).
From upper continental slopes to deepwater basins, turbidity currents are commonly confined by submarine canyons that facilitate the longer distance transport of sediments (Eggenhuisen et al., 2022; Pope et al., 2022a; Wahab et al., 2022, Li et al., 2023a). The concavity, defined here as the downstream flattening rate of profiles (Covault et al., 2011; Chen et al., 2019; Seybold et al., 2021; Soutter et al., 2021a), of the longitudinal bed profile of the submarine canyons is therefore a key factor that determines hydrodynamic processes of turbidity currents, including the accumulation of sediments along the canyon thalweg (Covault et al., 2014; de Leeuw et al., 2016; Heerema et al., 2022; Heijnen et al., 2022). Due to the comprehensive impacts of sediment supply, grain size, climate change, regional tectonics, associated river and self-incision, the concavity of submarine canyons on global continental margins varies greatly (Parker et al., 1986; Harris and Whiteway, 2011; Casalbore et al., 2018; Nyberg et al., 2018; Soutter et al., 2021a, Li et al., 2023b), which is much more complex than the two constant slope setup of Pohl et al. (2020b)’s flume experiment (Fig. 1a). This raises the question of how the more complex concavity influences the dynamics of turbidity currents and the resultant distribution of turbidite deposits. For instance, the longitudinal profile concavity can also be increased by steepening the upper slope and/or gentling the lower slope of canyons (Fig. 1b). Parameters, known as significant factors influencing flow dynamics, include dip angle (Pohl et al., 2019), bed roughness (Baghalian and Ghodsian, 2020), obstacle presence (Howlett et al., 2019), and confinement conditions (Soutter et al., 2021b). However, the role of channel concavity in determining the downstream evolution of flow dynamics remains poorly understood (Covault et al., 2011; Georgiopoulou and Cartwright, 2013), and it is still unclear whether changes in concavity can result in different locations of pinch-out points and variations in turbidite deposit thicknesses (Pohl et al., 2020b).
In this study, we hypothesize that a more concave profile resulting from a steeper upper slope and a gentler lower slope may lead to a downstream migration of the upslope pinch-out and an increase of deposit thickness (Fig. 1b). This hypothesis is tested in 20 modern submarine canyons (shown in Fig. 2) whose longitudinal profiles are extracted from the GEBCO_2022 grid. Due to the lack of data describing the turbidite thickness trends in these canyons, we used a numerical model (FLOW-3D® software) to simulate the depositional process. The simulation results allow us to address at least two questions: (1) How does the concavity affect the distribution and thickness of turbidite deposits along the canyon thalwegs? (2) What is the impact of canyon concavity on the dynamics of the turbidity currents? Such answers on a global scale are undoubtedly helpful in understanding not only the sediment transport processes but also the efficient transfer and burial of organic carbon along global continental margins.
Section snippets
Submarine canyons used in this study
The longitudinal profiles of 20 modern submarine canyons are obtained using Global Mapper® from a public domain database GEBCO_2022 (doi:https://doi.org/10.5285/e0f0bb80-ab44-2739-e053-6c86abc0289c). The GEBCO_2022 grid provides elevation data, in meters, on a 15 arc-second interval grid. The 20 selected submarine canyons, which span the typical distance covered by turbidity currents, have been chosen from a diverse range of submarine canyon and channel systems that extend at least 250 km
Concavity of longitudinal canyon profiles
The NCI and α values of all 20 canyon profiles utilized in this study are plotted in Fig. 4, indicating the majority of these submarine canyons typically exhibit a concave profile, characterized by a negative NCI, except for the Amazon. In most of the profiles, the NCI is lower than −0.08, with the most concave point (indicated by the minimum ratio α) located closer to the canyon head than to the profile end, and their upper reaches are steeper than lower reaches, typically observed as the
Validation of the hypothesis
As previously mentioned in this paper, one of the primary objectives of this study is to evaluate the hypothesis inferred from the flume tank experiment of Pohl et al. (2020b): whether a more concave canyon profile can exert a comparable influence on turbidite deposits as the steepness of the lower and upper slopes in a slope-break system (Fig. 1). Shown as the modeling results, the deposition pattern of this study is more ‘irregular’ compared with the flume tank experiment (Pohl et al., 2020b
Conclusion
Based on global bathymetry, this study simulates the depositional behavior of turbidity currents flowing through the 20 different submarine canyons on the margins of open ocean and marginal sea. Influenced by the different concavities, the resulted deposition patterns are characterized by a variable distribution of turbidite deposits.
1)The simulation results demonstrate that the accumulation of turbidite deposits is primarily observed in downstream regions near the slope break for highly concave
The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.
Acknowledgements
This study is supported by the Shenzhen Natural Science Foundation (JCYJ20210324105211031). Matthieu J. B. Cartigny was supported by Royal Society Research Fellowship (DHF/R1/180166). We thank the Chief Editor Zhongyuan Chen, the associate editor and two reviewers for their constructive comments that helped us improve our manuscript.
M. Azpiroz-Zabala et al.Newly recognized turbidity current structure can explain prolonged flushing of submarine canyonsSci. Adv.(2017)
N. Babonneau et al.Sedimentary Architecture in Meanders of a Submarine Channel: Detailed Study of the Present Congo Turbidite Channel (Zaiango Project)J. Sediment. Res.(2010)
R. Basani et al.MassFLOW-3DTM as a simulation tool for turbidity currents: some preliminary results
H.L. Brooks et al.Disconnected submarine lobes as a record of stepped slope evolution over multiple sea-level cyclesGeosphere(2018)
S.A. Chen et al.Aridity is expressed in river topography globallyNature(2019)
J.A. Covault et al.The natural range of submarine canyon-and-channel longitudinal profilesGeosphere(2011)
J.A. Covault et al.Deep-water channel run-out length: insights from seafloor geomorphologyJ. Sediment. Res.(2012)
J.A. Covault et al.Submarine channel initiation, filling and maintenance from sea-floor geomorphology and morphodynamic modelling of cyclic stepsSedimentology(2014)
J. de Leeuw et al.Morphodynamics of submarine channel inception revealed by new experimental approachNat. Commun.(2016)
J. de Leeuw et al.Entrainment and suspension of sand and gravelEarth Surf. Dyn.(2020)
J.T. Eggenhuisen et al.The Sediment Budget Estimator (SBE): a process model for the stochastic estimation of fluxes and budgets of sediment through submarine channel systemsJ. Sediment. Res.(2022)
T.H. Ellison et al.Turbulent entrainment in stratified flowsJ. Fluid Mech.(1959)
R.I. Ferguson et al.A simple universal equation for grain settling velocityJ. Sediment. Res.(2004)
A.M. Fernandes et al.Flow substrate interactions in aggrading and degrading submarine channelsJ. Sediment. Res.(2020)
Flow ScienceFLOW-3D User Manual v11. 2(2018)
V. Galy et al.Efficient organic carbon burial in the Bengal fan sustained by the Himalayan erosional systemNature(2007)
Z. Ge et al.How is a turbidite actually deposited?Sci. Adv.(2022)
B. Gomez et al.An assessment of bed load sediment transport formulae for gravel bed riversWater Resour. Res.(1989)
W.H. Graf et al.Suspension flows in open channels; experimental studyJ. Hydraul. Res.(2010)
C.J. Heerema et al.How distinctive are flood-triggered turbidity currents?J. Sediment. Res.(2022)
D.M. Howlett et al.Response of unconfined turbidity current to deep-water fold and thrust belt topography: orthogonal incidence on solitary and segmented foldsSedimentology(2019)
S. Kim et al.Seismostratigraphic and geomorphic evidence for the glacial history of the Northwestern Chukchi Margin, Arctic OceanJ. Geophys. Res. Earth Surf.(2021)
M. Liu et al.Two distinct types of turbidity currents observed in the Manila Trench, South China SeaCommun. Earth Environ.(2023)
There are more references available in the full text version of this article.
Microstructural defects in laser powder bed fusion (LPBF) metallic materials are correlated with processing parameters. A multi-physics model and a crystal plasticity framework are employed to predict microstructure growth in molten pools and assess the impact of manufacturing defects on plastic damage parameters. Criteria for optimising the LPBF process are identified, addressing microstructural defects and tensile properties of LPBF Hastelloy X at various volumetric energy densities (VED). The results show that higher VED levels foster a specific Goss texture {110} <001>, with irregular lack of fusion defects significantly affecting plastic damage, especially near the material surface. A critical threshold emerges between manufacturing defects and grain sizes in plastic strain accumulation. The optimal processing window for superior Hastelloy X mechanical properties ranges from 43 to 53 J/mm3 . This work accelerates the development of superior strengthductility alloys via LPBF, streamlining the trial-and-error process and reducing associated costs.
Figure 3. The simulated temperature distribution and single-layer multi-track isothermograms of LPBF Hastelloy X, located at the bottom of the powder bed, are presented for various laser energy densities. (a) depicts the single-point temperature distribution at the bottom of the powder bed, followed by the isothermograms corresponding to laser energy densities of (b) 31 J/mm3 , (c) 43 J/mm3 , (d) 53 J/mm3 , (e) 67 J/mm3 , and (f) 91 J/mm3 .
References [1] DebRoy T, Wei HL, Zuback JS, et al. Additive manufacturing of metallic components – process, structure and properties. Prog Mater Sci. 2018;92:112–224. doi:10. 1016/j.pmatsci.2017.10.001 [2] Mostafaei A, Ghiaasiaan R, Ho IT, et al. Additive manufacturing of nickel-based superalloys: A state-of-the-art review on process-structure-defect-property relationship. Prog Mater Sci. 2023;136:101108. doi:10.1016/j.pmatsci. 2023.101108 [3] Akande IG, Oluwole OO, Fayomi OSI, et al. Overview of mechanical, microstructural, oxidation properties and high-temperature applications of superalloys. Mater Today Proc. 2021;43:2222–2231. doi:10.1016/j.matpr. 2020.12.523 [4] Sanchez S, Smith P, Xu Z, et al. Powder bed fusion of nickel-based superalloys: a review. Int J Machine Tools Manuf. 2021;165:103729. doi:10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2021. 103729 [5] Xie Y, Teng Q, Shen M, et al. The role of overlap region width in multi-laser powder bed fusion of Hastelloy X superalloy. Virtual Phys Prototyp. 2023;18(1):e2142802. doi:10.1080/17452759.2022.2142802 [6] Yuan W, Chen H, Cheng T, et al. Effects of laser scanning speeds on different states of the molten pool during selective laser melting: simulation and experiment. Mater Des. 2020;189:108542. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2020. 108542 [7] He X, Kong D, Zhou Y, et al. Powder recycling effects on porosity development and mechanical properties of Hastelloy X alloy during laser powder bed fusion process. Addit Manuf. 2022;55:102840. doi:10.1016/j. addma.2022.102840 [8] Sanaei N, Fatemi A. Defects in additive manufactured metals and their effect on fatigue performance: a stateof-the-art review. Prog Mater Sci. 2021;117:100724. doi:10.1016/j.pmatsci.2020.100724 [9] Pourbabak S, Montero-Sistiaga ML, Schryvers D, et al. Microscopic investigation of as built and hot isostatic pressed Hastelloy X processed by selective laser melting. Mater Charact. 2019;153:366–371. doi:10.1016/j. matchar.2019.05.024 [10] He X, Wang L, Kong D, et al. Recrystallization effect on surface passivation of Hastelloy X alloy fabricated by laser powder bed fusion. J Mater Sci Technol. 2023;163:245–258. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016j.jmst. 2023.06.003. [11] Sabzi HE, Maeng S, Liang X, et al. Controlling crack formation and porosity in laser powder bed fusion: alloy design and process optimisation. Addit Manuf. 2020;34:101360. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2020.101360 [12] Yu C, Chen N, Li R, et al. Selective laser melting of GH3536 superalloy: microstructure, mechanical properties, and hydrocyclone manufacturing. Adv Powder Mater. 2023:
doi:10.1016/j.apmate.2023.100134 [13] Ye C, Zhang C, Zhao J, et al. Effects of post-processing on the surface finish, porosity, residual stresses, and fatigue performance of additive manufactured metals: a review. J Mater Eng Perform. 2021;30(9):6407–6425. doi:10. 1007/s11665-021-06021-7 [14] Zhang W, Zheng Y, Liu F, et al. Effect of solution temperature on the microstructure and mechanical properties of Hastelloy X superalloy fabricated by laser directed energy deposition. Mater Sci Eng A. 2021;820:141537. doi:10. 1016/j.msea.2021.141537 [15] Lehmann T, Rose D, Ranjbar E, et al. Large-scale metal additive manufacturing: a holistic review of the state of the art and challenges. Int Mater Rev. 2021;67(4):410–459. doi:10.1080/09506608.2021.1971427
[16] Wu S, Hu Y, Yang B, et al. Review on defect characterization and structural integrity assessment method of additively manufactured materials. J Mech Eng. 2021;57 (22):3–34. doi:10.3901/JME.2021.22.003
[17] Keller C, Mokhtari M, Vieille B, et al. Influence of a rescanning strategy with different laser powers on the microstructure and mechanical properties of Hastelloy X elaborated by powder bed fusion. Mater Sci Eng A. 2021;803:140474. doi:10.1016/j.msea.2020.140474
[18] Keshavarzkermani A, Marzbanrad E, Esmaeilizadeh R,et al. An investigation into the effect of process parameters on melt pool geometry, cell spacing, and grain refinement during laser powder bed fusion. Optics & Laser Technol. 2019;116:83–91. doi:10.1016/j.optlastec. 2019.03.012
[19] Watring DS, Benzing JT, Hrabe N, et al. Effects of laserenergy density and build orientation on the structureproperty relationships in as-built Inconel 718 manufactured by laser powder bed fusion. Addit Manuf. 2020;36:101425. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2020.101425
[20] Xiao H, Liu X, Xiao W, et al. Influence of molten-pool cooling rate on solidification structure and mechanical property of laser additive manufactured Inconel 718. J Mater Res Technol. 2022;19:4404–4416. doi:10.1016/j. jmrt.2022.06.162
[21] Wang J, Zhu R, Liu Y, et al. Understanding melt pool characteristics in laser powder bed fusion: An overview of single- and multi-track melt pools for process optimization. Adv Powder Mater. 2023;2(4):100137. doi:10.1016/j. apmate.2023.100137
[22] Li Z, Deng Y, Yao B, et al. Effect of laser scan speed on pool size and densification of selective laser melted CoCr alloy under constant laser energy density. Laser Optoelectronics Progress. 2022;59(7):0736001. doi:10. 3788/LOP202259.0736001
[23] Zhang J, Yuan W, Song B, et al. Towards understanding metallurgical defect formation of selective laser melted wrought aluminum alloys. Adv Powder Mater. 2022;1 (4):100035. doi:10.1016/j.apmate.2022.100035
[24] Rui H, Meiping W, Chen C, et al. Effects of laser energy density on microstructure and corrosion resistance of FeCrNiMnAl high entropy alloy coating. Optics & Laser Technol. 2022;152:108188. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016j. optlastec.2022.108188.
[25] Zhao Y, Sun W, Wang Q, et al. Effect of beam energy density characteristics on microstructure and mechanical properties of nickel-based alloys manufactured by laser directed energy deposition. J Mater Process Technol. 2023;319:118074. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2023.118074
[26] Tan P, Zhou M, Tang C, et al. Multiphysics modelling of powder bed fusion for polymers. Virtual Phys Prototyp. 2023;18(1):e2257191. doi:10.1080/17452759.2023. 2257191
[27] Tan P, Shen F, Shian Tey W, et al. A numerical study on the packing quality of fibre/polymer composite powder for powder bed fusion additive manufacturing. Virtual Phys Prototyp. 2021;16(sup1):S1–S18. doi:10.1080/17452759. 2021.1922965
[28] Kusano M, Watanabe M. Microstructure control of Hastelloy X by geometry-induced elevation of sample temperature during a laser powder bed fusion process. Mater Des. 2022;222:111016. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2022. 111016
[29] Lee YS, Zhang W. Modeling of heat transfer, fluid flow and solidification microstructure of nickel-base superalloy fabricated by laser powder bed fusion. Addit Manuf. 2016;12:178–188. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2016.05.003
[30] Lv F, Liang HX, Xie DQ, et al. On the role of laser in situ remelting into pore elimination of Ti-6Al-4V components fabricated by selective laser melting. J Alloys Compd. 2021;854:156866. doi:10.1016/j.jallcom.2020.156866
[31] Prithivirajan V, Sangid MD. The role of defects and critical pore size analysis in the fatigue response of additively manufactured IN718 via crystal plasticity. Mater Des. 2018;150:139–153. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2018.04.022
[32] Huang Y. A user-material subroutine incroporating single crystal plasticity in the ABAQUS finite element program. Cambridge: Harvard University Press; 1991.
[33] Pilgar CM, Fernandez AM, Lucarini S, et al. Effect of printing direction and thickness on the mechanical behavior of SLM fabricated Hastelloy-X. Int J Plasticity. 2022;153:103250. doi:10.1016/j.ijplas.2022.103250
[34] Garlea E, Choo H, Sluss CC, et al. Variation of elastic mechanical properties with texture, porosity, and defect characteristics in laser powder bed fusion 316L stainless steel. Mater Sci Eng A. 2019;763:138032. doi:10.1016/j. msea.2019.138032
[35] Sanchez-Mata O, Wang X, Muñiz-Lerma JA, et al. Dependence of mechanical properties on crystallographic orientation in nickel-based superalloy Hastelloy X fabricated by laser powder bed fusion. J Alloys Compd. 2021;865:158868. doi:10.1016/j.jallcom.2021. 158868
[36] Gu H, Wei C, Li L, et al. Multi-physics modelling of molten
pool development and track formation in multi-track, multi-layer and multi-material selective laser melting. Int J Heat Mass Transf. 2020;151:119458. doi:10.1016/j. ijheatmasstransfer.2020.119458
[37] Johnson L, Mahmoudi M, Zhang B, et al. Assessing printability maps in additive manufacturing of metal alloys. Acta Mater. 2019;176:199–210. doi:10.1016/j.actamat. 2019.07.005
[38] Wang S, Ning J, Zhu L, et al. Role of porosity defects in metal 3D printing: formation mechanisms, impacts on properties and mitigation strategies. Mater Today. 2022;59:133–160. doi:10.1016/j.mattod.2022.08.014
[39] Guo Y, Collins DM, Tarleton E, et al. Measurements of stress fields near a grain boundary: exploring blocked arrays of dislocations in 3D. Acta Mater. 2015;96:229–doi:10.1016/j.actamat.2015.05.041 [40] Kong D, Dong C, Ni X, et al. Hetero-deformation-induced stress in additively manufactured 316L stainless steel. Mater Res Lett. 2020;8(10):390–397. doi:10.1080/ 21663831.2020.1775149
적층 제조는 바이메탈 및 다중 재료 구조의 제작 가능성을 제공합니다. 그러나 재료 호환성과 접착성은 부품의 성형성과 최종 품질에 직접적인 영향을 미칩니다. 적합한 프로세스를 기반으로 다양한 재료 조합의 기본 인쇄 가능성을 이해하는 것이 중요합니다.
여기에서는 두 가지 일반적이고 매력적인 재료 조합(니켈 및 철 기반 합금)의 인쇄 적성 차이가 레이저 지향 에너지 증착(DED)을 통해 거시적 및 미시적 수준에서 평가됩니다.
증착 프로세스는 현장 고속 이미징을 사용하여 캡처되었으며, 용융 풀 특징 및 트랙 형태의 차이점은 특정 프로세스 창 내에서 정량적으로 조사되었습니다. 더욱이, 다양한 재료 쌍으로 처리된 트랙과 블록의 미세 구조 다양성이 비교적 정교해졌고, 유익한 다중 물리 모델링을 통해 이종 재료 쌍 사이에 제시된 기계적 특성(미세 경도)의 불균일성이 합리화되었습니다.
재료 쌍의 서로 다른 열물리적 특성에 의해 유발된 용융 흐름의 차이와 응고 중 결과적인 요소 혼합 및 국부적인 재합금은 재료 조합 간의 인쇄 적성에 나타난 차이점을 지배합니다.
이 작업은 서로 다른 재료의 증착에서 현상학적 차이에 대한 심층적인 이해를 제공하고 바이메탈 부품의 보다 안정적인 DED 성형을 안내하는 것을 목표로 합니다.
Additive manufacturing provides achievability for the fabrication of bimetallic and multi-material structures; however, the material compatibility and bondability directly affect the parts’ formability and final quality. It is essential to understand the underlying printability of different material combinations based on an adapted process. Here, the printability disparities of two common and attractive material combinations (nickel- and iron-based alloys) are evaluated at the macro and micro levels via laser directed energy deposition (DED). The deposition processes were captured using in situ high-speed imaging, and the dissimilarities in melt pool features and track morphology were quantitatively investigated within specific process windows. Moreover, the microstructure diversity of the tracks and blocks processed with varied material pairs was comparatively elaborated and, complemented with the informative multi-physics modeling, the presented non-uniformity in mechanical properties (microhardness) among the heterogeneous material pairs was rationalized. The differences in melt flow induced by the unlike thermophysical properties of the material pairs and the resulting element intermixing and localized re-alloying during solidification dominate the presented dissimilarity in printability among the material combinations. This work provides an in-depth understanding of the phenomenological differences in the deposition of dissimilar materials and aims to guide more reliable DED forming of bimetallic parts.
Figure 1. Experimental setup and materials. (a) Schematic of the DED process, where three types of base materials were adopted—B1
(IN718), B2 (IN625), and B3 (SS316L), and two types of powder materials were adopted—P1 (IN718) and P2 (SS316L). (b) In situ
high-speed imaging of powder flow and the SEM images of IN718 and SS316L powder particle. (c) Powder size statistics, and (d) element
composition of powder IN718 (P1) and SS316L (P2).Figure 2. Deposition process and the track morphology. (a)–(c) Display the in situ captured tableaux of melt propagation and some physical
features during depositing for P1B1, P1B2, and P1B3, respectively. (d) The profiles of the melt pool at a frame of (t0 + 1) ms, and the flow
streamlines in the molten pool of each case. (e) The outer surface of the formed tracks, in which the colored arrows mark the scanning
direction. (f) Cross-section of the tracks. The parameter set used for in situ imaging was P-1000 W, S-600 mm·min–1, F-18 g·min–1. All the
scale bars are 2 mm.
References
[1] Tan C L, Weng F, Sui S, Chew Y and Bi G J 2021 Progress and perspectives in laser additive manufacturing of key aeroengine materials Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf. 170 103804 [2] Bandyopadhyay A, Traxel K D, Lang M, Juhasz M, Eliaz N and Bose S 2022 Alloy design via additive manufacturing: advantages, challenges, applications and perspectives Mater. Today 52 207–24 [3] Sui S, Chew Y, Weng F, Tan C L, Du Z L and Bi G J 2022 Study of the intrinsic mechanisms of nickel additive for grain refinement and strength enhancement of laser aided additively manufactured Ti–6Al–4V Int. J. Extrem. Manuf. 4 035102 [4] Xue P S, Zhu L D, Xu P H, Ren Y, Xin B, Meng G R, Yang Z C and Liu Z 2021 Research on process optimization and microstructure of CrCoNi medium-entropy alloy formed by laser metal deposition Opt. Laser Technol. 142 107167 [5] Bandyopadhyay A, Traxel K D and Bose S 2021 Nature-inspired materials and structures using 3D printing Mater. Sci. Eng. R 145 100609 [6] Zuback J S, Palmer T A and DebRoy T 2019 Additive manufacturing of functionally graded transition joints between ferritic and austenitic alloys J. Alloys Compd. 770 995–1003 [7] Feenstra D R, Banerjee R, Fraser H L, Huang A, Molotnikov A and Birbilis N 2021 Critical review of the state of the art in multi-material fabrication via directed energy deposition Curr. Opin. Solid State Mater. Sci. 25 100924 [8] Wei C, Zhang Z Z, Cheng D X, Sun Z, Zhu M H and Li L 2021 An overview of laser-based multiple metallic material additive manufacturing: from macro- to micro-scales Int. J. Extrem. Manuf. 3 012003 [9] Gu D D, Shi X Y, Poprawe R, Bourell D L, Setchi R and Zhu J H 2021 Material-structure-performance integrated laser-metal additive manufacturing Science 372 eabg1487 [10] Bandyopadhyay A and Heer B 2018 Additive manufacturing of multi-material structures Mater. Sci. Eng. R 129 1–16 [11] Tammas-Williams S and Todd I 2017 Design for additive manufacturing with site-specific properties in metals and alloys Scr. Mater. 135 105–10 [12] Chen W, Gu D D, Yang J K, Yang Q, Chen J and Shen X F 2022 Compressive mechanical properties and shape memory effect of NiTi gradient lattice structures fabricated by laser powder bed fusion Int. J. Extrem. Manuf. 4 045002 [13] Svetlizky D, Das M, Zheng B L, Vyatskikh A L, Bose S, Bandyopadhyay A, Schoenung J M, Lavernia E J and Eliaz N 2021 Directed energy deposition (DED) additive manufacturing: physical characteristics, defects, challenges and applications Mater. Today 49 271–95 [14] Panwisawas C, Tang Y T and Reed R C 2020 Metal 3D printing as a disruptive technology for superalloys Nat. Commun. 11 2327 [15] Wang S H, Ning J S, Zhu L D, Yang Z C, Yan W T, Dun Y C, Xue P S, Xu P H, Bose S and Bandyopadhyay A 2022 Role of porosity defects in metal 3D printing: formation mechanisms, impacts on properties and mitigation strategies Mater. Today 59 133–60 [16] DebRoy T, Mukherjee T, Milewski J O, Elmer J W, Ribic B, Blecher J J and Zhang W 2019 Scientific, technological and economic issues in metal printing and their solutions Nat. Mater. 18 1026–32 [17] Afrouzian A, Groden C J, Field D P, Bose S and Bandyopadhyay A 2022 Additive manufacturing of Ti-Ni bimetallic structures Mater. Des. 215 110461 [18] Bandyopadhyay A, Zhang Y N and Onuike B 2022 Additive manufacturing of bimetallic structures Virtual Phys. Prototyp. 17 256–94 [19] Onuike B, Heer B and Bandyopadhyay A 2018 Additive manufacturing of Inconel 718—copper alloy bimetallic structure using laser engineered net shaping (LENSTM) Addit. Manuf. 21 133–40 [20] Sahasrabudhe H, Harrison R, Carpenter C and Bandyopadhyay A 2015 Stainless steel to titanium bimetallic structure using LENSTM Addit. Manuf. 5 1–8 [21] Li B Y, Han C J, Lim C W J and Zhou K 2022 Interface formation and deformation behaviors of an additively manufactured nickel-aluminum-bronze/15-5 PH multimaterial via laser-powder directed energy deposition Mater. Sci. Eng. A 829 142101 [22] Zhang X C, Pan T, Chen Y T, Li L, Zhang Y L and Liou F 2021 Additive manufacturing of copper-stainless steel hybrid components using laser-aided directed energy deposition J. Mater. Sci. Technol. 80 100–16 [23] Shinjo J and Panwisawas C 2022 Chemical species mixing during direct energy deposition of bimetallic systems using titanium and dissimilar refractory metals for repair and biomedical applications Addit. Manuf. 51 102654 [24] Wang D et al 2022 Recent progress on additive manufacturing of multi-material structures with laser powder bed fusion Virtual Phys. Prototyp. 17 329–65 [25] Lin X, Yue T M, Yang H O and Huang W D 2005 Laser rapid forming of SS316L/Rene88DT graded material Mater. Sci. Eng. A 391 325–36 [26] Melzer D, Dˇzugan J, Koukolíková M, Rzepa S and Vavˇrík J 2021 Structural integrity and mechanical properties of the functionally graded material based on 316L/IN718 processed by DED technology Mater. Sci. Eng. A 811 141038 [27] Melzer D, Dˇzugan J, Koukolíková M, Rzepa S, Dlouh´y J, Brázda M and Bucki T 2022 Fracture characterisation of vertically build functionally graded 316L stainless steel with Inconel 718 deposited by directed energy deposition process Virtual Phys. Prototyp. 17 821–40 [28] Zhang Y N and Bandyopadhyay A 2018 Direct fabrication of compositionally graded Ti-Al2O3 multi-material structures using laser engineered net shaping Addit. Manuf. 21 104–11 [29] Ben-Artzy A, Reichardt A, Borgonia P J, Dillon R P, McEnerney B, Shapiro A A and Hosemann P 2021 Compositionally graded SS316 to C300 maraging steel using additive manufacturing Mater. Des. 201 109500 [30] Tan C L, Liu Y C, Weng F, Ng F L, Su J L, Xu Z K, Ngai X D and Chew Y 2022 Additive manufacturing of voxelized heterostructured materials with hierarchical phases Addit. Manuf. 54 102775 [31] Chen J, Yang Y Q, Song C H, Zhang M K, Wu S B and Wang D 2019 Interfacial microstructure and mechanical properties of 316L/CuSn10 multi-material bimetallic structure fabricated by selective laser melting Mater. Sci. Eng. A 752 75–85 [32] Wei C, Gu H, Gu Y C, Liu L C, Huang Y H, Cheng D X, Li Z Q and Li L 2022 Abnormal interfacial bonding mechanisms of multi-material additive-manufactured tungsten–stainless steel sandwich structure Int. J. Extrem. Manuf. 4 025002 [33] Zhang Y N and Bandyopadhyay A 2021 Influence of compositionally graded interface on microstructure and compressive deformation of 316L stainless steel to Al12Si aluminum alloy bimetallic structures ACS Appl. Mater. Interfaces 13 9174–85 [34] Wei C et al 2022 Cu10Sn to Ti6Al4V bonding mechanisms in laser-based powder bed fusion multiple material additive 15 Int. J. Extrem. Manuf. 6 (2024) 025001 J Ning et al manufacturing with different build strategies Addit. Manuf. 51 102588 [35] Li W, Karnati S, Kriewall C, Liou F, Newkirk J, Brown Taminger K M and Seufzer W J 2017 Fabrication and characterization of a functionally graded material from Ti-6Al-4V to SS316 by laser metal deposition Addit. Manuf. 14 95–104 [36] Shi Q M, Zhong G Y, Sun Y, Politis C and Yang S F 2021 Effects of laser melting+remelting on interfacial macrosegregation and resulting microstructure and microhardness of laser additive manufactured H13/IN625 bimetals J. Manuf. Process. 71 345–55 [37] Zhang W X, Hou W Y, Deike L and Arnold C 2022 Understanding the Rayleigh instability in humping phenomenon during laser powder bed fusion process Int. J. Extrem. Manuf. 4 015201 [38] Chen Y W, Zhang X, Li M M, Xu R Q, Zhao C and Sun T 2020 Laser powder bed fusion of Inconel 718 on 316 stainless steel Addit. Manuf. 36 101500 [39] Yang Z C, Wang S H, Zhu L D, Ning J S, Xin B, Dun Y C and Yan W T 2022 Manipulating molten pool dynamics during metal 3D printing by ultrasound Appl. Phys. Rev. 9 021416 [40] Hofmann D C, Roberts S, Otis R, Kolodziejska J, Dillon R P, Suh J O, Shapiro A A, Liu Z K and Borgonia J P 2014 Developing gradient metal alloys through radial deposition additive manufacturing Sci. Rep. 4 5357 [41] Tumkur T U et al 2021 Nondiffractive beam shaping for enhanced optothermal control in metal additive manufacturing Sci. Adv. 7 eabg9358 [42] Scipioni Bertoli U, Guss G, Wu S, Matthews M J and Schoenung J M 2017 In-situ characterization of laser-powder interaction and cooling rates through high-speed imaging of powder bed fusion additive manufacturing Mater. Des. 135 385–96 [43] Siva Prasad H, Brueckner F and Kaplan A F H 2020 Powder incorporation and spatter formation in high deposition rate blown powder directed energy deposition Addit. Manuf. 35 101413 [44] Ebrahimi A, Kleijn C R and Richardson I M 2021 Numerical study of molten metal melt pool behaviour during conduction-mode laser spot melting J. Appl. Phys. 54 105304 [45] Mumtaz K A and Hopkinson N 2010 Selective laser melting of thin wall parts using pulse shaping J. Mater. Process. Technol. 210 279–87 [46] Sikandar Iquebal A, Yadav A, Botcha B, Krishna Gorthi R and Bukkapatnam S 2022 Tracking and quantifying spatter characteristics in a laser directed energy deposition process using Kalman filter Manuf. Lett. 33 692–700 [47] Criales L E, Arısoy Y M, Lane B, Moylan S, Donmez A and Özel T 2017 Laser powder bed fusion of nickel alloy 625: experimental investigations of effects of process parameters on melt pool size and shape with spatter analysis Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf. 121 22–36 [48] Coen V, Goossens L and van Hooreweder B 2022 Methodology and experimental validation of analytical melt pool models for laser powder bed fusion J. Mater. Process. Technol. 304 117547 [49] Zhao C, Shi B, Chen S L, Du D, Sun T, Simonds B J, Fezzaa K and Rollett A D 2022 Laser melting modes in metal powder bed fusion additive manufacturing Rev. Mod. Phys. 94 045002 [50] Wang J H, Han F Z, Chen S F and Ying W S 2019 A novel model of laser energy attenuation by powder particles for laser solid forming Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf. 145 103440 [51] Haley J C, Schoenung J M and Lavernia E J 2018 Observations of particle-melt pool impact events in directed energy deposition Addit. Manuf. 22 368–74 [52] Chen Y H et al 2021 Correlative synchrotron x-ray imaging and diffraction of directed energy deposition additive manufacturing Acta Mater. 209 116777 [53] Khorasani M, Ghasemi A, Leary M, Cordova L, Sharabian E, Farabi E, Gibson I, Brandt M and Rolfe B 2022 A comprehensive study on meltpool depth in laser-based powder bed fusion of Inconel 718 Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 120 2345–62 [54] Shamsaei N, Yadollahi A, Bian L and Thompson S M 2015 An overview of direct laser deposition for additive manufacturing; part II: mechanical behavior, process parameter optimization and control Addit. Manuf. 8 12–35 [55] Ghanavati R, Naffakh-Moosavy H, Moradi M and Eshraghi M 2022 Printability and microstructure of directed energy deposited SS316l-IN718 multi-material: numerical modeling and experimental analysis Sci. Rep. 12 16600 [56] Galbusera F, Demir A G, Platl J, Turk C, Schnitzer R and Previtali B 2022 Processability and cracking behaviour of novel high-alloyed tool steels processed by laser powder bed fusion J. Mater. Process. Technol. 302 117435 [57] Wang A et al 2023 Effects of processing parameters on pore defects in blue laser directed energy deposition of aluminum by in and ex situ observation J. Mater. Process. Technol. 319 118068 [58] Hinojos A, Mireles J, Reichardt A, Frigola P, Hosemann P, Murr L E and Wicker R B 2016 Joining of Inconel 718 and 316 stainless steel using electron beam melting additive manufacturing technology Mater. Des. 94 17–27 [59] Yang Z C, Zhu L D, Wang S H, Ning J S, Dun Y C, Meng G R, Xue P S, Xu P H and Xin B 2021 Effects of ultrasound on multilayer forming mechanism of Inconel 718 in directed energy deposition Addit. Manuf. 48 102462 [60] Yao L M, Huang S, Ramamurty U and Xiao Z M 2021 On the formation of “Fish-scale” morphology with curved grain interfacial microstructures during selective laser melting of dissimilar alloys Acta Mater. 220 117331 [61] Ghanavati R, Naffakh-Moosavy H and Moradi M 2021 Additive manufacturing of thin-walled SS316L-IN718 functionally graded materials by direct laser metal deposition J. Mater. Res. Technol. 15 2673–85 [62] Chen N N, Khan H A, Wan Z X, Lippert J, Sun H, Shang S L, Liu Z K and Li J J 2020 Microstructural characteristics and crack formation in additively manufactured bimetal material of 316L stainless steel and Inconel 625 Addit. Manuf. 32 101037 [63] Xiao Y H, Wan Z X, Liu P W, Wang Z, Li J J and Chen L 2022 Quantitative simulations of grain nucleation and growth at additively manufactured bimetallic interfaces of SS316L and IN625 J. Mater. Process. Technol. 302 117506 [64] Mukherjee T, DebRoy T, Lienert T J, Maloy S A and Hosemann P 2021 Spatial and temporal variation of hardness of a printed steel part Acta Mater. 209 116775 [65] Dinda G P, Dasgupta A K and Mazumder J 2021 Texture control during laser deposition of nickel-based superalloy Scr. Mater. 67 503–6 [66] Tan Z E, Pang J H L, Kaminski J and Pepin H 2019 Characterisation of porosity, density, and microstructure of directed energy deposited stainless steel AISI 316L Addit. Manuf. 25 286–96 [67] Wolff S J, Gan Z T, Lin S, Bennett J L, Yan W T, Hyatt G, Ehmann K F, Wagner G J, Liu W K and Cao J 2019 Experimentally validated predictions of thermal history and microhardness in laser-deposited Inconel 718 on carbon steel Addit. Manuf. 27 540–51 16 Int. J. Extrem. Manuf. 6 (2024) 025001 J Ning et al [68] Zhang L, Wen M, Imade M, Fukuyama S and Yokogawa K 2008 Effect of nickel equivalent on hydrogen gas embrittlement of austenitic stainless steels based on type 316 at low temperatures Acta Mater. 56 3414–21 [69] Zuback J S and DebRoy T 2018 The hardness of additively manufactured alloys Materials 11 2070 [70] Adomako N K, Lewandowski J J, Arkhurst B M, Choi H, Chang H J and Kim J H 2022 Microstructures and mechanical properties of multi-layered materials composed of Ti-6Al-4V, vanadium, and 17–4PH stainless steel produced by directed energy deposition Addit. Manuf. 59 103174
Solute segregation significantly affects material properties and is a critical issue in the laser powder-bed fusion (LPBF) additive manufacturing (AM) of Ni-based superalloys. To the best of our knowledge, this is the first study to demonstrate a computational thermal-fluid dynamics (CtFD) simulation coupled multi-phase-field (MPF) simulation with a multicomponent-composition model of Ni-based superalloy to predict solute segregation under solidification conditions in LPBF. The MPF simulation of the Hastelloy-X superalloy reproduced the experimentally observed submicron-sized cell structure. Significant solute segregations were formed within interdendritic regions during solidification at high cooling rates of up to 108 K s-1, a characteristic feature of LPBF. Solute segregation caused a decrease in the solidus temperature (TS), with a reduction of up to 30.4 K, which increases the risk of liquation cracks during LPBF. In addition, the segregation triggers the formation of carbide phases, which increases the susceptibility to ductility dip cracking. Conversely, we found that the decrease in TS is suppressed at the melt-pool boundary regions, where re-remelting occurs during the stacking of the layer above. Controlling the re-remelting behavior is deemed to be crucial for designing crack-free alloys. Thus, we demonstrated that solute segregation at the various interfacial regions of Ni-based multicomponent alloys can be predicted by the conventional MPF simulation. The design of crack-free Ni-based superalloys can be expedited by MPF simulations of a broad range of element combinations and their concentrations in multicomponent Ni-based superalloys.
Additive manufacturing (AM) technologies have attracted considerable attention as they allow us to easily build three-dimensional (3D) parts with complex geometries. Among the wide range of available AM techniques, laser powder-bed fusion (LPBF) has emerged as a preferred technique for metal AM [1], [2], [3], [4], [5]. In LPBF, metal products are built layer-by-layer by scanning laser, which fuse metal powder particles into bulk solids.
Significant attempts have been made to integrate LPBF techniques within the aerospace industry, with a particular focus on weldable Ni-based superalloys, such as IN718 [6], [7], [8], IN625 [9], [10], and Hastelloy-X (HX) [11], [12], [13], [14]. Non-weldable alloys, such as IN738LC [15], [16] and CMSX-4 [1], [17] are also suitable for their sufficient creep resistance under higher temperature conditions. However, non-weldable alloys are difficult to build using LPBF because of their susceptibility to cracking during the process. In general, a macro solute-segregation during solidification is suppressed by the rapid cooling conditions (up to 108 K s-1) unique to the LPBF process [18]. However, the solute segregation still occurs in the interdendritic regions that are smaller than the micrometer scale [5], [19], [20], [21]; these regions are suggested to be related to the hot cracks in LPBF-fabricated parts. Therefore, an understanding of solute segregation is essential for the fabrication of reliable LPBF-fabricated parts while avoiding cracks.
The multiphase-field (MPF) method has gained popularity for modeling the microstructure evolution and solute segregation under rapid cooling conditions [5], [20], [21], [22], [23], [24], [25], [26], [27], [28]. Moreover, quantifiable predictions have been achieved by combining the MPF method with temperature distribution analysis methods such as the finite-element method (FEM) [20] and computational thermal-fluid dynamics (CtFD) simulations [28]. These aforementioned studies have used binary-approximated multicomponent systems, such as Ni–Nb binary alloys, to simulate IN718 alloys. While MPF simulations using binary alloy systems can effectively reproduce microstructure formations and segregation behaviors, the binary approximation might be affected by the chemical interactions between the removed solute elements in the target multicomponent alloy. The limit of absolute stability predicted by the Mullins-Sekerka theory [29] is also crucial because the limit velocity is close to the solidification rate in the LPBF process and is different in multicomponent and binary-approximated systems. The difference between the solidus and liquidus temperatures, ΔT0, directly determines the absolute stability according to the Mullins-Sekerka theory. For example, the ΔT0 values of IN718 and its binary-approximated Ni–5 wt.%Nb alloy are 134 K [28] and 71 K [30], respectively. The solidification rate compared to the limit of absolute stability, i.e., the relative non-equilibrium of solidification, changes by simplification of the system. It is therefore important to use the composition of the actual multicomponent system in such simulations. However, to the best of our knowledge, there is no MPF simulation using a multicomponent model coupled with a temperature analysis simulation to predict solute segregation in a Ni-based superalloy.
In this study, we demonstrate that the conventional MPF model can reproduce experimentally observed dendritic structures by performing a phase-field simulation using the temperature distribution obtained by a CtFD simulation of a multicomponent Ni-based alloy (conventional solid-solution hardening-type HX). The MPF simulation revealed that the segregation behavior of solute elements largely depends on the regions of the melt pool, such as the cell boundary, the interior of the melt-pool boundary, and heat-affected regions. The sensitivities of the various interfaces to liquation and solidification cracks are compared based on the predicted concentration distributions. Moreover, the feasibility of using the conventional MPF model for LPBF is discussed in terms of the absolute stability limit.
2. Methods
2.1. Laser-beam irradiation experiments
Rolled and recrystallized HX ingots with dimensions of 20 × 50 × 10 mm were used as the specimens for laser-irradiation experiments. The specimens were irradiated with a laser beam scanned along straight lines of 10 mm in length using a laser AM machine (EOS 290 M, EOS) equipped with a 400 W Yb-fiber laser. Irradiation was performed with a beam power of P = 300 W and a scanning speed of V = 600 mm s-1, which are the conditions generally used in the LPBF fabrication of Ni-based superalloy [8]. The corresponding line energy was 0.5 J mm-1. The samples were cut perpendicular to the beam-scanning direction for cross-sectional observation using a field-emission scanning electron microscope (FE-SEM, JEOL JSM 6500). Crystal orientation analysis was performed by electron backscatter diffraction (EBSD). The sizes of each crystal grain and their aspect ratios were evaluated by analyzing the EBSD data.
2.2. CtFD simulation
CtFD simulations of the laser-beam irradiation of HX were performed using a 3D thermo-fluid analysis software (Flow Science FLOW-3D® with Flow-3D Weld module). A Gaussian heat source model was used, in which the irradiation intensity distribution of the beam is regarded as a symmetrical Gaussian distribution over the entire beam. The distribution of the beam irradiation intensity is expressed by the following equation.(1)q̇=2ηPπR2exp−2r2R2.
Here, P is the power, R is the effective beam radius, r is the actual beam radius, and η is the beam absorption rate of the substrate. To improve the accuracy of the model, η was calculated by assuming multiple reflections using the Fresnel equation:(2)�=1−121+1−�cos�21+1+�cos�2+�2−2�cos�+2cos2��2+2�cos�+2cos2�.
ε is the Fresnel coefficient and θ is the incident angle of the laser. A local laser melt causes the vaporization of the material and results in a high vapor pressure. This vapor pressure acts as a recoil pressure on the surface, pushing the weld pool down. The recoil pressure is reproduced using the following equation.(3)precoil=Ap0exp∆HLVRTV1−TVT.
Here, p0 is the atmospheric pressure, ∆HLV is the latent heat of vaporization, R is the gas constant, and TV is the boiling point at the saturated vapor pressure. A is a ratio coefficient that is generally assumed to be 0.54, indicating that the recoil pressure due to evaporation is 54% of the vapor pressure at equilibrium on the liquid surface.
Table 1 shows the parameters used in the simulations. Most parameters were evaluated using an alloy physical property calculation software (Sente software JMatPro v11). The values in a previously published study [31] were used for the emissivity and the Stefan–Boltzmann constant, and the values for pure Ni [32] were used for the heat of vaporization and vaporization temperatures. The Fresnel coefficient, which determines the beam absorption efficiency, was used as a fitting parameter to reproduce the morphology of the experimentally observed melt region, and a Fresnel coefficient of 0.12 was used in this study.
The dimensions of the computational domain of the numerical model were 4.0 mm in the beam-scanning direction, 0.4 mm in width, and 0.3 mm in height. A uniform mesh size of 10 μm was applied throughout the computational domain. The boundary condition of continuity was applied to all boundaries except for the top surface. The temperature was initially set to 300 K. P and V were set to their experimental values, i.e., 300 W and 600 mm s-1, respectively. Solidification conditions based on the temperature gradient, G, the solidification rate, R, and the cooling rate were evaluated, and the obtained temperature distribution was used in the MPF simulations.
2.3. MPF simulation
Two-dimensional MPF simulations weakly coupled with the CtFD simulation were performed using the Microstructure Evolution Simulation Software (MICRESS) [33], [34], [35], [36], [37] with the TQ-Interface for Thermo-Calc [38]. A simplified HX alloy composition of Ni-21.4Cr-17.6Fe-0.46Mn-8.80Mo-0.39Si-0.50W-1.10Co-0.08 C (mass %) was used in this study. The Gibbs free energy and diffusion coefficient of the system were calculated using the TCNI9 thermodynamic database [39] and the MOBNi5 mobility database [40]. Τhe equilibrium phase diagram calculated using Thermo-Calc indicates that the face-centered cubic (FCC) and σ phases appear as the equilibrium solid phases [19]. However, according to the time-temperature-transformation (TTT) diagram [41], the phases are formed after the sample is maintained for tens of hours in a temperature range of 1073 to 1173 K. Therefore, only the liquid and FCC phases were assumed to appear in the MPF simulations. The simulation domain was 5 × 100 μm, and the grid size Δx and interface width were set to 0.025 and 0.1 µm, respectively. The interfacial mobility between the solid and liquid phases was set to 1.0 × 10-8 m4 J-1 s-1. Initially, one crystalline nucleus with a [100] crystal orientation was placed at the left bottom of the simulation domain, with the liquid phase occupying the remainder of the domain. The model was solidified under the temperature field distribution obtained by the CtFD simulation. The concentration distribution and crystal orientation of the solidified model were examined. The primary dendrite arm space (PDAS) was compared to the experimental PDAS measured by the cross-sectional SEM observation.
In an actual LPBF process, solidified layers are remelted and resolidified during the stacking of the one layer above, thereby greatly affecting solute element distributions in those regions. Therefore, remelting and resolidification simulations were performed to examine the effect of remelting on solute segregation. The solidified model was remelted and resolidified by applying a time-dependent temperature field shifted by 60 μm in the height direction, assuming reheating during the stacking of the upper layer (i.e., the upper 40 μm region of the simulation box was remelted and resolidified). The changes in the composition distribution and formed microstructure were investigated.
3. Results
3.1. Experimental observation of melt pool
Fig. 1 shows a cross-sectional optical microscopy image and corresponding inverse pole figure (IPF) orientation maps obtained from the laser-melted region of HX. The dashed line indicates the fusion line. A deep melted region was formed by keyhole-mode melting due to the vaporization of the metal and resultant recoil pressure. Epitaxial growth from the unmelted region was observed. Columnar crystal grains with an average diameter of 5.46 ± 0.32 μm and an aspect ratio of 3.61 ± 0.13 appeared at the melt regions (Figs. 1b–1d). In addition, crystal grains growing in the z direction could be observed in the lower center.
Fig. 2a shows a cross-sectional backscattering electron image (BEI) obtained from the laser-melted region indicated by the black square in Fig. 1a. The bright particles with a diameter of approximately 2 μm observed outside the melt pool. It is well known that M6C, M23C6, σ, and μ precipitate phases are formed in Hastelloy-X [41]. These precipitates mainly consisted of Mo, Cr, Fe, and Ni; The μ and M6C phases are rich in Mo, while the σ and M23C6 phases are rich in Cr. The SEM energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy analysis suggested that the bright particles are the stable precipitates as shown in Fig. S2 and Table S1. Conversely, there are no carbides in the melt pool. This suggests that the cooling rate is extremely high during LPBF, which prevents the formation of a stable carbide during solidification. Figs. 2b–2f show magnified BEI images at different height positions indicated in Fig. 2a. Bright regions are observed between the cells, which become fragmentary at the center of the melt pool, as indicated by the yellow arrow heads in Figs. 2e and 2f.
3.2. CtFD simulation
Figs. 3a–3c show snapshots of the CtFD simulation of HX at 2.72 ms, with the temperature indicated in color. A melt pool with an elongated teardrop shape formed and keyhole-mode melting was observed at the front of the melt region. The cooling rate, temperature gradient (G), and solidification rate (R) were evaluated from the temporal change in the temperature distribution of the CtFD simulation results. The z-position of the solid/liquid interface during the melting and solidification processes is shown in Fig. 3d. The interface goes down rapidly during melting and then rises during solidification. The MPF simulation of the microstructure formation during solidification was performed using the temperature distribution. Moreover, the microstructure formation process during the fabrication of the upper layer was investigated by remelting and resolidifying the solidified layer using the same temperature distribution with a 60 μm upward shift, corresponding to the layer thickness commonly used in the LPBF of Ni-based superalloys.
Figs. 4a–4c show the changes in the cooling rate, temperature gradient, and solidification rate in the center line of the melt pool parallel to the z direction. To output the solidification conditions at the solid/liquid interface in the melt pool, only the data of the mesh where the solid phase ratio was close to 0.5 were plotted. Solidification occurred where the cooling rate was in the range of 2.1 × 105–1.6 × 106 K s-1, G was in the range of 3.6 × 105–1.9 × 107 K m-1, and R was in the range of 8.2 × 10−2–6.3 × 10−1 m s-1. The cooling rate was the highest near the fusion line and decreased as the interface approached the center of the melt region (Fig. 4a). G also exhibited the highest value in the regions near the fusion line and decreased throughout the solid/liquid interface toward the center of the melt pool (Fig. 4b). R had the lowest value near the fusion line and increased as the interface approached the center of the melt region (Fig. 4c).
3.3. MPF simulations coupled with CtFD simulation
MPF simulations of solidification, remelting, and resolidification were performed using the temperature-time distribution obtained by the CtFD simulation. Fig. 5 shows the MPF solidified models colored by phase and Mo concentration. All the computational domains show the FCC phase after the solidification (Fig. 5a). Dendrites grew parallel to the heat flow direction, and solute segregations were observed in the interdendritic regions. At the bottom of the melt pool (Fig. 5d), planar interface growth occurred before the formation of primary dendrites. The bottom of the melt pool is the turning point of the solid/liquid interface from the downward motion in melting to the upward motion in solidification. Thus, the solidification rate at the boundary is zero, and is extremely low immediately above the molt-pool boundary. Here, the lower limit of the solidification rate (R) for dendritic growth can be represented by the constitutional supercooling criterion [29], Vcs = (G × DL) / ΔT, and planar interface growth occurs at R < Vcs. DL and ΔT denote the diffusion coefficient in the liquid and the equilibrium freezing range, respectively. The results suggest that planar interface growth occurs at the bottom of the melt pool, resulting in a dark region with a different solute element distribution. Some of the primary dendrites were diminished by competition with other dendrites. In addition, secondary dendrite arms could be seen in the upper regions (Fig. 5c), where solidification occurred at a lower cooling rate. The fragmentation of the solute segregation near the secondary dendrite arms is similar to that observed in the experimental melt pool shown in Figs. 2e and 2f, and the secondary dendrite arms are suggested to have appeared at the center of the melt region. Fig. 6 shows the PDASs measured from the MPF simulation models, compared to the experimental PDASs measured by the cross-sectional SEM observation of the laser-melted regions (Fig. 2). The PDAS obtained by the MPF simulation become larger as the solidification progress. Ghosh et al. [21] evident by the phase-field method that the PDAS decreases as the cooling rate increases under the rapid cooling conditions obtained by the finite element analysis. In this study, the cooling rate was decreased as the interface approached the center of the melt region (Fig. 4a), and the trends in PDAS changes with respect to cooling rate is same as the reported trend [21]. The simulated trends of the PDAS with the position in the melt pool agreed well with the experimental trends. However, all PDASs in the simulation were larger than those observed in the experiment at the same positions. Ode et al. [42] reported that PDAS differences between 2D and 3D MPF simulations can be represented by PDAS2D = 1.12 × PDAS3D owing to differences in the effects of the interfacial energy and diffusivity. We also performed 2D and 3D MPF simulations under the solidification conditions of G = 1.94 × 107 K m-1 and R = 0.82 m s-1 (Fig. S1), and found that the PDAS from the 2D MPF simulation was 1.26 times larger than that from the 3D simulation. Therefore, the cell structure obtained by the CtFD simulation coupled with the 2D MPF simulation agreed well with the experimental results over the entire melt pool region considering the dimensional effects.
Fig. 7b1 and 7c1 show the concentration profiles of the solidified model along the growth direction indicated by dashed lines in Fig. 7a. The differences in concentrations from the alloy composition are also shown in Fig. 7b2 and 7c2. Cr, Mo, C, Mn, and W were segregated to the interdendritic regions, while Si, Fe, and Co were depressed. The solute segregation behavior agrees with the experimentally observation [43] and the prediction by the Scheil-Gulliver simulation [19]. Segregation occurred to the highest degree in Mo, while the ratio of segregation to the alloy composition was remarkable in C. The concentration fluctuations correlated with the position in the melt pool and decreased at the center of the melt pool, which was suggested to correspond to the lower cooling rate in this region. Conversely, droplets that appeared between secondary dendrite arms in the upper regions of the simulation domain exhibited a locally high segregation of solute elements, with the same amount of segregation as that at the bottom of the melt pool.
3.4. Remelting and resolidification simulation
The solidified model was subjected to remelting and resolidification conditions by shifting the temperature profile upward by 60 µm to reveal the effect of reheating on the solute segregation behavior. Figs. 8a and 8b shows the simulation domains of the HX model after resolidification, colored by phase and Mo concentration. The magnified MPF models during the resolidification of the regions indicated by rectangles in Figs. 8a and 8b are also shown as Figs. 8c and 8d. Dendrites grew from the bottom of the remelted region, with the segregation of solute elements occurring in the interdendritic regions. The entire domain become the FCC phase after the resolidification, as shown in Fig. 8a. The bottom of the remelted regions exhibited a different microstructure, and Mo was depressed at the remelted regions, rather than the interdendritic regions. The different solute segregation behavior [44] and the microstructure formation [45] at the melt pool boundary is also observed in LPBF manufactured 316 L stainless steel. We found that this microstructure was formed by further remelting during the resolidification process, which is shown in Fig. 9. Here, the solidified HX model was heated, and the interdendritic regions were preferentially melted while concentration fluctuations were maintained (Fig. 9a1 and 9a2). Subsequently, planer interface growth occurs near the melt pool boundary where the solidification rate is almost zero, and the dendrites outside of the boundary are grown epitaxially (Fig. 9b1 and 9b2). However, these remelted again because of the temperature rise (Fig. 9c1 and 9c2, and the temperature-time profile shown in Fig. 9e). The remelted regions then cooled and solidified with the abnormal solute segregations (Fig. 9d1 and 9d2). Then, dendrite grows from amplified fluctuations under the solidification rate larger than the criterion of constitutional supercooling (Fig. 9d1, 9d2, and Fig. 8d). It has been reported [46], [47] that temperature rising owning to latent heat affects microstructure formation: phase-field simulations of a Ni–Al binary alloy suggest that the release of latent heat during solidification increases the average temperature of the system [46] and strongly influences the solidification conditions [47]. In this study, the release of latent heat during solidification is considered in CtFD simulations for calculating the temperature distribution, and the temperature increase is suggested to have also occurred due to the release of latent heat.
Fig. 10b1 and 10c1 show the solute element concentration line profiles of the resolidified model along the growth direction indicated by dashed lines in Fig. 10a. Fig. 10b2 and 10c2 show the corresponding differences in concentration from the alloy composition. The segregation behavior of solute elements at the interdendritic regions (Fig. 10b1 and 10b2) was the same as that in the solidified model (Figs. 7b1 and 7b2). Here, Cr, Mo, C, Mn, and W were segregated to the interdendritic regions, while Si, Fe, and Co were depressed. However, the concentration fluctuations at the interdendritic regions were larger than those in the solidified model. Moreover, the segregation of the outside of the melt pool, i.e., the heat-affected zone, was remarkable throughout remelting and resolidification. Different segregation behaviors were observed in the re-remelted region: Mo, Si, Mn, and W were segregated, while Ni, Fe, and Co were depressed. These solute segregations caused by remelting are expected to heavily influence the crack behavior.
4. Discussion
4.1. Effect of segregation of solute elements on liquation cracking susceptibility
Strong solute segregation was observed between the interdendritic regions of the solidified alloy (Fig. 7). In addition, the solute segregation behavior was significantly affected by remelting and resolidification and varied across the alloy. Solute segregation can be categorized by the regions shown in Fig. 11a1–11a4, namely the cell boundary (Fig. 11a1), interior of the melt-pool boundary (Fig. 11a2), re-remelted regions (Fig. 11a3), and heat-affected regions (Fig. 11a4). The concentration profiles of these regions are shown in Fig. 11b1–11b4. Solute segregation was the highest in the cell boundary region. The solute segregation in the heat-affected region was almost the same as that in the cell boundary region, but seemed to have been attenuated by reheating during remelting and resolidification. The interior of the melt-pool boundary region also had the same tendency for solute segregation. However, the amount of Cr segregation was smaller than that of Mo. A decrease in the Cr concentration was also mitigated, and the concentration remained the same as that in the alloy composition. Fig. 11c1–11c4 show the chemical potentials of the solute elements for the FCC phase at 1073 K calculated using the compositions of those interfacial regions. All the interfacial regions showed non-constant chemical potentials for each element along the perpendicular direction, but the fluctuations of the chemical potentials differed by the type of interfaces. In particular, the fluctuation of the chemical potential of C at the cell boundary region was the largest, suggesting it can be relaxed easily by heat treatment. On the other hand, the fluctuations of the other elements in all the regions were small. The solute segregations are most likely to remain after the heat treatment and are supposed to affect the cracking susceptibilities.
The solidus temperatures TS, the difference between the liquidus and solidus temperatures (i.e., the brittle temperature range (BTR)), and the fractions of the equilibrium precipitate phases at 1073 K of the interfacial regions were calculated as the liquation, solidification, and ductility dip cracking susceptibilities, respectively. At the cell boundary (Fig. 12a1), interior of the melt-pool boundary (Fig. 12a1), and heat-affected regions (Fig. 12a1), the internal and interfacial regions exhibited higher and lower TS compared to that of the alloy composition, respectively. The lowest Ts was obtained with the composition at the cell boundary region, which is the largest solute-segregated region. It has been suggested that strong segregations of solute elements in LPBF lead to liquation cracks [16]. This study also supports this suggestion, and liquation cracks are more likely to occur at the interfacial regions indicated by predicting the solute segregation behavior using the MPF model. Additionally, the BTRs of the cell boundary, interior of the melt-pool boundary, and heat-affected regions were wider at the interdendritic regions, and solidification cracks were also likely to occur in these regions. Moreover, within the solute segregation regions, the fraction of the precipitate phases in these interfacial regions was larger than that calculated using the alloy composition (Fig. 12c1, 12c2, and 12c4). This indicates that ductility dip cracking is also likely to occur at the cell boundary, interior of the melt-pool boundary, and in heat-affected regions. Contrarily, we found that the re-remelted region exhibited a higher TS and smaller BTR even in the interfacial region (Fig. 12a3 and 12b3), where the solute segregation behavior was different from that of the other regions. In addition, the re-remelting region exhibited less precipitation compared with the other segregated regions (Fig. 12c3). The re-remelting caused by the latent heat can attenuate solute segregation, prevent Ts from decreasing, decrease the BTR, and decrease the amount of precipitate phases. Alloys with a large amount of latent heat are expected to increase the re-remelting region, thereby decreasing the susceptibility to liquation and ductility dip cracks due to solute element segregation. This can be a guide for designing alloys for the LPBF process. As mentioned in Section 3.4, the microstructure [45] and the solute segregation behavior [44] at the melt pool boundary of LPBF-manufactured 316 L stainless steel are observed, and they are different from that of the interdendritic regions. Experimental observations of the solute segregation behavior in the LPBF-fabricated Ni-based alloys are currently underway.
4.2. Applicability of the conventional MPF simulation to microstructure formation under LPBF
As the solidification growth rate increases, segregation coefficients approach 1, and the fluctuation of the solid/liquid interface is suppressed by the interfacial tension. The interface growth occurs in a flat fashion instead of having a cellular morphology at a velocity above the absolute stability limit, Ras, predicted by the Mullins-Sekerka theory [29]: Ras = (ΔT0DL) / (k Γ) where ΔT0, DL, k, and Γ are the difference between the liquidus and solidus temperatures, equilibrium segregation coefficient, the diffusivity of liquid, and the Gibbs-Thomson coefficient, respectively.
The Ras of HX was calculated using the equation and the thermodynamic parameters obtained by the TCNI9 thermodynamic database [39]. The calculated Ras of HX was 3.9 m s-1 and is ten times larger than that of the Ni–Nb alloy (approximately 0.4 m s-1) [20]. The HX alloy was solidified under R values in the range of 8.2 × 10−2–6.3 × 10−1 m s-1. The theoretically calculated criterion is larger than the evaluated R, and is in agreement with the experiment in which dendritic growth is observed in the melt pool (Fig. 5). In contrast, Karayagiz et al. [20] reported that the R of the Ni–Nb binary alloy under LPBF was as high as approximately 2 m s-1, and planar interface growth was observed to be predominant under the high-growth-rate conditions. These experimentally observed microstructures agree well with the prediction by the Mullins-Sekerka theory about the relationship between the morphology and solidification rates.
In this study, the solidification microstructure formed by the laser-beam irradiation of an HX multicomponent Ni-based superalloy was reproduced by a conventional MPF simulation, in which the system was assumed to be in a quasi-equilibrium condition. Boussinot et al. [24] also suggested that the conventional phase-field model can be applied to simulate the microstructure of an IN718 multicomponent Ni-based superalloy in LPBF. In contrast, Kagayaski et al. [20] suggested that the conventional MPF simulation cannot be applied to the solidification of the Ni-Nb binary alloy system and that the finite interface dissipation model proposed by Steinbach et al. [48], [49] is necessary to simulate the high solidification rates observed in LPBF. The difference in the applicability of the conventional MPF method to HX and Ni–Nb binary alloys is presumed to arise from the differences in the non-equilibrium degree of these systems under the high solidification rates of LPBF. The results suggest that Ras can be used as a simple index to apply the conventional MPF model for solidification in LPBF. Solidification becomes a non-equilibrium process as the solidification rate approaches the limit of absolute stability, Ras. In this study, the solidification of the HX multicomponent system occurred under a relatively low solidification rate compared to Ras, and the microstructure of the conventional MPF model was successfully reproduced in the physical experiment. However, note that the limit of absolute stability predicted by the Mullins-Sekerka theory was originally proposed for solidification in a binary alloy system, and further investigation is required to consider its applicability to multicomponent alloy systems. Moreover, the fast solidification, such as in the LPBF process, causes segregation coefficient approaching a value of 1 [20], [21], [25] corresponds to a diffusion length that is on the order of the atomic interface thickness. When the segregation coefficient approaches 1, solute undercooling disappears; hence, there is no driving force to amplify fluctuations regardless of whether interfacial tension is present. This phenomenon should be further investigated in future studies.
5. Conclusions
We simulated solute segregation in a multicomponent HX alloy under the LPBF process by an MPF simulation using the temperature distributions obtained by a CtFD simulation. We set the parameters of the CtFD simulation to match the melt pool shape formed in the laser-irradiation experiment and found that solidification occurred under high cooling rates of up to 1.6 × 106 K s-1.
MPF simulations using the temperature distributions from CtFD simulation could reproduce the experimentally observed PDAS and revealed that significant solute segregation occurred at the interdendritic regions. Equilibrium thermodynamic calculations using the alloy compositions of the segregated regions when considering crack sensitivities suggested a decrease in the solidus temperature and an increase in the amount of carbide precipitation, thereby increasing the susceptibility to liquation and ductility dip cracks in these regions. Notably, these changes were suppressed at the melt-pool boundary region, where re-remelting occurred during the stacking of the layer above. This effect can be used to achieve a novel in-process segregation attenuation.
Our study revealed that a conventional MPF simulation weakly coupled with a CtFD simulation can be used to study the solidification of multicomponent alloys in LPBF, contrary to the cases of binary alloys investigated in previous studies. We discussed the applicability of the conventional MPF model to the LPBF process in terms of the limit of absolute stability, Ras, and suggested that alloys with a high limit velocity, i.e., multicomponent alloys, can be simulated using the conventional MPF model even under the high solidification velocity conditions of LPBF.
The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper
Acknowledgments
This work was partly supported by the Cabinet Office, Government of Japan, Cross-ministerial Strategic Innovation Promotion Program (SIP), “Materials Integration for Revolutionary Design System of Structural Materials,” (funding agency: The Japan Science and Technology Agency), by JSPS KAKENHI Grant Numbers 21H05018 and 21H05193, and by CREST Nanomechanics: Elucidation of macroscale mechanical properties based on understanding nanoscale dynamics for innovative mechanical materials (Grant Number: JPMJCR2194) from the Japan Science and Technology Agency (JST). The authors would like to thank Mr. H. Kawabata and Mr. K. Kimura for their technical support with the sample preparations and laser beam irradiation experiments.
[1]M. Ramsperger, R.F. Singer, C. KörnerMicrostructure of the nickel-base superalloy CMSX-4 fabricated by selective electron beam meltingMetall. Mater. Trans. A Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 47 (2016), pp. 1469-1480, 10.1007/s11661-015-3300-y View at publisher This article is free to access.View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[3]K. Hagihara, T. NakanoControl of anisotropic crystallographic texture in powder bed fusion additive manufacturing of metals and ceramics—A reviewJOM, 74 (2021), pp. 1760-1773, 10.1007/s11837-021-04966-7 View at publisher This article is free to access.Google Scholar
[6]N. Raghavan, R. Dehoff, S. Pannala, S. Simunovic, M. Kirka, J. Turner, N. Carlson, S.S. BabuNumerical modeling of heat-transfer and the influence of process parameters on tailoring the grain morphology of IN718 in electron beam additive manufacturingActa Mater, 112 (2016), pp. 303-314, 10.1016/j.actamat.2016.03.063View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[7]N. Raghavan, S. Simunovic, R. Dehoff, A. Plotkowski, J. Turner, M. Kirka, S. BabuLocalized melt-scan strategy for site specific control of grain size and primary dendrite arm spacing in electron beam additive manufacturingActa Mater, 140 (2017), pp. 375-387, 10.1016/j.actamat.2017.08.038View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[9]T. Keller, G. Lindwall, S. Ghosh, L. Ma, B.M. Lane, F. Zhang, U.R. Kattner, E.A. Lass, J.C. Heigel, Y. Idell, M.E. Williams, A.J. Allen, J.E. Guyer, L.E. LevineApplication of finite element, phase-field, and CALPHAD-based methods to additive manufacturing of Ni-based superalloysActa Mater, 139 (2017), pp. 244-253, 10.1016/j.actamat.2017.05.003View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[10]F. Zhang, L.E. Levine, A.J. Allen, M.R. Stoudt, G. Lindwall, E.A. Lass, M.E. Williams, Y. Idell, C.E. CampbellEffect of heat treatment on the microstructural evolution of a nickel-based superalloy additive-manufactured by laser powder bed fusionActa Mater, 152 (2018), pp. 200-214, 10.1016/j.actamat.2018.03.017View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[12]H. Wang, L. Chen, B. Dovgyy, W. Xu, A. Sha, X. Li, H. Tang, Y. Liu, H. Wu, M.S. PhamMicro-cracking, microstructure and mechanical properties of Hastelloy-X alloy printed by laser powder bed fusion: As-built, annealed and hot-isostatic pressedAddit. Manuf., 39 (2021), Article 101853, 10.1016/j.addma.2021.101853View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[14]H. Kitano, M. Tsujii, M. Kusano, A. Yumoto, M. WatanabeEffect of plastic strain on the solidification cracking of Hastelloy-X in the selective laser melting processAddit. Manuf., 37 (2020), Article 101742, 10.1016/j.addma.2020.101742View at publisher Google Scholar
[15]J. Xu, H. Gruber, D. Deng, R.L. Peng, J.J. MoverareShort-term creep behavior of an additive manufactured non-weldable Nickel-base superalloy evaluated by slow strain rate testingActa Mater, 179 (2019), pp. 142-157, 10.1016/j.actamat.2019.08.034View PDFView articleGoogle Scholar
[16]P. Kontis, E. Chauvet, Z. Peng, J. He, A.K. da Silva, D. Raabe, C. Tassin, J.J. Blandin, S. Abed, R. Dendievel, B. Gault, G. MartinAtomic-scale grain boundary engineering to overcome hot-cracking in additively-manufactured superalloysActa Mater, 177 (2019), pp. 209-221, 10.1016/j.actamat.2019.07.041View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[17]C. Körner, M. Ramsperger, C. Meid, D. Bürger, P. Wollgramm, M. Bartsch, G. EggelerMicrostructure and mechanical properties of CMSX-4 single crystals prepared by additive manufacturingMetall. Mater. Trans. A Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 49 (2018), pp. 3781-3792, 10.1007/s11661-018-4762-5 View at publisher This article is free to access.View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[18]T. Ishimoto, R. Ozasa, K. Nakano, M. Weinmann, C. Schnitter, M. Stenzel, A. Matsugaki, T. Nagase, T. Matsuzaka, M. Todai, H.S. Kim, T. NakanoDevelopment of TiNbTaZrMo bio-high entropy alloy (BioHEA) super-solid solution by selective laser melting, and its improved mechanical property and biocompatibilityScr. Mater., 194 (2021), Article 113658, 10.1016/j.scriptamat.2020.113658View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[20]K. Karayagiz, L. Johnson, R. Seede, V. Attari, B. Zhang, X. Huang, S. Ghosh, T. Duong, I. Karaman, A. Elwany, R. ArróyaveFinite interface dissipation phase field modeling of Ni–Nb under additive manufacturing conditionsActa Mater, 185 (2020), pp. 320-339, 10.1016/j.actamat.2019.11.057View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[21]S. Ghosh, L. Ma, N. Ofori-Opoku, J.E. GuyerOn the primary spacing and microsegregation of cellular dendrites in laser deposited Ni-Nb alloysModel. Simul. Mater. Sci. Eng., 25 (2017), 10.1088/1361-651X/aa7369View at publisher Google Scholar
[22]S. Nomoto, M. Segawa, M. WatanabeNon- and quasi-equilibrium multi-phase field methods coupled with CALPHAD database for rapid-solidification microstructural evolution in laser powder bed additive manufacturing conditionMetals, 11 (2021), p. 626, 10.3390/met11040626View at publisher View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[26]M. Okugawa, Y. Ohigashi, Y. Furishiro, Y. Koizumi, T. NakanoEquiaxed grain formation by intrinsic heterogeneous nucleation via rapid heating and cooling in additive manufacturing of aluminum-silicon hypoeutectic alloyJ. Alloys Compd., 919 (2022), Article 165812, 10.1016/j.jallcom.2022.165812View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[27]M. Okugawa, Y. Furushiro, Y. KoizumiEffect of rapid heating and cooling conditions on microstructure formation in powder bed fusion of Al-Si hypoeutectic alloy: A Phase-Field StudyMaterials, 15 (2022), p. 6092, 10.3390/ma15176092View at publisher View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[36]C. Kumara, A. Ramanathan Balachandramurthi, S. Goel, F. Hanning, J. MoverareToward a better understanding of phase transformations in additive manufacturing of Alloy 718Materialia, 13 (2020), Article 100862View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[37]B. Böttger, M. ApelPhase-field simulation of the formation of new grains by fragmentation during melting of an ABD900 superalloyIOP Conf. Ser. Mater. Sci. Eng., 1281 (2023), Article 012008, 10.1088/1757-899x/1281/1/012008 View at publisher This article is free to access.Google Scholar
[44]K. Sato, S. Takagi, S. Ichikawa, T. Ishimoto, T. NakanoMicrostructure and Solute Segregation around the Melt-Pool Boundary of Orientation-Controlled 316L Austenitic Stainless Steel Produced by Laser Powder Bed FusionMaterials, 16 (2023), 10.3390/ma16010218View at publisher Google Scholar
[45]Y. Liu, K. Nose, M. Okugawa, Y. Koizumi, T. NakanoFabrication and process monitoring of 316L stainless steel by laser powder bed fusion with µ-helix scanning strategy and narrow scanning line intervalsMater. Trans., 64 (2023), pp. 1135-1142, 10.2320/matertrans.MT-ME2022006View at publisherView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[46]H. Schaar, I. Steinbach, M. TegelerNumerical study of epitaxial growth after partial remelting during selective electron beam melting in the context of ni–alMetals, 11 (2021), pp. 2-13, 10.3390/met11122012View at publisher Google Scholar
[47]M. Uddagiri, O. Shchyglo, I. Steinbach, B. Wahlmann, C. KoernerPhase-Field Study of the History-Effect of Remelted Microstructures on Nucleation During Additive Manufacturing of Ni-Based SuperalloysMetall. Mater. Trans. A Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 54 (2023), pp. 1825-1842, 10.1007/s11661-023-07004-0 View at publisher This article is free to access.View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Unintended end-of-process depression (EOPD) commonly occurs in laser powder bed fusion (LPBF), leading to poor surface quality and lower fatigue strength, especially for many implants. In this study, a high-fidelity multi-physics meso-scale simulation model is developed to uncover the forming mechanism of this defect. A defect-process map of the EOPD phenomenon is obtained using this simulation model. It is found that the EOPD formation mechanisms are different under distinct regions of process parameters. At low scanning speeds in keyhole mode, the long-lasting recoil pressure and the large temperature gradient easily induce EOPD. While at high scanning speeds in keyhole mode, the shallow molten pool morphology and the large solidification rate allow the keyhole to evolve into an EOPD quickly. Nevertheless, in the conduction mode, the Marangoni effects along with a faster solidification rate induce EOPD. Finally, a ‘step’ variable power strategy is proposed to optimise the EOPD defects for the case with high volumetric energy density at low scanning speeds. This work provides a profound understanding and valuable insights into the quality control of LPBF fabrication.
의도하지 않은 공정 종료 후 함몰(EOPD)은 LPBF(레이저 분말층 융합)에서 흔히 발생하며, 특히 많은 임플란트의 경우 표면 품질이 떨어지고 피로 강도가 낮아집니다. 본 연구에서는 이 결함의 형성 메커니즘을 밝히기 위해 충실도가 높은 다중 물리학 메조 규모 시뮬레이션 모델을 개발했습니다.
이 시뮬레이션 모델을 사용하여 EOPD 현상의 결함 프로세스 맵을 얻습니다. EOPD 형성 메커니즘은 공정 매개변수의 별개 영역에서 서로 다른 것으로 밝혀졌습니다.
키홀 모드의 낮은 스캔 속도에서는 오래 지속되는 반동 압력과 큰 온도 구배로 인해 EOPD가 쉽게 유발됩니다. 키홀 모드에서 높은 스캐닝 속도를 유지하는 동안 얕은 용융 풀 형태와 큰 응고 속도로 인해 키홀이 EOPD로 빠르게 진화할 수 있습니다.
그럼에도 불구하고 전도 모드에서는 더 빠른 응고 속도와 함께 마랑고니 효과가 EOPD를 유발합니다. 마지막으로, 낮은 스캐닝 속도에서 높은 체적 에너지 밀도를 갖는 경우에 대해 EOPD 결함을 최적화하기 위한 ‘단계’ 가변 전력 전략이 제안되었습니다.
이 작업은 LPBF 제조의 품질 관리에 대한 심오한 이해와 귀중한 통찰력을 제공합니다.
Figure 5. Simulation of the molten pool under low-speed scanning (1.06 m/s). (a) Sequential solidification of the molten pool at the
end of the melt track for laser powers of 190 and 340 W, respectively. (b) Recoil pressure on the molten pool at the keyhole for laser
powers of 190 and 340 W, respectively. (c) The force diagram of the melt at the back of the keyhole at t = 750 μs in case B. (d) Temperature gradient at the solid–liquid interface of the molten pool at the moment the laser is deactivated in case A. (e) Temperature
gradient at the solid–liquid interface of the molten pool at the moment the laser is deactivated in case B.
References
[1] Zhang C, Li Z, Zhang J, et al. Additive manufacturing of magnesium matrix composites: comprehensive review of recent progress and research perspectives. J Mag Alloys. 2023. doi:10.1016/j.jma.2023.02.005 [2] Webster S, Lin H, Carter III FM, et al. Physical mechanisms in hybrid additive manufacturing: a process design framework. J Mater Process Technol. 2022;291:117048. doi:10. 1016/j.jmatprotec.2021.117048 [3] Wang S, Ning J, Zhu L, et al. Role of porosity defects in metal 3D printing: formation mechanisms, impacts on properties and mitigation strategies. Mater Today. 2022. doi:10.1016/j.mattod.2022.08.014 [4] Wei C, Li L. Recent progress and scientific challenges in multi-material additive manufacturing via laser-based powder bed fusion. Virtual Phys Prototyp. 2021;16 (3):347–371. doi:10.1080/17452759.2021.1928520 [5] Lin X, Wang Q, Fuh JYH, et al. Motion feature based melt pool monitoring for selective laser melting process. J Mater Process Technol. 2022;303:117523. doi:10.1016/j. jmatprotec.2022.117523 [6] Gockel J, Sheridan L, Koerper B, et al. The influence of additive manufacturing processing parameters on surface roughness and fatigue life. Int J Fatigue. 2019;124:380–388. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2019.03.025 [7] Nicoletto G. Influence of rough as-built surfaces on smooth and notched fatigue behavior of L-PBF AlSi10Mg. Addit Manuf. 2020;34:101251. doi:10.1016/j. addma.2020.101251 [8] Spece H, Yu T, Law AW, et al. 3D printed porous PEEK created via fused filament fabrication for osteoconductive orthopaedic surfaces. J Mech Behav Biomed Mater. 2020;109:103850. doi:10.1115/1.0004270v [9] Andrukhov O, Huber R, Shi B, et al. Proliferation, behavior, and differentiation of osteoblasts on surfaces of different microroughness. Dent Mater. 2016;32(11):1374–1384. doi:10.1016/j.dental.2016.08.217 [10] Dai N, Zhang LC, Zhang J, et al. Corrosion behavior of selective laser melted Ti-6Al-4 V alloy in NaCl solution. Corros Sci. 2016;102:484–489. doi:10.1016/j.corsci.2015. 10.041 [11] Li EL, Wang L, Yu AB, et al. A three-phase model for simulation of heat transfer and melt pool behaviour in laser powder bed fusion process. Powder Technol. 2021;381:298–312. doi:10.1016/j.powtec.2020.11.061 [12] Liao B, Xia RF, Li W, et al. 3D-printed ti6al4v scaffolds with graded triply periodic minimal surface structure for bone tissue engineering. J Mater Eng Perform. 2021;30:4993– 5004. doi:10.1007/s11665-021-05580-z [13] Li E, Zhou Z, Wang L, et al. Melt pool dynamics and pores formation in multi-track studies in laser powder bed fusion process. Powder Technol. 2022;405:117533. doi:10.1016/j.powtec.2022.117533 [14] Guo L, Geng S, Gao X, et al. Numerical simulation of heat transfer and fluid flow during nanosecond pulsed laser processing of Fe78Si9B13 amorphous alloys. Int J Heat Mass Transfer. 2021;170:121003. doi:10.1016/j.ijheatma sstransfer.2021.121003 [15] Guo L, Li Y, Geng S, et al. Numerical and experimental analysis for morphology evolution of 6061 aluminum alloy during nanosecond pulsed laser cleaning. Surf Coat Technol. 2022;432:128056. doi:10.1016/j.surfcoat. 2021.128056 [16] Li S, Liu D, Mi H, et al. Numerical simulation on evolution process of molten pool and solidification characteristics of melt track in selective laser melting of ceramic powder. Ceram Int. 2022;48(13):18302–18315. doi:10. 1016/j.ceramint.2022.03.089 [17] Aboulkhair NT, Maskery I, Tuck C, et al. On the formation of AlSi10Mg single tracks and layers in selective laser melting: microstructure and nano-mechanical properties. J Mater Process Technol. 2016;230:88–98. doi:10.1016/j. jmatprotec.2015.11.016 [18] Thijs L, Kempen K, Kruth JP, et al. Fine-structured aluminium products with controllable texture by selective laser melting of pre-alloyed AlSi10Mg powder. Acta Mater. 2013;61(5):1809–1819. doi:10.1016/j.actamat.2012.11.052 [19] Qiu C, Adkins NJE, Attallah MM. Microstructure and tensile properties of selectively laser-melted and of HIPed laser-melted Ti–6Al–4 V. Mater Sci Eng A. 2013;578:230–239. doi:10.1016/j.msea.2013.04.099 [20] Kazemi Z, Soleimani M, Rokhgireh H, et al. Melting pool simulation of 316L samples manufactured by selective laser melting method, comparison with experimental results. Int J Therm Sci. 2022;176:107538. doi:10.1016/j. ijthermalsci.2022.107538 [21] Cao L. Workpiece-scale numerical simulations of SLM molten pool dynamic behavior of 316L stainless steel. Comput Math Appl. 2021;96:209–228. doi:10.1016/j. camwa.2020.04.020 [22] Liu B, Fang G, Lei L, et al. Predicting the porosity defects in selective laser melting (SLM) by molten pool geometry. Int J Mech Sci. 2022;228:107478. doi:10.1016/j.ijmecsci. 2022.107478 [23] Ur Rehman A, Pitir F, Salamci MU. Full-field mapping and flow quantification of melt pool dynamics in laser powder bed fusion of SS316L. Materials. 2021;14(21):6264. doi:10. 3390/ma14216264 [24] Chia HY, Wang L, Yan W. Influence of oxygen content on melt pool dynamics in metal additive manufacturing: high-fidelity modeling with experimental validation. Acta Mater. 2023;249:118824. doi:10.1016/j.actamat. 2023.118824 [25] Cheng B, Loeber L, Willeck H, et al. Computational investigation of melt pool process dynamics and pore formation in laser powder bed fusion. J Mater Eng Perform. 2019;28:6565–6578. doi:10.1007/s11665-019- 04435-y [26] Li X, Guo Q, Chen L, et al. Quantitative investigation of gas flow, powder-gas interaction, and powder behavior under different ambient pressure levels in laser powder bed fusion. Int J Mach Tools Manuf. 2021;170:103797. doi:10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2021.103797 [27] Wu Y, Li M, Wang J, et al. Powder-bed-fusion additive manufacturing of molybdenum: process simulation, optimization, and property prediction. Addit Manuf. 2022;58:103069. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2022.103069 [28] Wu S, Yang Y, Huang Y, et al. Study on powder particle behavior in powder spreading with discrete element method and its critical implications for binder jetting additive manufacturing processes. Virtual Phys Prototyp. 2023;18(1):e2158877. doi:10.1080/17452759.2022.2158877 [29] Klassen A, Schakowsky T, Kerner C. Evaporation model for beam based additive manufacturing using free surface lattice Boltzmann methods. J Phys D Appl Phys. 2014;47 (27):275303. doi:10.1088/0022-3727/47/27/275303 [30] Cao L. Mesoscopic-scale numerical simulation including the influence of process parameters on slm single-layer multi-pass formation. Metall Mater Trans A. 2020;51:4130–4145. doi:10.1007/s11661-020-05831-z [31] Zhuang JR, Lee YT, Hsieh WH, et al. Determination of melt pool dimensions using DOE-FEM and RSM with process window during SLM of Ti6Al4V powder. Opt Laser Technol. 2018;103:59–76. doi:10.1016/j.optlastec.2018. 01.013 [32] Li Y, Gu D. Thermal behavior during selective laser melting of commercially pure titanium powder: numerical simulation and experimental study. Addit Manuf. 2014;1–4:99–109. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2014.09.001 [33] Dai D, Gu D. Thermal behavior and densification mechanism during selective laser melting of copper matrix composites: simulation and experiments. Mater Des. 2014;55 (0):482–491. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2013.10.006 [34] Wang S, Zhu L, Dun Y, et al. Multi-physics modeling of direct energy deposition process of thin-walled structures: defect analysis. Comput Mech. 2021;67:c1229– c1242. doi:10.1007/s00466-021-01992-9 [35] Wu J, Zheng J, Zhou H, et al. Molten pool behavior and its mechanism during selective laser melting of polyamide 6 powder: single track simulation and experiments. Mater Res Express. 2019;6. doi:10.1088/2053-1591/ab2747 [36] Cho JH, Farson DF, Milewski JO, et al. Weld pool flows during initial stages of keyhole formation in laser welding. J Phys D Appl Phys. 2009;42. doi:10.1088/0022- 3727/42/17/175502 [37] Sinha KN. Identification of a suitable volumetric heat source for modelling of selective laser melting of Ti6Al4V powder using numerical and experimental validation approach. Int J Adv Manuf Technol. 2018;99:2257–2270. doi:10.1007/s00170-018-2631-4 [38] Fu CH, Guo YB. Three-dimensional temperature gradient mechanism in selective laser melting of Ti-6Al-4V. J Manuf Sci Eng. 2014;136(6):061004. doi:10.1115/1.4028539 [39] Ansari P, Rehman AU, Pitir F, et al. Selective laser melting of 316 l austenitic stainless steel: detailed process understanding using multiphysics simulation and experimentation. Metals. 2021;11(7):1076. doi:10.3390/met11071076 [40] Zhao C, Shi B, Chen S, et al. Laser melting modes in metal powder bed fusion additive manufacturing. Rev Mod Phys. 2022;94(4):045002. doi:10.1103/revmodphys.94. 045002 [41] Bertoli US, Wolfer AJ, Matthews MJ, et al. On the limitations of volumetric energy density as a design parameter for selective laser melting. Mater Des. 2017;113:331–340. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2016.10.037 [42] Dash A, Kamaraj A. Prediction of the shift in melting mode during additive manufacturing of 316L stainless steel. Mater Today Commun. 2023: 107238. doi:10.1016/j. mtcomm.2023.107238 [43] Majeed M, Khan HM, Rasheed I. Finite element analysis of melt pool thermal characteristics with passing laser in SLM process. Optik. 2019;194:163068. doi:10.1016/j.ijleo. 2019.163068
In order to comprehensively reveal the evolutionary dynamics of the molten pool and the state of motion of the fluid during the high-precision laser powder bed fusion (HP-LPBF) process, this study aims to deeply investigate the specific manifestations of the multiphase flow, solidification phenomena, and heat transfer during the process by means of numerical simulation methods. Numerical simulation models of SS316L single-layer HP-LPBF formation with single and double tracks were constructed using the discrete element method and the computational fluid dynamics method. The effects of various factors such as Marangoni convection, surface tension, vapor recoil, gravity, thermal convection, thermal radiation, and evaporative heat dissipation on the heat and mass transfer in the molten pool have been paid attention to during the model construction process. The results show that the molten pool exhibits a “comet” shape, in which the temperature gradient at the front end of the pool is significantly larger than that at the tail end, with the highest temperature gradient up to 1.69 × 108 K/s. It is also found that the depth of the second track is larger than that of the first one, and the process parameter window has been determined preliminarily. In addition, the application of HP-LPBF technology helps to reduce the surface roughness and minimize the forming size.
Laser powder bed fusion (LPBF) has become a research hotspot in the field of additive manufacturing of metals due to its advantages of high-dimensional accuracy, good surface quality, high density, and high material utilization.1,2 With the rapid development of electronics, medical, automotive, biotechnology, energy, communication, and optics, the demand for microfabrication technology is increasing day by day.3 High-precision laser powder bed fusion (HP-LPBF) is one of the key manufacturing technologies for tiny parts in the fields of electronics, medical, automotive, biotechnology, energy, communication, and optics because of its process characteristics such as small focal spot diameter, small powder particle size, and thin powder layup layer thickness.4–13 Compared with LPBF, HP-LPBF has the significant advantages of smaller focal spot diameter, smaller powder particle size, and thinner layer thickness. These advantages make HP-LPBF perform better in producing micro-fine parts, high surface quality, and parts with excellent mechanical properties.
HP-LPBF is in the exploratory stage, and researchers have already done some exploratory studies on the focal spot diameter, the amount of defocusing, and the powder particle size. In order to explore the influence of changing the laser focal spot diameter on the LPBF process characteristics of the law, Wildman et al.14 studied five groups of different focal spot diameter LPBF forming 316L stainless steel (SS316L) processing effect, the smallest focal spot diameter of 26 μm, and the results confirm that changing the focal spot diameter can be achieved to achieve the energy control, so as to control the quality of forming. Subsequently, Mclouth et al.15 proposed the laser out-of-focus amount (focal spot diameter) parameter, which characterizes the distance between the forming plane and the laser focal plane. The laser energy density was controlled by varying the defocusing amount while keeping the laser parameters constant. Sample preparation at different focal positions was investigated, and their microstructures were characterized. The results show that the samples at the focal plane have finer microstructure than those away from the focal plane, which is the effect of higher power density and smaller focal spot diameter. In order to explore the influence of changing the powder particle size on the characteristics of the LPBF process, Qian et al.16 carried out single-track scanning simulations on powder beds with average powder particle sizes of 70 and 40 μm, respectively, and the results showed that the melt tracks sizes were close to each other under the same process parameters for the two particle-size distributions and that the molten pool of powder beds with small particles was more elongated and the edges of the melt tracks were relatively flat. In order to explore the superiority of HP-LPBF technology, Xu et al.17 conducted a comparative analysis of HP-LPBF and conventional LPBF of SS316L. The results showed that the average surface roughness of the top surface after forming by HP-LPBF could reach 3.40 μm. Once again, it was verified that HP-LPBF had higher forming quality than conventional LPBF. On this basis, Wei et al.6 comparatively analyzed the effects of different laser focal spot diameters on different powder particle sizes formed by LPBF. The results showed that the smaller the laser focal spot diameter, the fewer the defects on the top and side surfaces. The above research results confirm that reducing the laser focal spot diameter can obtain higher energy density and thus better forming quality.
LPBF involves a variety of complex systems and mechanisms, and the final quality of the part is influenced by a large number of process parameters.18–24 Some research results have shown that there are more than 50 factors affecting the quality of the specimen. The influencing factors are mainly categorized into three main groups: (1) laser parameters, (2) powder parameters, and (3) equipment parameters, which interact with each other to determine the final specimen quality. With the continuous development of technologies such as computational materials science and computational fluid dynamics (CFD), the method of studying the influence of different factors on the forming quality of LPBF forming process has been shifted from time-consuming and laborious experimental characterization to the use of numerical simulation methods. As a result, more and more researchers are adopting this approach for their studies. Currently, numerical simulation studies on LPBF are mainly focused on the exploration of molten pool, temperature distribution, and residual stresses.
Finite element simulation based on continuum mechanics and free surface fluid flow modeling based on fluid dynamics are two common approaches to study the behavior of LPBF molten pool.25–28 Finite element simulation focuses on the temperature and thermal stress fields, treats the powder bed as a continuum, and determines the molten pool size by plotting the elemental temperature above the melting point. In contrast, fluid dynamics modeling can simulate the 2D or 3D morphology of the metal powder pile and obtain the powder size and distribution by certain algorithms.29 The flow in the molten pool is mainly affected by recoil pressure and the Marangoni effect. By simulating the molten pool formation, it is possible to predict defects, molten pool shape, and flow characteristics, as well as the effect of process parameters on the molten pool geometry.30–34 In addition, other researchers have been conducted to optimize the laser processing parameters through different simulation methods and experimental data.35–46 Crystal growth during solidification is studied to further understand the effect of laser parameters on dendritic morphology and solute segregation.47–54 A multi-scale system has been developed to describe the fused deposition process during 3D printing, which is combined with the conductive heat transfer model and the dendritic solidification model.55,56
Relevant scholars have adopted various different methods for simulation, such as sequential coupling theory,57 Lagrangian and Eulerian thermal models,58 birth–death element method,25 and finite element method,59 in order to reveal the physical phenomena of the laser melting process and optimize the process parameters. Luo et al.60 compared the LPBF temperature field and molten pool under double ellipsoidal and Gaussian heat sources by ANSYS APDL and found that the diffusion of the laser energy in the powder significantly affects the molten pool size and the temperature field.
The thermal stresses obtained from the simulation correlate with the actual cracks,61 and local preheating can effectively reduce the residual stresses.62 A three-dimensional thermodynamic finite element model investigated the temperature and stress variations during laser-assisted fabrication and found that powder-to-solid conversion increases the temperature gradient, stresses, and warpage.63 Other scholars have predicted residual stresses and part deflection for LPBF specimens and investigated the effects of deposition pattern, heat, laser power, and scanning strategy on residual stresses, noting that high-temperature gradients lead to higher residual stresses.64–67
In short, the process of LPBF forming SS316L is extremely complex and usually involves drastic multi-scale physicochemical changes that will only take place on a very small scale. Existing literature employs DEM-based mesoscopic-scale numerical simulations to investigate the effects of process parameters on the molten pool dynamics of LPBF-formed SS316L. However, a few studies have been reported on the key mechanisms of heating and solidification, spatter, and convective behavior of the molten pool of HP-LPBF-formed SS316L with small laser focal spot diameters. In this paper, the geometrical properties of coarse and fine powder particles under three-dimensional conditions were first calculated using DEM. Then, numerical simulation models for single-track and double-track cases in the single-layer HP-LPBF forming SS316L process were developed at mesoscopic scale using the CFD method. The flow genesis of the melt in the single-track and double-track molten pools is discussed, and their 3D morphology and dimensional characteristics are discussed. In addition, the effects of laser process parameters, powder particle size, and laser focal spot diameter on the temperature field, characterization information, and defects in the molten pool are discussed.
II. MODELING
A. 3D powder bed modeling
HP-LPBF is an advanced processing technique for preparing target parts layer by layer stacking, the process of which involves repetitive spreading and melting of powders. In this process, both the powder spreading and the morphology of the powder bed are closely related to the results of the subsequent melting process, while the melted surface also affects the uniform distribution of the next layer of powder. For this reason, this chapter focuses on the modeling of the physical action during the powder spreading process and the theory of DEM to establish the numerical model of the powder bed, so as to lay a solid foundation for the accuracy of volume of fluid (VOF) and CFD.
1. DEM
DEM is a numerical technique for calculating the interaction of a large number of particles, which calculates the forces and motions of the spheres by considering each powder sphere as an independent unit. The motion of the powder particles follows the laws of classical Newtonian mechanics, including translational and rotational,38,68–70 which are expressed as follows:����¨=���+∑��ij,
(1)����¨=∑�(�ij×�ij),
(2)
where �� is the mass of unit particle i in kg, ��¨ is the advective acceleration in m/s2, And g is the gravitational acceleration in m/s2. �ij is the force in contact with the neighboring particle � in N. �� is the rotational inertia of the unit particle � in kg · m2. ��¨ is the unit particle � angular acceleration in rad/s2. �ij is the vector pointing from unit particle � to the contact point of neighboring particle �.
Equations (1) and (2) can be used to calculate the velocity and angular velocity variations of powder particles to determine their positions and velocities. A three-dimensional powder bed model of SS316L was developed using DEM. The powder particles are assumed to be perfect spheres, and the substrate and walls are assumed to be rigid. To describe the contact between the powder particles and between the particles and the substrate, a non-slip Hertz–Mindlin nonlinear spring-damping model71 was used with the following expression:�hz=��������+��[(�����ij−�eff����)−(�����+�eff����)],
(3)
where �hz is the force calculated using the Hertzian in M. �� and �� are the radius of unit particles � and � in m, respectively. �� is the overlap size of the two powder particles in m. ��, �� are the elastic constants in the normal and tangential directions, respectively. �ij is the unit vector connecting the centerlines of the two powder particles. �eff is the effective mass of the two powder particles in kg. �� and �� are the viscoelastic damping constants in the normal and tangential directions, respectively. �� and �� are the components of the relative velocities of the two powder particles. ��� is the displacement vector between two spherical particles. The schematic diagram of overlapping powder particles is shown in Fig. 1.
Schematic diagram of overlapping powder particles.
Because the particle size of the powder used for HP-LPBF is much smaller than 100 μm, the effect of van der Waals forces must be considered. Therefore, the cohesive force �jkr of the Hertz–Mindlin model was used instead of van der Waals forces,72 with the following expression:�jkr=−4��0�*�1.5+4�*3�*�3,
(4)1�*=(1−��2)��+(1−��2)��,
(5)1�*=1��+1��,
(6)
where �* is the equivalent Young’s modulus in GPa; �* is the equivalent particle radius in m; �0 is the surface energy of the powder particles in J/m2; α is the contact radius in m; �� and �� are the Young’s modulus of the unit particles � and �, respectively, in GPa; and �� and �� are the Poisson’s ratio of the unit particles � and �, respectively.
2. Model building
Figure 2 shows a 3D powder bed model generated using DEM with a coarse powder geometry of 1000 × 400 × 30 μm3. The powder layer thickness is 30 μm, and the powder bed porosity is 40%. The average particle size of this spherical powder is 31.7 μm and is normally distributed in the range of 15–53 μm. The geometry of the fine powder was 1000 × 400 × 20 μm3, with a layer thickness of 20 μm, and the powder bed porosity of 40%. The average particle size of this spherical powder is 11.5 μm and is normally distributed in the range of 5–25 μm. After the 3D powder bed model is generated, it needs to be imported into the CFD simulation software for calculation, and the imported geometric model is shown in Fig. 3. This geometric model is mainly composed of three parts: protective gas, powder bed, and substrate. Under the premise of ensuring the accuracy of the calculation, the mesh size is set to 3 μm, and the total number of coarse powder meshes is 1 704 940. The total number of fine powder meshes is 3 982 250.
Geometric modeling of the powder bed computational domain: (a) coarse powder, (b) fine powder.
B. Modeling of fluid mechanics simulation
In order to solve the flow, melting, and solidification problems involved in HP-LPBF molten pool, the study must follow the three governing equations of conservation of mass, conservation of energy, and conservation of momentum.73 The VOF method, which is the most widely used in fluid dynamics, is used to solve the molten pool dynamics model.
1. VOF
VOF is a method for tracking the free interface between the gas and liquid phases on the molten pool surface. The core idea of the method is to define a volume fraction function F within each grid, indicating the proportion of the grid space occupied by the material, 0 ≤ F ≤ 1 in Fig. 4. Specifically, when F = 0, the grid is empty and belongs to the gas-phase region; when F = 1, the grid is completely filled with material and belongs to the liquid-phase region; and when 0 < F < 1, the grid contains free surfaces and belongs to the mixed region. The direction normal to the free surface is the direction of the fastest change in the volume fraction F (the direction of the gradient of the volume fraction), and the direction of the gradient of the volume fraction can be calculated from the values of the volume fractions in the neighboring grids.74 The equations controlling the VOF are expressed as follows:𝛻����+�⋅(��→)=0,
(7)
where t is the time in s and �→ is the liquid velocity in m/s.
The material parameters of the mixing zone are altered due to the inclusion of both the gas and liquid phases. Therefore, in order to represent the density of the mixing zone, the average density �¯ is used, which is expressed as follows:72�¯=(1−�1)�gas+�1�metal,
(8)
where �1 is the proportion of liquid phase, �gas is the density of protective gas in kg/m3, and �metal is the density of metal in kg/m3.
2. Control equations and boundary conditions
Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the HP-LPBF melting process. First, the laser light strikes a localized area of the material and rapidly heats up the area. Next, the energy absorbed in the region is diffused through a variety of pathways (heat conduction, heat convection, and surface radiation), and this process triggers complex phase transition phenomena (melting, evaporation, and solidification). In metals undergoing melting, the driving forces include surface tension and the Marangoni effect, recoil due to evaporation, and buoyancy due to gravity and uneven density. The above physical phenomena interact with each other and do not occur independently.
Laser heat sourceThe Gaussian surface heat source model is used as the laser heat source model with the following expression:�=2�0����2exp(−2�12��2),(9)where � is the heat flow density in W/m2, �0 is the absorption rate of SS316L, �� is the radius of the laser focal spot in m, and �1 is the radial distance from the center of the laser focal spot in m. The laser focal spot can be used for a wide range of applications.
Energy absorptionThe formula for calculating the laser absorption �0 of SS316L is as follows:�0=0.365(�0[1+�0(�−20)]/�)0.5,(10)where �0 is the direct current resistivity of SS316L at 20 °C in Ω m, �0 is the resistance temperature coefficient in ppm/°C, � is the temperature in °C, and � is the laser wavelength in m.
Heat transferThe basic principle of heat transfer is conservation of energy, which is expressed as follows:𝛻𝛻𝛻�(��)��+�·(��→�)=�·(�0����)+��,(11)where � is the density of liquid phase SS316L in kg/m3, �� is the specific heat capacity of SS316L in J/(kg K), 𝛻� is the gradient operator, t is the time in s, T is the temperature in K, 𝛻�� is the temperature gradient, �→ is the velocity vector, �0 is the coefficient of thermal conduction of SS316L in W/(m K), and �� is the thermal energy dissipation term in the molten pool.
Molten pool flowThe following three conditions need to be satisfied for the molten pool to flow:
Conservation of mass with the following expression:𝛻�·(��→)=0.(12)
Conservation of momentum (Navier–Stokes equation) with the following expression:𝛻𝛻𝛻𝛻���→��+�(�→·�)�→=�·[−pI+�(��→+(��→)�)]+�,(13)where � is the pressure in Pa exerted on the liquid phase SS316L microelement, � is the unit matrix, � is the fluid viscosity in N s/m2, and � is the volumetric force (gravity, atmospheric pressure, surface tension, vapor recoil, and the Marangoni effect).
Surface tension and the Marangoni effectThe effect of temperature on the surface tension coefficient is considered and set as a linear relationship with the following expression:�=�0−��dT(�−��),(14)where � is the surface tension of the molten pool at temperature T in N/m, �� is the melting temperature of SS316L in K, �0 is the surface tension of the molten pool at temperature �� in Pa, and σdσ/ dT is the surface tension temperature coefficient in N/(m K).In general, surface tension decreases with increasing temperature. A temperature gradient causes a gradient in surface tension that drives the liquid to flow, known as the Marangoni effect.
Metal vapor recoilAt higher input energy densities, the maximum temperature of the molten pool surface reaches the evaporation temperature of the material, and a gasification recoil pressure occurs vertically downward toward the molten pool surface, which will be the dominant driving force for the molten pool flow.75 The expression is as follows:��=0.54�� exp ���−���0���,(15)where �� is the gasification recoil pressure in Pa, �� is the ambient pressure in kPa, �� is the latent heat of evaporation in J/kg, �0 is the gas constant in J/(mol K), T is the surface temperature of the molten pool in K, and Te is the evaporation temperature in K.
Solid–liquid–gas phase transitionWhen the laser hits the powder layer, the powder goes through three stages: heating, melting, and solidification. During the solidification phase, mutual transformations between solid, liquid, and gaseous states occur. At this point, the latent heat of phase transition absorbed or released during the phase transition needs to be considered.68 The phase transition is represented based on the relationship between energy and temperature with the following expression:�=�����,(�<��),�(��)+�−����−����,(��<�<��)�(��)+(�−��)����,(��<�),,(16)where �� and �� are solid and liquid phase density, respectively, of SS316L in kg/m3. �� and �� unit volume of solid and liquid phase-specific heat capacity, respectively, of SS316L in J/(kg K). �� and ��, respectively, are the solidification temperature and melting temperature of SS316L in K. �� is the latent heat of the phase transition of SS316L melting in J/kg.
3. Assumptions
The CFD model was computed using the commercial software package FLOW-3D.76 In order to simplify the calculation and solution process while ensuring the accuracy of the results, the model makes the following assumptions:
It is assumed that the effects of thermal stress and material solid-phase thermal expansion on the calculation results are negligible.
The molten pool flow is assumed to be a Newtonian incompressible laminar flow, while the effects of liquid thermal expansion and density on the results are neglected.
It is assumed that the surface tension can be simplified to an equivalent pressure acting on the free surface of the molten pool, and the effect of chemical composition on the results is negligible.
Neglecting the effect of the gas flow field on the molten pool.
The mass loss due to evaporation of the liquid metal is not considered.
The influence of the plasma effect of the molten metal on the calculation results is neglected.
It is worth noting that the formulation of assumptions requires a trade-off between accuracy and computational efficiency. In the above models, some physical phenomena that have a small effect or high difficulty on the calculation results are simplified or ignored. Such simplifications make numerical simulations more efficient and computationally tractable, while still yielding accurate results.
4. Initial conditions
The preheating temperature of the substrate was set to 393 K, at which time all materials were in the solid state and the flow rate was zero.
5. Material parameters
The material used is SS316L and the relevant parameters required for numerical simulations are shown in Table I.46,77,78
TABLE I.
SS316L-related parameters.
Property
Symbol
Value
Density of solid metal (kg/m3)
�metal
7980
Solid phase line temperature (K)
��
1658
Liquid phase line temperature (K)
��
1723
Vaporization temperature (K)
��
3090
Latent heat of melting ( J/kg)
��
2.60×105
Latent heat of evaporation ( J/kg)
��
7.45×106
Surface tension of liquid phase (N /m)
�
1.60
Liquid metal viscosity (kg/m s)
��
6×10−3
Gaseous metal viscosity (kg/m s)
�gas
1.85×10−5
Temperature coefficient of surface tension (N/m K)
��/�T
0.80×10−3
Molar mass ( kg/mol)
M
0.05 593
Emissivity
�
0.26
Laser absorption
�0
0.35
Ambient pressure (kPa)
��
101 325
Ambient temperature (K)
�0
300
Stefan–Boltzmann constant (W/m2 K4)
�
5.67×10−8
Thermal conductivity of metals ( W/m K)
�
24.55
Density of protective gas (kg/m3)
�gas
1.25
Coefficient of thermal expansion (/K)
��
16×10−6
Generalized gas constant ( J/mol K)
R
8.314
III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
With the objective of studying in depth the evolutionary patterns of single-track and double-track molten pool development, detailed observations were made for certain specific locations in the model, as shown in Fig. 6. In this figure, P1 and P2 represent the longitudinal tangents to the centers of the two melt tracks in the XZ plane, while L1 is the transverse profile in the YZ plane. The scanning direction is positive and negative along the X axis. Points A and B are the locations of the centers of the molten pool of the first and second melt tracks, respectively (x = 1.995 × 10−4, y = 5 × 10−7, and z = −4.85 × 10−5).
A series of single-track molten pool simulation experiments were carried out in order to investigate the influence law of laser power as well as scanning speed on the HP-LPBF process. Figure 7 demonstrates the evolution of the 3D morphology and temperature field of the single-track molten pool in the time period of 50–500 μs under a laser power of 100 W and a scanning speed of 800 mm/s. The powder bed is in the natural cooling state. When t = 50 μs, the powder is heated by the laser heat and rapidly melts and settles to form the initial molten pool. This process is accompanied by partial melting of the substrate and solidification together with the melted powder. The molten pool rapidly expands with increasing width, depth, length, and temperature, as shown in Fig. 7(a). When t = 150 μs, the molten pool expands more obviously, and the temperature starts to transfer to the surrounding area, forming a heat-affected zone. At this point, the width of the molten pool tends to stabilize, and the temperature in the center of the molten pool has reached its peak and remains largely stable. However, the phenomenon of molten pool spatter was also observed in this process, as shown in Fig. 7(b). As time advances, when t = 300 μs, solidification begins to occur at the tail of the molten pool, and tiny ripples are produced on the solidified surface. This is due to the fact that the melt flows toward the region with large temperature gradient under the influence of Marangoni convection and solidifies together with the melt at the end of the bath. At this point, the temperature gradient at the front of the bath is significantly larger than at the end. While the width of the molten pool was gradually reduced, the shape of the molten pool was gradually changed to a “comet” shape. In addition, a slight depression was observed at the top of the bath because the peak temperature at the surface of the bath reached the evaporation temperature, which resulted in a recoil pressure perpendicular to the surface of the bath downward, creating a depressed region. As the laser focal spot moves and is paired with the Marangoni convection of the melt, these recessed areas will be filled in as shown in Fig. 7(c). It has been shown that the depressed regions are the result of the coupled effect of Marangoni convection, recoil pressure, and surface tension.79 By t = 500 μs, the width and height of the molten pool stabilize and show a “comet” shape in Fig. 7(d).
Single-track molten pool process: (a) t = 50 ��, (b) t = 150 ��, (c) t = 300 ��, (d) t = 500 ��.
Figure 8 depicts the velocity vector diagram of the P1 profile in a single-track molten pool, the length of the arrows represents the magnitude of the velocity, and the maximum velocity is about 2.36 m/s. When t = 50 μs, the molten pool takes shape, and the velocities at the two ends of the pool are the largest. The variation of the velocities at the front end is especially more significant in Fig. 8(a). As the time advances to t = 150 μs, the molten pool expands rapidly, in which the velocity at the tail increases and changes more significantly, while the velocity at the front is relatively small. At this stage, the melt moves backward from the center of the molten pool, which in turn expands the molten pool area. The melt at the back end of the molten pool center flows backward along the edge of the molten pool surface and then converges along the edge of the molten pool to the bottom center, rising to form a closed loop. Similarly, a similar closed loop is formed at the front end of the center of the bath, but with a shorter path. However, a large portion of the melt in the center of the closed loop formed at the front end of the bath is in a nearly stationary state. The main cause of this melt flow phenomenon is the effect of temperature gradient and surface tension (the Marangoni effect), as shown in Figs. 8(b) and 8(e). This dynamic behavior of the melt tends to form an “elliptical” pool. At t = 300 μs, the tendency of the above two melt flows to close the loop is more prominent and faster in Fig. 8(c). When t = 500 μs, the velocity vector of the molten pool shows a stable trend, and the closed loop of melt flow also remains stable. With the gradual laser focal spot movement, the melt is gradually solidified at its tail, and finally, a continuous and stable single track is formed in Fig. 8(d).
Vector plot of single-track molten pool velocity in XZ longitudinal section: (a) t = 50 ��, (b) t = 150 ��, (c) t = 300 ��, (d) t = 500 ��, (e) molten pool flow.
In order to explore in depth the transient evolution of the molten pool, the evolution of the single-track temperature field and the melt flow was monitored in the YZ cross section. Figure 9(a) shows the state of the powder bed at the initial moment. When t = 250 μs, the laser focal spot acts on the powder bed and the powder starts to melt and gradually collects in the molten pool. At this time, the substrate will also start to melt, and the melt flow mainly moves in the downward and outward directions and the velocity is maximum at the edges in Fig. 9(b). When t = 300 μs, the width and depth of the molten pool increase due to the recoil pressure. At this time, the melt flows more slowly at the center, but the direction of motion is still downward in Fig. 9(c). When t = 350 μs, the width and depth of the molten pool further increase, at which time the intensity of the melt flow reaches its peak and the direction of motion remains the same in Fig. 9(d). When t = 400 μs, the melt starts to move upward, and the surrounding powder or molten material gradually fills up, causing the surface of the molten pool to begin to flatten. At this time, the maximum velocity of the melt is at the center of the bath, while the velocity at the edge is close to zero, and the edge of the melt starts to solidify in Fig. 9(e). When t = 450 μs, the melt continues to move upward, forming a convex surface of the melt track. However, the melt movement slows down, as shown in Fig. 9(f). When t = 500 μs, the melt further moves upward and its speed gradually becomes smaller. At the same time, the melt solidifies further, as shown in Fig. 9(g). When t = 550 μs, the melt track is basically formed into a single track with a similar “mountain” shape. At this stage, the velocity is close to zero only at the center of the molten pool, and the flow behavior of the melt is poor in Fig. 9(h). At t = 600 μs, the melt stops moving and solidification is rapidly completed. Up to this point, a single track is formed in Fig. 9(i). During the laser action on the powder bed, the substrate melts and combines with the molten state powder. The powder-to-powder fusion is like the convergence of water droplets, which are rapidly fused by surface tension. However, the fusion between the molten state powder and the substrate occurs driven by surface tension, and the molten powder around the molten pool is pulled toward the substrate (a wetting effect occurs), which ultimately results in the formation of a monolithic whole.38,80,81
Evolution of single-track molten pool temperature and melt flow in the YZ cross section: (a) t = 0 ��, (b) t = 250 ��, (c) t = 300 ��, (d) t = 350 ��, (e) t = 400 ��, (f) t = 450 ��, (g) t = 500 ��, (h) t = 550 ��, (i) t = 600 ��.
The wetting ability between the liquid metal and the solid substrate in the molten pool directly affects the degree of balling of the melt,82,83 and the wetting ability can be measured by the contact angle of a single track in Fig. 10. A smaller value of contact angle represents better wettability. The contact angle α can be calculated by�=�1−�22,
(17)
where �1 and �2 are the contact angles of the left and right regions, respectively.
Relevant studies have confirmed that the wettability is better at a contact angle α around or below 40°.84 After measurement, a single-track contact angle α of about 33° was obtained under this process parameter, which further confirms the good wettability.
B. Double-track simulation
In order to deeply investigate the influence of hatch spacing on the characteristics of the HP-LPBF process, a series of double-track molten pool simulation experiments were systematically carried out. Figure 11 shows in detail the dynamic changes of the 3D morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool in the time period of 2050–2500 μs under the conditions of laser power of 100 W, scanning speed of 800 mm/s, and hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. By comparing the study with Fig. 7, it is observed that the basic characteristics of the 3D morphology and temperature field of the second track are similar to those of the first track. However, there are subtle differences between them. The first track exhibits a basically symmetric shape, but the second track morphology shows a slight deviation influenced by the difference in thermal diffusion rate between the solidified metal and the powder. Otherwise, the other characteristic information is almost the same as that of the first track. Figure 12 shows the velocity vector plot of the P2 profile in the double-track molten pool, with a maximum velocity of about 2.63 m/s. The melt dynamics at both ends of the pool are more stable at t = 2050 μs, where the maximum rate of the second track is only 1/3 of that of the first one. Other than that, the rest of the information is almost no significant difference from the characteristic information of the first track. Figure 13 demonstrates a detailed observation of the double-track temperature field and melts flow in the YZ cross section, and a comparative study with Fig. 9 reveals that the width of the second track is slightly wider. In addition, after the melt direction shifts from bottom to top, the first track undergoes four time periods (50 μs) to reach full solidification, while the second track takes five time periods. This is due to the presence of significant heat buildup in the powder bed after the forming of the first track, resulting in a longer dynamic time of the melt and an increased molten pool lifetime. In conclusion, the level of specimen forming can be significantly optimized by adjusting the laser power and hatch spacing.
Evolution of double-track molten pool temperature and melt flow in the YZ cross section: (a) t = 2250 ��, (b) t = 2300 ��, (c) t = 2350 ��, (d) t = 2400 ��, (e) t = 2450 ��, (f) t = 2500 ��, (g) t = 2550 ��, (h) t = 2600 ��, (i) t = 2650 ��.
In order to quantitatively detect the molten pool dimensions as well as the remolten region dimensions, the molten pool characterization information in Fig. 14 is constructed by drawing the boundary on the YZ cross section based on the isothermal surface of the liquid phase line. It can be observed that the heights of the first track and second track are basically the same, but the depth of the second track increases relative to the first track. The molten pool width is mainly positively correlated with the laser power as well as the scanning speed (the laser line energy density �). However, the remelted zone width is negatively correlated with the hatch spacing (the overlapping ratio). Overall, the forming quality of the specimens can be directly influenced by adjusting the laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing.
Double-track molten pool characterization information on YZ cross section.
In order to study the variation rule of the temperature in the center of the molten pool with time, Fig. 15 demonstrates the temperature variation curves with time for two reference points, A and B. Among them, the red dotted line indicates the liquid phase line temperature of SS316L. From the figure, it can be seen that the maximum temperature at the center of the molten pool in the first track is lower than that in the second track, which is mainly due to the heat accumulation generated after passing through the first track. The maximum temperature gradient was calculated to be 1.69 × 108 K/s. When the laser scanned the first track, the temperature in the center of the molten pool of the second track increased slightly. Similarly, when the laser scanned the second track, a similar situation existed in the first track. Since the temperature gradient in the second track is larger than that in the first track, the residence time of the liquid phase in the molten pool of the first track is longer than that of the second track.
Temperature profiles as a function of time for two reference points A and B.
C. Simulation analysis of molten pool under different process parameters
In order to deeply investigate the effects of various process parameters on the mesoscopic-scale temperature field, molten pool characteristic information and defects of HP-LPBF, numerical simulation experiments on mesoscopic-scale laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing of double-track molten pools were carried out.
1. Laser power
Figure 16 shows the effects of different laser power on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool at a scanning speed of 800 mm/s and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. When P = 50 W, a smaller molten pool is formed due to the lower heat generated by the Gaussian light source per unit time. This leads to a smaller track width, which results in adjacent track not lapping properly and the presence of a large number of unmelted powder particles, resulting in an increase in the number of defects, such as pores in the specimen. The surface of the track is relatively flat, and the depth is small. In addition, the temperature gradient before and after the molten pool was large, and the depression location appeared at the biased front end in Fig. 16(a). When P = 100 W, the surface of the track is flat and smooth with excellent lap. Due to the Marangoni effect, the velocity field of the molten pool is in the form of “vortex,” and the melt has good fluidity, and the maximum velocity reaches 2.15 m/s in Fig. 16(b). When P = 200 W, the heat generated by the Gaussian light source per unit time is too large, resulting in the melt rapidly reaching the evaporation temperature, generating a huge recoil pressure, forming a large molten pool, and the surface of the track is obviously raised. The melt movement is intense, especially the closed loop at the center end of the molten pool. At this time, the depth and width of the molten pool are large, leading to the expansion of the remolten region and the increased chance of the appearance of porosity defects in Fig. 16(c). The results show that at low laser power, the surface tension in the molten pool is dominant. At high laser power, recoil pressure is its main role.
Simulation results of double-track molten pool under different laser powers: (a) P = 50 W, (b) P = 100 W, (c) P = 200 W.
Table II shows the effect of different laser powers on the characteristic information of the double-track molten pool at a scanning speed of 800 mm/s and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. The negative overlapping ratio in the table indicates that the melt tracks are not lapped, and 26/29 indicates the melt depth of the first track/second track. It can be seen that with the increase in laser power, the melt depth, melt width, melt height, and remelted zone show a gradual increase. At the same time, the overlapping ratio also increases. Especially in the process of laser power from 50 to 200 W, the melting depth and melting width increased the most, which increased nearly 2 and 1.5 times, respectively. Meanwhile, the overlapping ratio also increases with the increase in laser power, which indicates that the melting and fusion of materials are better at high laser power. On the other hand, the dimensions of the molten pool did not change uniformly with the change of laser power. Specifically, the depth-to-width ratio of the molten pool increased from about 0.30 to 0.39 during the increase from 50 to 120 W, which further indicates that the effective heat transfer in the vertical direction is greater than that in the horizontal direction with the increase in laser power. This dimensional response to laser power is mainly affected by the recoil pressure and also by the difference in the densification degree between the powder layer and the metal substrate. In addition, according to the experimental results, the contact angle shows a tendency to increase and then decrease during the process of laser power increase, and always stays within the range of less than 33°. Therefore, in practical applications, it is necessary to select the appropriate laser power according to the specific needs in order to achieve the best processing results.
TABLE II.
Double-track molten pool characterization information at different laser powers.
Laser power (W)
Depth (μm)
Width (μm)
Height (μm)
Remolten region (μm)
Overlapping ratio (%)
Contact angle (°)
50
16
54
11
/
−10
23
100
26/29
74
14
18
23.33
33
200
37/45
116
21
52
93.33
28
2. Scanning speed
Figure 17 demonstrates the effect of different scanning speeds on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool at a laser power of 100 W and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. With the gradual increase in scanning speed, the surface morphology of the molten pool evolves from circular to elliptical. When � = 200 mm/s, the slow scanning speed causes the material to absorb too much heat, which is very easy to trigger the overburning phenomenon. At this point, the molten pool is larger and the surface morphology is uneven. This situation is consistent with the previously discussed scenario with high laser power in Fig. 17(a). However, when � = 1600 mm/s, the scanning speed is too fast, resulting in the material not being able to absorb sufficient heat, which triggers the powder particles that fail to melt completely to have a direct effect on the bonding of the melt to the substrate. At this time, the molten pool volume is relatively small and the neighboring melt track cannot lap properly. This result is consistent with the previously discussed case of low laser power in Fig. 17(b). Overall, the ratio of the laser power to the scanning speed (the line energy density �) has a direct effect on the temperature field and surface morphology of the molten pool.
Simulation results of double-track molten pool under different scanning speed: (a) � = 200 mm/s, (b) � = 1600 mm/s.
Table III shows the effects of different scanning speed on the characteristic information of the double-track molten pool under the condition of laser power of 100 W and hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. It can be seen that the scanning speed has a significant effect on the melt depth, melt width, melt height, remolten region, and overlapping ratio. With the increase in scanning speed, the melt depth, melt width, melt height, remelted zone, and overlapping ratio show a gradual decreasing trend. Among them, the melt depth and melt width decreased faster, while the melt height and remolten region decreased relatively slowly. In addition, when the scanning speed was increased from 200 to 800 mm/s, the decreasing speeds of melt depth and melt width were significantly accelerated, while the decreasing speeds of overlapping ratio were relatively slow. When the scanning speed was further increased to 1600 mm/s, the decreasing speeds of melt depth and melt width were further accelerated, and the un-lapped condition of the melt channel also appeared. In addition, the contact angle increases and then decreases with the scanning speed, and both are lower than 33°. Therefore, when selecting the scanning speed, it is necessary to make reasonable trade-offs according to the specific situation, and take into account the factors of melt depth, melt width, melt height, remolten region, and overlapping ratio, in order to achieve the best processing results.
TABLE III.
Double-track molten pool characterization information at different scanning speeds.
Scanning speed (mm/s)
Depth (μm)
Width (μm)
Height (μm)
Remolten region (μm)
Overlapping ratio (%)
Contact angle (°)
200
55/68
182
19/32
124
203.33
22
1600
13
50
11
/
−16.67
31
3. Hatch spacing
Figure 18 shows the effect of different hatch spacing on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool under the condition of laser power of 100 W and scanning speed of 800 mm/s. The surface morphology and temperature field of the first track and second track are basically the same, but slightly different. The first track shows a basically symmetric morphology along the scanning direction, while the second track shows a slight offset due to the difference in the heat transfer rate between the solidified material and the powder particles. When the hatch spacing is too small, the overlapping ratio increases and the probability of defects caused by remelting phenomenon grows. When the hatch spacing is too large, the neighboring melt track cannot overlap properly, and the powder particles are not completely melted, leading to an increase in the number of holes. In conclusion, the ratio of the line energy density � to the hatch spacing (the volume energy density E) has a significant effect on the temperature field and surface morphology of the molten pool.
Simulation results of double-track molten pool under different hatch spacings: (a) H = 0.03 mm, (b) H = 0.12 mm.
Table IV shows the effects of different hatch spacing on the characteristic information of the double-track molten pool under the condition of laser power of 100 W and scanning speed of 800 mm/s. It can be seen that the hatch spacing has little effect on the melt depth, melt width, and melt height, but has some effect on the remolten region. With the gradual expansion of hatch spacing, the remolten region shows a gradual decrease. At the same time, the overlapping ratio also decreased with the increase in hatch spacing. In addition, it is observed that the contact angle shows a tendency to increase and then remain stable when the hatch spacing increases, which has a more limited effect on it. Therefore, trade-offs and decisions need to be made on a case-by-case basis when selecting the hatch spacing.
TABLE IV.
Double-track molten pool characterization information at different hatch spacings.
Hatch spacing (mm)
Depth (μm)
Width (μm)
Height (μm)
Remolten region (μm)
Overlapping ratio (%)
Contact angle (°)
0.03
25/27
82
14
59
173.33
30
0.12
26
78
14
/
−35
33
In summary, the laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing have a significant effect on the formation of the molten pool, and the correct selection of these three process parameters is crucial to ensure the forming quality. In addition, the melt depth of the second track is slightly larger than that of the first track at higher line energy density � and volume energy density E. This is mainly due to the fact that a large amount of heat accumulation is generated after the first track, forming a larger molten pool volume, which leads to an increase in the melt depth.
D. Simulation analysis of molten pool with powder particle size and laser focal spot diameter
Figure 19 demonstrates the effect of different powder particle sizes and laser focal spot diameters on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool under a laser power of 100 W, a scanning speed of 800 mm/s, and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. In the process of melting coarse powder with small laser focal spot diameter, the laser energy cannot completely melt the larger powder particles, resulting in their partial melting and further generating excessive pore defects. The larger powder particles tend to generate zigzag molten pool edges, which cause an increase in the roughness of the melt track surface. In addition, the molten pool is also prone to generate the present spatter phenomenon, which can directly affect the quality of forming. The volume of the formed molten pool is relatively small, while the melt depth, melt width, and melt height are all smaller relative to the fine powder in Fig. 19(a). In the process of melting fine powders with a large laser focal spot diameter, the laser energy is able to melt the fine powder particles sufficiently, even to the point of overmelting. This results in a large number of fine spatters being generated at the edge of the molten pool, which causes porosity defects in the melt track in Fig. 19(b). In addition, the maximum velocity of the molten pool is larger for large powder particle sizes compared to small powder particle sizes, which indicates that the temperature gradient in the molten pool is larger for large powder particle sizes and the melt motion is more intense. However, the size of the laser focal spot diameter has a relatively small effect on the melt motion. However, a larger focal spot diameter induces a larger melt volume with greater depth, width, and height. In conclusion, a small powder size helps to reduce the surface roughness of the specimen, and a small laser spot diameter reduces the minimum forming size of a single track.
Simulation results of double-track molten pool with different powder particle size and laser focal spot diameter: (a) focal spot = 25 μm, coarse powder, (b) focal spot = 80 μm, fine powder.
Table V shows the maximum temperature gradient at the reference point for different powder sizes and laser focal spot diameters. As can be seen from the table, the maximum temperature gradient is lower than that of HP-LPBF for both coarse powders with a small laser spot diameter and fine powders with a large spot diameter, a phenomenon that leads to an increase in the heat transfer rate of HP-LPBF, which in turn leads to a corresponding increase in the cooling rate and, ultimately, to the formation of finer microstructures.
TABLE V.
Maximum temperature gradient at the reference point for different powder particle sizes and laser focal spot diameters.
Laser power (W)
Scanning speed (mm/s)
Hatch spacing (mm)
Average powder size (μm)
Laser focal spot diameter (μm)
Maximum temperature gradient (×107 K/s)
100
800
0.06
31.7
25
7.89
11.5
80
7.11
IV. CONCLUSIONS
In this study, the geometrical characteristics of 3D coarse and fine powder particles were first calculated using DEM and then numerical simulations of single track and double track in the process of forming SS316L from monolayer HP-LPBF at mesoscopic scale were developed using CFD method. The effects of Marangoni convection, surface tension, recoil pressure, gravity, thermal convection, thermal radiation, and evaporative heat dissipation on the heat and mass transfer in the molten pool were considered in this model. The effects of laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing on the dynamics of the single-track and double-track molten pools, as well as on other characteristic information, were investigated. The effects of the powder particle size on the molten pool were investigated comparatively with the laser focal spot diameter. The main conclusions are as follows:
The results show that the temperature gradient at the front of the molten pool is significantly larger than that at the tail, and the molten pool exhibits a “comet” morphology. At the top of the molten pool, there is a slightly concave region, which is the result of the coupling of Marangoni convection, recoil pressure, and surface tension. The melt flow forms two closed loops, which are mainly influenced by temperature gradients and surface tension. This special dynamic behavior of the melt tends to form an “elliptical” molten pool and an almost “mountain” shape in single-track forming.
The basic characteristics of the three-dimensional morphology and temperature field of the second track are similar to those of the first track, but there are subtle differences. The first track exhibits a basically symmetrical shape; however, due to the difference in thermal diffusion rates between the solidified metal and the powder, a slight asymmetry in the molten pool morphology of the second track occurs. After forming through the first track, there is a significant heat buildup in the powder bed, resulting in a longer dynamic time of the melt, which increases the life of the molten pool. The heights of the first track and second track remained essentially the same, but the depth of the second track was greater relative to the first track. In addition, the maximum temperature gradient was 1.69 × 108 K/s during HP-LPBF forming.
At low laser power, the surface tension in the molten pool plays a dominant role. At high laser power, recoil pressure becomes the main influencing factor. With the increase of laser power, the effective heat transfer in the vertical direction is superior to that in the horizontal direction. With the gradual increase of scanning speed, the surface morphology of the molten pool evolves from circular to elliptical. In addition, the scanning speed has a significant effect on the melt depth, melt width, melt height, remolten region, and overlapping ratio. Too large or too small hatch spacing will lead to remelting or non-lap phenomenon, which in turn causes the formation of defects.
When using a small laser focal spot diameter, it is difficult to completely melt large powder particle sizes, resulting in partial melting and excessive porosity generation. At the same time, large powder particles produce curved edges of the molten pool, resulting in increased surface roughness of the melt track. In addition, spatter occurs, which directly affects the forming quality. At small focal spot diameters, the molten pool volume is relatively small, and the melt depth, the melt width, and the melt height are correspondingly small. Taken together, the small powder particle size helps to reduce surface roughness, while the small spot diameter reduces the forming size.
REFERENCES
S. L. Sing and W. Y. Yeong , “ Laser powder bed fusion for metal additive manufacturing: Perspectives on recent developments,” Virtual Phys. Prototyping. 15, 359–370 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1080/17452759.2020.1779999 Google ScholarCrossref
A. M. Khorasani , I. G. Jithin , J. K. Veetil , and A. H. Ghasemi , “ A review of technological improvements in laser-based powder bed fusion of metal printers,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 108, 191–209 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-020-05361-3 Google ScholarCrossref
Y. Qin , A. Brockett , Y. Ma , A. Razali , J. Zhao , C. Harrison , W. Pan , X. Dai , and D. Loziak , “ Micro-manufacturing: Research, technology outcomes and development issues,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 47, 821–837 (2010).https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-009-2411-2 Google ScholarCrossref
B. Nagarajan , Z. Hu , X. Song , W. Zhai , and J. Wei , “ Development of micro selective laser melting: The state of the art and future perspectives,” Engineering. 5, 702–720 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eng.2019.07.002 Google ScholarCrossref
Y. Wei , G. Chen , W. Li , Y. Zhou , Z. Nie , J. Xu , and W. Zhou , “ Micro selective laser melting of SS316L: Single tracks, defects, microstructures and thermal/mechanical properties,” Opt. Laser Technol. 145, 107469 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2021.107469 Google ScholarCrossref
Y. Wei , G. Chen , W. Li , M. Li , Y. Zhou , Z. Nie , and J. Xu , “ Process optimization of micro selective laser melting and comparison of different laser diameter for forming different powder,” Opt. Laser Technol. 150, 107953 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2022.107953 Google ScholarCrossref
H. Zhiheng , B. Nagarajan , X. Song , R. Huang , W. Zhai , and J. Wei , “ Formation of SS316L single tracks in micro selective laser melting: Surface, geometry, and defects,” Adv. Mater. Sci. Eng. 2019, 9451406.https://doi.org/10.1155/2019/9451406 Crossref
B. Nagarajan , Z. Hu , S. Gao , X. Song , R. Huang , M. Seita , and J. Wei , “ Effect of in-situ laser remelting on the microstructure of SS316L fabricated by micro selective laser melting,” in Advanced Surface Enhancement, edited by Sho Itoh and Shashwat Shukla , Lecture Notes in Mechanical Engineering ( Springer Singapore, Singapore, 2020), pp. 330–336. Google ScholarCrossref
H. Zhiheng , B. Nagarajan , X. Song , R. Huang , W. Zhai , and J. Wei , “ Tailoring surface roughness of micro selective laser melted SS316L by in-situ laser remelting,” in Advanced Surface Enhancement, edited by Sho Itoh and Shashwat Shukla , Lecture Notes in Mechanical Engineering ( Springer Singapore, Singapore, 2020), pp. 337–343. Google Scholar
J. Fu , Z. Hu , X. Song , W. Zhai , Y. Long , H. Li , and M. Fu , “ Micro selective laser melting of NiTi shape memory alloy: Defects, microstructures and thermal/mechanical properties,” Opt. Laser Technol. 131, 106374 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106374 Google ScholarCrossref
E. Abele and M. Kniepkamp , “ Analysis and optimisation of vertical surface roughness in micro selective laser melting,” Surf. Topogr.: Metrol. Prop. 3, 034007 (2015).https://doi.org/10.1088/2051-672X/3/3/034007 Google ScholarCrossref
S. Qu , J. Ding , J. Fu , M. Fu , B. Zhang , and X. Song , “ High-precision laser powder bed fusion processing of pure copper,” Addit. Manuf. 48, 102417 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2021.102417 Google ScholarCrossref
Y. Wei , G. Chen , M. Li , W. Li , Y. Zhou , J. Xu , and Z. wei , “ High-precision laser powder bed fusion of 18Ni300 maraging steel and its SiC reinforcement composite materials,” J. Manuf. Process. 84, 750–763 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2022.10.049 Google ScholarCrossref
B. Liu , R. Wildman , T. Christopher , I. Ashcroft , and H. Richard , “ Investigation the effect of particle size distribution on processing parameters optimisation in selective laser melting process,” in 2011 International Solid Freeform Fabrication Symposium ( University of Texas at Austin, 2011). Google Scholar
T. D. McLouth , G. E. Bean , D. B. Witkin , S. D. Sitzman , P. M. Adams , D. N. Patel , W. Park , J.-M. Yang , and R. J. Zaldivar , “ The effect of laser focus shift on microstructural variation of Inconel 718 produced by selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 149, 205–213 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2018.04.019 Google ScholarCrossref
Y. Qian , Y. Wentao , and L. Feng , “ Mesoscopic simulations of powder bed fusion: Research progresses and conditions,” Electromachining Mould 06, 46–52 (2017).https://doi.org/10.3969/j.issn.1009-279X.2017.06.012 Google Scholar
J. Fu , S. Qu , J. Ding , X. Song , and M. W. Fu , “ Comparison of the microstructure, mechanical properties and distortion of stainless Steel 316L fabricated by micro and conventional laser powder bed fusion,” Addit. Manuf. 44, 102067 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2021.102067 Google ScholarCrossref
N. T. Aboulkhair , I. Maskery , C. Tuck , I. Ashcroft , and N. M. Everitt , “ The microstructure and mechanical properties of selectively laser Melted AlSi10Mg: The effect of a conventional T6-like heat treatment,” Mater. Sci. Eng. A 667, 139–146 (2016).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2016.04.092 Google ScholarCrossref
S. Y. Chen , J. C. Huang , C. T. Pan , C. H. Lin , T. L. Yang , Y. S. Huang , C. H. Ou , L. Y. Chen , D. Y. Lin , H. K. Lin , T. H. Li , J. S. C. Jang , and C. C. Yang , “ Microstructure and mechanical properties of open-cell porous Ti-6Al-4V fabricated by selective laser melting,” J. Alloys Compd. 713, 248–254 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jallcom.2017.04.190 Google ScholarCrossref
Y. Bai , Y. Yang , D. Wang , and M. Zhang , “ Influence mechanism of parameters process and mechanical properties evolution mechanism of Maraging steel 300 by selective laser melting,” Mater. Sci. Eng. A 703, 116–123 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2017.06.033 Google ScholarCrossref
Y. Bai , Y. Yang , Z. Xiao , M. Zhang , and D. Wang , “ Process optimization and mechanical property evolution of AlSiMg0.75 by selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 140, 257–266 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2017.11.045 Google ScholarCrossref
Y. Liu , M. Zhang , W. Shi , Y. Ma , and J. Yang , “ Study on performance optimization of 316L stainless steel parts by high-efficiency selective laser melting,” Opt. Laser Technol. 138, 106872 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106872 Google ScholarCrossref
D. Gu , Y.-C. Hagedorn , W. Meiners , G. Meng , R. J. S. Batista , K. Wissenbach , and R. Poprawe , “ Densification behavior, microstructure evolution, and wear performance of selective laser melting processed commercially pure titanium,” Acta Mater. 60, 3849–3860 (2012).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2012.04.006 Google ScholarCrossref
N. Read , W. Wang , K. Essa , and M. M. Attallah , “ Selective laser melting of AlSi10Mg alloy: Process optimisation and mechanical properties development,” Mater. Des. 65, 417–424 (2015).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2014.09.044 Google ScholarCrossref
I. A. Roberts , C. J. Wang , R. Esterlein , M. Stanford , and D. J. Mynors , “ A three-dimensional finite element analysis of the temperature field during laser melting of metal powders in additive layer manufacturing,” Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf. 49(12–13), 916–923 (2009).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2009.07.004 Google ScholarCrossref
K. Dai and L. Shaw , “ Finite element analysis of the effect of volume shrinkage during laser densification,” Acta Mater. 53(18), 4743–4754 (2005).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2005.06.014 Google ScholarCrossref
K. Carolin , E. Attar , and P. Heinl , “ Mesoscopic simulation of selective beam melting processes,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 211(6), 978–987 (2011).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2010.12.016 Google ScholarCrossref
F.-J. Gürtler , M. Karg , K.-H. Leitz , and M. Schmidt , “ Simulation of laser beam melting of steel powders using the three-dimensional volume of fluid method,” Phys. Procedia 41, 881–886 (2013).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.phpro.2013.03.162 Google ScholarCrossref
P. Meakin and R. Jullien , “ Restructuring effects in the rain model for random deposition,” J. Phys. France 48(10), 1651–1662 (1987).https://doi.org/10.1051/jphys:0198700480100165100 Google ScholarCrossref
J-m Wang , G-h Liu , Y-l Fang , and W-k Li , “ Marangoni effect in nonequilibrium multiphase system of material processing,” Rev. Chem. Eng. 32(5), 551–585 (2016).https://doi.org/10.1515/revce-2015-0067 Google ScholarCrossref
W. Ye , S. Zhang , L. L. Mendez , M. Farias , J. Li , B. Xu , P. Li , and Y. Zhang , “ Numerical simulation of the melting and alloying processes of elemental titanium and boron powders using selective laser alloying,” J. Manuf. Process. 64, 1235–1247 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2021.02.044 Google ScholarCrossref
U. S. Bertoli , A. J. Wolfer , M. J. Matthews , J.-P. R. Delplanque , and J. M. Schoenung , “ On the limitations of volumetric energy density as a design parameter for selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 113, 331–340 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2016.10.037 Google ScholarCrossref
W. E. King , H. D. Barth , V. M. Castillo , G. F. Gallegos , J. W. Gibbs , D. E. Hahn , C. Kamath , and A. M. Rubenchik , “ Observation of keyhole-mode laser melting in laser powder-bed fusion additive manufacturing,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 214(12), 2915–2925 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2014.06.005 Google ScholarCrossref
L. Cao , “ Numerical simulation of the impact of laying powder on selective laser melting single-pass formation,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 141, 1036–1048 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.07.053 Google ScholarCrossref
L. Huang , X. Hua , D. Wu , and F. Li , “ Numerical study of keyhole instability and porosity formation mechanism in laser welding of aluminum alloy and steel,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 252, 421–431 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2017.10.011 Google ScholarCrossref
K. Q. Le , C. Tang , and C. H. Wong , “ On the study of keyhole-mode melting in selective laser melting process,” Int. J. Therm. Sci. 145, 105992 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijthermalsci.2019.105992 Google ScholarCrossref
J.-H. Cho and S.-J. Na , “ Theoretical analysis of keyhole dynamics in polarized laser drilling,” J. Phys. D: Appl. Phys. 40(24), 7638 (2007).https://doi.org/10.1088/0022-3727/40/24/007 Google ScholarCrossref
W. Ye , “ Mechanism analysis of selective laser melting and metallurgy process based on base element powder of titanium and boron,” Ph.D. dissertation ( Nanchang University, 2021). Google Scholar
R. Ammer , M. Markl , U. Ljungblad , C. Körner , and U. Rüde , “ Simulating fast electron beam melting with a parallel thermal free surface lattice Boltzmann method,” Comput. Math. Appl. 67(2), 318–330 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.camwa.2013.10.001 Google ScholarCrossref
H. Chen , Q. Wei , S. Wen , Z. Li , and Y. Shi , “ Flow behavior of powder particles in layering process of selective laser melting: Numerical modeling and experimental verification based on discrete element method,” Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf. 123, 146–159 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2017.08.004 Google ScholarCrossref
F. Verhaeghe , T. Craeghs , J. Heulens , and L. Pandelaers , “ A pragmatic model for selective laser melting with evaporation,” Acta Mater. 57(20), 6006–6012 (2009).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2009.08.027 Google ScholarCrossref
C. H. Fu and Y. B. Guo , “ Three-dimensional temperature gradient mechanism in selective laser melting of Ti-6Al-4V,” J. Manuf. Sci. Eng. 136(6), 061004 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1115/1.4028539 Google ScholarCrossref
Y. Xiang , Z. Shuzhe , L. Junfeng , W. Zhengying , Y. Lixiang , and J. Lihao , “ Numerical simulation and experimental verification for selective laser single track melting forming of Ti6Al4V,” J. Zhejiang Univ. (Eng. Sci.) 53(11), 2102–2109 + 2117 (2019).https://doi.org/10.3785/j.issn.1008-973X.2019.11.007 Google Scholar
Q. He , H. Xia , J. Liu , X. Ao , and S. Lin , “ Modeling and numerical studies of selective laser melting: Multiphase flow, solidification and heat transfer,” Mater. Des. 196, 109115 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2020.109115 Google ScholarCrossref
L. Cao , “ Mesoscopic-scale numerical simulation including the influence of process parameters on SLM single-layer multi-pass formation,” Metall. Mater. Trans. A 51, 4130–4145 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1007/s11661-020-05831-z Google ScholarCrossref
L. Cao , “ Mesoscopic-scale numerical investigation including the influence of process parameters on LPBF multi-layer multi-path formation,” Comput. Model. Eng. Sci. 126(1), 5–23 (2021).https://doi.org/10.32604/cmes.2021.014693 Google ScholarCrossref
H. Yin and S. D. Felicelli , “ Dendrite growth simulation during solidification in the LENS process,” Acta Mater. 58(4), 1455–1465 (2010).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2009.10.053 Google ScholarCrossref
P. Nie , O. A. Ojo , and Z. Li , “ Numerical modeling of microstructure evolution during laser additive manufacturing of a nickel-based superalloy,” Acta Mater. 77, 85–95 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2014.05.039 Google ScholarCrossref
Z. Liu and H. Qi , “ Effects of substrate crystallographic orientations on crystal growth and microstructure formation in laser powder deposition of nickel-based superalloy,” Acta Mater. 87, 248–258 (2015).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2014.12.046 Google ScholarCrossref
L. Wei , L. Xin , W. Meng , and H. Weidong , “ Cellular automaton simulation of the molten pool of laser solid forming process,” Acta Phys. Sin. 64(01), 018103–018363 (2015).https://doi.org/10.7498/aps.64.018103 Google ScholarCrossref
R. Acharya , J. A. Sharon , and A. Staroselsky , “ Prediction of microstructure in laser powder bed fusion process,” Acta Mater. 124, 360–371 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2016.11.018 Google ScholarCrossref
M. R. Rolchigo and R. LeSar , “ Modeling of binary alloy solidification under conditions representative of additive manufacturing,” Comput. Mater. Sci. 150, 535–545 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.commatsci.2018.04.004 Google ScholarCrossref
S. Geng , P. Jiang , L. Guo , X. Gao , and G. Mi , “ Multi-scale simulation of grain/sub-grain structure evolution during solidification in laser welding of aluminum alloys,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 149, 119252 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.119252 Google ScholarCrossref
W. L. Wang , W. Q. Liu , X. Yang , R. R. Xu , and Q. Y. Dai , “ Multi-scale simulation of columnar-to-equiaxed transition during laser selective melting of rare earth magnesium alloy,” J. Mater. Sci. Technol. 119, 11–24 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmst.2021.12.029 Google ScholarCrossref
Q. Xia , J. Yang , and Y. Li , “ On the conservative phase-field method with the N-component incompressible flows,” Phys. Fluids 35, 012120 (2023).https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0135490 Google ScholarCrossref
Q. Xia , G. Sun , J. Kim , and Y. Li , “ Multi-scale modeling and simulation of additive manufacturing based on fused deposition technique,” Phys. Fluids 35, 034116 (2023).https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0141316 Google ScholarCrossref
A. Hussein , L. Hao , C. Yan , and R. Everson , “ Finite element simulation of the temperature and stress fields in single layers built without-support in selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 52, 638–647 (2013).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2013.05.070 Google ScholarCrossref
J. Ding , P. Colegrove , J. Mehnen , S. Ganguly , P. M. Sequeira Almeida , F. Wang , and S. Williams , “ Thermo-mechanical analysis of wire and arc additive layer manufacturing process on large multi-layer parts,” Comput. Mater. Sci. 50(12), 3315–3322 (2011).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.commatsci.2011.06.023 Google ScholarCrossref
Y. Du , X. You , F. Qiao , L. Guo , and Z. Liu , “ A model for predicting the temperature field during selective laser melting,” Results Phys. 12, 52–60 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rinp.2018.11.031 Google ScholarCrossref
X. Luo , M. Liu , L. Zhenhua , H. Li , and J. Shen , “ Effect of different heat-source models on calculated temperature field of selective laser melted 18Ni300,” Chin. J. Lasers 48(14), 1402005–1402062 (2021).https://doi.org/10.3788/CJL202148.1402005 Google ScholarCrossref
J. F. Li , L. Li , and F. H. Stott , “ Thermal stresses and their implication on cracking during laser melting of ceramic materials,” Acta Mater. 52(14), 4385–4398 (2004).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2004.06.005 Google ScholarCrossref
P. Aggarangsi and J. L. Beuth , “ Localized preheating approaches for reducing residual stress in additive manufacturing,” paper presented at the 2006 International Solid Freeform Fabrication Symposium, The University of Texas in Austin on August 14–16, 2006.
K. Dai and L. Shaw , “ Thermal and mechanical finite element modeling of laser forming from metal and ceramic powders,” Acta Mater. 52(1), 69–80 (2004).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2003.08.028 Google ScholarCrossref
A. H. Nickel , D. M. Barnett , and F. B. Prinz , “ Thermal stresses and deposition patterns in layered manufacturing,” Mater. Sci. Eng. A 317(1–2), 59–64 (2001).https://doi.org/10.1016/S0921-5093(01)01179-0 Google ScholarCrossref
M. F. Zaeh and G. Branner , “ Investigations on residual stresses and deformations in selective laser melting,” Prod. Eng. 4(1), 35–45 (2010).https://doi.org/10.1007/s11740-009-0192-y Google ScholarCrossref
P. Bian , J. Shi , Y. Liu , and Y. Xie , “ Influence of laser power and scanning strategy on residual stress distribution in additively manufactured 316L steel,” Opt. Laser Technol. 132, 106477 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106477 Google ScholarCrossref
B. M. Marques , C. M. Andrade , D. M. Neto , M. C. Oliveira , J. L. Alves , and L. F. Menezes , “ Numerical analysis of residual stresses in parts produced by selective laser melting process,” Procedia Manuf. 47, 1170–1177 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.promfg.2020.04.167 Google ScholarCrossref
W. Mu , “ Numerical simulation of SLM forming process and research and prediction of forming properties,” MA thesis ( Anhui Jianzhu University, 2022). Google Scholar
Y. Zhang , “ Multi-scale multi-physics modeling of laser powder bed fusion process of metallic materials with experiment validation,” Ph.D. dissertation ( Purdue University, 2018). Google Scholar
Y. Qian , “ Mesoscopic simulation studies of key processing issues for powder bed fusion technology,” Ph.D. dissertation ( Tsinghua University, 2019). Google Scholar
N. V. Brilliantov , S. Frank , J.-M. Hertzsch , and T. Pöschel , “ Model for collisions in granular gases,” Phys. Rev. E 53(5), 5382–5392 (1996).https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevE.53.5382 Google ScholarCrossref
Z. Xiao , “ Research on microscale selective laser melting process of high strength pure copper specimens,” MA thesis ( Hunan University, 2022). Google Scholar
Z. Li , K. Mukai , M. Zeze , and K. C. Mills , “ Determination of the surface tension of liquid stainless steel,” J. Mater. Sci. 40(9–10), 2191–2195 (2005).https://doi.org/10.1007/s10853-005-1931-x Google ScholarCrossref
R. Scardovelli and S. Zaleski , “ Analytical relations connecting linear interfaces and volume fractions in rectangular grids,” J. Comput. Phys. 164(1), 228–237 (2000).https://doi.org/10.1006/jcph.2000.6567 Google ScholarCrossref
D.-W. Cho , W.-I. Cho , and S.-J. Na , “ Modeling and simulation of arc: Laser and hybrid welding process,” J. Manuf. Process. 16(1), 26–55 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2013.06.012 Google ScholarCrossref 76.Flow3D. Version 11.1.0: User Manual ( FlowScience, Santa Fe, NM, USA, 2015).
Y. Tian , L. Yang , D. Zhao , Y. Huang , and J. Pan , “ Numerical analysis of powder bed generation and single track forming for selective laser melting of ss316l stainless steel,” J. Manuf. Process. 58, 964–974 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2020.09.002 Google ScholarCrossref
C. Tang , K. Q. Le , and C. H. Wong , “ Physics of humping formation in laser powder bed fusion,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 149, 119172 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.119172 Google ScholarCrossref
L. Cao , “ Mesoscopic-scale simulation of pore evolution during laser powder bed fusion process,” Comput. Mater. Sci. 179, 109686 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.commatsci.2020.109686 Google ScholarCrossref
R. Li , J. Liu , Y. Shi , W. Li , and W. Jiang , “ Balling behavior of stainless steel and nickel powder during selective laser melting process,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 59(9–12), 1025–1035 (2012).https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-011-3566-1 Google ScholarCrossref
S. A. Khairallah and A. Anderson , “ Mesoscopic simulation model of selective laser melting of stainless steel powder,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 214(11), 2627–2636 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2014.06.001 Google ScholarCrossref
J. Liu , D. Gu , H. Chen , D. Dai , and H. Zhang , “ Influence of substrate surface morphology on wetting behavior of tracks during selective laser melting of aluminum-based alloys,” J. Zhejiang Univ. Sci. A 19(2), 111–121 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1631/jzus.A1700599 Google ScholarCrossref
L. Li , J. Li , and T. Fan , “ Phase-field modeling of wetting and balling dynamics in powder bed fusion process,” Phys. Fluids 33, 042116 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0046771 Google ScholarCrossref
X. Nie , Z. Hu , H. Zhu , Z. Hu , L. Ke , and X. Zeng , “ Analysis of processing parameters and characteristics of selective laser melted high strength Al-Cu-Mg alloys: from single tracks to cubic samples,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 256, 69–77 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2018.01.030 Google ScholarCrossref
Review on Blood Flow Dynamics in Lab-on-a-Chip Systems: An Engineering Perspective
Bin-Jie Lai
,
Li-Tao Zhu
,
Zhe Chen*
,
Bo Ouyang*
, and
Zheng-Hong Luo*
Abstract
다양한 수송 메커니즘 하에서, “LOC(lab-on-a-chip)” 시스템에서 유동 전단 속도 조건과 밀접한 관련이 있는 혈류 역학은 다양한 수송 현상을 초래하는 것으로 밝혀졌습니다.
본 연구는 적혈구의 동적 혈액 점도 및 탄성 거동과 같은 점탄성 특성의 역할을 통해 LOC 시스템의 혈류 패턴을 조사합니다. 모세관 및 전기삼투압의 주요 매개변수를 통해 LOC 시스템의 혈액 수송 현상에 대한 연구는 실험적, 이론적 및 수많은 수치적 접근 방식을 통해 제공됩니다.
전기 삼투압 점탄성 흐름에 의해 유발되는 교란은 특히 향후 연구 기회를 위해 혈액 및 기타 점탄성 유체를 취급하는 LOC 장치의 혼합 및 분리 기능 향상에 논의되고 적용됩니다. 또한, 본 연구는 보다 정확하고 단순화된 혈류 모델에 대한 요구와 전기역학 효과 하에서 점탄성 유체 흐름에 대한 수치 연구에 대한 강조와 같은 LOC 시스템 하에서 혈류 역학의 수치 모델링의 문제를 식별합니다.
전기역학 현상을 연구하는 동안 제타 전위 조건에 대한 보다 실용적인 가정도 강조됩니다. 본 연구는 모세관 및 전기삼투압에 의해 구동되는 미세유체 시스템의 혈류 역학에 대한 포괄적이고 학제적인 관점을 제공하는 것을 목표로 한다.
1.1. Microfluidic Flow in Lab-on-a-Chip (LOC) Systems
Over the past several decades, the ability to control and utilize fluid flow patterns at microscales has gained considerable interest across a myriad of scientific and engineering disciplines, leading to growing interest in scientific research of microfluidics.
(1) Microfluidics, an interdisciplinary field that straddles physics, engineering, and biotechnology, is dedicated to the behavior, precise control, and manipulation of fluids geometrically constrained to a small, typically submillimeter, scale.
(2) The engineering community has increasingly focused on microfluidics, exploring different driving forces to enhance working fluid transport, with the aim of accurately and efficiently describing, controlling, designing, and applying microfluidic flow principles and transport phenomena, particularly for miniaturized applications.
(3) This attention has chiefly been fueled by the potential to revolutionize diagnostic and therapeutic techniques in the biomedical and pharmaceutical sectorsUnder various driving forces in microfluidic flows, intriguing transport phenomena have bolstered confidence in sustainable and efficient applications in fields such as pharmaceutical, biochemical, and environmental science. The “lab-on-a-chip” (LOC) system harnesses microfluidic flow to enable fluid processing and the execution of laboratory tasks on a chip-sized scale. LOC systems have played a vital role in the miniaturization of laboratory operations such as mixing, chemical reaction, separation, flow control, and detection on small devices, where a wide variety of fluids is adapted. Biological fluid flow like blood and other viscoelastic fluids are notably studied among the many working fluids commonly utilized by LOC systems, owing to the optimization in small fluid sample volumed, rapid response times, precise control, and easy manipulation of flow patterns offered by the system under various driving forces.
(4)The driving forces in blood flow can be categorized as passive or active transport mechanisms and, in some cases, both. Under various transport mechanisms, the unique design of microchannels enables different functionalities in driving, mixing, separating, and diagnosing blood and drug delivery in the blood.
(5) Understanding and manipulating these driving forces are crucial for optimizing the performance of a LOC system. Such knowledge presents the opportunity to achieve higher efficiency and reliability in addressing cellular level challenges in medical diagnostics, forensic studies, cancer detection, and other fundamental research areas, for applications of point-of-care (POC) devices.
1.2. Engineering Approach of Microfluidic Transport Phenomena in LOC Systems
Different transport mechanisms exhibit unique properties at submillimeter length scales in microfluidic devices, leading to significant transport phenomena that differ from those of macroscale flows. An in-depth understanding of these unique transport phenomena under microfluidic systems is often required in fluidic mechanics to fully harness the potential functionality of a LOC system to obtain systematically designed and precisely controlled transport of microfluids under their respective driving force. Fluid mechanics is considered a vital component in chemical engineering, enabling the analysis of fluid behaviors in various unit designs, ranging from large-scale reactors to separation units. Transport phenomena in fluid mechanics provide a conceptual framework for analytically and descriptively explaining why and how experimental results and physiological phenomena occur. The Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation, along with other governing equations, is often adapted to accurately describe fluid dynamics by accounting for pressure, surface properties, velocity, and temperature variations over space and time. In addition, limiting factors and nonidealities for these governing equations should be considered to impose corrections for empirical consistency before physical models are assembled for more accurate controls and efficiency. Microfluidic flow systems often deviate from ideal conditions, requiring adjustments to the standard governing equations. These deviations could arise from factors such as viscous effects, surface interactions, and non-Newtonian fluid properties from different microfluid types and geometrical layouts of microchannels. Addressing these nonidealities supports the refining of theoretical models and prediction accuracy for microfluidic flow behaviors.
The analytical calculation of coupled nonlinear governing equations, which describes the material and energy balances of systems under ideal conditions, often requires considerable computational efforts. However, advancements in computation capabilities, cost reduction, and improved accuracy have made numerical simulations using different numerical and modeling methods a powerful tool for effectively solving these complex coupled equations and modeling various transport phenomena. Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) is a numerical technique used to investigate the spatial and temporal distribution of various flow parameters. It serves as a critical approach to provide insights and reasoning for decision-making regarding the optimal designs involving fluid dynamics, even prior to complex physical model prototyping and experimental procedures. The integration of experimental data, theoretical analysis, and reliable numerical simulations from CFD enables systematic variation of analytical parameters through quantitative analysis, where adjustment to delivery of blood flow and other working fluids in LOC systems can be achieved.
Numerical methods such as the Finite-Difference Method (FDM), Finite-Element-Method (FEM), and Finite-Volume Method (FVM) are heavily employed in CFD and offer diverse approaches to achieve discretization of Eulerian flow equations through filling a mesh of the flow domain. A more in-depth review of numerical methods in CFD and its application for blood flow simulation is provided in Section 2.2.2.
1.3. Scope of the Review
In this Review, we explore and characterize the blood flow phenomena within the LOC systems, utilizing both physiological and engineering modeling approaches. Similar approaches will be taken to discuss capillary-driven flow and electric-osmotic flow (EOF) under electrokinetic phenomena as a passive and active transport scheme, respectively, for blood transport in LOC systems. Such an analysis aims to bridge the gap between physical (experimental) and engineering (analytical) perspectives in studying and manipulating blood flow delivery by different driving forces in LOC systems. Moreover, the Review hopes to benefit the interests of not only blood flow control in LOC devices but also the transport of viscoelastic fluids, which are less studied in the literature compared to that of Newtonian fluids, in LOC systems.
Section 2 examines the complex interplay between viscoelastic properties of blood and blood flow patterns under shear flow in LOC systems, while engineering numerical modeling approaches for blood flow are presented for assistance. Sections 3 and 4 look into the theoretical principles, numerical governing equations, and modeling methodologies for capillary driven flow and EOF in LOC systems as well as their impact on blood flow dynamics through the quantification of key parameters of the two driving forces. Section 5 concludes the characterized blood flow transport processes in LOC systems under these two forces. Additionally, prospective areas of research in improving the functionality of LOC devices employing blood and other viscoelastic fluids and potentially justifying mechanisms underlying microfluidic flow patterns outside of LOC systems are presented. Finally, the challenges encountered in the numerical studies of blood flow under LOC systems are acknowledged, paving the way for further research.
Blood, an essential physiological fluid in the human body, serves the vital role of transporting oxygen and nutrients throughout the body. Additionally, blood is responsible for suspending various blood cells including erythrocytes (red blood cells or RBCs), leukocytes (white blood cells), and thrombocytes (blood platelets) in a plasma medium.Among the cells mentioned above, red blood cells (RBCs) comprise approximately 40–45% of the volume of healthy blood.
(7) An RBC possesses an inherent elastic property with a biconcave shape of an average diameter of 8 μm and a thickness of 2 μm. This biconcave shape maximizes the surface-to-volume ratio, allowing RBCs to endure significant distortion while maintaining their functionality.
(8,9) Additionally, the biconcave shape optimizes gas exchange, facilitating efficient uptake of oxygen due to the increased surface area. The inherent elasticity of RBCs allows them to undergo substantial distortion from their original biconcave shape and exhibits high flexibility, particularly in narrow channels.RBC deformability enables the cell to deform from a biconcave shape to a parachute-like configuration, despite minor differences in RBC shape dynamics under shear flow between initial cell locations. As shown in Figure 1(a), RBCs initiating with different resting shapes and orientations displaying display a similar deformation pattern
(10) in terms of its shape. Shear flow induces an inward bending of the cell at the rear position of the rim to the final bending position,
(11) resulting in an alignment toward the same position of the flow direction.
Figure 1. Images of varying deformation of RBCs and different dynamic blood flow behaviors. (a) The deforming shape behavior of RBCs at four different initiating positions under the same experimental conditions of a flow from left to right, (10) (b) RBC aggregation, (13) (c) CFL region. (18) Reproduced with permission from ref (10). Copyright 2011 Elsevier. Reproduced with permission from ref (13). Copyright 2022 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/. Reproduced with permission from ref (18). Copyright 2019 Elsevier.
The flexible property of RBCs enables them to navigate through narrow capillaries and traverse a complex network of blood vessels. The deformability of RBCs depends on various factors, including the channel geometry, RBC concentration, and the elastic properties of the RBC membrane.
(12) Both flexibility and deformability are vital in the process of oxygen exchange among blood and tissues throughout the body, allowing cells to flow in vessels even smaller than the original cell size prior to deforming.As RBCs serve as major components in blood, their collective dynamics also hugely affect blood rheology. RBCs exhibit an aggregation phenomenon due to cell to cell interactions, such as adhesion forces, among populated cells, inducing unique blood flow patterns and rheological behaviors in microfluidic systems. For blood flow in large vessels between a diameter of 1 and 3 cm, where shear rates are not high, a constant viscosity and Newtonian behavior for blood can be assumed. However, under low shear rate conditions (0.1 s
–1) in smaller vessels such as the arteries and venules, which are within a diameter of 0.2 mm to 1 cm, blood exhibits non-Newtonian properties, such as shear-thinning viscosity and viscoelasticity due to RBC aggregation and deformability. The nonlinear viscoelastic property of blood gives rise to a complex relationship between viscosity and shear rate, primarily influenced by the highly elastic behavior of RBCs. A wide range of research on the transient behavior of the RBC shape and aggregation characteristics under varied flow circumstances has been conducted, aiming to obtain a better understanding of the interaction between blood flow shear forces from confined flows.
For a better understanding of the unique blood flow structures and rheological behaviors in microfluidic systems, some blood flow patterns are introduced in the following section.
2.1.1. RBC Aggregation
RBC aggregation is a vital phenomenon to be considered when designing LOC devices due to its impact on the viscosity of the bulk flow. Under conditions of low shear rate, such as in stagnant or low flow rate regions, RBCs tend to aggregate, forming structures known as rouleaux, resembling stacks of coins as shown in Figure 1(b).
(13) The aggregation of RBCs increases the viscosity at the aggregated region,
(14) hence slowing down the overall blood flow. However, when exposed to high shear rates, RBC aggregates disaggregate. As shear rates continue to increase, RBCs tend to deform, elongating and aligning themselves with the direction of the flow.
(15) Such a dynamic shift in behavior from the cells in response to the shear rate forms the basis of the viscoelastic properties observed in whole blood. In essence, the viscosity of the blood varies according to the shear rate conditions, which are related to the velocity gradient of the system. It is significant to take the intricate relationship between shear rate conditions and the change of blood viscosity due to RBC aggregation into account since various flow driving conditions may induce varied effects on the degree of aggregation.
2.1.2. Fåhræus-Lindqvist Effect
The Fåhræus–Lindqvist (FL) effect describes the gradual decrease in the apparent viscosity of blood as the channel diameter decreases.
(16) This effect is attributed to the migration of RBCs toward the central region in the microchannel, where the flow rate is higher, due to the presence of higher pressure and asymmetric distribution of shear forces. This migration of RBCs, typically observed at blood vessels less than 0.3 mm, toward the higher flow rate region contributes to the change in blood viscosity, which becomes dependent on the channel size. Simultaneously, the increase of the RBC concentration in the central region of the microchannel results in the formation of a less viscous region close to the microchannel wall. This region called the Cell-Free Layer (CFL), is primarily composed of plasma.
(17) The combination of the FL effect and the following CFL formation provides a unique phenomenon that is often utilized in passive and active plasma separation mechanisms, involving branched and constriction channels for various applications in plasma separation using microfluidic systems.
2.1.3. Cell-Free Layer Formation
In microfluidic blood flow, RBCs form aggregates at the microchannel core and result in a region that is mostly devoid of RBCs near the microchannel walls, as shown in Figure 1(c).
(18) The region is known as the cell-free layer (CFL). The CFL region is often known to possess a lower viscosity compared to other regions within the blood flow due to the lower viscosity value of plasma when compared to that of the aggregated RBCs. Therefore, a thicker CFL region composed of plasma correlates to a reduced apparent whole blood viscosity.
(19) A thicker CFL region is often established following the RBC aggregation at the microchannel core under conditions of decreasing the tube diameter. Apart from the dependence on the RBC concentration in the microchannel core, the CFL thickness is also affected by the volume concentration of RBCs, or hematocrit, in whole blood, as well as the deformability of RBCs. Given the influence CFL thickness has on blood flow rheological parameters such as blood flow rate, which is strongly dependent on whole blood viscosity, investigating CFL thickness under shear flow is crucial for LOC systems accounting for blood flow.
2.1.4. Plasma Skimming in Bifurcation Networks
The uneven arrangement of RBCs in bifurcating microchannels, commonly termed skimming bifurcation, arises from the axial migration of RBCs within flowing streams. This uneven distribution contributes to variations in viscosity across differing sizes of bifurcating channels but offers a stabilizing effect. Notably, higher flow rates in microchannels are associated with increased hematocrit levels, resulting in higher viscosity compared with those with lower flow rates. Parametric investigations on bifurcation angle,
(21) and RBC dynamics, including aggregation and deformation,
(22) may alter the varying viscosity of blood and its flow behavior within microchannels.
2.2. Modeling on Blood Flow Dynamics
2.2.1. Blood Properties and Mathematical Models of Blood Rheology
Under different shear rate conditions in blood flow, the elastic characteristics and dynamic changes of the RBC induce a complex velocity and stress relationship, resulting in the incompatibility of blood flow characterization through standard presumptions of constant viscosity used for Newtonian fluid flow. Blood flow is categorized as a viscoelastic non-Newtonian fluid flow where constitutive equations governing this type of flow take into consideration the nonlinear viscometric properties of blood. To mathematically characterize the evolving blood viscosity and the relationship between the elasticity of RBC and the shear blood flow, respectively, across space and time of the system, a stress tensor (τ) defined by constitutive models is often coupled in the Navier–Stokes equation to account for the collective impact of the constant dynamic viscosity (η) and the elasticity from RBCs on blood flow.The dynamic viscosity of blood is heavily dependent on the shear stress applied to the cell and various parameters from the blood such as hematocrit value, plasma viscosity, mechanical properties of the RBC membrane, and red blood cell aggregation rate. The apparent blood viscosity is considered convenient for the characterization of the relationship between the evolving blood viscosity and shear rate, which can be defined by Casson’s law, as shown in eq 1.
𝜇=𝜏0𝛾˙+2𝜂𝜏0𝛾˙⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√+𝜂�=�0�˙+2��0�˙+�
(1)where τ
0 is the yield stress–stress required to initiate blood flow motion, η is the Casson rheological constant, and γ̇ is the shear rate. The value of Casson’s law parameters under blood with normal hematocrit level can be defined as τ
0 = 0.0056 Pa and η = 0.0035 Pa·s.
(23) With the known property of blood and Casson’s law parameters, an approximation can be made to the dynamic viscosity under various flow condition domains. The Power Law model is often employed to characterize the dynamic viscosity in relation to the shear rate, since precise solutions exist for specific geometries and flow circumstances, acting as a fundamental standard for definition. The Carreau and Carreau–Yasuda models can be advantageous over the Power Law model due to their ability to evaluate the dynamic viscosity at low to zero shear rate conditions. However, none of the above-mentioned models consider the memory or other elastic behavior of blood and its RBCs. Some other commonly used mathematical models and their constants for the non-Newtonian viscosity property characterization of blood are listed in Table 1 below.
(24−26)Table 1. Comparison of Various Non-Newtonian Models for Blood Viscosity
The blood rheology is commonly known to be influenced by two key physiological factors, namely, the hematocrit value (H
t) and the fibrinogen concentration (c
f), with an average value of 42% and 0.252 gd·L
–1, respectively. Particularly in low shear conditions, the presence of varying fibrinogen concentrations affects the tendency for aggregation and rouleaux formation, while the occurrence of aggregation is contingent upon specific levels of hematocrit.
(28) modifies the Casson model through emphasizing its reliance on hematocrit and fibrinogen concentration parameter values, owing to the extensive knowledge of the two physiological blood parameters.The viscoelastic response of blood is heavily dependent on the elasticity of the RBC, which is defined by the relationship between the deformation and stress relaxation from RBCs under a specific location of shear flow as a function of the velocity field. The stress tensor is usually characterized by constitutive equations such as the Upper-Convected Maxwell Model
(30) to track the molecule effects under shear from different driving forces. The prominent non-Newtonian features, such as shear thinning and yield stress, have played a vital role in the characterization of blood rheology, particularly with respect to the evaluation of yield stress under low shear conditions. The nature of stress measurement in blood, typically on the order of 1 mPa, is challenging due to its low magnitude. The occurrence of the CFL complicates the measurement further due to the significant decrease in apparent viscosity near the wall over time and a consequential disparity in viscosity compared to the bulk region.In addition to shear thinning viscosity and yield stress, the formation of aggregation (rouleaux) from RBCs under low shear rates also contributes to the viscoelasticity under transient flow
(32) of whole blood. Given the difficulty in evaluating viscoelastic behavior of blood under low strain magnitudes and limitations in generalized Newtonian models, the utilization of viscoelastic models is advocated to encompass elasticity and delineate non-shear components within the stress tensor. Extending from the Oldroyd-B model, Anand et al.
(33) developed a viscoelastic model framework for adapting elasticity within blood samples and predicting non-shear stress components. However, to also address the thixotropic effects, the model developed by Horner et al.
(34) serves as a more comprehensive approach than the viscoelastic model from Anand et al. Thixotropy
(32) typically occurs from the structural change of the rouleaux, where low shear rate conditions induce rouleaux formation. Correspondingly, elasticity increases, while elasticity is more representative of the isolated RBCs, under high shear rate conditions. The model of Horner et al.
(34) considers the contribution of rouleaux to shear stress, taking into account factors such as the characteristic time for Brownian aggregation, shear-induced aggregation, and shear-induced breakage. Subsequent advancements in the model from Horner et al. often revolve around refining the three aforementioned key terms for a more substantial characterization of rouleaux dynamics. Notably, this has led to the recently developed mHAWB model
(35) and other model iterations to enhance the accuracy of elastic and viscoelastic contributions to blood rheology, including the recently improved model suggested by Armstrong et al.
Numerical simulation has become increasingly more significant in analyzing the geometry, boundary layers of flow, and nonlinearity of hyperbolic viscoelastic flow constitutive equations. CFD is a powerful and efficient tool utilizing numerical methods to solve the governing hydrodynamic equations, such as the Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation, continuity equation, and energy conservation equation, for qualitative evaluation of fluid motion dynamics under different parameters. CFD overcomes the challenge of analytically solving nonlinear forms of differential equations by employing numerical methods such as the Finite-Difference Method (FDM), Finite-Element Method (FEM), and Finite-Volume Method (FVM) to discretize and solve the partial differential equations (PDEs), allowing for qualitative reproduction of transport phenomena and experimental observations. Different numerical methods are chosen to cope with various transport systems for optimization of the accuracy of the result and control of error during the discretization process.FDM is a straightforward approach to discretizing PDEs, replacing the continuum representation of equations with a set of finite-difference equations, which is typically applied to structured grids for efficient implementation in CFD programs.
(37) However, FDM is often limited to simple geometries such as rectangular or block-shaped geometries and struggles with curved boundaries. In contrast, FEM divides the fluid domain into small finite grids or elements, approximating PDEs through a local description of physics.
(38) All elements contribute to a large, sparse matrix solver. However, FEM may not always provide accurate results for systems involving significant deformation and aggregation of particles like RBCs due to large distortion of grids.
(39) FVM evaluates PDEs following the conservation laws and discretizes the selected flow domain into small but finite size control volumes, with each grid at the center of a finite volume.
(40) The divergence theorem allows the conversion of volume integrals of PDEs with divergence terms into surface integrals of surface fluxes across cell boundaries. Due to its conservation property, FVM offers efficient outcomes when dealing with PDEs that embody mass, momentum, and energy conservation principles. Furthermore, widely accessible software packages like the OpenFOAM toolbox
(41) include a viscoelastic solver, making it an attractive option for viscoelastic fluid flow modeling.
The complexity in the blood flow simulation arises from deformability and aggregation that RBCs exhibit during their interaction with neighboring cells under different shear rate conditions induced by blood flow. Numerical models coupled with simulation programs have been applied as a groundbreaking method to predict such unique rheological behavior exhibited by RBCs and whole blood. The conventional approach of a single-phase flow simulation is often applied to blood flow simulations within large vessels possessing a moderate shear rate. However, such a method assumes the properties of plasma, RBCs and other cellular components to be evenly distributed as average density and viscosity in blood, resulting in the inability to simulate the mechanical dynamics, such as RBC aggregation under high-shear flow field, inherent in RBCs. To accurately describe the asymmetric distribution of RBC and blood flow, multiphase flow simulation, where numerical simulations of blood flows are often modeled as two immiscible phases, RBCs and blood plasma, is proposed. A common assumption is that RBCs exhibit non-Newtonian behavior while the plasma is treated as a continuous Newtonian phase.Numerous multiphase numerical models have been proposed to simulate the influence of RBCs on blood flow dynamics by different assumptions. In large-scale simulations (above the millimeter range), continuum-based methods are wildly used due to their lower computational demands.
(43) Eulerian multiphase flow simulations offer the solution of a set of conservation equations for each separate phase and couple the phases through common pressure and interphase exchange coefficients. Xu et al.
(44) utilized the combined finite-discrete element method (FDEM) to replicate the dynamic behavior and distortion of RBCs subjected to fluidic forces, utilizing the Johnson–Kendall–Roberts model
(45) to define the adhesive forces of cell-to-cell interactions. The iterative direct-forcing immersed boundary method (IBM) is commonly employed in simulations of the fluid–cell interface of blood. This method effectively captures the intricacies of the thin and flexible RBC membranes within various external flow fields.
(44) also adopts this approach to bridge the fluid dynamics and RBC deformation through IBM. Yoon and You utilized the Maxwell model to define the viscosity of the RBC membrane.
(47) It was discovered that the Maxwell model could represent the stress relaxation and unloading processes of the cell. Furthermore, the reduced flexibility of an RBC under particular situations such as infection is specified, which was unattainable by the Kelvin–Voigt model
(48) when compared to the Maxwell model in the literature. The Yeoh hyperplastic material model was also adapted to predict the nonlinear elasticity property of RBCs with FEM employed to discretize the RBC membrane using shell-type elements. Gracka et al.
(49) developed a numerical CFD model with a finite-volume parallel solver for multiphase blood flow simulation, where an updated Maxwell viscoelasticity model and a Discrete Phase Model are adopted. In the study, the adapted IBM, based on unstructured grids, simulates the flow behavior and shape change of the RBCs through fluid-structure coupling. It was found that the hybrid Euler–Lagrange (E–L) approach
(50) for the development of the multiphase model offered better results in the simulated CFL region in the microchannels.To study the dynamics of individual behaviors of RBCs and the consequent non-Newtonian blood flow, cell-shape-resolved computational models are often adapted. The use of the boundary integral method has become prevalent in minimizing computational expenses, particularly in the exclusive determination of fluid velocity on the surfaces of RBCs, incorporating the option of employing IBM or particle-based techniques. The cell-shaped-resolved method has enabled an examination of cell to cell interactions within complex ambient or pulsatile flow conditions
(51) surrounding RBC membranes. Recently, Rydquist et al.
(52) have looked to integrate statistical information from macroscale simulations to obtain a comprehensive overview of RBC behavior within the immediate proximity of the flow through introduction of respective models characterizing membrane shape definition, tension, bending stresses of RBC membranes.At a macroscopic scale, continuum models have conventionally been adapted for assessing blood flow dynamics through the application of elasticity theory and fluid dynamics. However, particle-based methods are known for their simplicity and adaptability in modeling complex multiscale fluid structures. Meshless methods, such as the boundary element method (BEM), smoothed particle hydrodynamics (SPH), and dissipative particle dynamics (DPD), are often used in particle-based characterization of RBCs and the surrounding fluid. By representing the fluid as discrete particles, meshless methods provide insights into the status and movement of the multiphase fluid. These methods allow for the investigation of cellular structures and microscopic interactions that affect blood rheology. Non-confronting mesh methods like IBM can also be used to couple a fluid solver such as FEM, FVM, or the Lattice Boltzmann Method (LBM) through membrane representation of RBCs. In comparison to conventional CFD methods, LBM has been viewed as a favorable numerical approach for solving the N–S equations and the simulation of multiphase flows. LBM exhibits the notable advantage of being amenable to high-performance parallel computing environments due to its inherently local dynamics. In contrast to DPD and SPH where RBC membranes are modeled as physically interconnected particles, LBM employs the IBM to account for the deformation dynamics of RBCs
(53,54) under shear flows in complex channel geometries.
(54,55) However, it is essential to acknowledge that the utilization of LBM in simulating RBC flows often entails a significant computational overhead, being a primary challenge in this context. Krüger et al.
(56) proposed utilizing LBM as a fluid solver, IBM to couple the fluid and FEM to compute the response of membranes to deformation under immersed fluids. This approach decouples the fluid and membranes but necessitates significant computational effort due to the requirements of both meshes and particles.Despite the accuracy of current blood flow models, simulating complex conditions remains challenging because of the high computational load and cost. Balachandran Nair et al.
(57) suggested a reduced order model of RBC under the framework of DEM, where the RBC is represented by overlapping constituent rigid spheres. The Morse potential force is adapted to account for the RBC aggregation exhibited by cell to cell interactions among RBCs at different distances. Based upon the IBM, the reduced-order RBC model is adapted to simulate blood flow transport for validation under both single and multiple RBCs with a resolved CFD-DEM solver.
(58) In the resolved CFD-DEM model, particle sizes are larger than the grid size for a more accurate computation of the surrounding flow field. A continuous forcing approach is taken to describe the momentum source of the governing equation prior to discretization, which is different from a Direct Forcing Method (DFM).
(59) As no body-conforming moving mesh is required, the continuous forcing approach offers lower complexity and reduced cost when compared to the DFM. Piquet et al.
(60) highlighted the high complexity of the DFM due to its reliance on calculating an additional immersed boundary flux for the velocity field to ensure its divergence-free condition.The fluid–structure interaction (FSI) method has been advocated to connect the dynamic interplay of RBC membranes and fluid plasma within blood flow such as the coupling of continuum–particle interactions. However, such methodology is generally adapted for anatomical configurations such as arteries
(63) where both the structural components and the fluid domain undergo substantial deformation due to the moving boundaries. Due to the scope of the Review being blood flow simulation within microchannels of LOC devices without deformable boundaries, the Review of the FSI method will not be further carried out.In general, three numerical methods are broadly used: mesh-based, particle-based, and hybrid mesh–particle techniques, based on the spatial scale and the fundamental numerical approach, mesh-based methods tend to neglect the effects of individual particles, assuming a continuum and being efficient in terms of time and cost. However, the particle-based approach highlights more of the microscopic and mesoscopic level, where the influence of individual RBCs is considered. A review from Freund et al.
(64) addressed the three numerical methodologies and their respective modeling approaches of RBC dynamics. Given the complex mechanics and the diverse levels of study concerning numerical simulations of blood and cellular flow, a broad spectrum of numerical methods for blood has been subjected to extensive review.
(65) offered an extensive review of the application of the DPD, SPH, and LBM for numerical simulations of RBC, while Rathnayaka et al.
(67) conducted a review of the particle-based numerical modeling for liquid marbles through drawing parallels to the transport of RBCs in microchannels. A comparative analysis between conventional CFD methods and particle-based approaches for cellular and blood flow dynamic simulation can be found under the review by Arabghahestani et al.
(69) offer an overview of both continuum-based models at micro/macroscales and multiscale particle-based models encompassing various length and temporal dimensions. Furthermore, these reviews deliberate upon the potential of coupling continuum-particle methods for blood plasma and RBC modeling. Arciero et al.
(70) investigated various modeling approaches encompassing cellular interactions, such as cell to cell or plasma interactions and the individual cellular phases. A concise overview of the reviews is provided in Table 2 for reference.
Table 2. List of Reviews for Numerical Approaches Employed in Blood Flow Simulation
Capillary driven (CD) flow is a pivotal mechanism in passive microfluidic flow systems
(9) such as the blood circulation system and LOC systems.
(71) CD flow is essentially the movement of a liquid to flow against drag forces, where the capillary effect exerts a force on the liquid at the borders, causing a liquid–air meniscus to flow despite gravity or other drag forces. A capillary pressure drops across the liquid–air interface with surface tension in the capillary radius and contact angle. The capillary effect depends heavily on the interaction between the different properties of surface materials. Different values of contact angles can be manipulated and obtained under varying levels of surface wettability treatments to manipulate the surface properties, resulting in different CD blood delivery rates for medical diagnostic device microchannels. CD flow techniques are appealing for many LOC devices, because they require no external energy. However, due to the passive property of liquid propulsion by capillary forces and the long-term instability of surface treatments on channel walls, the adaptability of CD flow in geometrically complex LOC devices may be limited.
3.2. Theoretical and Numerical Modeling of Capillary Driven Blood Flow
3.2.1. Theoretical Basis and Assumptions of Microfluidic Flow
The study of transport phenomena regarding either blood flow driven by capillary forces or externally applied forces under microfluid systems all demands a comprehensive recognition of the significant differences in flow dynamics between microscale and macroscale. The fundamental assumptions and principles behind fluid transport at the microscale are discussed in this section. Such a comprehension will lay the groundwork for the following analysis of the theoretical basis of capillary forces and their role in blood transport in LOC systems.
At the macroscale, fluid dynamics are often strongly influenced by gravity due to considerable fluid mass. However, the high surface to volume ratio at the microscale shifts the balance toward surface forces (e.g., surface tension and viscous forces), much larger than the inertial force. This difference gives rise to transport phenomena unique to microscale fluid transport, such as the prevalence of laminar flow due to a very low Reynolds number (generally lower than 1). Moreover, the fluid in a microfluidic system is often assumed to be incompressible due to the small flow velocity, indicating constant fluid density in both space and time.Microfluidic flow behaviors are governed by the fundamental principles of mass and momentum conservation, which are encapsulated in the continuity equation and the Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation. The continuity equation describes the conservation of mass, while the N–S equation captures the spatial and temporal variations in velocity, pressure, and other physical parameters. Under the assumption of the negligible influence of gravity in microfluidic systems, the continuity equation and the Eulerian representation of the incompressible N–S equation can be expressed as follows:
∇·𝐮⇀=0∇·�⇀=0
(7)
−∇𝑝+𝜇∇2𝐮⇀+∇·𝝉⇀−𝐅⇀=0−∇�+�∇2�⇀+∇·�⇀−�⇀=0
(8)Here, p is the pressure, u is the fluid viscosity,
𝝉⇀�⇀ represents the stress tensor, and F is the body force exerted by external forces if present.
3.2.2. Theoretical Basis and Modeling of Capillary Force in LOC Systems
The capillary force is often the major driving force to manipulate and transport blood without an externally applied force in LOC systems. Forces induced by the capillary effect impact the free surface of fluids and are represented not directly in the Navier–Stokes equations but through the pressure boundary conditions of the pressure term p. For hydrophilic surfaces, the liquid generally induces a contact angle between 0° and 30°, encouraging the spread and attraction of fluid under a positive cos θ condition. For this condition, the pressure drop becomes positive and generates a spontaneous flow forward. A hydrophobic solid surface repels the fluid, inducing minimal contact. Generally, hydrophobic solids exhibit a contact angle larger than 90°, inducing a negative value of cos θ. Such a value will result in a negative pressure drop and a flow in the opposite direction. The induced contact angle is often utilized to measure the wall exposure of various surface treatments on channel walls where different wettability gradients and surface tension effects for CD flows are established. Contact angles between different interfaces are obtainable through standard values or experimental methods for reference.
(72)For the characterization of the induced force by the capillary effect, the Young–Laplace (Y–L) equation
(73) is widely employed. In the equation, the capillary is considered a pressure boundary condition between the two interphases. Through the Y–L equation, the capillary pressure force can be determined, and subsequently, the continuity and momentum balance equations can be solved to obtain the blood filling rate. Kim et al.
(74) studied the effects of concentration and exposure time of a nonionic surfactant, Silwet L-77, on the performance of a polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) microchannel in terms of plasma and blood self-separation. The study characterized the capillary pressure force by incorporating the Y–L equation and further evaluated the effects of the changing contact angle due to different levels of applied channel wall surface treatments. The expression of the Y–L equation utilized by Kim et al.
(9)where σ is the surface tension of the liquid and θ
b, θ
t, θ
l, and θ
r are the contact angle values between the liquid and the bottom, top, left, and right walls, respectively. A numerical simulation through Coventor software is performed to evaluate the dynamic changes in the filling rate within the microchannel. The simulation results for the blood filling rate in the microchannel are expressed at a specific time stamp, shown in Figure 2. The results portray an increasing instantaneous filling rate of blood in the microchannel following the decrease in contact angle induced by a higher concentration of the nonionic surfactant treated to the microchannel wall.
Figure 2. Numerical simulation of filling rate of capillary driven blood flow under various contact angle conditions at a specific timestamp. (74) Reproduced with permission from ref (74). Copyright 2010 Elsevier.
When in contact with hydrophilic or hydrophobic surfaces, blood forms a meniscus with a contact angle due to surface tension. The Lucas–Washburn (L–W) equation
(75) is one of the pioneering theoretical definitions for the position of the meniscus over time. In addition, the L–W equation provides the possibility for research to obtain the velocity of the blood formed meniscus through the derivation of the meniscus position. The L–W equation
(10)Here L(t) represents the distance of the liquid driven by the capillary forces. However, the generalized L–W equation solely assumes the constant physical properties from a Newtonian fluid rather than considering the non-Newtonian fluid behavior of blood. Cito et al.
(76) constructed an enhanced version of the L–W equation incorporating the power law to consider the RBC aggregation and the FL effect. The non-Newtonian fluid apparent viscosity under the Power Law model is defined as
𝜇=𝑘·(𝛾˙)𝑛−1�=�·(�˙)�−1
(11)where γ̇ is the strain rate tensor defined as
𝛾˙=12𝛾˙𝑖𝑗𝛾˙𝑗𝑖⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√�˙=12�˙���˙��. The stress tensor term τ is computed as τ = μγ̇
(12)where k is the flow consistency index and n is the power law index, respectively. The power law index, from the Power Law model, characterizes the extent of the non-Newtonian behavior of blood. Both the consistency and power law index rely on blood properties such as hematocrit, the appearance of the FL effect, the formation of RBC aggregates, etc. The updated L–W equation computes the location and velocity of blood flow caused by capillary forces at specified time points within the LOC devices, taking into account the effects of blood flow characteristics such as RBC aggregation and the FL effect on dynamic blood viscosity.Apart from the blood flow behaviors triggered by inherent blood properties, unique flow conditions driven by capillary forces that are portrayed under different microchannel geometries also hold crucial implications for CD blood delivery. Berthier et al.
(77) studied the spontaneous Concus–Finn condition, the condition to initiate the spontaneous capillary flow within a V-groove microchannel, as shown in Figure 3(a) both experimentally and numerically. Through experimental studies, the spontaneous Concus–Finn filament development of capillary driven blood flow is observed, as shown in Figure 3(b), while the dynamic development of blood flow is numerically simulated through CFD simulation.
Figure 3. (a) Sketch of the cross-section of Berthier’s V-groove microchannel, (b) experimental view of blood in the V-groove microchannel, (78) (c) illustration of the dynamic change of the extension of filament from FLOW 3D under capillary flow at three increasing time intervals. (78) Reproduced with permission from ref (78). Copyright 2014 Elsevier.
Berthier et al.
(77) characterized the contact angle needed for the initiation of the capillary driving force at a zero-inlet pressure, through the half-angle (α) of the V-groove geometry layout, and its relation to the Concus–Finn filament as shown below:
(13)Three possible regimes were concluded based on the contact angle value for the initiation of flow and development of Concus–Finn filament:
𝜃>𝜃1𝜃1>𝜃>𝜃0𝜃0no SCFSCF without a Concus−Finn filamentSCF without a Concus−Finn filament{�>�1no SCF�1>�>�0SCF without a Concus−Finn filament�0SCF without a Concus−Finn filament
(14)Under Newton’s Law, the force balance with low Reynolds and Capillary numbers results in the neglect of inertial terms. The force balance between the capillary forces and the viscous force induced by the channel wall is proposed to derive the analytical fluid velocity. This relation between the two forces offers insights into the average flow velocity and the penetration distance function dependent on time. The apparent blood viscosity is defined by Berthier et al.
(23) given in eq 1. The research used the FLOW-3D program from Flow Science Inc. software, which solves transient, free-surface problems using the FDM in multiple dimensions. The Volume of Fluid (VOF) method
(79) is utilized to locate and track the dynamic extension of filament throughout the advancing interface within the channel ahead of the main flow at three progressing time stamps, as depicted in Figure 3(c).
The utilization of external forces, such as electric fields, has significantly broadened the possibility of manipulating microfluidic flow in LOC systems.
(80) Externally applied electric field forces induce a fluid flow from the movement of ions in fluid terms as the “electro-osmotic flow” (EOF).Unique transport phenomena, such as enhanced flow velocity and flow instability, induced by non-Newtonian fluids, particularly viscoelastic fluids, under EOF, have sparked considerable interest in microfluidic devices with simple or complicated geometries within channels.
(81) However, compared to the study of Newtonian fluids and even other electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flows, the literature focusing on the theoretical and numerical modeling of electro-osmotic blood flow is limited due to the complexity of blood properties. Consequently, to obtain a more comprehensive understanding of the complex blood flow behavior under EOF, theoretical and numerical studies of the transport phenomena in the EOF section will be based on the studies of different viscoelastic fluids under EOF rather than that of blood specifically. Despite this limitation, we believe these studies offer valuable insights that can help understand the complex behavior of blood flow under EOF.
4.1. EOF Phenomena
Electro-osmotic flow occurs at the interface between the microchannel wall and bulk phase solution. When in contact with the bulk phase, solution ions are absorbed or dissociated at the solid–liquid interface, resulting in the formation of a charge layer, as shown in Figure 4. This charged channel surface wall interacts with both negative and positive ions in the bulk sample, causing repulsion and attraction forces to create a thin layer of immobilized counterions, known as the Stern layer. The induced electric potential from the wall gradually decreases with an increase in the distance from the wall. The Stern layer potential, commonly termed the zeta potential, controls the intensity of the electrostatic interactions between mobile counterions and, consequently, the drag force from the applied electric field. Next to the Stern layer is the diffuse mobile layer, mainly composed of a mobile counterion. These two layers constitute the “electrical double layer” (EDL), the thickness of which is directly proportional to the ionic strength (concentration) of the bulk fluid. The relationship between the two parameters is characterized by a Debye length (λ
D), expressed as
𝜆𝐷=𝜖𝑘B𝑇2(𝑍𝑒)2𝑐0⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√��=��B�2(��)2�0
(15)where ϵ is the permittivity of the electrolyte solution, k
B is the Boltzmann constant, T is the electron temperature, Z is the integer valence number, e is the elementary charge, and c
0 is the ionic density.
Figure 4. Schematic diagram of an electro-osmotic flow in a microchannel with negative surface charge. (82) Reproduced with permission from ref (82). Copyright 2012 Woodhead Publishing.
When an electric field is applied perpendicular to the EDL, viscous drag is generated due to the movement of excess ions in the EDL. Electro-osmotic forces can be attributed to the externally applied electric potential (ϕ) and the zeta potential, the system wall induced potential by charged walls (ψ). As illustrated in Figure 4, the majority of ions in the bulk phase have a uniform velocity profile, except for a shear rate condition confined within an extremely thin Stern layer. Therefore, EOF displays a unique characteristic of a “near flat” or plug flow velocity profile, different from the parabolic flow typically induced by pressure-driven microfluidic flow (Hagen–Poiseuille flow). The plug-shaped velocity profile of the EOF possesses a high shear rate above the Stern layer.Overall, the EOF velocity magnitude is typically proportional to the Debye Length (λ
D), zeta potential, and magnitude of the externally applied electric field, while a more viscous liquid reduces the EOF velocity.
4.2. Modeling on Electro-osmotic Viscoelastic Fluid Flow
4.2.1. Theoretical Basis of EOF Mechanisms
The EOF of an incompressible viscoelastic fluid is commonly governed by the continuity and incompressible N–S equations, as shown in eqs 7 and 8, where the stress tensor and the electrostatic force term are coupled. The electro-osmotic body force term F, representing the body force exerted by the externally applied electric force, is defined as
𝐹⇀=𝑝𝐸𝐸⇀�⇀=���⇀, where ρ
E and
𝐸⇀�⇀ are the net electric charge density and the applied external electric field, respectively.Numerous models are established to theoretically study the externally applied electric potential and the system wall induced potential by charged walls. The following Laplace equation, expressed as eq 16, is generally adapted and solved to calculate the externally applied potential (ϕ).
∇2𝜙=0∇2�=0
(16)Ion diffusion under applied electric fields, together with mass transport resulting from convection and diffusion, transports ionic solutions in bulk flow under electrokinetic processes. The Nernst–Planck equation can describe these transport methods, including convection, diffusion, and electro-diffusion. Therefore, the Nernst–Planck equation is used to determine the distribution of the ions within the electrolyte. The electric potential induced by the charged channel walls follows the Poisson–Nernst–Plank (PNP) equation, which can be written as eq 17.
i are the diffusion coefficient, ionic concentration, and ionic valence of the ionic species I, respectively. However, due to the high nonlinearity and numerical stiffness introduced by different lengths and time scales from the PNP equations, the Poisson–Boltzmann (PB) model is often considered the major simplified method of the PNP equation to characterize the potential distribution of the EDL region in microchannels. In the PB model, it is assumed that the ionic species in the fluid follow the Boltzmann distribution. This model is typically valid for steady-state problems where charge transport can be considered negligible, the EDLs do not overlap with each other, and the intrinsic potentials are low. It provides a simplified representation of the potential distribution in the EDL region. The PB equation governing the EDL electric potential distribution is described as
0 is the ion bulk concentration, z is the ionic valence, and ε
0 is the electric permittivity in the vacuum. Under low electric potential conditions, an even further simplified model to illustrate the EOF phenomena is the Debye–Hückel (DH) model. The DH model is derived by obtaining a charge density term by expanding the exponential term of the Boltzmann equation in a Taylor series.
4.2.2. EOF Modeling for Viscoelastic Fluids
Many studies through numerical modeling were performed to obtain a deeper understanding of the effect exhibited by externally applied electric fields on viscoelastic flow in microchannels under various geometrical designs. Bello et al.
(83) found that methylcellulose solution, a non-Newtonian polymer solution, resulted in stronger electro-osmotic mobility in experiments when compared to the predictions by the Helmholtz–Smoluchowski equation, which is commonly used to define the velocity of EOF of a Newtonian fluid. Being one of the pioneers to identify the discrepancies between the EOF of Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids, Bello et al. attributed such discrepancies to the presence of a very high shear rate in the EDL, resulting in a change in the orientation of the polymer molecules. Park and Lee
(84) utilized the FVM to solve the PB equation for the characterization of the electric field induced force. In the study, the concept of fractional calculus for the Oldroyd-B model was adapted to illustrate the elastic and memory effects of viscoelastic fluids in a straight microchannel They observed that fluid elasticity and increased ratio of viscoelastic fluid contribution to overall fluid viscosity had a significant impact on the volumetric flow rate and sensitivity of velocity to electric field strength compared to Newtonian fluids. Afonso et al.
(85) derived an analytical expression for EOF of viscoelastic fluid between parallel plates using the DH model to account for a zeta potential condition below 25 mV. The study established the understanding of the electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow under low zeta potential conditions. Apart from the electrokinetic forces, pressure forces can also be coupled with EOF to generate a unique fluid flow behavior within the microchannel. Sousa et al.
(86) analytically studied the flow of a standard viscoelastic solution by combining the pressure gradient force with an externally applied electric force. It was found that, at a near wall skimming layer and the outer layer away from the wall, macromolecules migrating away from surface walls in viscoelastic fluids are observed. In the study, the Phan-Thien Tanner (PTT) constitutive model is utilized to characterize the viscoelastic properties of the solution. The approach is found to be valid when the EDL is much thinner than the skimming layer under an enhanced flow rate. Zhao and Yang
(87) solved the PB equation and Carreau model for the characterization of the EOF mechanism and non-Newtonian fluid respectively through the FEM. The numerical results depict that, different from the EOF of Newtonian fluids, non-Newtonian fluids led to an increase of electro-osmotic mobility for shear thinning fluids but the opposite for shear thickening fluids.Like other fluid transport driving forces, EOF within unique geometrical layouts also portrays unique transport phenomena. Pimenta and Alves
(88) utilized the FVM to perform numerical simulations of the EOF of viscoelastic fluids considering the PB equation and the Oldroyd-B model, in a cross-slot and flow-focusing microdevices. It was found that electroelastic instabilities are formed due to the development of large stresses inside the EDL with streamlined curvature at geometry corners. Bezerra et al.
(89) used the FDM to numerically analyze the vortex formation and flow instability from an electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid flow in a microchannel with a nozzle geometry and parallel wall geometry setting. The PNP equation is utilized to characterize the charge motion in the EOF and the PTT model for non-Newtonian flow characterization. A constriction geometry is commonly utilized in blood flow adapted in LOC systems due to the change in blood flow behavior under narrow dimensions in a microchannel. Ji et al.
(90) recently studied the EOF of viscoelastic fluid in a constriction microchannel connected by two relatively big reservoirs on both ends (as seen in Figure 5) filled with the polyacrylamide polymer solution, a viscoelastic fluid, and an incompressible monovalent binary electrolyte solution KCl.
Figure 5. Schematic diagram of a negatively charged constriction microchannel connected to two reservoirs at both ends. An electro-osmotic flow is induced in the system by the induced potential difference between the anode and cathode. (90) Reproduced with permission from ref (90). Copyright 2021 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.
In studying the EOF of viscoelastic fluids, the Oldroyd-B model is often utilized to characterize the polymeric stress tensor and the deformation rate of the fluid. The Oldroyd-B model is expressed as follows:
𝜏=𝜂p𝜆(𝐜−𝐈)�=�p�(�−�)
(19)where η
p, λ, c, and I represent the polymer dynamic viscosity, polymer relaxation time, symmetric conformation tensor of the polymer molecules, and the identity matrix, respectively.A log-conformation tensor approach is taken to prevent convergence difficulty induced by the viscoelastic properties. The conformation tensor (c) in the polymeric stress tensor term is redefined by a new tensor (Θ) based on the natural logarithm of the c. The new tensor is defined as
Θ=ln(𝐜)=𝐑ln(𝚲)𝐑Θ=ln(�)=�ln(�)�
(20)in which Λ is the diagonal matrix and R is the orthogonal matrix.Under the new conformation tensor, the induced EOF of a viscoelastic fluid is governed by the continuity and N–S equations adapting the Oldroyd-B model, which is expressed as
(21)where Ω and B represent the anti-symmetric matrix and the symmetric traceless matrix of the decomposition of the velocity gradient tensor ∇u, respectively. The conformation tensor can be recovered by c = exp(Θ). The PB model and Laplace equation are utilized to characterize the charged channel wall induced potential and the externally applied potential.The governing equations are numerically solved through the FVM by RheoTool,
(42) an open-source viscoelastic EOF solver on the OpenFOAM platform. A SIMPLEC (Semi-Implicit Method for Pressure Linked Equations-Consistent) algorithm was applied to solve the velocity-pressure coupling. The pressure field and velocity field were computed by the PCG (Preconditioned Conjugate Gradient) solver and the PBiCG (Preconditioned Biconjugate Gradient) solver, respectively.Ranging magnitudes of an applied electric field or fluid concentration induce both different streamlines and velocity magnitudes at various locations and times of the microchannel. In the study performed by Ji et al.,
(90) notable fluctuation of streamlines and vortex formation is formed at the upper stream entrance of the constriction as shown in Figure 6(a) and (b), respectively, due to the increase of electrokinetic effect, which is seen as a result of the increase in polymeric stress (τ
xx).
(90) The contraction geometry enhances the EOF velocity within the constriction channel under high E
app condition (600 V/cm). Such phenomena can be attributed to the dependence of electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow on the system wall surface and bulk fluid properties.
Figure 6. Schematic diagram of vortex formation and streamlines of EOF depicting flow instability at (a) 1.71 s and (b) 1.75 s. Spatial distribution of the elastic normal stress at (c) high Eapp condition. Streamline of an electro-osmotic flow under Eapp of 600 V/cm (90) for (d) non-Newtonian and (e) Newtonian fluid through a constriction geometry. Reproduced with permission from ref (90). Copyright 2021 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.
As elastic normal stress exceeds the local shear stress, flow instability and vortex formation occur. The induced elastic stress under EOF not only enhances the instability of the flow but often generates an irregular secondary flow leading to strong disturbance.
(92) It is also vital to consider the effect of the constriction layout of microchannels on the alteration of the field strength within the system. The contraction geometry enhances a larger electric field strength compared with other locations of the channel outside the constriction region, resulting in a higher velocity gradient and stronger extension on the polymer within the viscoelastic solution. Following the high shear flow condition, a higher magnitude of stretch for polymer molecules in viscoelastic fluids exhibits larger elastic stresses and enhancement of vortex formation at the region.
(93)As shown in Figure 6(c), significant elastic normal stress occurs at the inlet of the constriction microchannel. Such occurrence of a polymeric flow can be attributed to the dominating elongational flow, giving rise to high deformation of the polymers within the viscoelastic fluid flow, resulting in higher elastic stress from the polymers. Such phenomena at the entrance result in the difference in velocity streamline as circled in Figure 6(d) compared to that of the Newtonian fluid at the constriction entrance in Figure 6(e).
(90) The difference between the Newtonian and polymer solution at the exit, as circled in Figure 6(d) and (e), can be attributed to the extrudate swell effect of polymers
(94) within the viscoelastic fluid flow. The extrudate swell effect illustrates that, as polymers emerge from the constriction exit, they tend to contract in the flow direction and grow in the normal direction, resulting in an extrudate diameter greater than the channel size. The deformation of polymers within the polymeric flow at both the entrance and exit of the contraction channel facilitates the change in shear stress conditions of the flow, leading to the alteration in streamlines of flows for each region.
4.3. EOF Applications in LOC Systems
4.3.1. Mixing in LOC Systems
Rather than relying on the micromixing controlled by molecular diffusion under low Reynolds number conditions, active mixers actively leverage convective instability and vortex formation induced by electro-osmotic flows from alternating current (AC) or direct current (DC) electric fields. Such adaptation is recognized as significant breakthroughs for promotion of fluid mixing in chemical and biological applications such as drug delivery, medical diagnostics, chemical synthesis, and so on.
(95)Many researchers proposed novel designs of electro-osmosis micromixers coupled with numerical simulations in conjunction with experimental findings to increase their understanding of the role of flow instability and vortex formation in the mixing process under electrokinetic phenomena. Matsubara and Narumi
(96) numerically modeled the mixing process in a microchannel with four electrodes on each side of the microchannel wall, which generated a disruption through unstable electro-osmotic vortices. It was found that particle mixing was sensitive to both the convection effect induced by the main and secondary vortex within the micromixer and the change in oscillation frequency caused by the supplied AC voltage when the Reynolds number was varied. Qaderi et al.
(97) adapted the PNP equation to numerically study the effect of the geometry and zeta potential configuration of the microchannel on the mixing process with a combined electro-osmotic pressure driven flow. It was reported that the application of heterogeneous zeta potential configuration enhances the mixing efficiency by around 23% while the height of the hurdles increases the mixing efficiency at most 48.1%. Cho et al.
(98) utilized the PB model and Laplace equation to numerically simulate the electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid mixing process within a wavy and block layout of microchannel walls. The Power Law model is adapted to describe the fluid rheological characteristic. It was found that shear-thinning fluids possess a higher volumetric flow rate, which could result in poorer mixing efficiency compared to that of Newtonian fluids. Numerous studies have revealed that flow instability and vortex generation, in particular secondary vortices produced by barriers or greater magnitudes of heterogeneous zeta potential distribution, enhance mixing by increasing bulk flow velocity and reducing flow distance.To better understand the mechanism of disturbance formed in the system due to externally applied forces, known as electrokinetic instability, literature often utilize the Rayleigh (Ra) number,
(22)where γ is the conductivity ratio of the two streams and can be written as
𝛾=𝜎el,H𝜎el,L�=�el,H�el,L. The Ra number characterizes the ratio between electroviscous and electro-osmotic flow. A high Ra
v value often results in good mixing. It is evident that fluid properties such as the conductivity (σ) of the two streams play a key role in the formation of disturbances to enhance mixing in microsystems. At the same time, electrokinetic parameters like the zeta potential (ζ) in the Ra number is critical in the characterization of electro-osmotic velocity and a slip boundary condition at the microchannel wall.To understand the mixing result along the channel, the concentration field can be defined and simulated under the assumption of steady state conditions and constant diffusion coefficient for each of the working fluid within the system through the convection–diffusion equation as below:
∂𝑐𝒊∂𝑡+∇⇀(𝑐𝑖𝑢⇀−𝐷𝑖∇⇀𝑐𝒊)=0∂��∂�+∇⇀(���⇀−��∇⇀��)=0
(23)where c
i is the species concentration of species i and D
i is the diffusion coefficient of the corresponding species.The standard deviation of concentration (σ
sd) can be adapted to evaluate the mixing quality of the system.
(97) The standard deviation for concentration at a specific portion of the channel may be calculated using the equation below:
m are the non-dimensional concentration profile and the mean concentration at the portion, respectively. C* is the non-dimensional concentration and can be calculated as
𝐶∗=𝐶𝐶ref�*=��ref, where C
ref is the reference concentration defined as the bulk solution concentration. The mean concentration profile can be calculated as
𝐶m=∫10(𝐶∗(𝑦∗)d𝑦∗∫10d𝑦∗�m=∫01(�*(�*)d�*∫01d�*. With the standard deviation of concentration, the mixing efficiency
sd,0 is the standard derivation of the case of no mixing. The value of the mixing efficiency is typically utilized in conjunction with the simulated flow field and concentration field to explore the effect of geometrical and electrokinetic parameters on the optimization of the mixing results.
Viscoelastic fluids such as blood flow in LOC systems are an essential topic to proceed with diagnostic analysis and research through microdevices in the biomedical and pharmaceutical industries. The complex blood flow behavior is tightly controlled by the viscoelastic characteristics of blood such as the dynamic viscosity and the elastic property of RBCs under various shear rate conditions. Furthermore, the flow behaviors under varied driving forces promote an array of microfluidic transport phenomena that are critical to the management of blood flow and other adapted viscoelastic fluids in LOC systems. This review addressed the blood flow phenomena, the complicated interplay between shear rate and blood flow behaviors, and their numerical modeling under LOC systems through the lens of the viscoelasticity characteristic. Furthermore, a theoretical understanding of capillary forces and externally applied electric forces leads to an in-depth investigation of the relationship between blood flow patterns and the key parameters of the two driving forces, the latter of which is introduced through the lens of viscoelastic fluids, coupling numerical modeling to improve the knowledge of blood flow manipulation in LOC systems. The flow disturbances triggered by the EOF of viscoelastic fluids and their impact on blood flow patterns have been deeply investigated due to their important role and applications in LOC devices. Continuous advancements of various numerical modeling methods with experimental findings through more efficient and less computationally heavy methods have served as an encouraging sign of establishing more accurate illustrations of the mechanisms for multiphase blood and other viscoelastic fluid flow transport phenomena driven by various forces. Such progress is fundamental for the manipulation of unique transport phenomena, such as the generated disturbances, to optimize functionalities offered by microdevices in LOC systems.
The following section will provide further insights into the employment of studied blood transport phenomena to improve the functionality of micro devices adapting LOC technology. A discussion of the novel roles that external driving forces play in microfluidic flow behaviors is also provided. Limitations in the computational modeling of blood flow and electrokinetic phenomena in LOC systems will also be emphasized, which may provide valuable insights for future research endeavors. These discussions aim to provide guidance and opportunities for new paths in the ongoing development of LOC devices that adapt blood flow.
5.2. Future Directions
5.2.1. Electro-osmosis Mixing in LOC Systems
Despite substantial research, mixing results through flow instability and vortex formation phenomena induced by electro-osmotic mixing still deviate from the effective mixing results offered by chaotic mixing results such as those seen in turbulent flows. However, recent discoveries of a mixing phenomenon that is generally observed under turbulent flows are found within electro-osmosis micromixers under low Reynolds number conditions. Zhao
(99) experimentally discovered a rapid mixing process in an AC applied micromixer, where the power spectrum of concentration under an applied voltage of 20 V
p-p induces a −5/3 slope within a frequency range. This value of the slope is considered as the O–C spectrum in macroflows, which is often visible under relatively high Re conditions, such as the Taylor microscale Reynolds number Re > 500 in turbulent flows.
(100) However, the Re value in the studied system is less than 1 at the specific location and applied voltage. A secondary flow is also suggested to occur close to microchannel walls, being attributed to the increase of convective instability within the system.Despite the experimental phenomenon proposed by Zhao et al.,
(99) the range of effects induced by vital parameters of an EOF mixing system on the enhanced mixing results and mechanisms of disturbance generated by the turbulent-like flow instability is not further characterized. Such a gap in knowledge may hinder the adaptability and commercialization of the discovery of micromixers. One of the parameters for further evaluation is the conductivity gradient of the fluid flow. A relatively strong conductivity gradient (5000:1) was adopted in the system due to the conductive properties of the two fluids. The high conductivity gradients may contribute to the relatively large Rayleigh number and differences in EDL layer thickness, resulting in an unusual disturbance in laminar flow conditions and enhanced mixing results. However, high conductivity gradients are not always achievable by the working fluids due to diverse fluid properties. The reliance on turbulent-like phenomena and rapid mixing results in a large conductivity gradient should be established to prevent the limited application of fluids for the mixing system. In addition, the proposed system utilizes distinct zeta potential distributions at the top and bottom walls due to their difference in material choices, which may be attributed to the flow instability phenomena. Further studies should be made on varying zeta potential magnitude and distribution to evaluate their effect on the slip boundary conditions of the flow and the large shear rate condition close to the channel wall of EOF. Such a study can potentially offer an optimized condition in zeta potential magnitude through material choices and geometrical layout of the zeta potential for better mixing results and manipulation of mixing fluid dynamics. The two vital parameters mentioned above can be varied with the aid of numerical simulation to understand the effect of parameters on the interaction between electro-osmotic forces and electroviscous forces. At the same time, the relationship of developed streamlines of the simulated velocity and concentration field, following their relationship with the mixing results, under the impact of these key parameters can foster more insight into the range of impact that the two parameters have on the proposed phenomena and the microfluidic dynamic principles of disturbances.
In addition, many of the current investigations of electrokinetic mixers commonly emphasize the fluid dynamics of mixing for Newtonian fluids, while the utilization of biofluids, primarily viscoelastic fluids such as blood, and their distinctive response under shear forces in these novel mixing processes of LOC systems are significantly less studied. To develop more compatible microdevice designs and efficient mixing outcomes for the biomedical industry, it is necessary to fill the knowledge gaps in the literature on electro-osmotic mixing for biofluids, where properties of elasticity, dynamic viscosity, and intricate relationship with shear flow from the fluid are further considered.
5.2.2. Electro-osmosis Separation in LOC Systems
Particle separation in LOC devices, particularly in biological research and diagnostics, is another area where disturbances may play a significant role in optimization.
(101) Plasma analysis in LOC systems under precise control of blood flow phenomena and blood/plasma separation procedures can detect vital information about infectious diseases from particular antibodies and foreign nucleic acids for medical treatments, diagnostics, and research,
(102) offering more efficient results and simple operating procedures compared to that of the traditional centrifugation method for blood and plasma separation. However, the adaptability of LOC devices for blood and plasma separation is often hindered by microchannel clogging, where flow velocity and plasma yield from LOC devices is reduced due to occasional RBC migration and aggregation at the filtration entrance of microdevices.
(103)It is important to note that the EOF induces flow instability close to microchannel walls, which may provide further solutions to clogging for the separation process of the LOC systems. Mohammadi et al.
(104) offered an anti-clogging effect of RBCs at the blood and plasma separating device filtration entry, adjacent to the surface wall, through RBC disaggregation under high shear rate conditions generated by a forward and reverse EOF direction.
Further theoretical and numerical research can be conducted to characterize the effect of high shear rate conditions near microchannel walls toward the detachment of binding blood cells on surfaces and the reversibility of aggregation. Through numerical modeling with varying electrokinetic parameters to induce different degrees of disturbances or shear conditions at channel walls, it may be possible to optimize and better understand the process of disrupting the forces that bind cells to surface walls and aggregated cells at filtration pores. RBCs that migrate close to microchannel walls are often attracted by the adhesion force between the RBC and the solid surface originating from the van der Waals forces. Following RBC migration and attachment by adhesive forces adjacent to the microchannel walls as shown in Figure 7, the increase in viscosity at the region causes a lower shear condition and encourages RBC aggregation (cell–cell interaction), which clogs filtering pores or microchannels and reduces flow velocity at filtration region. Both the impact that shear forces and disturbances may induce on cell binding forces with surface walls and other cells leading to aggregation may suggest further characterization. Kinetic parameters such as activation energy and the rate-determining step for cell binding composition attachment and detachment should be considered for modeling the dynamics of RBCs and blood flows under external forces in LOC separation devices.
Figure 7. Schematic representations of clogging at a microchannel pore following the sequence of RBC migration, cell attachment to channel walls, and aggregation. (105) Reproduced with permission from ref (105). Copyright 2018 The Authors under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.
5.2.3. Relationship between External Forces and Microfluidic Systems
In blood flow, a thicker CFL suggests a lower blood viscosity, suggesting a complex relationship between shear stress and shear rate, affecting the blood viscosity and blood flow. Despite some experimental and numerical studies on electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid flow, limited literature has performed an in-depth investigation of the role that applied electric forces and other external forces could play in the process of CFL formation. Additional studies on how shear rates from external forces affect CFL formation and microfluidic flow dynamics can shed light on the mechanism of the contribution induced by external driving forces to the development of a separate phase of layer, similar to CFL, close to the microchannel walls and distinct from the surrounding fluid within the system, then influencing microfluidic flow dynamics.One of the mechanisms of phenomena to be explored is the formation of the Exclusion Zone (EZ) region following a “Self-Induced Flow” (SIF) phenomenon discovered by Li and Pollack,
(106) as shown in Figure 8(a) and (b), respectively. A spontaneous sustained axial flow is observed when hydrophilic materials are immersed in water, resulting in the buildup of a negative layer of charges, defined as the EZ, after water molecules absorb infrared radiation (IR) energy and break down into H and OH
+–.
Figure 8. Schematic representations of (a) the Exclusion Zone region and (b) the Self Induced Flow through visualization of microsphere movement within a microchannel. (106) Reproduced with permission from ref (106). Copyright 2020 The Authors under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.
Despite the finding of such a phenomenon, the specific mechanism and role of IR energy have yet to be defined for the process of EZ development. To further develop an understanding of the role of IR energy in such phenomena, a feasible study may be seen through the lens of the relationships between external forces and microfluidic flow. In the phenomena, the increase of SIF velocity under a rise of IR radiation resonant characteristics is shown in the participation of the external electric field near the microchannel walls under electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow systems. The buildup of negative charges at the hydrophilic surfaces in EZ is analogous to the mechanism of electrical double layer formation. Indeed, research has initiated the exploration of the core mechanisms for EZ formation through the lens of the electrokinetic phenomena.
(107) Such a similarity of the role of IR energy and the transport phenomena of SIF with electrokinetic phenomena paves the way for the definition of the unknown SIF phenomena and EZ formation. Furthermore, Li and Pollack
(106) suggest whether CFL formation might contribute to a SIF of blood using solely IR radiation, a commonly available source of energy in nature, as an external driving force. The proposition may be proven feasible with the presence of the CFL region next to the negatively charged hydrophilic endothelial glycocalyx layer, coating the luminal side of blood vessels.
(108) Further research can dive into the resonating characteristics between the formation of the CFL region next to the hydrophilic endothelial glycocalyx layer and that of the EZ formation close to hydrophilic microchannel walls. Indeed, an increase in IR energy is known to rapidly accelerate EZ formation and SIF velocity, depicting similarity to the increase in the magnitude of electric field forces and greater shear rates at microchannel walls affecting CFL formation and EOF velocity. Such correlation depicts a future direction in whether SIF blood flow can be observed and characterized theoretically further through the lens of the relationship between blood flow and shear forces exhibited by external energy.
The intricate link between the CFL and external forces, more specifically the externally applied electric field, can receive further attention to provide a more complete framework for the mechanisms between IR radiation and EZ formation. Such characterization may also contribute to a greater comprehension of the role IR can play in CFL formation next to the endothelial glycocalyx layer as well as its role as a driving force to propel blood flow, similar to the SIF, but without the commonly assumed pressure force from heart contraction as a source of driving force.
5.3. Challenges
Although there have been significant improvements in blood flow modeling under LOC systems over the past decade, there are still notable constraints that may require special attention for numerical simulation applications to benefit the adaptability of the designs and functionalities of LOC devices. Several points that require special attention are mentioned below:
1.
The majority of CFD models operate under the relationship between the viscoelasticity of blood and the shear rate conditions of flow. The relative effect exhibited by the presence of highly populated RBCs in whole blood and their forces amongst the cells themselves under complex flows often remains unclearly defined. Furthermore, the full range of cell populations in whole blood requires a much more computational load for numerical modeling. Therefore, a vital goal for future research is to evaluate a reduced modeling method where the impact of cell–cell interaction on the viscoelastic property of blood is considered.
2.
Current computational methods on hemodynamics rely on continuum models based upon non-Newtonian rheology at the macroscale rather than at molecular and cellular levels. Careful considerations should be made for the development of a constructive framework for the physical and temporal scales of micro/nanoscale systems to evaluate the intricate relationship between fluid driving forces, dynamic viscosity, and elasticity.
3.
Viscoelastic fluids under the impact of externally applied electric forces often deviate from the assumptions of no-slip boundary conditions due to the unique flow conditions induced by externally applied forces. Furthermore, the mechanism of vortex formation and viscoelastic flow instability at laminar flow conditions should be better defined through the lens of the microfluidic flow phenomenon to optimize the prediction of viscoelastic flow across different geometrical layouts. Mathematical models and numerical methods are needed to better predict such disturbance caused by external forces and the viscoelasticity of fluids at such a small scale.
4.
Under practical situations, zeta potential distribution at channel walls frequently deviates from the common assumption of a constant distribution because of manufacturing faults or inherent surface charges prior to the introduction of electrokinetic influence. These discrepancies frequently lead to inconsistent surface potential distribution, such as excess positive ions at relatively more negatively charged walls. Accordingly, unpredicted vortex formation and flow instability may occur. Therefore, careful consideration should be given to these discrepancies and how they could trigger the transport process and unexpected results of a microdevice.
Zhe Chen – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China; Email: zaccooky@sjtu.edu.cn
Bo Ouyang – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China; Email: bouy93@sjtu.edu.cn
Zheng-Hong Luo – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China; https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9011-6020; Email: luozh@sjtu.edu.cn
Authors
Bin-Jie Lai – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China; https://orcid.org/0009-0002-8133-5381
Li-Tao Zhu – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China; https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6514-8864
NotesThe authors declare no competing financial interest.
This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China (No. 22238005) and the Postdoctoral Research Foundation of China (No. GZC20231576).
the field of technological and scientific study that investigates fluid flow in channels with dimensions between 1 and 1000 μm
Lab-on-a-Chip Technology
the field of research and technological development aimed at integrating the micro/nanofluidic characteristics to conduct laboratory processes on handheld devices
Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD)
the method utilizing computational abilities to predict physical fluid flow behaviors mathematically through solving the governing equations of corresponding fluid flows
Shear Rate
the rate of change in velocity where one layer of fluid moves past the adjacent layer
Viscoelasticity
the property holding both elasticity and viscosity characteristics relying on the magnitude of applied shear stress and time-dependent strain
Electro-osmosis
the flow of fluid under an applied electric field when charged solid surface is in contact with the bulk fluid
Vortex
the rotating motion of a fluid revolving an axis line
1Neethirajan, S.; Kobayashi, I.; Nakajima, M.; Wu, D.; Nandagopal, S.; Lin, F. Microfluidics for food, agriculture and biosystems industries. Lab Chip2011, 11 (9), 1574– 1586, DOI: 10.1039/c0lc00230eViewGoogle Scholar
2Whitesides, G. M. The origins and the future of microfluidics. Nature2006, 442 (7101), 368– 373, DOI: 10.1038/nature05058ViewGoogle Scholar
3Burklund, A.; Tadimety, A.; Nie, Y.; Hao, N.; Zhang, J. X. J. Chapter One – Advances in diagnostic microfluidics; Elsevier, 2020; DOI: DOI: 10.1016/bs.acc.2019.08.001 .ViewGoogle Scholar
4Abdulbari, H. A. Chapter 12 – Lab-on-a-chip for analysis of blood. In Nanotechnology for Hematology, Blood Transfusion, and Artificial Blood; Denizli, A., Nguyen, T. A., Rajan, M., Alam, M. F., Rahman, K., Eds.; Elsevier, 2022; pp 265– 283.ViewGoogle Scholar
5Vladisavljević, G. T.; Khalid, N.; Neves, M. A.; Kuroiwa, T.; Nakajima, M.; Uemura, K.; Ichikawa, S.; Kobayashi, I. Industrial lab-on-a-chip: Design, applications and scale-up for drug discovery and delivery. Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews2013, 65 (11), 1626– 1663, DOI: 10.1016/j.addr.2013.07.017ViewGoogle Scholar
6Kersaudy-Kerhoas, M.; Dhariwal, R.; Desmulliez, M. P. Y.; Jouvet, L. Hydrodynamic blood plasma separation in microfluidic channels. Microfluid. Nanofluid.2010, 8 (1), 105– 114, DOI: 10.1007/s10404-009-0450-5ViewGoogle Scholar
7Popel, A. S.; Johnson, P. C. Microcirculation and Hemorheology. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech.2005, 37 (1), 43– 69, DOI: 10.1146/annurev.fluid.37.042604.133933ViewGoogle Scholar
8Fedosov, D. A.; Peltomäki, M.; Gompper, G. Deformation and dynamics of red blood cells in flow through cylindrical microchannels. Soft Matter2014, 10 (24), 4258– 4267, DOI: 10.1039/C4SM00248BViewGoogle Scholar
9Chakraborty, S. Dynamics of capillary flow of blood into a microfluidic channel. Lab Chip2005, 5 (4), 421– 430, DOI: 10.1039/b414566fViewGoogle Scholar
10Tomaiuolo, G.; Guido, S. Start-up shape dynamics of red blood cells in microcapillary flow. Microvascular Research2011, 82 (1), 35– 41, DOI: 10.1016/j.mvr.2011.03.004ViewGoogle Scholar
11Sherwood, J. M.; Dusting, J.; Kaliviotis, E.; Balabani, S. The effect of red blood cell aggregation on velocity and cell-depleted layer characteristics of blood in a bifurcating microchannel. Biomicrofluidics2012, 6 (2), 24119, DOI: 10.1063/1.4717755ViewGoogle Scholar
12Nader, E.; Skinner, S.; Romana, M.; Fort, R.; Lemonne, N.; Guillot, N.; Gauthier, A.; Antoine-Jonville, S.; Renoux, C.; Hardy-Dessources, M.-D. Blood Rheology: Key Parameters, Impact on Blood Flow, Role in Sickle Cell Disease and Effects of Exercise. Frontiers in Physiology2019, 10, 01329, DOI: 10.3389/fphys.2019.01329ViewGoogle Scholar
13Trejo-Soto, C.; Lázaro, G. R.; Pagonabarraga, I.; Hernández-Machado, A. Microfluidics Approach to the Mechanical Properties of Red Blood Cell Membrane and Their Effect on Blood Rheology. Membranes2022, 12 (2), 217, DOI: 10.3390/membranes12020217ViewGoogle Scholar
14Wagner, C.; Steffen, P.; Svetina, S. Aggregation of red blood cells: From rouleaux to clot formation. Comptes Rendus Physique2013, 14 (6), 459– 469, DOI: 10.1016/j.crhy.2013.04.004ViewGoogle Scholar
15Kim, H.; Zhbanov, A.; Yang, S. Microfluidic Systems for Blood and Blood Cell Characterization. Biosensors2023, 13 (1), 13, DOI: 10.3390/bios13010013ViewGoogle Scholar
16Fåhræus, R.; Lindqvist, T. THE VISCOSITY OF THE BLOOD IN NARROW CAPILLARY TUBES. American Journal of Physiology-Legacy Content1931, 96 (3), 562– 568, DOI: 10.1152/ajplegacy.1931.96.3.562ViewGoogle Scholar
17Ascolese, M.; Farina, A.; Fasano, A. The Fåhræus-Lindqvist effect in small blood vessels: how does it help the heart?. J. Biol. Phys.2019, 45 (4), 379– 394, DOI: 10.1007/s10867-019-09534-4ViewGoogle Scholar
18Bento, D.; Fernandes, C. S.; Miranda, J. M.; Lima, R. In vitro blood flow visualizations and cell-free layer (CFL) measurements in a microchannel network. Experimental Thermal and Fluid Science2019, 109, 109847, DOI: 10.1016/j.expthermflusci.2019.109847ViewGoogle Scholar
19Namgung, B.; Ong, P. K.; Wong, Y. H.; Lim, D.; Chun, K. J.; Kim, S. A comparative study of histogram-based thresholding methods for the determination of cell-free layer width in small blood vessels. Physiological Measurement2010, 31 (9), N61, DOI: 10.1088/0967-3334/31/9/N01ViewGoogle Scholar
20Hymel, S. J.; Lan, H.; Fujioka, H.; Khismatullin, D. B. Cell trapping in Y-junction microchannels: A numerical study of the bifurcation angle effect in inertial microfluidics. Phys. Fluids (1994)2019, 31 (8), 082003, DOI: 10.1063/1.5113516ViewGoogle Scholar
21Li, X.; Popel, A. S.; Karniadakis, G. E. Blood-plasma separation in Y-shaped bifurcating microfluidic channels: a dissipative particle dynamics simulation study. Phys. Biol.2012, 9 (2), 026010, DOI: 10.1088/1478-3975/9/2/026010ViewGoogle Scholar
22Yin, X.; Thomas, T.; Zhang, J. Multiple red blood cell flows through microvascular bifurcations: Cell free layer, cell trajectory, and hematocrit separation. Microvascular Research2013, 89, 47– 56, DOI: 10.1016/j.mvr.2013.05.002ViewGoogle Scholar
23Shibeshi, S. S.; Collins, W. E. The Rheology of Blood Flow in a Branched Arterial System. Appl. Rheol2005, 15 (6), 398– 405, DOI: 10.1515/arh-2005-0020ViewGoogle Scholar
24Sequeira, A.; Janela, J. An Overview of Some Mathematical Models of Blood Rheology. In A Portrait of State-of-the-Art Research at the Technical University of Lisbon; Pereira, M. S., Ed.; Springer Netherlands: Dordrecht, 2007; pp 65– 87.ViewGoogle Scholar
25Walburn, F. J.; Schneck, D. J. A constitutive equation for whole human blood. Biorheology1976, 13, 201– 210, DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1976-13307ViewGoogle Scholar
26Quemada, D. A rheological model for studying the hematocrit dependence of red cell-red cell and red cell-protein interactions in blood. Biorheology1981, 18, 501– 516, DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1981-183-615ViewGoogle Scholar
27Varchanis, S.; Dimakopoulos, Y.; Wagner, C.; Tsamopoulos, J. How viscoelastic is human blood plasma?. Soft Matter2018, 14 (21), 4238– 4251, DOI: 10.1039/C8SM00061AViewGoogle Scholar
28Apostolidis, A. J.; Moyer, A. P.; Beris, A. N. Non-Newtonian effects in simulations of coronary arterial blood flow. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech.2016, 233, 155– 165, DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2016.03.008ViewGoogle Scholar
29Luo, X. Y.; Kuang, Z. B. A study on the constitutive equation of blood. J. Biomech.1992, 25 (8), 929– 934, DOI: 10.1016/0021-9290(92)90233-QViewGoogle Scholar
30Oldroyd, J. G.; Wilson, A. H. On the formulation of rheological equations of state. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences1950, 200 (1063), 523– 541, DOI: 10.1098/rspa.1950.0035ViewGoogle Scholar
31Prado, G.; Farutin, A.; Misbah, C.; Bureau, L. Viscoelastic transient of confined red blood cells. Biophys J.2015, 108 (9), 2126– 2136, DOI: 10.1016/j.bpj.2015.03.046ViewGoogle Scholar
32Huang, C. R.; Pan, W. D.; Chen, H. Q.; Copley, A. L. Thixotropic properties of whole blood from healthy human subjects. Biorheology1987, 24 (6), 795– 801, DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1987-24630ViewGoogle Scholar
33Anand, M.; Kwack, J.; Masud, A. A new generalized Oldroyd-B model for blood flow in complex geometries. International Journal of Engineering Science2013, 72, 78– 88, DOI: 10.1016/j.ijengsci.2013.06.009ViewGoogle Scholar
34Horner, J. S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J.; Beris, A. N. Investigation of blood rheology under steady and unidirectional large amplitude oscillatory shear. J. Rheol.2018, 62 (2), 577– 591, DOI: 10.1122/1.5017623ViewGoogle Scholar
35Horner, J. S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J.; Beris, A. N. Measurements of human blood viscoelasticity and thixotropy under steady and transient shear and constitutive modeling thereof. J. Rheol.2019, 63 (5), 799– 813, DOI: 10.1122/1.5108737ViewGoogle Scholar
36Armstrong, M.; Tussing, J. A methodology for adding thixotropy to Oldroyd-8 family of viscoelastic models for characterization of human blood. Phys. Fluids2020, 32 (9), 094111, DOI: 10.1063/5.0022501ViewGoogle Scholar
37Crank, J.; Nicolson, P. A practical method for numerical evaluation of solutions of partial differential equations of the heat-conduction type. Mathematical Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society1947, 43 (1), 50– 67, DOI: 10.1017/S0305004100023197ViewGoogle Scholar
38Clough, R. W. Original formulation of the finite element method. Finite Elements in Analysis and Design1990, 7 (2), 89– 101, DOI: 10.1016/0168-874X(90)90001-UViewGoogle Scholar
39Liu, W. K.; Liu, Y.; Farrell, D.; Zhang, L.; Wang, X. S.; Fukui, Y.; Patankar, N.; Zhang, Y.; Bajaj, C.; Lee, J.Immersed finite element method and its applications to biological systems. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering2006, 195 (13), 1722– 1749, DOI: 10.1016/j.cma.2005.05.049ViewGoogle Scholar
40Lopes, D.; Agujetas, R.; Puga, H.; Teixeira, J.; Lima, R.; Alejo, J. P.; Ferrera, C. Analysis of finite element and finite volume methods for fluid-structure interaction simulation of blood flow in a real stenosed artery. International Journal of Mechanical Sciences2021, 207, 106650, DOI: 10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2021.106650ViewGoogle Scholar
41Favero, J. L.; Secchi, A. R.; Cardozo, N. S. M.; Jasak, H. Viscoelastic flow analysis using the software OpenFOAM and differential constitutive equations. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech.2010, 165 (23), 1625– 1636, DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2010.08.010ViewGoogle Scholar
42Pimenta, F.; Alves, M. A. Stabilization of an open-source finite-volume solver for viscoelastic fluid flows. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech.2017, 239, 85– 104, DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2016.12.002ViewGoogle Scholar
43Chee, C. Y.; Lee, H. P.; Lu, C. Using 3D fluid-structure interaction model to analyse the biomechanical properties of erythrocyte. Phys. Lett. A2008, 372 (9), 1357– 1362, DOI: 10.1016/j.physleta.2007.09.067ViewGoogle Scholar
44Xu, D.; Kaliviotis, E.; Munjiza, A.; Avital, E.; Ji, C.; Williams, J. Large scale simulation of red blood cell aggregation in shear flows. J. Biomech.2013, 46 (11), 1810– 1817, DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2013.05.010ViewGoogle Scholar
45Johnson, K. L.; Kendall, K.; Roberts, A. Surface energy and the contact of elastic solids. Proceedings of the royal society of London. A. mathematical and physical sciences1971, 324 (1558), 301– 313, DOI: 10.1098/rspa.1971.0141ViewGoogle Scholar
46Shi, L.; Pan, T.-W.; Glowinski, R. Deformation of a single red blood cell in bounded Poiseuille flows. Phys. Rev. E2012, 85 (1), 016307, DOI: 10.1103/PhysRevE.85.016307ViewGoogle Scholar
47Yoon, D.; You, D. Continuum modeling of deformation and aggregation of red blood cells. J. Biomech.2016, 49 (11), 2267– 2279, DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2015.11.027ViewGoogle Scholar
48Mainardi, F.; Spada, G. Creep, relaxation and viscosity properties for basic fractional models in rheology. European Physical Journal Special Topics2011, 193 (1), 133– 160, DOI: 10.1140/epjst/e2011-01387-1ViewGoogle Scholar
49Gracka, M.; Lima, R.; Miranda, J. M.; Student, S.; Melka, B.; Ostrowski, Z. Red blood cells tracking and cell-free layer formation in a microchannel with hyperbolic contraction: A CFD model validation. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine2022, 226, 107117, DOI: 10.1016/j.cmpb.2022.107117ViewGoogle Scholar
50Aryan, H.; Beigzadeh, B.; Siavashi, M. Euler-Lagrange numerical simulation of improved magnetic drug delivery in a three-dimensional CT-based carotid artery bifurcation. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine2022, 219, 106778, DOI: 10.1016/j.cmpb.2022.106778ViewGoogle Scholar
51Czaja, B.; Závodszky, G.; Azizi Tarksalooyeh, V.; Hoekstra, A. G. Cell-resolved blood flow simulations of saccular aneurysms: effects of pulsatility and aspect ratio. J. R Soc. Interface2018, 15 (146), 20180485, DOI: 10.1098/rsif.2018.0485ViewGoogle Scholar
52Rydquist, G.; Esmaily, M. A cell-resolved, Lagrangian solver for modeling red blood cell dynamics in macroscale flows. J. Comput. Phys.2022, 461, 111204, DOI: 10.1016/j.jcp.2022.111204ViewGoogle Scholar
53Dadvand, A.; Baghalnezhad, M.; Mirzaee, I.; Khoo, B. C.; Ghoreishi, S. An immersed boundary-lattice Boltzmann approach to study the dynamics of elastic membranes in viscous shear flows. Journal of Computational Science2014, 5 (5), 709– 718, DOI: 10.1016/j.jocs.2014.06.006ViewGoogle Scholar
54Krüger, T.; Holmes, D.; Coveney, P. V. Deformability-based red blood cell separation in deterministic lateral displacement devices─A simulation study. Biomicrofluidics2014, 8 (5), 054114, DOI: 10.1063/1.4897913ViewGoogle Scholar
55Takeishi, N.; Ito, H.; Kaneko, M.; Wada, S. Deformation of a Red Blood Cell in a Narrow Rectangular Microchannel. Micromachines2019, 10 (3), 199, DOI: 10.3390/mi10030199ViewGoogle Scholar
56Krüger, T.; Varnik, F.; Raabe, D. Efficient and accurate simulations of deformable particles immersed in a fluid using a combined immersed boundary lattice Boltzmann finite element method. Computers & Mathematics with Applications2011, 61 (12), 3485– 3505, DOI: 10.1016/j.camwa.2010.03.057ViewGoogle Scholar
57Balachandran Nair, A. N.; Pirker, S.; Umundum, T.; Saeedipour, M. A reduced-order model for deformable particles with application in bio-microfluidics. Computational Particle Mechanics2020, 7 (3), 593– 601, DOI: 10.1007/s40571-019-00283-8ViewGoogle Scholar
58Balachandran Nair, A. N.; Pirker, S.; Saeedipour, M. Resolved CFD-DEM simulation of blood flow with a reduced-order RBC model. Computational Particle Mechanics2022, 9 (4), 759– 774, DOI: 10.1007/s40571-021-00441-xViewGoogle Scholar
60Piquet, A.; Roussel, O.; Hadjadj, A. A comparative study of Brinkman penalization and direct-forcing immersed boundary methods for compressible viscous flows. Computers & Fluids2016, 136, 272– 284, DOI: 10.1016/j.compfluid.2016.06.001ViewGoogle Scholar
61Akerkouch, L.; Le, T. B. A Hybrid Continuum-Particle Approach for Fluid-Structure Interaction Simulation of Red Blood Cells in Fluid Flows. Fluids2021, 6 (4), 139, DOI: 10.3390/fluids6040139ViewGoogle Scholar
62Barker, A. T.; Cai, X.-C. Scalable parallel methods for monolithic coupling in fluid-structure interaction with application to blood flow modeling. J. Comput. Phys.2010, 229 (3), 642– 659, DOI: 10.1016/j.jcp.2009.10.001ViewGoogle Scholar
63Cetin, A.; Sahin, M. A monolithic fluid-structure interaction framework applied to red blood cells. International Journal for Numerical Methods in Biomedical Engineering2019, 35 (2), e3171 DOI: 10.1002/cnm.3171ViewGoogle Scholar
64Freund, J. B. Numerical Simulation of Flowing Blood Cells. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech.2014, 46 (1), 67– 95, DOI: 10.1146/annurev-fluid-010313-141349ViewGoogle Scholar
65Ye, T.; Phan-Thien, N.; Lim, C. T. Particle-based simulations of red blood cells─A review. J. Biomech.2016, 49 (11), 2255– 2266, DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2015.11.050ViewGoogle Scholar
66Arabghahestani, M.; Poozesh, S.; Akafuah, N. K. Advances in Computational Fluid Mechanics in Cellular Flow Manipulation: A Review. Applied Sciences2019, 9 (19), 4041, DOI: 10.3390/app9194041ViewGoogle Scholar
67Rathnayaka, C. M.; From, C. S.; Geekiyanage, N. M.; Gu, Y. T.; Nguyen, N. T.; Sauret, E. Particle-Based Numerical Modelling of Liquid Marbles: Recent Advances and Future Perspectives. Archives of Computational Methods in Engineering2022, 29 (5), 3021– 3039, DOI: 10.1007/s11831-021-09683-7ViewGoogle Scholar
68Li, X.; Vlahovska, P. M.; Karniadakis, G. E. Continuum- and particle-based modeling of shapes and dynamics of red blood cells in health and disease. Soft Matter2013, 9 (1), 28– 37, DOI: 10.1039/C2SM26891DViewGoogle Scholar
69Beris, A. N.; Horner, J. S.; Jariwala, S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J. Recent advances in blood rheology: a review. Soft Matter2021, 17 (47), 10591– 10613, DOI: 10.1039/D1SM01212FViewGoogle Scholar
70Arciero, J.; Causin, P.; Malgaroli, F. Mathematical methods for modeling the microcirculation. AIMS Biophysics2017, 4 (3), 362– 399, DOI: 10.3934/biophy.2017.3.362ViewGoogle Scholar
71Maria, M. S.; Chandra, T. S.; Sen, A. K. Capillary flow-driven blood plasma separation and on-chip analyte detection in microfluidic devices. Microfluid. Nanofluid.2017, 21 (4), 72, DOI: 10.1007/s10404-017-1907-6ViewGoogle Scholar
72Huhtamäki, T.; Tian, X.; Korhonen, J. T.; Ras, R. H. A. Surface-wetting characterization using contact-angle measurements. Nat. Protoc.2018, 13 (7), 1521– 1538, DOI: 10.1038/s41596-018-0003-zViewGoogle Scholar
73Young, T., III. An essay on the cohesion of fluids. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London1805, 95, 65– 87, DOI: 10.1098/rstl.1805.0005ViewGoogle Scholar
74Kim, Y. C.; Kim, S.-H.; Kim, D.; Park, S.-J.; Park, J.-K. Plasma extraction in a capillary-driven microfluidic device using surfactant-added poly(dimethylsiloxane). Sens. Actuators, B2010, 145 (2), 861– 868, DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2010.01.017ViewGoogle Scholar
75Washburn, E. W. The Dynamics of Capillary Flow. Physical Review1921, 17 (3), 273– 283, DOI: 10.1103/PhysRev.17.273ViewGoogle Scholar
76Cito, S.; Ahn, Y. C.; Pallares, J.; Duarte, R. M.; Chen, Z.; Madou, M.; Katakis, I. Visualization and measurement of capillary-driven blood flow using spectral domain optical coherence tomography. Microfluid Nanofluidics2012, 13 (2), 227– 237, DOI: 10.1007/s10404-012-0950-6ViewGoogle Scholar
77Berthier, E.; Dostie, A. M.; Lee, U. N.; Berthier, J.; Theberge, A. B. Open Microfluidic Capillary Systems. Anal Chem.2019, 91 (14), 8739– 8750, DOI: 10.1021/acs.analchem.9b01429ViewGoogle Scholar
78Berthier, J.; Brakke, K. A.; Furlani, E. P.; Karampelas, I. H.; Poher, V.; Gosselin, D.; Cubizolles, M.; Pouteau, P. Whole blood spontaneous capillary flow in narrow V-groove microchannels. Sens. Actuators, B2015, 206, 258– 267, DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2014.09.040ViewGoogle Scholar
79Hirt, C. W.; Nichols, B. D. Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. J. Comput. Phys.1981, 39 (1), 201– 225, DOI: 10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5ViewGoogle Scholar
80Chen, J.-L.; Shih, W.-H.; Hsieh, W.-H. AC electro-osmotic micromixer using a face-to-face, asymmetric pair of planar electrodes. Sens. Actuators, B2013, 188, 11– 21, DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2013.07.012ViewGoogle Scholar
81Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Electrokinetics of non-Newtonian fluids: A review. Advances in Colloid and Interface Science2013, 201-202, 94– 108, DOI: 10.1016/j.cis.2013.09.001ViewGoogle Scholar
82Oh, K. W. 6 – Lab-on-chip (LOC) devices and microfluidics for biomedical applications. In MEMS for Biomedical Applications; Bhansali, S., Vasudev, A., Eds.; Woodhead Publishing, 2012; pp 150– 171.ViewGoogle Scholar
83Bello, M. S.; De Besi, P.; Rezzonico, R.; Righetti, P. G.; Casiraghi, E. Electroosmosis of polymer solutions in fused silica capillaries. ELECTROPHORESIS1994, 15 (1), 623– 626, DOI: 10.1002/elps.1150150186ViewGoogle Scholar
84Park, H. M.; Lee, W. M. Effect of viscoelasticity on the flow pattern and the volumetric flow rate in electroosmotic flows through a microchannel. Lab Chip2008, 8 (7), 1163– 1170, DOI: 10.1039/b800185eViewGoogle Scholar
85Afonso, A. M.; Alves, M. A.; Pinho, F. T. Analytical solution of mixed electro-osmotic/pressure driven flows of viscoelastic fluids in microchannels. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech.2009, 159 (1), 50– 63, DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2009.01.006ViewGoogle Scholar
86Sousa, J. J.; Afonso, A. M.; Pinho, F. T.; Alves, M. A. Effect of the skimming layer on electro-osmotic─Poiseuille flows of viscoelastic fluids. Microfluid. Nanofluid.2011, 10 (1), 107– 122, DOI: 10.1007/s10404-010-0651-yViewGoogle Scholar
87Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Electro-osmotic mobility of non-Newtonian fluids. Biomicrofluidics2011, 5 (1), 014110, DOI: 10.1063/1.3571278ViewGoogle Scholar
88Pimenta, F.; Alves, M. A. Electro-elastic instabilities in cross-shaped microchannels. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech.2018, 259, 61– 77, DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2018.04.004ViewGoogle Scholar
89Bezerra, W. S.; Castelo, A.; Afonso, A. M. Numerical Study of Electro-Osmotic Fluid Flow and Vortex Formation. Micromachines (Basel)2019, 10 (12), 796, DOI: 10.3390/mi10120796ViewGoogle Scholar
90Ji, J.; Qian, S.; Liu, Z. Electroosmotic Flow of Viscoelastic Fluid through a Constriction Microchannel. Micromachines (Basel)2021, 12 (4), 417, DOI: 10.3390/mi12040417ViewGoogle Scholar
91Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Exact solutions for electro-osmotic flow of viscoelastic fluids in rectangular micro-channels. Applied Mathematics and Computation2009, 211 (2), 502– 509, DOI: 10.1016/j.amc.2009.01.068ViewGoogle Scholar
92Gerum, R.; Mirzahossein, E.; Eroles, M.; Elsterer, J.; Mainka, A.; Bauer, A.; Sonntag, S.; Winterl, A.; Bartl, J.; Fischer, L. Viscoelastic properties of suspended cells measured with shear flow deformation cytometry. Elife2022, 11, e78823, DOI: 10.7554/eLife.78823ViewGoogle Scholar
93Sadek, S. H.; Pinho, F. T.; Alves, M. A. Electro-elastic flow instabilities of viscoelastic fluids in contraction/expansion micro-geometries. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech.2020, 283, 104293, DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2020.104293ViewGoogle Scholar
94Spanjaards, M.; Peters, G.; Hulsen, M.; Anderson, P. Numerical Study of the Effect of Thixotropy on Extrudate Swell. Polymers2021, 13 (24), 4383, DOI: 10.3390/polym13244383ViewGoogle Scholar
95Rashidi, S.; Bafekr, H.; Valipour, M. S.; Esfahani, J. A. A review on the application, simulation, and experiment of the electrokinetic mixers. Chemical Engineering and Processing – Process Intensification2018, 126, 108– 122, DOI: 10.1016/j.cep.2018.02.021ViewGoogle Scholar
96Matsubara, K.; Narumi, T. Microfluidic mixing using unsteady electroosmotic vortices produced by a staggered array of electrodes. Chemical Engineering Journal2016, 288, 638– 647, DOI: 10.1016/j.cej.2015.12.013ViewGoogle Scholar
97Qaderi, A.; Jamaati, J.; Bahiraei, M. CFD simulation of combined electroosmotic-pressure driven micro-mixing in a microchannel equipped with triangular hurdle and zeta-potential heterogeneity. Chemical Engineering Science2019, 199, 463– 477, DOI: 10.1016/j.ces.2019.01.034ViewGoogle Scholar
98Cho, C.-C.; Chen, C.-L.; Chen, C. o.-K. Mixing enhancement in crisscross micromixer using aperiodic electrokinetic perturbing flows. International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer2012, 55 (11), 2926– 2933, DOI: 10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2012.02.006ViewGoogle Scholar
99Zhao, W.; Yang, F.; Wang, K.; Bai, J.; Wang, G. Rapid mixing by turbulent-like electrokinetic microflow. Chemical Engineering Science2017, 165, 113– 121, DOI: 10.1016/j.ces.2017.02.027ViewGoogle Scholar
100Tran, T.; Chakraborty, P.; Guttenberg, N.; Prescott, A.; Kellay, H.; Goldburg, W.; Goldenfeld, N.; Gioia, G. Macroscopic effects of the spectral structure in turbulent flows. Nat. Phys.2010, 6 (6), 438– 441, DOI: 10.1038/nphys1674ViewGoogle Scholar
101Toner, M.; Irimia, D. Blood-on-a-chip. Annu. Rev. Biomed Eng.2005, 7, 77– 103, DOI: 10.1146/annurev.bioeng.7.011205.135108ViewGoogle Scholar
102Maria, M. S.; Rakesh, P. E.; Chandra, T. S.; Sen, A. K. Capillary flow of blood in a microchannel with differential wetting for blood plasma separation and on-chip glucose detection. Biomicrofluidics2016, 10 (5), 054108, DOI: 10.1063/1.4962874ViewGoogle Scholar
103Tripathi, S.; Varun Kumar, Y. V. B.; Prabhakar, A.; Joshi, S. S.; Agrawal, A. Passive blood plasma separation at the microscale: a review of design principles and microdevices. Journal of Micromechanics and Microengineering2015, 25 (8), 083001, DOI: 10.1088/0960-1317/25/8/083001ViewGoogle Scholar
104Mohammadi, M.; Madadi, H.; Casals-Terré, J. Microfluidic point-of-care blood panel based on a novel technique: Reversible electroosmotic flow. Biomicrofluidics2015, 9 (5), 054106, DOI: 10.1063/1.4930865ViewGoogle Scholar
105Kang, D. H.; Kim, K.; Kim, Y. J. An anti-clogging method for improving the performance and lifespan of blood plasma separation devices in real-time and continuous microfluidic systems. Sci. Rep2018, 8 (1), 17015, DOI: 10.1038/s41598-018-35235-4ViewGoogle Scholar
106Li, Z.; Pollack, G. H. Surface-induced flow: A natural microscopic engine using infrared energy as fuel. Science Advances2020, 6 (19), eaba0941 DOI: 10.1126/sciadv.aba0941ViewGoogle Scholar
107Mercado-Uribe, H.; Guevara-Pantoja, F. J.; García-Muñoz, W.; García-Maldonado, J. S.; Méndez-Alcaraz, J. M.; Ruiz-Suárez, J. C. On the evolution of the exclusion zone produced by hydrophilic surfaces: A contracted description. J. Chem. Phys.2021, 154 (19), 194902, DOI: 10.1063/5.0043084ViewGoogle Scholar
108Yalcin, O.; Jani, V. P.; Johnson, P. C.; Cabrales, P. Implications Enzymatic Degradation of the Endothelial Glycocalyx on the Microvascular Hemodynamics and the Arteriolar Red Cell Free Layer of the Rat Cremaster Muscle. Front Physiol2018, 9, 168, DOI: 10.3389/fphys.2018.00168ViewGoogle Scholar
웨어의 두 가지 서로 다른 배열(즉, 직선형 웨어와 직사각형 미로 웨어)을 사용하여 웨어 모양, 웨어 간격, 웨어의 오리피스 존재, 흐름 영역에 대한 바닥 경사와 같은 기하학적 매개변수의 영향을 평가했습니다.
유량과 수심의 관계, 수심 평균 속도의 변화와 분포, 난류 특성, 어도에서의 에너지 소산. 흐름 조건에 미치는 영향을 조사하기 위해 FLOW-3D® 소프트웨어를 사용하여 전산 유체 역학 시뮬레이션을 수행했습니다.
수치 모델은 계산된 표면 프로파일과 속도를 문헌의 실험적으로 측정된 값과 비교하여 검증되었습니다. 수치 모델과 실험 데이터의 결과, 급락유동의 표면 프로파일과 표준화된 속도 프로파일에 대한 평균 제곱근 오차와 평균 절대 백분율 오차가 각각 0.014m와 3.11%로 나타나 수치 모델의 능력을 확인했습니다.
수영장과 둑의 흐름 특성을 예측합니다. 각 모델에 대해 L/B = 1.83(L: 웨어 거리, B: 수로 폭) 값에서 급락 흐름이 발생할 수 있고 L/B = 0.61에서 스트리밍 흐름이 발생할 수 있습니다. 직사각형 미로보 모델은 기존 모델보다 무차원 방류량(Q+)이 더 큽니다.
수중 흐름의 기존 보와 직사각형 미로 보의 경우 Q는 각각 1.56과 1.47h에 비례합니다(h: 보 위 수심). 기존 웨어의 풀 내 평균 깊이 속도는 직사각형 미로 웨어의 평균 깊이 속도보다 높습니다.
그러나 주어진 방류량, 바닥 경사 및 웨어 간격에 대해 난류 운동 에너지(TKE) 및 난류 강도(TI) 값은 기존 웨어에 비해 직사각형 미로 웨어에서 더 높습니다. 기존의 웨어는 직사각형 미로 웨어보다 에너지 소산이 더 낮습니다.
더 낮은 TKE 및 TI 값은 미로 웨어 상단, 웨어 하류 벽 모서리, 웨어 측벽과 채널 벽 사이에서 관찰되었습니다. 보와 바닥 경사면 사이의 거리가 증가함에 따라 평균 깊이 속도, 난류 운동 에너지의 평균값 및 난류 강도가 증가하고 수영장의 체적 에너지 소산이 감소했습니다.
둑에 개구부가 있으면 평균 깊이 속도와 TI 값이 증가하고 풀 내에서 가장 높은 TKE 범위가 감소하여 두 모델 모두에서 물고기를 위한 휴식 공간이 더 넓어지고(TKE가 낮아짐) 에너지 소산율이 감소했습니다.
Two different arrangements of the weir (i.e., straight weir and rectangular labyrinth weir) were used to evaluate the effects of geometric parameters such as weir shape, weir spacing, presence of an orifice at the weir, and bed slope on the flow regime and the relationship between discharge and depth, variation and distribution of depth-averaged velocity, turbulence characteristics, and energy dissipation at the fishway. Computational fluid dynamics simulations were performed using FLOW-3D® software to examine the effects on flow conditions. The numerical model was validated by comparing the calculated surface profiles and velocities with experimentally measured values from the literature. The results of the numerical model and experimental data showed that the root-mean-square error and mean absolute percentage error for the surface profiles and normalized velocity profiles of plunging flows were 0.014 m and 3.11%, respectively, confirming the ability of the numerical model to predict the flow characteristics of the pool and weir. A plunging flow can occur at values of L/B = 1.83 (L: distance of the weir, B: width of the channel) and streaming flow at L/B = 0.61 for each model. The rectangular labyrinth weir model has larger dimensionless discharge values (Q+) than the conventional model. For the conventional weir and the rectangular labyrinth weir at submerged flow, Q is proportional to 1.56 and 1.47h, respectively (h: the water depth above the weir). The average depth velocity in the pool of a conventional weir is higher than that of a rectangular labyrinth weir. However, for a given discharge, bed slope, and weir spacing, the turbulent kinetic energy (TKE) and turbulence intensity (TI) values are higher for a rectangular labyrinth weir compared to conventional weir. The conventional weir has lower energy dissipation than the rectangular labyrinth weir. Lower TKE and TI values were observed at the top of the labyrinth weir, at the corner of the wall downstream of the weir, and between the side walls of the weir and the channel wall. As the distance between the weirs and the bottom slope increased, the average depth velocity, the average value of turbulent kinetic energy and the turbulence intensity increased, and the volumetric energy dissipation in the pool decreased. The presence of an opening in the weir increased the average depth velocity and TI values and decreased the range of highest TKE within the pool, resulted in larger resting areas for fish (lower TKE), and decreased the energy dissipation rates in both models.
1 Introduction
Artificial barriers such as detour dams, weirs, and culverts in lakes and rivers prevent fish from migrating and completing the upstream and downstream movement cycle. This chain is related to the life stage of the fish, its location, and the type of migration. Several riverine fish species instinctively migrate upstream for spawning and other needs. Conversely, downstream migration is a characteristic of early life stages [1]. A fish ladder is a waterway that allows one or more fish species to cross a specific obstacle. These structures are constructed near detour dams and other transverse structures that have prevented such migration by allowing fish to overcome obstacles [2]. The flow pattern in fish ladders influences safe and comfortable passage for ascending fish. The flow’s strong turbulence can reduce the fish’s speed, injure them, and delay or prevent them from exiting the fish ladder. In adult fish, spawning migrations are usually complex, and delays are critical to reproductive success [3].
Various fish ladders/fishways include vertical slots, denil, rock ramps, and pool weirs [1]. The choice of fish ladder usually depends on many factors, including water elevation, space available for construction, and fish species. Pool and weir structures are among the most important fish ladders that help fish overcome obstacles in streams or rivers and swim upstream [1]. Because they are easy to construct and maintain, this type of fish ladder has received considerable attention from researchers and practitioners. Such a fish ladder consists of a sloping-floor channel with series of pools directly separated by a series of weirs [4]. These fish ladders, with or without underwater openings, are generally well-suited for slopes of 10% or less [1, 2]. Within these pools, flow velocities are low and provide resting areas for fish after they enter the fish ladder. After resting in the pools, fish overcome these weirs by blasting or jumping over them [2]. There may also be an opening in the flooded portion of the weir through which the fish can swim instead of jumping over the weir. Design parameters such as the length of the pool, the height of the weir, the slope of the bottom, and the water discharge are the most important factors in determining the hydraulic structure of this type of fish ladder [3]. The flow over the weir depends on the flow depth at a given slope S0 and the pool length, either “plunging” or “streaming.” In plunging flow, the water column h over each weir creates a water jet that releases energy through turbulent mixing and diffusion mechanisms [5]. The dimensionless discharges for plunging (Q+) and streaming (Q*) flows are shown in Fig. 1, where Q is the total discharge, B is the width of the channel, w is the weir height, S0 is the slope of the bottom, h is the water depth above the weir, d is the flow depth, and g is the acceleration due to gravity. The maximum velocity occurs near the top of the weir for plunging flow. At the water’s surface, it drops to about half [6].
Fig. 1
Extensive experimental studies have been conducted to investigate flow patterns for various physical geometries (i.e., bed slope, pool length, and weir height) [2]. Guiny et al. [7] modified the standard design by adding vertical slots, orifices, and weirs in fishways. The efficiency of the orifices and vertical slots was related to the velocities at their entrances. In the laboratory experiments of Yagci [8], the three-dimensional (3D) mean flow and turbulence structure of a pool weir fishway combined with an orifice and a slot is investigated. It is shown that the energy dissipation per unit volume and the discharge have a linear relationship.
Considering the beneficial characteristics reported in the limited studies of researchers on the labyrinth weir in the pool-weir-type fishway, and knowing that the characteristics of flow in pool-weir-type fishways are highly dependent on the geometry of the weir, an alternative design of the rectangular labyrinth weir instead of the straight weirs in the pool-weir-type fishway is investigated in this study [7, 9]. Kim [10] conducted experiments to compare the hydraulic characteristics of three different weir types in a pool-weir-type fishway. The results show that a straight, rectangular weir with a notch is preferable to a zigzag or trapezoidal weir. Studies on natural fish passes show that pass ability can be improved by lengthening the weir’s crest [7]. Zhong et al. [11] investigated the semi-rigid weir’s hydraulic performance in the fishway’s flow field with a pool weir. The results showed that this type of fishway performed better with a lower invert slope and a smaller radius ratio but with a larger pool spacing.
Considering that an alternative method to study the flow characteristics in a fishway with a pool weir is based on numerical methods and modeling from computational fluid dynamics (CFD), which can easily change the geometry of the fishway for different flow fields, this study uses the powerful package CFD and the software FLOW-3D to evaluate the proposed weir design and compare it with the conventional one to extend the application of the fishway. The main objective of this study was to evaluate the hydraulic performance of the rectangular labyrinth pool and the weir with submerged openings in different hydraulic configurations. The primary objective of creating a new weir configuration for suitable flow patterns is evaluated based on the swimming capabilities of different fish species. Specifically, the following questions will be answered: (a) How do the various hydraulic and geometric parameters relate to the effects of water velocity and turbulence, expressed as turbulent kinetic energy (TKE) and turbulence intensity (TI) within the fishway, i.e., are conventional weirs more affected by hydraulics than rectangular labyrinth weirs? (b) Which weir configurations have the greatest effect on fish performance in the fishway? (c) In the presence of an orifice plate, does the performance of each weir configuration differ with different weir spacing, bed gradients, and flow regimes from that without an orifice plate?
2 Materials and Methods
2.1 Physical Model Configuration
This paper focuses on Ead et al. [6]’s laboratory experiments as a reference, testing ten pool weirs (Fig. 2). The experimental flume was 6 m long, 0.56 m wide, and 0.6 m high, with a bottom slope of 10%. Field measurements were made at steady flow with a maximum flow rate of 0.165 m3/s. Discharge was measured with magnetic flow meters in the inlets and water level with point meters (see Ead et al. [6]. for more details). Table 1 summarizes the experimental conditions considered for model calibration in this study.
Fig. 2
Table 1 Experimental conditions considered for calibration
Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) simulations were performed using FLOW-3D® v11.2 to validate a series of experimental liner pool weirs by Ead et al. [6] and to investigate the effects of the rectangular labyrinth pool weir with an orifice. The dimensions of the channel and data collection areas in the numerical models are the same as those of the laboratory model. Two types of pool weirs were considered: conventional and labyrinth. The proposed rectangular labyrinth pool weirs have a symmetrical cross section and are sized to fit within the experimental channel. The conventional pool weir model had a pool length of l = 0.685 and 0.342 m, a weir height of w = 0.141 m, a weir width of B = 0.56 m, and a channel slope of S0 = 5 and 10%. The rectangular labyrinth weirs have the same front width as the offset, i.e., a = b = c = 0.186 m. A square underwater opening with a width of 0.05 m and a depth of 0.05 m was created in the middle of the weir. The weir configuration considered in the present study is shown in Fig. 3.
Fig. 3
2.3 Governing Equations
FLOW-3D® software solves the Navier–Stokes–Reynolds equations for three-dimensional analysis of incompressible flows using the fluid-volume method on a gridded domain. FLOW -3D® uses an advanced free surface flow tracking algorithm (TruVOF) developed by Hirt and Nichols [12], where fluid configurations are defined in terms of a VOF function F (x, y, z, t). In this case, F (fluid fraction) represents the volume fraction occupied by the fluid: F = 1 in cells filled with fluid and F = 0 in cells without fluid (empty areas) [4, 13]. The free surface area is at an intermediate value of F. (Typically, F = 0.5, but the user can specify a different intermediate value.) The equations in Cartesian coordinates (x, y, z) applicable to the model are as follows:
�f∂�∂�+∂(���x)∂�+∂(���y)∂�+∂(���z)∂�=�SOR
(1)
∂�∂�+1�f(��x∂�∂�+��y∂�∂�+��z∂�∂�)=−1�∂�∂�+�x+�x
(2)
∂�∂�+1�f(��x∂�∂�+��y∂�∂�+��z∂�∂�)=−1�∂�∂�+�y+�y
(3)
∂�∂�+1�f(��x∂�∂�+��y∂�∂�+��z∂�∂�)=−1�∂�∂�+�z+�z
(4)
where (u, v, w) are the velocity components, (Ax, Ay, Az) are the flow area components, (Gx, Gy, Gz) are the mass accelerations, and (fx, fy, fz) are the viscous accelerations in the directions (x, y, z), ρ is the fluid density, RSOR is the spring term, Vf is the volume fraction associated with the flow, and P is the pressure. The k–ε turbulence model (RNG) was used in this study to solve the turbulence of the flow field. This model is a modified version of the standard k–ε model that improves performance. The model is a two-equation model; the first equation (Eq. 5) expresses the turbulence’s energy, called turbulent kinetic energy (k) [14]. The second equation (Eq. 6) is the turbulent dissipation rate (ε), which determines the rate of dissipation of kinetic energy [15]. These equations are expressed as follows Dasineh et al. [4]:
In these equations, k is the turbulent kinetic energy, ε is the turbulent energy consumption rate, Gk is the generation of turbulent kinetic energy by the average velocity gradient, with empirical constants αε = αk = 1.39, C1ε = 1.42, and C2ε = 1.68, eff is the effective viscosity, μeff = μ + μt [15]. Here, μ is the hydrodynamic density coefficient, and μt is the turbulent density of the fluid.
2.4 Meshing and the Boundary Conditions in the Model Setup
The numerical area is divided into three mesh blocks in the X-direction. The meshes are divided into different sizes, a containing mesh block for the entire spatial domain and a nested block with refined cells for the domain of interest. Three different sizes were selected for each of the grid blocks. By comparing the accuracy of their results based on the experimental data, the reasonable mesh for the solution domain was finally selected. The convergence index method (GCI) evaluated the mesh sensitivity analysis. Based on this method, many researchers, such as Ahmadi et al. [16] and Ahmadi et al. [15], have studied the independence of numerical results from mesh size. Three different mesh sizes with a refinement ratio (r) of 1.33 were used to perform the convergence index method. The refinement ratio is the ratio between the larger and smaller mesh sizes (r = Gcoarse/Gfine). According to the recommendation of Celik et al. [17], the recommended number for the refinement ratio is 1.3, which gives acceptable results. Table 2 shows the characteristics of the three mesh sizes selected for mesh sensitivity analysis.Table 2 Characteristics of the meshes tested in the convergence analysis
The results of u1 = umax (u1 = velocity component along the x1 axis and umax = maximum velocity of u1 in a section perpendicular to the invert of the fishway) at Q = 0.035 m3/s, × 1/l = 0.66, and Y1/b = 0 in the pool of conventional weir No. 4, obtained from the output results of the software, were used to evaluate the accuracy of the calculation range. As shown in Fig. 4, x1 = the distance from a given weir in the x-direction, Y1 = the water depth measured in the y-direction, Y0 = the vertical distance in the Cartesian coordinate system, h = the water column at the crest, b = the distance between the two points of maximum velocity umax and zero velocity, and l = the pool length.
Fig. 4
The apparent index of convergence (p) in the GCI method is calculated as follows:
�=ln(�3−�2)(�2−�1)/ln(�)
(7)
f1, f2, and f3 are the hydraulic parameters obtained from the numerical simulation (f1 corresponds to the small mesh), and r is the refinement ratio. The following equation defines the convergence index of the fine mesh:
GCIfine=1.25|ε|��−1
(8)
Here, ε = (f2 − f1)/f1 is the relative error, and f2 and f3 are the values of hydraulic parameters considered for medium and small grids, respectively. GCI12 and GCI23 dimensionless indices can be calculated as:
GCI12=1.25|�2−�1�1|��−1
(9)
Then, the independence of the network is preserved. The convergence index of the network parameters obtained by Eqs. (7)–(9) for all three network variables is shown in Table 3. Since the GCI values for the smaller grid (GCI12) are lower compared to coarse grid (GCI23), it can be concluded that the independence of the grid is almost achieved. No further change in the grid size of the solution domain is required. The calculated values (GCI23/rpGCI12) are close to 1, which shows that the numerical results obtained are within the convergence range. As a result, the meshing of the solution domain consisting of a block mesh with a mesh size of 0.012 m and a block mesh within a larger block mesh with a mesh size of 0.009 m was selected as the optimal mesh (Fig. 5).Table 3 GCI calculation
The boundary conditions applied to the area are shown in Fig. 6. The boundary condition of specific flow rate (volume flow rate-Q) was used for the inlet of the flow. For the downstream boundary, the flow output (outflow-O) condition did not affect the flow in the solution area. For the Zmax boundary, the specified pressure boundary condition was used along with the fluid fraction = 0 (P). This type of boundary condition considers free surface or atmospheric pressure conditions (Ghaderi et al. [19]). The wall boundary condition is defined for the bottom of the channel, which acts like a virtual wall without friction (W). The boundary between mesh blocks and walls were considered a symmetrical condition (S).
Fig. 6
The convergence of the steady-state solutions was controlled during the simulations by monitoring the changes in discharge at the inlet boundary conditions. Figure 7 shows the time series plots of the discharge obtained from the Model A for the three main discharges from the numerical results. The 8 s to reach the flow equilibrium is suitable for the case of the fish ladder with pool and weir. Almost all discharge fluctuations in the models are insignificant in time, and the flow has reached relative stability. The computation time for the simulations was between 6 and 8 h using a personal computer with eight cores of a CPU (Intel Core i7-7700K @ 4.20 GHz and 16 GB RAM).
Fig. 7
3 Results
3.1 Verification of Numerical Results
Quantitative outcomes, including free surface and normalized velocity profiles obtained using FLOW-3D software, were reviewed and compared with the results of Ead et al. [6]. The fourth pool was selected to present the results and compare the experiment and simulation. For each quantity, the percentage of mean absolute error (MAPE (%)) and root-mean-square error (RMSE) are calculated. Equations (10) and (11) show the method used to calculate the errors.
MAPE(%)100×1�∑1�|�exp−�num�exp|
(10)
RMSE(−)1�∑1�(�exp−�num)2
(11)
Here, Xexp is the value of the laboratory data, Xnum is the numerical data value, and n is the amount of data. As shown in Fig. 8, let x1 = distance from a given weir in the x-direction and Y1 = water depth in the y-direction from the bottom. The trend of the surface profiles for each of the numerical results is the same as that of the laboratory results. The surface profiles of the plunging flows drop after the flow enters and then rises to approach the next weir. The RMSE and MAPE error values for Model A are 0.014 m and 3.11%, respectively, indicating acceptable agreement between numerical and laboratory results. Figure 9 shows the velocity vectors and plunging flow from the numerical results, where x and y are horizontal and vertical to the flow direction, respectively. It can be seen that the jet in the fish ladder pool has a relatively high velocity. The two vortices, i.e., the enclosed vortex rotating clockwise behind the weir and the surface vortex rotating counterclockwise above the jet, are observed for the regime of incident flow. The point where the jet meets the fish passage bed is shown in the figure. The normalized velocity profiles upstream and downstream of the impact points are shown in Fig. 10. The figure shows that the numerical results agree well with the experimental data of Ead et al. [6].
Fig. 8Fig. 9Fig. 10
3.2 Flow Regime and Discharge-Depth Relationship
Depending on the geometric shape of the fishway, including the distance of the weir, the slope of the bottom, the height of the weir, and the flow conditions, the flow regime in the fishway is divided into three categories: dipping, transitional, and flow regimes [4]. In the plunging flow regime, the flow enters the pool through the weir, impacts the bottom of the fishway, and forms a hydraulic jump causing two eddies [2, 20]. In the streamwise flow regime, the surface of the flow passing over the weir is almost parallel to the bottom of the channel. The transitional regime has intermediate flow characteristics between the submerged and flow regimes. To predict the flow regime created in the fishway, Ead et al. [6] proposed two dimensionless parameters, Qt* and L/w, where Qt* is the dimensionless discharge, L is the distance between weirs, and w is the height of the weir:
��∗=���0���
(12)
Q is the total discharge, B is the width of the channel, S0 is the slope of the bed, and g is the gravity acceleration. Figure 11 shows different ranges for each flow regime based on the slope of the bed and the distance between the pools in this study. The results of Baki et al. [21], Ead et al. [6] and Dizabadi et al. [22] were used for this comparison. The distance between the pools affects the changes in the regime of the fish ladder. So, if you decrease the distance between weirs, the flow regime more likely becomes. This study determined all three flow regimes in a fish ladder. When the corresponding range of Qt* is less than 0.6, the flow regime can dip at values of L/B = 1.83. If the corresponding range of Qt* is greater than 0.5, transitional flow may occur at L/B = 1.22. On the other hand, when Qt* is greater than 1, streamwise flow can occur at values of L/B = 0.61. These observations agree well with the results of Baki et al. [21], Ead et al. [6] and Dizabadi et al. [22].
Fig. 11
For plunging flows, another dimensionless discharge (Q+) versus h/w given by Ead et al. [6] was used for further evaluation:
�+=��ℎ�ℎ=23�d�
(13)
where h is the water depth above the weir, and Cd is the discharge coefficient. Figure 12a compares the numerical and experimental results of Ead et al. [6]. In this figure, Rehbock’s empirical equation is used to estimate the discharge coefficient of Ead et al. [6].
�d=0.57+0.075ℎ�
(14)
Fig. 12
The numerical results for the conventional weir (Model A) and the rectangular labyrinth weir (Model B) of this study agree well with the laboratory results of Ead et al. [6]. When comparing models A and B, it is also found that a rectangular labyrinth weir has larger Q + values than the conventional weir as the length of the weir crest increases for a given channel width and fixed headwater elevation. In Fig. 12b, Models A and B’s flow depth plot shows the plunging flow regime. The power trend lines drawn through the data are the best-fit lines. The data shown in Fig. 12b are for different bed slopes and weir geometries. For the conventional weir and the rectangular labyrinth weir at submerged flow, Q can be assumed to be proportional to 1.56 and 1.47h, respectively. In the results of Ead et al. [6], Q is proportional to 1.5h. If we assume that the flow through the orifice is Qo and the total outflow is Q, the change in the ratio of Qo/Q to total outflow for models A and B can be shown in Fig. 13. For both models, the flow through the orifice decreases as the total flow increases. A logarithmic trend line was also found between the total outflow and the dimensionless ratio Qo/Q.
Fig. 13
3.3 Depth-Averaged Velocity Distributions
To ensure that the target fish species can pass the fish ladder with maximum efficiency, the average velocity in the fish ladder should be low enough [4]. Therefore, the average velocity in depth should be as much as possible below the critical swimming velocities of the target fishes at a constant flow depth in the pool [20]. The contour plot of depth-averaged velocity was used instead of another direction, such as longitudinal velocity because fish are more sensitive to depth-averaged flow velocity than to its direction under different hydraulic conditions. Figure 14 shows the distribution of depth-averaged velocity in the pool for Models A and B in two cases with and without orifice plates. Model A’s velocity within the pool differs slightly in the spanwise direction. However, no significant variation in velocity was observed. The flow is gradually directed to the sides as it passes through the rectangular labyrinth weir. This increases the velocity at the sides of the channel. Therefore, the high-velocity zone is located at the sides. The low velocity is in the downstream apex of the weir. This area may be suitable for swimming target fish. The presence of an opening in the weir increases the flow velocity at the opening and in the pool’s center, especially in Model A. The flow velocity increase caused by the models’ opening varied from 7.7 to 12.48%. Figure 15 illustrates the effect of the inverted slope on the averaged depth velocity distribution in the pool at low and high discharge. At constant discharge, flow velocity increases with increasing bed slope. In general, high flow velocity was found in the weir toe sidewall and the weir and channel sidewalls.
Fig. 14Fig. 15
On the other hand, for a constant bed slope, the high-velocity area of the pool increases due to the increase in runoff. For both bed slopes and different discharges, the most appropriate path for fish to travel from upstream to downstream is through the middle of the cross section and along the top of the rectangular labyrinth weirs. The maximum dominant velocities for Model B at S0 = 5% were 0.83 and 1.01 m/s; at S0 = 10%, they were 1.12 and 1.61 m/s at low and high flows, respectively. The low mean velocities for the same distance and S0 = 5 and 10% were 0.17 and 0.26 m/s, respectively.
Figure 16 shows the contour of the averaged depth velocity for various distances from the weir at low and high discharge. The contour plot shows a large variation in velocity within short distances from the weir. At L/B = 0.61, velocities are low upstream and downstream of the top of the weir. The high velocities occur in the side walls of the weir and the channel. At L/B = 1.22, the low-velocity zone displaces the higher velocity in most of the pool. Higher velocities were found only on the sides of the channel. As the discharge increases, the velocity zone in the pool becomes wider. At L/B = 1.83, there is an area of higher velocities only upstream of the crest and on the sides of the weir. At high discharge, the prevailing maximum velocities for L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83 were 1.46, 1.65, and 1.84 m/s, respectively. As the distance between weirs increases, the range of maximum velocity increases.
Fig. 16
On the other hand, the low mean velocity for these distances was 0.27, 0.44, and 0.72 m/s, respectively. Thus, the low-velocity zone decreases with increasing distance between weirs. Figure 17 shows the pattern distribution of streamlines along with the velocity contour at various distances from the weir for Q = 0.05 m3/s. A stream-like flow is generally formed in the pool at a small distance between weirs (L/B = 0.61). The rotation cell under the jet forms clockwise between the two weirs. At the distances between the spillways (L/B = 1.22), the transition regime of the flow is formed. The transition regime occurs when or shortly after the weir is flooded. The rotation cell under the jet is clockwise smaller than the flow regime and larger than the submergence regime. At a distance L/B = 1.83, a plunging flow is formed so that the plunging jet dips into the pool and extends downstream to the center of the pool. The clockwise rotation of the cell is bounded by the dipping jet of the weir and is located between the bottom and the side walls of the weir and the channel.
Fig. 17
Figure 18 shows the average depth velocity bar graph for each weir at different bed slopes and with and without orifice plates. As the distance between weirs increases, all models’ average depth velocity increases. As the slope of the bottom increases and an orifice plate is present, the average depth velocity in the pool increases. In addition, the average pool depth velocity increases as the discharge increases. Among the models, Model A’s average depth velocity is higher than Model B’s. The variation in velocity ranged from 8.11 to 12.24% for the models without an orifice plate and from 10.26 to 16.87% for the models with an orifice plate.
Fig. 18
3.4 Turbulence Characteristics
The turbulent kinetic energy is one of the important parameters reflecting the turbulent properties of the flow field [23]. When the k value is high, more energy and a longer transit time are required to migrate the target species. The turbulent kinetic energy is defined as follows:
�=12(�x′2+�y′2+�z′2)
(15)
where ux, uy, and uz are fluctuating velocities in the x, y, and z directions, respectively. An illustration of the TKE and the effects of the geometric arrangement of the weir and the presence of an opening in the weir is shown in Fig. 19. For a given bed slope, in Model A, the highest TKE values are uniformly distributed in the weir’s upstream portion in the channel’s cross section. In contrast, for the rectangular labyrinth weir (Model B), the highest TKE values are concentrated on the sides of the pool between the crest of the weir and the channel wall. The highest TKE value in Models A and B is 0.224 and 0.278 J/kg, respectively, at the highest bottom slope (S0 = 10%). In the downstream portion of the conventional weir and within the crest of the weir and the walls of the rectangular labyrinth, there was a much lower TKE value that provided the best conditions for fish to recover in the pool between the weirs. The average of the lowest TKE for bottom slopes of 5 and 10% in Model A is 0.041 and 0.056 J/kg, and for Model B, is 0.047 and 0.064 J/kg. The presence of an opening in the weirs reduces the area of the highest TKE within the pool. It also increases the resting areas for fish (lower TKE). The highest TKE at the highest bottom slope in Models A and B with an orifice is 0.208 and 0.191 J/kg, respectively.
Fig. 19
Figure 20 shows the effect of slope on the longitudinal distribution of TKE in the pools. TKE values significantly increase for a given discharge with an increasing bottom slope. Thus, for a low bed slope (S0 = 5%), a large pool area has expanded with average values of 0.131 and 0.168 J/kg for low and high discharge, respectively. For a bed slope of S0 = 10%, the average TKE values are 0.176 and 0.234 J/kg. Furthermore, as the discharge increases, the area with high TKE values within the pool increases. Lower TKE values are observed at the apex of the labyrinth weir, at the corner of the wall downstream of the weir, and between the side walls of the weir and the channel wall for both bottom slopes. The effect of distance between weirs on TKE is shown in Fig. 21. Low TKE values were observed at low discharge and short distances between weirs. Low TKE values are located at the top of the rectangular labyrinth weir and the downstream corner of the weir wall. There is a maximum value of TKE at the large distances between weirs, L/B = 1.83, along the center line of the pool, where the dip jet meets the bottom of the bed. At high discharge, the maximum TKE value for the distance L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83 was 0.246, 0.322, and 0.417 J/kg, respectively. In addition, the maximum TKE range increases with the distance between weirs.
Fig. 20Fig. 21
For TKE size, the average value (TKEave) is plotted against q in Fig. 22. For all models, the TKE values increase with increasing q. For example, in models A and B with L/B = 0.61 and a slope of 10%, the TKE value increases by 41.66 and 86.95%, respectively, as q increases from 0.1 to 0.27 m2/s. The TKE values in Model B are higher than Model A for a given discharge, bed slope, and weir distance. The TKEave in Model B is higher compared to Model A, ranging from 31.46 to 57.94%. The presence of an orifice in the weir reduces the TKE values in both weirs. The intensity of the reduction is greater in Model B. For example, in Models A and B with L/B = 0.61 and q = 0.1 m2/s, an orifice reduces TKEave values by 60.35 and 19.04%, respectively. For each model, increasing the bed slope increases the TKEave values in the pool. For example, for Model B with q = 0.18 m2/s, increasing the bed slope from 5 to 10% increases the TKEave value by 14.34%. Increasing the distance between weirs increases the TKEave values in the pool. For example, in Model B with S0 = 10% and q = 0.3 m2/s, the TKEave in the pool increases by 34.22% if you increase the distance between weirs from L/B = 0.61 to L/B = 0.183.
Fig. 22
Cotel et al. [24] suggested that turbulence intensity (TI) is a suitable parameter for studying fish swimming performance. Figure 23 shows the plot of TI and the effects of the geometric arrangement of the weir and the presence of an orifice. In Model A, the highest TI values are found upstream of the weirs and are evenly distributed across the cross section of the channel. The TI values increase as you move upstream to downstream in the pool. For the rectangular labyrinth weir, the highest TI values were concentrated on the sides of the pool, between the top of the weir and the side wall of the channel, and along the top of the weir. Downstream of the conventional weir, within the apex of the weir, and at the corners of the walls of the rectangular labyrinth weir, the percentage of TI was low. At the highest discharge, the average range of TI in Models A and B was 24–45% and 15–62%, respectively. The diversity of TI is greater in the rectangular labyrinth weir than the conventional weir. Fish swimming performance is reduced due to higher turbulence intensity. However, fish species may prefer different disturbance intensities depending on their swimming abilities; for example, Salmo trutta prefers a disturbance intensity of 18–53% [25]. Kupferschmidt and Zhu [26] found a higher range of TI for fishways, such as natural rock weirs, of 40–60%. The presence of an orifice in the weir increases TI values within the pool, especially along the middle portion of the cross section of the fishway. With an orifice in the weir, the average range of TI in Models A and B was 28–59% and 22–73%, respectively.
Fig. 23
The effect of bed slope on TI variation is shown in Fig. 24. TI increases in different pool areas as the bed slope increases for a given discharge. For a low bed slope (S0 = 5%), a large pool area has increased from 38 to 63% and from 56 to 71% for low and high discharge, respectively. For a bed slope of S0 = 10%, the average values of TI are 45–67% and 61–73% for low and high discharge, respectively. Therefore, as runoff increases, the area with high TI values within the pool increases. A lower TI is observed for both bottom slopes in the corner of the wall, downstream of the crest walls, and between the side walls in the weir and channel. Figure 25 compares weir spacing with the distribution of TI values within the pool. The TI values are low at low flows and short distances between weirs. A maximum value of TI occurs at long spacing and where the plunging stream impinges on the bed and the area around the bed. TI ranges from 36 to 57%, 58–72%, and 47–76% for the highest flow in a wide pool area for L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83, respectively.
Fig. 24Fig. 25
The average value of turbulence intensity (TIave) is plotted against q in Fig. 26. The increase in TI values with the increase in q values is seen in all models. For example, the average values of TI for Models A and B at L/B = 0.61 and slope of 10% increased from 23.9 to 33.5% and from 42 to 51.8%, respectively, with the increase in q from 0.1 to 0.27 m2/s. For a given discharge, a given gradient, and a given spacing of weirs, the TIave is higher in Model B than Model A. The presence of an orifice in the weirs increases the TI values in both types. For example, in Models A and B with L/B = 0.61 and q = 0.1 m2/s, the presence of an orifice increases TIave from 23.9 to 37.1% and from 42 to 48.8%, respectively. For each model, TIave in the pool increases with increasing bed slope. For Model B with q = 0.18 m2/s, TIave increases from 37.5 to 45.8% when you increase the invert slope from 5 to 10%. Increasing the distance between weirs increases the TIave in the pool. In Model B with S0 = 10% and q = 0.3 m2/s, the TIave in the pool increases from 51.8 to 63.7% as the distance between weirs increases from L/B = 0.61 to L/B = 0.183.
Fig. 26
3.5 Energy Dissipation
To facilitate the passage of various target species through the pool of fishways, it is necessary to pay attention to the energy dissipation of the flow and to keep the flow velocity in the pool slow. The average volumetric energy dissipation (k) in the pool is calculated using the following basic formula:
�=����0��
(16)
where ρ is the water density, and H is the average water depth of the pool. The change in k versus Q for all models at two bottom slopes, S0 = 5%, and S0 = 10%, is shown in Fig. 27. Like the results of Yagci [8] and Kupferschmidt and Zhu [26], at a constant bottom slope, the energy dissipation in the pool increases with increasing discharge. The trend of change in k as a function of Q from the present study at a bottom gradient of S0 = 5% is also consistent with the results of Kupferschmidt and Zhu [26] for the fishway with rock weir. The only difference between the results is the geometry of the fishway and the combination of boulders instead of a solid wall. Comparison of the models shows that the conventional model has lower energy dissipation than the rectangular labyrinth for a given discharge. Also, increasing the distance between weirs decreases the volumetric energy dissipation for each model with the same bed slope. Increasing the slope of the bottom leads to an increase in volumetric energy dissipation, and an opening in the weir leads to a decrease in volumetric energy dissipation for both models. Therefore, as a guideline for volumetric energy dissipation, if the value within the pool is too high, the increased distance of the weir, the decreased slope of the bed, or the creation of an opening in the weir would decrease the volumetric dissipation rate.
Fig. 27
To evaluate the energy dissipation inside the pool, the general method of energy difference in two sections can use:
ε=�1−�2�1
(17)
where ε is the energy dissipation rate, and E1 and E2 are the specific energies in Sects. 1 and 2, respectively. The distance between Sects. 1 and 2 is the same. (L is the distance between two upstream and downstream weirs.) Figure 28 shows the changes in ε relative to q (flow per unit width). The rectangular labyrinth weir (Model B) has a higher energy dissipation rate than the conventional weir (Model A) at a constant bottom gradient. For example, at S0 = 5%, L/B = 0.61, and q = 0.08 m3/s.m, the energy dissipation rate in Model A (conventional weir) was 0.261. In Model B (rectangular labyrinth weir), however, it was 0.338 (22.75% increase). For each model, the energy dissipation rate within the pool increases as the slope of the bottom increases. For Model B with L/B = 1.83 and q = 0.178 m3/s.m, the energy dissipation rate at S0 = 5% and 10% is 0.305 and 0.358, respectively (14.8% increase). Figure 29 shows an orifice’s effect on the pools’ energy dissipation rate. With an orifice in the weir, both models’ energy dissipation rates decreased. Thus, the reduction in energy dissipation rate varied from 7.32 to 9.48% for Model A and from 8.46 to 10.57 for Model B.
Fig. 28Fig. 29
4 Discussion
This study consisted of entirely of numerical analysis. Although this study was limited to two weirs, the hydraulic performance and flow characteristics in a pooled fishway are highlighted by the rectangular labyrinth weir and its comparison with the conventional straight weir. The study compared the numerical simulations with laboratory experiments in terms of surface profiles, velocity vectors, and flow characteristics in a fish ladder pool. The results indicate agreement between the numerical and laboratory data, supporting the reliability of the numerical model in capturing the observed phenomena.
When the configuration of the weir changes to a rectangular labyrinth weir, the flow characteristics, the maximum and minimum area, and even the location of each hydraulic parameter change compared to a conventional weir. In the rectangular labyrinth weir, the flow is gradually directed to the sides as it passes the weir. This increases the velocity at the sides of the channel [21]. Therefore, the high-velocity area is located on the sides. In the downstream apex of the weir, the flow velocity is low, and this area may be suitable for swimming target fish. However, no significant change in velocity was observed at the conventional weir within the fish ladder. This resulted in an average increase in TKE of 32% and an average increase in TI of about 17% compared to conventional weirs.
In addition, there is a slight difference in the flow regime for both weir configurations. In addition, the rectangular labyrinth weir has a higher energy dissipation rate for a given discharge and constant bottom slope than the conventional weir. By reducing the distance between the weirs, this becomes even more intense. Finally, the presence of an orifice in both configurations of the weir increased the flow velocity at the orifice and in the middle of the pool, reducing the highest TKE value and increasing the values of TI within the pool of the fish ladder. This resulted in a reduction in volumetric energy dissipation for both weir configurations.
The results of this study will help the reader understand the direct effects of the governing geometric parameters on the hydraulic characteristics of a fishway with a pool and weir. However, due to the limited configurations of the study, further investigation is needed to evaluate the position of the weir’s crest on the flow direction and the difference in flow characteristics when combining boulders instead of a solid wall for this type of labyrinth weir [26]. In addition, hydraulic engineers and biologists must work together to design an effective fishway with rectangular labyrinth configurations. The migration habits of the target species should be considered when designing the most appropriate design [27]. Parametric studies and field observations are recommended to determine the perfect design criteria.
The current study focused on comparing a rectangular labyrinth weir with a conventional straight weir. Further research can explore other weir configurations, such as variations in crest position, different shapes of labyrinth weirs, or the use of boulders instead of solid walls. This would help understand the influence of different geometric parameters on hydraulic characteristics.
5 Conclusions
A new layout of the weir was evaluated, namely a rectangular labyrinth weir compared to a straight weir in a pool and weir system. The differences between the weirs were highlighted, particularly how variations in the geometry of the structures, such as the shape of the weir, the spacing of the weir, the presence of an opening at the weir, and the slope of the bottom, affect the hydraulics within the structures. The main findings of this study are as follows:
The calculated dimensionless discharge (Qt*) confirmed three different flow regimes: when the corresponding range of Qt* is smaller than 0.6, the regime of plunging flow occurs for values of L/B = 1.83. (L: distance of the weir; B: channel width). When the corresponding range of Qt* is greater than 0.5, transitional flow occurs at L/B = 1.22. On the other hand, if Qt* is greater than 1, the streaming flow is at values of L/B = 0.61.
For the conventional weir and the rectangular labyrinth weir with the plunging flow, it can be assumed that the discharge (Q) is proportional to 1.56 and 1.47h, respectively (h: water depth above the weir). This information is useful for estimating the discharge based on water depth in practical applications.
In the rectangular labyrinth weir, the high-velocity zone is located on the side walls between the top of the weir and the channel wall. A high-velocity variation within short distances of the weir. Low velocity occurs within the downstream apex of the weir. This area may be suitable for swimming target fish.
As the distance between weirs increased, the zone of maximum velocity increased. However, the zone of low speed decreased. The prevailing maximum velocity for a rectangular labyrinth weir at L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83 was 1.46, 1.65, and 1.84 m/s, respectively. The low mean velocities for these distances were 0.27, 0.44, and 0.72 m/s, respectively. This finding highlights the importance of weir spacing in determining the flow characteristics within the fishway.
The presence of an orifice in the weir increased the flow velocity at the orifice and in the middle of the pool, especially in a conventional weir. The increase ranged from 7.7 to 12.48%.
For a given bottom slope, in a conventional weir, the highest values of turbulent kinetic energy (TKE) are uniformly distributed in the upstream part of the weir in the cross section of the channel. In contrast, for the rectangular labyrinth weir, the highest TKE values were concentrated on the sides of the pool between the crest of the weir and the channel wall. The highest TKE value for the conventional and the rectangular labyrinth weir was 0.224 and 0.278 J/kg, respectively, at the highest bottom slope (S0 = 10%).
For a given discharge, bottom slope, and weir spacing, the average values of TI are higher for the rectangular labyrinth weir than for the conventional weir. At the highest discharge, the average range of turbulence intensity (TI) for the conventional and rectangular labyrinth weirs was between 24 and 45% and 15% and 62%, respectively. This reveals that the rectangular labyrinth weir may generate more turbulent flow conditions within the fishway.
For a given discharge and constant bottom slope, the rectangular labyrinth weir has a higher energy dissipation rate than the conventional weir (22.75 and 34.86%).
Increasing the distance between weirs decreased volumetric energy dissipation. However, increasing the gradient increased volumetric energy dissipation. The presence of an opening in the weir resulted in a decrease in volumetric energy dissipation for both model types.
Availability of data and materials
Data is contained within the article.
References
Katopodis C (1992) Introduction to fishway design, working document. Freshwater Institute, Central Arctic Region
Marriner, B.A.; Baki, A.B.M.; Zhu, D.Z.; Thiem, J.D.; Cooke, S.J.; Katopodis, C.: Field and numerical assessment of turning pool hydraulics in a vertical slot fishway. Ecol. Eng. 63, 88–101 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2013.12.010ArticleGoogle Scholar
Dasineh, M.; Ghaderi, A.; Bagherzadeh, M.; Ahmadi, M.; Kuriqi, A.: Prediction of hydraulic jumps on a triangular bed roughness using numerical modeling and soft computing methods. Mathematics 9, 3135 (2021)ArticleGoogle Scholar
Silva, A.T.; Bermúdez, M.; Santos, J.M.; Rabuñal, J.R.; Puertas, J.: Pool-type fishway design for a potamodromous cyprinid in the Iberian Peninsula: the Iberian barbel—synthesis and future directions. Sustainability 12, 3387 (2020). https://doi.org/10.3390/su12083387ArticleGoogle Scholar
Santos, J.M.; Branco, P.; Katopodis, C.; Ferreira, T.; Pinheiro, A.: Retrofitting pool-and-weir fishways to improve passage performance of benthic fishes: effect of boulder density and fishway discharge. Ecol. Eng. 73, 335–344 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2014.09.065ArticleGoogle Scholar
Ead, S.; Katopodis, C.; Sikora, G.; Rajaratnam, N.J.J.: Flow regimes and structure in pool and weir fishways. J. Environ. Eng. Sci. 3, 379–390 (2004)ArticleGoogle Scholar
Guiny, E.; Ervine, D.A.; Armstrong, J.D.: Hydraulic and biological aspects of fish passes for Atlantic salmon. J. Hydraul. Eng. 131, 542–553 (2005)ArticleGoogle Scholar
Zhong, Z.; Ruan, T.; Hu, Y.; Liu, J.; Liu, B.; Xu, W.: Experimental and numerical assessment of hydraulic characteristic of a new semi-frustum weir in the pool-weir fishway. Ecol. Eng. 170, 106362 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2021.106362ArticleGoogle Scholar
Roache, P.J.: Perspective: a method for uniform reporting of grid refinement studies. J. Fluids Eng. 1994(116), 405–413 (1994)ArticleGoogle Scholar
Guo, S.; Chen, S.; Huang, X.; Zhang, Y.; Jin, S.: CFD and experimental investigations of drag force on spherical leak detector in pipe flows at high Reynolds number. Comput. Model. Eng. Sci. 101(1), 59–80 (2014)Google Scholar
Ahmadi, M.; Kuriqi, A.; Nezhad, H.M.; Ghaderi, A.; Mohammadi, M.: Innovative configuration of vertical slot fishway to enhance fish swimming conditions. J. Hydrodyn. 34, 917–933 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s42241-022-0071-yArticleGoogle Scholar
Ahmadi, M.; Ghaderi, A.; MohammadNezhad, H.; Kuriqi, A.; Di Francesco, S.J.W.: Numerical investigation of hydraulics in a vertical slot fishway with upgraded configurations. Water 13, 2711 (2021)ArticleGoogle Scholar
Celik, I.B.; Ghia, U.; Roache, P.J.; Freitas, C.J.J.: Procedure for estimation and reporting of uncertainty due to discretization in CFD applications. J. Fluids Eng. Trans. ASME (2008). https://doi.org/10.1115/1.2960953ArticleGoogle Scholar
Ghaderi, A.; Dasineh, M.; Aristodemo, F.; Aricò, C.: Numerical simulations of the flow field of a submerged hydraulic jump over triangular macroroughnesses. Water 13(5), 674 (2021)ArticleGoogle Scholar
Branco, P.; Santos, J.M.; Katopodis, C.; Pinheiro, A.; Ferreira, M.T.: Pool-type fishways: two different morpho-ecological cyprinid species facing plunging and streaming flows. PLoS ONE 8, e65089 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0065089ArticleGoogle Scholar
금속 적층 제조 중 고체 상 변형 예측: Inconel-738의 전자빔 분말층 융합에 대한 사례 연구
Nana Kwabena Adomako a, Nima Haghdadi a, James F.L. Dingle bc, Ernst Kozeschnik d, Xiaozhou Liao bc, Simon P. Ringer bc, Sophie Primig a
Abstract
Metal additive manufacturing (AM) has now become the perhaps most desirable technique for producing complex shaped engineering parts. However, to truly take advantage of its capabilities, advanced control of AM microstructures and properties is required, and this is often enabled via modeling. The current work presents a computational modeling approach to studying the solid-state phase transformation kinetics and the microstructural evolution during AM. Our approach combines thermal and thermo-kinetic modelling. A semi-analytical heat transfer model is employed to simulate the thermal history throughout AM builds. Thermal profiles of individual layers are then used as input for the MatCalc thermo-kinetic software. The microstructural evolution (e.g., fractions, morphology, and composition of individual phases) for any region of interest throughout the build is predicted by MatCalc. The simulation is applied to an IN738 part produced by electron beam powder bed fusion to provide insights into how γ′ precipitates evolve during thermal cycling. Our simulations show qualitative agreement with our experimental results in predicting the size distribution of γ′ along the build height, its multimodal size character, as well as the volume fraction of MC carbides. Our findings indicate that our method is suitable for a range of AM processes and alloys, to predict and engineer their microstructures and properties.
Additive manufacturing (AM) is an advanced manufacturing method that enables engineering parts with intricate shapes to be fabricated with high efficiency and minimal materials waste. AM involves building up 3D components layer-by-layer from feedstocks such as powder [1]. Various alloys, including steel, Ti, Al, and Ni-based superalloys, have been produced using different AM techniques. These techniques include directed energy deposition (DED), electron- and laser powder bed fusion (E-PBF and L-PBF), and have found applications in a variety of industries such as aerospace and power generation[2], [3], [4]. Despite the growing interest, certain challenges limit broader applications of AM fabricated components in these industries and others. One of such limitations is obtaining a suitable and reproducible microstructure that offers the desired mechanical properties consistently. In fact, the AM as-built microstructure is highly complex and considerably distinctive from its conventionally processed counterparts owing to the complicated thermal cycles arising from the deposition of several layers upon each other [5], [6].
Several studies have reported that the solid-state phases and solidification microstructure of AM processed alloys such as CMSX-4, CoCr [7], [8], Ti-6Al-4V [9], [10], [11], IN738[6], 304L stainless steel[12], and IN718 [13], [14] exhibit considerable variations along the build direction. For instance, references [9], [10] have reported that there is a variation in the distribution of α and β phases along the build direction in Ti-alloys. Similarly, the microstructure of an L-PBF fabricated martensitic steel exhibits variations in the fraction of martensite [15]. Furthermore, some of the present authors and others [6], [16], [17], [18], [19], [20] have recently reviewed and reported that there is a difference in the morphology and fraction of nanoscale precipitates as a function of build height in Ni-based superalloys. These non-uniformities in the as-built microstructure result in an undesired heterogeneity in mechanical and other important properties such as corrosion and oxidation[19], [21], [22], [23]. To obtain the desired microstructure and properties, additional processing treatments are utilized, but this incurs extra costs and may lead to precipitation of detrimental phases and grain coarsening. Therefore, a through-process understanding of the microstructure evolution under repeated heating and cooling is now needed to further advance 3D printed microstructure and property control.
It is now commonly understood that the microstructure evolution during printing is complex, and most AM studies concentrate on the microstructure and mechanical properties of the final build only. Post-printing studies of microstructure characteristics at room temperature miss crucial information on how they evolve. In-situ measurements and modelling approaches are required to better understand the complex microstructural evolution under repeated heating and cooling. Most in-situ measurements in AM focus on monitoring the microstructural changes, such as phase transformations and melt pool dynamics during fabrication using X-ray scattering and high-speed X-ray imaging [24], [25], [26], [27]. For example, Zhao et al. [25] measured the rate of solidification and described the α/β phase transformation during L-PBF of Ti-6Al-4V in-situ. Also, Wahlmann et al. [21] recently used an L-PBF machine coupled with X-ray scattering to investigate the changes in CMSX-4 phase during successive melting processes. Although these techniques provide significant understanding of the basic principles of AM, they are not widely accessible. This is due to the great cost of the instrument, competitive application process, and complexities in terms of the experimental set-up, data collection, and analysis [26], [28].
Computational modeling techniques are promising and more widely accessible tools that enable advanced understanding, prediction, and engineering of microstructures and properties during AM. So far, the majority of computational studies have concentrated on physics based process models for metal AM, with the goal of predicting the temperature profile, heat transfer, powder dynamics, and defect formation (e.g., porosity) [29], [30]. In recent times, there have been efforts in modeling of the AM microstructure evolution using approaches such as phase-field [31], Monte Carlo (MC) [32], and cellular automata (CA) [33], coupled with finite element simulations for temperature profiles. However, these techniques are often restricted to simulating the evolution of solidification microstructures (e.g., grain and dendrite structure) and defects (e.g., porosity). For example, Zinovieva et al. [33] predicted the grain structure of L-PBF Ti-6Al-4V using finite difference and cellular automata methods. However, studies on the computational modelling of the solid-state phase transformations, which largely determine the resulting properties, remain limited. This can be attributed to the multi-component and multi-phase nature of most engineering alloys in AM, along with the complex transformation kinetics during thermal cycling. This kind of research involves predictions of the thermal cycle in AM builds, and connecting it to essential thermodynamic and kinetic data as inputs for the model. Based on the information provided, the thermokinetic model predicts the history of solid-state phase microstructure evolution during deposition as output. For example, a multi-phase, multi-component mean-field model has been developed to simulate the intermetallic precipitation kinetics in IN718 [34] and IN625 [35] during AM. Also, Basoalto et al. [36] employed a computational framework to examine the contrasting distributions of process-induced microvoids and precipitates in two Ni-based superalloys, namely IN718 and CM247LC. Furthermore, McNamara et al. [37] established a computational model based on the Johnson-Mehl-Avrami model for non-isothermal conditions to predict solid-state phase transformation kinetics in L-PBF IN718 and DED Ti-6Al-4V. These models successfully predicted the size and volume fraction of individual phases and captured the repeated nucleation and dissolution of precipitates that occur during AM.
In the current study, we propose a modeling approach with appreciably short computational time to investigate the detailed microstructural evolution during metal AM. This may include obtaining more detailed information on the morphologies of phases, such as size distribution, phase fraction, dissolution and nucleation kinetics, as well as chemistry during thermal cycling and final cooling to room temperature. We utilize the combination of the MatCalc thermo-kinetic simulator and a semi-analytical heat conduction model. MatCalc is a software suite for simulation of phase transformations, microstructure evolution and certain mechanical properties in engineering alloys. It has successfully been employed to simulate solid-state phase transformations in Ni-based superalloys [38], [39], steels [40], and Al alloys[41] during complex thermo-mechanical processes. MatCalc uses the classical nucleation theory as well as the so-called Svoboda-Fischer-Fratzl-Kozeschnik (SFFK) growth model as the basis for simulating precipitation kinetics [42]. Although MatCalc was originally developed for conventional thermo-mechanical processes, we will show that it is also applicable for AM if the detailed time-temperature profile of the AM build is known. The semi-analytical heat transfer code developed by Stump and Plotkowski [43] is used to simulate these profile throughout the AM build.
1.1. Application to IN738
Inconel-738 (IN738) is a precipitation hardening Ni-based superalloy mainly employed in high-temperature components, e.g. in gas turbines and aero-engines owing to its exceptional mechanical properties at temperatures up to 980 °C, coupled with high resistance to oxidation and corrosion [44]. Its superior high-temperature strength (∼1090 MPa tensile strength) is provided by the L12 ordered Ni3(Al,Ti) γ′ phase that precipitates in a face-centered cubic (FCC) γ matrix [45], [46]. Despite offering great properties, IN738, like most superalloys with high γ′ fractions, is challenging to process owing to its propensity to hot cracking [47], [48]. Further, machining of such alloys is challenging because of their high strength and work-hardening rates. It is therefore difficult to fabricate complex INC738 parts using traditional manufacturing techniques like casting, welding, and forging.
The emergence of AM has now made it possible to fabricate such parts from IN738 and other superalloys. Some of the current authors’ recent research successfully applied E-PBF to fabricate defect-free IN738 containing γ′ throughout the build [16], [17]. The precipitated γ′ were heterogeneously distributed. In particular, Haghdadi et al. [16] studied the origin of the multimodal size distribution of γ′, while Lim et al. [17] investigated the gradient in γ′ character with build height and its correlation to mechanical properties. Based on these results, the present study aims to extend the understanding of the complex and site-specific microstructural evolution in E-PBF IN738 by using a computational modelling approach. New experimental evidence (e.g., micrographs not published previously) is presented here to support the computational results.
2. Materials and Methods
2.1. Materials preparation
IN738 Ni-based superalloy (59.61Ni-8.48Co-7.00Al-17.47Cr-3.96Ti-1.01Mo-0.81W-0.56Ta-0.49Nb-0.47C-0.09Zr-0.05B, at%) gas-atomized powder was used as feedstock. The powders, with average size of 60 ± 7 µm, were manufactured by Praxair and distributed by Astro Alloys Inc. An Arcam Q10 machine by GE Additive with an acceleration voltage of 60 kV was used to fabricate a 15 × 15 × 25 mm3 block (XYZ, Z: build direction) on a 316 stainless steel substrate. The block was 3D-printed using a ‘random’ spot melt pattern. The random spot melt pattern involves randomly selecting points in any given layer, with an equal chance of each point being melted. Each spot melt experienced a dwell time of 0.3 ms, and the layer thickness was 50 µm. Some of the current authors have previously characterized the microstructure of the very same and similar builds in more detail [16], [17]. A preheat temperature of ∼1000 °C was set and kept during printing to reduce temperature gradients and, in turn, thermal stresses [49], [50], [51]. Following printing, the build was separated from the substrate through electrical discharge machining. It should be noted that this sample was simultaneously printed with the one used in [17] during the same build process and on the same build plate, under identical conditions.
2.2. Microstructural characterization
The printed sample was longitudinally cut in the direction of the build using a Struers Accutom-50, ground, and then polished to 0.25 µm suspension via standard techniques. The polished x-z surface was electropolished and etched using Struers A2 solution (perchloric acid in ethanol). Specimens for image analysis were polished using a 0.06 µm colloidal silica. Microstructure analyses were carried out across the height of the build using optical microscopy (OM) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM) with focus on the microstructure evolution (γ′ precipitates) in individual layers. The position of each layer being analyzed was determined by multiplying the layer number by the layer thickness (50 µm). It should be noted that the position of the first layer starts where the thermal profile is tracked (in this case, 2 mm from the bottom). SEM images were acquired using a JEOL 7001 field emission microscope. The brightness and contrast settings, acceleration voltage of 15 kV, working distance of 10 mm, and other SEM imaging parameters were all held constant for analysis of the entire build. The ImageJ software was used for automated image analysis to determine the phase fraction and size of γ′ precipitates and carbides. A 2-pixel radius Gaussian blur, following a greyscale thresholding and watershed segmentation was used [52]. Primary γ′ sizes (>50 nm), were measured using equivalent spherical diameters. The phase fractions were considered equal to the measured area fraction. Secondary γ′ particles (<50 nm) were not considered here. The γ′ size in the following refers to the diameter of a precipitate.
2.3. Hardness testing
A Struers DuraScan tester was utilized for Vickers hardness mapping on a polished x-z surface, from top to bottom under a maximum load of 100 mN and 10 s dwell time. 30 micro-indentations were performed per row. According to the ASTM standard [53], the indentations were sufficiently distant (∼500 µm) to assure that strain-hardened areas did not interfere with one another.
2.4. Computational simulation of E-PBF IN738 build
2.4.1. Thermal profile modeling
The thermal history was generated using the semi-analytical heat transfer code (also known as the 3DThesis code) developed by Stump and Plotkowski [43]. This code is an open-source C++ program which provides a way to quickly simulate the conductive heat transfer found in welding and AM. The key use case for the code is the simulation of larger domains than is practicable with Computational Fluid Dynamics/Finite Element Analysis programs like FLOW-3D AM. Although simulating conductive heat transfer will not be an appropriate simplification for some investigations (for example the modelling of keyholding or pore formation), the 3DThesis code does provide fast estimates of temperature, thermal gradient, and solidification rate which can be useful for elucidating microstructure formation across entire layers of an AM build. The mathematics involved in the code is as follows:
In transient thermal conduction during welding and AM, with uniform and constant thermophysical properties and without considering fluid convection and latent heat effects, energy conservation can be expressed as:(1)��∂�∂�=�∇2�+�̇where � is density, � specific heat, � temperature, � time, � thermal conductivity, and �̇ a volumetric heat source. By assuming a semi-infinite domain, Eq. 1 can be analytically solved. The solution for temperature at a given time (t) using a volumetric Gaussian heat source is presented as:(2)��,�,�,�−�0=33�����32∫0�1������exp−3�′�′2��+�′�′2��+�′�′2����′(3)and��=12��−�′+��2for�=�,�,�(4)and�′�′=�−���′Where � is the vector �,�,� and �� is the location of the heat source.
The numerical integration scheme used is an adaptive Gaussian quadrature method based on the following nondimensionalization:(5)�=��xy2�,�′=��xy2�′,�=��xy,�=��xy,�=��xy,�=���xy
A more detailed explanation of the mathematics can be found in reference [43].
The main source of the thermal cycling present within a powder-bed fusion process is the fusion of subsequent layers. Therefore, regions near the top of a build are expected to undergo fewer thermal cycles than those closer to the bottom. For this purpose, data from the single scan’s thermal influence on multiple layers was spliced to represent the thermal cycles experienced at a single location caused by multiple subsequent layers being fused.
The cross-sectional area simulated by this model was kept constant at 1 × 1 mm2, and the depth was dependent on the build location modelled with MatCalc. For a build location 2 mm from the bottom, the maximum number of layers to simulate is 460. Fig. 1a shows a stitched overview OM image of the entire build indicating the region where this thermal cycle is simulated and tracked. To increase similarity with the conditions of the physical build, each thermal history was constructed from the results of two simulations generated with different versions of a random scan path. The parameters used for these thermal simulations can be found in Table 1. It should be noted that the main purpose of the thermal profile modelling was to demonstrate how the conditions at different locations of the build change relative to each other. Accurately predicting the absolute temperature during the build would require validation via a temperature sensor measurement during the build process which is beyond the scope of the study. Nonetheless, to establish the viability of the heat source as a suitable approximation for this study, an additional sensitivity analysis was conducted. This analysis focused on the influence of energy input on γ′ precipitation behavior, the central aim of this paper. This was achieved by employing varying beam absorption energies (0.76, 0.82 – the values utilized in the simulation, and 0.9). The direct impact of beam absorption efficiency on energy input into the material was investigated. Specifically, the initial 20 layers of the build were simulated and subsequently compared to experimental data derived from SEM. While phase fractions were found to be consistent across all conditions, disparities emerged in the mean size of γ′ precipitates. An absorption efficiency of 0.76 yielded a mean size of approximately 70 nm. Conversely, absorption efficiencies of 0.82 and 0.9 exhibited remarkably similar mean sizes of around 130 nm, aligning closely with the outcomes of the experiments.
The numerical analyses of the evolution of precipitates was performed using MatCalc version 6.04 (rel 0.011). The thermodynamic (‘mc_ni.tdb’, version 2.034) and diffusion (‘mc_ni.ddb’, version 2.007) databases were used. MatCalc’s basic principles are elaborated as follows:
The nucleation kinetics of precipitates are computed using a computational technique based on a classical nucleation theory[54] that has been modified for systems with multiple components [42], [55]. Accordingly, the transient nucleation rate (�), which expresses the rate at which nuclei are formed per unit volume and time, is calculated as:(6)�=�0��*∙�xp−�*�∙�∙exp−��where �0 denotes the number of active nucleation sites, �* the rate of atomic attachment, � the Boltzmann constant, � the temperature, �* the critical energy for nucleus formation, τ the incubation time, and t the time. � (Zeldovich factor) takes into consideration that thermal excitation destabilizes the nucleus as opposed to its inactive state [54]. Z is defined as follows:(7)�=−12�kT∂2∆�∂�2�*12where ∆� is the overall change in free energy due to the formation of a nucleus and n is the nucleus’ number of atoms. ∆�’s derivative is evaluated at n* (critical nucleus size). �* accounts for the long-range diffusion of atoms required for nucleation, provided that the matrix’ and precipitates’ composition differ. Svoboda et al. [42] developed an appropriate multi-component equation for �*, which is given by:(8)�*=4��*2�4�∑�=1��ki−�0�2�0��0�−1where �* denotes the critical radius for nucleation, � represents atomic distance, and � is the molar volume. �ki and �0� represent the concentration of elements in the precipitate and matrix, respectively. The parameter �0� denotes the rate of diffusion of the ith element within the matrix. The expression for the incubation time � is expressed as [54]:(9)�=12�*�2
and �*, which represents the critical energy for nucleation:(10)�*=16�3�3∆�vol2where � is the interfacial energy, and ∆Gvol the change in the volume free energy. The critical nucleus’ composition is similar to the γ′ phase’s equilibrium composition at the same temperature. � is computed based on the precipitate and matrix compositions, using a generalized nearest neighbor broken bond model, with the assumption of interfaces being planar, sharp, and coherent [56], [57], [58].
In Eq. 7, it is worth noting that �* represents the fundamental variable in the nucleation theory. It contains �3/∆�vol2 and is in the exponent of the nucleation rate. Therefore, even small variations in γ and/or ∆�vol can result in notable changes in �, especially if �* is in the order of �∙�. This is demonstrated in [38] for UDIMET 720 Li during continuous cooling, where these quantities change steadily during precipitation due to their dependence on matrix’ and precipitate’s temperature and composition. In the current work, these changes will be even more significant as the system is exposed to multiple cycles of rapid cooling and heating.
Once nucleated, the growth of a precipitate is assessed using the radius and composition evolution equations developed by Svoboda et al. [42] with a mean-field method that employs the thermodynamic extremal principle. The expression for the total Gibbs free energy of a thermodynamic system G, which consists of n components and m precipitates, is given as follows:(11)�=∑���0��0�+∑�=1�4���33��+∑�=1��ki�ki+∑�=1�4���2��.
The chemical potential of component � in the matrix is denoted as �0�(�=1,…,�), while the chemical potential of component � in the precipitate is represented by �ki(�=1,…,�,�=1,…,�). These chemical potentials are defined as functions of the concentrations �ki(�=1,…,�,�=1,…,�). The interface energy density is denoted as �, and �� incorporates the effects of elastic energy and plastic work resulting from the volume change of each precipitate.
Eq. (12) establishes that the total free energy of the system in its current state relies on the independent state variables: the sizes (radii) of the precipitates �� and the concentrations of each component �ki. The remaining variables can be determined by applying the law of mass conservation to each component �. This can be represented by the equation:(12)��=�0�+∑�=1�4���33�ki,
Furthermore, the global mass conservation can be expressed by equation:(13)�=∑�=1���When a thermodynamic system transitions to a more stable state, the energy difference between the initial and final stages is dissipated. This model considers three distinct forms of dissipation effects [42]. These include dissipations caused by the movement of interfaces, diffusion within the precipitate and diffusion within the matrix.
Consequently, �̇� (growth rate) and �̇ki (chemical composition’s rate of change) of the precipitate with index � are derived from the linear system of equation system:(14)�ij��=��where �� symbolizes the rates �̇� and �̇ki [42]. Index i contains variables for precipitate radius, chemical composition, and stoichiometric boundary conditions suggested by the precipitate’s crystal structure. Eq. (10) is computed separately for every precipitate �. For a more detailed description of the formulae for the coefficients �ij and �� employed in this work please refer to [59].
The MatCalc software was used to perform the numerical time integration of �̇� and �̇ki of precipitates based on the classical numerical method by Kampmann and Wagner [60]. Detailed information on this method can be found in [61]. Using this computational method, calculations for E-PBF thermal cycles (cyclic heating and cooling) were computed and compared to experimental data. The simulation took approximately 2–4 hrs to complete on a standard laptop.
3. Results
3.1. Microstructure
Fig. 1 displays a stitched overview image and selected SEM micrographs of various γ′ morphologies and carbides after observations of the X-Z surface of the build from the top to 2 mm above the bottom. Fig. 2 depicts a graph that charts the average size and phase fraction of the primary γ′, as it changes with distance from the top to the bottom of the build. The SEM micrographs show widespread primary γ′ precipitation throughout the entire build, with the size increasing in the top to bottom direction. Particularly, at the topmost height, representing the 460th layer (Z = 22.95 mm), as seen in Fig. 1b, the average size of γ′ is 110 ± 4 nm, exhibiting spherical shapes. This is representative of the microstructure after it solidifies and cools to room temperature, without experiencing additional thermal cycles. The γ′ size slightly increases to 147 ± 6 nm below this layer and remains constant until 0.4 mm (∼453rd layer) from the top. At this position, the microstructure still closely resembles that of the 460th layer. After the 453rd layer, the γ′ size grows rapidly to ∼503 ± 19 nm until reaching the 437th layer (1.2 mm from top). The γ′ particles here have a cuboidal shape, and a small fraction is coarser than 600 nm. γ′ continue to grow steadily from this position to the bottom (23 mm from the top). A small fraction of γ′ is > 800 nm.
Besides primary γ′, secondary γ′ with sizes ranging from 5 to 50 nm were also found. These secondary γ′ precipitates, as seen in Fig. 1f, were present only in the bottom and middle regions. A detailed analysis of the multimodal size distribution of γ′ can be found in [16]. There is no significant variation in the phase fraction of the γ′ along the build. The phase fraction is ∼ 52%, as displayed in Fig. 2. It is worth mentioning that the total phase fraction of γ′ was estimated based on the primary γ′ phase fraction because of the small size of secondary γ′. Spherical MC carbides with sizes ranging from 50 to 400 nm and a phase fraction of 0.8% were also observed throughout the build. The carbides are the light grey precipitates in Fig. 1g. The light grey shade of carbides in the SEM images is due to their composition and crystal structure [52]. These carbides are not visible in Fig. 1b-e because they were dissolved during electro-etching carried out after electropolishing. In Fig. 1g, however, the sample was examined directly after electropolishing, without electro-etching.
Table 2 shows the nominal and measured composition of γ′ precipitates throughout the build by atom probe microscopy as determined in our previous study [17]. No build height-dependent composition difference was observed in either of the γ′ precipitate populations. However, there was a slight disparity between the composition of primary and secondary γ′. Among the main γ′ forming elements, the primary γ′ has a high Ti concentration while secondary γ′ has a high Al concentration. A detailed description of the atom distribution maps and the proxigrams of the constituent elements of γ′ throughout the build can be found in [17].
Table 2. Bulk IN738 composition determined using inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectroscopy (ICP-AES). Compositions of γ, primary γ′, and secondary γ′ at various locations in the build measured by APT. This information is reproduced from data in Ref. [17] with permission.
at%
Ni
Cr
Co
Al
Mo
W
Ti
Nb
C
B
Zr
Ta
Others
Bulk
59.12
17.47
8.48
7.00
1.01
0.81
3.96
0.49
0.47
0.05
0.09
0.56
0.46
γ matrix
Top
50.48
32.91
11.59
1.94
1.39
0.82
0.44
0.8
0.03
0.03
0.02
–
0.24
Mid
50.37
32.61
11.93
1.79
1.54
0.89
0.44
0.1
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.23
Bot
48.10
34.57
12.08
2.14
1.43
0.88
0.48
0.08
0.04
0.03
0.01
–
0.12
Primary γ′
Top
72.17
2.51
3.44
12.71
0.25
0.39
7.78
0.56
–
0.03
0.02
0.05
0.08
Mid
71.60
2.57
3.28
13.55
0.42
0.68
7.04
0.73
–
0.01
0.03
0.04
0.04
Bot
72.34
2.47
3.86
12.50
0.26
0.44
7.46
0.50
0.05
0.02
0.02
0.03
0.04
Secondary γ′
Mid
70.42
4.20
3.23
14.19
0.63
1.03
5.34
0.79
0.03
–
0.04
0.04
0.05
Bot
69.91
4.06
3.68
14.32
0.81
1.04
5.22
0.65
0.05
–
0.10
0.02
0.11
3.2. Hardness
Fig. 3a shows the Vickers hardness mapping performed along the entire X-Z surface, while Fig. 3b shows the plot of average hardness at different build heights. This hardness distribution is consistent with the γ′ precipitate size gradient across the build direction in Fig. 1, Fig. 2. The maximum hardness of ∼530 HV1 is found at ∼0.5 mm away from the top surface (Z = 22.5), where γ′ particles exhibit the smallest observed size in Fig. 2b. Further down the build (∼ 2 mm from the top), the hardness drops to the 440–490 HV1 range. This represents the region where γ′ begins to coarsen. The hardness drops further to 380–430 HV1 at the bottom of the build.
3.3. Modeling of the microstructural evolution during E-PBF
3.3.1. Thermal profile modeling
Fig. 4 shows the simulated thermal profile of the E-PBF build at a location of 23 mm from the top of the build, using a semi-analytical heat conduction model. This profile consists of the time taken to deposit 460 layers until final cooling, as shown in Fig. 4a. Fig. 4b-d show the magnified regions of Fig. 4a and reveal the first 20 layers from the top, a single layer (first layer from the top), and the time taken for the build to cool after the last layer deposition, respectively.
The peak temperatures experienced by previous layers decrease progressively as the number of layers increases but never fall below the build preheat temperature (1000 °C). Our simulated thermal cycle may not completely capture the complexity of the actual thermal cycle utilized in the E-PBF build. For instance, the top layer (Fig. 4c), also representing the first deposit’s thermal profile without additional cycles (from powder heating, melting, to solidification), recorded the highest peak temperature of 1390 °C. Although this temperature is above the melting range of the alloy (1230–1360 °C) [62], we believe a much higher temperature was produced by the electron beam to melt the powder. Nevertheless, the solidification temperature and dynamics are outside the scope of this study as our focus is on the solid-state phase transformations during deposition. It takes ∼25 s for each layer to be deposited and cooled to the build temperature. The interlayer dwell time is 125 s. The time taken for the build to cool to room temperature (RT) after final layer deposition is ∼4.7 hrs (17,000 s).
3.3.2. MatCalc simulation
During the MatCalc simulation, the matrix phase is defined as γ. γ′, and MC carbide are included as possible precipitates. The domain of these precipitates is set to be the matrix (γ), and nucleation is assumed to be homogenous. In homogeneous nucleation, all atoms of the unit volume are assumed to be potential nucleation sites. Table 3 shows the computational parameters used in the simulation. All other parameters were set at default values as recommended in the version 6.04.0011 of MatCalc. The values for the interfacial energies are automatically calculated according to the generalized nearest neighbor broken bond model and is one of the most outstanding features in MatCalc [56], [57], [58]. It should be noted that the elastic misfit strain was not included in the calculation. The output of MatCalc includes phase fraction, size, nucleation rate, and composition of the precipitates. The phase fraction in MatCalc is the volume fraction. Although the experimental phase fraction is the measured area fraction, it is relatively similar to the volume fraction. This is because of the generally larger precipitate size and similar morphology at the various locations along the build [63]. A reliable phase fraction comparison between experiment and simulation can therefore be made.
Table 3. Computational parameters used in the simulation.
γ′ = 0.080–0.140 J/m2 and MC carbide = 0.410–0.430 J/m2
3.3.2.1. Precipitate phase fraction
Fig. 5a shows the simulated phase fraction of γ′ and MC carbide during thermal cycling. Fig. 5b is a magnified view of 5a showing the simulated phase fraction at the center points of the top 70 layers, whereas Fig. 5c corresponds to the first two layers from the top. As mentioned earlier, the top layer (460th layer) represents the microstructure after solidification. The microstructure of the layers below is determined by the number of thermal cycles, which increases with distance to the top. For example, layers 459, 458, 457, up to layer 1 (region of interest) experience 1, 2, 3 and 459 thermal cycles, respectively. In the top layer in Fig. 5c, the volume fraction of γ′ and carbides increases with temperature. For γ′, it decreases to zero when the temperature is above the solvus temperature after a few seconds. Carbides, however, remain constant in their volume fraction reaching equilibrium (phase fraction ∼ 0.9%) in a short time. The topmost layer can be compared to the first deposit, and the peak in temperature symbolizes the stage where the electron beam heats the powder until melting. This means γ′ and carbide precipitation might have started in the powder particles during heating from the build temperature and electron beam until the onset of melting, where γ′ dissolves, but carbides remain stable [28].
During cooling after deposition, γ′ reprecipitates at a temperature of 1085 °C, which is below its solvus temperature. As cooling progresses, the phase fraction increases steadily to ∼27% and remains constant at 1000 °C (elevated build temperature). The calculated equilibrium fraction of phases by MatCalc is used to show the complex precipitation characteristics in this alloy. Fig. 6 shows that MC carbides form during solidification at 1320 °C, followed by γ′, which precipitate when the solidified layer cools to 1140 °C. This indicates that all deposited layers might contain a negligible amount of these precipitates before subsequent layer deposition, while being at the 1000 °C build temperature or during cooling to RT. The phase diagram also shows that the equilibrium fraction of the γ′ increases as temperature decreases. For instance, at 1000, 900, and 800 °C, the phase fractions are ∼30%, 38%, and 42%, respectively.
Deposition of subsequent layers causes previous layers to undergo phase transformations as they are exposed to several thermal cycles with different peak temperatures. In Fig. 5c, as the subsequent layer is being deposited, γ′ in the previous layer (459th layer) begins to dissolve as the temperature crosses the solvus temperature. This is witnessed by the reduction of the γ′ phase fraction. This graph also shows how this phase dissolves during heating. However, the phase fraction of MC carbide remains stable at high temperatures and no dissolution is seen during thermal cycling. Upon cooling, the γ′ that was dissolved during heating reprecipitates with a surge in the phase fraction until 1000 °C, after which it remains constant. This microstructure is similar to the solidification microstructure (layer 460), with a similar γ′ phase fraction (∼27%).
The complete dissolution and reprecipitation of γ′ continue for several cycles until the 50th layer from the top (layer 411), where the phase fraction does not reach zero during heating to the peak temperature (see Fig. 5d). This indicates the ‘partial’ dissolution of γ′, which continues progressively with additional layers. It should be noted that the peak temperatures for layers that underwent complete dissolution were much higher (1170–1300 °C) than the γ′ solvus.
The dissolution and reprecipitation of γ′ during thermal cycling are further confirmed in Fig. 7, which summarizes the nucleation rate, phase fraction, and concentration of major elements that form γ′ in the matrix. Fig. 7b magnifies a single layer (3rd layer from top) within the full dissolution region in Fig. 7a to help identify the nucleation and growth mechanisms. From Fig. 7b, γ′ nucleation begins during cooling whereby the nucleation rate increases to reach a maximum value of approximately 1 × 1020 m−3s−1. This fast kinetics implies that some rearrangement of atoms is required for γ′ precipitates to form in the matrix [65], [66]. The matrix at this stage is in a non-equilibrium condition. Its composition is similar to the nominal composition and remains unchanged. The phase fraction remains insignificant at this stage although nucleation has started. The nucleation rate starts declining upon reaching the peak value. Simultaneously, diffusion-controlled growth of existing nuclei occurs, depleting the matrix of γ′ forming elements (Al and Ti). Thus, from (7), (11), ∆�vol continuously decreases until nucleation ceases. The growth of nuclei is witnessed by the increase in phase fraction until a constant level is reached at 27% upon cooling to and holding at build temperature. This nucleation event is repeated several times.
At the onset of partial dissolution, the nucleation rate jumps to 1 × 1021 m−3s−1, and then reduces sharply at the middle stage of partial dissolution. The nucleation rate reaches 0 at a later stage. Supplementary Fig. S1 shows a magnified view of the nucleation rate, phase fraction, and thermal profile, underpinning this trend. The jump in nucleation rate at the onset is followed by a progressive reduction in the solute content of the matrix. The peak temperatures (∼1130–1160 °C) are lower than those in complete dissolution regions but still above or close to the γ′ solvus. The maximum phase fraction (∼27%) is similar to that of the complete dissolution regions. At the middle stage, the reduction in nucleation rate is accompanied by a sharp drop in the matrix composition. The γ′ fraction drops to ∼24%, where the peak temperatures of the layers are just below or at γ′ solvus. The phase fraction then increases progressively through the later stage of partial dissolution to ∼30% towards the end of thermal cycling. The matrix solute content continues to drop although no nucleation event is seen. The peak temperatures are then far below the γ′ solvus. It should be noted that the matrix concentration after complete dissolution remains constant. Upon cooling to RT after final layer deposition, the nucleation rate increases again, indicating new nucleation events. The phase fraction reaches ∼40%, with a further depletion of the matrix in major γ′ forming elements.
3.3.2.2. γ′ size distribution
Fig. 8 shows histograms of the γ′ precipitate size distributions (PSD) along the build height during deposition. These PSDs are predicted at the end of each layer of interest just before final cooling to room temperature, to separate the role of thermal cycles from final cooling on the evolution of γ′. The PSD for the top layer (layer 460) is shown in Fig. 8a (last solidified region with solidification microstructure). The γ′ size ranges from 120 to 230 nm and is similar to the 44 layers below (2.2 mm from the top).
Further down the build, γ′ begins to coarsen after layer 417 (44th layer from top). Fig. 8c shows the PSD after the 44th layer, where the γ′ size exhibits two peaks at ∼120–230 and ∼300 nm, with most of the population being in the former range. This is the onset of partial dissolution where simultaneously with the reprecipitation and growth of fresh γ′, the undissolved γ′ grows rapidly through diffusive transport of atoms to the precipitates. This is shown in Fig. 8c, where the precipitate class sizes between 250 and 350 represent the growth of undissolved γ′. Although this continues in the 416th layer, the phase fractions plot indicates that the onset of partial dissolution begins after the 411th layer. This implies that partial dissolution started early, but the fraction of undissolved γ′ was too low to impact the phase fraction. The reprecipitated γ′ are mostly in the 100–220 nm class range and similar to those observed during full dissolution.
As the number of layers increases, coarsening intensifies with continued growth of more undissolved γ′, and reprecipitation and growth of partially dissolved ones. Fig. 8d, e, and f show this sequence. Further down the build, coarsening progresses rapidly, as shown in Figs. 8d, 8e, and 8f. The γ′ size ranges from 120 to 1100 nm, with the peaks at 160, 180, and 220 nm in Figs. 8d, 8e, and 8f, respectively. Coarsening continues until nucleation ends during dissolution, where only the already formed γ′ precipitates continue to grow during further thermal cycling. The γ′ size at this point is much larger, as observed in layers 361 and 261, and continues to increase steadily towards the bottom (layer 1). Two populations in the ranges of ∼380–700 and ∼750–1100 nm, respectively, can be seen. The steady growth of γ′ towards the bottom is confirmed by the gradual decrease in the concentration of solute elements in the matrix (Fig. 7a). It should be noted that for each layer, the γ′ class with the largest size originates from continuous growth of the earliest set of the undissolved precipitates.
Fig. 9, Fig. 10 and supplementary Figs. S2 and S3 show the γ′ size evolution during heating and cooling of a single layer in the full dissolution region, and early, middle stages, and later stages of partial dissolution, respectively. In all, the size of γ′ reduces during layer heating. Depending on the peak temperature of the layer which varies with build height, γ′ are either fully or partially dissolved as mentioned earlier. Upon cooling, the dissolved γ′ reprecipitate.
In Fig. 9, those layers that underwent complete dissolution (top layers) were held above γ′ solvus temperature for longer. In Fig. 10, layers at the early stage of partial dissolution spend less time in the γ′ solvus temperature region during heating, leading to incomplete dissolution. In such conditions, smaller precipitates are fully dissolved while larger ones shrink [67]. Layers in the middle stages of partial dissolution have peak temperatures just below or at γ′ solvus, not sufficient to achieve significant γ′ dissolution. As seen in supplementary Fig. S2, only a few smaller γ′ are dissolved back into the matrix during heating, i.e., growth of precipitates is more significant than dissolution. This explains the sharp decrease in concentration of Al and Ti in the matrix in this layer.
The previous sections indicate various phenomena such as an increase in phase fraction, further depletion of matrix composition, and new nucleation bursts during cooling. Analysis of the PSD after the final cooling of the build to room temperature allows a direct comparison to post-printing microstructural characterization. Fig. 11 shows the γ′ size distribution of layer 1 (460th layer from the top) after final cooling to room temperature. Precipitation of secondary γ′ is observed, leading to the multimodal size distribution of secondary and primary γ′. The secondary γ′ size falls within the 10–80 nm range. As expected, a further growth of the existing primary γ′ is also observed during cooling.
3.3.2.3. γ′ chemistry after deposition
Fig. 12 shows the concentration of the major elements that form γ′ (Al, Ti, and Ni) in the primary and secondary γ′ at the bottom of the build, as calculated by MatCalc. The secondary γ′ has a higher Al content (13.5–14.5 at% Al), compared to 13 at% Al in the primary γ′. Additionally, within the secondary γ′, the smallest particles (∼10 nm) have higher Al contents than larger ones (∼70 nm). In contrast, for the primary γ′, there is no significant variation in the Al content as a function of their size. The Ni concentration in secondary γ′ (71.1–72 at%) is also higher in comparison to the primary γ′ (70 at%). The smallest secondary γ′ (∼10 nm) have higher Ni contents than larger ones (∼70 nm), whereas there is no substantial change in the Ni content of primary γ′, based on their size. As expected, Ti shows an opposite size-dependent variation. It ranges from ∼ 7.7–8.7 at% Ti in secondary γ′ to ∼9.2 at% in primary γ′. Similarly, within the secondary γ′, the smallest (∼10 nm) have lower Al contents than the larger ones (∼70 nm). No significant variation is observed for Ti content in primary γ′.
4. Discussion
A combined modelling method is utilized to study the microstructural evolution during E-PBF of IN738. The presented results are discussed by examining the precipitation and dissolution mechanism of γ′ during thermal cycling. This is followed by a discussion on the phase fraction and size evolution of γ′ during thermal cycling and after final cooling. A brief discussion on carbide morphology is also made. Finally, a comparison is made between the simulation and experimental results to assess their agreement.
4.1. γ′ morphology as a function of build height
4.1.1. Nucleation of γ′
The fast precipitation kinetics of the γ′ phase enables formation of γ′ upon quenching from higher temperatures (above solvus) during thermal cycling [66]. In Fig. 7b, for a single layer in the full dissolution region, during cooling, the initial increase in nucleation rate signifies the first formation of nuclei. The slight increase in nucleation rate during partial dissolution, despite a decrease in the concentration of γ′ forming elements, may be explained by the nucleation kinetics. During partial dissolution and as the precipitates shrink, it is assumed that the regions at the vicinity of partially dissolved precipitates are enriched in γ′ forming elements [68], [69]. This differs from the full dissolution region, in which case the chemical composition is evenly distributed in the matrix. Several authors have attributed the solute supersaturation of the matrix around primary γ′ to partial dissolution during isothermal ageing [69], [70], [71], [72]. The enhanced supersaturation in the regions close to the precipitates results in a much higher driving force for nucleation, leading to a higher nucleation rate upon cooling. This phenomenon can be closely related to the several nucleation bursts upon continuous cooling of Ni-based superalloys, where second nucleation bursts exhibit higher nucleation rates [38], [68], [73], [74].
At middle stages of partial dissolution, the reduction in the nucleation rate indicates that the existing composition and low supersaturation did not trigger nucleation as the matrix was closer to the equilibrium state. The end of a nucleation burst means that the supersaturation of Al and Ti has reached a low level, incapable of providing sufficient driving force during cooling to or holding at 1000 °C for further nucleation [73]. Earlier studies on Ni-based superalloys have reported the same phenomenon during ageing or continuous cooling from the solvus temperature to RT [38], [73], [74].
4.1.2. Dissolution of γ′ during thermal cycling
γ′ dissolution kinetics during heating are fast when compared to nucleation due to exponential increase in phase transformation and diffusion activities with temperature [65]. As shown in Fig. 9, Fig. 10, and supplementary Figs. S2 and S3, the reduction in γ′ phase fraction and size during heating indicates γ′ dissolution. This is also revealed in Fig. 5 where phase fraction decreases upon heating. The extent of γ′ dissolution mostly depends on the temperature, time spent above γ′ solvus, and precipitate size[75], [76], [77]. Smaller γ′ precipitates are first to be dissolved [67], [77], [78]. This is mainly because more solute elements need to be transported away from large γ′ precipitates than from smaller ones [79]. Also, a high temperature above γ′ solvus temperature leads to a faster dissolution rate[80]. The equilibrium solvus temperature of γ′ in IN738 in our MatCalc simulation (Fig. 6) and as reported by Ojo et al. [47] is 1140 °C and 1130–1180 °C, respectively. This means the peak temperature experienced by previous layers decreases progressively from γ′ supersolvus to subsolvus, near-solvus, and far from solvus as the number of subsequent layers increases. Based on the above, it can be inferred that the degree of dissolution of γ′ contributes to the gradient in precipitate distribution.
Although the peak temperatures during later stages of partial dissolution are much lower than the equilibrium γ′ solvus, γ′ dissolution still occurs but at a significantly lower rate (supplementary Fig. S3). Wahlmann et al. [28] also reported a similar case where they observed the rapid dissolution of γ′ in CMSX-4 during fast heating and cooling cycles at temperatures below the γ′ solvus. They attributed this to the γ′ phase transformation process taking place in conditions far from the equilibrium. While the same reasoning may be valid for our study, we further believe that the greater surface area to volume ratio of the small γ′ precipitates contributed to this. This ratio means a larger area is available for solute atoms to diffuse into the matrix even at temperatures much below the solvus [81].
4.2. γ′ phase fraction and size evolution
4.2.1. During thermal cycling
In the first layer, the steep increase in γ′ phase fraction during heating (Fig. 5), which also represents γ′ precipitation in the powder before melting, has qualitatively been validated in [28]. The maximum phase fraction of 27% during the first few layers of thermal cycling indicates that IN738 theoretically could reach the equilibrium state (∼30%), but the short interlayer time at the build temperature counteracts this. The drop in phase fraction at middle stages of partial dissolution is due to the low number of γ′ nucleation sites [73]. It has been reported that a reduction of γ′ nucleation sites leads to a delay in obtaining the final volume fraction as more time is required for γ′ precipitates to grow and reach equilibrium [82]. This explains why even upon holding for 150 s before subsequent layer deposition, the phase fraction does not increase to those values that were observed in the previous full γ′ dissolution regions. Towards the end of deposition, the increase in phase fraction to the equilibrium value of 30% is as a result of the longer holding at build temperature or close to it [83].
During thermal cycling, γ′ particles begin to grow immediately after they first precipitate upon cooling. This is reflected in the rapid increase in phase fraction and size during cooling in Fig. 5 and supplementary Fig. S2, respectively. The rapid growth is due to the fast diffusion of solute elements at high temperatures [84]. The similar size of γ′ for the first 44 layers from the top can be attributed to the fact that all layers underwent complete dissolution and hence, experienced the same nucleation event and growth during deposition. This corresponds with the findings by Balikci et al. [85], who reported that the degree of γ′ precipitation in IN738LC does not change when a solution heat treatment is conducted above a certain critical temperature.
The increase in coarsening rate (Fig. 8) during thermal cycling can first be ascribed to the high peak temperature of the layers [86]. The coarsening rate of γ′ is known to increase rapidly with temperature due to the exponential growth of diffusion activity. Also, the simultaneous dissolution with coarsening could be another reason for the high coarsening rate, as γ′ coarsening is a diffusion-driven process where large particles grow by consuming smaller ones [78], [84], [86], [87]. The steady growth of γ′ towards the bottom of the build is due to the much lower layer peak temperature, which is almost close to the build temperature, and reduced dissolution activity, as is seen in the much lower solute concentration in γ′ compared to those in the full and partial dissolution regions.
4.2.2. During cooling
The much higher phase fraction of ∼40% upon cooling signifies the tendency of γ′ to reach equilibrium at lower temperatures (Fig. 4). This is due to the precipitation of secondary γ′ and a further increase in the size of existing primary γ′, which leads to a multimodal size distribution of γ′ after cooling [38], [73], [88], [89], [90]. The reason for secondary γ′ formation during cooling is as follows: As cooling progresses, it becomes increasingly challenging to redistribute solute elements in the matrix owing to their lower mobility [38], [73]. A higher supersaturation level in regions away from or free of the existing γ′ precipitates is achieved, making them suitable sites for additional nucleation bursts. More cooling leads to the growth of these secondary γ′ precipitates, but as the temperature and in turn, the solute diffusivity is low, growth remains slow.
4.3. Carbides
MC carbides in IN738 are known to have a significant impact on the high-temperature strength. They can also act as effective hardening particles and improve the creep resistance [91]. Precipitation of MC carbides in IN738 and several other superalloys is known to occur during solidification or thermal treatments (e.g., hot isostatic pressing) [92]. In our case, this means that the MC carbides within the E-PBF build formed because of the thermal exposure from the E-PBF thermal cycle in addition to initial solidification. Our simulation confirms this as MC carbides appear during layer heating (Fig. 5). The constant and stable phase fraction of MC carbides during thermal cycling can be attributed to their high melting point (∼1360 °C) and the short holding time at peak temperatures [75], [93], [94]. The solvus temperature for most MC carbides exceeds most of the peak temperatures observed in our simulation, and carbide dissolution kinetics at temperatures above the solvus are known to be comparably slow [95]. The stable phase fraction and random distribution of MC carbides signifies the slight influence on the gradient in hardness.
4.4. Comparison of simulations and experiments
4.4.1. Precipitate phase fraction and morphology as a function of build height
A qualitative agreement is observed for the phase fraction of carbides, i.e. ∼0.8% in the experiment and ∼0.9% in the simulation. The phase fraction of γ′ differs, with the experiment reporting a value of ∼51% and the simulation, 40%. Despite this, the size distribution of primary γ′ along the build shows remarkable consistency between experimental and computational analyses. It is worth noting that the primary γ′ morphology in the experimental analysis is observed in the as-fabricated state, whereas the simulation (Fig. 8) captures it during deposition process. The primary γ′ size in the experiment is expected to experience additional growth during the cooling phase. Regardless, both show similar trends in primary γ′ size increments from the top to the bottom of the build. The larger primary γ’ size in the simulation versus the experiment can be attributed to the fact that experimental and simulation results are based on 2D and 3D data, respectively. The absence of stereological considerations [96] in our analysis could have led to an underestimation of the precipitate sizes from SEM measurements. The early starts of coarsening (8th layer) in the experiment compared to the simulation (45th layer) can be attributed to a higher actual γ′ solvus temperature than considered in our simulation [47]. The solvus temperature of γ′ in a Ni-based superalloy is mainly determined by the detailed composition. A high amount of Cr and Co are known to reduce the solvus temperature, whereas Ta and Mo will increase it [97], [98], [99]. The elemental composition from our experimental work was used for the simulation except for Ta. It should be noted that Ta is not included in the thermodynamic database in MatCalc used, and this may have reduced the solvus temperature. This could also explain the relatively higher γ′ phase fraction in the experiment than in simulation, as a higher γ′ solvus temperature will cause more γ′ to precipitate and grow early during cooling [99], [100].
Another possible cause of this deviation can be attributed to the extent of γ′ dissolution, which is mainly determined by the peak temperature. It can be speculated that individual peak temperatures at different layers in the simulation may have been over-predicted. However, one needs to consider that the true thermal profile is likely more complicated in the actual E-PBF process [101]. For example, the current model assumes that the thermophysical properties of the material are temperature-independent, which is not realistic. Many materials, including IN738, exhibit temperature-dependent properties such as thermal conductivity, specific heat capacity, and density [102]. This means that heat transfer simulations may underestimate or overestimate the temperature gradients and cooling rates within the powder bed and the solidified part. Additionally, the model does not account for the reduced thermal diffusivity through unmelted powder, where gas separating the powder acts as insulation, impeding the heat flow [1]. In E-PBF, the unmelted powder regions with trapped gas have lower thermal diffusivity compared to the fully melted regions, leading to localized temperature variations, and altered solidification behavior. These limitations can impact the predictions, particularly in relation to the carbide dissolution, as the peak temperatures may be underestimated.
While acknowledging these limitations, it is worth emphasizing that achieving a detailed and accurate representation of each layer’s heat source would impose tough computational challenges. Given the substantial layer count in E-PBF, our decision to employ a semi-analytical approximation strikes a balance between computational feasibility and the capture of essential trends in thermal profiles across diverse build layers. In future work, a dual-calibration strategy is proposed to further reduce simulation-experiment disparities. By refining temperature-independent thermophysical property approximations and absorptivity in the heat source model, and by optimizing interfacial energy descriptions in the kinetic model, the predictive precision could be enhanced. Further refining the simulation controls, such as adjusting the precipitate class size may enhance quantitative comparisons between modeling outcomes and experimental data in future work.
4.4.2. Multimodal size distribution of γ′ and concentration
Another interesting feature that sees qualitative agreement between the simulation and the experiment is the multimodal size distribution of γ′. The formation of secondary γ′ particles in the experiment and most E-PBF Ni-based superalloys is suggested to occur at low temperatures, during final cooling to RT [16], [73], [90]. However, so far, this conclusion has been based on findings from various continuous cooling experiments, as the study of the evolution during AM would require an in-situ approach. Our simulation unambiguously confirms this in an AM context by providing evidence for secondary γ′ precipitation during slow cooling to RT. Additionally, it is possible to speculate that the chemical segregation occurring during solidification, due to the preferential partitioning of certain elements between the solid and liquid phases, can contribute to the multimodal size distribution during deposition [51]. This is because chemical segregation can result in variations in the local composition of superalloys, which subsequently affects the nucleation and growth of γ′. Regions with higher concentrations of alloying elements will encourage the formation of larger γ′ particles, while regions with lower concentrations may favor the nucleation of smaller precipitates. However, it is important to acknowledge that the elevated temperature during the E-PBF process will largely homogenize these compositional differences [103], [104].
A good correlation is also shown in the composition of major γ′ forming elements (Al and Ti) in primary and secondary γ′. Both experiment and simulation show an increasing trend for Al content and a decreasing trend for Ti content from primary to secondary γ′. The slight composition differences between primary and secondary γ′ particles are due to the different diffusivity of γ′ stabilizers at different thermal conditions [105], [106]. As the formation of multimodal γ′ particles with different sizes occurs over a broad temperature range, the phase chemistry of γ′ will be highly size dependent. The changes in the chemistry of various γ′ (primary, secondary, and tertiary) have received significant attention since they have a direct influence on the performance [68], [105], [107], [108], [109]. Chen et al. [108], [109], reported a high Al content in the smallest γ′ precipitates compared to the largest, while Ti showed an opposite trend during continuous cooling in a RR1000 Ni-based superalloy. This was attributed to the temperature and cooling rate at which the γ′ precipitates were formed. The smallest precipitates formed last, at the lowest temperature and cooling rate. A comparable observation is evident in the present investigation, where the secondary γ′ forms at a low temperature and cooling rate in comparison to the primary. The temperature dependence of γ′ chemical composition is further evidenced in supplementary Fig. S4, which shows the equilibrium chemical composition of γ′ as a function of temperature.
5. Conclusions
A correlative modelling approach capable of predicting solid-state phase transformations kinetics in metal AM was developed. This approach involves computational simulations with a semi-analytical heat transfer model and the MatCalc thermo-kinetic software. The method was used to predict the phase transformation kinetics and detailed morphology and chemistry of γ′ and MC during E-PBF of IN738 Ni-based superalloy. The main conclusions are:
1.The computational simulations are in qualitative agreement with the experimental observations. This is particularly true for the γ′ size distribution along the build height, the multimodal size distribution of particles, and the phase fraction of MC carbides.
2.The deviations between simulation and experiment in terms of γ′ phase fraction and location in the build are most likely attributed to a higher γ′ solvus temperature during the experiment than in the simulation, which is argued to be related to the absence of Ta in the MatCalc database.
3.The dissolution and precipitation of γ′ occur fast and under non-equilibrium conditions. The level of γ′ dissolution determines the gradient in γ′ size distribution along the build. After thermal cycling, the final cooling to room temperature has further significant impacts on the final γ′ size, morphology, and distribution.
4.A negligible amount of γ′ forms in the first deposited layer before subsequent layer deposition, and a small amount of γ′ may also form in the powder induced by the 1000 °C elevated build temperature before melting.
Our findings confirm the suitability of MatCalc to predict the microstructural evolution at various positions throughout a build in a Ni-based superalloy during E-PBF. It also showcases the suitability of a tool which was originally developed for traditional thermo-mechanical processing of alloys to the new additive manufacturing context. Our simulation capabilities are likely extendable to other alloy systems that undergo solid-state phase transformations implemented in MatCalc (various steels, Ni-based superalloys, and Al-alloys amongst others) as well as other AM processes such as L-DED and L-PBF which have different thermal cycle characteristics. New tools to predict the microstructural evolution and properties during metal AM are important as they provide new insights into the complexities of AM. This will enable control and design of AM microstructures towards advanced materials properties and performances.
The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.
Acknowledgements
This research was sponsored by the Department of Industry, Innovation, and Science under the auspices of the AUSMURI program – which is a part of the Commonwealth’s Next Generation Technologies Fund. The authors acknowledge the facilities and the scientific and technical assistance at the Electron Microscope Unit (EMU) within the Mark Wainwright Analytical Centre (MWAC) at UNSW Sydney and Microscopy Australia. Nana Adomako is supported by a UNSW Scientia PhD scholarship. Michael Haines’ (UNSW Sydney) contribution to the revised version of the original manuscript is thankfully acknowledged.
[1]T. Debroy, H.L. Wei, J.S. Zuback, T. Mukherjee, J.W. Elmer, J.O. Milewski, A.M. Beese, A. Wilson-heid, A. De, W. ZhangAdditive manufacturing of metallic components – process, structure and propertiesProg. Mater. Sci., 92 (2018), pp. 112-224, 10.1016/j.pmatsci.2017.10.001View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[4]N.K. Adomako, J.J. Lewandowski, B.M. Arkhurst, H. Choi, H.J. Chang, J.H. KimMicrostructures and mechanical properties of multi-layered materials composed of Ti-6Al-4V, vanadium, and 17–4PH stainless steel produced by directed energy depositionAddit. Manuf., 59 (2022), Article 103174, 10.1016/j.addma.2022.103174View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[5]H. Wang, Z.G. Zhu, H. Chen, A.G. Wang, J.Q. Liu, H.W. Liu, R.K. Zheng, S.M.L. Nai, S. Primig, S.S. Babu, S.P. Ringer, X.Z. LiaoEffect of cyclic rapid thermal loadings on the microstructural evolution of a CrMnFeCoNi high-entropy alloy manufactured by selective laser meltingActa Mater., 196 (2020), pp. 609-625, 10.1016/J.ACTAMAT.2020.07.006View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[10]S.S. Al-Bermani, M.L. Blackmore, W. Zhang, I. ToddThe origin of microstructural diversity, texture, and mechanical properties in electron beam melted Ti-6Al-4VMetall. Mater. Trans. A Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 41 (2010), pp. 3422-3434, 10.1007/s11661-010-0397-xView article View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[13]H. Helmer, A. Bauereiß, R.F. Singer, C. KörnerErratum to: ‘Grain structure evolution in Inconel 718 during selective electron beam melting’ (Materials Science & Engineering A (2016) 668 (180–187 (S0921509316305536) (10.1016/j.msea.2016.05.046))Mater. Sci. Eng. A., 676 (2016), p. 546, 10.1016/j.msea.2016.09.016View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[16]N. Haghdadi, E. Whitelock, B. Lim, H. Chen, X. Liao, S.S. Babu, S.P. Ringer, S. PrimigMultimodal γ′ precipitation in Inconel-738 Ni-based superalloy during electron-beam powder bed fusion additive manufacturingJ. Mater. Sci., 55 (2020), pp. 13342-13350, 10.1007/s10853-020-04915-wView article View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[17]B. Lim, H. Chen, Z. Chen, N. Haghdadi, X. Liao, S. Primig, S.S. Babu, A. Breen, S.P. RingerMicrostructure–property gradients in Ni-based superalloy (Inconel 738) additively manufactured via electron beam powder bed fusionAddit. Manuf. (2021), Article 102121, 10.1016/j.addma.2021.102121View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[18]P. Karimi, E. Sadeghi, P. Åkerfeldt, J. Ålgårdh, J. AnderssonInfluence of successive thermal cycling on microstructure evolution of EBM-manufactured alloy 718 in track-by-track and layer-by-layer designMater. Des., 160 (2018), pp. 427-441, 10.1016/j.matdes.2018.09.038View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[19]E. Chauvet, P. Kontis, E.A. Jägle, B. Gault, D. Raabe, C. Tassin, J.J. Blandin, R. Dendievel, B. Vayre, S. Abed, G. MartinHot cracking mechanism affecting a non-weldable Ni-based superalloy produced by selective electron Beam MeltingActa Mater., 142 (2018), pp. 82-94, 10.1016/j.actamat.2017.09.047View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[20]M. Ramsperger, R.F. Singer, C. KörnerMicrostructure of the nickel-base superalloy CMSX-4 fabricated by selective electron beam meltingMetall. Mater. Trans. A Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 47 (2016), pp. 1469-1480, 10.1007/s11661-015-3300-y View PDF This article is free to access.View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[21]B. Zhang, P. Wang, Y. Chew, Y. Wen, M. Zhang, P. Wang, G. Bi, J. WeiMechanical properties and microstructure evolution of selective laser melting Inconel 718 along building direction and sectional dimensionMater. Sci. Eng. A, 794 (2020), Article 139941, 10.1016/j.msea.2020.139941View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[22]C. Körner, M. Ramsperger, C. Meid, D. Bürger, P. Wollgramm, M. Bartsch, G. EggelerMicrostructure and mechanical properties of CMSX-4 single crystals prepared by additive manufacturingMetall. Mater. Trans. A Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 49 (2018), pp. 3781-3792, 10.1007/s11661-018-4762-5 View PDF This article is free to access.View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[23]B. Lim, H. Chen, K. Nomoto, Z. Chen, A.I. Saville, S. Vogel, A.J. Clarke, A. Paradowska, M. Reid, S. Primig, X. Liao, S.S. Babu, A.J. Breen, S.P. RingerAdditively manufactured Haynes-282 monoliths containing thin wall struts of varying thicknessesAddit. Manuf., 59 (2022), Article 103120, 10.1016/j.addma.2022.103120View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[24]C.L.A. Leung, S. Marussi, R.C. Atwood, M. Towrie, P.J. Withers, P.D. LeeIn situ X-ray imaging of defect and molten pool dynamics in laser additive manufacturingNat. Commun., 9 (2018), pp. 1-9, 10.1038/s41467-018-03734-7 View PDF This article is free to access.View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[25]C. Zhao, K. Fezzaa, R.W. Cunningham, H. Wen, F. De Carlo, L. Chen, A.D. Rollett, T. SunReal-time monitoring of laser powder bed fusion process using high-speed X-ray imaging and diffractionSci. Rep., 7 (2017), pp. 1-11, 10.1038/s41598-017-03761-2 View PDF This article is free to access.View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[26]C. Kenel, D. Grolimund, X. Li, E. Panepucci, V.A. Samson, D.F. Sanchez, F. Marone, C. LeinenbachIn situ investigation of phase transformations in Ti-6Al-4V under additive manufacturing conditions combining laser melting and high-speed micro-X-ray diffractionSci. Rep., 7 (2017), pp. 1-10, 10.1038/s41598-017-16760-0 View PDF This article is free to access.Google Scholar
[27]W.L. Bevilaqua, J. Epp, H. Meyer, J. Dong, H. Roelofs, A. da, S. Rocha, A. RegulyRevealing the dynamic transformation of austenite to bainite during uniaxial warm compression through in-situ synchrotron X-ray diffractionMetals, 11 (2021), pp. 1-14, 10.3390/met11030467View article View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[28]B. Wahlmann, E. Krohmer, C. Breuning, N. Schell, P. Staron, E. Uhlmann, C. KörnerIn situ observation of γ′ phase transformation dynamics during selective laser melting of CMSX-4Adv. Eng. Mater., 23 (2021), 10.1002/adem.202100112 View PDF This article is free to access.Google Scholar
[35]M.J. Anderson, J. Benson, J.W. Brooks, B. Saunders, H.C. BasoaltoPredicting precipitation kinetics during the annealing of additive manufactured Inconel 625 componentsIntegr. Mater. Manuf. Innov., 8 (2019), pp. 154-166, 10.1007/S40192-019-00134-7/FIGURES/11 View PDFThis article is free to access.View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[36]H.C. Basoalto, C. Panwisawas, Y. Sovani, M.J. Anderson, R.P. Turner, B. Saunders, J.W. BrooksA computational study on the three-dimensional printability of precipitate-strengthened nickel-based superalloysProc. R. Soc. A, 474 (2018), 10.1098/RSPA.2018.0295View article Google Scholar
[37]K. McNamara, Y. Ji, F. Lia, P. Promoppatum, S.C. Yao, H. Zhou, Y. Wang, L.Q. Chen, R.P. MartukanitzPredicting phase transformation kinetics during metal additive manufacturing using non-isothermal Johnson-Mehl-Avrami models: application to Inconel 718 and Ti-6Al-4VAddit. Manuf., 49 (2022), Article 102478, 10.1016/J.ADDMA.2021.102478View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[39]A. Drexler, B. Oberwinkler, S. Primig, C. Turk, E. Povoden-karadeniz, A. Heinemann, W. Ecker, M. StockingerMaterials Science & Engineering A Experimental and numerical investigations of the γ ″ and γ ′ precipitation kinetics in Alloy 718Mater. Sci. Eng. A., 723 (2018), pp. 314-323, 10.1016/j.msea.2018.03.013View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[44]A.V. Sotov, A.V. Agapovichev, V.G. Smelov, V.V. Kokareva, M.O. Dmitrieva, A.A. Melnikov, S.P. Golanov, Y.M. AnurovInvestigation of the IN-738 superalloy microstructure and mechanical properties for the manufacturing of gas turbine engine nozzle guide vane by selective laser meltingInt. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol., 107 (2020), pp. 2525-2535, 10.1007/s00170-020-05197-xView article View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[49]S. Sanchez, P. Smith, Z. Xu, G. Gaspard, C.J. Hyde, W.W. Wits, I.A. Ashcroft, H. Chen, A.T. ClarePowder Bed Fusion of nickel-based superalloys: a reviewInt. J. Mach. Tools Manuf., 165 (2021), 10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2021.103729 View PDF This article is free to access.Google Scholar
[50]C.L.A. Leung, R. Tosi, E. Muzangaza, S. Nonni, P.J. Withers, P.D. LeeEffect of preheating on the thermal, microstructural and mechanical properties of selective electron beam melted Ti-6Al-4V componentsMater. Des., 174 (2019), Article 107792, 10.1016/j.matdes.2019.107792View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[51]S. Griffiths, H. Ghasemi Tabasi, T. Ivas, X. Maeder, A. De Luca, K. Zweiacker, R. Wróbel, J. Jhabvala, R.E. Logé, C. LeinenbachCombining alloy and process modification for micro-crack mitigation in an additively manufactured Ni-base superalloyAddit. Manuf., 36 (2020), 10.1016/j.addma.2020.101443View article Google Scholar
[52]P. Soille, L. Vincent Pierre Soille, L.M. Vincent, Determining watersheds in digital pictures via flooding simulations, Https://Doi.Org/10.1117/12.24211. 1360 (1990) 240–250. https://doi.org/10.1117/12.24211.Google Scholar
[53]ASTM Standard Test Method for Microindentation Hardness of MaterialsKnoop and Vickers Hardness of Materials 1, Annu. B ASTM Stand. i 2010 1 42.Google Scholar
[56]B. Sonderegger, E. KozeschnikGeneralized nearest-neighbor broken-bond analysis of randomly oriented coherent interfaces in multicomponent Fcc and Bcc structuresMetall. Mater. Trans. A Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 40 (2009), pp. 499-510, 10.1007/S11661-008-9752-6/FIGURES/8View articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[58]B. Sonderegger, E. KozeschnikInterfacial energy of diffuse phase boundaries in the generalized broken-bond approachMetall. Mater. Trans. A Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 41 (2010), pp. 3262-3269, 10.1007/S11661-010-0370-8/FIGURES/4View articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[67]P. Strunz, M. Petrenec, J. Polák, U. Gasser, G. FarkasFormation and dissolution of’ precipitates in IN792 superalloy at elevated temperaturesMetals, 6 (2016), 10.3390/met6020037View article Google Scholar
[68]A.R.P. Singh, S. Nag, J.Y. Hwang, G.B. Viswanathan, J. Tiley, R. Srinivasan, H.L. Fraser, R. BanerjeeInfluence of cooling rate on the development of multiple generations of γ′ precipitates in a commercial nickel base superalloyMater. Charact., 62 (2011), pp. 878-886, 10.1016/j.matchar.2011.06.002View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[69]E. Balikci, A. Raman, R. MirshamsMicrostructure evolution in polycrystalline IN738LC in the range 1120 to 1250C, Zeitschrift FuerMet, 90 (1999), pp. 132-140View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[71]Ł. Rakoczy, M. Grudzień-Rakoczy, F. Hanning, G. Cempura, R. Cygan, J. Andersson, A. Zielińska-LipiecInvestigation of the γ′ precipitates dissolution in a Ni-based superalloy during stress-free short-term annealing at high homologous temperaturesMetall. Mater. Trans. A Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 52 (2021), pp. 4767-4784, 10.1007/s11661-021-06420-4 View PDF This article is free to access.View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[73]F. Masoumi, D. Shahriari, M. Jahazi, J. Cormier, A. DevauxKinetics and Mechanisms of γ′ Reprecipitation in a Ni-based SuperalloySci. Rep., 6 (2016), pp. 1-16, 10.1038/srep28650View articleGoogle Scholar
[74]A.R.P. Singh, S. Nag, S. Chattopadhyay, Y. Ren, J. Tiley, G.B. Viswanathan, H.L. Fraser, R. BanerjeeMechanisms related to different generations of γ′ precipitation during continuous cooling of a nickel base superalloyActa Mater., 61 (2013), pp. 280-293, 10.1016/j.actamat.2012.09.058View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[76]N.D. Souza, M.C. Hardy, B. Roebuck, W.E.I. Li, G.D. West, D.M. Collins, On the Rate Dependence of Precipitate Formation and Dissolution in a Nickel-Base Superalloy, Metall. Mater. Trans. A. (n.d.). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11661–022-06680–8.Google Scholar
[79]H. Huang, G. Liu, H. Wang, A. Ullah, B. HuDissolution behavior and kinetics of γ′ phase during solution treatment in powder metallurgy nickel-based superalloyMetall. Mater. Trans. A Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 51 (2020), pp. 1075-1084, 10.1007/s11661-019-05581-7View article View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[80]A.J. Goodfellow, E.I. Galindo-Nava, K.A. Christofidou, N.G. Jones, T. Martin, P.A.J. Bagot, C.D. Boyer, M.C. Hardy, H.J. StoneGamma prime precipitate evolution during aging of a model nickel-based superalloyMetall. Mater. Trans. A Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 49 (2018), pp. 718-728, 10.1007/s11661-017-4336-y View PDF This article is free to access.View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[81]T.P. Gabb, D.G. Backman, D.Y. Wei, D.P. Mourer, D. Furrer, A. Garg, D.L. Ellis, #947;’ Form. a Nickel-Base Disk Superalloy 2012 405 414 doi: 10.7449/2000/superalloys_2000_405_414.Google Scholar
[82]A. PlatiModelling of γ precipitation in superalloys University of CambridgeMater. Sci. (2003), p. 73Google Scholar
[91]F. Theska, W.F. Tse, B. Schulz, R. Buerstmayr, S.R. Street, M. Lison-Pick, S. PrimigReview of microstructure–mechanical property relationships in cast and wrought ni-based superalloys with boron, carbon, and zirconium microalloying additionsAdv. Eng. Mater. (2022), p. 2201514, 10.1002/ADEM.202201514 View PDF This article is free to access.Google Scholar
[93]L. Zhang, Y. Li, Q. Zhang, S. ZhangMicrostructure evolution, phase transformation and mechanical properties of IN738 superalloy fabricated by selective laser melting under different heat treatmentsMater. Sci. Eng. A, 844 (2022), Article 142947, 10.1016/j.msea.2022.142947View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[94]J.C. Franco-Correa, E. Martínez-Franco, J.M. Alvarado-Orozco, L.A. Cáceres-Díaz, D.G. Espinosa-Arbelaez, J.A. VilladaEffect of conventional heat treatments on the microstructure and microhardness of IN718 obtained by wrought and additive manufacturingJ. Mater. Eng. Perform., 30 (2021), pp. 7035-7045, 10.1007/s11665-021-06138-9View article View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[96]N. Li, M.J. Anderson, H.C. BasoaltoAutomated stereology and uncertainty quantification considering spherical non-penetrating dispersionsPage 464.Cryst 2023, Vol. 13 (13) (2023), p. 464, 10.3390/CRYST13030464View article Google Scholar
[97]W.T. Loomis, J.W. Freeman, D.L. SponsellerInfluence of molybdenum on the γ′- phase in experimental nickelbase superalloysMet. Trans., 3 (1972), pp. 989-1000Google Scholar
[98]A.S. Shaikh Development of a γ’ Precipitation Hardening Ni-Base Superalloy for Additive Manufacturing Thesis 2018 102.〈https://odr.chalmers.se/handle/20.500.12380/255645%0Ahttps://www.researchgate.net/profile/Abdul_Shaafi_Shaikh2/publication/326226200%0Ahttps://drive.google.com/open?id=1BIez-aJyBTjnSgazzzTvv3jlrYpFC0N-〉.Google Scholar
[102]P.N. Quested, R.F. Brooks, L. Chapman, R. Morrell, Y. Youssef, K.C. MillsMeasurement and estimation of thermophysical properties of nickel based superalloysMater. Sci. Technol., 25 (2009), pp. 154-162, 10.1179/174328408×361454View articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Yupeng Ren abc, Huiguang Zhou cd, Houjie Wang ab, Xiao Wu ab, Guohui Xu cd, Qingsheng Meng cd
Abstract
해저 퇴적물 흐름은 퇴적물을 심해로 운반하는 주요 수단 중 하나이며, 종종 장거리를 이동하고 수십 또는 수백 킬로미터에 걸쳐 상당한 양의 퇴적물을 운반합니다. 그것의 강력한 파괴력은 종종 이동 과정에서 잠수함 유틸리티에 심각한 손상을 초래합니다.
퇴적물 흐름의 퇴적물 농도는 주변 해수와의 밀도차를 결정하며, 이 밀도 차이는 퇴적물 흐름의 흐름 능력을 결정하여 이송된 퇴적물의 최종 퇴적 위치에 영향을 미칩니다. 본 논문에서는 다양한 미사 및 점토 중량비(미사/점토 비율이라고 함)를 갖는 다양한 퇴적물 농도의 퇴적물 흐름을 수로 테스트를 통해 연구합니다.
우리의 테스트 결과는 특정 퇴적물 구성에 대해 퇴적물 흐름이 가장 빠르게 이동하는 임계 퇴적물 농도가 있음을 나타냅니다. 4가지 미사/점토 비율 각각에 대한 임계 퇴적물 농도와 이에 상응하는 최대 속도가 구해집니다. 결과는 점토 함량이 임계 퇴적물 농도와 선형적으로 음의 상관 관계가 있음을 나타냅니다.
퇴적물 농도가 증가함에 따라 퇴적물의 흐름 거동은 흐름 상태에서 붕괴된 상태로 변환되고 흐름 거동이 변화하는 두 탁한 현탁액의 유체 특성은 모두 Bingham 유체입니다.
또한 본 논문에서는 퇴적물 흐름 내 입자 배열을 분석하여 위에서 언급한 결과에 대한 미시적 설명도 제공합니다.
Submarine sediment flows is one of the main means for transporting sediment to the deep sea, often traveling long-distance and transporting significant volumes of sediment for tens or even hundreds of kilometers. Its strong destructive force often causes serious damage to submarine utilities on its course of movement. The sediment concentration of the sediment flow determines its density difference with the ambient seawater, and this density difference determines the flow ability of the sediment flow, and thus affects the final deposition locations of the transported sediment. In this paper, sediment flows of different sediment concentration with various silt and clay weight ratios (referred to as silt/clay ratio) are studied using flume tests. Our test results indicate that there is a critical sediment concentration at which sediment flows travel the fastest for a specific sediment composition. The critical sediment concentrations and their corresponding maximum velocities for each of the four silt/clay ratios are obtained. The results further indicate that the clay content is linearly negatively correlated with the critical sediment concentration. As the sediment concentration increases, the flow behaviors of sediment flows transform from the flow state to the collapsed state, and the fluid properties of the two turbid suspensions with changing flow behaviors are both Bingham fluids. Additionally, this paper also provides a microscopic explanation of the above-mentioned results by analyzing the arrangement of particles within the sediment flow.
Introduction
Submarine sediment flows are important carriers for sea floor sediment movement and may carry and transport significant volumes of sediment for tens or even hundreds of kilometers (Prior et al., 1987; Pirmez and Imran, 2003; Zhang et al., 2018). Earthquakes, storms, and floods may all trigger submarine sediment flow events (Hsu et al., 2008; Piper and Normark, 2009; Pope et al., 2017b; Gavey et al., 2017). Sediment flows have strong forces during the movement, which will cause great harm to submarine structures such as cables and pipelines (Pope et al., 2017a). It was first confirmed that the cable breaking event caused by the sediment flow occurred in 1929. The sediment flow triggered by the Grand Banks earthquake damaged 12 cables. According to the time sequence of the cable breaking, the maximum velocity of the sediment flow is as high as 28 m/s (Heezen and Ewing, 1952; Kuenen, 1952; Heezen et al., 1954). Subsequent research shows that the lowest turbidity velocity that can break the cable also needs to reach 19 m/s (Piper et al., 1988). Since then, there have been many damage events of submarine cables and oil and gas pipelines caused by sediment flows in the world (Hsu et al., 2008; Carter et al., 2012; Cattaneo et al., 2012; Carter et al., 2014). During its movement, the sediment flow will gradually deposit a large amount of sediment carried by it along the way, that is, the deposition process of the sediment flow. On the one hand, this process brings a large amount of terrestrial nutrients and other materials to the ocean, while on the other hand, it causes damage and burial to benthic organisms, thus forming the largest sedimentary accumulation on Earth – submarine fans, which are highly likely to become good reservoirs for oil and gas resources (Daly, 1936; Yuan et al., 2010; Wu et al., 2022). The study on sediment flows (such as, the study of flow velocity and the forces acting on seabed structures) can provide important references for the safe design of seabed structures, the protection of submarine ecosystems, and exploration of turbidity sediments related oil and gas deposits. Therefore, it is of great significance to study the movement of sediment flows.
The sediment flow, as a highly sediment-concentrated fluid flowing on the sea floor, has a dense bottom layer and a dilute turbulent cloud. Observations at the Monterey Canyon indicated that the sediment flow can maintain its movement over long distances if its bottom has a relatively high sediment concentration. This dense bottom layer can be very destructive along its movement path to any facilities on the sea floor (Paull et al., 2018; Heerema et al., 2020; Wang et al., 2020). The sediment flow mentioned in this research paper is the general term of sediment density flow.
The sediment flow, which occurs on the seafloor, has the potential to cause erosion along its path. In this process, the suspended sediment is replenished, allowing the sediment flow to maintain its continuous flow capacity (Zhao et al., 2018). The dynamic force of sediment flow movement stem from its own gravity and density difference with surrounding water. In cases that the gravity drive of the slope is absent (on a flat sea floor), the flow velocity and distance of sediment flows are essentially determined by the sediment composition and concentration of the sediment flows as previous studies have demonstrated. Ilstad et al. (2004) conducted underwater flow tests in a sloped tank and employed high speed video camera to perform particle tracking. The results indicated that the premixed sand-rich and clay-rich slurries demonstrated different flow velocity and flow behavior. Using mixed kaolinite(d50 = 6 μm) and silica flour(d50 = 9 μm) in three compositions with total volumetric concentration ranged 22% or 28%, Felix and Peakall (2006) carried out underwater flow tests in a 5° slope Perspex channel and found that the flow ability of sediment flows is different depending on sediment compositions and concentrations. Sumner et al. (2009) used annular flume experiments to investigate the depositional dynamics and deposits of waning sediment-laden flows, finding that decelerating fast flows with fixed sand content and variable mud content resulted in four different deposit types. Chowdhury and Testik (2011) used lock-exchange tank, and experimented the kaolin clay sediment flows in the concentration range of 25–350 g/L, and predicted the fluid mud sediment flows propagation characteristics, but this study focused on giving sediment flows propagate phase transition time parameters, and is limited to clay. Lv et al. (2017) found through experiments that the rheological properties and flow behavior of kaolin clay (d50 = 3.7 μm) sediment flows were correlated to clay concentrations. In the field monitoring conducted by Liu et al. (2023) at the Manila Trench in the South China Sea in 2021, significant differences in the velocity, movement distance, and flow morphology of turbidity currents were observed. These differences may be attributed to variations in the particle composition of the turbidity currents.
On low and gentle slopes, although sediment flow with sand as the main sediment composition moves faster, it is difficult to propagate over long distances because sand has greater settling velocity and subaqueous angle of repose. Whereas the sediment flows with silt and clay as main composition may maintain relatively stable currents. Although its movement speed is slow, it has the ability to propagate over long distances because of the low settling rate of the fine particles (Ilstad et al., 2004; Liu et al., 2023). In a field observation at the Gaoping submarine canyon, the sediments collected from the sediment flows exhibited grain size gradation and the sediment was mostly composed of silt and clay (Liu et al., 2012). At the largest deltas in the world, for instance, the Mississippi River Delta, the sediments are mainly composed of silt and clay, which generally distributed along the coast in a wide range and provided the sediment sources for further distribution. The sediment flows originated and transported sediment from the coast to the deep sea are therefore share the same sediment compositions as delta sediments. To study the sediment flows composed of silt and clay is of great importance.
The sediment concentration of the sediment flows determines the density difference between the sediment flows and the ambient water and plays a key role in its flow ability. For the sediment flow with sediment composed of silt and clay, low sediment concentration means low density and therefore leads to low flow ability; however, although high sediment concentration results in high density, since there is cohesion between fine particles, it changes fluid properties and leads to low flow ability as well. Therefore, there should be a critical sediment concentration with mixed composition of silt and clay, at which the sediment flow maintains its strongest flow capacity and have the highest movement speed. In other words, the two characteristics of particle diameter and concentration of the sediment flow determine its own motion ability, which, if occurs, may become the most destructive force to submarine structures.
The objectives of this work was to study how the sediment composition (measured in relative weight of silt and clay, and referred as silt/clay ratio) and sediment concentration affect flow ability and behavior of the sediment flows, and to quantify the critical sediment concentration at which the sediment flows reached the greatest flow velocity under the experiment setting. We used straight flume without slope and conducted a series of flume tests with varying sediment compositions (silt-rich or clay-rich) and concentrations (96 to 1212 g/L). Each sediment flow sample was tested and analyzed for rheological properties using a rheometer, in order to characterize the relationship between flow behavior and rheological properties. Combined with the particle diameter, density and viscosity characteristics of the sediment flows measured in the experiment, a numerical modeling study is conducted, which are mutually validated with the experimental results.
The sediment concentration determines the arrangements of the sediment particles in the turbid suspension, and the arrangement impacts the fluid properties of the turbid suspension. The microscopic mode of particle arrangement in the turbid suspension can be constructed to further analyze the relationship between the fluid properties of turbid suspension and the flow behaviors of the sediment flow, and then characterize the critical sediment concentration at which the sediment flow runs the fastest. A simplified microscopic model of particle arrangement in turbid suspension was constructed to analyze the microscopic arrangement characteristics of sediment particles in turbid suspension with the fastest velocity.
Section snippets
Equipment and materials
The sediment flows flow experiments were performed in a Perspex channel with smooth transparent walls. The layout and dimensions of the experimental set-up were shown in Fig. 1. The bottom of the channel was flat and straight, and a gate was arranged to separate the two tanks. In order to study the flow capacity of turbidity currents from the perspective of their own composition (particle size distribution and concentration), we used a straight channel instead of an inclined one, to avoid any
Relationship between sediment flow flow velocity and sediment concentration
After the sediment flow is generated, its movement in the first half (50 cm) of the channel is relatively stable, and there is obvious shock diffusion in the second half. The reason is that the excitation wave (similar to the surge) will be formed during the sediment flow movement, and its speed is much faster than the speed of the sediment flow head. When the excitation wave reaches the tail of the channel, it will be reflected, thus affecting the subsequent flow of the sediment flow.
Sediment flows motion simulation based on FLOW-3D
As a relatively mature 3D fluid simulation software, FLOW-3D can accurately predict the free surface flow, and has been used to simulate the movement process of sediment flows for many times (Heimsund, 2007). The model adopted in this paper is RNG turbulence model, which can better deal with the flow with high strain rate and is suitable for the simulation of sediment flows with variable shape during movement. The governing equations of the numerical model involved include continuity equation,
Conclusions
In this study, we conducted a series of sediment flow flume tests with mixed silt and clay sediment samples in four silt/clay ratios on a flat slope. Rheological measurements were carried out on turbid suspension samples and microstructure analysis of the sediment particle arrangements was conducted, we concluded that:
(1)The flow velocity of the sediment flow is controlled by the sediment concentration and its own particle diameter composition, the flow velocity increased with the increase of the
Declaration of Competing Interest
The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.
Acknowledgements
This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China [Grant no. 42206055]; the National Natural Science Foundation of China [Grant no. 41976049]; and the National Natural Science Foundation of China [Grant no. 42272327].
R.A. BagnoldAuto-suspension of transported sediment; turbidity currentsProc. R. Soc. Lond.(1962)
L. Carter et al.Near-synchronous and delayed initiation of long run-out submarine sediment flows from a record-breaking river flood, offshore TaiwanGeophys. Res. Lett.(2012)
L. Carter et al.Insights into submarine geohazards from breaks in subsea telecommunication cablesOceanography(2014)
A. Cattaneo et al.Searching for the seafloor signature of the 21 May 2003 Boumerdès earthquake offshore Central AlgeriaNat. Hazard. Earth. Sys.(2012)
S. ChoiLayer-averaged modeling of two-dimensional turbidity currents with a dissipative; galerkin finite element method; part i, formulation and application exampleJ. Hydraul. Res.(1998)
S.U. Choi et al.k-ε Turbulence modeling of density currents developing two dimensionally on a slopeJ. Hydraul. Eng.(2002)
R.A. DalyOrigin of submarine canyonsAm. J. Sci.(1936)
M. Felix et al.Transformation of debris flows into turbidity currents : mechanisms inferred from laboratory experimentsSedimentology(2006)
F.H. Harlow et al.Turbulence transport equationsPhys. Fluids(1967)
G.J. Heerema et al.What determines the downstream evolution of turbidity currents?Earth Planet. Sci. Lett.(2020)
There are more references available in the full text version of this article.
Received: 10 June 2023 / Revised: 19 June 2023 / Accepted: 27 June 2023 / Published: 1 July 2023(This article belongs to the Section Ocean Engineering)
일부 수식이 손상되어 표시될 수 있습니다. 이 경우 원문을 참조하시기 바랍니다.
Abstract
Local scouring might result in the spanning of submarine cables, endangering their mechanical and electrical properties. In this contribution, a three-dimensional computational fluid dynamics simulation model is developed using FLOW-3D, and the scouring process of semi-exposed submarine cables is investigated. The effects of the sediment critical Shields number, sediment density, and ocean current velocity on local scouring are discussed, and variation rules for the submarine cables’ spanning time are provided. The results indicate that three scouring holes are formed around the submarine cables. The location of the bottom of the holes corresponds to that of the maximum shear velocity. The continuous development of scouring holes at the wake position leads to the spanning of the submarine cables. The increase in the sediment’s critical Shields number and sediment density, as well as the decrease in the ocean current velocity, will extend the time for maintaining the stability of the upstream scouring hole and retard the development velocity of the wake position and downstream scouring holes. The spanning time has a cubic relationship with the sediment’s critical Shields number, a linear relationship with the sediment density, and an exponential relationship with the ocean current velocity. In this paper, the local scouring process of semi-exposed submarine cables is studied, which provides a theoretical basis for the operation and maintenance of submarine cables.
As a key piece of equipment in cross-sea power grids, submarine cables are widely used to connect autonomous power grids, supply power to islands or offshore platforms, and transmit electric power generated by marine renewable energy installations to onshore substations [1]. Once submarine cables break down due to natural disasters or human-made damage, the normal operation of other marine electric power equipment connected to them may be affected. These chain reactions will cause great economic losses and serious social impacts [2].
To protect submarine cables, they are usually buried 1 to 3 m below the seabed [3]. However, submarine cables are still confronted with potential threats from the complex subsea environment. Under the influence of fishing, anchor damage, ocean current scouring, and other factors, the sediment above submarine cables will always inevitably migrate. When a submarine cable is partially exposed, the scouring at this position will be exacerbated; eventually, it will cause the submarine cable to span. According to a field investigation of the 500 kV oil-filled submarine cable that is part of the Hainan networking system, the total length of the span is 49 m [4]. Under strong ocean currents, spanning submarine cables may experience vortex-induced vibrations. Fatigue stress caused by vortex-induced vibrations may lead to metal sheath rupture [5], which endangers the mechanical and electrical properties of submarine cables. Therefore, understanding the local scouring processes of partially exposed submarine cables is crucial for predicting scouring patterns. This is the basis for developing effective operation and maintenance strategies for submarine cables.
The mechanism and influencing factors of sediment erosion have been examined by researchers around the world. In 1988, Sumer [6] conducted experiments to show that the shedding vortex in the wake of a pipeline would increase the Shields parameter by 3–4 times, which would result in severe scouring. In 1991, Chiew [7] performed experiments to prove that the maximum scouring depth could be obtained when the pipeline was located on a flat bed and was scoured by a unidirectional water flow. Based on the test results, they provided a prediction formula for the maximum scouring depth. In 2003, Mastbergen [8] proposed a one-dimensional, steady-state numerical model of turbidity currents, which considered the negative pore pressures in the seabed. The calculated results of this model were basically consistent with the actual scouring of a submarine canyon. In 2007, Dey [9] presented a semitheoretical model for the computation of the maximum clear-water scour depth below underwater pipelines in uniform sediments under a steady flow, and the predicted scour depth in clear water satisfactorily agreed with the observed values. In 2008, Dey [10] conducted experiments on clear-water scour below underwater pipelines under a steady flow and obtained a variation pattern of the depth of the scouring hole. In 2008, Liang [11] used a two-dimensional numerical simulation to study the scouring process of a tube bundle under the action of currents and waves. They discovered that, compared with the scouring of a single tube, the scouring depth of the tube bundle was deeper, and the scouring time was longer. In 2012, Yang [12] found that placing rubber sheets under pipes can greatly accelerate their self-burial. The rubber sheets had the best performance when their length was about 1.5 times the size of the pipe. In 2020, Li [13] investigated the two-dimensional local scour beneath two submarine pipelines in tandem under wave-plus-current conditions via numerical simulation. They found that for conditions involving waves plus a low-strength current, the scour pattern beneath the two pipelines behaved like that in the pure-wave condition. Conversely, when the current had equal strength to the wave-induced flow, the scour pattern beneath the two pipelines resembled that in the pure-current condition. In 2020, Guan [14] studied and discussed the interactive coupling effects among a vibrating pipeline, flow field, and scour process through experiments, and the experimental data showed that the evolution of the scour hole had significant influences on the pipeline vibrations. In 2021, Liu [15] developed a two-dimensional finite element numerical model and researched the local scour around a vibrating pipeline. The numerical results showed that the maximum vibration amplitude of the pipeline could reach about 1.2 times diameter, and the maximum scour depth occurred on the wake side of the vibrating pipeline. In 2021, Huang [16] carried out two-dimensional numerical simulations to investigate the scour beneath a single pipeline and piggyback pipelines subjected to an oscillatory flow condition at a KC number of 11 and captured typical steady-streaming structures around the pipelines due to the oscillatory flow condition. In 2021, Cui [17] investigated the characteristics of the riverbed scour profile for a pipeline buried at different depths under the condition of riverbed sediments with different particle sizes. The results indicated that, in general, the equilibrium scour depth changed in a spoon shape with the gradual increase in the embedment ratio. In 2022, Li [18] used numerical simulation to study the influence of the burial depth of partially buried pipelines on the surrounding flow field, but they did not investigate the scour depth. In 2022, Zhu [19] performed experiments to prove that the scour hole propagation rate under a pipeline decreases with an increasing pipeline embedment ratio and rises with the KC number. In 2022, Najafzadeh [20] proposed equations for the prediction of the scouring propagation rate around pipelines due to currents based on a machine learning model, and the prediction results were consistent with the experimental data. In 2023, Ma [21] used the computational fluid dynamics coarse-grained discrete element method to simulate the scour process around a pipeline. The results showed that this method can effectively reduce the considerable need for computing resources and excessive computation time. In 2023, through numerical simulations, Hu [22] discovered that the water velocity and the pipeline diameter had a significant effect on the depth of scouring.
In the preceding works, the researchers investigated the mechanism of sediment scouring and the effect of various factors on the local scouring of submarine pipelines. However, submarine cables are buried beneath the seabed, while submarine pipelines are erected above the seabed. The difference in laying methods leads to a large discrepancy between their local scouring processes. Therefore, the conclusions of the above investigations are not applicable to the local scouring of submarine cables. Currently, there is no report on the research of the local scouring of partially exposed submarine cables.
In this paper, a three-dimensional computational fluid dynamics (CFD) finite element model, based on two-phase flow, is established using FLOW-3D. The local scouring process of semi-exposed submarine cables under steady-state ocean currents is studied, and the variation rules of the depth and the shape of the scouring holes, as well as the shear velocity with time, are obtained. By setting different critical Shields numbers of the sediment, different sediment densities, and different ocean current velocities, the change rule of the scouring holes’ development rate and the time required for the spanning of submarine cables are explored.
2. Sediment Scouring Model
In the sediment scouring model, the sediment is set as the dispersed particle, which is regarded as a kind of quasifluid. In this context, sediment scouring is considered as a two-phase flow process between the liquid phase and solid particle phase. The sediment in this process is further divided into two categories: one is suspended in the fluid, and the other is deposited on the bottom.When the local Shields number of sediment is greater than the critical Shields number, the deposited sediment will be transformed into the suspended sediment under the action of ocean currents. The calculation formulae of the local Shields numbers θ and the critical Shields numbers
ρf is the fluid density, g is the acceleration of gravity, d
50 is the median size of sediment, and μ is the dynamic viscosity of sediment.And each sediment particle suspended in the fluid obeys the equations for mass conservation and energy conservation
𝑢�¯ is the mean velocity vector of the fluid and the sediment particle,
us is the velocity of the sediment particle,
fs is the volume fraction of the sediment particle, P is the pressure, F is the volumetric and viscous force, K is the drag force, and
ur is the relative velocity.
3. Numerical Setup and Modeling
In this paper, a three-dimensional submarine cable local scouring simulation model is established by FLOW-3D. Based on the numerical simulation, the process of the submarine cable, which gradually changes from semi-exposed to the spanning state under the steady-state ocean current, is studied. The geometric modeling, the mesh division, the physical field setup, and the grid independent test of CFD numerical model are as follows.
3.1. Geometric Modeling and Mesh Division
A three-dimensional (3D) numerical model of the local scouring of a semi-exposed submarine cable is established, which is shown in Figure 1. The dimensions of the model are marked in Figure 1. The inlet direction of the ocean current is defined as the upstream of the submarine cable (referred to as upstream), and the outlet direction of the ocean current is defined as the downstream of the submarine cable (referred to as downstream).
Figure 1. Three-dimensional finite element model of local scouring of semi-exposed submarine cable.
The submarine cable with a diameter of 0.2 m is positioned on sediment that is initially in a semi-exposed state. When the length of the span is short, the submarine cable will not show obvious deformation due to gravity or scouring from the ocean current. Therefore, the submarine cable surface is set as the fixed boundary. The model’s left boundary is set as the inlet, the right boundary is set as the outlet, the front and rear boundaries are set as symmetry, and the bottom boundary is set as the non-slip wall. Since the water depth above the submarine cable is more than 0.6 m in practice, the top boundary of the model is also set as symmetry. The sediment near the inlet and the outlet will be carried by ocean currents, which leads to the abnormal scouring terrain. At each end of the sediment, a baffle (thickness of 3 cm) is installed to ensure that the simulation results can reflect the real situation.
Due to the fact that the flow field around the semi-exposed submarine cable is not a simple two-dimensional symmetrical distribution, it should be solved by three-dimensional numerical simulation. Considering the accuracy and efficiency of the calculation, the size of mesh is set to 0.02 m. The total number of meshes after the dissection is 133,254.
3.2. Physical Field Setup
The CFD finite element model contains four physical field modules: sediment scouring module, gravity and non-inertial reference frame module, density evaluation module, and viscosity and turbulence module. In this paper, the renormalization group (RNG) k–ε turbulence model is used, which has high computational accuracy for turbulent vortices. Therefore, this turbulence model is suitable for calculating the sediment scouring process around the semi-exposed submarine cable [25]. The key parameters of the numerical simulation are referring to the survey results of submarine sediments in the Korean Peninsula [26], as listed in Table 1.Table 1. Key parameters of numerical simulation.
3.3. Mesh Independent Test
In order to eliminate errors caused by the quantity of grids in the calculation process, two sizes of mesh are set on the validation model, and the scour profiles under different mesh sizes are compared. The validation model is shown in Figure 2, and the scouring terrain under different mesh size is given in Figure 3.
Figure 2. Validation model.
Figure 3. Scouring terrain under different mesh sizes.
It can be seen from Figure 3 that with the increase in the number of meshes, the scouring terrain of the verification model changes slightly, and the scouring depth is basically unchanged. Considering the accuracy of the numerical simulation and the calculation’s time cost, it is reasonable to consider setting the mesh size to 0.02 m.
4. Results and Analysis
4.1. Analysis of Local Scouring Process
Based on the CFD finite element numerical simulation, the local scouring process of the submarine cable under the steady-state ocean current is analyzed. The end time of the simulation is 9 h, the initial time step is 0.01 s, and the fluid velocity is 0.40 m/s. Simulation results are saved every minute. Figure 4 illustrates the scouring terrain around the semi-exposed submarine cable, which has been scoured by the steady-state current for 5 h.
Figure 4. Scouring terrain around semi-exposed submarine cable (scour for 5 h).
As can be seen from Figure 4, three scouring holes were separately formed in the upstream wake position and downstream of the semi-exposed submarine cable. The scouring holes are labeled according to their locations. The variation of the scouring terrain around the semi-exposed submarine cable over time is given in Figure 5. The red circle in the picture corresponds to the position of the submarine cable, and the red box in the legend marks the time when the submarine cable is spanning.
Figure 5. Variation of scouring terrain around semi-exposed submarine cable adapted to time.
From Figure 5, in the first hour of scouring, the upstream (−0.5 m to −0.1 m) and downstream (0.43 m to 1.5 m) scouring holes appeared. The upstream scouring hole was relatively flat with depth of 0.04 m. The depth of the downstream scouring hole increased with the increase in distance, and the maximum depth was 0.13 m. The scouring hole that developed at the wake position was very shallow, and its depth was only 0.007 m.
In the second hour of scouring, the upstream scouring hole’s depth remained nearly constant. The depth of the downstream scouring hole only increased by 0.002 m. The scouring hole at the wake position developed steadily, and its depth increased from 0.007 m to 0.014 m.
The upstream and downstream scouring holes did not continue to develop during the third to the sixth hour. Compared to the first two hours, the development of scouring holes at the wake position accelerated significantly, with an average growth rate of 0.028 m/h. The growth rate in the fifth hour of the scouring hole at the wake position was slightly faster than the other times. After 6 h of scouring, the sediment on the right side of the submarine cable had been hollowed out.
In the seventh and the eighth hour of scouring, the upstream scouring hole’s depth increased slightly, the downstream scouring hole still remained stable, and the depth of the scouring hole at wake position increased by 0.019 m. The sediment under the submarine cable was gradually eroded as well. By the end of the eighth hour, the lower right part of the submarine cable had been exposed to water as well.
At 8 h 21 min of the scouring, the submarine cable was completely spanned, and the scouring holes were connected to each other. Within the next 10 min, the development of the scouring holes sped up significantly, and the maximum depth of scouring holes increased greatly to 0.27 m.
In reference [17], researchers have studied the local scouring process of semi-buried pipelines in sandy riverbeds through experiments. The test results show that the scouring process can be divided into a start-up stage, micropore formation stage, extension stage, and equilibrium stage. In this paper, the first three stages are simulated, and the results are in good agreement with the experiment, which proves the accuracy of the present numerical model.
In this research, the velocity of ocean currents at the sediment surface is defined as the shear velocity, which plays an important role in the process of local scouring. Figure 6 provides visual data on how the shear velocity varies over time.
Figure 6. Shear velocity changes in the scouring process.
The semi-exposed submarine cable protrudes from the seabed, which makes the shear velocity of its surface much higher than other locations. After the submarine cable is spanned, the shear velocity of the scouring hole surface below it is taken. This is the reason for the sudden change of shear velocity at the submarine cable’s location in Figure 6.The shear velocity in the initial state of the upstream scouring hole is obviously greater than in subsequent times. After 1 h of scouring, the shear velocity in the upstream scouring hole rapidly decreased from 1.1 × 10
−2 m/s to 3.98 × 10
−3 m/s and remained stable until the end of the sixth hour. This phenomenon explains why the upstream scouring hole developed rapidly in the first hour but remained stable for the following 5 h.The shear velocity in the downstream scouring hole reduced at first and then increased; its initial value was 1.41 × 10
−2 m/s. It took approximately 5 h for the shear velocity to stabilize, and the stable shear velocity was 2.26 × 10
−3 m/s. Therefore, compared with the upstream scouring hole, the downstream scouring hole was deeper and required more time to reach stability.The initial shear velocity in the scouring hole at the wake position was only 7.1 × 10
−3 m/s, which almost does not change in the first hour. This leads to a very slow development of the scouring hole at the wake position in the early stages. The maximum shear velocity in this scouring hole gradually increased to 1.05 × 10
−2 m/s from the second to the fifth hour, and then decreased to 6.61 × 10
−3 m/s by the end of the eighth hour. This is why the scouring hole at the wake position grows fastest around the fifth hour. Consistent with the pattern of change in the scouring hole’s terrain, the location of the maximal shear velocity also shifted to the right with time.
The shear velocity of all three scouring holes rose dramatically in the last hour. Combined with the terrain in Figure 5, this can be attributed to the complete spanning of the submarine cable.
From Equations (3)–(5), one can see the movement of the sediment is related directly with the sediment’s critical Shields number, sediment density, and ocean current velocity. Based on the parameters in Table 1, the influence of the above parameters on the local scouring process of semi-exposed submarine cables will be discussed.
4.2. Influence Factors
4.2.1. Sediment’s Critical Shields Number
The sediment’s critical Shields number
θcr is set as 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, and 0.07, and the variations of scouring terrain over time under each
Figure 7. Influence of sediment’s critical Shields number
θcr on local scouring around semi-exposed submarine cable: (a
) θcr = 0.02; (b
) θcr = 0.03; (c
) θcr = 0.04; (d
) θcr = 0.05; (e
) θcr = 0.06; and (f
) θcr = 0.07.From Figure 7, one can see that a change in
θcr will affect the depth of the upstream scouring hole and the development speed of the scouring hole at the wake position, but it will have no significant impact on the expansion of the downstream scouring hole.Under conditions of different
θcr, the upstream scouring hole will reach a temporary plateau within 1 h, at which time the stable depth will be about 0.04 m. When
θcr ≤ 0.05, the upstream scouring hole will continue to expand after a few hours. The stable time is obviously affected by
θcr, which will gradually increase from 1 h to 11 h with the increase in
θcr. The terrain of the upstream scouring hole will gradually convert to deep on the left and to shallow on the right. Since the scouring hole at the wake position has not been stable, its state at the time of submarine cable spanning is studied emphatically. In the whole process of scouring, the scouring hole at the wake position continues to develop and does not reach a stable state. With the increase in
θcr, the development velocity of the scouring hole at the wake position will decrease considerably. Its average evolution velocity decreases from 3.88 cm/h to 1.62 cm/h, and its depth decreases from 21.9 cm to 18.8 cm. Under the condition of each
θcr, the downstream scouring hole will stabilize within 1 h, and the stable depth will be basically unchanged (all about 13.5 cm).As
θcr increases, so does the sediment’s ability to withstand shearing forces, which will cause it to become increasingly difficult to be eroded or carried away by ocean currents. This effect has been directly reflected in the depth of scouring holes (upstream and wake position). Due to the blocking effect of semi-exposed submarine cables, the wake is elongated, which is why the downstream scouring hole develops before the scouring hole at the wake position and quickly reaches a stable state. However, due to the high wake intensity, this process is not significantly affected by the change of
θcr.
4.2.2. Sediment Density
The density of sediment
ρs is set as 1550 kg/m
3, 1600 kg/m
3, 1650 kg/m
3, 1700 kg/m
3, 1750 kg/m
3, and 1800 kg/m
3, and the variation of scouring terrain over time under each
ρs will also affect the depth of the upstream scouring hole and the development speed of the scouring hole at the wake position. In addition, it can even have an impact on the downstream scouring hole depth.Under different
ρs conditions, the upstream scouring hole will always reach a temporary stable state in 1 h, at which time the stable depth will be 0.04 m. When
ρs ≤ 1750 kg/m
3, the upstream scouring hole will continue to expand after a few hours. The stabilization time of upstream scouring hole is more clearly affected by
ρs, which will gradually increase from 3 h to 13 h with the increase in
ρs. The terrain of the upstream scouring hole will gradually change to deep on the left and to shallow on the right. Since the scouring hole at the wake position has not been stable, its state at the time of the submarine cable spanning is studied emphatically, too. In the whole process of scouring, the scouring hole at the wake position continues to develop and does not reach a stable state. When
ρs is large, the development rate of scouring hole obviously decreased with time. With the increase in
ρs, the development velocity of the scouring hole at the wake position reduces from 3.38 cm/h to 1.14 cm/h, and the depth of this scouring hole declines from 20 cm to 15 cm. As
ρs increases, the stabilization time of the downstream scouring hole increases from less than 1 h to about 2 h, but the stabilization depth of the downstream scouring hole remains essentially the same (all around 13.5 cm).As can be seen from Equation (1), the increase in
ρs will reduce the Shields number, thus weakening the shear action of the sediment by the ocean current, which explains the extension of the stability time of the upstream scouring hole. At the same time, with the increase in the depth of scouring hole at the wake position, its shear velocity will decreases. Therefore, under a larger
ρs value, the development speed of scouring hole at the wake position will decrease significantly with time. Possibly for the same reason,
ρs can affect the development rate of downstream scouring hole.
4.2.3. Ocean Current Velocity
The ocean current velocity v is set as 0.35 m/s, 0.40 m/s, 0.45 m/s, 0.50 m/s, 0.55 m/s, and 0.60 m/s. Figure 9 presents the variation in scouring terrain with time for each v.
Figure 9. Influence of ocean current velocity v on local scouring around semi-exposed submarine cable: (a) v = 0.35 m/s; (b) v = 0.40 m/s; (c) v = 0.45 m/s; (d) v = 0.50 m/s; (e) v = 0.55 m/s; and (f) v = 0.60 m/s.
Changes in v affect the depth of the upstream and downstream scouring holes, as well as the development velocity of the wake position and downstream scouring holes.
When v ≤ 0.45 m/s, the upstream scouring hole will reach a temporary stable state within 1 h, at which point the stable depth will be 0.04 m. The stabilization time of the upstream scouring hole is affected by v, which will gradually decrease from 15 h to 3 h with the increase in v. When v > 0.45 m/s, the upstream scouring hole is going to expand continuously. With the increase in v, its average development velocity increases from 6.68 cm/h to 8.66 cm/h, and its terrain changes to deep on the left and to shallow on the right. When the submarine cable is spanning, special attention should be paid to the depth of the scouring hole at the wake position. Throughout whole scouring process, the scouring hole at the wake position continues to develop and does not reach a stable state. With the increase in v, the depth of scouring hole at the wake position will increase from 14 cm to 20 cm, and the average development velocity will increase from 0.91 cm/h to 10.43 cm/h. As v increases, the time required to stabilize the downstream scouring hole is shortened from 1to 2 h to less than 1 h, but the stable depth is remains nearly constant at 13.5 cm.
An increase in v will increase the shear velocity. Therefore, when the depth of the scouring hole increases, the shear velocity in the hole will also increase, which can deepen both the upstream and downstream scouring hole. According to Equation (1), the Shields number is proportional to the square of the shear velocity. The increase in shear velocity significantly intensifies local scouring, which increases the development rate of scouring holes at the wake position and downstream.
4.3. Variation Rule of Spanning Time
In this paper, the spanning time is defined as the time taken for a semi-exposed submarine cable (initial state) to become a spanning submarine cable. Figure 10 illustrates the effect of the above parameters on the spanning time of the semi-exposed submarine cable.
Figure 10. Influence of different parameters on spanning time of the semi-exposed submarine cable: (a) Sediment critical Shields number; (b) Sediment density; and (c) Ocean current velocity.From Figure 10a, the spanning time monotonically increases with the increase in the critical Shields number of sediment. However, the slope of the curve decreases first and then increases, and the inflection point is at
θcr = 4.59 × 10
−2. The relationship between spanning time t and sediment’s critical Shields number
θcr can be formulated by a cubic function as shown in Equation (6):
𝑡=−2.98+6.76𝜃𝑐𝑟−1.45𝜃2𝑐𝑟+0.11𝜃3𝑐𝑟.�=−2.98+6.76���−1.45���2+0.11���3.(6)It can be seen from Figure 10b that with the increase in the sediment density, the spanning time increases monotonically and linearly. The relationship between the spanning time t and the sediment’s density
ρs can be formulated by the first order function as shown in Equation (7):
𝑡=−41.59+30.54𝜌𝑠.�=−41.59+30.54��.(7)Figure 10c shows that with the increase in the ocean current velocity, the spanning time decreases monotonically. The slope of the curve increases with the increase in the ocean current velocity, so it can be considered that there is saturation of the ocean current velocity effect. The relationship between the spanning time t and the ocean current velocity v can be formulated by the exponential function
𝑡=0.15𝑣−4.38.�=0.15�−4.38.(8)
5. Conclusions
In this paper, a three-dimensional CFD finite element numerical simulation model is established, which is used to research the local scouring process of the semi-exposed submarine cable under the steady-state ocean current. The relationship between shear velocity and scouring terrain is discussed, the influence of sediment critical Shields number, sediment density and ocean current velocity on the local scouring process is analyzed, and the variation rules of the spanning time of the semi-exposed submarine cable is given. The conclusions are as follows:
Under the steady-state ocean currents, scouring holes will be formed at the upstream, wake position and downstream of the semi-exposed submarine cable. The upstream and downstream scouring holes develop faster, which will reach a temporary stable state at about 1 h after the start of the scouring. The scouring hole at the wake position will continue to expand at a slower rate and eventually lead to the spanning of the submarine cable.
There is a close relationship between the distribution of shear velocity and the scouring terrain. As the local scouring process occurs, the location of the maximum shear velocity within the scouring hole shifts and causes the bottom of the hole to move as well.
When the sediment’s critical Shields number and density are significantly large and ocean current velocity is sufficiently low, the duration of the stable state of the upstream scouring hole will be prolonged, and the average development velocity of the scouring holes at the wake position and downstream will be reduced.
The relationship between the spanning time and the critical Shields number θcr can be formulated as a cubic function, in which the curve’s inflection point is θcr = 4.59 × 10−2. The relationship between spanning time and sediment density can be formulated as a linear function. The relationship between spanning time and ocean current velocity can be formulated by exponential function.
Based on the conclusions of this paper, even when it is too late to take measures or when the exposed position of the submarine cable cannot be located, the degree of burial depth development still can be predicted. This prediction is important for the operation and maintenance of the submarine cable. However, the study still leaves something to be desired. Only the local scouring process under the steady-state ocean current was studied, which is an extreme condition. In practice, exposed submarine cables are more likely to be scoured by reciprocating ocean currents. In the future, we will investigate the local scouring of submarine cables under the reciprocating ocean current.
Author Contributions
Conceptualization, Y.H. and Q.L.; methodology, Q.L., P.Z. and H.T.; software, Q.L.; validation, Q.L., L.C. and W.T.; writing—original draft preparation, Q.L.; writing—review and editing, Y.H. and Q.L.; supervision, Y.H. and L.Y. All authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript.
Funding
This research was funded by the [Smart Grid Joint Fund Key Project between National Natural Science Foundation of China and State Grid Corporation] grant number [U1766220].
Institutional Review Board Statement
Not applicable.
Informed Consent Statement
Not applicable.
Data Availability Statement
The data supporting the reported results cannot be shared at this time, as they have been used in producing more publications on this research.
Acknowledgments
This work is supported by the Smart Grid Joint Fund Key Project of the National Natural Science Foundation of China and State Grid Corporation (Grant No. U1766220).
Conflicts of Interest
The authors declare no conflict of interest.
References
Taormina, B.; Bald, J.; Want, A.; Thouzeau, G.; Lejart, M.; Desroy, N.; Carlier, A. A review of potential impacts of submarine power cables on the marine environment: Knowledge gaps, recommendations and future directions. Renew. Sust. Energ. Rev.2018, 96, 380–391. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Gulski, E.; Anders, G.J.; Jogen, R.A.; Parciak, J.; Siemiński, J.; Piesowicz, E.; Paszkiewicz, S.; Irska, I. Discussion of electrical and thermal aspects of offshore wind farms’ power cables reliability. Renew. Sust. Energ. Rev.2021, 151, 111580. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Wang, W.; Yan, X.; Li, S.; Zhang, L.; Ouyang, J.; Ni, X. Failure of submarine cables used in high-voltage power transmission: Characteristics, mechanisms, key issues and prospects. IET Gener. Transm. Distrib.2021, 15, 1387–1402. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Chen, H.; Chen, Z.; Lu, H.; Wu, C.; Liang, J. Protection method for submarine cable detection and exposed suspension problem in Qiongzhou straits. Telecom Pow. Technol.2019, 36, 60–61+63. [Google Scholar]
Zhu, J.; Ren, B.; Dong, P.; Chen, W. Vortex-induced vibrations of a free spanning submarine power cable. Ocean Eng.2023, 272, 113792. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Sumer, B.M.; Jensen, H.R.; Mao, Y.; Fredsøe, J. Effect of lee-wake on scour below pipelines in current. J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean. Eng.1988, 114, 599–614. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Chiew, Y.M. Prediction of maximum scour depth at submarine pipelines. J. Hydraul. Eng.1991, 117, 452–466. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Mastbergen, D.R.; Vandenberg, J.H. Breaching in fine sands and the generation of sustained turbidity currents in submarine canyons. Sedimentology2003, 50, 625–637. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Dey, S.; Singh, N.P. Clear-water scour below underwater pipelines under steady flow. J. Hydraul. Eng.2008, 134, 588–600. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Liang, D.; Cheng, L. Numerical study of scour around a pipeline bundle. Proc. Inst. Civil Eng. Mar. Eng.2008, 161, 89–95. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Yang, L.; Guo, Y.; Shi, B.; Kuang, C.; Xu, W.; Cao, S. Study of scour around submarine pipeline with a rubber plate or rigid spoiler in wave conditions. J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng.2012, 138, 484–490. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Li, Y.; Ong, M.C.; Fuhrman, D.R.; Larsen, B.E. Numerical investigation of wave-plus-current induced scour beneath two submarine pipelines in tandem. Coast. Eng.2020, 156, 103619. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Guan, D.; Hsieh, S.C.; Chiew, Y.M.; Low, Y.M.; Wei, M. Local scour and flow characteristics around pipeline subjected to vortex-induced vibrations. J. Hydraul. Eng.2020, 146, 04019048. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Liu, M.M.; Jin, X.; Wang, L.; Yang, F.; Tang, J. Numerical investigation of local scour around a vibrating pipeline under steady currents. Ocean Eng.2021, 221, 108546. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Huang, J.; Yin, G.; Ong, M.C.; Myrhaug, D.; Jia, X. Numerical investigation of scour beneath pipelines subjected to an oscillatory flow condition. J. Mar. Sci. Eng.2021, 9, 1102. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Cui, F.; Du, Y.; Hao, X.; Peng, S.; Bao, Z.; Peng, S. Experimental study on local scour and related mechanical effects at river-crossing underwater oil and gas pipelines. Adv. Civ. Eng.2021, 2021, 6689212. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Li, B.; Ma, H. Scouring mechanism of suspended and partially-buried pipelines under steady flow. Coast. Eng.2022, 177, 104201. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Najafzadeh, M.; Oliveto, G. Scour propagation rates around offshore pipelines exposed to currents by applying data-driven models. Water2022, 14, 493. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Zhu, Y.; Xie, L.; Wong, T.; Su, T. Development of three-dimensional scour below pipelines in regular waves. J. Mar. Sci. Eng.2022, 10, 124. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Ma, H.; Li, B. CFD-CGDEM coupling model for scour process simulation of submarine pipelines. Ocean Eng.2023, 271, 113789. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Hu, K.; Bai, X.; Vaz, M.A. Numerical simulation on the local scour processing and influencing factors of submarine pipeline. J. Mar. Sci. Eng.2023, 11, 234. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Yang, B.; Gao, F.; Wu, Y. Experimental study on local scour of sandy seabed under submarine pipeline in unidirectional currents. Eng. Mech.2008, 25, 206–210. [Google Scholar]
Cheng, Y.; Wang, X.; Luo, W.; Huang, X.; Lyu, X. Experimental study of local scour around a downstream inclined pile under combined waves and current. Adv. Eng. Sci.2021, 53, 64–71. [Google Scholar]
Lu, Y.; Zhou, L.; Shen, X. Different turbulence models for simulating a liquid-liquid hydro cyclone. J. Tsinghua Univ.2001, 41, 105–109. [Google Scholar]
Yun, D.H.; Kim, Y.T. Experimental study on settlement and scour characteristics of artificial reef with different reinforcement type and soil type. Geotext. Geomembr.2018, 46, 448–454. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
A series of numerical simulation were conducted to study the local scour around umbrella suction anchor foundation (USAF) under random waves. In this study, the validation was carried out firstly to verify the accuracy of the present model. Furthermore, the scour evolution and scour mechanism were analyzed respectively. In addition, two revised models were proposed to predict the equilibrium scour depth Seq around USAF. At last, a parametric study was carried out to study the effects of the Froude number Fr and Euler number Eu for the Seq. The results indicate that the present numerical model is accurate and reasonable for depicting the scour morphology under random waves. The revised Raaijmakers’s model shows good agreement with the simulating results of the present study when KCs,p < 8. The predicting results of the revised stochastic model are the most favorable for n = 10 when KCrms,a < 4. The higher Fr and Eu both lead to the more intensive horseshoe vortex and larger Seq.
The rapid expansion of cities tends to cause social and economic problems, such as environmental pollution and traffic jam. As a kind of clean energy, offshore wind power has developed rapidly in recent years. The foundation of offshore wind turbine (OWT) supports the upper tower, and suffers the cyclic loading induced by waves, tides and winds, which exerts a vital influence on the OWT system. The types of OWT foundation include the fixed and floating foundation, and the fixed foundation was used usually for nearshore wind turbine. After the construction of fixed foundation, the hydrodynamic field changes in the vicinity of the foundation, leading to the horseshoe vortex formation and streamline compression at the upside and sides of foundation respectively [1,2,3,4]. As a result, the neighboring soil would be carried away by the shear stress induced by vortex, and the scour hole would emerge in the vicinity of foundation. The scour holes increase the cantilever length, and weaken the lateral bearing capacity of foundation [5,6,7,8,9]. Moreover, the natural frequency of OWT system increases with the increase of cantilever length, causing the resonance occurs when the system natural frequency equals the wave or wind frequency [10,11,12]. Given that, an innovative foundation called umbrella suction anchor foundation (USAF) has been designed for nearshore wind power. The previous studies indicated the USAF was characterized by the favorable lateral bearing capacity with the low cost [6,13,14]. The close-up of USAF is shown in Figure 1, and it includes six parts: 1-interal buckets, 2-external skirt, 3-anchor ring, 4-anchor branch, 5-supporting rod, 6-telescopic hook. The detailed description and application method of USAF can be found in reference [13].
Figure 1. The close-up of umbrella suction anchor foundation (USAF).
Numerical and experimental investigations of scour around OWT foundation under steady currents and waves have been extensively studied by many researchers [1,2,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24]. The seabed scour can be classified as two types according to Shields parameter θ, i.e., clear bed scour (θ < θcr) or live bed scour (θ > θcr). Due to the set of foundation, the adverse hydraulic pressure gradient exists at upstream foundation edges, resulting in the streamline separation between boundary layer flow and seabed. The separating boundary layer ascended at upstream anchor edges and developed into the horseshoe vortex. Then, the horseshoe vortex moved downstream gradually along the periphery of the anchor, and the vortex shed off continually at the lee-side of the anchor, i.e., wake vortex. The core of wake vortex is a negative pressure center, liking a vacuum cleaner. Hence, the soil particles were swirled into the negative pressure core and carried away by wake vortexes. At the same time, the onset of scour at rear side occurred. Finally, the wake vortex became downflow when the turbulence energy could not support the survival of wake vortex. According to Tavouktsoglou et al. [25], the scale of pile wall boundary layer is proportional to 1/ln(Rd) (Rd is pile Reynolds), which means the turbulence intensity induced by the flow-structure interaction would decrease with Rd increases, but the effects of Rd can be neglected only if the flow around the foundation is fully turbulent [26]. According to previous studies [1,15,27,28,29,30,31,32], the scour development around pile foundation under waves was significantly influenced by Shields parameter θ and KC number simultaneously (calculated by Equation (1)). Sand ripples widely existed around pile under waves in the case of live bed scour, and the scour morphology is related with θ and KC. Compared with θ, KC has a greater influence on the scour morphology [21,27,28]. The influence mechanism of KC on the scour around the pile is reflected in two aspects: the horseshoe vortex at upstream and wake vortex shedding at downstream.
KC=UwmTD��=�wm��(1)
where, Uwm is the maximum velocity of the undisturbed wave-induced oscillatory flow at the sea bottom above the wave boundary layer, T is wave period, and D is pile diameter.
There are two prerequisites to satisfy the formation of horseshoe vortex at upstream pile edges: (1) the incoming flow boundary layer with sufficient thickness and (2) the magnitude of upstream adverse pressure gradient making the boundary layer separating [1,15,16,18,20]. The smaller KC results the lower adverse pressure gradient, and the boundary layer cannot separate, herein, there is almost no horseshoe vortex emerging at upside of pile. Sumer et al. [1,15] carried out several sets of wave flume experiments under regular and irregular waves respectively, and the experiment results show that there is no horseshoe vortex when KC is less than 6. While the scale and lifespan of horseshoe vortex increase evidently with the increase of KC when KC is larger than 6. Moreover, the wake vortex contributes to the scour at lee-side of pile. Similar with the case of horseshoe vortex, there is no wake vortex when KC is less than 6. The wake vortex is mainly responsible for scour around pile when KC is greater than 6 and less than O(100), while horseshoe vortex controls scour nearly when KC is greater than O(100).
Sumer et al. [1] found that the equilibrium scour depth was nil around pile when KC was less than 6 under regular waves for live bed scour, while the equilibrium scour depth increased with the increase of KC. Based on that, Sumer proposed an equilibrium scour depth predicting equation (Equation (2)). Carreiras et al. [33] revised Sumer’s equation with m = 0.06 for nonlinear waves. Different with the findings of Sumer et al. [1] and Carreiras et al. [33], Corvaro et al. [21] found the scour still occurred for KC ≈ 4, and proposed the revised equilibrium scour depth predicting equation (Equation (3)) for KC > 4.
Rudolph and Bos [2] conducted a series of wave flume experiments to investigate the scour depth around monopile under waves only, waves and currents combined respectively, indicting KC was one of key parameters in influencing equilibrium scour depth, and proposed the equilibrium scour depth predicting equation (Equation (4)) for low KC (1 < KC < 10). Through analyzing the extensive data from published literatures, Raaijmakers and Rudolph [34] developed the equilibrium scour depth predicting equation (Equation (5)) for low KC, which was suitable for waves only, waves and currents combined. Khalfin [35] carried out several sets of wave flume experiments to study scour development around monopile, and proposed the equilibrium scour depth predicting equation (Equation (6)) for low KC (0.1 < KC < 3.5). Different with above equations, the Khalfin’s equation considers the Shields parameter θ and KC number simultaneously in predicting equilibrium scour depth. The flow reversal occurred under through in one wave period, so sand particles would be carried away from lee-side of pile to upside, resulting in sand particles backfilled into the upstream scour hole [20,29]. Considering the backfilling effects, Zanke et al. [36] proposed the equilibrium scour depth predicting equation (Equation (7)) around pile by theoretical analysis, and the equation is suitable for the whole range of KC number under regular waves and currents combined.
where, γ is safety factor, depending on design process, typically γ = 1.5, Kwave is correction factor considering wave action, Khw is correction factor considering water depth.
where, n is the 1/n’th highest wave for random waves
For predicting equilibrium scour depth under irregular waves, i.e., random waves, Sumer and Fredsøe [16] found it’s suitable to take Equation (2) to predict equilibrium scour depth around pile under random waves with the root-mean-square (RMS) value of near-bed orbital velocity amplitude Um and peak wave period TP to calculate KC. Khalfin [35] recommended the RMS wave height Hrms and peak wave period TP were used to calculate KC for Equation (6). References [37,38,39,40] developed a series of stochastic theoretical models to predict equilibrium scour depth around pile under random waves, nonlinear random waves plus currents respectively. The stochastic approach thought the 1/n’th highest wave were responsible for scour in vicinity of pile under random waves, and the KC was calculated in Equation (8) with Um and mean zero-crossing wave period Tz. The results calculated by Equation (8) agree well with experimental values of Sumer and Fredsøe [16] if the 1/10′th highest wave was used. To author’s knowledge, the stochastic approach proposed by Myrhaug and Rue [37] is the only theoretical model to predict equilibrium scour depth around pile under random waves for the whole range of KC number in published documents. Other methods of predicting scour depth under random waves are mainly originated from the equation for regular waves-only, waves and currents combined, which are limited to the large KC number, such as KC > 6 for Equation (2) and KC > 4 for Equation (3) respectively. However, situations with relatively low KC number (KC < 4) often occur in reality, for example, monopile or suction anchor for OWT foundations in ocean environment. Moreover, local scour around OWT foundations under random waves has not yet been investigated fully. Therefore, further study are still needed in the aspect of scour around OWT foundations with low KC number under random waves. Given that, this study presents the scour sediment model around umbrella suction anchor foundation (USAF) under random waves. In this study, a comparison of equilibrium scour depth around USAF between this present numerical models and the previous theoretical models and experimental results was presented firstly. Then, this study gave a comprehensive analysis for the scour mechanisms around USAF. After that, two revised models were proposed according to the model of Raaijmakers and Rudolph [34] and the stochastic model developed by Myrhaug and Rue [37] respectively to predict the equilibrium scour depth. Finally, a parametric study was conducted to study the effects of the Froude number (Fr) and Euler number (Eu) to equilibrium scour depth respectively.
2. Numerical Method
2.1. Governing Equations of Flow
The following equations adopted in present model are already available in Flow 3D software. The authors used these theoretical equations to simulate scour in random waves without modification. The incompressible viscous fluid motion satisfies the Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) equation, so the present numerical model solves RANS equations:
where, VF is the volume fraction; u, v, and w are the velocity components in x, y, z direction respectively with Cartesian coordinates; Ai is the area fraction; ρf is the fluid density, fi is the viscous fluid acceleration, Gi is the fluid body acceleration (i = x, y, z).
2.2. Turbulent Model
The turbulence closure is available by the turbulent model, such as one-equation, the one-equation k-ε model, the standard k-ε model, RNG k-ε turbulent model and large eddy simulation (LES) model. The LES model requires very fine mesh grid, so the computational time is large, which hinders the LES model application in engineering. The RNG k-ε model can reduce computational time greatly with high accuracy in the near-wall region. Furthermore, the RNG k-ε model computes the maximum turbulent mixing length dynamically in simulating sediment scour model. Therefore, the RNG k-ε model was adopted to study the scour around anchor under random waves [41,42].
where, kT is specific kinetic energy involved with turbulent velocity, GT is the turbulent energy generated by buoyancy; εT is the turbulent energy dissipating rate, PT is the turbulent energy, Diffε and DiffkT are diffusion terms associated with VF, Ai; CDIS1, CDIS2 and CDIS3 are dimensionless parameters, and CDIS1, CDIS3 have default values of 1.42, 0.2 respectively. CDIS2 can be obtained from PT and kT.
2.3. Sediment Scour Model
The sand particles may suffer four processes under waves, i.e., entrainment, bed load transport, suspended load transport, and deposition, so the sediment scour model should depict the above processes efficiently. In present numerical simulation, the sediment scour model includes the following aspects:
2.3.1. Entrainment and Deposition
The combination of entrainment and deposition determines the net scour rate of seabed in present sediment scour model. The entrainment lift velocity of sand particles was calculated as [43]:
where, αi is the entrainment parameter, ns is the outward point perpendicular to the seabed, d* is the dimensionless diameter of sand particles, which was calculated by Equation (15), θcr is the critical Shields parameter, g is the gravity acceleration, di is the diameter of sand particles, ρi is the density of seabed species.
In Equation (14), the entrainment parameter αi confirms the rate at which sediment erodes when the given shear stress is larger than the critical shear stress, and the recommended value 0.018 was adopted according to the experimental data of Mastbergen and Von den Berg [43]. ns is the outward pointing normal to the seabed interface, and ns = (0,0,1) according to the Cartesian coordinates used in present numerical model.
The shields parameter was obtained from the following equation:
θ=U2f,m(ρi/ρf−1)gd50�=�f,m2(��/�f−1)��50(16)
where, Uf,m is the maximum value of the near-bed friction velocity; d50 is the median diameter of sand particles. The detailed calculation procedure of θ was available in Soulsby [44].
The critical shields parameter θcr was obtained from the Equation (17) [44]
The sand particles begin to deposit on seabed when the turbulence energy weaken and cann’t support the particles suspending. The setting velocity of the particles was calculated from the following equation [44]:
This is called bed load transport when the sand particles roll or bounce over the seabed and always have contact with seabed. The bed load transport velocity was computed by [45]:
where, qb,i is the bed load transport rate, which was obtained from Equation (20), δi is the bed load thickness, which was calculated by Equation (21), cb,i is the volume fraction of sand i in the multiple species, fb is the critical packing fraction of the seabed.
where, Cs,i is the suspended sand particles mass concentration of sand i in the multiple species, us,i is the sand particles velocity of sand i, Df is the diffusivity.
The velocity of sand i in the multiple species could be obtained from the following equation:
where, u¯�¯ is the velocity of mixed fluid-particles, which can be calculated by the RANS equation with turbulence model, cs,i is the suspended sand particles volume concentration, which was computed from Equation (24).
cs,i=Cs,iρi�s,�=�s,���(24)
3. Model Setup
The seabed-USAF-wave three-dimensional scour numerical model was built using Flow-3D software. As shown in Figure 2, the model includes sandy seabed, USAF model, sea water, two baffles and porous media. The dimensions of USAF are shown in Table 1. The sandy bed (210 m in length, 30 m in width and 11 m in height) is made up of uniform fine sand with median diameter d50 = 0.041 cm. The USAF model includes upper steel tube with the length of 20 m, which was installed in the middle of seabed. The location of USAF is positioned at 140 m from the upstream inflow boundary and 70 m from the downstream outflow boundary. Two baffles were installed at two ends of seabed. In order to eliminate the wave reflection basically, the porous media was set at the outflow side on the seabed.
Figure 2. (a) The sketch of seabed-USAF-wave three-dimensional model; (b) boundary condation:Wv-wave boundary, S-symmetric boundary, O-outflow boundary; (c) USAF model.
Table 1. Numerical simulating cases.
3.1. Mesh Geometric Dimensions
In the simulation of the scour under the random waves, the model includes the umbrella suction anchor foundation, seabed and fluid. As shown in Figure 3, the model mesh includes global mesh grid and nested mesh grid, and the total number of grids is 1,812,000. The basic procedure for building mesh grid consists of two steps. Step 1: Divide the global mesh using regular hexahedron with size of 0.6 × 0.6. The global mesh area is cubic box, embracing the seabed and whole fluid volume, and the dimensions are 210 m in length, 30 m in width and 32 m in height. The details of determining the grid size can see the following mesh sensitivity section. Step 2: Set nested fine mesh grid in vicinity of the USAF with size of 0.3 × 0.3 so as to shorten the computation cost and improve the calculation accuracy. The encryption range is −15 m to 15 m in x direction, −15 m to 15 m in y direction and 0 m to 32 m in z direction, respectively. In order to accurately capture the free-surface dynamics, such as the fluid-air interface, the volume of fluid (VOF) method was adopted for tracking the free water surface. One specific algorithm called FAVORTM (Fractional Area/Volume Obstacle Representation) was used to define the fractional face areas and fractional volumes of the cells which are open to fluid flow.
Figure 3. The sketch of mesh grid.
3.2. Boundary Conditions
As shown in Figure 2, the initial fluid length is 210 m as long as seabed. A wave boundary was specified at the upstream offshore end. The details of determining the random wave spectrum can see the following wave parameters section. The outflow boundary was set at the downstream onshore end. The symmetry boundary was used at the top and two sides of the model. The symmetric boundaries were the better strategy to improve the computation efficiency and save the calculation cost [46]. At the seabed bottom, the wall boundary was adopted, which means the u = v = w= 0. Besides, the upper steel tube of USAF was set as no-slip condition.
3.3. Wave Parameters
The random waves with JONSWAP wave spectrum were used for all simulations as realistic representation of offshore conditions. The unidirectional JONSWAP frequency spectrum was described as [47]:
where, α is wave energy scale parameter, which is calculated by Equation (26), ω is frequency, ωp is wave spectrum peak frequency, which can be obtained from Equation (27). γ is wave spectrum peak enhancement factor, in this study γ = 3.3. σ is spectral width factor, σ equals 0.07 for ω ≤ ωp and 0.09 for ω > ωp respectively.
α=0.0076(gXU2)−0.22�=0.0076(���2)−0.22(26)
ωp=22(gU)(gXU2)−0.33�p=22(��)(���2)−0.33(27)
where, X is fetch length, U is average wind velocity at 10 m height from mean sea level.
In present numerical model, the input key parameters include X and U for wave boundary with JONSWAP wave spectrum. The objective wave height and period are available by different combinations of X and U. In this study, we designed 9 cases with different wave heights, periods and water depths for simulating scour around USAF under random waves (see Table 2). For random waves, the wave steepness ε and Ursell number Ur were acquired form Equations (28) and (29) respectively
ε=2πgHsT2a�=2���s�a2(28)
Ur=Hsk2h3w�r=�s�2ℎw3(29)
where, Hs is significant wave height, Ta is average wave period, k is wave number, hw is water depth. The Shield parameter θ satisfies θ>θcr for all simulations in current study, indicating the live bed scour prevails.
Table 2. Numerical simulating cases.
3.4. Mesh Sensitivity
In this section, a mesh sensitivity analysis was conducted to investigate the influence of mesh grid size to results and make sure the calculation is mesh size independent and converged. Three mesh grid size were chosen: Mesh 1—global mesh grid size of 0.75 × 0.75, nested fine mesh grid size of 0.4 × 0.4, and total number of grids 1,724,000, Mesh 2—global mesh grid size of 0.6 × 0.6, nested fine mesh grid size of 0.3 × 0.3, and total number of grids 1,812,000, Mesh 3—global mesh grid size of 0.4 × 0.4, nested fine mesh grid size of 0.2 × 0.2, and total number of grids 1,932,000. The near-bed shear velocity U* is an important factor for influencing scour process [1,15], so U* at the position of (4,0,11.12) was evaluated under three mesh sizes. As the Figure 4 shown, the maximum error of shear velocity ∆U*1,2 is about 39.8% between the mesh 1 and mesh 2, and 4.8% between the mesh 2 and mesh 3. According to the mesh sensitivity criterion adopted by Pang et al. [48], it’s reasonable to think the results are mesh size independent and converged with mesh 2. Additionally, the present model was built according to prototype size, and the mesh size used in present model is larger than the mesh size adopted by Higueira et al. [49] and Corvaro et al. [50]. If we choose the smallest cell size, it will take too much time. For example, the simulation with Mesh3 required about 260 h by using a computer with Intel Xeon Scalable Gold 4214 CPU @24 Cores, 2.2 GHz and 64.00 GB RAM. Therefore, in this case, considering calculation accuracy and computation efficiency, the mesh 2 was chosen for all the simulation in this study.
Figure 4. Comparison of near-bed shear velocity U* with different mesh grid size.
The nested mesh block was adopted for seabed in vicinity of the USAF, which was overlapped with the global mesh block. When two mesh blocks overlap each other, the governing equations are by default solved on the mesh block with smaller average cell size (i.e., higher grid resolution). It is should be noted that the Flow 3D software used the moving mesh captures the scour evolution and automatically adjusts the time step size to be as large as possible without exceeding any of the stability limits, affecting accuracy, or unduly increasing the effort required to enforce the continuity condition [51].
3.5. Model Validation
In order to verify the reliability of the present model, the results of present study were compared with the experimental data of Khosronejad et al. [52]. The experiment was conducted in an open channel with a slender vertical pile under unidirectional currents. The comparison of scour development between the present results and the experimental results is shown in Figure 5. The Figure 5 reveals that the present results agree well with the experimental data of Khosronejad et al. [52]. In the first stage, the scour depth increases rapidly. After that, the scour depth achieves a maximum value gradually. The equilibrium scour depth calculated by the present model is basically corresponding with the experimental results of Khosronejad et al. [52], although scour depth in the present model is slightly larger than the experimental results at initial stage.
Figure 5. Comparison of time evolution of scour between the present study and Khosronejad et al. [52], Petersen et al. [17].
Secondly, another comparison was further conducted between the results of present study and the experimental data of Petersen et al. [17]. The experiment was carried out in a flume with a circular vertical pile in combined waves and current. Figure 4 shows a comparison of time evolution of scour depth between the simulating and the experimental results. As Figure 5 indicates, the scour depth in this study has good overall agreement with the experimental results proposed in Petersen et al. [17]. The equilibrium scour depth calculated by the present model is 0.399 m, which equals to the experimental value basically. Overall, the above verifications prove the present model is accurate and capable in dealing with sediment scour under waves.
In addition, in order to calibrate and validate the present model for hydrodynamic parameters, the comparison of water surface elevation was carried out with laboratory experiments conducted by Stahlmann [53] for wave gauge No. 3. The Figure 6 depicts the surface wave profiles between experiments and numerical model results. The comparison indicates that there is a good agreement between the model results and experimental values, especially the locations of wave crest and trough. Comparison of the surface elevation instructs the present model has an acceptable relative error, and the model is a calibrated in terms of the hydrodynamic parameters.
Figure 6. Comparison of surface elevation between the present study and Stahlmann [53].
Finally, another comparison was conducted for equilibrium scour depth or maximum scour depth under random waves with the experimental data of Sumer and Fredsøe [16] and Schendel et al. [22]. The Figure 7 shows the comparison between the numerical results and experimental data of Run01, Run05, Run21 and Run22 in Sumer and Fredsøe [16] and test A05 and A09 in Schendel et al. [22]. As shown in Figure 7, the equilibrium scour depth or maximum scour depth distributed within the ±30 error lines basically, meaning the reliability and accuracy of present model for predicting equilibrium scour depth around foundation in random waves. However, compared with the experimental values, the present model overestimated the equilibrium scour depth generally. Given that, a calibration for scour depth was carried out by multiplying the mean reduced coefficient 0.85 in following section.
Figure 7. Comparison of equilibrium (or maximum) scour depth between the present study and Sumer and Fredsøe [16], Schendel et al. [22].
Through the various examination for hydrodynamic and morphology parameters, it can be concluded that the present model is a validated and calibrated model for scour under random waves. Thus, the present numerical model would be utilized for scour simulation around foundation under random waves.
4. Numerical Results and Discussions
4.1. Scour Evolution
Figure 8 displays the scour evolution for case 1–9. As shown in Figure 8a, the scour depth increased rapidly at the initial stage, and then slowed down at the transition stage, which attributes to the backfilling occurred in scour holes under live bed scour condition, resulting in the net scour decreasing. Finally, the scour reached the equilibrium state when the amount of sediment backfilling equaled to that of scouring in the scour holes, i.e., the net scour transport rate was nil. Sumer and Fredsøe [16] proposed the following formula for the scour development under waves
St=Seq(1−exp(−t/Tc))�t=�eq(1−exp(−�/�c))(30)
where Tc is time scale of scour process.
Figure 8. Time evolution of scour for case 1–9: (a) Case 1–5; (b) Case 6–9.
The computing time is 3600 s and the scour development curves in Figure 8 kept fluctuating, meaning it’s still not in equilibrium scour stage in these cases. According to Sumer and Fredsøe [16], the equilibrium scour depth can be acquired by fitting the data with Equation (30). From Figure 8, it can be seen that the scour evolution obtained from Equation (30) is consistent with the present study basically at initial stage, but the scour depth predicted by Equation (30) developed slightly faster than the simulating results and the Equation (30) overestimated the scour depth to some extent. Overall, the whole tendency of the results calculated by Equation (30) agrees well with the simulating results of the present study, which means the Equation (30) is applicable to depict the scour evolution around USAF under random waves.
4.2. Scour Mechanism under Random Waves
The scour morphology and scour evolution around USAF are similar under random waves in case 1~9. Taking case 7 as an example, the scour morphology is shown in Figure 9.
Figure 9. Scour morphology under different times for case 7.
From Figure 9, at the initial stage (t < 1200 s), the scour occurred at upstream foundation edges between neighboring anchor branches. The maximum scour depth appeared at the lee-side of the USAF. Correspondingly, the sediments deposited at the periphery of the USAF, and the location of the maximum accretion depth was positioned at an angle of about 45° symmetrically with respect to the wave propagating direction in the lee-side of the USAF. After that, when t > 2400 s, the location of the maximum scour depth shifted to the upside of the USAF at an angle of about 45° with respect to the wave propagating direction.
According to previous studies [1,15,16,19,30,31], the horseshoe vortex, streamline compression and wake vortex shedding were responsible for scour around foundation. The Figure 10 displays the distribution of flow velocity in vicinity of foundation, which reflects the evolving processes of horseshoe vertex.
Figure 10. Velocity profile around USAF: (a) Flow runup and down stream at upstream anchor edges; (b) Horseshoe vortex at upstream anchor edges; (c) Flow reversal during wave through stage at lee side.
As shown in Figure 10, the inflow tripped to the upstream edges of the USAF and it was blocked by the upper tube of USAF. Then, the downflow formed the horizontal axis clockwise vortex and rolled on the seabed bypassing the tube, that is, the horseshoe vortex (Figure 11). The Figure 12 displays the turbulence intensity around the tube on the seabed. From Figure 12, it can be seen that the turbulence intensity was high-intensity with respect to the region of horseshoe vortex. This phenomenon occurred because of drastic water flow momentum exchanging in the horseshoe vortex. As a result, it created the prominent shear stress on the seabed, causing the local scour at the upstream edges of USAF. Besides, the horseshoe vortex moved downstream gradually along the periphery of the tube and the wake vortex shed off continually at the lee-side of the USAF, i.e., wake vortex.
Figure 11. Sketch of scour mechanism around USAF under random waves.
Figure 12. Turbulence intensity: (a) Turbulence intensity of horseshoe vortex; (b) Turbulence intensity of wake vortex; (c) Turbulence intensity of accretion area.
The core of wake vortex is a negative pressure center, liking a vacuum cleaner [11,42]. Hence, the soil particles were swirled into the negative pressure core and carried away by wake vortex. At the same time, the onset of scour at rear side occurred. Finally, the wake vortex became downflow at the downside of USAF. As is shown in Figure 12, the turbulence intensity was low where the downflow occurred at lee-side, which means the turbulence energy may not be able to support the survival of wake vortex, leading to accretion happening. As mentioned in previous section, the formation of horseshoe vortex was dependent with adverse pressure gradient at upside of foundation. As shown in Figure 13, the evaluated range of pressure distribution is −15 m to 15 m in x direction. The t = 450 s and t = 1800 s indicate that the wave crest and trough arrived at the upside and lee-side of the foundation respectively, and the t = 350 s was neither the wave crest nor trough. The adverse gradient pressure reached the maximum value at t = 450 s corresponding to the wave crest phase. In this case, it’s helpful for the wave boundary separating fully from seabed, which leads to the formation of horseshoe vortex with high turbulence intensity. Therefore, the horseshoe vortex is responsible for the local scour between neighboring anchor branches at upside of USAF. What’s more, due to the combination of the horseshoe vortex and streamline compression, the maximum scour depth occurred at the upside of the USAF with an angle of about 45° corresponding to the wave propagating direction. This is consistent with the findings of Pang et al. [48] and Sumer et al. [1,15] in case of regular waves. At the wave trough phase (t = 1800 s), the pressure gradient became positive at upstream USAF edges, which hindered the separating of wave boundary from seabed. In the meantime, the flow reversal occurred (Figure 10) and the adverse gradient pressure appeared at downstream USAF edges, but the magnitude of adverse gradient pressure at lee-side was lower than the upstream gradient pressure under wave crest. In this way, the intensity of horseshoe vortex behind the USAF under wave trough was low, which explains the difference of scour depth at upstream and downstream, i.e., the scour asymmetry. In other words, the scour asymmetry at upside and downside of USAF was attributed to wave asymmetry for random waves, and the phenomenon became more evident for nonlinear waves [21]. Briefly speaking, the vortex system at wave crest phase was mainly related to the scour process around USAF under random waves.
Figure 13. Pressure distribution around USAF.
4.3. Equilibrium Scour Depth
The KC number is a key parameter for horseshoe vortex emerging and evolving under waves. According to Equation (1), when pile diameter D is fixed, the KC depends on the maximum near-bed velocity Uwm and wave period T. For random waves, the Uwm can be denoted by the root-mean-square (RMS) value of near-bed velocity amplitude Uwm,rms or the significant value of near-bed velocity amplitude Uwm,s. The Uwm,rms and Uwm,s for all simulating cases of the present study are listed in Table 3 and Table 4. The T can be denoted by the mean up zero-crossing wave period Ta, peak wave period Tp, significant wave period Ts, the maximum wave period Tm, 1/10′th highest wave period Tn = 1/10 and 1/5′th highest wave period Tn = 1/5 for random waves, so the different combinations of Uwm and T will acquire different KC. The Table 3 and Table 4 list 12 types of KC, for example, the KCrms,s was calculated by Uwm,rms and Ts. Sumer and Fredsøe [16] conducted a series of wave flume experiments to investigate the scour depth around monopile under random waves, and found the equilibrium scour depth predicting equation (Equation (2)) for regular waves was applicable for random waves with KCrms,p. It should be noted that the Equation (2) is only suitable for KC > 6 under regular waves or KCrms,p > 6 under random waves.
Table 3.Uwm,rms and KC for case 1~9.
Table 4.Uwm,s and KC for case 1~9.
Raaijmakers and Rudolph [34] proposed the equilibrium scour depth predicting model (Equation (5)) around pile under waves, which is suitable for low KC. The format of Equation (5) is similar with the formula proposed by Breusers [54], which can predict the equilibrium scour depth around pile at different scour stages. In order to verify the applicability of Raaijmakers’s model for predicting the equilibrium scour depth around USAF under random waves, a validation of the equilibrium scour depth Seq between the present study and Raaijmakers’s equation was conducted. The position where the scour depth Seq was evaluated is the location of the maximum scour depth, and it was depicted in Figure 14. The Figure 15 displays the comparison of Seq with different KC between the present study and Raaijmakers’s model.
Figure 14. Sketch of the position where the Seq was evaluated.
Figure 15. Comparison of the equilibrium scour depth between the present model and the model of Raaijmakers and Rudolph [34]: (a) KCrms,s, KCrms,a; (b) KCrms,p, KCrms,m; (c) KCrms,n = 1/10, KCrms,n = 1/5; (d) KCs,s, KCs,a; (e) KCs,p, KCs,m; (f) KCs,n = 1/10, KCs,n = 1/5.
As shown in Figure 15, there is an error in predicting Seq between the present study and Raaijmakers’s model, and Raaijmakers’s model underestimates the results generally. Although the error exists, the varying trend of Seq with KC obtained from Raaijmakers’s model is consistent with the present study basically. What’s more, the error is minimum and the Raaijmakers’s model is of relatively high accuracy for predicting scour around USAF under random waves by using KCs,p. Based on this, a further revision was made to eliminate the error as much as possible, i.e., add the deviation value ∆S/D in the Raaijmakers’s model. The revised equilibrium scour depth predicting equation based on Raaijmakers’s model can be written as
As the Figure 16 shown, through trial-calculation, when ∆S/D = 0.05, the results calculated by Equation (31) show good agreement with the simulating results of the present study. The maximum error is about 18.2% and the engineering requirements have been met basically. In order to further verify the accuracy of the revised model for large KC (KCs,p > 4) under random waves, a validation between the revised model and the previous experimental results [21]. The experiment was conducted in a flume (50 m in length, 1.0 m in width and 1.3 m in height) with a slender vertical pile (D = 0.1 m) under random waves. The seabed is composed of 0.13 m deep layer of sand with d50 = 0.6 mm and the water depth is 0.5 m for all tests. The significant wave height is 0.12~0.21 m and the KCs,p is 5.52~11.38. The comparison between the predicting results by Equation (31) and the experimental results of Corvaro et al. [21] is shown in Figure 17. From Figure 17, the experimental data evenly distributes around the predicted results and the prediction accuracy is favorable when KCs,p < 8. However, the gap between the predicting results and experimental data becomes large and the Equation (31) overestimates the equilibrium scour depth to some extent when KCs,p > 8.
Figure 16. Comparison of Seq between the simulating results and the predicting values by Equation (31).
Figure 17. Comparison of Seq/D between the Experimental results of Corvaro et al. [21] and the predicting values by Equation (31).
In ocean environment, the waves are composed of a train of sinusoidal waves with different frequencies and amplitudes. The energy of constituent waves with very large and very small frequencies is relatively low, and the energy of waves is mainly concentrated in a certain range of moderate frequencies. Myrhaug and Rue [37] thought the 1/n’th highest wave was responsible for scour and proposed the stochastic model to predict the equilibrium scour depth around pile under random waves for full range of KC. Noteworthy is that the KC was denoted by KCrms,a in the stochastic model. To verify the application of the stochastic model for predicting scour depth around USAF, a validation between the simulating results of present study and predicting results by the stochastic model with n = 2,3,5,10,20,500 was carried out respectively.
As shown in Figure 18, compared with the simulating results, the stochastic model underestimates the equilibrium scour depth around USAF generally. Although the error exists, the varying trend of Seq with KCrms,a obtained from the stochastic model is consistent with the present study basically. What’s more, the gap between the predicting values by stochastic model and the simulating results decreases with the increase of n, but for large n, for example n = 500, the varying trend diverges between the predicting values and simulating results, meaning it’s not feasible only by increasing n in stochastic model to predict the equilibrium scour depth around USAF.
Figure 18. Comparison of Seq between the simulating results and the predicting values by Equation (8).
The Figure 19 lists the deviation value ∆Seq/D′ between the predicting values and simulating results with different KCrms,a and n. Then, fitted the relationship between the ∆S′and n under different KCrms,a, and the fitting curve can be written by Equation (32). The revised stochastic model (Equation (33)) can be acquired by adding ∆Seq/D′ to Equation (8).
The comparison between the predicting results by Equation (33) and the simulating results of present study is shown in Figure 20. According to the Figure 20, the varying trend of Seq with KCrms,a obtained from the stochastic model is consistent with the present study basically. Compared with predicting results by the stochastic model, the results calculated by Equation (33) is favorable. Moreover, comparison with simulating results indicates that the predicting results are the most favorable for n = 10, which is consistent with the findings of Myrhaug and Rue [37] for equilibrium scour depth predicting around slender pile in case of random waves.
Figure 20. Comparison of Seq between the simulating results and the predicting values by Equation (33).
In order to further verify the accuracy of the Equation (33) for large KC (KCrms,a > 4) under random waves, a validation was conducted between the Equation (33) and the previous experimental results of Sumer and Fredsøe [16] and Corvaro et al. [21]. The details of experiments conducted by Corvaro et al. [21] were described in above section. Sumer and Fredsøe [16] investigated the local scour around pile under random waves. The experiments were conducted in a wave basin with a slender vertical pile (D = 0.032, 0.055 m). The seabed is composed of 0.14 m deep layer of sand with d50 = 0.2 mm and the water depth was maintained at 0.5 m. The JONSWAP wave spectrum was used and the KCrms,a was 5.29~16.95. The comparison between the predicting results by Equation (33) and the experimental results of Sumer and Fredsøe [16] and Corvaro et al. [21] are shown in Figure 21. From Figure 21, contrary to the case of low KCrms,a (KCrms,a < 4), the error between the predicting values and experimental results increases with decreasing of n for KCrms,a > 4. Therefore, the predicting results are the most favorable for n = 2 when KCrms,a > 4.
Figure 21. Comparison of Seq between the experimental results of Sumer and Fredsøe [16] and Corvaro et al. [21] and the predicting values by Equation (33).
Noteworthy is that the present model was built according to prototype size, so the errors between the numerical results and experimental data of References [16,21] may be attribute to the scale effects. In laboratory experiments on scouring process, it is typically impossible to ensure a rigorous similarity of all physical parameters between the model and prototype structure, leading to the scale effects in the laboratory experiments. To avoid a cohesive behaviour, the bed material was not scaled geometrically according to model scale. As a consequence, the relatively large-scaled sediments sizes may result in the overestimation of bed load transport and underestimation of suspended load transport compared with field conditions. What’s more, the disproportional scaled sediment presumably lead to the difference of bed roughness between the model and prototype, and thus large influences for wave boundary layer on the seabed and scour process. Besides, according to Corvaro et al. [21] and Schendel et al. [55], the pile Reynolds numbers and Froude numbers both affect the scour depth for the condition of non fully developed turbulent flow in laboratory experiments.
4.4. Parametric Study
4.4.1. Influence of Froude Number
As described above, the set of foundation leads to the adverse pressure gradient appearing at upstream, leading to the wave boundary layer separating from seabed, then horseshoe vortex formatting and the horseshoe vortex are mainly responsible for scour around foundation (see Figure 22). The Froude number Fr is the key parameter to influence the scale and intensity of horseshoe vortex. The Fr under waves can be calculated by the following formula [42]
Fr=UwgD−−−√�r=�w��(34)
where Uw is the mean water particle velocity during 1/4 cycle of wave oscillation, obtained from the following formula. Noteworthy is that the root-mean-square (RMS) value of near-bed velocity amplitude Uwm,rms is used for calculating Uwm.
Figure 22. Sketch of flow field at upstream USAF edges.
Tavouktsoglou et al. [25] proposed the following formula between Fr and the vertical location of the stagnation y
yh∝Fer�ℎ∝�r�(36)
where e is constant.
The Figure 23 displays the relationship between Seq/D and Fr of the present study. In order to compare with the simulating results, the experimental data of Corvaro et al. [21] was also depicted in Figure 23. As shown in Figure 23, the equilibrium scour depth appears a logarithmic increase as Fr increases and approaches the mathematical asymptotic value, which is also consistent with the experimental results of Corvaro et al. [21]. According to Figure 24, the adverse pressure gradient pressure at upstream USAF edges increases with the increase of Fr, which is benefit for the wave boundary layer separating from seabed, resulting in the high-intensity horseshoe vortex, hence, causing intensive scour around USAF. Based on the previous study of Tavouktsoglou et al. [25] for scour around pile under currents, the high Fr leads to the stagnation point is closer to the mean sea level for shallow water, causing the stronger downflow kinetic energy. As mentioned in previous section, the energy of downflow at upstream makes up the energy of the subsequent horseshoe vortex, so the stronger downflow kinetic energy results in the more intensive horseshoe vortex. Therefore, the higher Fr leads to the more intensive horseshoe vortex by influencing the position of stagnation point y presumably. Qi and Gao [19] carried out a series of flume tests to investigate the scour around pile under regular waves, and proposed the fitting formula between Seq/D and Fr as following
lg(Seq/D)=Aexp(B/Fr)+Clg(�eq/�)=�exp(�/�r)+�(37)
where A, B and C are constant.
Figure 23. The fitting curve between Seq/D and Fr.
Figure 24. Sketch of adverse pressure gradient at upstream USAF edges.
Took the Equation (37) to fit the simulating results with A = −0.002, B = 0.686 and C = −0.808, and the results are shown in Figure 23. From Figure 23, the simulating results evenly distribute around the Equation (37) and the varying trend of Seq/D and Fr in present study is consistent with Equation (37) basically, meaning the Equation (37) is applicable to express the relationship of Seq/D with Fr around USAF under random waves.
4.4.2. Influence of Euler Number
The Euler number Eu is the influencing factor for the hydrodynamic field around foundation. The Eu under waves can be calculated by the following formula. The Eu can be represented by the Equation (38) for uniform cylinders [25]. The root-mean-square (RMS) value of near-bed velocity amplitude Um,rms is used for calculating Um.
Eu=U2mgD�u=�m2��(38)
where Um is depth-averaged flow velocity.
The Figure 25 displays the relationship between Seq/D and Eu of the present study. In order to compare with the simulating results, the experimental data of Sumer and Fredsøe [16] and Corvaro et al. [21] were also plotted in Figure 25. As shown in Figure 25, similar with the varying trend of Seq/D and Fr, the equilibrium scour depth appears a logarithmic increase as Eu increases and approaches the mathematical asymptotic value, which is also consistent with the experimental results of Sumer and Fredsøe [16] and Corvaro et al. [21]. According to Figure 24, the adverse pressure gradient pressure at upstream USAF edges increases with the increasing of Eu, which is benefit for the wave boundary layer separating from seabed, inducing the high-intensity horseshoe vortex, hence, causing intensive scour around USAF.
Figure 25. The fitting curve between Seq/D and Eu.
Therefore, the variation of Fr and Eu reflect the magnitude of adverse pressure gradient pressure at upstream. Given that, the Equation (37) also was used to fit the simulating results with A = 8.875, B = 0.078 and C = −9.601, and the results are shown in Figure 25. From Figure 25, the simulating results evenly distribute around the Equation (37) and the varying trend of Seq/D and Eu in present study is consistent with Equation (37) basically, meaning the Equation (37) is also applicable to express the relationship of Seq/D with Eu around USAF under random waves. Additionally, according to the above description of Fr, it can be inferred that the higher Fr and Eu both lead to the more intensive horseshoe vortex by influencing the position of stagnation point y presumably.
5. Conclusions
A series of numerical models were established to investigate the local scour around umbrella suction anchor foundation (USAF) under random waves. The numerical model was validated for hydrodynamic and morphology parameters by comparing with the experimental data of Khosronejad et al. [52], Petersen et al. [17], Sumer and Fredsøe [16] and Schendel et al. [22]. Based on the simulating results, the scour evolution and scour mechanisms around USAF under random waves were analyzed respectively. Two revised models were proposed according to the model of Raaijmakers and Rudolph [34] and the stochastic model developed by Myrhaug and Rue [37] to predict the equilibrium scour depth around USAF under random waves. Finally, a parametric study was carried out with the present model to study the effects of the Froude number Fr and Euler number Eu to the equilibrium scour depth around USAF under random waves. The main conclusions can be described as follows.(1)
The packed sediment scour model and the RNG k−ε turbulence model were used to simulate the sand particles transport processes and the flow field around UASF respectively. The scour evolution obtained by the present model agrees well with the experimental results of Khosronejad et al. [52], Petersen et al. [17], Sumer and Fredsøe [16] and Schendel et al. [22], which indicates that the present model is accurate and reasonable for depicting the scour morphology around UASF under random waves.(2)
The vortex system at wave crest phase is mainly related to the scour process around USAF under random waves. The maximum scour depth appeared at the lee-side of the USAF at the initial stage (t < 1200 s). Subsequently, when t > 2400 s, the location of the maximum scour depth shifted to the upside of the USAF at an angle of about 45° with respect to the wave propagating direction.(3)
The error is negligible and the Raaijmakers’s model is of relatively high accuracy for predicting scour around USAF under random waves when KC is calculated by KCs,p. Given that, a further revision model (Equation (31)) was proposed according to Raaijmakers’s model to predict the equilibrium scour depth around USAF under random waves and it shows good agreement with the simulating results of the present study when KCs,p < 8.(4)
Another further revision model (Equation (33)) was proposed according to the stochastic model established by Myrhaug and Rue [37] to predict the equilibrium scour depth around USAF under random waves, and the predicting results are the most favorable for n = 10 when KCrms,a < 4. However, contrary to the case of low KCrms,a, the predicting results are the most favorable for n = 2 when KCrms,a > 4 by the comparison with experimental results of Sumer and Fredsøe [16] and Corvaro et al. [21].(5)
The same formula (Equation (37)) is applicable to express the relationship of Seq/D with Eu or Fr, and it can be inferred that the higher Fr and Eu both lead to the more intensive horseshoe vortex and larger Seq.
Author Contributions
Conceptualization, H.L. (Hongjun Liu); Data curation, R.H. and P.Y.; Formal analysis, X.W. and H.L. (Hao Leng); Funding acquisition, X.W.; Writing—original draft, R.H. and P.Y.; Writing—review & editing, X.W. and H.L. (Hao Leng); The final manuscript has been approved by all the authors. All authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript.
Funding
This research was funded by the Fundamental Research Funds for the Central Universities (grant number 202061027) and the National Natural Science Foundation of China (grant number 41572247).
Institutional Review Board Statement
Not applicable.
Informed Consent Statement
Not applicable.
Data Availability Statement
The data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author.
Conflicts of Interest
The authors declare no conflict of interest.
References
Sumer, B.M.; Fredsøe, J.; Christiansen, N. Scour Around Vertical Pile in Waves. J. Waterw. Port. Coast. Ocean Eng.1992, 118, 15–31. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Rudolph, D.; Bos, K. Scour around a monopile under combined wave-current conditions and low KC-numbers. In Proceedings of the 6th International Conference on Scour and Erosion, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1–3 November 2006; pp. 582–588. [Google Scholar]
Nielsen, A.W.; Liu, X.; Sumer, B.M.; Fredsøe, J. Flow and bed shear stresses in scour protections around a pile in a current. Coast. Eng.2013, 72, 20–38. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Ahmad, N.; Bihs, H.; Myrhaug, D.; Kamath, A.; Arntsen, Ø.A. Three-dimensional numerical modelling of wave-induced scour around piles in a side-by-side arrangement. Coast. Eng.2018, 138, 132–151. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Li, H.; Ong, M.C.; Leira, B.J.; Myrhaug, D. Effects of Soil Profile Variation and Scour on Structural Response of an Offshore Monopile Wind Turbine. J. Offshore Mech. Arct. Eng.2018, 140, 042001. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Li, H.; Liu, H.; Liu, S. Dynamic analysis of umbrella suction anchor foundation embedded in seabed for offshore wind turbines. Géoméch. Energy Environ.2017, 10, 12–20. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Fazeres-Ferradosa, T.; Rosa-Santos, P.; Taveira-Pinto, F.; Vanem, E.; Carvalho, H.; Correia, J.A.F.D.O. Editorial: Advanced research on offshore structures and foundation design: Part 1. Proc. Inst. Civ. Eng. Marit. Eng.2019, 172, 118–123. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Chavez, C.E.A.; Stratigaki, V.; Wu, M.; Troch, P.; Schendel, A.; Welzel, M.; Villanueva, R.; Schlurmann, T.; De Vos, L.; Kisacik, D.; et al. Large-Scale Experiments to Improve Monopile Scour Protection Design Adapted to Climate Change—The PROTEUS Project. Energies2019, 12, 1709. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef][Green Version]
Wu, M.; De Vos, L.; Chavez, C.E.A.; Stratigaki, V.; Fazeres-Ferradosa, T.; Rosa-Santos, P.; Taveira-Pinto, F.; Troch, P. Large Scale Experimental Study of the Scour Protection Damage Around a Monopile Foundation Under Combined Wave and Current Conditions. J. Mar. Sci. Eng.2020, 8, 417. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Sørensen, S.P.H.; Ibsen, L.B. Assessment of foundation design for offshore monopiles unprotected against scour. Ocean Eng.2013, 63, 17–25. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Prendergast, L.; Gavin, K.; Doherty, P. An investigation into the effect of scour on the natural frequency of an offshore wind turbine. Ocean Eng.2015, 101, 1–11. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef][Green Version]
Fazeres-Ferradosa, T.; Chambel, J.; Taveira-Pinto, F.; Rosa-Santos, P.; Taveira-Pinto, F.; Giannini, G.; Haerens, P. Scour Protections for Offshore Foundations of Marine Energy Harvesting Technologies: A Review. J. Mar. Sci. Eng.2021, 9, 297. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Yang, Q.; Yu, P.; Liu, Y.; Liu, H.; Zhang, P.; Wang, Q. Scour characteristics of an offshore umbrella suction anchor foundation under the combined actions of waves and currents. Ocean Eng.2020, 202, 106701. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Yu, P.; Hu, R.; Yang, J.; Liu, H. Numerical investigation of local scour around USAF with different hydraulic conditions under currents and waves. Ocean Eng.2020, 213, 107696. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Sumer, B.M.; Christiansen, N.; Fredsøe, J. The horseshoe vortex and vortex shedding around a vertical wall-mounted cylinder exposed to waves. J. Fluid Mech.1997, 332, 41–70. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Sumer, B.M.; Fredsøe, J. Scour around Pile in Combined Waves and Current. J. Hydraul. Eng.2001, 127, 403–411. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Petersen, T.U.; Sumer, B.M.; Fredsøe, J. Time scale of scour around a pile in combined waves and current. In Proceedings of the 6th International Conference on Scour and Erosion, Paris, France, 27–31 August 2012. [Google Scholar]
Petersen, T.U.; Sumer, B.M.; Fredsøe, J.; Raaijmakers, T.C.; Schouten, J.-J. Edge scour at scour protections around piles in the marine environment—Laboratory and field investigation. Coast. Eng.2015, 106, 42–72. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Qi, W.; Gao, F. Equilibrium scour depth at offshore monopile foundation in combined waves and current. Sci. China Ser. E Technol. Sci.2014, 57, 1030–1039. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef][Green Version]
Corvaro, S.; Marini, F.; Mancinelli, A.; Lorenzoni, C.; Brocchini, M. Hydro- and Morpho-dynamics Induced by a Vertical Slender Pile under Regular and Random Waves. J. Waterw. Port. Coast. Ocean Eng.2018, 144, 04018018. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Schendel, A.; Welzel, M.; Schlurmann, T.; Hsu, T.-W. Scour around a monopile induced by directionally spread irregular waves in combination with oblique currents. Coast. Eng.2020, 161, 103751. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Fazeres-Ferradosa, T.; Taveira-Pinto, F.; Romão, X.; Reis, M.; das Neves, L. Reliability assessment of offshore dynamic scour protections using copulas. Wind. Eng.2018, 43, 506–538. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Fazeres-Ferradosa, T.; Welzel, M.; Schendel, A.; Baelus, L.; Santos, P.R.; Pinto, F.T. Extended characterization of damage in rubble mound scour protections. Coast. Eng.2020, 158, 103671. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Ettema, R.; Melville, B.; Barkdoll, B. Scale Effect in Pier-Scour Experiments. J. Hydraul. Eng.1998, 124, 639–642. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Umeda, S. Scour Regime and Scour Depth around a Pile in Waves. J. Coast. Res. Spec. Issue2011, 64, 845–849. [Google Scholar]
Umeda, S. Scour process around monopiles during various phases of sea storms. J. Coast. Res.2013, 165, 1599–1604. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Baykal, C.; Sumer, B.; Fuhrman, D.R.; Jacobsen, N.; Fredsøe, J. Numerical simulation of scour and backfilling processes around a circular pile in waves. Coast. Eng.2017, 122, 87–107. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef][Green Version]
Miles, J.; Martin, T.; Goddard, L. Current and wave effects around windfarm monopile foundations. Coast. Eng.2017, 121, 167–178. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef][Green Version]
Miozzi, M.; Corvaro, S.; Pereira, F.A.; Brocchini, M. Wave-induced morphodynamics and sediment transport around a slender vertical cylinder. Adv. Water Resour.2019, 129, 263–280. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Yu, T.; Zhang, Y.; Zhang, S.; Shi, Z.; Chen, X.; Xu, Y.; Tang, Y. Experimental study on scour around a composite bucket foundation due to waves and current. Ocean Eng.2019, 189, 106302. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Carreiras, J.; Larroudé, P.; Seabra-Santos, F.; Mory, M. Wave Scour Around Piles. In Proceedings of the Coastal Engineering 2000, American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE), Sydney, Australia, 16–21 July 2000; pp. 1860–1870. [Google Scholar]
Raaijmakers, T.; Rudolph, D. Time-dependent scour development under combined current and waves conditions—Laboratory experiments with online monitoring technique. In Proceedings of the 4th International Conference on Scour and Erosion, Tokyo, Japan, 5–7 November 2008; pp. 152–161. [Google Scholar]
Khalfin, I.S. Modeling and calculation of bed score around large-diameter vertical cylinder under wave action. Water Resour.2007, 34, 357. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef][Green Version]
Zanke, U.C.; Hsu, T.-W.; Roland, A.; Link, O.; Diab, R. Equilibrium scour depths around piles in noncohesive sediments under currents and waves. Coast. Eng.2011, 58, 986–991. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Myrhaug, D.; Rue, H. Scour below pipelines and around vertical piles in random waves. Coast. Eng.2003, 48, 227–242. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Myrhaug, D.; Ong, M.C.; Føien, H.; Gjengedal, C.; Leira, B.J. Scour below pipelines and around vertical piles due to second-order random waves plus a current. Ocean Eng.2009, 36, 605–616. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Myrhaug, D.; Ong, M.C. Random wave-induced onshore scour characteristics around submerged breakwaters using a stochastic method. Ocean Eng.2010, 37, 1233–1238. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Ong, M.C.; Myrhaug, D.; Hesten, P. Scour around vertical piles due to long-crested and short-crested nonlinear random waves plus a current. Coast. Eng.2013, 73, 106–114. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Yakhot, V.; Orszag, S.A. Renormalization group analysis of turbulence. I. Basic theory. J. Sci. Comput.1986, 1, 3–51. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Yakhot, V.; Smith, L.M. The renormalization group, the e-expansion and derivation of turbulence models. J. Sci. Comput.1992, 7, 35–61. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Mastbergen, D.R.; Berg, J.V.D. Breaching in fine sands and the generation of sustained turbidity currents in submarine canyons. Sedimentology2003, 50, 625–637. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Soulsby, R. Dynamics of Marine Sands; Thomas Telford Ltd.: London, UK, 1998. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Van Rijn, L.C. Sediment Transport, Part I: Bed Load Transport. J. Hydraul. Eng.1984, 110, 1431–1456. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef][Green Version]
Zhang, Q.; Zhou, X.-L.; Wang, J.-H. Numerical investigation of local scour around three adjacent piles with different arrangements under current. Ocean Eng.2017, 142, 625–638. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Yu, Y.X.; Liu, S.X. Random Wave and Its Applications to Engineering, 4th ed.; Dalian University of Technology Press: Dalian, China, 2011. [Google Scholar]
Pang, A.; Skote, M.; Lim, S.; Gullman-Strand, J.; Morgan, N. A numerical approach for determining equilibrium scour depth around a mono-pile due to steady currents. Appl. Ocean Res.2016, 57, 114–124. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Higuera, P.; Lara, J.L.; Losada, I.J. Three-dimensional interaction of waves and porous coastal structures using Open-FOAM®. Part I: Formulation and validation. Coast. Eng.2014, 83, 243–258. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Corvaro, S.; Crivellini, A.; Marini, F.; Cimarelli, A.; Capitanelli, L.; Mancinelli, A. Experimental and Numerical Analysis of the Hydrodynamics around a Vertical Cylinder in Waves. J. Mar. Sci. Eng.2019, 7, 453. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef][Green Version]
Flow3D User Manual, version 11.0.3; Flow Science, Inc.: Santa Fe, NM, USA, 2013.
Khosronejad, A.; Kang, S.; Sotiropoulos, F. Experimental and computational investigation of local scour around bridge piers. Adv. Water Resour.2012, 37, 73–85. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Stahlmann, A. Experimental and Numerical Modeling of Scour at Foundation Structures for Offshore Wind Turbines. Ph.D. Thesis, Franzius-Institute for Hydraulic, Estuarine and Coastal Engineering, Leibniz Universität Hannover, Hannover, Germany, 2013. [Google Scholar]
Breusers, H.N.C.; Nicollet, G.; Shen, H. Local Scour Around Cylindrical Piers. J. Hydraul. Res.1977, 15, 211–252. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Schendel, A.; Hildebrandt, A.; Goseberg, N.; Schlurmann, T. Processes and evolution of scour around a monopile induced by tidal currents. Coast. Eng.2018, 139, 65–84. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Publisher’s Note: MDPI stays neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations.
Hu, R.; Liu, H.; Leng, H.; Yu, P.; Wang, X. Scour Characteristics and Equilibrium Scour Depth Prediction around Umbrella Suction Anchor Foundation under Random Waves. J. Mar. Sci. Eng.2021, 9, 886. https://doi.org/10.3390/jmse9080886
AMA Style
Hu R, Liu H, Leng H, Yu P, Wang X. Scour Characteristics and Equilibrium Scour Depth Prediction around Umbrella Suction Anchor Foundation under Random Waves. Journal of Marine Science and Engineering. 2021; 9(8):886. https://doi.org/10.3390/jmse9080886Chicago/Turabian Style
Hu, Ruigeng, Hongjun Liu, Hao Leng, Peng Yu, and Xiuhai Wang. 2021. “Scour Characteristics and Equilibrium Scour Depth Prediction around Umbrella Suction Anchor Foundation under Random Waves” Journal of Marine Science and Engineering 9, no. 8: 886. https://doi.org/10.3390/jmse9080886
Find Other Styles
Note that from the first issue of 2016, this journal uses article numbers instead of page numbers. See further details here.
For more information on the journal statistics, click here.
Multiple requests from the same IP address are counted as one view.
이 백서는 Flow-3D를 적용하여 다양한 흐름 배출 및 식생 시나리오가 흐름 속도(세로, 가로 및 수직 속도 포함)에 미치는 영향을 조사합니다.
실험적 측정을 통한 검증 후 식생직경, 식생높이, 유량방류량에 대한 민감도 분석을 수행하였다. 종방향 속도의 경우 흐름 구조에 가장 큰 영향을 미치는 것은 배출보다는 식생 직경에서 비롯됩니다.
그러나 식생 높이는 수직 분포의 변곡점을 결정합니다. 식생지 내 두 지점, 즉 상류와 하류의 횡속도를 비교하면 수심에 따른 대칭적인 패턴을 확인할 수 있다. 식생 지역의 가로 및 세로 유체 순환 패턴을 포함하여 흐름 또는 식생 시나리오와 관계없이 수직 속도에 대해서도 동일한 패턴이 관찰됩니다.
또한 식생의 직경이 클수록 이러한 패턴이 더 분명해집니다. 상부 순환은 초목 캐노피 근처에서 발생합니다. 식생지역의 가로방향과 세로방향의 순환에 관한 이러한 발견은 침수식생을 통한 3차원 유동구조를 밝혀준다.
This paper applies the Flow-3D to investigate the impacts of different flow discharge and vegetation scenarios on the flow velocity (including the longitudinal, transverse and vertical velocities). After the verification by using experimental measurements, a sensitivity analysis is conducted for the vegetation diameter, the vegetation height and the flow discharge. For the longitudinal velocity, the greatest impact on the flow structure originates from the vegetation diameter, rather than the discharge. The vegetation height, however, determines the inflection point of the vertical distribution. Comparing the transverse velocities at two positions in the vegetated area, i.e., the upstream and the downstream, a symmetric pattern is identified along the water depth. The same pattern is also observed for the vertical velocity regardless of the flow or vegetation scenario, including both transverse and vertical fluid circulation patterns in the vegetated area. Moreover, the larger the vegetation diameter is, the more evident these patterns become. The upper circulation occurs near the vegetation canopy. These findings regarding the circulations along the transverse and vertical directions in the vegetated region shed light on the 3-D flow structure through the submerged vegetation.
Key words
Submerged rigid vegetation
longitudinal velocity
transverse velocity
vertical velocity
open channel
References
Angelina A., Jordanova C. S. J. Experimental study of bed load transport through emergent vegetation [J]. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, 2003, 129(6): 474–478.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Li Y., Wang Y., Anim D. O. et al. Flow characteristics in different densities of submerged flexible vegetation from an open-channel flume study of artificial plants [J]. Geomorphology, 2014, 204: 314–324.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Bai F., Yang Z., Huai W. et al. A depth-averaged two dimensional shallow water model to simulate flow-rigid vegetation interactions [J]. Procedia Engineering, 2016, 154: 482–489.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Huai W. X., Song S., Han J. et al. Prediction of velocity distribution in straight open-channel flow with partial vegetation by singular perturbation method [J]. Applied Mathematics and Mechanics (Engilsh Editon), 2016, 37(10): 1315–1324.ArticleMathSciNetGoogle Scholar
Wang P. F., Wang C. Numerical model for flow through submerged vegetation regions in a shallow lake [J]. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 2011, 23(2): 170–178.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Wang W. J., Cui X. Y., Dong F. et al. Predictions of bulk velocity for open channel flow through submerged vegetation [J]. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 2020, 32(4): 795–799.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Zhang M., Li C. W., Shen Y. Depth-averaged modeling of free surface flows in open channels with emerged and submerged vegetation [J]. Applied Mathematical Modelling, 2013, 37(1–2): 540–553.ArticleMathSciNetGoogle Scholar
Huai W., Wang W., Hu Y. et al. Analytical model of the mean velocity distribution in an open channel with double-layered rigid vegetation [J]. Advances in Water Resources, 2014, 69: 106–113.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Panigrahi K., Khatua K. K. Prediction of velocity distribution in straight channel with rigid vegetation [J]. Aquatic Procedia, 2015, 4: 819–825.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Huai W. X., Zeng Y. H., Xu Z. G. et al. Three-layer model for vertical velocity distribution in open channel flow with submerged rigid vegetation [J]. Advances in Water Resources, 2009, 32(4): 487–492.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Chen S. C., Kuo Y. M., Li Y. H. Flow characteristics within different configurations of submerged flexible vegetation [J]. Journal of Hydrology, 2011, 398(1–2): 124–134.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Yagci O., Tschiesche U., Kabdasli M. S. The role of different forms of natural riparian vegetation on turbulence and kinetic energy characteristics [J]. Advances in Water Resources, 2010, 33(5): 601–614.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Wu F. S. Characteristics of flow resistance in open channels with non-submerged rigid vegetation [J]. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 2008, 20(2): 239–245.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Huai W., Hu Y., Zeng Y. et al. Velocity distribution for open channel flows with suspended vegetation [J]. Advances in Water Resources, 2012, 49: 56–61.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Pu J. H., Hussain A., Guo Y. K. et al. Submerged flexible vegetation impact on open channel flow velocity distribution: An analytical modelling study on drag and friction [J]. Water Science and Engineering, 2019, 12(2): 121–128.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Zhang M. L., Li C. W., Shen Y. M. A 3D non-linear k-ε turbulent model for prediction of flow and mass transport in channel with vegetation [J]. Applied Mathematical Modelling, 2010, 34(4): 1021–1031.ArticleMathSciNetGoogle Scholar
Anjum N., Tanaka N. Numerical investigation of velocity distribution of turbulent flow through vertically double-layered vegetation [J]. Water Science and Engineering, 2019, 12(4): 319–329.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Wang W., Huai W. X., Gao M. Numerical investigation of flow through vegetated multi-stage compound channel [J]. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 2014, 26(3): 467–473.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Ghani U., Anjum N., Pasha G. A. et al. Numerical investigation of the flow characteristics through discontinuous and layered vegetation patches of finite width in an open channel [J]. Environmental Fluid Mechanics, 2019, 19(6): 1469–1495.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Aydin M. C., Emiroglu M. E. Determination of capacity of labyrinth side weir by CFD [J]. Flow Measurement and Instrumentation, 2013, 29: 1–8.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Hao W. L., Wu W. Q., Zhu C. J. et al. Experimental study on vertical distribution of flow velocity in vegetated river channel [J]. Water Resources and Power, 2015, 33(2): 85–88(in Chinese).Google Scholar
Pietri L., Petroff A., Amielh M. et al. Turbulent flows interacting with varying density canopies [J]. Mécanique and Industries, 2009, 10(3–4): 181–185.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Li Y., Du W., Yu Z. et al. Impact of flexible emergent vegetation on the flow turbulence and kinetic energy characteristics in a flume experiment [J]. Journal of Hydro-environment Research, 2015, 9(3): 354–367.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Li W. Q., Wang D., Jiao J. L. et al. Effects of vegetation patch density on flow velocity characteristics in an open channel [J]. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 2018, 31(5): 1052–1059.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Langre E. D., Gutierrez A., Cossé J. On the scaling of drag reduction by reconfiguration in plants [J]. Comptes Rendus Mécanique, 2012, 340(1–2): 35–40.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Fathi-Maghadam M., Kouwen N. Nonrigid, nonsubmerged, vegetative roughness on floodplains [J]. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, 1997, 123(1): 51–57.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Liang D., Wu X. A random walk simulation of scalar mixing in flows through submerged vegetations [J]. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 2014, 26(3): 343–350.ArticleMathSciNetGoogle Scholar
Ghisalberti M., Nepf H. Mass transport in vegetated shear flows [J]. Environmental Fluid Mechanics, 2005, 5(6): 527–551.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Mahdi Feizbahr,1Navid Tonekaboni,2Guang-Jun Jiang,3,4and Hong-Xia Chen3,4 Academic Editor: Mohammad Yazdi
Abstract
강을 따라 식생은 조도를 증가시키고 평균 유속을 감소시키며, 유동 에너지를 감소시키고 강 횡단면의 유속 프로파일을 변경합니다. 자연의 많은 운하와 강은 홍수 동안 초목으로 덮여 있습니다. 운하의 조도는 식물의 영향을 많이 받기 때문에 홍수시 유동저항에 큰 영향을 미친다. 식물로 인한 흐름에 대한 거칠기 저항은 흐름 조건과 식물에 따라 달라지므로 모델은 유속, 유속 깊이 및 수로를 따라 식생 유형의 영향을 고려하여 유속을 시뮬레이션해야 합니다. 총 48개의 모델을 시뮬레이션하여 근관의 거칠기 효과를 조사했습니다. 결과는 속도를 높임으로써 베드 속도를 감소시키는 식생의 영향이 무시할만하다는 것을 나타냅니다.
Abstract
Vegetation along the river increases the roughness and reduces the average flow velocity, reduces flow energy, and changes the flow velocity profile in the cross section of the river. Many canals and rivers in nature are covered with vegetation during the floods. Canal’s roughness is strongly affected by plants and therefore it has a great effect on flow resistance during flood. Roughness resistance against the flow due to the plants depends on the flow conditions and plant, so the model should simulate the current velocity by considering the effects of velocity, depth of flow, and type of vegetation along the canal. Total of 48 models have been simulated to investigate the effect of roughness in the canal. The results indicated that, by enhancing the velocity, the effect of vegetation in decreasing the bed velocity is negligible, while when the current has lower speed, the effect of vegetation on decreasing the bed velocity is obviously considerable.
1. Introduction
Considering the impact of each variable is a very popular field within the analytical and statistical methods and intelligent systems [1–14]. This can help research for better modeling considering the relation of variables or interaction of them toward reaching a better condition for the objective function in control and engineering [15–27]. Consequently, it is necessary to study the effects of the passive factors on the active domain [28–36]. Because of the effect of vegetation on reducing the discharge capacity of rivers [37], pruning plants was necessary to improve the condition of rivers. One of the important effects of vegetation in river protection is the action of roots, which cause soil consolidation and soil structure improvement and, by enhancing the shear strength of soil, increase the resistance of canal walls against the erosive force of water. The outer limbs of the plant increase the roughness of the canal walls and reduce the flow velocity and deplete the flow energy in vicinity of the walls. Vegetation by reducing the shear stress of the canal bed reduces flood discharge and sedimentation in the intervals between vegetation and increases the stability of the walls [38–41].
One of the main factors influencing the speed, depth, and extent of flood in this method is Manning’s roughness coefficient. On the other hand, soil cover [42], especially vegetation, is one of the most determining factors in Manning’s roughness coefficient. Therefore, it is expected that those seasonal changes in the vegetation of the region will play an important role in the calculated value of Manning’s roughness coefficient and ultimately in predicting the flood wave behavior [43–45]. The roughness caused by plants’ resistance to flood current depends on the flow and plant conditions. Flow conditions include depth and velocity of the plant, and plant conditions include plant type, hardness or flexibility, dimensions, density, and shape of the plant [46]. In general, the issue discussed in this research is the optimization of flood-induced flow in canals by considering the effect of vegetation-induced roughness. Therefore, the effect of plants on the roughness coefficient and canal transmission coefficient and in consequence the flow depth should be evaluated [47, 48].
Current resistance is generally known by its roughness coefficient. The equation that is mainly used in this field is Manning equation. The ratio of shear velocity to average current velocity is another form of current resistance. The reason for using the ratio is that it is dimensionless and has a strong theoretical basis. The reason for using Manning roughness coefficient is its pervasiveness. According to Freeman et al. [49], the Manning roughness coefficient for plants was calculated according to the Kouwen and Unny [50] method for incremental resistance. This method involves increasing the roughness for various surface and plant irregularities. Manning’s roughness coefficient has all the factors affecting the resistance of the canal. Therefore, the appropriate way to more accurately estimate this coefficient is to know the factors affecting this coefficient [51].
To calculate the flow rate, velocity, and depth of flow in canals as well as flood and sediment estimation, it is important to evaluate the flow resistance. To determine the flow resistance in open ducts, Manning, Chézy, and Darcy–Weisbach relations are used [52]. In these relations, there are parameters such as Manning’s roughness coefficient (n), Chézy roughness coefficient (C), and Darcy–Weisbach coefficient (f). All three of these coefficients are a kind of flow resistance coefficient that is widely used in the equations governing flow in rivers [53].
The three relations that express the relationship between the average flow velocity (V) and the resistance and geometric and hydraulic coefficients of the canal are as follows:where n, f, and c are Manning, Darcy–Weisbach, and Chézy coefficients, respectively. V = average flow velocity, R = hydraulic radius, Sf = slope of energy line, which in uniform flow is equal to the slope of the canal bed, = gravitational acceleration, and Kn is a coefficient whose value is equal to 1 in the SI system and 1.486 in the English system. The coefficients of resistance in equations (1) to (3) are related as follows:
Based on the boundary layer theory, the flow resistance for rough substrates is determined from the following general relation:where f = Darcy–Weisbach coefficient of friction, y = flow depth, Ks = bed roughness size, and A = constant coefficient.
On the other hand, the relationship between the Darcy–Weisbach coefficient of friction and the shear velocity of the flow is as follows:
By using equation (6), equation (5) is converted as follows:
Investigation on the effect of vegetation arrangement on shear velocity of flow in laboratory conditions showed that, with increasing the shear Reynolds number (), the numerical value of the ratio also increases; in other words the amount of roughness coefficient increases with a slight difference in the cases without vegetation, checkered arrangement, and cross arrangement, respectively [54].
Roughness in river vegetation is simulated in mathematical models with a variable floor slope flume by different densities and discharges. The vegetation considered submerged in the bed of the flume. Results showed that, with increasing vegetation density, canal roughness and flow shear speed increase and with increasing flow rate and depth, Manning’s roughness coefficient decreases. Factors affecting the roughness caused by vegetation include the effect of plant density and arrangement on flow resistance, the effect of flow velocity on flow resistance, and the effect of depth [45, 55].
One of the works that has been done on the effect of vegetation on the roughness coefficient is Darby [56] study, which investigates a flood wave model that considers all the effects of vegetation on the roughness coefficient. There are currently two methods for estimating vegetation roughness. One method is to add the thrust force effect to Manning’s equation [47, 57, 58] and the other method is to increase the canal bed roughness (Manning-Strickler coefficient) [45, 59–61]. These two methods provide acceptable results in models designed to simulate floodplain flow. Wang et al. [62] simulate the floodplain with submerged vegetation using these two methods and to increase the accuracy of the results, they suggested using the effective height of the plant under running water instead of using the actual height of the plant. Freeman et al. [49] provided equations for determining the coefficient of vegetation roughness under different conditions. Lee et al. [63] proposed a method for calculating the Manning coefficient using the flow velocity ratio at different depths. Much research has been done on the Manning roughness coefficient in rivers, and researchers [49, 63–66] sought to obtain a specific number for n to use in river engineering. However, since the depth and geometric conditions of rivers are completely variable in different places, the values of Manning roughness coefficient have changed subsequently, and it has not been possible to choose a fixed number. In river engineering software, the Manning roughness coefficient is determined only for specific and constant conditions or normal flow. Lee et al. [63] stated that seasonal conditions, density, and type of vegetation should also be considered. Hydraulic roughness and Manning roughness coefficient n of the plant were obtained by estimating the total Manning roughness coefficient from the matching of the measured water surface curve and water surface height. The following equation is used for the flow surface curve:where is the depth of water change, S0 is the slope of the canal floor, Sf is the slope of the energy line, and Fr is the Froude number which is obtained from the following equation:where D is the characteristic length of the canal. Flood flow velocity is one of the important parameters of flood waves, which is very important in calculating the water level profile and energy consumption. In the cases where there are many limitations for researchers due to the wide range of experimental dimensions and the variety of design parameters, the use of numerical methods that are able to estimate the rest of the unknown results with acceptable accuracy is economically justified.
FLOW-3D software uses Finite Difference Method (FDM) for numerical solution of two-dimensional and three-dimensional flow. This software is dedicated to computational fluid dynamics (CFD) and is provided by Flow Science [67]. The flow is divided into networks with tubular cells. For each cell there are values of dependent variables and all variables are calculated in the center of the cell, except for the velocity, which is calculated at the center of the cell. In this software, two numerical techniques have been used for geometric simulation, FAVOR™ (Fractional-Area-Volume-Obstacle-Representation) and the VOF (Volume-of-Fluid) method. The equations used at this model for this research include the principle of mass survival and the magnitude of motion as follows. The fluid motion equations in three dimensions, including the Navier–Stokes equations with some additional terms, are as follows:where are mass accelerations in the directions x, y, z and are viscosity accelerations in the directions x, y, z and are obtained from the following equations:
Shear stresses in equation (11) are obtained from the following equations:
The standard model is used for high Reynolds currents, but in this model, RNG theory allows the analytical differential formula to be used for the effective viscosity that occurs at low Reynolds numbers. Therefore, the RNG model can be used for low and high Reynolds currents.
Weather changes are high and this affects many factors continuously. The presence of vegetation in any area reduces the velocity of surface flows and prevents soil erosion, so vegetation will have a significant impact on reducing destructive floods. One of the methods of erosion protection in floodplain watersheds is the use of biological methods. The presence of vegetation in watersheds reduces the flow rate during floods and prevents soil erosion. The external organs of plants increase the roughness and decrease the velocity of water flow and thus reduce its shear stress energy. One of the important factors with which the hydraulic resistance of plants is expressed is the roughness coefficient. Measuring the roughness coefficient of plants and investigating their effect on reducing velocity and shear stress of flow is of special importance.
Roughness coefficients in canals are affected by two main factors, namely, flow conditions and vegetation characteristics [68]. So far, much research has been done on the effect of the roughness factor created by vegetation, but the issue of plant density has received less attention. For this purpose, this study was conducted to investigate the effect of vegetation density on flow velocity changes.
In a study conducted using a software model on three density modes in the submerged state effect on flow velocity changes in 48 different modes was investigated (Table 1).
Table 1
The studied models.
The number of cells used in this simulation is equal to 1955888 cells. The boundary conditions were introduced to the model as a constant speed and depth (Figure 1). At the output boundary, due to the presence of supercritical current, no parameter for the current is considered. Absolute roughness for floors and walls was introduced to the model (Figure 1). In this case, the flow was assumed to be nonviscous and air entry into the flow was not considered. After seconds, this model reached a convergence accuracy of .
Figure 1
The simulated model and its boundary conditions.
Due to the fact that it is not possible to model the vegetation in FLOW-3D software, in this research, the vegetation of small soft plants was studied so that Manning’s coefficients can be entered into the canal bed in the form of roughness coefficients obtained from the studies of Chow [69] in similar conditions. In practice, in such modeling, the effect of plant height is eliminated due to the small height of herbaceous plants, and modeling can provide relatively acceptable results in these conditions.
48 models with input velocities proportional to the height of the regular semihexagonal canal were considered to create supercritical conditions. Manning coefficients were applied based on Chow [69] studies in order to control the canal bed. Speed profiles were drawn and discussed.
Any control and simulation system has some inputs that we should determine to test any technology [70–77]. Determination and true implementation of such parameters is one of the key steps of any simulation [23, 78–81] and computing procedure [82–86]. The input current is created by applying the flow rate through the VFR (Volume Flow Rate) option and the output flow is considered Output and for other borders the Symmetry option is considered.
Simulation of the models and checking their action and responses and observing how a process behaves is one of the accepted methods in engineering and science [87, 88]. For verification of FLOW-3D software, the results of computer simulations are compared with laboratory measurements and according to the values of computational error, convergence error, and the time required for convergence, the most appropriate option for real-time simulation is selected (Figures 2 and 3 ).
Figure 2
Modeling the plant with cylindrical tubes at the bottom of the canal.
Figure 3
Velocity profiles in positions 2 and 5.
The canal is 7 meters long, 0.5 meters wide, and 0.8 meters deep. This test was used to validate the application of the software to predict the flow rate parameters. In this experiment, instead of using the plant, cylindrical pipes were used in the bottom of the canal.
The conditions of this modeling are similar to the laboratory conditions and the boundary conditions used in the laboratory were used for numerical modeling. The critical flow enters the simulation model from the upstream boundary, so in the upstream boundary conditions, critical velocity and depth are considered. The flow at the downstream boundary is supercritical, so no parameters are applied to the downstream boundary.
The software well predicts the process of changing the speed profile in the open canal along with the considered obstacles. The error in the calculated speed values can be due to the complexity of the flow and the interaction of the turbulence caused by the roughness of the floor with the turbulence caused by the three-dimensional cycles in the hydraulic jump. As a result, the software is able to predict the speed distribution in open canals.
2. Modeling Results
After analyzing the models, the results were shown in graphs (Figures 4–14 ). The total number of experiments in this study was 48 due to the limitations of modeling.
Flow velocity profiles for canals with a depth of 1 m and flow velocities of 3–3.3 m/s. Canal with a depth of 1 meter and a flow velocity of (a) 3 meters per second, (b) 3.1 meters per second, (c) 3.2 meters per second, and (d) 3.3 meters per second.
Figure 5
Canal diagram with a depth of 1 meter and a flow rate of 3 meters per second.
Figure 6
Canal diagram with a depth of 1 meter and a flow rate of 3.1 meters per second.
Figure 7
Canal diagram with a depth of 1 meter and a flow rate of 3.2 meters per second.
Figure 8
Canal diagram with a depth of 1 meter and a flow rate of 3.3 meters per second.
Flow velocity profiles for canals with a depth of 2 m and flow velocities of 4–4.3 m/s. Canal with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of (a) 4 meters per second, (b) 4.1 meters per second, (c) 4.2 meters per second, and (d) 4.3 meters per second.
Figure 10
Canal diagram with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of 4 meters per second.
Figure 11
Canal diagram with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of 4.1 meters per second.
Figure 12
Canal diagram with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of 4.2 meters per second.
Figure 13
Canal diagram with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of 4.3 meters per second.
Flow velocity profiles for canals with a depth of 3 m and flow velocities of 5–5.3 m/s. Canal with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of (a) 4 meters per second, (b) 4.1 meters per second, (c) 4.2 meters per second, and (d) 4.3 meters per second.
To investigate the effects of roughness with flow velocity, the trend of flow velocity changes at different depths and with supercritical flow to a Froude number proportional to the depth of the section has been obtained.
According to the velocity profiles of Figure 5, it can be seen that, with the increasing of Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases.
According to Figures 5 to 8, it can be found that, with increasing the Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the models 1 to 12, which can be justified by increasing the speed and of course increasing the Froude number.
According to Figure 10, we see that, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases.
According to Figure 11, we see that, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of Figures 5–10, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.
With increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases (Figure 12). But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the higher models (Figures 5–8 and 10, 11), which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.
According to Figure 13, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of Figures 5 to 12, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.
According to Figure 15, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases.
Figure 15
Canal diagram with a depth of 3 meters and a flow rate of 5 meters per second.
According to Figure 16, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the higher model, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.
Figure 16
Canal diagram with a depth of 3 meters and a flow rate of 5.1 meters per second.
According to Figure 17, it is clear that, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the higher models, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.
Figure 17
Canal diagram with a depth of 3 meters and a flow rate of 5.2 meters per second.
According to Figure 18, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the higher models, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.
Figure 18
Canal diagram with a depth of 3 meters and a flow rate of 5.3 meters per second.
According to Figure 19, it can be seen that the vegetation placed in front of the flow input velocity has negligible effect on the reduction of velocity, which of course can be justified due to the flexibility of the vegetation. The only unusual thing is the unexpected decrease in floor speed of 3 m/s compared to higher speeds.
Comparison of velocity profiles with the same plant densities (depth 1 m). Comparison of velocity profiles with (a) plant densities of 25%, depth 1 m; (b) plant densities of 50%, depth 1 m; and (c) plant densities of 75%, depth 1 m.
According to Figure 20, by increasing the speed of vegetation, the effect of vegetation on reducing the flow rate becomes more noticeable. And the role of input current does not have much effect in reducing speed.
Comparison of velocity profiles with the same plant densities (depth 2 m). Comparison of velocity profiles with (a) plant densities of 25%, depth 2 m; (b) plant densities of 50%, depth 2 m; and (c) plant densities of 75%, depth 2 m.
According to Figure 21, it can be seen that, with increasing speed, the effect of vegetation on reducing the bed flow rate becomes more noticeable and the role of the input current does not have much effect. In general, it can be seen that, by increasing the speed of the input current, the slope of the profiles increases from the bed to the water surface and due to the fact that, in software, the roughness coefficient applies to the channel floor only in the boundary conditions, this can be perfectly justified. Of course, it can be noted that, due to the flexible conditions of the vegetation of the bed, this modeling can show acceptable results for such grasses in the canal floor. In the next directions, we may try application of swarm-based optimization methods for modeling and finding the most effective factors in this research [2, 7, 8, 15, 18, 89–94]. In future, we can also apply the simulation logic and software of this research for other domains such as power engineering [95–99].
Comparison of velocity profiles with the same plant densities (depth 3 m). Comparison of velocity profiles with (a) plant densities of 25%, depth 3 m; (b) plant densities of 50%, depth 3 m; and (c) plant densities of 75%, depth 3 m.
3. Conclusion
The effects of vegetation on the flood canal were investigated by numerical modeling with FLOW-3D software. After analyzing the results, the following conclusions were reached:(i)Increasing the density of vegetation reduces the velocity of the canal floor but has no effect on the velocity of the canal surface.(ii)Increasing the Froude number is directly related to increasing the speed of the canal floor.(iii)In the canal with a depth of one meter, a sudden increase in speed can be observed from the lowest speed and higher speed, which is justified by the sudden increase in Froude number.(iv)As the inlet flow rate increases, the slope of the profiles from the bed to the water surface increases.(v)By reducing the Froude number, the effect of vegetation on reducing the flow bed rate becomes more noticeable. And the input velocity in reducing the velocity of the canal floor does not have much effect.(vi)At a flow rate between 3 and 3.3 meters per second due to the shallow depth of the canal and the higher landing number a more critical area is observed in which the flow bed velocity in this area is between 2.86 and 3.1 m/s.(vii)Due to the critical flow velocity and the slight effect of the roughness of the horseshoe vortex floor, it is not visible and is only partially observed in models 1-2-3 and 21.(viii)As the flow rate increases, the effect of vegetation on the rate of bed reduction decreases.(ix)In conditions where less current intensity is passing, vegetation has a greater effect on reducing current intensity and energy consumption increases.(x)In the case of using the flow rate of 0.8 cubic meters per second, the velocity distribution and flow regime show about 20% more energy consumption than in the case of using the flow rate of 1.3 cubic meters per second.
Nomenclature
n:
Manning’s roughness coefficient
C:
Chézy roughness coefficient
f:
Darcy–Weisbach coefficient
V:
Flow velocity
R:
Hydraulic radius
g:
Gravitational acceleration
y:
Flow depth
Ks:
Bed roughness
A:
Constant coefficient
:
Reynolds number
∂y/∂x:
Depth of water change
S0:
Slope of the canal floor
Sf:
Slope of energy line
Fr:
Froude number
D:
Characteristic length of the canal
G:
Mass acceleration
:
Shear stresses.
Data Availability
All data are included within the paper.
Conflicts of Interest
The authors declare that they have no conflicts of interest.
Acknowledgments
This work was partially supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Contract no. 71761030 and Natural Science Foundation of Inner Mongolia under Contract no. 2019LH07003.
References
H. Yu, L. Jie, W. Gui et al., “Dynamic Gaussian bare-bones fruit fly optimizers with abandonment mechanism: method and analysis,” Engineering with Computers, vol. 20, pp. 1–29, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
X. Zhao, D. Li, B. Yang, C. Ma, Y. Zhu, and H. Chen, “Feature selection based on improved ant colony optimization for online detection of foreign fiber in cotton,” Applied Soft Computing, vol. 24, pp. 585–596, 2014.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. Hu, H. Chen, A. A. Heidari et al., “Orthogonal learning covariance matrix for defects of grey wolf optimizer: insights, balance, diversity, and feature selection,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 213, Article ID 106684, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
C. Yu, M. Chen, K. Chen et al., “SGOA: annealing-behaved grasshopper optimizer for global tasks,” Engineering with Computers, vol. 4, pp. 1–28, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
W. Shan, Z. Qiao, A. A. Heidari, H. Chen, H. Turabieh, and Y. Teng, “Double adaptive weights for stabilization of moth flame optimizer: balance analysis, engineering cases, and medical diagnosis,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 8, Article ID 106728, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
J. Tu, H. Chen, J. Liu et al., “Evolutionary biogeography-based whale optimization methods with communication structure: towards measuring the balance,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 212, Article ID 106642, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Y. Zhang, R. Liu, X. Wang et al., “Towards augmented kernel extreme learning models for bankruptcy prediction: algorithmic behavior and comprehensive analysis,” Neurocomputing, vol. 430, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
H.-L. Chen, G. Wang, C. Ma, Z.-N. Cai, W.-B. Liu, and S.-J. Wang, “An efficient hybrid kernel extreme learning machine approach for early diagnosis of Parkinson׳s disease,” Neurocomputing, vol. 184, pp. 131–144, 2016.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. Xia, H. Chen, Q. Li et al., “Ultrasound-based differentiation of malignant and benign thyroid Nodules: an extreme learning machine approach,” Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine, vol. 147, pp. 37–49, 2017.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
C. Li, L. Hou, B. Y. Sharma et al., “Developing a new intelligent system for the diagnosis of tuberculous pleural effusion,” Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine, vol. 153, pp. 211–225, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
X. Xu and H.-L. Chen, “Adaptive computational chemotaxis based on field in bacterial foraging optimization,” Soft Computing, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 797–807, 2014.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. Wang, H. Chen, B. Yang et al., “Toward an optimal kernel extreme learning machine using a chaotic moth-flame optimization strategy with applications in medical diagnoses,” Neurocomputing, vol. 267, pp. 69–84, 2017.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
L. Chao, K. Zhang, Z. Li, Y. Zhu, J. Wang, and Z. Yu, “Geographically weighted regression based methods for merging satellite and gauge precipitation,” Journal of Hydrology, vol. 558, pp. 275–289, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
F. J. Golrokh, G. Azeem, and A. Hasan, “Eco-efficiency evaluation in cement industries: DEA malmquist productivity index using optimization models,” ENG Transactions, vol. 1, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
D. Zhao, L. Lei, F. Yu et al., “Chaotic random spare ant colony optimization for multi-threshold image segmentation of 2D Kapur entropy,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 8, Article ID 106510, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
Y. Zhang, R. Liu, X. Wang, H. Chen, and C. Li, “Boosted binary Harris hawks optimizer and feature selection,” Engineering with Computers, vol. 517, pp. 1–30, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
L. Hu, G. Hong, J. Ma, X. Wang, and H. Chen, “An efficient machine learning approach for diagnosis of paraquat-poisoned patients,” Computers in Biology and Medicine, vol. 59, pp. 116–124, 2015.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
L. Shen, H. Chen, Z. Yu et al., “Evolving support vector machines using fruit fly optimization for medical data classification,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 96, pp. 61–75, 2016.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
X. Zhao, X. Zhang, Z. Cai et al., “Chaos enhanced grey wolf optimization wrapped ELM for diagnosis of paraquat-poisoned patients,” Computational Biology and Chemistry, vol. 78, pp. 481–490, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Y. Xu, H. Chen, J. Luo, Q. Zhang, S. Jiao, and X. Zhang, “Enhanced Moth-flame optimizer with mutation strategy for global optimization,” Information Sciences, vol. 492, pp. 181–203, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. Wang and H. Chen, “Chaotic multi-swarm whale optimizer boosted support vector machine for medical diagnosis,” Applied Soft Computing Journal, vol. 88, Article ID 105946, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Y. Chen, J. Li, H. Lu, and P. Yan, “Coupling system dynamics analysis and risk aversion programming for optimizing the mixed noise-driven shale gas-water supply chains,” Journal of Cleaner Production, vol. 278, Article ID 123209, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
H. Tang, Y. Xu, A. Lin et al., “Predicting green consumption behaviors of students using efficient firefly grey wolf-assisted K-nearest neighbor classifiers,” IEEE Access, vol. 8, pp. 35546–35562, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
H.-J. Ma and G.-H. Yang, “Adaptive fault tolerant control of cooperative heterogeneous systems with actuator faults and unreliable interconnections,” IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control, vol. 61, no. 11, pp. 3240–3255, 2015.View at: Google Scholar
H.-J. Ma and L.-X. Xu, “Decentralized adaptive fault-tolerant control for a class of strong interconnected nonlinear systems via graph theory,” IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control, vol. 66, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
H. J. Ma, L. X. Xu, and G. H. Yang, “Multiple environment integral reinforcement learning-based fault-tolerant control for affine nonlinear systems,” IEEE Transactions on Cybernetics, vol. 51, pp. 1–16, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. Hu, M. Wang, C. Zhao, Q. Pan, and C. Du, “Formation control and collision avoidance for multi-UAV systems based on Voronoi partition,” Science China Technological Sciences, vol. 63, no. 1, pp. 65–72, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
C. Zhang, H. Li, Y. Qian, C. Chen, and X. Zhou, “Locality-constrained discriminative matrix regression for robust face identification,” IEEE Transactions on Neural Networks and Learning Systems, vol. 99, pp. 1–15, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
X. Zhang, D. Wang, Z. Zhou, and Y. Ma, “Robust low-rank tensor recovery with rectification and alignment,” IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, vol. 43, no. 1, pp. 238–255, 2019.View at: Google Scholar
X. Zhang, J. Wang, T. Wang, R. Jiang, J. Xu, and L. Zhao, “Robust feature learning for adversarial defense via hierarchical feature alignment,” Information Sciences, vol. 560, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
X. Zhang, R. Jiang, T. Wang, and J. Wang, “Recursive neural network for video deblurring,” IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems for Video Technology, vol. 03, p. 1, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
X. Zhang, T. Wang, J. Wang, G. Tang, and L. Zhao, “Pyramid channel-based feature attention network for image dehazing,” Computer Vision and Image Understanding, vol. 197-198, Article ID 103003, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
X. Zhang, T. Wang, W. Luo, and P. Huang, “Multi-level fusion and attention-guided CNN for image dehazing,” IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems for Video Technology, vol. 3, p. 1, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
L. He, J. Shen, and Y. Zhang, “Ecological vulnerability assessment for ecological conservation and environmental management,” Journal of Environmental Management, vol. 206, pp. 1115–1125, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Y. Chen, W. Zheng, W. Li, and Y. Huang, “Large group Activity security risk assessment and risk early warning based on random forest algorithm,” Pattern Recognition Letters, vol. 144, pp. 1–5, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. Hu, H. Zhang, Z. Li, C. Zhao, Z. Xu, and Q. Pan, “Object traversing by monocular UAV in outdoor environment,” Asian Journal of Control, vol. 25, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
P. Tian, H. Lu, W. Feng, Y. Guan, and Y. Xue, “Large decrease in streamflow and sediment load of Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau driven by future climate change: a case study in Lhasa River Basin,” Catena, vol. 187, Article ID 104340, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
A. Stokes, C. Atger, A. G. Bengough, T. Fourcaud, and R. C. Sidle, “Desirable plant root traits for protecting natural and engineered slopes against landslides,” Plant and Soil, vol. 324, no. 1, pp. 1–30, 2009.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
T. B. Devi, A. Sharma, and B. Kumar, “Studies on emergent flow over vegetative channel bed with downward seepage,” Hydrological Sciences Journal, vol. 62, no. 3, pp. 408–420, 2017.View at: Google Scholar
G. Ireland, M. Volpi, and G. Petropoulos, “Examining the capability of supervised machine learning classifiers in extracting flooded areas from Landsat TM imagery: a case study from a Mediterranean flood,” Remote Sensing, vol. 7, no. 3, pp. 3372–3399, 2015.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
L. Goodarzi and S. Javadi, “Assessment of aquifer vulnerability using the DRASTIC model; a case study of the Dezful-Andimeshk Aquifer,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering, vol. 2, no. 1, pp. 17–22, 2016.View at: Google Scholar
K. Zhang, Q. Wang, L. Chao et al., “Ground observation-based analysis of soil moisture spatiotemporal variability across a humid to semi-humid transitional zone in China,” Journal of Hydrology, vol. 574, pp. 903–914, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
L. De Doncker, P. Troch, R. Verhoeven, K. Bal, P. Meire, and J. Quintelier, “Determination of the Manning roughness coefficient influenced by vegetation in the river Aa and Biebrza river,” Environmental Fluid Mechanics, vol. 9, no. 5, pp. 549–567, 2009.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. Fathi-Moghadam and K. Drikvandi, “Manning roughness coefficient for rivers and flood plains with non-submerged vegetation,” International Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 1–4, 2012.View at: Google Scholar
F.-C. Wu, H. W. Shen, and Y.-J. Chou, “Variation of roughness coefficients for unsubmerged and submerged vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 125, no. 9, pp. 934–942, 1999.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. K. Wood, “Rangeland vegetation-hydrologic interactions,” in Vegetation Science Applications for Rangeland Analysis and Management, vol. 3, pp. 469–491, Springer, 1988.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
C. Wilson, O. Yagci, H.-P. Rauch, and N. Olsen, “3D numerical modelling of a willow vegetated river/floodplain system,” Journal of Hydrology, vol. 327, no. 1-2, pp. 13–21, 2006.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
R. Yazarloo, M. Khamehchian, and M. R. Nikoodel, “Observational-computational 3d engineering geological model and geotechnical characteristics of young sediments of golestan province,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering (CRPASE), vol. 03, 2017.View at: Google Scholar
G. E. Freeman, W. H. Rahmeyer, and R. R. Copeland, “Determination of resistance due to shrubs and woody vegetation,” International Journal of River Basin Management, vol. 19, 2000.View at: Google Scholar
N. Kouwen and T. E. Unny, “Flexible roughness in open channels,” Journal of the Hydraulics Division, vol. 99, no. 5, pp. 713–728, 1973.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
S. Hosseini and J. Abrishami, Open Channel Hydraulics, Elsevier, Amsterdam, Netherlands, 2007.
C. S. James, A. L. Birkhead, A. A. Jordanova, and J. J. O’Sullivan, “Flow resistance of emergent vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Research, vol. 42, no. 4, pp. 390–398, 2004.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
F. Huthoff and D. Augustijn, “Channel roughness in 1D steady uniform flow: Manning or Chézy?,,” NCR-days, vol. 102, 2004.View at: Google Scholar
M. S. Sabegh, M. Saneie, M. Habibi, A. A. Abbasi, and M. Ghadimkhani, “Experimental investigation on the effect of river bank tree planting array, on shear velocity,” Journal of Watershed Engineering and Management, vol. 2, no. 4, 2011.View at: Google Scholar
A. Errico, V. Pasquino, M. Maxwald, G. B. Chirico, L. Solari, and F. Preti, “The effect of flexible vegetation on flow in drainage channels: estimation of roughness coefficients at the real scale,” Ecological Engineering, vol. 120, pp. 411–421, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
S. E. Darby, “Effect of riparian vegetation on flow resistance and flood potential,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 125, no. 5, pp. 443–454, 1999.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
V. Kutija and H. Thi Minh Hong, “A numerical model for assessing the additional resistance to flow introduced by flexible vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Research, vol. 34, no. 1, pp. 99–114, 1996.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
T. Fischer-Antze, T. Stoesser, P. Bates, and N. R. B. Olsen, “3D numerical modelling of open-channel flow with submerged vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Research, vol. 39, no. 3, pp. 303–310, 2001.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
U. Stephan and D. Gutknecht, “Hydraulic resistance of submerged flexible vegetation,” Journal of Hydrology, vol. 269, no. 1-2, pp. 27–43, 2002.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
F. G. Carollo, V. Ferro, and D. Termini, “Flow resistance law in channels with flexible submerged vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 131, no. 7, pp. 554–564, 2005.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
W. Fu-sheng, “Flow resistance of flexible vegetation in open channel,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. S1, 2007.View at: Google Scholar
P.-f. Wang, C. Wang, and D. Z. Zhu, “Hydraulic resistance of submerged vegetation related to effective height,” Journal of Hydrodynamics, vol. 22, no. 2, pp. 265–273, 2010.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. K. Lee, L. C. Roig, H. L. Jenter, and H. M. Visser, “Drag coefficients for modeling flow through emergent vegetation in the Florida Everglades,” Ecological Engineering, vol. 22, no. 4-5, pp. 237–248, 2004.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
G. J. Arcement and V. R. Schneider, Guide for Selecting Manning’s Roughness Coefficients for Natural Channels and Flood Plains, US Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, USA, 1989.
Y. Ding and S. S. Y. Wang, “Identification of Manning’s roughness coefficients in channel network using adjoint analysis,” International Journal of Computational Fluid Dynamics, vol. 19, no. 1, pp. 3–13, 2005.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
E. T. Engman, “Roughness coefficients for routing surface runoff,” Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering, vol. 112, no. 1, pp. 39–53, 1986.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. Feizbahr, C. Kok Keong, F. Rostami, and M. Shahrokhi, “Wave energy dissipation using perforated and non perforated piles,” International Journal of Engineering, vol. 31, no. 2, pp. 212–219, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. Farzadkhoo, A. Keshavarzi, H. Hamidifar, and M. Javan, “Sudden pollutant discharge in vegetated compound meandering rivers,” Catena, vol. 182, Article ID 104155, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
V. T. Chow, Open-channel Hydraulics, Mcgraw-Hill Civil Engineering Series, Chennai, TN, India, 1959.
X. Zhang, R. Jing, Z. Li, Z. Li, X. Chen, and C.-Y. Su, “Adaptive pseudo inverse control for a class of nonlinear asymmetric and saturated nonlinear hysteretic systems,” IEEE/CAA Journal of Automatica Sinica, vol. 8, no. 4, pp. 916–928, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
C. Zuo, Q. Chen, L. Tian, L. Waller, and A. Asundi, “Transport of intensity phase retrieval and computational imaging for partially coherent fields: the phase space perspective,” Optics and Lasers in Engineering, vol. 71, pp. 20–32, 2015.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
C. Zuo, J. Sun, J. Li, J. Zhang, A. Asundi, and Q. Chen, “High-resolution transport-of-intensity quantitative phase microscopy with annular illumination,” Scientific Reports, vol. 7, no. 1, pp. 7654–7722, 2017.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
B.-H. Li, Y. Liu, A.-M. Zhang, W.-H. Wang, and S. Wan, “A survey on blocking technology of entity resolution,” Journal of Computer Science and Technology, vol. 35, no. 4, pp. 769–793, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Y. Liu, B. Zhang, Y. Feng et al., “Development of 340-GHz transceiver front end based on GaAs monolithic integration technology for THz active imaging array,” Applied Sciences, vol. 10, no. 21, p. 7924, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. Hu, H. Zhang, L. Liu, X. Zhu, C. Zhao, and Q. Pan, “Convergent multiagent formation control with collision avoidance,” IEEE Transactions on Robotics, vol. 36, no. 6, pp. 1805–1818, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. B. Movahhed, J. Ayoubinejad, F. N. Asl, and M. Feizbahr, “The effect of rain on pedestrians crossing speed,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering (CRPASE), vol. 6, no. 3, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
A. Li, D. Spano, J. Krivochiza et al., “A tutorial on interference exploitation via symbol-level precoding: overview, state-of-the-art and future directions,” IEEE Communications Surveys & Tutorials, vol. 22, no. 2, pp. 796–839, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
W. Zhu, C. Ma, X. Zhao et al., “Evaluation of sino foreign cooperative education project using orthogonal sine cosine optimized kernel extreme learning machine,” IEEE Access, vol. 8, pp. 61107–61123, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
G. Liu, W. Jia, M. Wang et al., “Predicting cervical hyperextension injury: a covariance guided sine cosine support vector machine,” IEEE Access, vol. 8, pp. 46895–46908, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Y. Wei, H. Lv, M. Chen et al., “Predicting entrepreneurial intention of students: an extreme learning machine with Gaussian barebone harris hawks optimizer,” IEEE Access, vol. 8, pp. 76841–76855, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
A. Lin, Q. Wu, A. A. Heidari et al., “Predicting intentions of students for master programs using a chaos-induced sine cosine-based fuzzy K-Nearest neighbor classifier,” Ieee Access, vol. 7, pp. 67235–67248, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Y. Fan, P. Wang, A. A. Heidari et al., “Rationalized fruit fly optimization with sine cosine algorithm: a comprehensive analysis,” Expert Systems with Applications, vol. 157, Article ID 113486, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
E. Rodríguez-Esparza, L. A. Zanella-Calzada, D. Oliva et al., “An efficient Harris hawks-inspired image segmentation method,” Expert Systems with Applications, vol. 155, Article ID 113428, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
S. Jiao, G. Chong, C. Huang et al., “Orthogonally adapted Harris hawks optimization for parameter estimation of photovoltaic models,” Energy, vol. 203, Article ID 117804, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Z. Xu, Z. Hu, A. A. Heidari et al., “Orthogonally-designed adapted grasshopper optimization: a comprehensive analysis,” Expert Systems with Applications, vol. 150, Article ID 113282, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
A. Abbassi, R. Abbassi, A. A. Heidari et al., “Parameters identification of photovoltaic cell models using enhanced exploratory salp chains-based approach,” Energy, vol. 198, Article ID 117333, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. Mahmoodi and K. K. Aminjan, “Numerical simulation of flow through sukhoi 24 air inlet,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering (CRPASE), vol. 03, 2017.View at: Google Scholar
F. J. Golrokh and A. Hasan, “A comparison of machine learning clustering algorithms based on the DEA optimization approach for pharmaceutical companies in developing countries,” ENG Transactions, vol. 1, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
H. Chen, A. A. Heidari, H. Chen, M. Wang, Z. Pan, and A. H. Gandomi, “Multi-population differential evolution-assisted Harris hawks optimization: framework and case studies,” Future Generation Computer Systems, vol. 111, pp. 175–198, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. Guo, H. Zheng, B. Li, and G.-Z. Fu, “Bayesian hierarchical model-based information fusion for degradation analysis considering non-competing relationship,” IEEE Access, vol. 7, pp. 175222–175227, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. Guo, H. Zheng, B. Li, and G.-Z. Fu, “A Bayesian approach for degradation analysis with individual differences,” IEEE Access, vol. 7, pp. 175033–175040, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. M. A. Malakoutian, Y. Malakoutian, P. Mostafapour, and S. Z. D. Abed, “Prediction for monthly rainfall of six meteorological regions and TRNC (case study: north Cyprus),” ENG Transactions, vol. 2, no. 2, 2021.View at: Google Scholar
H. Arslan, M. Ranjbar, and Z. Mutlum, “Maximum sound transmission loss in multi-chamber reactive silencers: are two chambers enough?,,” ENG Transactions, vol. 2, no. 1, 2021.View at: Google Scholar
N. Tonekaboni, M. Feizbahr, N. Tonekaboni, G.-J. Jiang, and H.-X. Chen, “Optimization of solar CCHP systems with collector enhanced by porous media and nanofluid,” Mathematical Problems in Engineering, vol. 2021, Article ID 9984840, 12 pages, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Z. Niu, B. Zhang, J. Wang et al., “The research on 220GHz multicarrier high-speed communication system,” China Communications, vol. 17, no. 3, pp. 131–139, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
B. Zhang, Z. Niu, J. Wang et al., “Four‐hundred gigahertz broadband multi‐branch waveguide coupler,” IET Microwaves, Antennas & Propagation, vol. 14, no. 11, pp. 1175–1179, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Z.-Q. Niu, L. Yang, B. Zhang et al., “A mechanical reliability study of 3dB waveguide hybrid couplers in the submillimeter and terahertz band,” Journal of Zhejiang University Science, vol. 1, no. 1, 1998.View at: Google Scholar
B. Zhang, D. Ji, D. Fang, S. Liang, Y. Fan, and X. Chen, “A novel 220-GHz GaN diode on-chip tripler with high driven power,” IEEE Electron Device Letters, vol. 40, no. 5, pp. 780–783, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. Taleghani and A. Taleghani, “Identification and ranking of factors affecting the implementation of knowledge management engineering based on TOPSIS technique,” ENG Transactions, vol. 1, no. 1, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
Fatemehsadat Mirshafiee1, Emad Shahbazi 2, Mohadeseh Safi 3, Rituraj Rituraj 4,* 1Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering, K.N. Toosi University of Technology, Tehran 1999143344 , Iran 2Department of Mechatronic, Amirkabir University of Technology, Tehran 158754413, Iran 3Department of Mechatronic, Electrical and Computer Engineering, University of Tehran, Tehran 1416634793, Iran 4 Faculty of Informatics, Obuda University, 1023, Budapest, Hungary
Correspondence: rituraj88@stud.uni-obuda.hu
ABSTRACT
본 연구는 지속가능한 에너지 변환기의 전력 및 수소 발생 모델링을 위한 데이터 기반 방법론을 제안합니다. 파고와 풍속을 달리하여 파고와 수소생산을 예측합니다.
또한 이 연구는 파도에서 수소를 추출할 수 있는 가능성을 강조하고 장려합니다. FLOW-3D 소프트웨어 시뮬레이션에서 추출한 데이터와 해양 특수 테스트의 실험 데이터를 사용하여 두 가지 데이터 기반 학습 방법의 비교 분석을 수행합니다.
결과는 수소 생산의 양은 생성된 전력의 양에 비례한다는 것을 보여줍니다. 제안된 재생 에너지 변환기의 신뢰성은 지속 가능한 스마트 그리드 애플리케이션으로 추가로 논의됩니다.
This study proposes a data-driven methodology for modeling power and hydrogen generation of a sustainable energy converter. The wave and hydrogen production at different wave heights and wind speeds are predicted. Furthermore, this research emphasizes and encourages the possibility of extracting hydrogen from ocean waves. By using the extracted data from FLOW-3D software simulation and the experimental data from the special test in the ocean, the comparison analysis of two data-driven learning methods is conducted. The results show that the amount of hydrogen production is proportional to the amount of generated electrical power. The reliability of the proposed renewable energy converter is further discussed as a sustainable smart grid application.
Key words
Cavity, Combustion efficiency, hydrogen fuel, Computational Fluent and Gambit.
Figure 1. The process of power and hydrogen production with Searaser.Figure 2. The cross-section A-A of the two essential parts of a SearaserFigure 3. Different parts of a Searaser; 1) Buoy 2) Chamber 3) Valves 4) Generator 5) Anchor systemFigure 4. The boundary conditions of the control volumeFigure 5. The wind velocity during the period of the experimental test
REFERENCES
Kalbasi, R., Jahangiri, M., Dehshiri, S.J.H., Dehshiri, S.S.H., Ebrahimi, S., Etezadi, Z.A.S. and Karimipour, A., 2021. Finding the best station in Belgium to use residential-scale solar heating, one-year dynamic simulation with considering all system losses: economic analysis of using ETSW. Sustainable Energy Technologies and Assessments, 45, p.101097.
Megura M, Gunderson R. Better poison is the cure? Critically examining fossil fuel companies, climate change framing, and corporate sustainability reports. Energy Research & Social Science. 2022 Mar 1;85:102388.
Holechek JL, Geli HM, Sawalhah MN, Valdez R. A global assessment: can renewable energy replace fossil fuels by 2050?. Sustainability. 2022 Jan;14(8):4792.
Ahmad M, Kumar A, Ranjan R. Recent Developments of Tidal Energy as Renewable Energy: An Overview. River and Coastal Engineering. 2022:329-43.
Amini E, Mehdipour H, Faraggiana E, Golbaz D, Mozaffari S, Bracco G, Neshat M. Optimization of hydraulic power take-off system settings for point absorber wave energy converter. Renewable Energy. 2022 Jun 4.
Claywell, R., Nadai, L., Felde, I., Ardabili, S. 2020. Adaptive neuro-fuzzy inference system and a multilayer perceptron model trained with grey wolf optimizer for predicting solar diffuse fraction. Entropy, 22(11), p.1192.
McLeod I, Ringwood JV. Powering data buoys using wave energy: a review of possibilities. Journal of Ocean Engineering and Marine Energy. 2022 Jun 20:1-6.
Olsson G. Water interactions: A systemic view: Why we need to comprehend the water-climate-energy-food-economics-lifestyle connections.
Malkowska A, Malkowski A. Green Energy in the Political Debate. InGreen Energy 2023 (pp. 17-39). Springer, Cham.
Mayon R, Ning D, Ding B, Sergiienko NY. Wave energy converter systems–status and perspectives. InModelling and Optimisation of Wave Energy Converters (pp. 3-58). CRC Press.
Available online at: https://www.offshore-energy.biz/uk-ecotricity-introduces-wave-power-device-searaser/ (9/27/2022)
Mousavi SM, et al.,. Deep learning for wave energy converter modeling using long short-term memory. Mathematics. 2021 Apr 15;9(8):871.
Mega V. The Energy Race to Decarbonisation. InHuman Sustainable Cities 2022 (pp. 105-141). Springer, Cham.
Li R, Tang BJ, Yu B, Liao H, Zhang C, Wei YM. Cost-optimal operation strategy for integrating large scale of renewable energy in China’s power system: From a multi-regional perspective. Applied Energy. 2022 Nov 1;325:119780.
Ardabili S., Abdolalizadeh L., Mako C., Torok B., Systematic Review of Deep Learning and Machine Learning for Building Energy, Frontiers in Energy Research, 10, 2022.
Penalba M, Aizpurua JI, Martinez-Perurena A, Iglesias G. A data-driven long-term metocean data forecasting approach for the design of marine renewable energy systems. Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews. 2022 Oct 1;167:112751.
Torabi, M., Hashemi, S., Saybani, M.R., 2019. A Hybrid clustering and classification technique for forecasting short‐term energy consumption. Environmental progress & sustainable energy, 38(1), pp.66-76.
Rivera FP, Zalamea J, Espinoza JL, Gonzalez LG. Sustainable use of spilled turbinable energy in Ecuador: Three different energy storage systems. Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews. 2022 Mar 1;156:112005.
Raza SA, Jiang J. Mathematical foundations for balancing single-phase residential microgrids connected to a three-phase distribution system. IEEE Access. 2022 Jan 6;10:5292-303.
Takach M, Sarajlić M, Peters D, Kroener M, Schuldt F, von Maydell K. Review of Hydrogen Production Techniques from Water Using Renewable Energy Sources and Its Storage in Salt Caverns. Energies. 2022 Feb 15;15(4):1415.
Lv Z, Li W, Wei J, Ho F, Cao J, Chen X. Autonomous Chemistry Enabling Environment-Adaptive Electrochemical Energy Storage Devices. CCS Chemistry. 2022 Jul 7:1-9.
Dehghan Manshadi, Mahsa, Milad Mousavi, M. Soltani, Amir Mosavi, and Levente Kovacs. 2022. “Deep Learning for Modeling an Offshore Hybrid Wind–Wave Energy System” Energies 15, no. 24: 9484. https://doi.org/10.3390/en15249484
Ishaq H, Dincer I, Crawford C. A review on hydrogen production and utilization: Challenges and opportunities. International Journal of Hydrogen Energy. 2022 Jul 22;47(62):26238-64.
Maguire JF, Woodcock LV. On the Thermodynamics of Aluminum Cladding Oxidation: Water as the Catalyst for Spontaneous Combustion. Journal of Failure Analysis and Prevention. 2022 Sep 10:1-5.
Mohammadi, M. R., Hadavimoghaddam, F., Pourmahdi, M., Atashrouz, S., Munir, M. T., Hemmati-Sarapardeh, A., … & Mohaddespour, A. (2021). Modeling hydrogen solubility in hydrocarbons using extreme gradient boosting and equations of state. Scientific reports, 11(1).
Ma S, Qin J, Xiu X, Wang S. Design and performance evaluation of an underwater hybrid system of fuel cell and battery. Energy Conversion and Management. 2022 Jun 15;262:115672.
Ahamed R, McKee K, Howard I. A Review of the Linear Generator Type of Wave Energy Converters’ Power Take-Off Systems. Sustainability. 2022 Jan;14(16):9936.
Nejad, H.D., Nazari, M., Nazari, M., Mardan, M.M.S., 2022. Fuzzy State-Dependent Riccati Equation (FSDRE) Control of the Reverse Osmosis Desalination System With Photovoltaic Power Supply. IEEE Access, 10, pp.95585-95603.
Zou S, Zhou X, Khan I, Weaver WW, Rahman S. Optimization of the electricity generation of a wave energy converter using deep reinforcement learning. Ocean Engineering. 2022 Jan 15;244:110363.
Wu J, Qin L, Chen N, Qian C, Zheng S. Investigation on a spring-integrated mechanical power take-off system for wave energy conversion purpose. Energy. 2022 Apr 15;245:123318.
Papini G, Dores Piuma FJ, Faedo N, Ringwood JV, Mattiazzo G. Nonlinear Model Reduction by Moment-Matching for a Point Absorber Wave Energy Conversion System. Journal of Marine Science and Engineering. 2022 May;10(5):656.
Forbush DD, Bacelli G, Spencer SJ, Coe RG, Bosma B, Lomonaco P. Design and testing of a free floating dual flap wave energy converter. Energy. 2022 Feb 1;240:122485.
Rezaei, M.A., 2022. A New Hybrid Cascaded Switched-Capacitor Reduced Switch Multilevel Inverter for Renewable Sources and Domestic Loads. IEEE Access, 10, pp.14157-14183.
Lin Z, Cheng L, Huang G. Electricity consumption prediction based on LSTM with attention mechanism. IEEJ Transactions on Electrical and Electronic Engineering. 2020;15(4):556-562.
Tavoosi, J., Mohammadzadeh, A., Pahlevanzadeh, B., Kasmani, M.B., 2022. A machine learning approach for active/reactive power control of grid-connected doubly-fed induction generators. Ain Shams Engineering Journal, 13(2), p.101564.
Ghalandari, M., 2019. Flutter speed estimation using presented differential quadrature method formulation. Engineering Applications of Computational Fluid Mechanics, 13(1), pp.804-810.
Li Z, Bouscasse B, Ducrozet G, Gentaz L, Le Touzé D, Ferrant P. Spectral wave explicit navier-stokes equations for wavestructure interactions using two-phase computational fluid dynamics solvers. Ocean Engineering. 2021 Feb 1;221:108513.
Zhou Y. Ocean energy applications for coastal communities with artificial intelligencea state-of-the-art review. Energy and AI. 2022 Jul 29:100189.
Miskati S, Farin FM. Performance evaluation of wave-carpet in wave energy extraction at different coastal regions: an analytical approach (Doctoral dissertation, Department of Mechanical and Production Engineering).
Gu C, Li H. Review on Deep Learning Research and Applications in Wind and Wave Energy. Energies. 2022 Feb 17;15(4):1510.
Aazami, R., 2022. Optimal Control of an Energy-Storage System in a Microgrid for Reducing Wind-Power Fluctuations. Sustainability, 14(10), p.6183.
Kabir M, Chowdhury MS, Sultana N, Jamal MS, Techato K. Ocean renewable energy and its prospect for developing economies. InRenewable Energy and Sustainability 2022 Jan 1 (pp. 263-298). Elsevier.
Babajani A, Jafari M, Hafezisefat P, Mirhosseini M, Rezania A, Rosendahl L. Parametric study of a wave energy converter (Searaser) for Caspian Sea. Energy Procedia. 2018 Aug 1;147:334-42.
He J. Coherence and cross-spectral density matrix analysis of random wind and wave in deep water. Ocean Engineering. 2020;197:106930
Ijadi Maghsoodi, A., 2018. Renewable energy technology selection problem using integrated h-swara-multimoora approach. Sustainability, 10(12), p.4481.
Band, S.S., Ardabili, S., Sookhak, M., Theodore, A., Elnaffar, S., Moslehpour, M., Csaba, M., Torok, B., Pai, H.T., 2022. When Smart Cities Get Smarter via Machine Learning: An In-depth Literature Review. IEEE Access.
Shamshirband, S., Rabczuk, T., Nabipour, N. and Chau, K.W., 2020. Prediction of significant wave height; comparison between nested grid numerical model, and machine learning models of artificial neural networks, extreme learning and support vector machines. Engineering Applications of Computational Fluid Mechanics, 14(1), pp.805-817.
Liu, Z., Mohammadzadeh, A., Turabieh, H., Mafarja, M., 2021. A new online learned interval type-3 fuzzy control system for solar energy management systems. IEEE Access, 9, pp.10498-10508.
Bavili, R.E., Mohammadzadeh, A., Tavoosi, J., Mobayen, S., Assawinchaichote, W., Asad, J.H. 2021. A New Active Fault Tolerant Control System: Predictive Online Fault Estimation. IEEE Access, 9, pp.118461-118471.
Akbari, E., Teimouri, A.R., Saki, M., Rezaei, M.A., Hu, J., Band, S.S., Pai, H.T., 2022. A Fault-Tolerant Cascaded SwitchedCapacitor Multilevel Inverter for Domestic Applications in Smart Grids. IEEE Access.
Band, S.S., Ardabili, S., 2022. Feasibility of soft computing techniques for estimating the long-term mean monthly wind speed. Energy Reports, 8, pp.638-648.
Tavoosi, J., Mohammadzadeh, A., Pahlevanzadeh, B., Kasmani, M.B., 2022. A machine learning approach for active/reactive power control of grid-connected doubly-fed induction generators. Ain Shams Engineering Journal, 13(2), p.101564.
Ponnusamy, V. K., Kasinathan, P., Madurai Elavarasan, R., Ramanathan, V., Anandan, R. K., Subramaniam, U., … & Hossain, E. A Comprehensive Review on Sustainable Aspects of Big Data Analytics for the Smart Grid. Sustainability, 2021; 13(23), 13322.
Ahmad, T., Zhang, D., Huang, C., Zhang, H., Dai, N., Song, Y., & Chen, H. Artificial intelligence in sustainable energy industry: Status Quo, challenges and opportunities. Journal of Cleaner Production, 2021; 289, 125834.
Wang, G., Chao, Y., Cao, Y., Jiang, T., Han, W., & Chen, Z. A comprehensive review of research works based on evolutionary game theory for sustainable energy development. Energy Reports, 2022; 8, 114-136.
Iranmehr H., Modeling the Price of Emergency Power Transmission Lines in the Reserve Market Due to the Influence of Renewable Energies, Frontiers in Energy Research, 9, 2022
Farmanbar, M., Parham, K., Arild, Ø., & Rong, C. A widespread review of smart grids towards smart cities. Energies, 2019; 12(23), 4484.
Quartier, N., Crespo, A. J., Domínguez, J. M., Stratigaki, V., & Troch, P. Efficient response of an onshore Oscillating Water Column Wave Energy Converter using a one-phase SPH model coupled with a multiphysics library. Applied Ocean Research, 2021; 115, 102856.
Mahmoodi, K., Nepomuceno, E., & Razminia, A. Wave excitation force forecasting using neural networks. Energy, 2022; 247, 123322.
Wang, H., Alattas, K.A., 2022. Comprehensive review of load forecasting with emphasis on intelligent computing approaches. Energy Reports, 8, pp.13189-13198.
Clemente, D., Rosa-Santos, P., & Taveira-Pinto, F. On the potential synergies and applications of wave energy converters: A review. Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, 2021; 135, 110162.
Felix, A., V. Hernández-Fontes, J., Lithgow, D., Mendoza, E., Posada, G., Ring, M., & Silva, R. Wave energy in tropical regions: deployment challenges, environmental and social perspectives. Journal of Marine Science and Engineering, 2019; 7(7), 219.
Farrok, O., Ahmed, K., Tahlil, A. D., Farah, M. M., Kiran, M. R., & Islam, M. R. Electrical power generation from the oceanic wave for sustainable advancement in renewable energy technologies. Sustainability, 2020; 12(6), 2178.
Guo, B., & Ringwood, J. V. A review of wave energy technology from a research and commercial perspective. IET Renewable Power Generation, 2021; 15(14), 3065-3090.
López-Ruiz, A., Bergillos, R. J., Lira-Loarca, A., & Ortega-Sánchez, M. A methodology for the long-term simulation and uncertainty analysis of the operational lifetime performance of wave energy converter arrays. Energy, 2018; 153, 126-135.
Safarian, S., Saryazdi, S. M. E., Unnthorsson, R., & Richter, C. Artificial neural network integrated with thermodynamic equilibrium modeling of downdraft biomass gasification-power production plant. Energy, 2020; 213, 118800.
Kushwah, S. An oscillating water column (OWC): the wave energy converter. Journal of The Institution of Engineers (India): Series C, 2021; 102(5), 1311-1317.
Pap, J., Mako, C., Illessy, M., Kis, N., 2022. Modeling Organizational Performance with Machine Learning. Journal of Open Innovation: Technology, Market, and Complexity, 8(4), p.177.
Pap, J., Mako, C., Illessy, M., Dedaj, Z., Ardabili, S., Torok, B., 2022. Correlation Analysis of Factors Affecting Firm Performance and Employees Wellbeing: Application of Advanced Machine Learning Analysis. Algorithms, 15(9), p.300.
Alanazi, A., 2022. Determining Optimal Power Flow Solutions Using New Adaptive Gaussian TLBO Method. Applied Sciences, 12(16), p.7959.
Shakibjoo, A.D., Moradzadeh, M., Din, S.U., 2021. Optimized Type-2 Fuzzy Frequency Control for Multi-Area Power Systems. IEEE access, 10, pp.6989-7002.
Zhang, G., 2021. Solar radiation estimation in different climates with meteorological variables using Bayesian model averaging and new soft computing models. Energy Reports, 7, pp.8973-8996.
Cao, Y., Raise, A., Mohammadzadeh, A., Rathinasamy, S., 2021. Deep learned recurrent type-3 fuzzy system: Application for renewable energy modeling/prediction. Energy Reports, 7, pp.8115-8127.
Tavoosi, J., Suratgar, A.A., Menhaj, M.B., 2021. Modeling renewable energy systems by a self-evolving nonlinear consequent part recurrent type-2 fuzzy system for power prediction. Sustainability, 13(6), p.3301.
Bourouis, S., Band, S.S., 2022. Meta-Heuristic Algorithm-Tuned Neural Network for Breast Cancer Diagnosis Using Ultrasound Images. Frontiers in Oncology, 12, p.834028.
Mosavi, A.H., Mohammadzadeh, A., Rathinasamy, S., Zhang, C., Reuter, U., Levente, K. and Adeli, H., 2022. Deep learning fuzzy immersion and invariance control for type-I diabetes. Computers in Biology and Medicine, 149, p.105975.
Almutairi, K., Algarni, S., Alqahtani, T., Moayedi, H., 2022. A TLBO-Tuned Neural Processor for Predicting Heating Load in Residential Buildings. Sustainability, 14(10), p.5924.
Ahmad, Z., Zhong, H., 2020. Machine learning modeling of aerobic biodegradation for azo dyes and hexavalent chromium. Mathematics, 8(6), p.913.
Mosavi, A., Shokri, M., Mansor, Z., Qasem, S.N., Band, S.S. and Mohammadzadeh, A., 2020. Machine learning for modeling the singular multi-pantograph equations. Entropy, 22(9), p.1041.
Ardabili, S., 2019, September. Deep learning and machine learning in hydrological processes climate change and earth systems a systematic review. In International conference on global research and education (pp. 52-62). Springer, Cham.
Moayedi, H., (2021). Suggesting a stochastic fractal search paradigm in combination with artificial neural network for early prediction of cooling load in residential buildings. Energies, 14(6), 1649.
Rezakazemi, M., et al., 2019. ANFIS pattern for molecular membranes separation optimization. Journal of Molecular Liquids, 274, pp.470-476.
Mosavi, A., Faghan, Y., Ghamisi, P., Duan, P., Ardabili, S.F., Salwana, E. and Band, S.S., 2020. Comprehensive review of deep reinforcement learning methods and applications in economics. Mathematics, 8(10), p.1640.
Samadianfard, S., Jarhan, S., Salwana, E., 2019. Support vector regression integrated with fruit fly optimization algorithm for river flow forecasting in Lake Urmia Basin. Water, 11(9), p.1934.
Moayedi, H., (2021). Double-target based neural networks in predicting energy consumption in residential buildings. Energies, 14(5), 1331.
Mohammadzadeh S, D., Kazemi, S.F., 2019. Prediction of compression index of fine-grained soils using a gene expression programming model. Infrastructures, 4(2), p.26.
Karballaeezadeh, N., Mohammadzadeh S, D., Shamshirband, S., Hajikhodaverdikhan, P., 2019. Prediction of remaining service life of pavement using an optimized support vector machine (case study of Semnan–Firuzkuh road). Engineering Applications of Computational Fluid Mechanics, 13(1), pp.188-198.
Rezaei, M. Et al., (2022). Adaptation of A Real-Time Deep Learning Approach with An Analog Fault Detection Technique for Reliability Forecasting of Capacitor Banks Used in Mobile Vehicles. IEEE Access v. 21 pp. 89-99.
Khakian, R., et al., (2020). Modeling nearly zero energy buildings for sustainable development in rural areas. Energies, 13(10), 2593.
결합된 Bi-level 메타휴리스틱 접근법을 사용한 해양 재생 에너지 변환기의 설계 최적화
Erfan Amini a1, Mahdieh Nasiri b1, Navid Salami Pargoo a, Zahra Mozhgani c, Danial Golbaz d, Mehrdad Baniesmaeil e, Meysam Majidi Nezhad f, Mehdi Neshat gj, Davide Astiaso Garcia h, Georgios Sylaios i
Abstract
In recent years, there has been an increasing interest in renewable energies in view of the fact that fossil fuels are the leading cause of catastrophic environmental consequences. Ocean wave energy is a renewable energy source that is particularly prevalent in coastal areas. Since many countries have tremendous potential to extract this type of energy, a number of researchers have sought to determine certain effective factors on wave converters’ performance, with a primary emphasis on ambient factors. In this study, we used metaheuristic optimization methods to investigate the effects of geometric factors on the performance of an Oscillating Surge Wave Energy Converter (OSWEC), in addition to the effects of hydrodynamic parameters. To do so, we used CATIA software to model different geometries which were then inserted into a numerical model developed in Flow3D software. A Ribed-surface design of the converter’s flap is also introduced in this study to maximize wave-converter interaction. Besides, a Bi-level Hill Climbing Multi-Verse Optimization (HCMVO) method was also developed for this application. The results showed that the converter performs better with greater wave heights, flap freeboard heights, and shorter wave periods. Additionally, the added ribs led to more wave-converter interaction and better performance, while the distance between the flap and flume bed negatively impacted the performance. Finally, tracking the changes in the five-dimensional objective function revealed the optimum value for each parameter in all scenarios. This is achieved by the newly developed optimization algorithm, which is much faster than other existing cutting-edge metaheuristic approaches.
Keywords
Wave Energy Converter
OSWEC
Hydrodynamic Effects
Geometric Design
Metaheuristic Optimization
Multi-Verse Optimizer
1. Introduction
The increase in energy demand, the limitations of fossil fuels, as well as environmental crises, such as air pollution and global warming, are the leading causes of calling more attention to harvesting renewable energy recently [1], [2], [3]. While still in its infancy, ocean wave energy has neither reached commercial maturity nor technological convergence. In recent decades, remarkable progress has been made in the marine energy domain, which is still in the early stage of development, to improve the technology performance level (TPL) [4], [5]and technology readiness level (TRL) of wave energy converters (WECs). This has been achieved using novel modeling techniques [6], [7], [8], [9], [10], [11], [12], [13], [14] to gain the following advantages [15]: (i) As a source of sustainable energy, it contributes to the mix of energy resources that leads to greater diversity and attractiveness for coastal cities and suppliers. [16] (ii) Since wave energy can be exploited offshore and does not require any land, in-land site selection would be less expensive and undesirable visual effects would be reduced. [17] (iii) When the best layout and location of offshore site are taken into account, permanent generation of energy will be feasible (as opposed to using solar energy, for example, which is time-dependent) [18].
In general, the energy conversion process can be divided into three stages in a WEC device, including primary, secondary, and tertiary stages [19], [20]. In the first stage of energy conversion, which is the subject of this study, the wave power is converted to mechanical power by wave-structure interaction (WSI) between ocean waves and structures. Moreover, the mechanical power is transferred into electricity in the second stage, in which mechanical structures are coupled with power take-off systems (PTO). At this stage, optimal control strategies are useful to tune the system dynamics to maximize power output [10], [13], [12]. Furthermore, the tertiary energy conversion stage revolves around transferring the non-standard AC power into direct current (DC) power for energy storage or standard AC power for grid integration [21], [22]. We discuss only the first stage regardless of the secondary and tertiary stages. While Page 1 of 16 WECs include several categories and technologies such as terminators, point absorbers, and attenuators [15], [23], we focus on oscillating surge wave energy converters (OSWECs) in this paper due to its high capacity for industrialization [24].
Over the past two decades, a number of studies have been conducted to understand how OSWECs’ structures and interactions between ocean waves and flaps affect converters performance. Henry et al.’s experiment on oscillating surge wave energy converters is considered as one of the most influential pieces of research [25], which demonstrated how the performance of oscillating surge wave energy converters (OSWECs) is affected by seven different factors, including wave period, wave power, flap’s relative density, water depth, free-board of the flap, the gap between the tubes, gap underneath the flap, and flap width. These parameters were assessed in their two models in order to estimate the absorbed energy from incoming waves [26], [27]. In addition, Folly et al. investigated the impact of water depth on the OSWECs performance analytically, numerically, and experimentally. According to this and further similar studies, the average annual incident wave power is significantly reduced by water depth. Based on the experimental results, both the surge wave force and the power capture of OSWECs increase in shallow water [28], [29]. Following this, Sarkar et al. found that under such circumstances, the device that is located near the coast performs much better than those in the open ocean [30]. On the other hand, other studies are showing that the size of the converter, including height and width, is relatively independent of the location (within similar depth) [31]. Subsequently, Schmitt et al. studied OSWECs numerically and experimentally. In fact, for the simulation of OSWEC, OpenFOAM was used to test the applicability of Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) solvers. Then, the experimental model reproduced the numerical results with satisfying accuracy [32]. In another influential study, Wang et al. numerically assessed the effect of OSWEC’s width on their performance. According to their findings, as converter width increases, its efficiency decreases in short wave periods while increases in long wave periods [33]. One of the main challenges in the analysis of the OSWEC is the coupled effect of hydrodynamic and geometric variables. As a result, numerous cutting-edge geometry studies have been performed in recent years in order to find the optimal structure that maximizes power output and minimizes costs. Garcia et al. reviewed hull geometry optimization studies in the literature in [19]. In addition, Guo and Ringwood surveyed geometric optimization methods to improve the hydrodynamic performance of OSWECs at the primary stage [14]. Besides, they classified the hull geometry of OSWECs based on Figure 1. Subsequently, Whittaker et al. proposed a different design of OSWEC called Oyster2. There have been three examples of different geometries of oysters with different water depths. Based on its water depth, they determined the width and height of the converter. They also found that in the constant wave period the less the converter’s width, the less power captures the converter has [34]. Afterward, O’Boyle et al. investigated a type of OSWEC called Oyster 800. They compared the experimental and numerical models with the prototype model. In order to precisely reproduce the shape, mass distribution, and buoyancy properties of the prototype, a 40th-scale experimental model has been designed. Overall, all the models were fairly accurate according to the results [35].
Inclusive analysis of recent research avenues in the area of flap geometry has revealed that the interaction-based designs of such converters are emerging as a novel approach. An initiative workflow is designed in the current study to maximizing the wave energy extrication by such systems. To begin with, a sensitivity analysis plays its role of determining the best hydrodynamic values for installing the converter’s flap. Then, all flap dimensions and characteristics come into play to finalize the primary model. Following, interactive designs is proposed to increase the influence of incident waves on the body by adding ribs on both sides of the flap as a novel design. Finally, a new bi-level metaheuristic method is proposed to consider the effects of simultaneous changes in ribs properties and other design parameters. We hope this novel approach will be utilized to make big-scale projects less costly and justifiable. The efficiency of the method is also compared with four well known metaheuristic algorithms and out weight them for this application.
This paper is organized as follows. First, the research methodology is introduced by providing details about the numerical model implementation. To that end, we first introduced the primary model’s geometry and software details. That primary model is later verified with a benchmark study with regard to the flap angle of rotation and water surface elevation. Then, governing equations and performance criteria are presented. In the third part of the paper, we discuss the model’s sensitivity to lower and upper parts width (we proposed a two cross-sectional design for the flap), bottom elevation, and freeboard. Finally, the novel optimization approach is introduced in the final part and compared with four recent metaheuristic algorithms.
2. Numerical Methods
In this section, after a brief introduction of the numerical software, Flow3D, boundary conditions are defined. Afterwards, the numerical model implementation, along with primary model properties are described. Finally, governing equations, as part of numerical process, are discussed.
2.1. Model Setup
FLOW-3D is a powerful and comprehensive CFD simulation platform for studying fluid dynamics. This software has several modules to solve many complex engineering problems. In addition, modeling complex flows is simple and effective using FLOW-3D’s robust meshing capabilities [36]. Interaction between fluid and moving objects might alter the computational range. Dynamic meshes are used in our modeling to take these changes into account. At each time step, the computational node positions change in order to adapt the meshing area to the moving object. In addition, to choose mesh dimensions, some factors are taken into account such as computational accuracy, computational time, and stability. The final grid size is selected based on the detailed procedure provided in [37]. To that end, we performed grid-independence testing on a CFD model using three different mesh grid sizes of 0.01, 0.015, and 0.02 meters. The problem geometry and boundary conditions were defined the same, and simulations were run on all three grids under the same conditions. The predicted values of the relevant variable, such as velocity, was compared between the grids. The convergence behavior of the numerical solution was analyzed by calculating the relative L2 norm error between two consecutive grids. Based on the results obtained, it was found that the grid size of 0.02 meters showed the least error, indicating that it provided the most accurate and reliable solution among the three grids. Therefore, the grid size of 0.02 meters was selected as the optimal spatial resolution for the mesh grid.
In this work, the flume dimensions are 10 meters long, 0.1 meters wide, and 2.2 meters high, which are shown in figure2. In addition, input waves with linear characteristics have a height of 0.1 meters and a period of 1.4 seconds. Among the linear wave methods included in this software, RNGk-ε and k- ε are appropriate for turbulence model. The research of Lopez et al. shows that RNGk- ε provides the most accurate simulation of turbulence in OSWECs [21]. We use CATIA software to create the flap primary model and other innovative designs for this project. The flap measures 0.1 m x 0.65 m x 0.360 m in x, y and z directions, respectively. In Figure 3, the primary model of flap and its dimensions are shown. In this simulation, five boundaries have been defined, including 1. Inlet, 2. Outlet, 3. Converter flap, 4. Bed flume, and 5. Water surface, which are shown in figure 2. Besides, to avoid wave reflection in inlet and outlet zones, Flow3D is capable of defining some areas as damping zones, the length of which has to be one to one and a half times the wavelength. Therefore, in the model, this length is considered equal to 2 meters. Furthermore, there is no slip in all the boundaries. In other words, at every single time step, the fluid velocity is zero on the bed flume, while it is equal to the flap velocity on the converter flap. According to the wave theory defined in the software, at the inlet boundary, the water velocity is called from the wave speed to be fed into the model.
2.2. Verification
In the current study, we utilize the Schmitt experimental model as a benchmark for verification, which was developed at the Queen’s University of Belfast. The experiments were conducted on the flap of the converter, its rotation, and its interaction with the water surface. Thus, the details of the experiments are presented below based up on the experimental setup’s description [38]. In the experiment, the laboratory flume has a length of 20m and a width of 4.58m. Besides, in order to avoid incident wave reflection, a wave absorption source is devised at the end of the left flume. The flume bed, also, includes two parts with different slops. The flap position and dimensions of the flume can be seen in Figure4. In addition, a wave-maker with 6 paddles is installed at one end. At the opposite end, there is a beach with wire meshes. Additionally, there are 6 indicators to extract the water level elevation. In the flap model, there are three components: the fixed support structure, the hinge, and the flap. The flap measures 0.1m x 0.65m x 0.341m in x, y and z directions, respectively. In Figure5, the details are given [32]. The support structure consists of a 15 mm thick stainless steel base plate measuring 1m by 1.4m, which is screwed onto the bottom of the tank. The hinge is supported by three bearing blocks. There is a foam centerpiece on the front and back of the flap which is sandwiched between two PVC plates. Enabling changes of the flap, three metal fittings link the flap to the hinge. Moreover, in this experiment, the selected wave is generated based on sea wave data at scale 1:40. The wave height and the wave period are equal to 0.038 (m) and 2.0625 (s), respectively, which are tantamount to a wave with a period of 13 (s) and a height of 1.5 (m).
Two distinct graphs illustrate the numerical and experi-mental study results. Figure6 and Figure7 are denoting the angle of rotation of flap and surface elevation in computational and experimental models, respectively. The two figures roughly represent that the numerical and experimental models are a good match. However, for the purpose of verifying the match, we calculated the correlation coefficient (C) and root mean square error (RMSE). According to Figure6, correlation coefficient and RMSE are 0.998 and 0.003, respectively, and in Figure7 correlation coefficient and RMSE are respectively 0.999 and 0.001. Accordingly, there is a good match between the numerical and empirical models. It is worth mentioning that the small differences between the numerical and experimental outputs may be due to the error of the measuring devices and the calibration of the data collection devices.
Including continuity equation and momentum conserva- tion for incompressible fluid are given as [32], [39]:(1)
where P represents the pressure, g denotes gravitational acceleration, u represents fluid velocity, and Di is damping coefficient. Likewise, the model uses the same equation. to calculate the fluid velocity in other directions as well. Considering the turbulence, we use the two-equation model of RNGK- ε. These equations are:
(3)��t(��)+����(����)=����[�eff�������]+��-��and(4)���(��)+����(����)=����[�eff�������]+�1�∗����-��2��2�Where �2� and �1� are constants. In addition, �� and �� represent the turbulent Prandtl number of � and k, respectively.
�� also denote the production of turbulent kinetic energy of k under the effect of velocity gradient, which is calculated as follows:(5)��=�eff[�����+�����]�����(6)�eff=�+��(7)�eff=�+��where � is molecular viscosity,�� represents turbulence viscosity, k denotes kinetic energy, and ∊∊ is energy dissipation rate. The values of constant coefficients in the two-equation RNGK ∊-∊ model is as shown in the Table 1[40].Table 2.
Table 1. Constant coefficients in RNGK-∊ model
Factors
�
�0
�1
�2
��
��
��
Quantity
0.012
4.38
1.42
1.68
1.39
1.39
0.084
Table 2. Flap properties
Joint height (m)
0.476
Height of the center of mass (m)
0.53
Weight (Kg)
10.77
It is worth mentioning that the volume of fluid method is used to separate water and air phases in this software [41]. Below is the equation of this method [40].(8)����+����(���)=0where α and 1 − α are portion of water phase and air phase, respectively. As a weighting factor, each fluid phase portion is used to determine the mixture properties. Finally, using the following equations, we calculate the efficiency of converters [42], [34], [43]:(9)�=14|�|2�+�2+(�+�a)2(�n2-�2)2where �� represents natural frequency, I denotes the inertia of OSWEC, Ia is the added inertia, F is the complex wave force, and B denotes the hydrodynamic damping coefficient. Afterward, the capture factor of the converter is calculated by [44]:(10)��=�1/2��2����gw where �� represents the capture factor, which is the total efficiency of device per unit length of the wave crest at each time step [15], �� represent the dimensional amplitude of the incident wave, w is the flap’s width, and Cg is the group velocity of the incident wave, as below:(11)��=��0·121+2�0ℎsinh2�0ℎwhere �0 denotes the wave number, h is water depth, and H is the height of incident waves.
According to previous sections ∊,����-∊ modeling is used for all models simulated in this section. For this purpose, the empty boundary condition is used for flume walls. In order to preventing wave reflection at the inlet and outlet of the flume, the length of wave absorption is set to be at least one incident wavelength. In addition, the structured mesh is chosen, and the mesh dimensions are selected in two distinct directions. In each model, all grids have a length of 2 (cm) and a height of 1 (cm). Afterwards, as an input of the software for all of the models, we define the time step as 0.001 (s). Moreover, the run time of every simulation is 30 (s). As mentioned before, our primary model is Schmitt model, and the flap properties is given in table2. For all simulations, the flume measures 15 meters in length and 0.65 meters in width, and water depth is equal to 0.335 (m). The flap is also located 7 meters from the flume’s inlet.
Finally, in order to compare the results, the capture factor is calculated for each simulation and compared to the primary model. It is worth mentioning that capture factor refers to the ratio of absorbed wave energy to the input wave energy.
According to primary model simulation and due to the decreasing horizontal velocity with depth, the wave crest has the highest velocity. Considering the fact that the wave’s orbital velocity causes the flap to move, the contact between the upper edge of the flap and the incident wave can enhance its performance. Additionally, the numerical model shows that the dynamic pressure decreases as depth increases, and the hydrostatic pressure increases as depth increases.
To determine the OSWEC design, it is imperative to understand the correlation between the capture factor, wave period, and wave height. Therefore, as it is shown in Figure8, we plot the change in capture factor over the variations in wave period and wave height in 3D and 2D. In this diagram, the first axis features changes in wave period, the second axis displays changes in wave height, and the third axis depicts changes in capture factor. According to our wave properties in the numerical model, the wave period and wave height range from 2 to 14 seconds and 2 to 8 meters, respectively. This is due to the fact that the flap does not oscillate if the wave height is less than 2 (m), and it does not reverse if the wave height is more than 8 (m). In addition, with wave periods more than 14 (s), the wavelength would be so long that it would violate the deep-water conditions, and with wave periods less than 2 (s), the flap would not oscillate properly due to the shortness of wavelength. The results of simulation are shown in Figure 8. As it can be perceived from Figure 8, in a constant wave period, the capture factor is in direct proportion to the wave height. It is because of the fact that waves with more height have more energy to rotate the flap. Besides, in a constant wave height, the capture factor increases when the wave period increases, until a given wave period value. However, the capture factor falls after this point. These results are expected since the flap’s angular displacement is not high in lower wave periods, while the oscillating motion of that is not fast enough to activate the power take-off system in very high wave periods.
As is shown in Figure 9, we plot the change in capture factor over the variations in wave period (s) and water depth (m) in 3D. As it can be seen in this diagram, the first axis features changes in water depth (m), the second axis depicts the wave period (s), and the third axis displays OSWEC’s capture factor. The wave period ranges from 0 to 10 seconds based on our wave properties, which have been adopted from Schmitt’s model, while water depth ranges from 0 to 0.5 meters according to the flume and flap dimensions and laboratory limitations. According to Figure9, for any specific water depth, the capture factor increases in a varying rate when the wave period increases, until a given wave period value. However, the capture factor falls steadily after this point. In fact, the maximum capture factor occurs when the wave period is around 6 seconds. This trend is expected since, in a specific water depth, the flap cannot oscillate properly when the wavelength is too short. As the wave period increases, the flap can oscillate more easily, and consequently its capture factor increases. However, the capture factor drops in higher wave periods because the wavelength is too large to move the flap. Furthermore, in a constant wave period, by changing the water depth, the capture factor does not alter. In other words, the capture factor does not depend on the water depth when it is around its maximum value.
3. Sensitivity Analysis
Based on previous studies, in addition to the flap design, the location of the flap relative to the water surface (freeboard) and its elevation relative to the flume bed (flap bottom elevation) play a significant role in extracting energy from the wave energy converter. This study measures the sensitivity of the model to various parameters related to the flap design including upper part width of the flap, lower part width of the flap, the freeboard, and the flap bottom elevation. Moreover, as a novel idea, we propose that the flap widths differ in the lower and upper parts. In Figure10, as an example, a flap with an upper thickness of 100 (mm) and a lower thickness of 50 (mm) and a flap with an upper thickness of 50 (mm) and a lower thickness of 100 (mm) are shown. The influence of such discrepancy between the widths of the upper and lower parts on the interaction between the wave and the flap, or in other words on the capture factor, is evaluated. To do so, other parameters are remained constant, such as the freeboard, the distance between the flap and the flume bed, and the wave properties.
In Figure11, models are simulated with distinct upper and lower widths. As it is clear in this figure, the first axis depicts the lower part width of the flap, the second axis indicates the upper part width of the flap, and the colors represent the capture factor values. Additionally, in order to consider a sufficient range of change, the flap thickness varies from half to double the value of the primary model for each part.
According to this study, the greater the discrepancy in these two parts, the lower the capture factor. It is on account of the fact that when the lower part of the flap is thicker than the upper part, and this thickness difference in these two parts is extremely conspicuous, the inertia against the motion is significant at zero degrees of rotation. Consequently, it is difficult to move the flap, which results in a low capture factor. Similarly, when the upper part of the flap is thicker than the lower part, and this thickness difference in these two parts is exceedingly noticeable, the inertia is so great that the flap can not reverse at the maximum degree of rotation. As the results indicate, the discrepancy can enhance the performance of the converter if the difference between these two parts is around 20%. As it is depicted in the Figure11, the capture factor reaches its own maximum amount, when the lower part thickness is from 5 to 6 (cm), and the upper part thickness is between 6 and 7 (cm). Consequently, as a result of this discrepancy, less material will be used, and therefore there will be less cost.
As illustrated in Figure12, this study examines the effects of freeboard (level difference between the flap top and water surface) and the flap bottom elevation (the distance between the flume bed and flap bottom) on the converter performance. In this diagram, the first axis demonstrates the freeboard and the second axis on the left side displays the flap bottom elevation, while the colors indicate the capture factor. In addition, the feasible range of freeboard is between -15 to 15 (cm) due to the limitation of the numerical model, so that we can take the wave slamming and the overtopping into consideration. Additionally, based on the Schmitt model and its scaled model of 1:40 of the base height, the flap bottom should be at least 9 (cm) high. Since the effect of surface waves is distributed over the depth of the flume, it is imperative to maintain a reasonable flap height exposed to incoming waves. Thus, the maximum flap bottom elevation is limited to 19 (cm). As the Figure12 pictures, at constant negative values of the freeboard, the capture factor is in inverse proportion with the flap bottom elevation, although slightly.
Furthermore, at constant positive values of the freeboard, the capture factor fluctuates as the flap bottom elevation decreases while it maintains an overall increasing trend. This is on account of the fact that increasing the flap bottom elevation creates turbulence flow behind the flap, which encumbers its rotation, as well as the fact that the flap surface has less interaction with the incoming waves. Furthermore, while keeping the flap bottom elevation constant, the capture factor increases by raising the freeboard. This is due to the fact that there is overtopping with adverse impacts on the converter performance when the freeboard is negative and the flap is under the water surface. Besides, increasing the freeboard makes the wave slam more vigorously, which improves the converter performance.
Adding ribs to the flap surface, as shown in Figure13, is a novel idea that is investigated in the next section. To achieve an optimized design for the proposed geometry of the flap, we determine the optimal number and dimensions of ribs based on the flap properties as our decision variables in the optimization process. As an example, Figure13 illustrates a flap with 3 ribs on each side with specific dimensions.
Figure14 shows the flow velocity field around the flap jointed to the flume bed. During the oscillation of the flap, the pressure on the upper and lower surfaces of the flap changes dynamically due to the changing angle of attack and the resulting change in the direction of fluid flow. As the flap moves upwards, the pressure on the upper surface decreases, and the pressure on the lower surface increases. Conversely, as the flap moves downwards, the pressure on the upper surface increases, and the pressure on the lower surface decreases. This results in a cyclic pressure variation around the flap. Under certain conditions, the pressure field around the flap can exhibit significant variations in magnitude and direction, forming vortices and other flow structures. These flow structures can affect the performance of the OSWEC by altering the lift and drag forces acting on the flap.
4. Design Optimization
We consider optimizing the design parameters of the flap of converter using a nature-based swarm optimization method, that fall in the category of metaheuristic algorithms [45]. Accordingly, we choose four state-of-the-art algorithms to perform an optimization study. Then, based on their performances to achieve the highest capture factor, one of them will be chosen to be combined with the Hill Climb algorithm to carry out a local search. Therefore, in the remainder of this section, we discuss the search process of each algorithm and visualize their performance and convergence curve as they try to find the best values for decision variables.
4.1. Metaheuristic Approaches
As the first considered algorithm, the Gray Wolf Optimizer (GWO) algorithm simulates the natural leadership and hunting performance of gray wolves which tend to live in colonies. Hunters must obey the alpha wolf, the leader, who is responsible for hunting. Then, the beta wolf is at the second level of the gray wolf hierarchy. A subordinate of alpha wolf, beta stands under the command of the alpha. At the next level in this hierarchy, there are the delta wolves. They are subordinate to the alpha and beta wolves. This category of wolves includes scouts, sentinels, elders, hunters, and caretakers. In this ranking, omega wolves are at the bottom, having the lowest level and obeying all other wolves. They are also allowed to eat the prey just after others have eaten. Despite the fact that they seem less important than others, they are really central to the pack survival. Since, it has been shown that without omega wolves, the entire pack would experience some problems like fighting, violence, and frustration. In this simulation, there are three primary steps of hunting including searching, surrounding, and finally attacking the prey. Mathematically model of gray wolves’ hunting technique and their social hierarchy are applied in determined by optimization. this study. As mentioned before, gray wolves can locate their prey and surround them. The alpha wolf also leads the hunt. Assuming that the alpha, beta, and delta have more knowledge about prey locations, we can mathematically simulate gray wolf hunting behavior. Hence, in addition to saving the top three best solutions obtained so far, we compel the rest of the search agents (also the omegas) to adjust their positions based on the best search agent. Encircling behavior can be mathematically modeled by the following equations: [46].(12)�→=|�→·��→(�)-�→(�)|(13)�→(�+1)=��→(�)-�→·�→(14)�→=2.�2→(15)�→=2�→·�1→-�→Where �→indicates the position vector of gray wolf, ��→ defines the vector of prey, t indicates the current iteration, and �→and �→are coefficient vectors. To force the search agent to diverge from the prey, we use �→ with random values greater than 1 or less than -1. In addition, C→ contains random values in the range [0,2], and �→ 1 and �2→ are random vectors in [0,1]. The second considered technique is the Moth Flame Optimizer (MFO) algorithm. This method revolves around the moths’ navigation mechanism, which is realized by positioning themselves and maintaining a fixed angle relative to the moon while flying. This effective mechanism helps moths to fly in a straight path. However, when the source of light is artificial, maintaining an angle with the light leads to a spiral flying path towards the source that causes the moth’s death [47]. In MFO algorithm, moths and flames are both solutions. The moths are actual search agents that fly in hyper-dimensional space by changing their position vectors, and the flames are considered pins that moths drop when searching the search space [48]. The problem’s variables are the position of moths in the space. Each moth searches around a flame and updates it in case of finding a better solution. The fitness value is the return value of each moth’s fitness (objective) function. The position vector of each moth is passed to the fitness function, and the output of the fitness function is assigned to the corresponding moth. With this mechanism, a moth never loses its best solution [49]. Some attributes of this algorithm are as follows:
•It takes different values to converge moth in any point around the flame.
•Distance to the flame is lowered to be eventually minimized.
•When the position gets closer to the flame, the updated positions around the flame become more frequent.
As another method, the Multi-Verse Optimizer is based on a multiverse theory which proposes there are other universes besides the one in which we all live. According to this theory, there are more than one big bang in the universe, and each big bang leads to the birth of a new universe [50]. Multi-Verse Optimizer (MVO) is mainly inspired by three phenomena in cosmology: white holes, black holes, and wormholes. A white hole has never been observed in our universe, but physicists believe the big bang could be considered a white hole [51]. Black holes, which behave completely in contrast to white holes, attract everything including light beams with their extremely high gravitational force [52]. In the multiverse theory, wormholes are time and space tunnels that allow objects to move instantly between any two corners of a universe (or even simultaneously from one universe to another) [53]. Based on these three concepts, mathematical models are designed to perform exploration, exploitation, and local search, respectively. The concept of white and black holes is implied as an exploration phase, while the concept of wormholes is considered as an exploitation phase by MVO. Additionally, each solution is analogous to a universe, and each variable in the solution represents an object in that universe. Furthermore, each solution is assigned an inflation rate, and the time is used instead of iterations. Following are the universe rules in MVO:
•The possibility of having white hole increases with the inflation rate.
•The possibility of having black hole decreases with the inflation rate.
•Objects tend to pass through black holes more frequently in universes with lower inflation rates.
•Regardless of inflation rate, wormholes may cause objects in universes to move randomly towards the best universe. [54]
Modeling the white/black hole tunnels and exchanging objects of universes mathematically was accomplished by using the roulette wheel mechanism. With every iteration, the universes are sorted according to their inflation rates, then, based on the roulette wheel, the one with the white hole is selected as the local extremum solution. This is accomplished through the following steps:
Assume that
(16)���=����1<��(��)����1≥��(��)
Where ��� represents the jth parameter of the ith universe, Ui indicates the ith universe, NI(Ui) is normalized inflation rate of the ith universe, r1 is a random number in [0,1], and j xk shows the jth parameter of the kth universe selected by a roulette wheel selection mechanism [54]. It is assumed that wormhole tunnels always exist between a universe and the best universe formed so far. This mechanism is as follows:(17)���=if�2<���:��+���×((���-���)×�4+���)�3<0.5��-���×((���-���)×�4+���)�3≥0.5����:���where Xj indicates the jth parameter of the best universe formed so far, TDR and WEP are coefficients, where Xj indicates the jth parameter of the best universelbjshows the lower bound of the jth variable, ubj is the upper bound of the jth variable, and r2, r3, and r4 are random numbers in [1], [54].
Finally, one of the newest optimization algorithms is WOA. The WOA algorithm simulates the movement of prey and the whale’s discipline when looking for their prey. Among several species, Humpback whales have a specific method of hunting [55]. Humpback whales can recognize the location of prey and encircle it before hunting. The optimal design position in the search space is not known a priori, and the WOA algorithm assumes that the best candidate solution is either the target prey or close to the optimum. This foraging behavior is called the bubble-net feeding method. Two maneuvers are associated with bubbles: upward spirals and double loops. A unique behavior exhibited only by humpback whales is bubble-net feeding. In fact, The WOA algorithm starts with a set of random solutions. At each iteration, search agents update their positions for either a randomly chosen search agent or the best solution obtained so far [56], [55]. When the best search agent is determined, the other search agents will attempt to update their positions toward that agent. It is important to note that humpback whales swim around their prey simultaneously in a circular, shrinking circle and along a spiral-shaped path. By using a mathematical model, the spiral bubble-net feeding maneuver is optimized. The following equation represents this behavior:(18)�→(�+1)=�′→·�bl·cos(2��)+�∗→(�)
Where:(19)�′→=|�∗→(�)-�→(�)|
X→(t+ 1) indicates the distance of the it h whale to the prey (best solution obtained so far),� is a constant for defining the shape of the logarithmic spiral, l is a random number in [−1,1], and dot (.) is an element-by-element multiplication [55].
Comparing the four above-mentioned methods, simulations are run with 10 search agents for 400 iterations. In Figure 15, there are 20 plots the optimal values of different parameters in optimization algorithms. The five parameters of this study are freeboard, bottom elevations, number of ribs on the converter, rib thickness, and rib Height. The optimal value for each was found by optimization algorithms, naming WOA, MVO, MFO, and GWO. By looking through the first row, the freeboard parameter converges to its maximum possible value in the optimization process of GWO after 300 iterations. Similarly, MFO finds the same result as GWO. In contrast, the freeboard converges to its minimum possible value in MVO optimizing process, which indicates positioning the converter under the water. Furthermore, WOA found the optimal value of freeboard as around 0.02 after almost 200 iterations. In the second row, the bottom elevation is found at almost 0.11 (m) in all algorithms; however, the curves follow different trends in each algorithm. The third row shows the number of ribs, where results immediately reveal that it should be over 4. All algorithms coincide at 5 ribs as the optimal number in this process. The fourth row displays the trends of algorithms to find optimal rib thickness. MFO finds the optimal value early and sets it to around 0.022, while others find the same value in higher iterations. Finally, regarding the rib height, MVO, MFO, and GWO state that the optimal value is 0.06 meters, but WOA did not find a higher value than 0.039.
4.2. HCMVO Bi-level Approach
Despite several strong search characteristics of MVO and its high performance in various optimization problems, it suffers from a few deficiencies in local and global search mechanisms. For instance, it is trapped in the local optimum when wormholes stochastically generate many solutions near the best universe achieved throughout iterations, especially in solving complex multimodal problems with high dimensions [57]. Furthermore, MVO needs to be modified by an escaping strategy from the local optima to enhance the global search abilities. To address these shortages, we propose a fast and effective meta-algorithm (HCMVO) to combine MVO with a Random-restart hill-climbing local search. This meta-algorithm uses MVO on the upper level to develop global tracking and provide a range of feasible and proper solutions. The hill-climbing algorithm is designed to develop a comprehensive neighborhood search around the best-found solution proposed by the upper-level (MVO) when MVO is faced with a stagnation issue or falling into a local optimum. The performance threshold is formulated as follows.(20)Δ����THD=∑�=1�����TH��-����TH��-1�where BestTHDis the best-found solution per generation, andM is related to the domain of iterations to compute the average performance of MVO. If the proposed best solution by the local search is better than the initial one, the global best of MVO will be updated. HCMVO iteratively runs hill climbing when the performance of MVO goes down, each time with an initial condition to prepare for escaping such undesirable situations. In order to get a better balance between exploration and exploitation, the search step size linearly decreases as follows:(21)��=��-����Ma�iter��+1where iter and Maxiter are the current iteration and maximum number of evaluation, respectively. �� stands for the step size of the neighborhood search. Meanwhile, this strategy can improve the convergence rate of MVO compared with other algorithms.
Algorithm 1 shows the technical details of the proposed optimization method (HCMVO). The initial solution includes freeboard (�), bottom elevation (�), number of ribs (Nr), rib thickness (�), and rib height(�).
5. Conclusion
The high trend of diminishing worldwide energy resources has entailed a great crisis upon vulnerable societies. To withstand this effect, developing renewable energy technologies can open doors to a more reliable means, among which the wave energy converters will help the coastal residents and infrastructure. This paper set out to determine the optimized design for such devices that leads to the highest possible power output. The main goal of this research was to demonstrate the best design for an oscillating surge wave energy converter using a novel metaheuristic optimization algorithm. In this regard, the methodology was devised such that it argued the effects of influential parameters, including wave characteristics, WEC design, and interaction criteria.
To begin with, a numerical model was developed in Flow 3D software to simulate the response of the flap of a wave energy converter to incoming waves, followed by a validation study based upon a well-reputed experimental study to verify the accuracy of the model. Secondly, the hydrodynamics of the flap was investigated by incorporating the turbulence. The effect of depth, wave height, and wave period are also investigated in this part. The influence of two novel ideas on increasing the wave-converter interaction was then assessed: i) designing a flap with different widths in the upper and lower part, and ii) adding ribs on the surface of the flap. Finally, four trending single-objective metaheuristic optimization methods
Empty Cell
Algorithm 1:Hill Climb Multiverse Optimization
01:
procedure HCMVO
02:
�=30,�=5▹���������������������������������
03:
�=〈F1,B1,N,R,H1〉,…〈FN,B2,N,R,HN〉⇒lb1N⩽�⩽ubN
04:
Initialize parameters�ER,�DR,�EP,Best�,���ite��▹Wormhole existence probability (WEP)
05:
��=����(��)
06:
��=Normalize the inflation rate��
07:
for iter in[1,⋯,���iter]do
08:
for�in[1,⋯,�]do
09:
Update�EP,�DR,Black����Index=�
10:
for���[1,⋯,�]��
11:
�1=����()
12:
if�1≤��(��)then
13:
White HoleIndex=Roulette�heelSelection(-��)
14:
�(Black HoleIndex,�)=��(White HoleIndex,�)
15:
end if
16:
�2=����([0,�])
17:
if�2≤�EPthen
18:
�3=����(),�4=����()
19:
if�3<0.5then
20:
�1=((��(�)-��(�))�4+��(�))
21:
�(�,�)=Best�(�)+�DR�
22:
else
23:
�(�,�)=Best�(�)-�DR�
24:
end if
25:
end if
26:
end for
27:
end for
28:
�HD=����([�1,�2,⋯,�Np])
29:
Bes�TH�itr=����HD
30:
ΔBestTHD=∑�=1�BestTII��-BestTII��-1�
31:
ifΔBestTHD<��then▹Perform hill climbing local search
32:
BestTHD=����-�lim��������THD
33:
end if
34:
end for
35:
return�,BestTHD▹Final configuration
36:
end procedure
The implementation details of the hill-climbing algorithm applied in HCMPA can be seen in Algorithm 2. One of the critical parameters isg, which denotes the resolution of the neighborhood search around the proposed global best by MVO. If we set a small step size for hill-climbing, the convergence speed will be decreased. On the other hand, a large step size reinforces the exploration ability. Still, it may reduce the exploitation ability and in return increase the act of jumping from a global optimum or surfaces with high-potential solutions. Per each decision variable, the neighborhood search evaluates two different direct searches, incremental or decremental. After assessing the generated solutions, the best candidate will be selected to iterate the search algorithm. It is noted that the hill-climbing algorithm should not be applied in the initial iteration of the optimization process due to the immense tendency for converging to local optima. Meanwhile, for optimizing largescale problems, hill-climbing is not an appropriate selection. In order to improve understanding of the proposed hybrid optimization algorithm’s steps, the flowchart of HCMVO is designed and can be seen in Figure 16.
Figure 17 shows the observed capture factor (which is the absorbed energy with respect to the available energy) by each optimization algorithm from iterations 1 to 400. The algorithms use ten search agents in their modified codes to find the optimal solutions. While GWO and MFO remain roughly constant after iterations 54 and 40, the other three algorithms keep improving the capture factor. In this case, HCMVO and MVO worked very well in the optimizing process with a capture factor obtained by the former as 0.594 and by the latter as 0.593. MFO almost found its highest value before the iteration 50, which means the exploration part of the algorithm works out well. Similarly, HCMVO does the same. However, it keeps finding the better solution during the optimization process until the last iteration, indicating the strong exploitation part of the algorithm. GWO reveals a weakness in exploration and exploitation because not only does it evoke the least capture factor value, but also the curve remains almost unchanged throughout 350 iterations.
Figure 18 illustrates complex interactions between the five optimization parameters and the capture factor for HCMVO (a), MPA (b), and MFO (c) algorithms. The first interesting observation is that there is a high level of nonlinear relationships among the setting parameters that can make a multi-modal search space. The dark blue lines represent the best-found configuration throughout the optimisation process. Based on both HCMVO (a) and MVO (b), we can infer that the dark blue lines concentrate in a specific range, showing the high convergence ability of both HCMVO and MVO. However, MFO (c) could not find the exact optimal range of the decision variables, and the best-found solutions per generation distribute mostly all around the search space.
Empty Cell
Algorithm 1:Hill Climb Multiverse Optimization
01:
procedure HCMVO
02:
Initialization
03:
Initialize the constraints��1�,��1�
04:
�1�=Mi�1�+���1�/�▹Compute the step size,�is search resolution
were utilized to illuminate the optimum values of the design parameters, and the best method was chosen to develop a new algorithm that performs both local and global search methods.
The correlation between hydrodynamic parameters and the capture factor of the converter was supported by the results. For any given water depth, the capture factor increases as the wave period increases, until a certain wave period value (6 seconds) is reached, after which the capture factor gradually decreases. It is expected since the flap cannot oscillate effectively when the wavelength is too short for a certain water depth. Conversely, when the wavelength is too long, the capture factor decreases. Furthermore, under a constant wave period, increasing the water depth does not affect the capture factor. Regarding the sensitivity analysis, the study found that increasing the flap bottom elevation causes turbulence flow behind the flap and limitation of rotation, which leads to less interaction with the incoming waves. Furthermore, while keeping the flap bottom elevation constant, increasing the freeboard improves the capture factor. Overtopping happens when the freeboard is negative and the flap is below the water surface, which has a detrimental influence on converter performance. Furthermore, raising the freeboard causes the wave impact to become more violent, which increases converter performance.
In the last part, we discussed the search process of each algorithm and visualized their performance and convergence curves as they try to find the best values for decision variables. Among the four selected metaheuristic algorithms, the Multi-verse Optimizer proved to be the most effective in achieving the best answer in terms of the WEC capture factor. However, the MVO needed modifications regarding its escape approach from the local optima in order to improve its global search capabilities. To overcome these constraints, we presented a fast and efficient meta-algorithm (HCMVO) that combines MVO with a Random-restart hill-climbing local search. On a higher level, this meta-algorithm employed MVO to generate global tracking and present a range of possible and appropriate solutions. Taken together, the results demonstrated that there is a significant degree of nonlinearity among the setup parameters that might result in a multimodal search space. Since MVO was faced with a stagnation issue or fell into a local optimum, we constructed a complete neighborhood search around the best-found solution offered by the upper level. In sum, the newly-developed algorithm proved to be highly effective for the problem compared to other similar optimization methods. The strength of the current findings may encourage future investigation on design optimization of wave energy converters using developed geometry as well as the novel approach.
CRediT authorship contribution statement
Erfan Amini: Conceptualization, Methodology, Validation, Data curation, Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing, Visualization. Mahdieh Nasiri: Conceptualization, Methodology, Validation, Data curation, Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing, Visualization. Navid Salami Pargoo: Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing. Zahra Mozhgani: Conceptualization, Methodology. Danial Golbaz: Writing – original draft. Mehrdad Baniesmaeil: Writing – original draft. Meysam Majidi Nezhad: . Mehdi Neshat: Supervision, Conceptualization, Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing, Visualization. Davide Astiaso Garcia: Supervision. Georgios Sylaios: Supervision.
Declaration of Competing Interest
The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.
Acknowledgement
This research has been carried out within ILIAD (Inte-grated Digital Framework for Comprehensive Maritime Data and Information Services) project that received funding from the European Union’s H2020 programme.
[2]A. Morteza, M. SadipourReza Saadati Fard, Saman Taheri, and Amirhossein AhmadiA dagging-based deep learning framework for transmission line flexibility assessment, IET Renewable Power Generation (2022)Google Scholar
[3]A. Morteza, M. Ilbeigi, J. SchwedA blockchain information management framework for construction safety. Comput-ingCivil Engineering (2021, 2022.)Google Scholar
[4]Jochem Weber, Ronan Costello, and John Ringwood. Wec technology performance levels (tpls)-metric for successful development of economic wec technology. Proceedings EWTEC 2013, 2013.Google Scholar
[5]K. Rahgooy, A. Bahmanpour, M. Derakhshandi, A.a. Bagherzadeh-KhalkhaliDistribution of elastoplastic modulus of subgrade reaction for analysis of raft foundationsGeomechanics and Engineering, 28 (1) (2022), pp. 89-105View in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[7]M. Penalba, G. Giorgi, J.V. RingwoodMathematical modelling of wave energy converters: A review of nonlinear approachesRenewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, 78 (2017), pp. 1188-1207View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[8]C. Windt, J. Davidson, J.V. RingwoodHigh-fidelity numerical modelling of ocean wave energy systems: A review of computational fluid dynamics-based numerical wave tanksRenewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, 93 (2018), pp. 610-630View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[10]J.V. Ringwood, G. Bacelli, F. FuscoEnergymaximizing control of wave-energy converters: The development of control system technology to optimize their operationIEEE control systems magazine, 34 (5) (2014), pp. 30-55View article CrossRefView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[11]N. Faedo, S. Olaya, J.V. RingwoodOptimal control, mpc and mpc-like algorithms for wave energy systems: An overviewIFAC Journal of Systems and Control, 1 (2017), pp. 37-56View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[12]L. Wang, J. Isberg, E. TedeschiReview of control strategies for wave energy conversion systems and their validation: the wave-to-wire approachRenewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, 81 (2018), pp. 366-379View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[15]E. Amini, D. Golbaz, R. Asadi, M. Nasiri, O. Ceylan, M.M. Nezhad, et al.A comparative study of metaheuristic algorithms for wave energy converter power take-off optimisation: A case study for eastern australiaJournal of Marine Science and Engineering, 9(5):490 (2021)Google Scholar
[16]Arthur Pecher and Jens Peter KofoedHandbook of ocean wave energySpringer Nature (2017)Google Scholar
[17]G. Chang, C.A. Jones, J.D. Roberts, V.S. NearyA comprehensive evaluation of factors affecting the levelized cost of wave energy conversion projectsRenewable Energy, 127 (2018), pp. 344-354View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[18]E. Amini, H. Mehdipour, E. Faraggiana, D. Golbaz, S. Mozaffari, G. Bracco, et al.Optimization of hydraulic power take-off system settings for point absorber wave energy converterRenewable Energy, 194 (2022), pp. 938-954View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[19]A. Garcia-Teruel, D.I.M. ForehandA review of geometry optimisa-tion of wave energy convertersRenewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, 139 (2021), Article 110593View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[20]M.M. Nezhad, A. Heydari, M. Neshat, F. Keynia, G. Piras, D.A. GarciaA mediterranean sea offshore wind classification using merra-2 and machine learning modelsRenewable Energy, 190 (2022), pp. 156-166Google Scholar
[21]I. López, J. Andreu, S. Ceballos, I.M.D. Alegría, I. KortabarriaReview of wave energy technologies and the necessary power-equipmentRenewable and sustainable energy reviews, 27 (2013), pp. 413-434View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[22]R. Ekström, B. Ekergård, M. LeijonElectrical damping of linear generators for wave energy converters—a reviewRenewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, 42 (2015), pp. 116-128View PDFView articleGoogle Scholar
[23]Danial Golbaz, Rojin Asadi, Erfan Amini, Hossein Mehdipour, Mahdieh Nasiri, Meysam Majidi Nezhad, Seyed Taghi Omid Naeeni, and Mehdi Neshat. Ocean wave energy converters optimization: A comprehensive review on research directions. arXiv preprint arXiv:2105.07180, 2021.Google Scholar
[24]Michael Choiniere, Jacob Davis, Nhu Nguyen, Nathan Tom, Matthew Fowler, and Krish Thiagarajan Sharman. Hydrodynamics and load shedding behavior of a variable geometry oscillating surge wave energy converter (oswec). Available at SSRN 3900951, 2022.Google Scholar
[25]Alan Henry, Olivier Kimmoun, Jonathan Nicholson, Guillaume Dupont, Yanji Wei, andFrederic Dias. A two dimensional experimental investigation of slamming of an oscillating wave surge converter. In The Twenty-fourth International Ocean and Polar Engineering Conference. OnePetro, 2014.Google Scholar
[26]S. Doyle, G.A. AggidisDevelopment of multioscillating water columns as wave energy convertersRenewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, 107 (2019), pp. 75-86View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[28]Matthew Folley, TJT Whittaker, and Alan Henry. The effect of water depth on the performance of a small surging wave energy converter. Ocean Engineering, 34(8-9):1265–1274, 2007.Google Scholar
[30]D. Sarkar, E. Renzi, F. DiasEffect of a straight coast on the hydrodynamics and performance of the oscillating wave surge converterOcean Engineering, 105 (2015), pp. 25-32View PDFView articleView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[31]Adrian de Andres, Jéromine Maillet, Jørgen Hals Todalshaug, Patrik Möller, and Henry Jeffrey. On the optimum sizing of a real wec from a techno-economic perspective. In International Conference on Offshore Mechanics and Arctic Engineering, volume 49972, page V006T09A013. American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 2016.Google Scholar
[34]T. Whittaker, M. FolleyNearshore oscillating wave surge converters and the development of oysterPhilosophical Transactions Sciences of the Royal Society A: Mathematical, Physical and Engineering, 370 (1959) (2012), pp. 345-364View article CrossRefView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[35]Louise O’Boyle, Kenneth Doherty, Jos van’t Hoff, and Jessica Skelton. The value of full scale prototype data-testing oyster 800 at emec, orkney. In Proceedings of the 11th European wave and tidal energy conference (EWTEC), Nantes, France, pages 6–11, 2015.Google Scholar
[37]Ishmail B Celik, Urmila Ghia, Patrick J Roache, and Christopher J Freitas. Procedure for estimation and reporting of uncertainty due to discretization in cfd applications. Journal of fluids EngineeringTransactions of the ASME, 130(7), 2008.Google Scholar
[38]Pal Schmitt, K Doherty, Darragh Clabby, and T Whittaker. The opportunities and limitations of using cfd in the development of wave energyconverters. Marine&OffshoreRenewableEnergy, pages 89–97, 2012.Google Scholar
[39]M. Choiniere, J. Davis, N.u. Nguyen, N. Tom, M. Fowler, K. ThiagarajanHydrodynamics and load shedding behavior of a variable-geometry oscillating surge wave energy converter (oswec)Renewable Energy (2022)Google Scholar
[40]Yong Li and Mian Lin. Regular and irregular wave impacts on floating body. Ocean Engineering, 42:93–101, 2012. Pal Manuel Schmitt. Investigation of the near flow field of bottom hinged flap type wave energy converters. PhD thesis, Queen’s University Belfast, 2014.Google Scholar
[41]Alan John Henry. The hydrodynamics of small seabed mounted bottom hinged wave energy conerverters in shallow water. PhD thesis, Queen’s University Belfast, 2009.Google Scholar
[42]N. Ghorbani, A. Korzeniowski, et al.Adaptive risk hedging for call options under cox-ingersoll-ross interest ratesJournal of Mathematical Finance, 10 (04) (2020), p. 697 View PDF CrossRefView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[44]M. Abdel-Basset, L. Abdel-Fatah, A.K. SangaiahChapter 10metaheuristic algorithms: a comprehensive reviewcomputational intelligence for multimedia big data on the cloud with engineering applications (2018)Google Scholar
[47]Mohammad Shehab, Laith Abualigah, Husam Al Hamad, Hamzeh Alabool, Mohammad Alshinwan, and Ahmad M Khasawneh. Moth– flame optimization algorithm: variants and applications. Neural Computing and Applications, 32(14):9859–9884, 2020.Google Scholar
[48]Betül Sultan Yıldız and Ali Rıza YıldızMoth-flame optimization algorithm to determine optimal machining parameters in manufacturing processesMaterials Testing, 59 (5) (2017), pp. 425-429Google Scholar
[49]M Tegmark. Barrow, jd davies, pc harper, cl, jr eds. Science and Ultimate Reality Cambridge University Press Cambridge, 2004.Google Scholar
[52]M.S. Morris, K.S. ThorneWormholes in spacetime and their use for interstellar travel: A tool for teaching general relativityAmerican Journal of Physics, 56 (5) (1988), pp. 395-412View article CrossRefView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[53]S. Mirjalili, S.M. Mirjalili, A. HatamlouMulti-verse optimizer: a nature-inspired algorithm for global optimizationNeural Computing and Applications, 27 (2) (2016), pp. 495-513View article CrossRefView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
[55]Farhad Soleimanian Gharehchopogh and Hojjat GholizadehA comprehensive survey: Whale optimization algorithm and its applicationsSwarm and Evolutionary Computation, 48 (2019), pp. 1-24Google Scholar
[56]L. AbualigahMulti-verse optimizer algorithm: a comprehensive survey of its results, variants, and applicationsNeural Computing and Applications, 32 (16) (2020), pp. 12381-12401View article CrossRefView in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Pan Lu1 , Zhang Cheng-Lin2,6,Wang Liang3, Liu Tong4 and Liu Jiang-lin5 1 Aviation and Materials College, Anhui Technical College of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering, Wuhu Anhui 241000, People’s Republic of China 2 School of Engineering Science, University of Science and Technology of China, Hefei Anhui 230026, People’s Republic of China 3 Anhui Top Additive Manufacturing Technology Co., Ltd., Wuhu Anhui 241300, People’s Republic of China 4 Anhui Chungu 3D Printing Institute of Intelligent Equipment and Industrial Technology, Anhui 241300, People’s Republic of China 5 School of Mechanical and Transportation Engineering, Taiyuan University of Technology, Taiyuan Shanxi 030024, People’s Republic of China 6 Author to whom any correspondence should be addressed. E-mail: ahjdpanlu@126.com, jiao__zg@126.com, ahjdjxx001@126.com,tongliu1988@126.com and liujianglin@tyut.edu.cn
선택적 레이저 용융(SLM)은 열 전달, 용융, 상전이, 기화 및 물질 전달을 포함하는 복잡한 동적 비평형 프로세스인 금속 적층 제조(MAM)에서 가장 유망한 기술 중 하나가 되었습니다. 용융 풀의 특성(구조, 온도 흐름 및 속도 흐름)은 SLM의 최종 성형 품질에 결정적인 영향을 미칩니다. 이 연구에서는 선택적 레이저 용융 AlCu5MnCdVA 합금의 용융 풀 구조, 온도 흐름 및 속도장을 연구하기 위해 수치 시뮬레이션과 실험을 모두 사용했습니다.
그 결과 용융풀의 구조는 다양한 형태(깊은 오목 구조, 이중 오목 구조, 평면 구조, 돌출 구조 및 이상적인 평면 구조)를 나타냈으며, 용융 풀의 크기는 약 132 μm × 107 μm × 50 μm였습니다. : 용융풀은 초기에는 여러 구동력에 의해 깊이 15μm의 깊은 오목형상이었으나, 성형 후기에는 장력구배에 의해 높이 10μm의 돌출형상이 되었다. 용융 풀 내부의 금속 흐름은 주로 레이저 충격력, 금속 액체 중력, 표면 장력 및 반동 압력에 의해 구동되었습니다.
AlCu5MnCdVA 합금의 경우, 금속 액체 응고 속도가 매우 빠르며(3.5 × 10-4 S), 가열 속도 및 냉각 속도는 각각 6.5 × 107 K S-1 및 1.6 × 106 K S-1 에 도달했습니다. 시각적 표준으로 표면 거칠기를 선택하고, 낮은 레이저 에너지 AlCu5MnCdVA 합금 최적 공정 매개변수 창을 수치 시뮬레이션으로 얻었습니다: 레이저 출력 250W, 부화 공간 0.11mm, 층 두께 0.03mm, 레이저 스캔 속도 1.5m s-1 .
또한, 실험 프린팅과 수치 시뮬레이션과 비교할 때, 용융 풀의 폭은 각각 약 205um 및 약 210um이었고, 인접한 두 용융 트랙 사이의 중첩은 모두 약 65um이었다. 결과는 수치 시뮬레이션 결과가 실험 인쇄 결과와 기본적으로 일치함을 보여 수치 시뮬레이션 모델의 정확성을 입증했습니다.
Selective Laser Melting (SLM) has become one of the most promising technologies in Metal Additive Manufacturing (MAM), which is a complex dynamic non-equilibrium process involving heat transfer, melting, phase transition, vaporization and mass transfer. The characteristics of the molten pool (structure, temperature flow and velocity flow) have a decisive influence on the final forming quality of SLM. In this study, both numerical simulation and experiments were employed to study molten pool structure, temperature flow and velocity field in Selective Laser Melting AlCu5MnCdVA alloy. The results showed the structure of molten pool showed different forms(deep-concave structure, double-concave structure, plane structure, protruding structure and ideal planar structure), and the size of the molten pool was approximately 132 μm × 107 μm × 50 μm: in the early stage, molten pool was in a state of deep-concave shape with a depth of 15 μm due to multiple driving forces, while a protruding shape with a height of 10 μm duo to tension gradient in the later stages of forming. The metal flow inside the molten pool was mainly driven by laser impact force, metal liquid gravity, surface tension and recoil pressure. For AlCu5MnCdVA alloy, metal liquid solidification speed was extremely fast(3.5 × 10−4 S), the heating rate and cooling rate reached 6.5 × 107 K S−1 and 1.6 × 106 K S−1 , respectively. Choosing surface roughness as a visual standard, low-laser energy AlCu5MnCdVA alloy optimum process parameters window was obtained by numerical simulation: laser power 250 W, hatching space 0.11 mm, layer thickness 0.03 mm, laser scanning velocity 1.5 m s−1 . In addition, compared with experimental printing and numerical simulation, the width of the molten pool was about 205 um and about 210 um, respectively, and overlapping between two adjacent molten tracks was all about 65 um. The results showed that the numerical simulation results were basically consistent with the experimental print results, which proved the correctness of the numerical simulation model.
Figure 1. AlCu5MnCdVA powder particle size distribution.Figure 2. AlCu5MnCdVA powderFigure 3. Finite element model and calculation domains of SLM.Figure 4. SLM heat transfer process.Figure 17. Two-pass molten tracks overlapping for Scheme NO.2.
References
[1] Cuiyun H 2008 Phase diagram determination and thermodynamic study of Al–Cu–Mn, Al–Cu–Si, Al–Mg–Ni and Ni–Ti–Si systems Central South University [2] Zhanfei Z 2017 Study on theta phase segregation and room temperature properties of high strength cast Al–Cu–Mn alloy Lanzhou University of Technology [3] Nie X et al 2018 Analysis of processing parameters and characteristics of selective laser melted high strength Al–Cu–Mg alloys: from single tracks to cubic samplesJ. Mater. Process. Technol. 256 69–77 [4] Shenping Y et al 2017 Laser absorptance measurement of commonly used metal materials in laser additive manufacturing technology Aviation Manufacturing Technology 12 23–9 [5] Wenqing W 2007 Relationship between cooling rate and grain size of AlCu5MnCdVA alloy Harbin University of Technology [6] Majeed M, Vural M, Raja S and Bilal Naim Shaikh M 2019 Finite element analysis of thermal behavior in maraging steel during SLM process Optik 208 113–24 [7] Khairallah S A, Anderson A T, Rubenchik A and King W E 2016 Laser powder-bed fusion additive manufacturing: physics of complex melt flow and formation mechanisms of pores, spatter, and denudation zones Acta Mater. 108 36–45 [8] Bo C, Zhiyu X, Quanquan Z, Yuanbiao W, Liping W and Jin C 2020 Process optimization and microstructure and properties of SLM forming Cu6AlNiSnInCe imitation gold alloy Chin. J. Nonferr. Met. 30 372–82 [9] Li W 2012 Research on performance of metal parts formed by selective laser melting Huazhong University of Science and Technology [10] Yu Q 2013 The influence of different laser heat sources on the surface shape of the molten pool in laser cladding Surf. Technol. 42 40–3
[11] Xianfeng J, Xiangchen M, Rongwei S, Xigen Y and Ming Y 2015 Research on the influence of material state change on temperature field in SLM processing Applied Laser 35 155–9 [12] Körner C, Attar E and Heinl P 2011 Mesoscopic simulation of selective beam melting processesJ. Mater. Process. Technol. 211 978–87 [13] Yadroitsev I, Gusarov A, Yadroitsava I and Smurov I 2010 Single track formation in selective laser melting of metal powdersJ. Mater. Process. Technol. 210 1624–31 [14] King W, Anderson A T, Ferencz R M, Hodge N E, Kamath C and Khairallah S A 2014 Overview of modelling and simulation of metal powder bed fusion process at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory Mater. Sci. Technol. 31 957–68 [15] Hussein A, Hao L, Yan C and Everson R 2013 Finite element simulation of the temperature and stress fields in single layers built without-support in selective laser melting Materials & Design (1980–2015) 52 638–47 [16] Qiu C, Panwisawas C, Ward M, Basoalto H C, Brooks J W and Attallah M M 2015 On the role of melt flow into the surface structure and porosity development during selective laser melting Acta Mater. 96 72–9 [17] Weihao Y, Hui C and Qingsong W 2020 Thermodynamic behavior of laser selective melting molten pool under the action of recoil pressure Journal of Mechanical Engineering 56 213–9 [18] Weijuan Y 2019 Numerical simulation of melt pool temperature field and morphology evolution during laser selective melting process Xi’an University of Technology [19] Genwang W 2017 Research on the establishment of laser heat source model based on energy distribution and its simulation application Harbin Institute of Technology [20] FLOW-3D 2017 User Manual (USA: FLOW SCIENCE) [21] Hirt C and Nichols B 1981 Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundariesJ. Comput. Phys. 39 201–25 [22] Hu Z, Zhang H, Zhu H, Xiao Z, Nie X and Zeng X 2019 Microstructure, mechanical properties and strengthening mechanisms of AlCu5MnCdVA aluminum alloy fabricated by selective laser melting Materials Science and Engineering: A 759 154–66 [23] Ketai H, Liu Z and Lechang Y 2020 Simulation of temperature field, microstructure and mechanical properties of 316L stainless steel in selected laser melting Progress in Laser and Optoelectronics 9 1–18 [24] Cao L 2020 Workpiece-scale numerical simulations of SLM molten pool dynamic behavior of 316L stainless steel Comput. Math. Appl. 4 22–34 [25] Dening Z, Yongping L, Tinglu H and Junyi S 2000 Numerical study of fluid flow and heat transfer in molten pool under the condition of moving heat source J. Met. 4 387–90 [26] Chengyun C, Cui F and Wenlong Z 2018 The effect of Marangoni flow on the thermal behavior and melt flow behavior of laser cladding Applied Laser 38 409–16 [27] Peiying B and Enhuai Y 2020 The effect of laser power on the morphology and residual stress of the molten pool of metal laser selective melting Progress in Laser and Optoelectronics 7 1–12 http://kns.cnki.net/kcms/detail/31.1690.TN.20190717.0933.032.html [28] Zhen L, Dongyun Z, Zhe F and Chengjie W 2017 Numerical simulation of the influence of overlap rate on the forming quality of Inconel 718 alloy by selective laser melting processing Applied Laser 37 187–93 [29] Wei W, Qi L, Guang Y, Lanyun Q and Xiong X 2015 Numerical simulation of electromagnetic field, temperature field and flowfield of laser melting pool under the action of electromagnetic stirring China Laser 42 48–55 [30] Hu Y, He X, Yu G and Zhao S 2016 Capillary convection in pulsed—butt welding of miscible dissimilar couple Proc. Inst. Mech. Eng. Part C J. Mech. Eng. Sci. 231 2429–40 [31] Li R 2010 Research on the key basic problems of selective laser melting forming of metal powder Huazhong University of Science and Technology [32] Zijue T, Weiwei L, Zhaorui Y, Hao W and Hongchao Z 2019 Study on the shape evolution behavior of metal laser melting deposition based on molten pool dynamic characteristicsJournal of Mechanical Engineering 55 39–47 [33] Pan L, Cheng-Lin Z, Hai-Yi L, Liang W and Tong L 2020 A new two-step selective laser remelting of 316L stainless steel: process, density, surface roughness, mechanical properties, microstructure Mater. Res. Express 7 056503 [34] Pan L, Cheng-Lin Z, Hai-Yi L, Jiang H, Tong L and Liang W 2019 The influence and optimization of forming process parameters of 316L stainless steel prepared by laser melting on the density Forging Technology 44 103–9
화성 미션 애플리케이션을 위한 NERVA 파생 원자로 냉각수 채널 모델은 1.3m NERVA 파생 원자로(NDR) 냉각수 채널의 전산유체역학(CFD) 연구 결과를 제시합니다. CFD 코드 FLOW-3D는 NDR 코어를 통과하는 기체 수소의 흐름을 모델링하는 데 사용되었습니다. 수소는 냉각제 채널을 통해 노심을 통과하여 원자로의 냉각제 및 로켓의 추진제 역할을 합니다. 수소는 고밀도/저온 상태로 채널에 들어가고 저밀도/고온 상태로 빠져나오므로 압축성 모델을 사용해야 합니다. 기술 문서의 설계 사양이 모델에 사용되었습니다. 채널 길이에 걸친 압력 강하가 이전에 추정한 것(0.9MPa)보다 높은 것으로 확인되었으며, 이는 더 강력한 냉각수 펌프가 필요하고 설계 사양을 재평가해야 함을 나타냅니다.
NERVA-Derived Reactor Coolant Channel Model for Mars Mission Applications presents the results of a computational fluid dynamics (CFD) study of a 1.3m NERVA-Derived Reactor (NDR) coolant channel; The CFD code FLOW-3D was used to model the flow of gaseous hydrogen through the core of a NDR. Hydrogen passes through the core by way of coolant channels, acting as the coolant for the reactor as well as the propellant for the rocket. Hydrogen enters the channel in a high density/low temperature state and exits in a low density/high temperature state necessitating the use of a compressible model. Design specifications from a technical paper were used for the model; It was determined that the pressure drop across the length of the channel was higher than previously estimated (0.9 MPa), indicating the possible need for more powerful coolant pumps and a re-evaluation of the design specifications.
Figure 1 Nuclear Rocket Schematic DiagramFigure 2 Fuel Element – Tip ViewFigure 3 Fuel Element – Tie-Tube Structure (Tie-tubes are black)Figure 5 Three-Dimensional Coolant Channel ModelFigure 6 Two-Dimensional Coolant Channel Model
REFERENCES
Anderson, J. D., Jr., (1990) Modern Compressible Flow, 2d ed., McGraw-Hill, New York. Avallone E. A. and T. Baumeister III, eds., (1987) Mark’s Standard Handbookfor Mechanical Engineers, 9th ed., McGraw-Hill, New York. Bennett, G. L. and T. J. Miller (1992) “Nuclear Propulsion: A Key Transportation Technology for the Exploration of Mars,” Proceedings o f the 9th Symposium on Space Nuclear Power Systems, CONF-920104, M. S. El-Genk and M. D. Hoover, eds., American Institute of Physics, New York, AIP Conference Proceedings No. 246, 2: 383-388. Black, D. L., and S. V. Gunn (1991) “A Technical Summary of Engine and Reactor Subsystem Design Performance during the NERVA Program,” AIAA-91-3450, American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics, Washington, D. C. Borowski, S. K., et al. (1992) “Nuclear Thermal Rockets: Key to Moon-Mars Exploration,” Aerospace America, July 1992, pp. 34(5). Borowski, S. K., et al. (1993) “ Nuclear Thermal Rocket/Vehicle Design Options for Future NASA Missions to the Moon and Mars,” AIAA-93-4170, American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics, Washington, D. C. Borowski, S. K., et al. (1994) “Nuclear Thermal Rocket/Stage Technology Options for NASA’s Future Human Exploration Missions to the Moon and Mars,” Proceedings o f the 11th Symposium on Space Nuclear Power and Propulsion, CONF-940101, M. S. El-Genk and M. D. Hoover, eds., American Institute of Physics, New York, NY, AIP Conference Proceedings No. 301, 2: 745 – 758. Burmeister, L. C. (1993) Convective Heat Transfer, 2d ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York. Chi, J., R. Holman, and B. Pierce (1989) “Nerva Derivative Reactors for Thermal and Electrical Propulsion,” AIAA-89-2770, American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics, Washington, D. C. FIDAP (1993) FIDAP 7.0 User’s Manual, Fluid Dynamics International, Inc. FL0W-3D (1994) FL0W-3D Version 6.0 Quick Reference Guide, Flow Science, Inc., Los Alamos, NM. Hill, P. G. and C. R. Peterson (1970) Mechanics and Thermodynamics o f Propulsion, Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA. Lamarsh, J. R. (1983) Introduction to Nuclear Engineering, 2d ed., Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA. Nassersharif, B. (1991) Notes from a Nuclear Propulsion Short Course, 3-5 January 1991, American Institute of Physics. Nassersharif, B., E. Porta, and D. Hailes (1994) “A Proposal Entitled: Scenario Based Design of Nuclear Propulsion for Manned Mars Mission,” NSCEE, Las Vegas, NV. Shepard, K., et al. (1992) “A Split Sprint Mission to Mars,” Proceedings o f the 9th Symposium on Space Nuclear Power Systems, CONF-920104, M. S. El-Genk and M. D. Hoover, eds., American Institute of Physics, New York, AIP Conference Proceedings No. 246, 1: 58 – 63. Sutton, G. P. (1986) Rocket Propulsion Elements: An Introduction to the Engineering o f Rockets, 5th ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York. U.S. President (1989) “Remarks on the 20th Anniversary of the Apollo 11 Moon Landing July 20, 1989,” Administration o f George Bush, Office of the Federal Register. National Archives and Records Service, 1989, Washington D. C., George Bush, 1989, p. 992. VSAERO (1994) VSAERO User’s Manual E.5, Analytical Methods, Inc., Redmond, WA. White, F. M. (1991) Viscous Fluid Flow, 2d ed., McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York. Zweig, H. R. and M. H. Cooper (1993) “NERVA-Derived Rocket Module for Solar System Exploration,” AIAA-93-2110, American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics, Washington, D. C.
This paper presents the results of tests on the suitability of designed heads (impellers) for aluminum refining. The research was carried out on a physical model of the URO-200, followed by numerical simulations in the FLOW 3D program. Four design variants of impellers were used in the study. The degree of dispersion of the gas phase in the model liquid was used as a criterion for evaluating the performance of each solution using different process parameters, i.e., gas flow rate and impeller speed. Afterward, numerical simulations in Flow 3D software were conducted for the best solution. These simulations confirmed the results obtained with the water model and verified them.
Constantly increasing requirements concerning metallurgical purity in terms of hydrogen content and nonmetallic inclusions make casting manufacturers use effective refining techniques. The answer to this demand is the implementation of the aluminum refining technique making use of a rotor with an original design guaranteeing efficient refining [1,2,3,4]. The main task of the impeller (rotor) is to reduce the contamination of liquid metal (primary and recycled aluminum) with hydrogen and nonmetallic inclusions. An inert gas, mainly argon or a mixture of gases, is introduced through the rotor into the liquid metal to bring both hydrogen and nonmetallic inclusions to the metal surface through the flotation process. Appropriately and uniformly distributed gas bubbles in the liquid metal guarantee achieving the assumed level of contaminant removal economically. A very important factor in deciding about the obtained degassing effect is the optimal rotor design [5,6,7,8]. Thanks to the appropriate geometry of the rotor, gas bubbles introduced into the liquid metal are split into smaller ones, and the spinning movement of the rotor distributes them throughout the volume of the liquid metal bath. In this solution impurities in the liquid metal are removed both in the volume and from the upper surface of the metal. With a well-designed impeller, the costs of refining aluminum and its alloys can be lowered thanks to the reduced inert gas and energy consumption (optimal selection of rotor rotational speed). Shorter processing time and a high degree of dehydrogenation decrease the formation of dross on the metal surface (waste). A bigger produced dross leads to bigger process losses. Consequently, this means that the choice of rotor geometry has an indirect impact on the degree to which the generated waste is reduced [9,10].
Another equally important factor is the selection of process parameters such as gas flow rate and rotor speed [11,12]. A well-designed gas injection system for liquid metal meets two key requirements; it causes rapid mixing of the liquid metal to maintain a uniform temperature throughout the volume and during the entire process, to produce a chemically homogeneous metal composition. This solution ensures effective degassing of the metal bath. Therefore, the shape of the rotor, the arrangement of the nozzles, and their number are significant design parameters that guarantee the optimum course of the refining process. It is equally important to complete the mixing of the metal bath in a relatively short time, as this considerably shortens the refining process and, consequently, reduces the process costs. Another important criterion conditioning the implementation of the developed rotor is the generation of fine diffused gas bubbles which are distributed throughout the metal volume, and whose residence time will be sufficient for the bubbles to collide and adsorb the contaminants. The process of bubble formation by the spinning rotors differs from that in the nozzles or porous molders. In the case of a spinning rotor, the shear force generated by the rotor motion splits the bubbles into smaller ones. Here, the rotational speed, mixing force, surface tension, and fluid density have a key effect on the bubble size. The velocity of the bubbles, which depends mainly on their size and shape, determines their residence time in the reactor and is, therefore, very important for the refining process, especially since gas bubbles in liquid aluminum may remain steady only below a certain size [13,14,15].
The impeller designs presented in the article were developed to improve the efficiency of the process and reduce its costs. The impellers used so far have a complicated structure and are very pricey. The success of the conducted research will allow small companies to become independent of external supplies through the possibility of making simple and effective impellers on their own. The developed structures were tested on the water model. The results of this study can be considered as pilot.
Rotors were realized with the SolidWorks computer design technique and a 3D printer. The developed designs were tested on a water model. Afterward, the solution with the most advantageous refining parameters was selected and subjected to calculations with the Flow3D package. As a result, an impeller was designed for aluminum refining. Its principal lies in an even distribution of gas bubbles in the entire volume of liquid metal, with the largest possible participation of the bubble surface, without disturbing the metal surface. This procedure guarantees the removal of gaseous, as well as metallic and nonmetallic, impurities.
2.1. Rotor Designs
The developed impeller constructions, shown in Figure 1, Figure 2, Figure 3 and Figure 4, were printed on a 3D printer using the PLA (polylactide) material. The impeller design models differ in their shape and the number of holes through which the inert gas flows. Figure 1, Figure 2 and Figure 3 show the same impeller model but with a different number of gas outlets. The arrangement of four, eight, and 12 outlet holes was adopted in the developed design. A triangle-shaped structure equipped with three gas outlet holes is presented in Figure 4.
A schematic of the water model of reactor URO 200.
The URO 200 reactor can be classified as a cyclic reactor. The main element of the device is a rotor, which ends the impeller. The whole system is attached to a shaft via which the refining gas is supplied. Then, the shaft with the rotor is immersed in the liquid metal in the melting pot or the furnace chamber. In URO 200 reactors, the refining process lasts 600 s (10 min), the gas flow rate that can be obtained ranges from 5 to 20 dm3·min−1, and the speed at which the rotor can move is 0 to 400 rpm. The permissible quantity of liquid metal for barbotage refining is 300 kg or 700 kg [8,16,17]. The URO 200 has several design solutions which improve operation and can be adapted to the existing equipment in the foundry. These solutions include the following [8,16]:
URO-200XR—used for small crucible furnaces, the capacity of which does not exceed 250 kg, with no control system and no control of the refining process.
URO-200SA—used to service several crucible furnaces of capacity from 250 kg to 700 kg, fully automated and equipped with a mechanical rotor lift.
URO-200KA—used for refining processes in crucible furnaces and allows refining in a ladle. The process is fully automated, with a hydraulic rotor lift.
URO-200KX—a combination of the XR and KA models, designed for the ladle refining process. Additionally, refining in heated crucibles is possible. The unit is equipped with a manual hydraulic rotor lift.
URO-200PA—designed to cooperate with induction or crucible furnaces or intermediate chambers, the capacity of which does not exceed one ton. This unit is an integral part of the furnace. The rotor lift is equipped with a screw drive.
Studies making use of a physical model can be associated with the observation of the flow and circulation of gas bubbles. They require meeting several criteria regarding the similarity of the process and the object characteristics. The similarity conditions mainly include geometric, mechanical, chemical, thermal, and kinetic parameters. During simulation of aluminum refining with inert gas, it is necessary to maintain the geometric similarity between the model and the real object, as well as the similarity related to the flow of liquid metal and gas (hydrodynamic similarity). These quantities are characterized by the Reynolds, Weber, and Froude numbers. The Froude number is the most important parameter characterizing the process, its magnitude is the same for the physical model and the real object. Water was used as the medium in the physical modeling. The factors influencing the choice of water are its availability, relatively low cost, and kinematic viscosity at room temperature, which is very close to that of liquid aluminum.
The physical model studies focused on the flow of inert gas in the form of gas bubbles with varying degrees of dispersion, particularly with respect to some flow patterns such as flow in columns and geysers, as well as disturbance of the metal surface. The most important refining parameters are gas flow rate and rotor speed. The barbotage refining studies for the developed impeller (variants B4, B8, B12, and RT3) designs were conducted for the following process parameters:
Rotor speed: 200, 300, 400, and 500 rpm,
Ideal gas flow: 10, 20, and 30 dm3·min−1,
Temperature: 293 K (20 °C).
These studies were aimed at determining the most favorable variants of impellers, which were then verified using the numerical modeling methods in the Flow-3D program.
2.3. Numerical Simulations with Flow-3D Program
Testing different rotor impellers using a physical model allows for observing the phenomena taking place while refining. This is a very important step when testing new design solutions without using expensive industrial trials. Another solution is modeling by means of commercial simulation programs such as ANSYS Fluent or Flow-3D [18,19]. Unlike studies on a physical model, in a computer program, the parameters of the refining process and the object itself, including the impeller design, can be easily modified. The simulations were performed with the Flow-3D program version 12.03.02. A three-dimensional system with the same dimensions as in the physical modeling was used in the calculations. The isothermal flow of liquid–gas bubbles was analyzed. As in the physical model, three speeds were adopted in the numerical tests: 200, 300, and 500 rpm. During the initial phase of the simulations, the velocity field around the rotor generated an appropriate direction of motion for the newly produced bubbles. When the required speed was reached, the generation of randomly distributed bubbles around the rotor was started at a rate of 2000 per second. Table 1 lists the most important simulation parameters.
In the case of the CFD analysis, the numerical solutions require great care when generating the computational mesh. Therefore, computational mesh tests were performed prior to the CFD calculations. The effect of mesh density was evaluated by taking into account the velocity of water in the tested object on the measurement line A (height of 0.065 m from the bottom) in a characteristic cross-section passing through the object axis (see Figure 6). The mesh contained 3,207,600, 6,311,981, 7,889,512, 11,569,230, and 14,115,049 cells.
The velocity of the water depending on the size of the computational grid.
The quality of the generated computational meshes was checked using the criterion skewness angle QEAS [18]. This criterion is described by the following relationship:
QEAS=max{βmax−βeq180−βeq,βeq−βminβeq},
(1)
where βmax, βmin are the maximal and minimal angles (in degrees) between the edges of the cell, and βeq is the angle corresponding to an ideal cell, which for cubic cells is 90°.
Normalized in the interval [0;1], the value of QEAS should not exceed 0.75, which identifies the permissible skewness angle of the generated mesh. For the computed meshes, this value was equal to 0.55–0.65.
Moreover, when generating the computational grids in the studied facility, they were compacted in the areas of the highest gradients of the calculated values, where higher turbulence is to be expected (near the impeller). The obtained results of water velocity in the studied object at constant gas flow rate are shown in Figure 6.
The analysis of the obtained water velocity distributions (see Figure 6) along the line inside the object revealed that, with the density of the grid of nodal points, the velocity changed and its changes for the test cases of 7,889,512, 11,569,230, and 14,115,049 were insignificant. Therefore, it was assumed that a grid containing not less than 7,900,000 (7,889,512) cells would not affect the result of CFD calculations.
A single-block mesh of regular cells with a size of 0.0034 m was used in the numerical calculations. The total number of cells was approximately 7,900,000 (7,889,512). This grid resolution (see Figure 7) allowed the geometry of the system to be properly represented, maintaining acceptable computation time (about 3 days on a workstation with 2× CPU and 12 computing cores).
Structured equidistant mesh used in numerical calculations: (a) mesh with smoothed, surface cells (the so-called FAVOR method) used in Flow-3D; (b) visualization of the applied mesh resolution.
The calculations were conducted with an explicit scheme. The timestep was selected by the program automatically and controlled by stability and convergence. From the moment of the initial velocity field generation (start of particle generation), it was 0.0001 s.
When modeling the degassing process, three fluids are present in the system: water, gas supplied through the rotor head (impeller), and the surrounding air. Modeling such a multiphase flow is a numerically very complex issue. The necessity to overcome the liquid backpressure by the gas flowing out from the impeller leads to the formation of numerical instabilities in the volume of fluid (VOF)-based approach used by Flow-3D software. Therefore, a mixed description of the analyzed flow was used here. In this case, water was treated as a continuous medium, while, in the case of gas bubbles, the discrete phase model (DPM) model was applied. The way in which the air surrounding the system was taken into account is later described in detail.
The following additional assumptions were made in the modeling:
—The liquid phase was considered as an incompressible Newtonian fluid.
—The effect of chemical reactions during the refining process was neglected.
—The composition of each phase (gas and liquid) was considered homogeneous; therefore, the viscosity and surface tension were set as constants.
—Only full turbulence existed in the liquid, and the effect of molecular viscosity was neglected.
—The gas bubbles were shaped as perfect spheres.
—The mutual interaction between gas bubbles (particles) was neglected.
2.3.1. Modeling of Liquid Flow
The motion of the real fluid (continuous medium) is described by the Navier–Stokes Equation [20].
dudt=−1ρ∇p+ν∇2u+13ν∇(∇⋅ u)+F,
(2)
where du/dt is the time derivative, u is the velocity vector, t is the time, and F is the term accounting for external forces including gravity (unit components denoted by X, Y, Z).
In the simulations, the fluid flow was assumed to be incompressible, in which case the following equation is applicable:
∂u∂t+(u⋅∇)u=−1ρ∇p+ν∇2u+F.
(3)
Due to the large range of liquid velocities during flows, the turbulence formation process was included in the modeling. For this purpose, the k–ε model turbulence kinetic energy k and turbulence dissipation ε were the target parameters, as expressed by the following equations [21]:
where ρ is the gas density, σκ and σε are the Prandtl turbulence numbers, k and ε are constants of 1.0 and 1.3, and Gk and Gb are the kinetic energy of turbulence generated by the average velocity and buoyancy, respectively.
As mentioned earlier, there are two gas phases in the considered problem. In addition to the gas bubbles, which are treated here as particles, there is also air, which surrounds the system. The boundary of phase separation is in this case the free surface of the water. The shape of the free surface can change as a result of the forming velocity field in the liquid. Therefore, it is necessary to use an appropriate approach to free surface tracking. The most commonly used concept in liquid–gas flow modeling is the volume of fluid (VOF) method [22,23], and Flow-3D uses a modified version of this method called TrueVOF. It introduces the concept of the volume fraction of the liquid phase fl. This parameter can be used for classifying the cells of a discrete grid into areas filled with liquid phase (fl = 1), gaseous phase, or empty cells (fl = 0) and those through which the phase separation boundary (fl ∈ (0, 1)) passes (free surface). To determine the local variations of the liquid phase fraction, it is necessary to solve the following continuity equation:
dfldt=0.
(6)
Then, the fluid parameters in the region of coexistence of the two phases (the so-called interface) depend on the volume fraction of each phase.
ρ=flρl+(1−fl)ρg,
(7)
ν=flνl+(1−fl)νg,
(8)
where indices l and g refer to the liquid and gaseous phases, respectively.
The parameter of fluid velocity in cells containing both phases is also determined in the same way.
u=flul+(1−fl)ug.
(9)
Since the processes taking place in the surrounding air can be omitted, to speed up the calculations, a single-phase, free-surface model was used. This means that no calculations were performed in the gas cells (they were treated as empty cells). The liquid could fill them freely, and the air surrounding the system was considered by the atmospheric pressure exerted on the free surface. This approach is often used in modeling foundry and metallurgical processes [24].
2.3.2. Modeling of Gas Bubble Flow
As stated, a particle model was used to model bubble flow. Spherical particles (gas bubbles) of a given size were randomly generated in the area marked with green in Figure 7b. In the simulations, the gas bubbles were assumed to have diameters of 0.016 and 0.02 m corresponding to the gas flow rates of 10 and 30 dm3·min−1, respectively.
Experimental studies have shown that, as a result of turbulent fluid motion, some of the bubbles may burst, leading to the formation of smaller bubbles, although merging of bubbles into larger groupings may also occur. Therefore, to be able to observe the behavior of bubbles of different sizes (diameter), the calculations generated two additional particle types with diameters twice smaller and twice larger, respectively. The proportion of each species in the system was set to 33.33% (Table 2).
The velocity of the particle results from the generated velocity field (calculated from Equation (3) in the liquid ul around it and its velocity resulting from the buoyancy force ub. The effect of particle radius r on the terminal velocity associated with buoyancy force can be determined according to Stokes’ law.
ub=29 (ρg−ρl)μlgr2,
(10)
where g is the acceleration (9.81).
The DPM model was used for modeling the two-phase (water–air) flow. In this model, the fluid (water) is treated as a continuous phase and described by the Navier–Stokes equation, while gas bubbles are particles flowing in the model fluid (discrete phase). The trajectories of each bubble in the DPM system are calculated at each timestep taking into account the mass forces acting on it. Table 3 characterizes the DPM model used in our own research [18].
Table 3
Characteristic of the DPM model.
Method
Equations
Euler–Lagrange
Balance equation: dugdt=FD(u−ug)+g(ϱg−ϱ)ϱg+F. FD (u − up) denotes the drag forces per mass unit of a bubble, and the expression for the drag coefficient FD is of the form FD=18μCDReϱ⋅gd2g24. The relative Reynolds number has the form Re≡ρdg|ug−u|μ. On the other hand, the force resulting from the additional acceleration of the model fluid has the form F=12dρdtρg(u−ug), where ug is the gas bubble velocity, u is the liquid velocity, dg is the bubble diameter, and CD is the drag coefficient.
3.1. Calculations of Power and Mixing Time by the Flowing Gas Bubbles
One of the most important parameters of refining with a rotor is the mixing power induced by the spinning rotor and the outflowing gas bubbles (via impeller). The mixing power of liquid metal in a ladle of height (h) by gas injection can be determined from the following relation [15]:
pgVm=ρ⋅g⋅uB,
(11)
where pg is the mixing power, Vm is the volume of liquid metal in the reactor, ρ is the density of liquid aluminum, and uB is the average speed of bubbles, given below.
uB=n⋅R⋅TAc⋅Pm⋅t,
(12)
where n is the number of gas moles, R is the gas constant (8.314), Ac is the cross-sectional area of the reactor vessel, T is the temperature of liquid aluminum in the reactor, and Pm is the pressure at the middle tank level. The pressure at the middle level of the tank is calculated by a function of the mean logarithmic difference.
Pm=(Pa+ρ⋅g⋅h)−Paln(Pa+ρ⋅g⋅h)Pa,
(13)
where Pa is the atmospheric pressure, and h is the the height of metal in the reactor.
Themelis and Goyal [25] developed a model for calculating mixing power delivered by gas injection.
pg=2Q⋅R⋅T⋅ln(1+m⋅ρ⋅g⋅hP),
(14)
where Q is the gas flow, and m is the mass of liquid metal.
Zhang [26] proposed a model taking into account the temperature difference between gas and alloy (metal).
pg=QRTgVm[ln(1+ρ⋅g⋅hPa)+(1−TTg)],
(15)
where Tg is the gas temperature at the entry point.
Data for calculating the mixing power resulting from inert gas injection into liquid aluminum are given below in Table 4. The design parameters were adopted for the model, the parameters of which are shown in Figure 5.
Table 4
Data for calculating mixing power introduced by an inert gas.
Table 5 presents the results of mixing power calculations according to the models of Themelis and Goyal and of Zhang for inert gas flows of 10, 20, and 30 dm3·min−1. The obtained calculation results significantly differed from each other. The difference was an order of magnitude, which indicates that the model is highly inaccurate without considering the temperature of the injected gas. Moreover, the calculations apply to the case when the mixing was performed only by the flowing gas bubbles, without using a rotor, which is a great simplification of the phenomenon.
Table 5
Mixing power calculated from mathematical models.
Mathematical Model
Mixing Power (W·t−1) for a Given Inert Gas Flow (dm3·min−1)
The mixing time is defined as the time required to achieve 95% complete mixing of liquid metal in the ladle [27,28,29,30]. Table 6 groups together equations for the mixing time according to the models.
Figure 8 and Figure 9 show the mixing time as a function of gas flow rate for various heights of the liquid column in the ladle and mixing power values.
Mixing time as a function of mixing power (Szekly model).
3.2. Determining the Bubble Size
The mechanisms controlling bubble size and mass transfer in an alloy undergoing refining are complex. Strong mixing conditions in the reactor promote impurity mass transfer. In the case of a spinning rotor, the shear force generated by the rotor motion separates the bubbles into smaller bubbles. Rotational speed, mixing force, surface tension, and liquid density have a strong influence on the bubble size. To characterize the kinetic state of the refining process, parameters k and A were introduced. Parameters k, A, and uB can be calculated using the below equations [33].
k=2D⋅uBdB⋅π−−−−−−√,
(16)
A=6Q⋅hdB⋅uB,
(17)
uB=1.02g⋅dB,−−−−−√
(18)
where D is the diffusion coefficient, and dB is the bubble diameter.
After substituting appropriate values, we get
dB=3.03×104(πD)−2/5g−1/5h4/5Q0.344N−1.48.
(19)
According to the last equation, the size of the gas bubble decreases with the increasing rotational speed (see Figure 10).
Effect of rotational speed on the bubble diameter.
In a flow of given turbulence intensity, the diameter of the bubble does not exceed the maximum size dmax, which is inversely proportional to the rate of kinetic energy dissipation in a viscous flow ε. The size of the gas bubble diameter as a function of the mixing energy, also considering the Weber number and the mixing energy in the negative power, can be determined from the following equations [31,34]:
The first stage of experiments (using the URO-200 water model) included conducting experiments with impellers equipped with four, eight, and 12 gas outlets (variants B4, B8, B12). The tests were carried out for different process parameters. Selected results for these experiments are presented in Figure 11, Figure 12, Figure 13 and Figure 14.
Impeller variant B4—gas bubbles dispersion registered for a gas flow rate of 10 dm3·min−1 and rotor speed of (a) 200, (b) 300, (c) 400, and (d) 500 rpm.
Impeller variant B8—gas bubbles dispersion registered for a gas flow rate of 10 dm3·min−1 and rotor speed of (a) 200, (b) 300, (c) 400, and (d) 500 rpm.
Gas bubble dispersion registered for different processing parameters (impeller variant RT3).
The analysis of the refining variants presented in Figure 11, Figure 12, Figure 13 and Figure 14 reveals that the proposed impellers design model is not useful for the aluminum refining process. The number of gas outlet orifices, rotational speed, and flow did not affect the refining efficiency. In all the variants shown in the figures, very poor dispersion of gas bubbles was observed in the object. The gas bubble flow had a columnar character, and so-called dead zones, i.e., areas where no inert gas bubbles are present, were visible in the analyzed object. Such dead zones were located in the bottom and side zones of the ladle, while the flow of bubbles occurred near the turning rotor. Another negative phenomenon observed was a significant agitation of the water surface due to excessive (rotational) rotor speed and gas flow (see Figure 13, cases 20; 400, 30; 300, 30; 400, and 30; 500).
Research results for a ‘red triangle’ impeller equipped with three gas supply orifices (variant RT3) are presented in Figure 14.
In this impeller design, a uniform degree of bubble dispersion in the entire volume of the modeling fluid was achieved for most cases presented (see Figure 14). In all tested variants, single bubbles were observed in the area of the water surface in the vessel. For variants 20; 200, 30; 200, and 20; 300 shown in Figure 14, the bubble dispersion results were the worst as the so-called dead zones were identified in the area near the bottom and sidewalls of the vessel, which disqualifies these work parameters for further applications. Interestingly, areas where swirls and gas bubble chains formed were identified only for the inert gas flows of 20 and 30 dm3·min−1 and 200 rpm in the analyzed model. This means that the presented model had the best performance in terms of dispersion of gas bubbles in the model liquid. Its design with sharp edges also differed from previously analyzed models, which is beneficial for gas bubble dispersion, but may interfere with its suitability in industrial conditions due to possible premature wear.
3.4. Qualitative Comparison of Research Results (CFD and Physical Model)
The analysis (physical modeling) revealed that the best mixing efficiency results were obtained with the RT3 impeller variant. Therefore, numerical calculations were carried out for the impeller model with three outlet orifices (variant RT3). The CFD results are presented in Figure 15 and Figure 16.
Simulation results of the impeller RT3, for given flows and rotational speeds after a time of 1 s: simulation variants (a) A, (b) B, (c) C, (d) D, (e) E, and (f) F.
Simulation results of the impeller RT3, for given flows and rotational speeds after a time of 5.4 s.: simulation variants (a) A, (b) B, (c) C, (d) D, (e) E, and (f) F.
CFD results are presented for all analyzed variants (impeller RT3) at two selected calculation timesteps of 1 and 5.40 s. They show the velocity field of the medium (water) and the dispersion of gas bubbles.
Figure 15 shows the initial refining phase after 1 s of the process. In this case, the gas bubble formation and flow were observed in an area close to contact with the rotor. Figure 16 shows the phase when the dispersion and flow of gas bubbles were advanced in the reactor area of the URO-200 model.
The quantitative evaluation of the obtained results of physical and numerical model tests was based on the comparison of the degree of gas dispersion in the model liquid. The degree of gas bubble dispersion in the volume of the model liquid and the areas of strong turbulent zones formation were evaluated during the analysis of the results of visualization and numerical simulations. These two effects sufficiently characterize the required course of the process from the physical point of view. The known scheme of the below description was adopted as a basic criterion for the evaluation of the degree of dispersion of gas bubbles in the model liquid.
Minimal dispersion—single bubbles ascending in the region of their formation along the ladle axis; lack of mixing in the whole bath volume.
Accurate dispersion—single and well-mixed bubbles ascending toward the bath mirror in the region of the ladle axis; no dispersion near the walls and in the lower part of the ladle.
Uniform dispersion—most desirable; very good mixing of fine bubbles with model liquid.
Excessive dispersion—bubbles join together to form chains; large turbulence zones; uneven flow of gas.
The numerical simulation results give a good agreement with the experiments performed with the physical model. For all studied variants (used process parameters), the single bubbles were observed in the area of water surface in the vessel. For variants presented in Figure 13 (200 rpm, gas flow 20 and dm3·min−1) and relevant examples in numerical simulation Figure 16, the worst bubble dispersion results were obtained because the dead zones were identified in the area near the bottom and sidewalls of the vessel, which disqualifies these work parameters for further use. The areas where swirls and gas bubble chains formed were identified only for the inert gas flows of 20 and 30 dm3·min−1 and 200 rpm in the analyzed model (physical model). This means that the presented impeller model had the best performance in terms of dispersion of gas bubbles in the model liquid. The worst bubble dispersion results were obtained because the dead zones were identified in the area near the bottom and side walls of the vessel, which disqualifies these work parameters for further use.
Figure 17 presents exemplary results of model tests (CFD and physical model) with marked gas bubble dispersion zones. All variants of tests were analogously compared, and this comparison allowed validating the numerical model.
Compilations of model research results (CFD and physical): A—single gas bubbles formed on the surface of the modeling liquid, B—excessive formation of gas chains and swirls, C—uniform distribution of gas bubbles in the entire volume of the tank, and D—dead zones without gas bubbles, no dispersion. (a) Variant B; (b) variant F.
It should be mentioned here that, in numerical simulations, it is necessary to make certain assumptions and simplifications. The calculations assumed three particle size classes (Table 2), which represent the different gas bubbles that form due to different gas flow rates. The maximum number of particles/bubbles (Table 1) generated was assumed in advance and related to the computational capabilities of the computer. Too many particles can also make it difficult to visualize and analyze the results. The size of the particles, of course, affects their behavior during simulation, while, in the figures provided in the article, the bubbles are represented by spheres (visualization of the results) of the same size. Please note that, due to the adopted Lagrangian–Eulerian approach, the simulation did not take into account phenomena such as bubble collapse or fusion. However, the obtained results allow a comprehensive analysis of the behavior of gas bubbles in the system under consideration.
The comparative analysis of the visualization (quantitative) results obtained with the water model and CFD simulations (see Figure 17) generated a sufficient agreement from the point of view of the trends. A precise quantitative evaluation is difficult to perform because of the lack of a refraction compensating system in the water model. Furthermore, in numerical simulations, it is not possible to determine the geometry of the forming gas bubbles and their interaction with each other as opposed to the visualization in the water model. The use of both research methods is complementary. Thus, a direct comparison of images obtained by the two methods requires appropriate interpretation. However, such an assessment gives the possibility to qualitatively determine the types of the present gas bubble dispersion, thus ultimately validating the CFD results with the water model.
A summary of the visualization results for impellers RT3, i.e., analysis of the occurring gas bubble dispersion types, is presented in Table 8.
Table 8
Summary of visualization results (impeller RT3)—different types of gas bubble dispersion.
Tests carried out for impeller RT3 confirmed the high efficiency of gas bubble distribution in the volume of the tested object at a low inert gas flow rate of 10 dm3·min−1. The most optimal variant was variant B (300 rpm, 10 dm3·min−1). However, the other variants A and C (gas flow rate 10 dm3·min−1) seemed to be favorable for this type of impeller and are recommended for further testing. The above process parameters will be analyzed in detail in a quantitative analysis to be performed on the basis of the obtained efficiency curves of the degassing process (oxygen removal). This analysis will give an unambiguous answer as to which process parameters are the most optimal for this type of impeller; the results are planned for publication in the next article.
It should also be noted here that the high agreement between the results of numerical calculations and physical modelling prompts a conclusion that the proposed approach to the simulation of a degassing process which consists of a single-phase flow model with a free surface and a particle flow model is appropriate. The simulation results enable us to understand how the velocity field in the fluid is formed and to analyze the distribution of gas bubbles in the system. The simulations in Flow-3D software can, therefore, be useful for both the design of the impeller geometry and the selection of process parameters.
The results of experiments carried out on the physical model of the device for the simulation of barbotage refining of aluminum revealed that the worst results in terms of distribution and dispersion of gas bubbles in the studied object were obtained for the black impellers variants B4, B8, and B12 (multi-orifice impellers—four, eight, and 12 outlet holes, respectively).
In this case, the control of flow, speed, and number of gas exit orifices did not improve the process efficiency, and the developed design did not meet the criteria for industrial tests. In the case of the ‘red triangle’ impeller (variant RT3), uniform gas bubble dispersion was achieved throughout the volume of the modeling fluid for most of the tested variants. The worst bubble dispersion results due to the occurrence of the so-called dead zones in the area near the bottom and sidewalls of the vessel were obtained for the flow variants of 20 dm3·min−1 and 200 rpm and 30 dm3·min−1 and 200 rpm. For the analyzed model, areas where swirls and gas bubble chains were formed were found only for the inert gas flow of 20 and 30 dm3·min−1 and 200 rpm. The model impeller (variant RT3) had the best performance compared to the previously presented impellers in terms of dispersion of gas bubbles in the model liquid. Moreover, its design differed from previously presented models because of its sharp edges. This can be advantageous for gas bubble dispersion, but may negatively affect its suitability in industrial conditions due to premature wearing.
The CFD simulation results confirmed the results obtained from the experiments performed on the physical model. The numerical simulation of the operation of the ‘red triangle’ impeller model (using Flow-3D software) gave good agreement with the experiments performed on the physical model. This means that the presented model impeller, as compared to other (analyzed) designs, had the best performance in terms of gas bubble dispersion in the model liquid.
In further work, the developed numerical model is planned to be used for CFD simulations of the gas bubble distribution process taking into account physicochemical parameters of liquid aluminum based on industrial tests. Consequently, the obtained results may be implemented in production practice.
This paper was created with the financial support grants from the AGH-UST, Faculty of Foundry Engineering, Poland (16.16.170.654 and 11/990/BK_22/0083) for the Faculty of Materials Engineering, Silesian University of Technology, Poland.
Conceptualization, K.K. and D.K.; methodology, J.P. and T.M.; validation, M.S. and S.G.; formal analysis, D.K. and T.M.; investigation, J.P., K.K. and S.G.; resources, M.S., J.P. and K.K.; writing—original draft preparation, D.K. and T.M.; writing—review and editing, D.K. and T.M.; visualization, J.P., K.K. and S.G.; supervision, D.K.; funding acquisition, D.K. and T.M. All authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript.
1. Zhang L., Xuewei L., Torgerson A.T., Long M. Removal of Impurity Elements from Molten Aluminium: A Review. Miner. Process. Extr. Metall. Rev. 2011;32:150–228. doi: 10.1080/08827508.2010.483396. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
2. Saternus M. Impurities of liquid aluminium-methods on their estimation and removal. Met. Form. 2015;23:115–132. [Google Scholar]
3. Żak P.L., Kalisz D., Lelito J., Gracz B., Szucki M., Suchy J.S. Modelling of non-metallic particle motion process in foundry alloys. Metalurgija. 2015;54:357–360. [Google Scholar]
4. Kalisz D., Kuglin K. Efficiency of aluminum oxide inclusions rmoval from liquid steel as a result of collisions and agglomeration on ceramic filters. Arch. Foundry Eng. 2020;20:43–48. [Google Scholar]
5. Kuglin K., Kalisz D. Evaluation of the usefulness of rotors for aluminium refining. IOP Conf. Ser. Mater. Sci. Eng. 2021;1178:012036. doi: 10.1088/1757-899X/1178/1/012036. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
6. Saternus M., Merder T. Physical modeling of the impeller construction impact o the aluminium refining process. Materials. 2022;15:575. doi: 10.3390/ma15020575. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
7. Saternus M., Merder T. Physical modelling of aluminum refining process conducted in batch reactor with rotary impeller. Metals. 2018;8:726. doi: 10.3390/met8090726. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
8. Saternus M., Merder T., Pieprzyca J. The influence of impeller geometry on the gas bubbles dispersion in uro-200 reactor—RTD curves. Arch. Metall. Mater. 2015;60:2887–2893. doi: 10.1515/amm-2015-0461. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
9. Hernández-Hernández M., Camacho-Martínez J., González-Rivera C., Ramírez-Argáez M.A. Impeller design assisted by physical modeling and pilot plant trials. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 2016;236:1–8. doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2016.04.031. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
10. Mancilla E., Cruz-Méndez W., Garduño I.E., González-Rivera C., Ramírez-Argáez M.A., Ascanio G. Comparison of the hydrodynamic performance of rotor-injector devices in a water physical model of an aluminum degassing ladle. Chem. Eng. Res. Des. 2017;118:158–169. doi: 10.1016/j.cherd.2016.11.031. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
11. Michalek K., Socha L., Gryc K., Tkadleckova M., Saternus M., Pieprzyca J., Merder T. Modelling of technological parameters of aluminium melt refining in the ladle by blowing of inert gas through the rotating impeller. Arch. Metall. Mater. 2018;63:987–992. [Google Scholar]
12. Walek J., Michalek K., Tkadlecková M., Saternus M. Modelling of Technological Parameters of Aluminium Melt Refining in the Ladle by Blowing of Inert Gas through the Rotating Impeller. Metals. 2021;11:284. doi: 10.3390/met11020284. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
13. Michalek K., Gryc K., Moravka J. Physical modelling of bath homogenization in argon stirred ladle. Metalurgija. 2009;48:215–218. [Google Scholar]
14. Michalek K. The Use of Physical Modeling and Numerical Optimization for Metallurgical Processes. VSB; Ostrawa, Czech Republic: 2001. [Google Scholar]
15. Chen J., Zhao J. Light Metals. TMS; Warrendale, PA, USA: 1995. Bubble distribution in a melt treatment water model; pp. 1227–1231. [Google Scholar]
16. Saternus M. Model Matematyczny do Sterowania Procesem Rafinacji Ciekłych Stopów Aluminium Przy Zastosowaniu URO-200. Katowice, Poland: 2004. Research Project Nr 7 T08B 019 21. [Google Scholar]
17. Pietrewicz L., Wężyk W. Urządzenia do rafinacji gazowej typu URO-200 sześć lat produkcji i doświadczeń; Proceedings of the Aluminum Conference; Zakopane, Poland. 12–16 October 1998. [Google Scholar]
19. Sinelnikov V., Szucki M., Merder T., Pieprzyca J., Kalisz D. Physical and numerical modeling of the slag splashing process. Materials. 2021;14:2289. doi: 10.3390/ma14092289. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
20. White F. Fluid Mechanics. McGraw-Hill; New York, NY, USA: 2010. (McGraw-Hill Series in Mechanical Engineering). [Google Scholar]
21. Yang Z., Yang L., Cheng T., Chen F., Zheng F., Wang S., Guo Y. Fluid Flow Characteristic of EAF Molten Steel with Different Bottom-Blowing Gas Flow Rate Distributions. ISIJ. 2020;60:1957–1967. doi: 10.2355/isijinternational.ISIJINT-2019-794. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
22. Nichols B.D., Hirt C.W. Methods for calculating multi-dimensional, transient free surface flows past bodies; Proceedings of the First International Conference on Numerical Ship Hydrodynamics; Gaithersburg, MD, USA. 20–22 October 1975. [Google Scholar]
23. Hirt C.W., Nichols B.D. Volume of Fluid (VOF) Method for the Dynamics of Free Boundaries. J. Comput. Phys. 1981;39:201–255. doi: 10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
24. Szucki M., Suchy J.S., Lelito J., Malinowski P., Sobczyk J. Application of the lattice Boltzmann method for simulation of the mold filling process in the casting industry. Heat Mass Transf. 2017;53:3421–3431. doi: 10.1007/s00231-017-2069-5. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
25. Themelis N.J., Goyal P. Gas injection in steelmaking. Candian Metall. Trans. 1983;22:313–320. [Google Scholar]
26. Zhang L., Jing X., Li Y., Xu Z., Cai K. Mathematical model of decarburization of ultralow carbon steel during RH treatment. J. Univ. Sci. Technol. Beijing. 1997;4:19–23. [Google Scholar]
27. Chiti F., Paglianti A., Bujalshi W. A mechanistic model to estimate powder consumption and mixing time in aluminium industries. Chem. Eng. Res. Des. 2004;82:1105–1111. doi: 10.1205/cerd.82.9.1105.44156. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
28. Bouaifi M., Roustan M. Power consumption, mixing time and homogenization energy in dual-impeller agitated gas-liquid reactors. Chem. Eng. Process. 2011;40:87–95. doi: 10.1016/S0255-2701(00)00128-8. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
29. Kang J., Lee C.H., Haam S., Koo K.K., Kim W.S. Studies on the overall oxygen transfer rate and mixing time in pilot-scale surface aeration vessel. Environ. Technol. 2001;22:1055–1068. doi: 10.1080/09593332208618215. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
30. Moucha T., Linek V., Prokopov E. Gas hold-up, mixing time and gas-liquid volumetric mass transfer coefficient of various multiple-impeller configurations: Rushton turbine, pitched blade and techmix impeller and their combinations. Chem. Eng. Sci. 2003;58:1839–1846. doi: 10.1016/S0009-2509(02)00682-6. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
31. Szekely J. Flow phenomena, mixing and mass transfer in argon-stirred ladles. Ironmak. Steelmak. 1979;6:285–293. [Google Scholar]
32. Iguchi M., Nakamura K., Tsujino R. Mixing time and fluid flow phenomena in liquids of varying kinematic viscosities agitated by bottom gas injection. Metall. Mat. Trans. 1998;29:569–575. doi: 10.1007/s11663-998-0091-1. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
33. Hjelle O., Engh T.A., Rasch B. Removal of Sodium from Aluminiummagnesium Alloys by Purging with Cl2. Aluminium-Verlag GmbH; Dusseldorf, Germany: 1985. pp. 343–360. [Google Scholar]
34. Zhang L., Taniguchi S. Fundamentals of inclusion removal from liquid steel by bubble flotation. Int. Mat. Rev. 2000;45:59–82. doi: 10.1179/095066000101528313. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
The elimination of internal macro-defects is a key issue in Ti–6Al–4V alloys fabricated via powder bed fusion using electron beams (PBF-EB), wherein internal macro-defects mainly originate from the virgin powder and inappropriate printing parameters. This study compares different types powders by combining support vector machine techniques to determine the most suitable powder for PBF-EB and to predict the processing window for the printing parameters without internal macro-defects. The results show that powders fabricated via plasma rotating electrode process have the best sphericity, flowability, and minimal porosity and are most suitable for printing. Surface roughness criterion was also applied to determine the quality of the even surfaces, and support vector machine was used to construct processing maps capable of predicting a wide range of four-dimensional printing parameters to obtain macro-defect-free samples, offering the possibility of subsequent development of Ti–6Al–4V alloys with excellent properties. The macro-defect-free samples exhibited good elongation, with the best overall mechanical properties being the ultimate tensile strength and elongation of 934.7 MPa and 24.3%, respectively. The elongation of the three macro-defect-free samples was much higher than that previously reported for additively manufactured Ti–6Al–4V alloys. The high elongation of the samples in this work is mainly attributed to the elimination of internal macro-defects.
Introduction
Additive manufacturing (AM) technologies can rapidly manufacture complex or custom parts, reducing process steps and saving manufacturing time [[1], [2], [3], [4]], and are widely used in the aerospace, automotive, and other precision industries [5,6]. Powder bed fusion using an electron beam (PBF-EB) is an additive manufacturing method that uses a high-energy electron beam to melt metal powders layer by layer to produce parts. In contrast to selective laser melting, PBF-EB involves the preparation of samples in a high vacuum environment, which effectively prevents the introduction of impurities such as O and N. It also involves a preheating process for the print substrate and powder, which reduces residual thermal stress on the sample and subsequent heat treatment processes [[2], [3], [4],7]. Due to these features and advantages, PBF-EB technology is a very important AM technology with great potential in metallic materials. Moreover, PBF-EB is the ideal AM technology for the manufacture of complex components made of many alloys, such as titanium alloys, nickel-based superalloys, aluminum alloys and stainless steels [[2], [3], [4],8].
Ti–6Al–4V alloy is one of the prevalent commercial titanium alloys possessing high specific strength, excellent mechanical properties, excellent corrosion resistance, and good biocompatibility [9,10]. It is widely used in applications requiring low density and excellent corrosion resistance, such as the aerospace industry and biomechanical applications [11,12]. The mechanical properties of PBF-EB-processed Ti–6Al–4V alloys are superior to those fabricated by casting or forging, because the rapid cooling rate in PBF-EB results in finer grains [[12], [13], [14], [15], [16], [17], [18]]. However, the PBF-EB-fabricated parts often include internal macro-defects, which compromises their mechanical properties [[19], [20], [21], [22]]. This study focused on the elimination of macro-defects, such as porosity, lack of fusion, incomplete penetration and unmelted powders, which distinguishes them from micro-defects such as vacancies, dislocations, grain boundaries and secondary phases, etc. Large-sized fusion defects cause a severe reduction in mechanical strength. Smaller defects, such as pores and cracks, lead to the initiation of fatigue cracking and rapidly accelerate the cracking process [23]. The issue of internal macro-defects must be addressed to expand the application of the PBF-EB technology. The main studies for controlling internal macro-defects are online monitoring of defects, remelting and hot isostatic pressing (HIP). The literatures [24,25] report the use of infrared imaging or other imaging techniques to identify defects, but the monitoring of smaller sized defects is still not adequate. And in some cases remelting does not reduce the internal macro-defects of the part, but instead causes coarsening of the macrostructure and volatilization of some metal elements [23]. The HIP treatment does not completely eliminate the internal macro-defects, the original defect location may still act as a point of origin of the crack, and the subsequent treatment will consume more time and economic costs [23]. Therefore, optimizing suitable printing parameters to avoid internal macro-defects in printed parts at source is of great industrial value and research significance, and is an urgent issue in PBF-EB related technology.
There are two causes of internal macro-defects in the AM process: gas pores trapped in the virgin powder and the inappropriate printing parameters [7,23]. Gui et al. [26] classify internal macro-defects during PBF-EB process according to their shape, such as spherical defects, elongated shape defects, flat shape defects and other irregular shape defects. Of these, spherical defects mainly originate from raw material powders. Other shape defects mainly originate from lack of fusion or unmelted powders caused by unsuitable printing parameters, etc. The PBF-EB process requires powders with good flowability, and spherical powders are typically chosen as raw materials. The prevalent techniques for the fabrication of pre-alloyed powders are gas atomization (GA), plasma atomization (PA), and the plasma rotating electrode process (PREP) [27,28]. These methods yield powders with different characteristics that affect the subsequent fabrication. The selection of a suitable powder for PBF-EB is particularly important to produce Ti–6Al–4V alloys without internal macro-defects. The need to optimize several printing parameters such as beam current, scan speed, line offset, and focus offset make it difficult to eliminate internal macro-defects that occur during printing [23]. Most of the studies [11,12,22,[29], [30], [31], [32], [33]] on the optimization of AM processes for Ti–6Al–4V alloys have focused on samples with a limited set of parameters (e.g., power–scan speed) and do not allow for the guidance and development of unknown process windows for macro-defect-free samples. In addition, process optimization remains a time-consuming problem, with the traditional ‘trial and error’ method demanding considerable time and economic costs. The development of a simple and efficient method to predict the processing window for alloys without internal macro-defects is a key issue. In recent years, machine learning techniques have increasingly been used in the field of additive manufacturing and materials development [[34], [35], [36], [37]]. Aoyagi et al. [38] recently proposed a novel and efficient method based on a support vector machine (SVM) to optimize the two-dimensional process parameters (current and scan speed) and obtain PBF-EB-processed CoCr alloys without internal macro-defects. The method is one of the potential approaches toward effective optimization of more than two process parameters and makes it possible for the machine learning techniques to accelerate the development of alloys without internal macro-defects.
Herein, we focus on the elimination of internal macro-defects, such as pores, lack of fusion, etc., caused by raw powders and printing parameters. The Ti–6Al–4V powders produced by three different methods were compared, and the powder with the best sphericity, flowability, and minimal porosity was selected as the feedstock for subsequent printing. The relationship between the surface roughness and internal macro-defects in the Ti–6Al–4V components was also investigated. The combination of SVM and surface roughness indices (Sdr) predicted a wider four-dimensional processing window for obtaining Ti–6Al–4V alloys without internal macro-defects. Finally, we investigated the tensile properties of Ti–6Al–4V alloys at room temperature with different printing parameters, as well as the corresponding microstructures and fracture types.
Section snippets
Starting materials
Three types of Ti–6Al–4V alloy powders, produced by GA, PA, and PREP, were compared. The particle size distribution of the powders was determined using a laser particle size analyzer (LS230, Beckman Coulter, USA), and the flowability was measured using a Hall flowmeter (JIS-Z2502, Tsutsui Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd., Japan), according to the ASTM B213 standard. The powder morphology and internal macro-defects were determined using scanning electron microscopy (SEM, JEOL JCM-6000) and X-ray
Comparison of the characteristics of GA, PA, and PREP Ti–6Al–4V powders
The particle size distributions (PSDs) and flowability of the three types of Ti–6Al–4V alloy powders produced by GA, PA, and PREP are shown in Fig. 2. Although the average particle sizes are similar (89.4 μm for GA, 82.5 μm for PA, and 86.1μm for PREP), the particle size range is different for the three types of powder (6.2–174.8 μm for GA, 27.3–139.2 μm for PA, and 39.4–133.9 μm for PREP). The flowability of the GA, PA, and PREP powders was 30.25 ± 0.98, 26.54 ± 0.37, and 25.03 ± 0.22 (s/50
Conclusions
The characteristics of the three types of Ti–6Al–4V alloy powders produced via GA, PA, and PREP were compared. The PREP powder with the best sphericity, flowability, and low porosity was found to be the most favorable powder for subsequent printing of Ti–6Al–4V alloys without internal macro-defects. The quantitative criterion of Sdr <0.015 for even surfaces was also found to be applicable to Ti–6Al–4V alloys. The process maps of Ti–6Al–4V alloys include two regions, high beam current/scan speed
The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.
Acknowledgments
This study was based on the results obtained from project JPNP19007, commissioned by the New Energy and Industrial Technology Development Organization (NEDO). This work was also supported by JSPS KAKENHI (Proposal No. 21K03801) and the Inter-University Cooperative Research Program (Proposal nos. 18G0418, 19G0411, and 20G0418) of the Cooperative Research and Development Center for Advanced Materials, Institute for Materials Research, Tohoku University. It was also supported by the Council for
Aneesh Kumar J1, a, K. Krishnakumar1, b and S. Savithri2, c 1 Department of Mechanical Engineering, College of Engineering, Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala, 2 Computational Modelling& Simulation Division, Process Engineering & Environmental Technology Division CSIR-National Institute for Interdisciplinary Science & Technology Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala, India. a aneesh82kj@gmail.com, b kkk@cet.ac.in, c sivakumarsavi@gmail.com, ssavithri@niist.res.in Key words: Mold filling, centrifugal casting process, computer simulation, FLOW- 3D™
Abstract
원심 주조 공정은 기능적으로 등급이 지정된 재료, 즉 구성 요소 간에 밀도 차이가 큰 복합 재료 또는 금속 재료를 생산하는 데 사용되는 잠재적인 제조 기술 중 하나입니다. 이 공정에서 유체 흐름이 중요한 역할을 하며 복잡한 흐름 공정을 이해하는 것은 결함 없는 주물을 생산하는 데 필수입니다. 금형이 고속으로 회전하고 금형 벽이 불투명하기 때문에 흐름 패턴을 실시간으로 시각화하는 것은 불가능합니다. 따라서 현재 연구에서는 상용 CFD 코드 FLOW-3D™를 사용하여 수직 원심 주조 공정 중 단순 중공 원통형 주조에 대한 금형 충전 시퀀스를 시뮬레이션했습니다. 수직 원심주조 공정 중 다양한 방사 속도가 충전 패턴에 미치는 영향을 조사하고 있습니다.
Centrifugal casting process is one of the potential manufacturing techniques used for producing functionally graded materials viz., composite materials or metallic materials which have high differences of density among constituents. In this process, the fluid flow plays a major role and understanding the complex flow process is a must for the production of defect-free castings. Since the mold spins at a high velocity and the mold wall being opaque, it is impossible to visualise the flow patterns in real time. Hence, in the present work, the commercial CFD code FLOW-3D™, has been used to simulate the mold filling sequence for a simple hollow cylindrical casting during vertical centrifugal casting process. Effect of various spinning velocities on the fill pattern during vertical centrifugal casting process is being investigated.
Figure 1: (a) Mold geometry and (b) Computational meshFigure 2: Experimental data on height of vertex formed [8]/Figure 3: Vertex height as a function of timeFigure 4: Free surface contours for water model at 10 s, 15 s and 20 s.Figure 5: 3D & 2D views of simulated fill sequence of a hollow cylinder at 1000 rpm and 1500 rpm at various time intervals during filling.
References
[1] W. Shi-Ping, L. Chang-yun, G. Jing-jie, S. Yan-qing, L. Xiu-qiao, F. Heng-zhi, Numerical simulation and experimental investigation of two filling methods in vertical centrifugal casting, Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China 16 (2006) 1035-1040. 10.1016/s1003-6326(06)60373-7 [2] G. Chirita, D. Soares, F.S. Silva, Advantages of the centrifugal casting technique for the production of structural components with Al-Si alloys, Mater. Des. 29 (2008) 20-27. 10.1016/j.matdes.2006.12.011 [3] A. Kermanpur, Sh. Mahmoudi, A. Hajipour, Numerical simulation of metal flow and solidification in the multi-cavity casting moulds of automotive components, J. Mater. Proc. Tech. 206 (208) 62-68. 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2007.12.004 [4] D. McBride et. al. Complex free surface flows in centrifugal casting: Computational modelling and validation experiments, Computers & Fluids 82 (2013) 63-72. 10.1016/j.compfluid.2013.04.021
Analysis of behavior and hydraulic characteristics of flow over the dam spillway is a complicated task that takes lots of money and time in water engineering projects planning. To model those hydraulic characteristics, several methods such as physical and numerical methods can be used. Nowadays, by utilizing new methods in computational fluid dynamics (CFD) and by the development of fast computers, the numerical methods have become accessible for use in the analysis of such sophisticated flows. The CFD softwares have the capability to analyze two- and three-dimensional flow fields. In this paper, the flow pattern at the guide wall of the Kamal-Saleh dam was modeled by Flow 3D. The results show that the current geometry of the left wall causes instability in the flow pattern and making secondary and vortex flow at beginning approach channel. This shape of guide wall reduced the performance of weir to remove the peak flood discharge.
댐 여수로 흐름의 거동 및 수리학적 특성 분석은 물 공학 프로젝트 계획에 많은 비용과 시간이 소요되는 복잡한 작업입니다. 이러한 수력학적 특성을 모델링하기 위해 물리적, 수치적 방법과 같은 여러 가지 방법을 사용할 수 있습니다. 요즘에는 전산유체역학(CFD)의 새로운 방법을 활용하고 빠른 컴퓨터의 개발로 이러한 정교한 흐름의 해석에 수치 방법을 사용할 수 있게 되었습니다. CFD 소프트웨어에는 2차원 및 3차원 유동장을 분석하는 기능이 있습니다. 본 논문에서는 Kamal-Saleh 댐 유도벽의 흐름 패턴을 Flow 3D로 모델링하였다. 결과는 왼쪽 벽의 현재 형상이 흐름 패턴의 불안정성을 유발하고 시작 접근 채널에서 2차 및 와류 흐름을 만드는 것을 보여줍니다. 이러한 형태의 안내벽은 첨두방류량을 제거하기 위해 둑의 성능을 저하시켰다.
Introduction
Spillways are one of the main structures used in the dam projects. Design of the spillway in all types of dams, specifically earthen dams is important because the inability of the spillway to remove probable maximum flood (PMF) discharge may cause overflow of water which ultimately leads to destruction of the dam (Das and Saikia et al. 2009; E 2013 and Novak et al. 2007). So study on the hydraulic characteristics of this structure is important. Hydraulic properties of spillway including flow pattern at the entrance of the guide walls and along the chute. Moreover, estimating the values of velocity and pressure parameters of flow along the chute is very important (Chanson 2004; Chatila and Tabbara 2004). The purpose of the study on the flow pattern is the effect of wall geometry on the creation transverse waves, flow instability, rotating and reciprocating flow through the inlet of spillway and its chute (Parsaie and Haghiabi 2015a, b; Parsaie et al. 2015; Wang and Jiang 2010). The purpose of study on the values of velocity and pressure is to calculate the potential of the structure to occurrence of phenomena such as cavitation (Fattor and Bacchiega 2009; Ma et al. 2010). Sometimes, it can be seen that the spillway design parameters of pressure and velocity are very suitable, but geometry is considered not suitable for conducting walls causing unstable flow pattern over the spillway, rotating flows at the beginning of the spillway and its design reduced the flood discharge capacity (Fattor and Bacchiega 2009). Study on spillway is usually conducted using physical models (Su et al. 2009; Suprapto 2013; Wang and Chen 2009; Wang and Jiang 2010). But recently, with advances in the field of computational fluid dynamics (CFD), study on hydraulic characterist–ics of this structure has been done with these techniques (Chatila and Tabbara 2004; Zhenwei et al. 2012). Using the CFD as a powerful technique for modeling the hydraulic structures can reduce the time and cost of experiments (Tabbara et al. 2005). In CFD field, the Navier–Stokes equation is solved by powerful numerical methods such as finite element method and finite volumes (Kim and Park 2005; Zhenwei et al. 2012). In order to obtain closed-form Navier–Stokes equations turbulence models, such k − ε and Re-Normalisation Group (RNG) models have been presented. To use the technique of computational fluid dynamics, software packages such as Fluent and Flow 3D, etc., are provided. Recently, these two software packages have been widely used in hydraulic engineering because the performance and their accuracy are very suitable (Gessler 2005; Kim 2007; Kim et al. 2012; Milési and Causse 2014; Montagna et al. 2011). In this paper, to assess the flow pattern at Kamal-Saleh guide wall, numerical method has been used. All the stages of numerical modeling were conducted in the Flow 3D software.
Materials and methods
Firstly, a three-dimensional model was constructed according to two-dimensional map that was prepared for designing the spillway. Then a small model was prepared with scale of 1:80 and entered into the Flow 3D software; all stages of the model construction was conducted in AutoCAD 3D. Flow 3D software numerically solved the Navier–Stokes equation by finite volume method. Below is a brief reference on the equations that used in the software. Figure 1 shows the 3D sketch of Kamal-Saleh spillway and Fig. 2 shows the uploading file of the Kamal-Saleh spillway in Flow 3D software.
Fig. 1Fig. 2
Review of the governing equations in software Flow 3D
Continuity equation at three-dimensional Cartesian coordinates is given as Eq (1).
where u, v, z are velocity component in the x, y, z direction; Ax, Ay, Az cross-sectional area of the flow; ρ fluid density; PSOR the source term; vf is the volume fraction of the fluid and three-dimensional momentum equations given in Eq (2).
where P is the fluid pressure; Gx, Gy, Gz the acceleration created by body fluids; fx, fy, fz viscosity acceleration in three dimensions and vf is related to the volume of fluid, defined by Eq. (3). For modeling of free surface profile the VOF technique based on the volume fraction of the computational cells has been used. Since the volume fraction F represents the amount of fluid in each cell, it takes value between 0 and 1.
Flow 3D offers five types of turbulence models: Prantl mixing length, k − ε equation, RNG models, Large eddy simulation model. Turbulence models that have been proposed recently are based on Reynolds-averaged Navier–Stokes equations. This approach involves statistical methods to extract an averaged equation related to the turbulence quantities.
Steps of solving a problem in Flow 3D software
(1) Preparing the 3D model of spillway by AutoCAD software. (2) Uploading the file of 3D model in Flow 3D software and defining the problem in the software and checking the final mesh. (3) Choosing the basic equations that should be solved. (4) Defining the characteristics of fluid. (5) Defining the boundary conditions; it is notable that this software has a wide range of boundary conditions. (6) Initializing the flow field. (7) Adjusting the output. (8) Adjusting the control parameters, choice of the calculation method and solution formula. (9) Start of calculation. Figure 1 shows the 3D model of the Kamal-Saleh spillway; in this figure, geometry of the left and right guide wall is shown.
Figure 2 shows the uploading of the 3D spillway dam in Flow 3D software. Moreover, in this figure the considered boundary condition in software is shown. At the entrance and end of spillway, the flow rate or fluid elevation and outflow was considered as BC. The bottom of spillway was considered as wall and left and right as symmetry.
Model calibration
Calibration of the Flow 3D for modeling the effect of geometry of guide wall on the flow pattern is included for comparing the results of Flow 3D with measured water surface profile. Calibration the Flow 3D software could be conducted in two ways: first, changing the value of upstream boundary conditions is continued until the results of water surface profile of the Flow 3D along the spillway successfully covered the measurement water surface profile; second is the assessment the mesh sensitivity. Analyzing the size of mesh is a trial-and-error process where the size of mesh is evaluated form the largest to the smallest. With fining the size of mesh the accuracy of model is increased; whereas, the cost of computation is increased. In this research, the value of upstream boundary condition was adjusted with measured data during the experimental studies on the scaled model and the mesh size was equal to 1 × 1 × 1 cm3.
Results and discussion
The behavior of water in spillway is strongly affected by the flow pattern at the entrance of the spillway, the flow pattern formation at the entrance is affected by the guide wall, and choice of an optimized form for the guide wall has a great effect on rising the ability of spillway for easy passing the PMF, so any nonuniformity in flow in the approach channel can cause reduction of spillway capacity, reduction in discharge coefficient of spillway, and even probability of cavitation. Optimizing the flow guiding walls (in terms of length, angle and radius) can cause the loss of turbulence and flow disturbances on spillway. For this purpose, initially geometry proposed for model for the discharge of spillway dam, Kamal-Saleh, 80, 100, and 120 (L/s) were surveyed. These discharges of flow were considered with regard to the flood return period, 5, 100 and 1000 years. Geometric properties of the conducting guidance wall are given in Table 1.Table 1 Characteristics and dimensions of the guidance walls tested
Results of the CFD simulation for passing the flow rate 80 (L/s) are shown in Fig. 3. Figure 3 shows the secondary flow and vortex at the left guide wall.
Fig. 3
For giving more information about flow pattern at the left and right guide wall, Fig. 4 shows the flow pattern at the right side guide wall and Fig. 5 shows the flow pattern at the left side guide wall.
Fig. 4Fig. 5
With regard to Figs. 4 and 5 and observing the streamlines, at discharge equal to 80 (L/s), the right wall has suitable performance but the left wall has no suitable performance and the left wall of the geometric design creates a secondary and circular flow, and vortex motion in the beginning of the entrance of spillway that creates cross waves at the beginning of spillway. By increasing the flow rate (Q = 100 L/s), at the inlet spillway secondary flows and vortex were removed, but the streamline is severely distorted. Results of the guide wall performances at the Q = 100 (L/s) are shown in Fig. 6.
Fig. 6
Also more information about the performance of each guide wall can be derived from Figs. 7 and 8. These figures uphold that the secondary and vortex flows were removed, but the streamlines were fully diverted specifically near the left side guide wall.
Fig. 7Fig. 8
As mentioned in the past, these secondary and vortex flows and diversion in streamline cause nonuniformity and create cross wave through the spillway. Figure 9 shows the cross waves at the crest of the spillway.
Fig. 9
The performance of guide walls at the Q = 120 (L/s) also was assessed. The result of simulation is shown in Fig. 10. Figures 11 and 12 show a more clear view of the streamlines near to right and left side guide wall, respectively. As seen in Fig. 12, the left side wall still causes vortex flow and creation of and diversion in streamline.
Fig. 10Fig. 11Fig. 12
The results of the affected left side guide wall shape on the cross wave creation are shown in Fig. 13. As seen from Fig. 3, the left side guide wall also causes cross wave at the spillway crest.
Fig. 13
As can be seen clearly in Figs. 9 and 13, by moving from the left side to the right side of the spillway, the cross waves and the nonuniformity in flow is removed. By reviewing Figs. 9 and 13, it is found that the right side guide wall removes the cross waves and nonuniformity. With this point as aim, a geometry similar to the right side guide wall was considered instead of the left side guide wall. The result of simulation for Q = 120 (L/s) is shown in Fig. 14. As seen from this figure, the proposed geometry for the left side wall has suitable performance smoothly passing the flow through the approach channel and spillway.
Fig. 14
More information about the proposed shape for the left guide wall is shown in Fig. 15. As seen from this figure, this shape has suitable performance for removing the cross waves and vortex flows.
Fig. 15
Figure 16 shows the cross section of flow at the crest of spillway. As seen in this figure, the proposed shape for the left side guide wall is suitable for removing the cross waves and secondary flows.
Fig. 16
Conclusion
Analysis of behavior and hydraulic properties of flow over the spillway dam is a complicated task which is cost and time intensive. Several techniques suitable to the purposes of study have been undertaken in this research. Physical modeling, usage of expert experience, usage of mathematical models on simulation flow in one-dimensional, two-dimensional and three-dimensional techniques, are some of the techniques utilized to study this phenomenon. The results of the modeling show that the CFD technique is a suitable tool for simulating the flow pattern in the guide wall. Using this tools helps the designer for developing the optimal shape for hydraulic structure which the flow pattern through them are important.
References
Chanson H (2004) 19—Design of weirs and spillways. In: Chanson H (ed) Hydraulics of open channel flow, 2nd edn. Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, pp 391–430ChapterGoogle Scholar
Chatila J, Tabbara M (2004) Computational modeling of flow over an ogee spillway. Comput Struct 82:1805–1812ArticleGoogle Scholar
Das MM, Saikia MD (2009) Irrigation and water power engineering. PHI Learning, New DelhiGoogle Scholar
E, Department Of Army: U.S. Army Corps (2013) Hydraulic Design of Spillways. BiblioBazaar, CharlestonGoogle Scholar
Fattor C, Bacchiega J (2009) Design conditions for morning-glory spillways: application to potrerillos dam spillway. Adv Water Res Hydraul Eng Springer, Berlin, pp 2123–2128Google Scholar
Gessler D (2005) CFD modeling of spillway performance. Impacts Glob Clim Change. doi:10.1061/40792(173)398
Kim D-G (2007) Numerical analysis of free flow past a sluice gate. KSCE J Civ Eng 11:127–132ArticleGoogle Scholar
Kim D, Park J (2005) Analysis of flow structure over ogee-spillway in consideration of scale and roughness effects by using CFD model. KSCE J Civ Eng 9:161–169ArticleGoogle Scholar
Kim S, Yu K, Yoon B, Lim Y (2012) A numerical study on hydraulic characteristics in the ice Harbor-type fishway. KSCE J Civ Eng 16:265–272ArticleGoogle Scholar
Ma X-D, Dai G-Q, Yang Q, Li G-J, Zhao L (2010) Analysis of influence factors of cavity length in the spillway tunnel downstream of middle gate chamber outlet with sudden lateral enlargement and vertical drop aerator. J Hydrodyn Ser B 22:680–686ArticleGoogle Scholar
Milési G, Causse S (2014) 3D numerical modeling of a side-channel spillway. In: Gourbesville P, Cunge J, Caignaert G (eds) Advances in hydroinformatics. Springer, Singapore, pp 487–498ChapterGoogle Scholar
Montagna F, Bellotti G, Di Risio M (2011) 3D numerical modeling of landslide-generated tsunamis around a conical island. Nat Hazards 58:591–608ArticleGoogle Scholar
Novak P, Moffat AIB, Nalluri C, Narayanan R (2007) Hydraulic structures. Taylor & Francis, LondonGoogle Scholar
Parsaie A, Haghiabi A (2015a) Computational modeling of pollution transmission in rivers. Appl Water Sci. doi:10.1007/s13201-015-0319-6
Parsaie A, Haghiabi A (2015b) The effect of predicting discharge coefficient by neural network on increasing the numerical modeling accuracy of flow over side weir. Water Res Manag 29:973–985ArticleGoogle Scholar
Parsaie A, Yonesi H, Najafian S (2015) Predictive modeling of discharge in compound open channel by support vector machine technique. Model Earth Syst Environ 1:1–6ArticleGoogle Scholar
Su P-L, Liao H-S, Qiu Y, Li CJ (2009) Experimental study on a new type of aerator in spillway with low Froude number and mild slope flow. J Hydrodyn Ser B 21:415–422ArticleGoogle Scholar
Suprapto M (2013) Increase spillway capacity using Labyrinth Weir. Procedia Eng 54:440–446ArticleGoogle Scholar
Tabbara M, Chatila J, Awwad R (2005) Computational simulation of flow over stepped spillways. Comput Struct 83:2215–2224ArticleGoogle Scholar
Wang J, Chen H (2009) Experimental study of elimination of vortices along guide wall of bank spillway. Adv Water Res Hydraul Eng Springer, Berlin, pp 2059–2063Google Scholar
Wang Y, Jiang C (2010) Investigation of the surface vortex in a spillway tunnel intake. Tsinghua Sci Technol 15:561–565ArticleGoogle Scholar
Zhenwei MU, Zhiyan Z, Tao Z (2012) Numerical simulation of 3-D flow field of spillway based on VOF method. Procedia Eng 28:808–812ArticleGoogle Scholar
Parsaie, A., Haghiabi, A.H. & Moradinejad, A. CFD modeling of flow pattern in spillway’s approach channel. Sustain. Water Resour. Manag.1, 245–251 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40899-015-0020-9
Numerical simulation of ship waves in the presence of a uniform current
CongfangAiYuxiangMaLeiSunGuohaiDongState Key Laboratory of Coastal and Offshore Engineering, Dalian University of Technology, Dalian, 116024, China
Highlights
• Ship waves in the presence of a uniform current are studied by a non-hydrostatic model.
• Effects of a following current on characteristic wave parameters are investigated.
• Effects of an opposing current on characteristic wave parameters are investigated.
• The response of the maximum water level elevation to the ship draft is discussed.
Abstract
이 논문은 균일한 해류가 존재할 때 선박파의 생성 및 전파를 시뮬레이션하기 위한 비정역학적 모델을 제시합니다. 선박 선체의 움직임을 표현하기 위해 움직이는 압력장 방법이 모델에 통합되었습니다.
뒤따르거나 반대 방향의 균일한 흐름이 있는 경우의 선박 파도의 수치 결과를 흐름이 없는 선박 파도의 수치 결과와 비교합니다. 추종 또는 반대 균일 전류가 존재할 때 계산된 첨단선 각도는 분석 솔루션과 잘 일치합니다. 추종 균일 전류와 반대 균일 전류가 특성파 매개변수에 미치는 영향을 제시하고 논의합니다.
선박 흘수에 대한 최대 수위 상승의 응답은 추종 또는 반대의 균일한 흐름이 있는 경우에도 표시되며 흐름이 없는 선박 파도의 응답과 비교됩니다. 선박 선체 측면의 최대 수위 상승은 Froude 수 Fr’=Us/gh의 특정 범위에 대해 다음과 같은 균일한 흐름의 존재에 의해 증가될 수 있음이 밝혀졌습니다.
여기서 Us는 선박 속도이고 h는 물입니다. 깊이. 균일한 해류를 무시하면 추종류나 반대류가 존재할 때 선박 흘수에 대한 최대 수위 상승의 응답이 과소평가될 수 있습니다.
본 연구는 선박파의 해석에 있어 균일한 해류의 영향을 고려해야 함을 시사합니다.
This paper presents a non-hydrostatic model to simulate the generation and propagation of ship waves in the presence of a uniform current. A moving pressure field method is incorporated into the model to represent the movement of a ship hull. Numerical results of ship waves in the presence of a following or an opposing uniform current are compared with those of ship waves without current. The calculated cusp-line angles in the presence of a following or opposing uniform current agree well with analytical solutions. The effects of a following uniform current and an opposing uniform current on the characteristic wave parameters are presented and discussed. The response of the maximum water level elevation to the ship draft is also presented in the presence of a following or an opposing uniform current and is compared with that for ship waves without current. It is found that the maximum water level elevation lateral to the ship hull can be increased by the presence of a following uniform current for a certain range of Froude numbers Fr′=Us/gh, where Us is the ship speed and h is the water depth. If the uniform current is neglected, the response of the maximum water level elevation to the ship draft in the presence of a following or an opposing current can be underestimated. The present study indicates that the effect of a uniform current should be considered in the analysis of ship waves.
Ship waves, Non-hydrostatic model, Following current, Opposing current, Wave parameters
1. Introduction
Similar to wind waves, ships sailing across the sea can also create free-surface undulations ranging from ripples to waves of large size (Grue, 2017, 2020). Ship waves can cause sediment suspension and engineering structures damage and even pose a threat to flora and fauna living near the embankments of waterways (Dempwolff et al., 2022). It is quite important to understand ship waves in various environments. The study of ship waves has been conducted over a century. A large amount of research (Almström et al., 2021; Bayraktar and Beji, 2013; David et al., 2017; Ertekin et al., 1986; Gourlay, 2001; Havelock, 1908; Lee and Lee, 2019; Samaras and Karambas, 2021; Shi et al., 2018) focused on the generation and propagation of ship waves without current. When a ship navigates in the sea or in a river where tidal flows or river flows always exist, the effect of currents should be taken into account. However, the effect of currents on the characteristic parameters of ship waves is still unclear, because very few publications have been presented on this topic.
Over the past two decades, many two-dimensional (2D) Boussinesq-type models (Bayraktar and Beji, 2013; Dam et al., 2008; David et al., 2017; Samaras and Karambas, 2021; Shi et al., 2018) were developed to examine ship waves. For example, Bayraktar and Beji (2013) solved Boussinesq equations with improved dispersion characteristics to simulate ship waves due to a moving pressure field. David et al. (2017) employed a Boussinesq-type model to investigate the effects of the pressure field and its propagation speed on characteristic wave parameters. All of these Boussinesq-type models aimed to simulate ship waves without current except for that of Dam et al. (2008), who investigated the effect of currents on the maximum wave height of ship waves in a narrow channel.
In addition to Boussinesq-type models, numerical models based on the Navier-Stokes equations (NSE) or Euler equations are also capable of resolving ship waves. Lee and Lee (2019, 2021) employed the FLOW-3D model to simulate ship waves without current and ship waves in the presence of a uniform current to confirm their equations for ship wave crests. FLOW-3D is a computational fluid dynamics (CFD) software based on the NSE, and the volume of fluid (VOF) method is used to capture the moving free surface. However, VOF-based NSE models are computationally expensive due to the treatment of the free surface. To efficiently track the free surface, non-hydrostatic models employ the so-called free surface equation and can be solved efficiently. One pioneering application for the simulation of ship waves by the non-hydrostatic model was initiated by Ma (2012) and named XBeach. Recently, Almström et al. (2021) validated XBeach with improved dispersive behavior by comparison with field measurements. XBeach employed in Almström et al. (2021) is a 2-layer non-hydrostatic model and is accurate up to Kh=4 for the linear dispersion relation (de Ridder et al., 2020), where K=2π/L is the wavenumber. L is the wavelength, and h is the still water depth. However, no applications of non-hydrostatic models on the simulation of ship waves in the presence of a uniform current have been published. For more advances in the numerical modelling of ship waves, the reader is referred to Dempwolff et al. (2022).
This paper investigates ship waves in the presence of a uniform current by using a non-hydrostatic model (Ai et al., 2019), in which a moving pressure field method is incorporated to represent the movement of a ship hull. The model solves the incompressible Euler equations by using a semi-implicit algorithm and is associated with iterating to solve the Poisson equation. The model with two, three and five layers is accurate up to Kh= 7, 15 and 40, respectively (Ai et al., 2019) in resolving the linear dispersion relation. To the best of our knowledge, ship waves in the presence of currents have been studied theoretically (Benjamin et al., 2017; Ellingsen, 2014; Li and Ellingsen, 2016; Li et al., 2019.) and numerically (Dam et al., 2008; Lee and Lee, 2019, 2021). However, no publications have presented the effects of a uniform current on characteristic wave parameters except for Dam et al. (2008), who investigated only the effect of currents on the maximum wave height in a narrow channel for the narrow relative Froude number Fr=(Us−Uc)/gh ranging from 0.47 to 0.76, where Us is the ship speed and Uc is the current velocity. To reveal the effect of currents on the characteristic parameters of ship waves, the main objectives of this paper are (1) to validate the capability of the proposed model to resolve ship waves in the presence of a uniform current, (2) to investigate the effects of a following or an opposing current on characteristic wave parameters including the maximum water level elevation and the leading wave period in the ship wave train, (3) to show the differences in characteristic wave parameters between ship waves in the presence of a uniform current and those without current when the same relative Froude number Fr is specified, and (4) to examine the response of the maximum water level elevation to the ship draft in the presence of a uniform current.
The remainder of this paper is organized as follows. The non-hydrostatic model for ship waves is described in Section 2. Section 3 presents numerical validations for ship waves. Numerical results and discussions about the effects of a uniform current on characteristic wave parameters are provided in Section 4, and a conclusion is presented in Section 5.
2. Non-hydrostatic model for ship waves
2.1. Governing equations
The 3D incompressible Euler equations are expressed in the following form:(1)∂u∂x+∂v∂y+∂w∂z=0(2)∂u∂t+∂u2∂x+∂uv∂y+∂uw∂z=−∂p∂x(3)∂v∂t+∂uv∂x+∂v2∂y+∂vw∂z=−∂p∂y(4)∂w∂t+∂uw∂x+∂vw∂y+∂w2∂z=−∂p∂z−gwhere t is the time; u(x,y,z,t), v(x,y,z,t) and w(x,y,z,t) are the velocity components in the horizontal x, y and vertical z directions, respectively; p(x,y,z,t) is the pressure divided by a constant reference density; and g is the gravitational acceleration.
The pressure p(x,y,z,t) can be expressed as(5)p=ps+g(η−z)+qwhere ps(x,y,t) is the pressure at the free surface, η(x,y,t) is the free surface elevation, and q(x,y,z,t) is the non-hydrostatic pressure.
η(x,y,t) is calculated by the following free-surface equation:(6)∂η∂t+∂∂x∫−hηudz+∂∂y∫−hηvdz=0where z=−h(x,y) is the bottom surface.
For −L/2≤x’≤L/2,−B/2≤y’≤B/2(7)ps(x,y,t)|t=0=pm[1−cL(x′/L)4][1−cB(y′/B)2]exp[−a(y′/B)2]where x′=x−x0 and y′=y−y0. (x0,y0) is the center of the pressure field, pm is the peak pressure defined at (x0,y0), and L and B are the lengthwise and breadthwise parameters, respectively. cL, cB and a are set to 16, 2 and 16, respectively.
2.2. Numerical algorithms
In this study, the generation of ship waves is incorporated into the semi-implicit non-hydrostatic model developed by Ai et al. (2019). The 3D grid system used in the model is built from horizontal rectangular grids by adding horizontal layers. The horizontal layers are distributed uniformly along the water depth, which means the layer thickness is defined by Δz=(η+h)/Nz, where Nz is the number of horizontal layers.
In the solution procedure, the first step is to generate ship waves by implementing Eq. (7) together with the prescribed ship track. In the second step, Eqs. (1), (2), (3), (4) are solved by the pressure correction method, which can be subdivided into three stages. The first stage is to compute intermediate velocities un+1/2, vn+1/2, and wn+1/2 by solving Eqs. (2), (3), (4), which contain the non-hydrostatic pressure at the preceding time level. In the second stage, the Poisson equation for the non-hydrostatic pressure correction term is solved on the graphics processing unit (GPU) in conjunction with the conjugate gradient method. The third stage is to compute the new velocities un+1, vn+1, and wn+1 by correcting the intermediate values after including the non-hydrostatic pressure correction term. In the discretization of Eqs. (2), (3), the gradient terms of the water surface ∂η/∂x and ∂η/∂y are discretized by means of the semi-implicit method (Vitousek and Fringer, 2013), in which the implicitness factor θ=0.5 is used. The model is second-order accurate in time for free-surface flows. More details about the model can be found in Ai et al. (2019).
3. Model validation
In this section, we validate the proposed model in resolving ship waves. The numerical experimental conditions are provided in Table 1 and Table 2. In Table 2, Case A with the current velocity of Uc = 0.0 m/s represents ship waves without current. Both Case B and Case C correspond to the cases in the presence of a following current, while Case D and Case E represent the cases in the presence of an opposing current. The current velocities are chosen based on the observed currents at 40.886° N, 121.812° E, which is in the Liaohe Estuary. The measured data were collected from 14:00 on September 18 (GMT + 08:00) to 19:00 on September 19 in 2021. The maximum flood velocity is 1.457 m/s, and the maximum ebb velocity is −1.478 m/s. The chosen current velocities are between the maximum flood velocity and the maximum ebb velocity.
Table 1. Summary of ship speeds.
Case
Water depth h (m)
Ship speed Us (m/s)
Froude number Fr′=Us/gh
1
6.0
4.57
0.6
2
6.0
5.35
0.7
3
6.0
6.15
0.8
4
6.0
6.90
0.9
5
6.0
7.093
0.925
6
6.0
7.28
0.95
7
6.0
7.476
0.975
8
6.0
7.86
1.025
9
6.0
8.06
1.05
10
6.0
8.243
1.075
11
6.0
8.45
1.1
12
6.0
9.20
1.2
13
6.0
9.97
1.3
14
6.0
10.75
1.4
15
6.0
11.50
1.5
16
6.0
12.30
1.6
17
6.0
13.05
1.7
18
6.0
13.80
1.8
19
6.0
14.60
1.9
20
6.0
15.35
2.0
Table 2. Summary of current velocities.
Case
A
B
C
D
E
Current velocity Uc (m/s)
0.0
0.5
1.0
−0.5
−1.0
Notably, the Froude number Fr′=Us/gh presented in Table 1 is defined by the ship speed Us only and is different from the relative Froude number Fr when a uniform current is presented. According to the theory of Lee and Lee (2021), with the same relative Froude number, the cusp-line angles in the presence of a following or an opposing uniform current are identical to those without current. As a result, for the test cases presented in Table 1, Table 2, all calculated cusp-line angles follow the analytical solution of Havelock (1908), when the relative Froude number Fr is introduced.
As shown in Fig. 1, the dimensions of the computational domain are −420≤x≤420 m and −200≤y≤200 m, which are similar to those of David et al. (2017). The ship track follows the x axis and ranges from −384 m to 384 m. The ship hull is represented by Eq. (7), in which the length L and the beam B are set to 14.0 m and 7.0 m, respectively, and the peak pressure value is pm= 5000 Pa. In the numerical simulations, grid convergence tests reveal that the horizontal grid spacing of Δx=Δy= 1.0 m and two horizontal layers are adequate. The numerical results with different numbers of horizontal layers are shown in the Appendix.
Fig. 2, Fig. 3 compare the calculated cusp-line angles θc with the analytical solutions of Havelock (1908) for ship waves in the presence of a following uniform current and an opposing uniform current, respectively. The calculated cusp-line angles without current are also depicted in Fig. 2, Fig. 3. All calculated cusp-line angles are in good agreement with the analytical solutions, except that the model tends to underpredict the cusp-line angle for 0.9<Fr<1.0. Notably, a similar underprediction of the cusp-line angle can also be found in David et al. (2017).
4. Results and discussions
This section presents the effects of a following current and opposing current on the maximum water level elevation and the leading wave period in the wave train based on the test cases presented in Table 1, Table 2. Moreover, the response of the maximum water level elevation to the ship draft in the presence of a uniform current is examined.
4.1. Effects of a following current on characteristic wave parameters
To present the effect of a following current on the maximum wave height, the variations of the maximum water level elevation ηmax with the Froude number Fr′ at gauge points G1 and G2 are depicted in Fig. 4. The positions of gauge points G1 and G2 are shown in Fig. 1. The maximum water level elevation is an analogue to the maximum wave height and is presented in this study, because maximum wave heights at different positions away from the ship track vary throughout the wave train (David et al., 2017). In general, the variations of ηmax with the Froude number Fr′ in the three cases show a similar behavior, in which with the increase in Fr′, ηmax increases and then decreases. The presence of the following currents decreases ηmax for Fr′≤0.8 and Fr′≥1.2. Specifically, the following currents have a significant effect on ηmax for Fr′≤0.8. Notably, ηmax can be increased by the presence of the following currents for 0.9≤Fr′≤1.1. Compared with Case A, at location G1 ηmax is amplified 1.25 times at Fr′=0.925 in Case B and 1.31 times at Fr′=1.025 in Case C. Similarly, at location G2 ηmax is amplified 1.15 times at Fr′=1.025 in Case B and 1.11 times at Fr′=1.075 in Case C. The fact that ηmax can be increased by the presence of a following current for 0.9≤Fr′≤1.1 implies that if a following uniform current is neglected, then ηmax may be underestimated.
To show the effect of a following current on the wave period, Fig. 5 depicts the variation of the leading wave period Tp in the wave train at gauge point G2 with the Froude number Fr′. Similar to David et al. (2017), Tp is defined by the wave period of the first wave with a leading trough in the wave train. The leading wave periods for Fr′= 0.6 and 0.7 were not given in Case B and Case C, because the leading wave heights for Fr′= 0.6 and 0.7 are too small to discern the leading wave periods. Compared with Case A, the presence of a following current leads to a larger Tp for 0.925≤Fr′≤1.1 and a smaller Tp for Fr′≥1.3. For Fr′= 0.8 and 0.9, Tp in Case B is larger than that in Case A and Tp in Case C is smaller than that in Case A. In all three cases, Tp decreases with increasing Fr′ for Fr′>1.0. However, this decreasing trend becomes very gentle after Fr′≥1.4. Notably, as shown in Fig. 5, Fr′=1.2 tends to be a transition point at which the following currents have a very limited effect on Tp. Moreover, before the transition point, Tp in Case B and Case C are larger than that in Case A (only for 0.925≤Fr′≤1.2), but after the transition point the reverse is true.
As mentioned previously, the cusp-line angles for ship waves in the presence of a following or an opposing current are identical to those for ship waves only with the same relative Froude number Fr. However, with the same Fr, the characteristic parameters of ship waves in the presence of a following or an opposing current are quite different from those of ship waves without current. Fig. 6 shows the variations of the maximum water level elevation ηmax with Fr at gauge points G1 and G2 for ship waves in the presence of a following uniform current. Overall, the relationship curves between ηmax and Fr in Case B and Case C are lower than those in Case A. It is inferred that with the same Fr, ηmax in the presence of a following current is smaller than that without current. Fig. 7 shows the variation of the leading wave period Tp in the wave train at gauge point G2 with Fr for ship waves in the presence of a following uniform current. The overall relationship curves between Tp and Fr in Case B and Case C are also lower than those in Case A for 0.9≤Fr≤2.0. It can be inferred that with the same Fr, Tp in the presence of a following current is smaller than that without current for Fr≥0.9.
To compare the numerical results between the case of ship waves only and the case of ship waves in the presence of a following current with the same Fr, Fig. 8 shows the wave patterns for Fr=1.2. To obtain the case of ship waves in the presence of a following current with Fr=1.2, the ship speed Us=9.7 m/s and the current velocity Uc=0.5 m/s are adopted. Fig. 8 indicates that both the calculated cusp-line angles for the case of Us=9.2 m/s and Uc=0.0 m/s and the case of Us=9.7 m/s and Uc=0.5 m/s are equal to 56.5°, which follows the theory of Lee and Lee (2021). Fig. 9 depicts the comparison of the time histories of the free surface elevation at gauge point G2 for Fr=1.2 between the case of ship waves only and the case of ship waves in the presence of a following current. The time when the ship wave just arrived at gauge point G2 is defined as t′=0. Both the maximum water level elevation and the leading wave period in the case of Us=9.2 m/s and Uc=0.0 m/s are larger than those in the case of Us=9.7 m/s and Uc=0.5 m/s, which is consistent with the inferences based on Fig. 6, Fig. 7.
Fig. 8. Comparison of the wave pattern for Fr=1.2: (a) Ship wave only; (b) Ship wave in the presence of a following current.Fig. 9. Comparison of the time histories of the free surface elevation at gauge point G2 for between case of ship waves only and case of ship waves in the presence of a following current.
Fig. 10 shows the response of the maximum water level elevation ηmax to the ship draft at gauge point G2 for Fr′= 1.2 in the presence of a following uniform current. pm ranges from 2500 Pa to 40,000 Pa with an interval of Δp= 2500 Pa pm0= 2500 Pa represents a reference case. ηmax0 denotes the maximum water level elevation corresponding to the case of pm0= 2500 Pa. The best-fit linear trend lines obtained by linear regression analysis for the three responses are also depicted in Fig. 10. In general, all responses of ηmax to the ship draft show a linear relationship. The coefficients of determination for the three linear trend lines are R2= 0.9901, 0.9941 and 0.9991 for Case A, Case B and Case C, respectively. R2 is used to measure how close the numerical results are to the linear trend lines. The closer R2 is to 1.0, the more linear the numerical results tend to be. As a result, the relationship curve between ηmax and the ship draft in the presence of a following uniform current tends to be more linear than that without current. Notably, with the increase in pmpm0, ηmax increases faster in Case B and Case C than Case A. This implies that neglecting the following currents can lead to the underestimation of the response of ηmax to the ship draft.
4.2. Effects of an opposing current on characteristic wave parameters
Fig. 11 shows the variations of the maximum water level elevation ηmax with the Froude number Fr′ at gauge points G1 and G2 for ship waves in the presence of an opposing uniform current. The presence of opposing uniform currents leads to a significant reduction in ηmax at the two gauge points for 0.6≤Fr′≤2.0. Especially for Fr′=0.6, the decrease in ηmax is up to 73.8% in Case D and 78.4% in Case E at location G1 and up to 93.8% in Case D and 95.3% in Case E at location G2 when compared with Case A. Fig. 12 shows the variations of the leading wave period Tp at gauge point G2 with the Froude number Fr′ for ship waves in the presence of an opposing uniform current. The leading wave periods for Fr′= 0.6 and 0.7 were also not provided in Case D and Case E due to the small leading wave heights. In general, Tp decreases with increasing Fr′ in Case D and Case E for 0.8≤Fr′≤2.0. Tp in Case D and Case E are larger than that in Case A for Fr′≥1.0.
Fig. 13 depicts the variations of the maximum water level elevation ηmax with the relative Froude number Fr at gauge points G1 and G2 for ship waves in the presence of an opposing uniform current. Similar to Case B and Case C shown in Fig. 6, the overall relationship curves between ηmax and Fr in Case D and Case E are lower than those in Case A. This implies that with the same Fr, ηmax in the presence of an opposing current is also smaller than that without current. Fig. 14 depicts the variations of the leading wave period Tp in the wave train at gauge point G2 with Fr for ship waves in the presence of an opposing uniform current. Similar to Case B and Case C shown in Fig. 7, the overall relationship curves between Tp and Fr in Case D and Case E are lower than those in Case A for 0.9≤Fr≤2.0. This also implies that with the same Fr, Tp in the presence of an opposing current is smaller than that without current.
Fig. 15 shows a comparison of the wave pattern for Fr=1.2 between the case of ship waves only and the case of ship waves in the presence of an opposing current. The case of the ship wave in the presence of an opposing current with Fr=1.2 is obtained by setting the ship speed Us=8.7 m/s and the current velocity Uc=−0.5 m/s. As expected (Lee and Lee, 2021), both calculated cusp-line angles are identical. Fig. 16 depicts the comparison of the time histories of the free surface elevation at gauge point G2 for Fr=1.2 between the case of ship waves only and the case of ship waves in the presence of an opposing current. The maximum water level elevation in the case of Us=9.2 m/s and Uc=0.0 m/s is larger than that in the case of Us=8.7 m/s and Uc=−0.5 m/s, while the reverse is true for the leading wave period. Fig. 16 is consistent with the inferences based on Fig. 13, Fig. 14.
Fig. 17 depicts the response of the maximum water level elevation ηmax to the ship draft at gauge point G2 for Fr′= 1.2 in the presence of an opposing uniform current. Similarly, the response of ηmax to the ship draft in the presence of an opposing uniform current shows a linear relationship. The coefficients of determination for the three linear trend lines are R2= 0.9901, 0.9955 and 0.9987 for Case A, Case D and Case E, respectively. This indicates that the relationship curve between ηmax and the ship draft in the presence of an opposing uniform current also tends to be more linear than that without current. In addition, ηmax increases faster with increasing pmpm0 in Case D and Case E than Case A, implying that the response of ηmax to the ship draft can also be underestimated by neglecting opposing currents.
5. Conclusions
A non-hydrostatic model incorporating a moving pressure field method was used to investigate characteristic wave parameters for ship waves in the presence of a uniform current. The calculated cusp-line angles for ship waves in the presence of a following or an opposing uniform current were in good agreement with analytical solutions, demonstrating that the proposed model can accurately resolve ship waves in the presence of a uniform current.
The model results showed that the presence of a following current can result in an increase in the maximum water level elevation ηmax for 0.9≤Fr′≤1.1, while the presence of an opposing current leads to a significant reduction in ηmax for 0.6≤Fr′≤2.0. The leading wave period Tp can be increased for 0.925≤Fr′≤1.2 and reduced for Fr′≥1.3 due to the presence of a following current. However, the presence of an opposing current leads to an increase in Tp for Fr′≥1.0.
Although with the same relative Froude number Fr, the cusp-line angles for ship waves in the presence of a following or an opposing current are identical to those for ship waves without current, the maximum water level elevation ηmax and leading wave period Tp in the presence of a following or an opposing current are quite different from those without current. The present model results imply that with the same Fr, ηmax in the presence of a following or an opposing current is smaller than that without current for Fr≥0.6, and Tp in the presence of a following or an opposing current is smaller than that without current for Fr≥0.9.
The response of ηmax to the ship draft in the presence of a following current or an opposing current is similar to that without current and shows a linear relationship. However, the presence of a following or an opposing uniform current results in more linear responses of ηmax to the ship draft. Moreover, more rapid responses of ηmax to the ship draft are obtained when a following current or an opposing current is presented. This implies that the response of ηmax to the ship draft in the presence of a following current or an opposing current can be underestimated if the uniform current is neglected.
The present results have implications for ships sailing across estuarine and coastal environments, where river flows or tidal flows are significant. In these environments, ship waves can be larger than expected and the response of the maximum water level elevation to the ship draft may be more remarkable. The effect of a uniform current should be considered in the analysis of ship waves.
The present study considered only slender-body type ships. For different hull shapes, the effects of a uniform current on characteristic wave parameters need to be further investigated. Moreover, the effects of an oblique uniform current on ship waves need to be examined in future work.
The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.
Acknowledgments
This research is financially supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China (Grant No. 52171248, 51720105010, 51979029), LiaoNing Revitalization Talents Program (Grant No. XLYC1807010) and the Fundamental Research Funds for the Central Universities (Grant No. DUT21LK01).
Appendix. Numerical results with different numbers of horizontal layers
Fig. 18 shows comparisons of the time histories of the free surface elevation at gauge point G1 for Case B and Fr′= 1.2 between the three sets of numerical results with different numbers of horizontal layers. The maximum water level elevations ηmax obtained by Nz= 3 and 4 are 0.24% and 0.35% larger than ηmax with Nz= 2, respectively. Correspondingly, the leading wave periods Tp obtained by Nz= 3 and 4 are 0.45% and 0.55% larger than Tp with Nz= 2, respectively. In general, the three sets of numerical results are very close. To reduce the computational cost, two horizontal layers Nz= 2 were chosen for this study.
이 연구에서 FLOW 3D 전산 유체 역학(CFD) 소프트웨어를 사용하여 파키스탄 Mirani 댐 방수로에 대한 에너지 소산 옵션으로 미국 매립지(USBR) 유형 II 및 USBR 유형 III 유역의 성능을 추정했습니다. 3D Reynolds 평균 Navier-Stokes 방정식이 해결되었으며, 여기에는 여수로 위의 자유 표면 흐름을 캡처하기 위해 공기 유입, 밀도 평가 및 드리프트-플럭스에 대한 하위 그리드 모델이 포함되었습니다. 본 연구에서는 5가지 모델을 고려하였다. 첫 번째 모델에는 길이가 39.5m인 USBR 유형 II 정수기가 있습니다. 두 번째 모델에는 길이가 44.2m인 USBR 유형 II 정수기가 있습니다. 3번째와 4 번째모델에는 길이가 각각 48.8m인 USBR 유형 II 정수조와 39.5m의 USBR 유형 III 정수조가 있습니다. 다섯 번째 모델은 네 번째 모델과 동일하지만 마찰 및 슈트 블록 높이가 0.3m 증가했습니다. 최상의 FLOW 3D 모델 조건을 설정하기 위해 메쉬 민감도 분석을 수행했으며 메쉬 크기 0.9m에서 최소 오차를 산출했습니다. 세 가지 경계 조건 세트가 테스트되었으며 최소 오류를 제공하는 세트가 사용되었습니다. 수치적 검증은 USBR 유형 II( L = 48.8m), USBR 유형 III( L = 35.5m) 및 USBR 유형 III 의 물리적 모델 에너지 소산을 0.3m 블록 단위로 비교하여 수행되었습니다( L= 35.5m). 통계 분석 결과 평균 오차는 2.5%, RMSE(제곱 평균 제곱근 오차) 지수는 3% 미만이었습니다. 수리학적 및 경제성 분석을 바탕으로 4 번째 모델이 최적화된 에너지 소산기로 밝혀졌습니다. 흡수된 에너지 백분율 측면에서 물리적 모델과 수치적 모델 간의 최대 차이는 5% 미만인 것으로 나타났습니다.
In this study, the FLOW 3D computational fluid dynamics (CFD) software was used to estimate the performance of the United States Bureau of Reclamation (USBR) type II and USBR type III stilling basins as energy dissipation options for the Mirani Dam spillway, Pakistan. The 3D Reynolds-averaged Navier–Stokes equations were solved, which included sub-grid models for air entrainment, density evaluation, and drift–flux, to capture free-surface flow over the spillway. Five models were considered in this research. The first model has a USBR type II stilling basin with a length of 39.5 m. The second model has a USBR type II stilling basin with a length of 44.2 m. The 3rd and 4th models have a USBR type II stilling basin with a length of 48.8 m and a 39.5 m USBR type III stilling basin, respectively. The fifth model is identical to the fourth, but the friction and chute block heights have been increased by 0.3 m. To set up the best FLOW 3D model conditions, mesh sensitivity analysis was performed, which yielded a minimum error at a mesh size of 0.9 m. Three sets of boundary conditions were tested and the set that gave the minimum error was employed. Numerical validation was done by comparing the physical model energy dissipation of USBR type II (L = 48.8 m), USBR type III (L =35.5 m), and USBR type III with 0.3-m increments in blocks (L = 35.5 m). The statistical analysis gave an average error of 2.5% and a RMSE (root mean square error) index of less than 3%. Based on hydraulics and economic analysis, the 4th model was found to be an optimized energy dissipator. The maximum difference between the physical and numerical models in terms of percentage energy absorbed was found to be less than 5%.
Abbasi S, Fatemi S, Ghaderi A, Di Francesco S (2021) The effect of geometric parameters of the antivortex on a triangular labyrinth side weir. Water (Switzerland) 13(1). https://doi.org/10.3390/w13010014
Amorim JCC, Amante RCR, Barbosa VD (2015) Experimental and numerical modeling of flow in a stilling basin. Proceedings of the 36th IAHR World Congress 28 June–3 July, the Hague, the Netherlands, 1, 1–6
Asaram D, Deepamkar G, Singh G, Vishal K, Akshay K (2016) Energy dissipation by using different slopes of ogee spillway. Int J Eng Res Gen Sci 4(3):18–22Google Scholar
Celik IB, Ghia U, Roache PJ, Freitas CJ, Coleman H, Raad PE (2008) Procedure for estimation and reporting of uncertainty due to discretization in CFD applications. J Fluids Eng Trans ASME 130(7):0780011–0780014. https://doi.org/10.1115/1.2960953ArticleGoogle Scholar
Chen Q, Dai G, Liu H (2002) Volume of fluid model for turbulence numerical simulation of stepped spillway overflow. J Hydraul Eng 128(7):683–688. 10.1061/共ASCE兲0733-9429共2002兲128:7共683兲 CE
Damiron R (2015) CFD modelling of dam spillway aerator. Lund University Sweden
Dunlop SL, Willig IA, Paul GE (2016) Cabinet Gorge Dam spillway modifications for TDG abatement – design evolution and field performance. 6th International Symposium on Hydraulic Structures: Hydraulic Structures and Water System Management, ISHS 2016, 3650628160, 460–470. 10.15142/T3650628160853
Frizell KW, Frizell KH (2015) Guidelines for hydraulic design of stepped spillways. Hydraulic Laboratory Report HL-2015-06, May
Ghaderi A, Abbasi S (2021) Experimental and numerical study of the effects of geometric appendance elements on energy dissipation over stepped spillway. Water (Switzerland) 13(7). https://doi.org/10.3390/w13070957
Ghaderi A, Dasineh M, Aristodemo F, Ghahramanzadeh A (2020) Characteristics of free and submerged hydraulic jumps over different macroroughnesses. J Hydroinform 22(6):1554–1572. https://doi.org/10.2166/HYDRO.2020.298ArticleGoogle Scholar
Nangare PB, Kote AS (2017) Experimental investigation of an ogee stepped spillway with plain and slotted roller bucket for energy dissipation. Int J Civ Eng Technol 8(8):1549–1555Google Scholar
Parsaie A, Moradinejad A, Haghiabi AH (2018) Numerical modeling of flow pattern in spillway approach channel. Jordan J Civ Eng 12(1):1–9Google Scholar
Pasbani Khiavi M, Ali Ghorbani M, Yusefi M (2021) Numerical investigation of the energy dissipation process in stepped spillways using finite volume method. J Irrig Water Eng 11(4):22–37Google Scholar
Peng Y, Zhang X, Yuan H, Li X, Xie C, Yang S, Bai Z (2019) Energy dissipation in stepped spillways with different horizontal face angles. Energies 12(23). https://doi.org/10.3390/en12234469
Raza A, Wan W, Mehmood K (2021) Stepped spillway slope effect on air entrainment and inception point location. Water (Switzerland) 13(10). https://doi.org/10.3390/w13101428
Rong Y, Zhang T, Peng L, Feng P (2019) Three-dimensional numerical simulation of dam discharge and flood routing in Wudu reservoir. Water (Switzerland) 11(10). https://doi.org/10.3390/w11102157
Saqib N, Akbar M, Pan H, Ou G, Mohsin M, Ali A, Amin A (2022) Numerical analysis of pressure profiles and energy dissipation across stepped spillways having curved risers. Appl Sci 12(448):1–18Google Scholar
Saqib N, Ansari K, Babar M (2021) Analysis of pressure profiles and energy dissipation across stepped spillways having curved treads using computational fluid dynamics. Intl Conf Adv Mech Eng :1–10
Saqib Nu, Akbar M, Huali P, Guoqiang O (2022) Numerical investigation of pressure profiles and energy dissipation across the stepped spillway having curved treads using FLOW 3D. Arab J Geosci 15(1):1363–1400. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12517-022-10505-8ArticleGoogle Scholar
Sarkardeh H, Marosi M, Roshan R (2015) Stepped spillway optimization through numerical and physical modeling. Int J Energy Environ 6(6):597–606Google Scholar
Valero D, Bung DB, Crookston BM, Matos J (2016) Numerical investigation of USBR type III stilling basin performance downstream of smooth and stepped spillways. 6th International Symposium on Hydraulic Structures: Hydraulic Structures and Water System Management, ISHS 2016, 3406281608, 635–646. https://doi.org/10.15142/T340628160853
aNational Cheng Kung University, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Tainan, Taiwan
bNational Cheng Kung University, Academy of Innovative Semiconductor and Sustainable Manufacturing, Tainan, Taiwan
cJum-bo Co., Ltd, Xinshi District, Tainan, Taiwan
Abstract
워블 전략이 포함된 펄스 레이저 용접(PLW) 방법을 사용하여 알루미늄 및 구리 이종 랩 조인트의 제조를 위한 최적의 가공 매개변수에 대해 실험 및 수치 조사가 수행됩니다. 피크 레이저 출력과 접선 용접 속도의 대표적인 조합 43개를 선택하기 위해 원형 패킹 설계 알고리즘이 먼저 사용됩니다.
선택한 매개변수는 PLW 프로세스의 전산유체역학(CFD) 모델에 제공되어 용융 풀 형상(즉, 인터페이스 폭 및 침투 깊이) 및 구리 농도를 예측합니다. 시뮬레이션 결과는 설계 공간 내에서 PLW 매개변수의 모든 조합에 대한 용융 풀 형상 및 구리 농도를 예측하기 위해 3개의 대리 모델을 교육하는 데 사용됩니다.
마지막으로, 대체 모델을 사용하여 구성된 처리 맵은 용융 영역에 균열이나 기공이 없고 향상된 기계적 및 전기적 특성이 있는 이종 조인트를 생성하는 PLW 매개변수를 결정하기 위해 세 가지 품질 기준에 따라 필터링됩니다.
제안된 최적화 접근법의 타당성은 최적의 용접 매개변수를 사용하여 생성된 실험 샘플의 전단 강도, 금속간 화합물(IMC) 형성 및 전기 접촉 저항을 평가하여 입증됩니다.
결과는 최적의 매개변수가 1209N의 높은 전단 강도와 86µΩ의 낮은 전기 접촉 저항을 생성함을 확인합니다. 또한 용융 영역에는 균열 및 기공과 같은 결함이 없습니다.
An experimental and numerical investigation is performed into the optimal processing parameters for the fabrication of aluminum and copper dissimilar lap joints using a pulsed laser welding (PLW) method with a wobble strategy. A circle packing design algorithm is first employed to select 43 representative combinations of the peak laser power and tangential welding speed. The selected parameters are then supplied to a computational fluidic dynamics (CFD) model of the PLW process to predict the melt pool geometry (i.e., interface width and penetration depth) and copper concentration. The simulation results are used to train three surrogate models to predict the melt pool geometry and copper concentration for any combination of the PLW parameters within the design space. Finally, the processing maps constructed using the surrogate models are filtered in accordance with three quality criteria to determine the PLW parameters that produce dissimilar joints with no cracks or pores in the fusion zone and enhanced mechanical and electrical properties. The validity of the proposed optimization approach is demonstrated by evaluating the shear strength, intermetallic compound (IMC) formation, and electrical contact resistance of experimental samples produced using the optimal welding parameters. The results confirm that the optimal parameters yield a high shear strength of 1209 N and a low electrical contact resistance of 86 µΩ. Moreover, the fusion zone is free of defects, such as cracks and pores.
Fig. 1. Schematic illustration of Al-Cu lap-joint arrangementFig. 2. Machine setup (MFQS-150W_1500WFig. 5. Lap-shear mechanical tests: (a) experimental setup and specimen dimensions, and (b) two different failures of lap-joint welding.
N. Thi Tien et al.Fig. 9. Simulation and experimental results for melt pool profile. (a) Simulation results for melt pool cross-section, and (b) OM image of melt pool cross-section.
(Note that laser processing parameter of 830 W and 565 mm/s is chosen.).
CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[11]S. Smith, J. Blackburn, M. Gittos, P. de Bono, and P. Hilton, “Welding of dissimilar metallic materials using a scanned laser beam,” in International Congress on Applications of Lasers & Electro-Optics, 2013, vol. 2013, no. 1: Laser Institute of America, pp. 493-502.
Welding strategies for joining copper and aluminum by fast oscillating, high quality laser beam
High-Power Laser Materials Processing: Applications, Diagnostics, and Systems IX, vol. 11273, International Society for Optics and Photonics (2020), p. 112730C
Experimental investigation on the effect of spot diameter on continuous-wave laser welding of copper and aluminum thin sheets for battery manufacturing
Systematic approach for determining optimal processing parameters to produce parts with high density in selective laser melting process
Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol., 105 (10) (2019), pp. 4443-4460 View PDF
CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[32]A. Ascari, A. Fortunato, E. Liverani, and A. Lutey, “Application of different pulsed laser sources to dissimilar welding of Cu and Al alloys,” in Proceedings of Lasers in Manufacturing Conference (LIM), 2019.
2014년 2월 영국 해협(영국)과 특히 Dawlish에 영향을 미친 온대 저기압 폭풍 사슬은 남서부 지역과 영국의 나머지 지역을 연결하는 주요 철도에 심각한 피해를 입혔습니다.
이 사건으로 라인이 두 달 동안 폐쇄되어 5천만 파운드의 피해와 12억 파운드의 경제적 손실이 발생했습니다. 이 연구에서는 폭풍의 파괴력을 해독하기 위해 목격자 계정을 수집하고 해수면 데이터를 분석하며 수치 모델링을 수행합니다.
우리의 분석에 따르면 이벤트의 재난 관리는 성공적이고 효율적이었으며 폭풍 전과 도중에 인명과 재산을 구하기 위해 즉각적인 조치를 취했습니다. 파도 부이 분석에 따르면 주기가 4–8, 8–12 및 20–25초인 복잡한 삼중 봉우리 바다 상태가 존재하는 반면, 조위계 기록에 따르면 최대 0.8m의 상당한 파도와 최대 1.5m의 파도 성분이 나타났습니다.
이벤트에서 가능한 기여 요인으로 결합된 진폭. 최대 286 KN의 상당한 임펄스 파동이 손상의 시작 원인일 가능성이 가장 높았습니다. 수직 벽의 반사는 파동 진폭의 보강 간섭을 일으켜 파고가 증가하고 최대 16.1m3/s/m(벽의 미터 너비당)의 상당한 오버탑핑을 초래했습니다.
이 정보와 우리의 공학적 판단을 통해 우리는 이 사고 동안 다중 위험 계단식 실패의 가장 가능성 있는 순서는 다음과 같다고 결론을 내립니다. 조적 파괴로 이어지는 파도 충격력, 충전물 손실 및 연속적인 조수에 따른 구조물 파괴.
The February 2014 extratropical cyclonic storm chain, which impacted the English Channel (UK) and Dawlish in particular, caused significant damage to the main railway connecting the south-west region to the rest of the UK. The incident caused the line to be closed for two months, £50 million of damage and an estimated £1.2bn of economic loss. In this study, we collate eyewitness accounts, analyse sea level data and conduct numerical modelling in order to decipher the destructive forces of the storm. Our analysis reveals that the disaster management of the event was successful and efficient with immediate actions taken to save lives and property before and during the storm. Wave buoy analysis showed that a complex triple peak sea state with periods at 4–8, 8–12 and 20–25 s was present, while tide gauge records indicated that significant surge of up to 0.8 m and wave components of up to 1.5 m amplitude combined as likely contributing factors in the event. Significant impulsive wave force of up to 286 KN was the most likely initiating cause of the damage. Reflections off the vertical wall caused constructive interference of the wave amplitudes that led to increased wave height and significant overtopping of up to 16.1 m3/s/m (per metre width of wall). With this information and our engineering judgement, we conclude that the most probable sequence of multi-hazard cascading failure during this incident was: wave impact force leading to masonry failure, loss of infill and failure of the structure following successive tides.
Introduction
The progress of climate change and increasing sea levels has started to have wide ranging effects on critical engineering infrastructure (Shakou et al. 2019). The meteorological effects of increased atmospheric instability linked to warming seas mean we may be experiencing more frequent extreme storm events and more frequent series or chains of events, as well as an increase in the force of these events, a phenomenon called storminess (Mölter et al. 2016; Feser et al. 2014). Features of more extreme weather events in extratropical latitudes (30°–60°, north and south of the equator) include increased gusting winds, more frequent storm squalls, increased prolonged precipitation and rapid changes in atmospheric pressure and more frequent and significant storm surges (Dacre and Pinto 2020). A recent example of these events impacting the UK with simultaneous significant damage to coastal infrastructure was the extratropical cyclonic storm chain of winter 2013/2014 (Masselink et al. 2016; Adams and Heidarzadeh 2021). The cluster of storms had a profound effect on both coastal and inland infrastructure, bringing widespread flooding events and large insurance claims (RMS 2014).
The extreme storms of February 2014, which had a catastrophic effect on the seawall of the south Devon stretch of the UK’s south-west mainline, caused a two-month closure of the line and significant disruption to the local and regional economy (Fig. 1b) (Network Rail 2014; Dawson et al. 2016; Adams and Heidarzadeh 2021). Restoration costs were £35 m, and economic effects to the south-west region of England were estimated up to £1.2bn (Peninsula Rail Taskforce 2016). Adams and Heidarzadeh (2021) investigated the disparate cascading failure mechanisms which played a part in the failure of the railway through Dawlish and attempted to put these in the context of the historical records of infrastructure damage on the line. Subsequent severe storms in 2016 in the region have continued to cause damage and disruption to the line in the years since 2014 (Met Office 2016). Following the events of 2014, Network Rail Footnote1 who owns the network has undertaken a resilience study. As a result, it has proposed a £400 m refurbishment of the civil engineering assets that support the railway (Fig. 1) (Network Rail 2014). The new seawall structure (Fig. 1a,c), which is constructed of pre-cast concrete sections, encases the existing Brunel seawall (named after the project lead engineer, Isambard Kingdom Brunel) and has been improved with piled reinforced concrete foundations. It is now over 2 m taller to increase the available crest freeboard and incorporates wave return features to minimise wave overtopping. The project aims to increase both the resilience of the assets to extreme weather events as well as maintain or improve amenity value of the coastline for residents and visitors.
Fig. 1
In this work, we return to the Brunel seawall and the damage it sustained during the 2014 storms which affected the assets on the evening of the 4th and daytime of the 5th of February and eventually resulted in a prolonged closure of the line. The motivation for this research is to analyse and model the damage made to the seawall and explain the damage mechanisms in order to improve the resilience of many similar coastal structures in the UK and worldwide. The innovation of this work is the multidisciplinary approach that we take comprising a combination of analysis of eyewitness accounts (social science), sea level and wave data analysis (physical science) as well as numerical modelling and engineering judgement (engineering sciences). We investigate the contemporary wave climate and sea levels by interrogating the real-time tide gauge and wave buoys installed along the south-west coast of the English Channel. We then model a typical masonry seawall (Fig. 2), applying the computational fluid dynamics package FLOW3D-Hydro,Footnote2 to quantify the magnitude of impact forces that the seawall would have experienced leading to its failure. We triangulate this information to determine the probable sequence of failures that led to the disaster in 2014.
Fig. 2
Data and methods
Our data comprise eyewitness accounts, sea level records from coastal tide gauges and offshore wave buoys as well as structural details of the seawall. As for methodology, we analyse eyewitness data, process and investigate sea level records through Fourier transform and conduct numerical simulations using the Flow3D-Hydro package (Flow Science 2022). Details of the data and methodology are provided in the following.
Eyewitness data
The scale of damage to the seawall and its effects led the local community to document the first-hand accounts of those most closely affected by the storms including residents, local businesses, emergency responders, politicians and engineering contractors involved in the post-storm restoration work. These records now form a permanent exhibition in the local museum in DawlishFootnote3, and some of these accounts have been transcribed into a DVD account of the disaster (Dawlish Museum 2015). We have gathered data from the Dawlish Museum, national and international news reports, social media tweets and videos. Table 1 provides a summary of the eyewitness accounts. Overall, 26 entries have been collected around the time of the incident. Our analysis of the eyewitness data is provided in the third column of Table 1 and is expanded in Sect. 3.Table 1 Eyewitness accounts of damage to the Dawlish railway due to the February 2014 storm and our interpretations
Our sea level data are a collection of three tide gauge stations (Newlyn, Devonport and Swanage Pier—Fig. 5a) owned and operated by the UK National Tide and Sea Level FacilityFootnote4 for the Environment Agency and four offshore wave buoys (Dawlish, West Bay, Torbay and Chesil Beach—Fig. 6a). The tide gauge sites are all fitted with POL-EKO (www.pol-eko.com.pl) data loggers. Newlyn has a Munro float gauge with one full tide and one mid-tide pneumatic bubbler system. Devonport has a three-channel data pneumatic bubbler system, and Swanage Pier consists of a pneumatic gauge. Each has a sampling interval of 15 min, except for Swanage Pier which has a sampling interval of 10 min. The tide gauges are located within the port areas, whereas the offshore wave buoys are situated approximately 2—3.3 km from the coast at water depths of 10–15 m. The wave buoys are all Datawell Wavemaker Mk III unitsFootnote5 and come with sampling interval of 0.78 s. The buoys have a maximum saturation amplitude of 20.5 m for recording the incident waves which implies that every wave larger than this threshold will be recorded at 20.5 m. The data are provided by the British Oceanographic Data CentreFootnote6 for tide gauges and the Channel Coastal ObservatoryFootnote7 for wave buoys.
Sea level analysis
The sea level data underwent quality control to remove outliers and spikes as well as gaps in data (e.g. Heidarzadeh et al. 2022; Heidarzadeh and Satake 2015). We processed the time series of the sea level data using the Matlab signal processing tool (MathWorks 2018). For calculations of the tidal signals, we applied the tidal package TIDALFIT (Grinsted 2008), which is based on fitting tidal harmonics to the observed sea level data. To calculate the surge signals, we applied a 30-min moving average filter to the de-tided data in order to remove all wind, swell and infra-gravity waves from the time series. Based on the surge analysis and the variations of the surge component before the time period of the incident, an error margin of approximately ± 10 cm is identified for our surge analysis. Spectral analysis of the wave buoy data is performed using the fast Fourier transform (FFT) of Matlab package (Mathworks 2018).
Numerical modelling
Numerical modelling of wave-structure interaction is conducted using the computational fluid dynamics package Flow3D-Hydro version 1.1 (Flow Science 2022). Flow3D-Hydro solves the transient Navier–Stokes equations of conservation of mass and momentum using a finite difference method and on Eulerian and Lagrangian frameworks (Flow Science 2022). The aforementioned governing equations are:
∇.u=0∇.u=0
(1)
∂u∂t+u.∇u=−∇Pρ+υ∇2u+g∂u∂t+u.∇u=−∇Pρ+υ∇2u+g
(2)
where uu is the velocity vector, PP is the pressure, ρρ is the water density, υυ is the kinematic viscosity and gg is the gravitational acceleration. A Fractional Area/Volume Obstacle Representation (FAVOR) is adapted in Flow3D-Hydro, which applies solid boundaries within the Eulerian grid and calculates the fraction of areas and volume in partially blocked volume in order to compute flows on corresponding boundaries (Hirt and Nichols 1981). We validated the numerical modelling through comparing the results with Sainflou’s analytical equation for the design of vertical seawalls (Sainflou 1928; Ackhurst 2020), which is as follows:
where pdpd is the hydrodynamic pressure, ρρ is the water density, gg is the gravitational acceleration, HH is the wave height, dd is the water depth, kk is the wavenumber, zz is the difference in still water level and mean water level, σσ is the angular frequency and tt is the time. The Sainflou’s equation (Eq. 3) is used to calculate the dynamic pressure from wave action, which is combined with static pressure on the seawall.
Using Flow3D-Hydro, a model of the Dawlish seawall was made with a computational domain which is 250.0 m in length, 15.0 m in height and 0.375 m in width (Fig. 3a). The computational domain was discretised using a single uniform grid with a mesh size of 0.125 m. The model has a wave boundary at the left side of the domain (x-min), an outflow boundary on the right side (x-max), a symmetry boundary at the bottom (z-min) and a wall boundary at the top (z-max). A wall boundary implies that water or waves are unable to pass through the boundary, whereas a symmetry boundary means that the two edges of the boundary are identical and therefore there is no flow through it. The water is considered incompressible in our model. For volume of fluid advection for the wave boundary (i.e. the left-side boundary) in our simulations, we utilised the “Split Lagrangian Method”, which guarantees the best accuracy (Flow Science, 2022).
Fig. 3
The stability of the numerical scheme is controlled and maintained through checking the Courant number (CC) as given in the following:
C=VΔtΔxC=VΔtΔx
(4)
where VV is the velocity of the flow, ΔtΔt is the time step and ΔxΔx is the spatial step (i.e. grid size). For stability and convergence of the numerical simulations, the Courant number must be sufficiently below one (Courant et al. 1928). This is maintained by a careful adjustment of the ΔxΔx and ΔtΔt selections. Flow3D-Hydro applies a dynamic Courant number, meaning the program adjusts the value of time step (ΔtΔt) during the simulations to achieve a balance between accuracy of results and speed of simulation. In our simulation, the time step was in the range ΔtΔt = 0.0051—0.051 s.
In order to achieve the most efficient mesh resolution, we varied cell size for five values of ΔxΔx = 0.1 m, 0.125 m, 0.15 m, 0.175 m and 0.20 m. Simulations were performed for all mesh sizes, and the results were compared in terms of convergence, stability and speed of simulation (Fig. 3). A linear wave with an amplitude of 1.5 m and a period of 6 s was used for these optimisation simulations. We considered wave time histories at two gauges A and B and recorded the waves from simulations using different mesh sizes (Fig. 3). Although the results are close (Fig. 3), some limited deviations are observed for larger mesh sizes of 0.20 m and 0.175 m. We therefore selected mesh size of 0.125 m as the optimum, giving an extra safety margin as a conservative solution.
The pressure from the incident waves on the vertical wall is validated in our model by comparing them with the analytical equation of Sainflou (1928), Eq. (3), which is one of the most common set of equations for design of coastal structures (Fig. 4). The model was tested by running a linear wave of period 6 s and wave amplitude of 1.5 m against the wall, with a still water level of 4.5 m. It can be seen that the model results are very close to those from analytical equations of Sainflou (1928), indicating that our numerical model is accurately modelling the wave-structure interaction (Fig. 4).
Fig. 4
Eyewitness account analysis
Contemporary reporting of the 4th and 5th February 2014 storms by the main national news outlets in the UK highlights the extreme nature of the events and the significant damage and disruption they were likely to have on the communities of the south-west of England. In interviews, this was reinforced by Network Rail engineers who, even at this early stage, were forecasting remedial engineering works to last for at least 6 weeks. One week later, following subsequent storms the cascading nature of the events was obvious. Multiple breaches of the seawall had taken place with up to 35 separate landslide events and significant damage to parapet walls along the coastal route also were reported. Residents of the area reported extreme effects of the storm, one likening it to an earthquake and reporting water ingress through doors windows and even through vertical chimneys (Table 1). This suggests extreme wave overtopping volumes and large wave impact forces. One resident described the structural effects as: “the house was jumping up and down on its footings”.
Disaster management plans were quickly and effectively put into action by the local council, police service and National Rail. A major incident was declared, and decisions regarding evacuation of the residents under threat were taken around 2100 h on the night of 4th February when reports of initial damage to the seawall were received (Table 1). Local hotels were asked to provide short-term refuge to residents while local leisure facilities were prepared to accept residents later that evening. Initial repair work to the railway line was hampered by successive high spring tides and storms in the following days although significant progress was still made when weather conditions permitted (Table 1).
Sea level observations and spectral analysis
The results of surge and wave analyses are presented in Figs. 5 and 6. A surge height of up to 0.8 m was recorded in the examined tide gauge stations (Fig. 5b-d). Two main episodes of high surge heights are identified: the first surge started on 3rd February 2014 at 03:00 (UTC) and lasted until 4th of February 2014 at 00:00; the second event occurred in the period 4th February 2014 15:00 to 5th February 2014 at 17:00 (Fig. 5b-d). These data imply surge durations of 21 h and 26 h for the first and the second events, respectively. Based on the surge data in Fig. 5, we note that the storm event of early February 2014 and the associated surges was a relatively powerful one, which impacted at least 230 km of the south coast of England, from Land’s End to Weymouth, with large surge heights.
Fig. 5Fig. 6
Based on wave buoy records, the maximum recorded amplitudes are at least 20.5 m in Dawlish and West Bay, 1.9 m in Tor Bay and 4.9 m in Chesil (Fig. 6a-b). The buoys at Tor Bay and Chesil recorded dual peak period bands of 4–8 and 8–12 s, whereas at Dawlish and West Bay registered triple peak period bands at 4–8, 8–12 and 20–25 s (Fig. 6c, d). It is important to note that the long-period waves at 20–25 s occur with short durations (approximately 2 min) while the waves at the other two bands of 4–8 and 8–12 s appear to be present at all times during the storm event.
The wave component at the period band of 4–8 s can be most likely attributed to normal coastal waves while the one at 8–12 s, which is longer, is most likely the swell component of the storm. Regarding the third component of the waves with long period of 20 -25 s, which occurs with short durations of 2 min, there are two hypotheses; it is either the result of a local (port and harbour) and regional (the Lyme Bay) oscillations (eg. Rabinovich 1997; Heidarzadeh and Satake 2014; Wang et al. 1992), or due to an abnormally long swell. To test the first hypothesis, we consider various water bodies such as Lyme Bay (approximate dimensions of 70 km × 20 km with an average water depth of 30 m; Fig. 6), several local bays (approximate dimensions of 3.6 km × 0.6 km with an average water depth of 6 m) and harbours (approximate dimensions of 0.5 km × 0.5 km with an average water depth of 4 m). Their water depths are based on the online Marine navigation website.Footnote8 According to Rabinovich (2010), the oscillation modes of a semi-enclosed rectangle basin are given by the following equation:
where TmnTmn is the oscillation period, gg is the gravitational acceleration, dd is the water depth, LL is the length of the basin, WW is the width of the basin, m=1,2,3,…m=1,2,3,… and n=0,1,2,3,…n=0,1,2,3,…; mm and nn are the counters of the different modes. Applying Eq. (5) to the aforementioned water bodies results in oscillation modes of at least 5 min, which is far longer than the observed period of 20–25 s. Therefore, we rule out the first hypothesis and infer that the long period of 20–25 s is most likely a long swell wave coming from distant sources. As discussed by Rabinovich (1997) and Wang et al. (2022), comparison between sea level spectra before and after the incident is a useful method to distinguish the spectrum of the weather event. A visual inspection of Fig. 6 reveals that the forcing at the period band of 20–25 s is non-existent before the incident.
Numerical simulations of wave loading and overtopping
Based on the results of sea level data analyses in the previous section (Fig. 6), we use a dual peak wave spectrum with peak periods of 10.0 s and 25.0 s for numerical simulations because such a wave would be comprised of the most energetic signals of the storm. For variations of water depth (2.0–4.0 m), coastal wave amplitude (0.5–1.5 m) (Fig. 7) and storm surge height (0.5–0.8 m) (Fig. 5), we developed 20 scenarios (Scn) which we used in numerical simulations (Table 2). Data during the incident indicated that water depth was up to the crest level of the seawall (approximately 4 m water depth); therefore, we varied water depth from 2 to 4 m in our simulation scenarios. Regarding wave amplitudes, we referred to the variations at a nearby tide gauge station (West Bay) which showed wave amplitude up to 1.2 m (Fig. 7). Therefore, wave amplitude was varied from 0.5 m to 1.5 m by considering a factor a safety of 25% for the maximum wave amplitude. As for the storm surge component, time series of storm surges calculated at three coastal stations adjacent to Dawlish showed that it was in the range of 0.5 m to 0.8 m (Fig. 5). These 20 scenarios would help to study uncertainties associated with wave amplitudes and pressures. Figure 8 shows snapshots of wave propagation and impacts on the seawall at different times.
Fig. 7
Table 2 The 20 scenarios considered for numerical simulations in this study
Large wave amplitudes can induce significant wave forcing on the structure and cause overtopping of the seawall, which could eventually cascade to other hazards such as erosion of the backfill and scour (Adams and Heidarzadeh, 2021). The first 10 scenarios of our modelling efforts are for the same incident wave amplitudes of 0.5 m, which occur at different water depths (2.0–4.0 m) and storm surge heights (0.5–0.8 m) (Table 2 and Fig. 9). This is because we aim at studying the impacts of effective water depth (deff—the sum of mean sea level and surge height) on the time histories of wave amplitudes as the storm evolves. As seen in Fig. 9a, by decreasing effective water depth, wave amplitude increases. For example, for Scn-1 with effective depth of 4.5 m, the maximum amplitude of the first wave is 1.6 m, whereas it is 2.9 m for Scn-2 with effective depth of 3.5 m. However, due to intensive reflections and interferences of the waves in front of the vertical seawall, such a relationship is barely seen for the second and the third wave peaks. It is important to note that the later peaks (second or third) produce the largest waves rather than the first wave. Extraordinary wave amplifications are seen for the Scn-2 (deff = 3.5 m) and Scn-7 (deff = 3.3 m), where the corresponding wave amplitudes are 4.5 m and 3.7 m, respectively. This may indicate that the effective water depth of deff = 3.3–3.5 m is possibly a critical water depth for this structure resulting in maximum wave amplitudes under similar storms. In the second wave impact, the combined wave height (i.e. the wave amplitude plus the effective water depth), which is ultimately an indicator of wave overtopping, shows that the largest wave heights are generated by Scn-2, 7 and 8 (Fig. 9a) with effective water depths of 3.5 m, 3.3 m and 3.8 m and combined heights of 8.0 m, 7.0 m and 6.9 m (Fig. 9b). Since the height of seawall is 5.4 m, the combined wave heights for Scn-2, 7 and 8 are greater than the crest height of the seawall by 2.6 m, 1.6 m and 1.5 m, respectively, which indicates wave overtopping.
Fig. 9
For scenarios 11–20 (Fig. 10), with incident wave amplitudes of 1.5 m (Table 2), the largest wave amplitudes are produced by Scn-17 (deff = 3.3 m), Scn-13 (deff = 2.5 m) and Scn-12 (deff = 3.5 m), which are 5.6 m, 5.1 m and 4.5 m. The maximum combined wave heights belong to Scn-11 (deff = 4.5 m) and Scn-17 (deff = 3.3 m), with combined wave heights of 9.0 m and 8.9 m (Fig. 10b), which are greater than the crest height of the seawall by 4.6 m and 3.5 m, respectively.
Fig. 10
Our simulations for all 20 scenarios reveal that the first wave is not always the largest and wave interactions, reflections and interferences play major roles in amplifying the waves in front of the seawall. This is primarily because the wall is fully vertical and therefore has a reflection coefficient of close to one (i.e. full reflection). Simulations show that the combined wave height is up to 4.6 m higher than the crest height of the wall, implying that severe overtopping would be expected.
Results of wave loading calculations
The pressure calculations for scenarios 1–10 are given in Fig. 11 and those of scenarios 11–20 in Fig. 12. The total pressure distribution in Figs. 11, 12 mostly follows a triangular shape with maximum pressure at the seafloor as expected from the Sainflou (1928) design equations. These pressure plots comprise both static (due to mean sea level in front of the wall) and dynamic (combined effects of surge and wave) pressures. For incident wave amplitudes of 0.5 m (Fig. 11), the maximum wave pressure varies in the range of 35–63 kPa. At the sea surface, it is in the range of 4–20 kPa (Fig. 11). For some scenarios (Scn-2 and 7), the pressure distribution deviates from a triangular shape and shows larger pressures at the top, which is attributed to the wave impacts and partial breaking at the sea surface. This adds an additional triangle-shaped pressure distribution at the sea surface elevation consistent with the design procedure developed by Goda (2000) for braking waves. The maximum force on the seawall due to scenarios 1–10, which is calculated by integrating the maximum pressure distribution over the wave-facing surface of the seawall, is in the range of 92–190 KN (Table 2).
Fig. 11Fig. 12
For scenarios 11–20, with incident wave amplitude of 1.5 m, wave pressures of 45–78 kPa and 7–120 kPa, for the bottom and top of the wall, respectively, were observed (Fig. 12). Most of the plots show a triangular pressure distribution, except for Scn-11 and 15. A significant increase in wave impact pressure is seen for Scn-15 at the top of the structure, where a maximum pressure of approximately 120 kPa is produced while other scenarios give a pressure of 7–32 kPa for the sea surface. In other words, the pressure from Scn-15 is approximately four times larger than the other scenarios. Such a significant increase of the pressure at the top is most likely attributed to the breaking wave impact loads as detailed by Goda (2000) and Cuomo et al. (2010). The wave simulation snapshots in Fig. 8 show that the wave breaks before reaching the wall. The maximum force due to scenarios 11–20 is 120–286 KN.
The breaking wave impacts peaking at 286 KN in our simulations suggest destabilisation of the upper masonry blocks, probably by grout malfunction. This significant impact force initiated the failure of the seawall which in turn caused extensive ballast erosion. Wave impact damage was proposed by Adams and Heidarzadeh (2021) as one of the primary mechanisms in the 2014 Dawlish disaster. In the multi-hazard risk model proposed by these authors, damage mechanism III (failure pathway 5 in Adams and Heidarzadeh, 2021) was characterised by wave impact force causing damage to the masonry elements, leading to failure of the upper sections of the seawall and loss of infill material. As blocks were removed, access to the track bed was increased for inbound waves allowing infill material from behind the seawall to be fluidised and subsequently removed by backwash. The loss of infill material critically compromised the stability of the seawall and directly led to structural failure. In parallel, significant wave overtopping (discussed in the next section) led to ballast washout and cascaded, in combination with masonry damage, to catastrophic failure of the wall and suspension of the rails in mid-air (Fig. 1b), leaving the railway inoperable for two months.
Wave Overtopping
The two most important factors contributing to the 2014 Dawlish railway catastrophe were wave impact forces and overtopping. Figure 13 gives the instantaneous overtopping rates for different scenarios, which experienced overtopping. It can be seen that the overtopping rates range from 0.5 m3/s/m to 16.1 m3/s/m (Fig. 13). Time histories of the wave overtopping rates show that the phenomenon occurs intermittently, and each time lasts 1.0–7.0 s. It is clear that the longer the overtopping time, the larger the volume of the water poured on the structure. The largest wave overtopping rates of 16.1 m3/s/m and 14.4 m3/s/m belong to Scn-20 and 11, respectively. These are the two scenarios that also give the largest combined wave heights (Fig. 10b).
Fig. 13
The cumulative overtopping curves (Figs. 14, 15) show the total water volume overtopped the structure during the entire simulation time. This is an important hazard factor as it determines the level of soil saturation, water pore pressure in the soil and soil erosion (Van der Meer et al. 2018). The maximum volume belongs to Scn-20, which is 65.0 m3/m (m-cubed of water per metre length of the wall). The overtopping volumes are 42.7 m3/m for Scn-11 and 28.8 m3/m for Scn-19. The overtopping volume is in the range of 0.7–65.0 m3/m for all scenarios.
Fig. 14Fig. 15
For comparison, we compare our modelling results with those estimated using empirical equations. For the case of the Dawlish seawall, we apply the equation proposed by Van Der Meer et al. (2018) to estimate wave overtopping rates, based on a set of decision criteria which are the influence of foreshore, vertical wall, possible breaking waves and low freeboard:
where qq is the mean overtopping rate per metre length of the seawall (m3/s/m), gg is the acceleration due to gravity, HmHm is the incident wave height at the toe of the structure, RcRc is the wall crest height above mean sea level, hshs is the deep-water significant wave height and e(x)e(x) is the exponential function. It is noted that Eq. (6) is valid for 0.1<RcHm<1.350.1<RcHm<1.35. For the case of the Dawlish seawall and considering the scenarios with larger incident wave amplitude of 1.5 m (hshs= 1.5 m), the incident wave height at the toe of the structure is HmHm = 2.2—5.6 m, and the wall crest height above mean sea level is RcRc = 0.6–2.9 m. As a result, Eq. (6) gives mean overtopping rates up to approximately 2.9 m3/s/m. A visual inspection of simulated overtopping rates in Fig. 13 for Scn 11–20 shows that the mean value of the simulated overtopping rates (Fig. 13) is close to estimates using Eq. (6).
Discussion and conclusions
We applied a combination of eyewitness account analysis, sea level data analysis and numerical modelling in combination with our engineering judgement to explain the damage to the Dawlish railway seawall in February 2014. Main findings are:
Eyewitness data analysis showed that the extreme nature of the event was well forecasted in the hours prior to the storm impact; however, the magnitude of the risks to the structures was not well understood. Multiple hazards were activated simultaneously, and the effects cascaded to amplify the damage. Disaster management was effective, exemplified by the establishment of an emergency rendezvous point and temporary evacuation centre during the storm, indicating a high level of hazard awareness and preparedness.
Based on sea level data analysis, we identified triple peak period bands at 4–8, 8–12 and 20–25 s in the sea level data. Storm surge heights and wave oscillations were up to 0.8 m and 1.5 m, respectively.
Based on the numerical simulations of 20 scenarios with different water depths, incident wave amplitudes, surge heights and peak periods, we found that the wave oscillations at the foot of the seawall result in multiple wave interactions and interferences. Consequently, large wave amplitudes, up to 4.6 m higher than the height of the seawall, were generated and overtopped the wall. Extreme impulsive wave impact forces of up to 286 KN were generated by the waves interacting with the seawall.
We measured maximum wave overtopping rates of 0.5–16.1 m3/s/m for our scenarios. The cumulative overtopping water volumes per metre length of the wall were 0.7–65.0 m3/m.
Analysis of all the evidence combined with our engineering judgement suggests that the most likely initiating cause of the failure was impulsive wave impact forces destabilising one or more grouted joints between adjacent masonry blocks in the wall. Maximum observed pressures of 286 KN in our simulations are four times greater in magnitude than background pressures leading to block removal and initiating failure. Therefore, the sequence of cascading events was :1) impulsive wave impact force causing damage to masonry, 2) failure of the upper sections of the seawall, 3) loss of infill resulting in a reduction of structural strength in the landward direction, 4) ballast washout as wave overtopping and inbound wave activity increased and 5) progressive structural failure following successive tides.
From a risk mitigation point of view, the stability of the seawall in the face of future energetic cyclonic storm events and sea level rise will become a critical factor in protecting the rail network. Mitigation efforts will involve significant infrastructure investment to strengthen the civil engineering assets combined with improved hazard warning systems consisting of meteorological forecasting and real-time wave observations and instrumentation. These efforts must take into account the amenity value of coastal railway infrastructure to local communities and the significant number of tourists who visit every year. In this regard, public awareness and active engagement in the planning and execution of the project will be crucial in order to secure local stakeholder support for the significant infrastructure project that will be required for future resilience.
Ackhurst M (2020) Design of Vertical Gravity Sea and Quay Walls. ICE Publishing, Westminster, London
Adams K, Heidarzadeh M (2021) A multi-hazard risk model with cascading failure pathways for the Dawlish (UK) railway using historical and contemporary data. Int J Disaster Risk Reduc 56:102082. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijdrr.2021.102082ArticleGoogle Scholar
Courant R, Friedrichs K, Lewy H (1928) Über die partiellen Differenzengleichungen der mathematischen Physik. Math Ann 100(1):32–74ArticleGoogle Scholar
Cuomo G, Allsop W, Bruce T, Pearson J (2010) Breaking wave loads at vertical seawalls and breakwaters. Coastal Eng 57(4):424–439ArticleGoogle Scholar
Dawson D, Shaw J, Gehrels WR (2016) Sea-level rise impacts on transport infrastructure: the notorious case of the coastal railway line at Dawlish, England. J Transport Geog 51:97–109ArticleGoogle Scholar
Feser F, Barcikowska M, Krueger O, Schenk F, Weisse R, Xia L (2015) Storminess over the North Atlantic and northwestern Europe—A review. Quarter J R Meteorol Soc 141:350–382. https://doi.org/10.1002/qj.2364ArticleGoogle Scholar
Heidarzadeh M, Satake K (2015) Source properties of the 1998 July 17 Papua New Guinea tsunami based on tide gauge records. Geophys J Int 202(1):361–369ArticleGoogle Scholar
Heidarzadeh M, Gusman A, Ishibe T, Sabeti R, Šepić J (2022) Estimating the eruption-induced water displacement source of the 15 January 2022 Tonga volcanic tsunami from tsunami spectra and numerical modelling. Ocean Eng 261:112165. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oceaneng.2022.112165ArticleGoogle Scholar
Masselink G, Castelle B, Scott T, Dodet G, Suanez S, Jackson D, Floc’h F (2016) Extreme wave activity during 2013/2014 winter and morphological impacts along the Atlantic coast of Europe. Geophys Res Lett 43(5):2135–2143. https://doi.org/10.1002/2015GL067492ArticleGoogle Scholar
Mathworks (2018) MATLAB, 2018. 9.7.0.1190202 (R2019b), Natick, Massachusetts: The MathWorks Inc.
Van der Meer JW, Allsop NWH, Bruce T, De Rouck J, Kortenhaus A, Pullen T, Schüttrumpf H, Troch P and Zanuttigh B (2018) EurOtop, Manual on wave overtopping of sea defences and related structures. An overtopping manual largely based on European research, but for worldwide application. Available online at: www.overtopping-manual.com.
Wang Y, Su HY, Ren Z, Ma Y (2022) Source properties and resonance characteristics of the tsunami generated by the 2021 M 8.2 Alaska earthquake. J Geophys Res Oceans, 127(3):e2021JC018308. https://doi.org/10.1029/2021JC018308ArticleGoogle Scholar
We are grateful to Brunel University London for administering the scholarship awarded to KA. The Flow3D-Hydro used in this research for numerical modelling is licenced to Brunel University London through an academic programme contract. We sincerely thank Prof Harsh Gupta (Editor-in-Chief) and two anonymous reviewers for their constructive review comments.
Funding
This project was funded by the UK Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC) through a PhD scholarship to Keith Adams.
Author information
Authors and Affiliations
Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, Brunel University London, Uxbridge, UB8 3PH, UKKeith Adams
Department of Architecture and Civil Engineering, University of Bath, Bath, BA2 7AY, UKMohammad Heidarzadeh
The authors have no relevant financial or non-financial interests to disclose.
Availability of data
All data used in this study are provided in the body of the article.
Additional information
Publisher’s Note
Springer Nature remains neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations.
Rights and permissions
Open Access This article is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License, which permits use, sharing, adaptation, distribution and reproduction in any medium or format, as long as you give appropriate credit to the original author(s) and the source, provide a link to the Creative Commons licence, and indicate if changes were made. The images or other third party material in this article are included in the article’s Creative Commons licence, unless indicated otherwise in a credit line to the material. If material is not included in the article’s Creative Commons licence and your intended use is not permitted by statutory regulation or exceeds the permitted use, you will need to obtain permission directly from the copyright holder. To view a copy of this licence, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.
Adams, K., Heidarzadeh, M. Extratropical cyclone damage to the seawall in Dawlish, UK: eyewitness accounts, sea level analysis and numerical modelling. Nat Hazards (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11069-022-05692-2
Abstract해저 협곡에서 탁도의 장거리 이동은 많은 양의 퇴적물을 심해 평원으로 운반할 수 있습니다. 이전 연구에서는 5.9~28.0m/s 범위의 다중 케이블 손상 이벤트에서 파생된 탁도 전류 속도와 0.15~7.2m/s 사이의 현장 관찰 결과에서 명백한 차이가 있음을 보여줍니다. 따라서 해저 환경의 탁한 유체가 해저 협곡을 고속으로 장거리로 흐를 수 있는지에 대한 질문이 남아 있습니다. 연구실 시험의 결합을 통해 해저협곡의 탁류의 고속 및 장거리 운동을 설명하기 위해 약안정 퇴적물 기반의 새로운 모델(약안정 퇴적물에 대한 파손 전파 모델 제안, 줄여서 WSS-PFP 모델)을 제안합니다. 및 수치 아날로그. 이 모델은 두 가지 메커니즘을 기반으로 합니다. 1) 원래 탁도류는 약하게 안정한 퇴적층의 불안정화를 촉발하고 연질 퇴적물의 불안정화 및 하류 방향으로의 이동을 촉진하고 2) 원래 탁도류가 협곡으로 이동할 때 형성되는 여기파가 불안정화로 이어진다. 하류 방향으로 약하게 안정한 퇴적물의 수송. 제안된 모델은 심해 퇴적, 오염 물질 이동 및 광 케이블 손상 연구를 위한 동적 프로세스 해석을 제공할 것입니다.
The long-distance movement of turbidity currents in submarine canyons can transport large amounts of sediment to deep-sea plains. Previous studies show obvious differences in the turbidity current velocities derived from the multiple cables damage events ranging from 5.9 to 28.0 m/s and those of field observations between 0.15 and 7.2 m/s. Therefore, questions remain regarding whether a turbid fluid in an undersea environment can flow through a submarine canyon for a long distance at a high speed. A new model based on weakly stable sediment is proposed (proposed failure propagation model for weakly stable sediments, WSS-PFP model for short) to explain the high-speed and long-range motion of turbidity currents in submarine canyons through the combination of laboratory tests and numerical analogs. The model is based on two mechanisms: 1) the original turbidity current triggers the destabilization of the weakly stable sediment bed and promotes the destabilization and transport of the soft sediment in the downstream direction and 2) the excitation wave that forms when the original turbidity current moves into the canyon leads to the destabilization and transport of the weakly stable sediment in the downstream direction. The proposed model will provide dynamic process interpretation for the study of deep-sea deposition, pollutant transport, and optical cable damage.
Keyword
turbidity current
excitation wave
dense basal layer
velocity
WSS-PFP model
References
Azpiroz-Zabala M, Cartigny M J B, Talling P J et al. 2017. Newly recognized turbidity current structure can explain prolonged flushing of submarine canyons. Science Advances, 3(10): e1700200, https://doi.org/10.1126/sciadv.1700200.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Bagnold R A. 1962. Auto-suspension of transported sediment; turbidity currents. Proceedings of the Royal Society A: Mathematical, Physical and Engineering Sciences, 265(1322): 315–319, https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.1962.0012.Google Scholar
Carter L, Milliman J D, Talling P J et al. 2012. Near-synchronous and delayed initiation of long run-out submarine sediment flows from a record-breaking river flood, offshore Taiwan. Geophysical Research Letters, 39(12): L12603, https://doi.org/10.1029/2012gl051172.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Cooper C, Wood J, Imran J et al. 2016. Designing for turbidity currents in the Congo Canyon. In: Offshore Technology Conference. OTC, Houston, TX. OTC-26919-MSp, https://doi.org/10.4043/26919-ms.Google Scholar
Gavey R, Carter L, Liu J T et al. 2017. Frequent sediment density flows during 2006 to 2015, triggered by competing seismic and weather events: observations from subsea cable breaks off southern Taiwan. Marine Geology, 384: 147–158, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.margeo.2016.06.001.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Nie X, Luo W D, Zhou J. 2017. Depositional characteristics of the Penghu submarine canyon in the northeastern South China Sea. Marine Geology Frontiers, 33(8): 18–23, https://doi.org/10.16028/j.1009-2722.2017.08003. (in Chinese with English abstract)Google Scholar
Paull C K, Caress D W, Ussler III B et al. 2011. High-resolution bathymetry of the axial channels within Monterey and Soquel submarine canyons, offshore central California. Geosphere, 7(5): 1077–1101, https://doi.org/10.1130/GES00636.1.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Piper D J W, Shor A N, Clarke J E H. 1988. The 1929 “Grand banks” earthquake, slump, and turbidity current. In: Clifton H E ed. Sedimentologic Consequences of Convulsive Geologic Events. Geological Society of America. p.77–92, https://doi.org/10.1130/SPE229-p77.
Shepard F P. 1954. High-velocity turbidity currents, a discussion. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Series A: Mathematical, Physical and Engineering Sciences, 222(1150): 323–326, https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.1954.0072.Google Scholar
Symons W Q, Sumner E J, Paull C K et al. 2017. A new model for turbidity current behavior based on integration of flow monitoring and precision coring in a submarine canyon. Geology, 45(4): 367–370, https://doi.org/10.1130/g38764.1.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Talling P J, Allin J, Armitage D A et al. 2015. Key future directions for research on turbidity currents and their deposits. Journal of Sedimentary Research, 85(2): 153–169, https://doi.org/10.2110/jsr.2015.03.ArticleGoogle Scholar
Wang Z W, Xu J P, Talling P J et al. 2020. Direct evidence of a high-concentration basal layer in a submarine turbidity current. Deep Sea Research Part I: Oceanographic Research Papers, 161: 103300, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dsr.2020.103300.ArticleGoogle Scholar
We thank Hanru WU from Ocean University of China for his help in thesis writing, and Hao TIAN and Chenxi WANG from Ocean University of China for their helps in the preparation of the experimental materials. Guohui XU is responsible for the development of the initial concept, processing of test data, and management of coauthor contributions to the paper; Yupeng REN for the experiment setup and drafting of the paper; Yi ZHANG and Xingbei XU for the simulation part of the experiment; Houjie WANG for writing guidance; Zhiyuan CHEN for the experiment setup.
Author information
Authors and Affiliations
Shandong Provincial Key Laboratory of Marine Environment and Geological Engineering, Qingdao, 266100, ChinaYupeng Ren, Yi Zhang, Guohui Xu, Xingbei Xu & Zhiyuan Chen
Shandong Provincial Key Laboratory of Marine Environment and Geological Engineering, Ocean University of China, Qingdao, 266100, ChinaYupeng Ren & Houjie Wang
Key Laboratory of Marine Environment and Ecology, Ocean University of China, Ministry of Education, Qingdao, 266100, ChinaYi Zhang, Guohui Xu, Xingbei Xu & Zhiyuan Chen
Supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China (Nos. 41976049, 41720104001) and the Taishan Scholar Project of Shandong Province (No. TS20190913), and the Fundamental Research Funds for the Central Universities (No. 202061028)
Data Availability Statement
The datasets generated and/or analyzed during the current study are available from the corresponding author upon reasonable request.
Ren, Y., Zhang, Y., Xu, G. et al. The failure propagation of weakly stable sediment: A reason for the formation of high-velocity turbidity currents in submarine canyons. J. Ocean. Limnol. (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00343-022-1285-0
316-L 스테인리스강의 레이저 분말 베드 융합 중 콜드 스패터 형성의 충실도 높은 수치 모델링
W.E. ALPHONSO1*, M. BAYAT1 and J.H. HATTEL1 *Corresponding author 1Technical University of Denmark (DTU), 2800, Kgs, Lyngby, Denmark
ABSTRACT
L-PBF(Laser Powder Bed Fusion)는 금속 적층 제조(MAM) 기술로, 기존 제조 공정에 비해 부품 설계 자유도, 조립품 통합, 부품 맞춤화 및 낮은 툴링 비용과 같은 여러 이점을 산업에 제공합니다.
전기 코일 및 열 관리 장치는 일반적으로 높은 전기 및 열 전도성 특성으로 인해 순수 구리로 제조됩니다. 따라서 순동의 L-PBF가 가능하다면 기하학적으로 최적화된 방열판과 자유형 전자코일을 제작할 수 있습니다.
그러나 L-PBF로 조밀한 순동 부품을 생산하는 것은 적외선에 대한 낮은 광 흡수율과 높은 열전도율로 인해 어렵습니다. 기존의 L-PBF 시스템에서 조밀한 구리 부품을 생산하려면 적외선 레이저의 출력을 500W 이상으로 높이거나 구리의 광흡수율이 높은 녹색 레이저를 사용해야 합니다.
적외선 레이저 출력을 높이면 후면 반사로 인해 레이저 시스템의 광학 구성 요소가 손상되고 렌즈의 열 광학 현상으로 인해 공정이 불안정해질 수 있습니다. 이 작업에서 FVM(Finite Volume Method)에 기반한 다중 물리학 중간 규모 수치 모델은 Flow-3D에서 개발되어 용융 풀 역학과 궁극적으로 부품 품질을 제어하는 물리적 현상 상호 작용을 조사합니다.
녹색 레이저 열원과 적외선 레이저 열원은 기판 위의 순수 구리 분말 베드에 단일 트랙 증착을 생성하기 위해 개별적으로 사용됩니다.
용융 풀 역학에 대한 레이저 열원의 유사하지 않은 광학 흡수 특성의 영향이 탐구됩니다. 수치 모델을 검증하기 위해 단일 트랙이 구리 분말 베드에 증착되고 시뮬레이션된 용융 풀 모양과 크기가 비교되는 실험이 수행되었습니다.
녹색 레이저는 광흡수율이 높아 전도 및 키홀 모드 용융이 가능하고 적외선 레이저는 흡수율이 낮아 키홀 모드 용융만 가능하다. 레이저 파장에 대한 용융 모드의 변화는 궁극적으로 기계적, 전기적 및 열적 특성에 영향을 미치는 열 구배 및 냉각 속도에 대한 결과를 가져옵니다.
Laser Powder Bed Fusion (L-PBF) is a Metal Additive Manufacturing (MAM) technology which offers several advantages to industries such as part design freedom, consolidation of assemblies, part customization and low tooling cost over conventional manufacturing processes. Electric coils and thermal management devices are generally manufactured from pure copper due to its high electrical and thermal conductivity properties. Therefore, if L-PBF of pure copper is feasible, geometrically optimized heat sinks and free-form electromagnetic coils can be manufactured. However, producing dense pure copper parts by L-PBF is difficult due to low optical absorptivity to infrared radiation and high thermal conductivity. To produce dense copper parts in a conventional L-PBF system either the power of the infrared laser must be increased above 500W, or a green laser should be used for which copper has a high optical absorptivity. Increasing the infrared laser power can damage the optical components of the laser systems due to back reflections and create instabilities in the process due to thermal-optical phenomenon of the lenses. In this work, a multi-physics meso-scale numerical model based on Finite Volume Method (FVM) is developed in Flow-3D to investigate the physical phenomena interaction which governs the melt pool dynamics and ultimately the part quality. A green laser heat source and an infrared laser heat source are used individually to create single track deposition on pure copper powder bed above a substrate. The effect of the dissimilar optical absorptivity property of laser heat sources on the melt pool dynamics is explored. To validate the numerical model, experiments were conducted wherein single tracks are deposited on a copper powder bed and the simulated melt pool shape and size are compared. As the green laser has a high optical absorptivity, a conduction and keyhole mode melting is possible while for the infrared laser only keyhole mode melting is possible due to low absorptivity. The variation in melting modes with respect to the laser wavelength has an outcome on thermal gradient and cooling rates which ultimately affect the mechanical, electrical, and thermal properties.
Keywords
Pure Copper, Laser Powder Bed Fusion, Finite Volume Method, multi-physics
Fig. 1 Multi-physics phenomena in the laser-material interaction zoneFig. 2 Framework for single laser track simulation model including powder bed and substrate (a)
computational domain with boundaries (b) discretization of the domain with uniform quad mesh.Fig. 3 2D melt pool contours from the numerical model compared to experiments [16] for (a) VED =
65 J/mm3
at 7 mm from the beginning of the single track (b) VED = 103 J/mm3
at 3 mm from the
beginning of the single track (c) VED = 103 J/mm3
at 7 mm from the beginning of the single track. In
the 2D contour, the non-melted region is indicated in blue, and the melted region is indicated by red and
green when the VED is 65 J/mm3
and 103 J/mm3
respectively.Fig. 4 3D temperature contour plots of during single track L-PBF process at time1.8 µs when (a) VED
= 65 J/mm3 (b) VED = 103 J/mm3 along with 2D melt pool contours at 5 mm from the laser initial
position. In the 2D contour, the non-melted region is indicated in blue, and the melted region is indicated
by red and green when the VED is 65 J/mm3
and 103 J/mm3
respectively.
References
[1] L. Jyothish Kumar, P. M. Pandey, and D. I. Wimpenny, 3D printing and additive manufacturing technologies. Springer Singapore, 2018. doi: 10.1007/978-981-13-0305-0. [2] T. DebRoy et al., “Additive manufacturing of metallic components – Process, structure and properties,” Progress in Materials Science, vol. 92, pp. 112–224, 2018, doi: 10.1016/j.pmatsci.2017.10.001. [3] C. S. Lefky, B. Zucker, D. Wright, A. R. Nassar, T. W. Simpson, and O. J. Hildreth, “Dissolvable Supports in Powder Bed Fusion-Printed Stainless Steel,” 3D Printing and Additive Manufacturing, vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 3–11, 2017, doi: 10.1089/3dp.2016.0043. [4] J. L. Bartlett and X. Li, “An overview of residual stresses in metal powder bed fusion,” Additive Manufacturing, vol. 27, no. January, pp. 131–149, 2019, doi: 10.1016/j.addma.2019.02.020. [5] I. H. Ahn, “Determination of a process window with consideration of effective layer thickness in SLM process,” International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology, vol. 105, no. 10, pp. 4181–4191, 2019, doi: 10.1007/s00170-019-04402-w.
[6] R. McCann et al., “In-situ sensing, process monitoring and machine control in Laser Powder Bed Fusion: A review,” Additive Manufacturing, vol. 45, no. May, 2021, doi: 10.1016/j.addma.2021.102058. [7] M. Bayat et al., “Keyhole-induced porosities in Laser-based Powder Bed Fusion (L-PBF) of Ti6Al4V: High-fidelity modelling and experimental validation,” Additive Manufacturing, vol. 30, no. August, p. 100835, 2019, doi: 10.1016/j.addma.2019.100835. [8] M. Bayat, S. Mohanty, and J. H. Hattel, “Multiphysics modelling of lack-of-fusion voids formation and evolution in IN718 made by multi-track/multi-layer L-PBF,” International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, vol. 139, pp. 95–114, 2019, doi: 10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.05.003. [9] S. D. Jadhav, L. R. Goossens, Y. Kinds, B. van Hooreweder, and K. Vanmeensel, “Laserbased powder bed fusion additive manufacturing of pure copper,” Additive Manufacturing, vol. 42, no. March, 2021, doi: 10.1016/j.addma.2021.101990. [10] S. D. Jadhav, S. Dadbakhsh, L. Goossens, J. P. Kruth, J. van Humbeeck, and K. Vanmeensel, “Influence of selective laser melting process parameters on texture evolution in pure copper,” Journal of Materials Processing Technology, vol. 270, no. January, pp. 47–58, 2019, doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2019.02.022. [11] H. Siva Prasad, F. Brueckner, J. Volpp, and A. F. H. Kaplan, “Laser metal deposition of copper on diverse metals using green laser sources,” International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology, vol. 107, no. 3–4, pp. 1559–1568, 2020, doi: 10.1007/s00170- 020-05117-z. [12] L. R. Goossens, Y. Kinds, J. P. Kruth, and B. van Hooreweder, “On the influence of thermal lensing during selective laser melting,” Solid Freeform Fabrication 2018: Proceedings of the 29th Annual International Solid Freeform Fabrication Symposium – An Additive Manufacturing Conference, SFF 2018, no. December, pp. 2267–2274, 2020. [13] M. Bayat, V. K. Nadimpalli, D. B. Pedersen, and J. H. Hattel, “A fundamental investigation of thermo-capillarity in laser powder bed fusion of metals and alloys,” International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, vol. 166, p. 120766, 2021, doi: 10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2020.120766. [14] H. Chen, Q. Wei, Y. Zhang, F. Chen, Y. Shi, and W. Yan, “Powder-spreading mechanisms in powder-bed-based additive manufacturing: Experiments and computational modeling,” Acta Materialia, vol. 179, pp. 158–171, 2019, doi: 10.1016/j.actamat.2019.08.030. [15] S. K. Nayak, S. K. Mishra, C. P. Paul, A. N. Jinoop, and K. S. Bindra, “Effect of energy density on laser powder bed fusion built single tracks and thin wall structures with 100 µm preplaced powder layer thickness,” Optics and Laser Technology, vol. 125, May 2020, doi: 10.1016/j.optlastec.2019.106016. [16] G. Nordet et al., “Absorptivity measurements during laser powder bed fusion of pure copper with a 1 kW cw green laser,” Optics & Laser Technology, vol. 147, no. April 2021, p. 107612, 2022, doi: 10.1016/j.optlastec.2021.107612. [17] M. Hummel, C. Schöler, A. Häusler, A. Gillner, and R. Poprawe, “New approaches on laser micro welding of copper by using a laser beam source with a wavelength of 450 nm,” Journal of Advanced Joining Processes, vol. 1, no. February, p. 100012, 2020, doi: 10.1016/j.jajp.2020.100012. [18] M. Hummel, M. Külkens, C. Schöler, W. Schulz, and A. Gillner, “In situ X-ray tomography investigations on laser welding of copper with 515 and 1030 nm laser beam sources,” Journal of Manufacturing Processes, vol. 67, no. April, pp. 170–176, 2021, doi: 10.1016/j.jmapro.2021.04.063. [19] L. Gargalis et al., “Determining processing behaviour of pure Cu in laser powder bed fusion using direct micro-calorimetry,” Journal of Materials Processing Technology, vol. 294, no. March, p. 117130, 2021, doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2021.117130. [20] A. Mondal, D. Agrawal, and A. Upadhyaya, “Microwave heating of pure copper powder with varying particle size and porosity,” Journal of Microwave Power and Electromagnetic Energy, vol. 43, no. 1, pp. 4315–43110, 2009, doi: 10.1080/08327823.2008.11688599.
•The limitation of increasing the rotational speed in decreasing powder size was clarified.
•Cooling and disturbance effects varied with the gas flowing rate.
•Inclined angle of the residual electrode end face affected powder formation.
•Additional cooling gas flowing could be applied to control powder size.
Abstract
The plasma rotating electrode process (PREP) is rapidly becoming an important powder fabrication method in additive manufacturing. However, the low production rate of fine PREP powder limits the development of PREP. Herein, we investigated different factors affecting powder formation during PREP by combining experimental methods and numerical simulations. The limitation of increasing the rotation electrode speed in decreasing powder size is attributed to the increased probability of adjacent droplets recombining and the decreased tendency of granulation. The effects of additional Ar/He gas flowing on the rotational electrode on powder formation is determined through the cooling effect, the disturbance effect, and the inclined effect of the residual electrode end face simultaneously. A smaller-sized powder was obtained in the He atmosphere owing to the larger inclined angle of the residual electrode end face compared to the Ar atmosphere. Our research highlights the route for the fabrication of smaller-sized powders using PREP.
플라즈마 회전 전극 공정(PREP)은 적층 제조 에서 중요한 분말 제조 방법으로 빠르게 자리잡고 있습니다. 그러나 미세한 PREP 분말의 낮은 생산율은 PREP의 개발을 제한합니다. 여기에서 우리는 실험 방법과 수치 시뮬레이션을 결합하여 PREP 동안 분말 형성에 영향을 미치는 다양한 요인을 조사했습니다. 분말 크기 감소에서 회전 전극 속도 증가의 한계는 인접한 액적 재결합 확률 증가 및 과립화 경향 감소에 기인합니다.. 회전 전극에 흐르는 추가 Ar/He 가스가 분말 형성에 미치는 영향은 냉각 효과, 외란 효과 및 잔류 전극 단면의 경사 효과를 통해 동시에 결정됩니다. He 분위기에서는 Ar 분위기에 비해 잔류 전극 단면의 경사각이 크기 때문에 더 작은 크기의 분말이 얻어졌다. 우리의 연구는 PREP를 사용하여 더 작은 크기의 분말을 제조하는 경로를 강조합니다.
Keywords
Plasma rotating electrode process
Ti-6Al-4 V alloy, Rotating speed, Numerical simulation, Gas flowing, Powder size
Introduction
With the development of additive manufacturing, there has been a significant increase in high-quality powder production demand [1,2]. The initial powder characteristics are closely related to the uniform powder spreading [3,4], packing density [5], and layer thickness observed during additive manufacturing [6], thus determining the mechanical properties of the additive manufactured parts [7,8]. Gas atomization (GA) [9–11], centrifugal atomization (CA) [12–15], and the plasma rotating electrode process (PREP) are three important powder fabrication methods.
Currently, GA is the dominant powder fabrication method used in additive manufacturing [16] for the fabrication of a wide range of alloys [11]. GA produces powders by impinging a liquid metal stream to droplets through a high-speed gas flow of nitrogen, argon, or helium. With relatively low energy consumption and a high fraction of fine powders, GA has become the most popular powder manufacturing technology for AM.
The entrapped gas pores are generally formed in the powder after solidification during GA, in which the molten metal is impacted by a high-speed atomization gas jet. In addition, satellites are formed in GA powder when fine particles adhere to partially molten particles.
The gas pores of GA powder result in porosity generation in the additive manufactured parts, which in turn deteriorates its mechanical properties because pores can become crack initiation sites [17]. In CA, a molten metal stream is poured directly onto an atomizer disc spinning at a high rotational speed. A thin film is formed on the surface of the disc, which breaks into small droplets due to the centrifugal force. Metal powder is obtained when these droplets solidify.
Compared with GA powder, CA powder exhibits higher sphericity, lower impurity content, fewer satellites, and narrower particle size distribution [12]. However, very high speed is required to obtain fine powder by CA. In PREP, the molten metal, melted using the plasma arc, is ejected from the rotating rod through centrifugal force. Compared with GA powder, PREP-produced powders also have higher sphericity and fewer pores and satellites [18].
For instance, PREP-fabricated Ti6Al-4 V alloy powder with a powder size below 150 μm exhibits lower porosity than gas-atomized powder [19], which decreases the porosity of additive manufactured parts. Furthermore, the process window during electron beam melting was broadened using PREP powder compared to GA powder in Inconel 718 alloy [20] owing to the higher sphericity of the PREP powder.
In summary, PREP powder exhibits many advantages and is highly recommended for powder-based additive manufacturing and direct energy deposition-type additive manufacturing. However, the low production rate of fine PREP powder limits the widespread application of PREP powder in additive manufacturing.
Although increasing the rotating speed is an effective method to decrease the powder size [21,22], the reduction in powder size becomes smaller with the increased rotating speed [23]. The occurrence of limiting effects has not been fully clarified yet.
Moreover, the powder size can be decreased by increasing the rotating electrode diameter [24]. However, these methods are quite demanding for the PREP equipment. For instance, it is costly to revise the PREP equipment to meet the demand of further increasing the rotating speed or electrode diameter.
Accordingly, more feasible methods should be developed to further decrease the PREP powder size. Another factor that influences powder formation is the melting rate [25]. It has been reported that increasing the melting rate decreases the powder size of Inconel 718 alloy [26].
In contrast, the powder size of SUS316 alloy was decreased by decreasing the plasma current within certain ranges. This was ascribed to the formation of larger-sized droplets from fluid strips with increased thickness and spatial density at higher plasma currents [27]. The powder size of NiTi alloy also decreases at lower melting rates [28]. Consequently, altering the melting rate, varied with the plasma current, is expected to regulate the PREP powder size.
Furthermore, gas flowing has a significant influence on powder formation [27,29–31]. On one hand, the disturbance effect of gas flowing promotes fluid granulation, which in turn contributes to the formation of smaller-sized powder [27]. On the other hand, the cooling effect of gas flowing facilitates the formation of large-sized powder due to increased viscosity and surface tension. However, there is a lack of systematic research on the effect of different gas flowing on powder formation during PREP.
Herein, the authors systematically studied the effects of rotating speed, electrode diameter, plasma current, and gas flowing on the formation of Ti-6Al-4 V alloy powder during PREP as additive manufactured Ti-6Al-4 V alloy exhibits great application potential [32]. Numerical simulations were conducted to explain why increasing the rotating speed is not effective in decreasing powder size when the rotation speed reaches a certain level. In addition, the different factors incited by the Ar/He gas flowing on powder formation were clarified.
Fig. 1. Schematic figure showing the PREP with additional gas flowing on the end face of electrode.
References
[1] W. Ding, G. Chen, M. Qin, Y. He, X. Qu, Low-cost Ti powders for additive manufacturing treated by fluidized bed, Powder Technol. 350 (2019) 117–122, https://doi.org/ 10.1016/j.powtec.2019.03.042. [2] W.S.W. Harun, M.S.I.N. Kamariah, N. Muhamad, S.A.C. Ghani, F. Ahmad, Z. Mohamed, A review of powder additive manufacturing processes for metallic biomaterials, Powder Technol. 327 (2018) 128–151, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2017.12. 058. [3] M. Ahmed, M. Pasha, W. Nan, M. Ghadiri, A simple method for assessing powder spreadability for additive manufacturing, Powder Technol. 367 (2020) 671–679, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2020.04.033. [4] W. Nan, M. Pasha, M. Ghadiri, Numerical simulation of particle flow and segregation during roller spreading process in additive manufacturing, Powder Technol. 364 (2020) 811–821, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2019.12.023. [5] A. Averardi, C. Cola, S.E. Zeltmann, N. Gupta, Effect of particle size distribution on the packing of powder beds : a critical discussion relevant to additive manufacturing, Mater. Today Commun. 24 (2020) 100964, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mtcomm. 2020.100964. [6] K. Riener, N. Albrecht, S. Ziegelmeier, R. Ramakrishnan, L. Haferkamp, A.B. Spierings, G.J. Leichtfried, Influence of particle size distribution and morphology on the properties of the powder feedstock as well as of AlSi10Mg parts produced by laser powder bed fusion (LPBF), Addit. Manuf. 34 (2020) 101286, https://doi.org/10.1016/j. addma.2020.101286. [7] W.S.W. Harun, N.S. Manam, M.S.I.N. Kamariah, S. Sharif, A.H. Zulkifly, I. Ahmad, H. Miura, A review of powdered additive manufacturing techniques for Ti-6Al-4V biomedical applications, Powder Technol. 331 (2018) 74–97, https://doi.org/10.1016/j. powtec.2018.03.010. [8] A.T. Sutton, C.S. Kriewall, M.C. Leu, J.W. Newkirk, Powder characterisation techniques and effects of powder characteristics on part properties in powder-bed fusion processes, Virtual Phys. Prototyp. 12 (2017) (2017) 3–29, https://doi.org/10. 1080/17452759.2016.1250605. [9] G. Chen, Q. Zhou, S.Y. Zhao, J.O. Yin, P. Tan, Z.F. Li, Y. Ge, J. Wang, H.P. Tang, A pore morphological study of gas-atomized Ti-6Al-4V powders by scanning electron microscopy and synchrotron X-ray computed tomography, Powder Technol. 330 (2018) 425–430, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2018.02.053. [10] Y. Feng, T. Qiu, Preparation, characterization and microwave absorbing properties of FeNi alloy prepared by gas atomization method, J. Alloys Compd. 513 (2012) 455–459, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jallcom.2011.10.079.
[11] I.E. Anderson, R.L. Terpstra, Progress toward gas atomization processing with increased uniformity and control, Mater. Sci. Eng. A 326 (2002) 101–109, https:// doi.org/10.1016/S0921-5093(01)01427-7. [12] P. Phairote, T. Plookphol, S. Wisutmethangoon, Design and development of a centrifugal atomizer for producing zinc metal powder, Int. J. Appl. Phys. Math. 2 (2012) 77–82, https://doi.org/10.7763/IJAPM.2012.V2.58. [13] L. Tian, I. Anderson, T. Riedemann, A. Russell, Production of fine calcium powders by centrifugal atomization with rotating quench bath, Powder Technol. 308 (2017) 84–93, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2016.12.011. [14] M. Eslamian, J. Rak, N. Ashgriz, Preparation of aluminum/silicon carbide metal matrix composites using centrifugal atomization, Powder Technol. 184 (2008) 11–20, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2007.07.045. [15] T. Plookphol, S. Wisutmethangoon, S. Gonsrang, Influence of process parameters on SAC305 lead-free solder powder produced by centrifugal atomization, Powder Technol. 214 (2011) 506–512, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2011.09.015. [16] M.Z. Gao, B. Ludwig, T.A. Palmer, Impact of atomization gas on characteristics of austenitic stainless steel powder feedstocks for additive manufacturing, Powder Technol. 383 (2021) 30–42, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2020.12.005. [17] X. Shui, K. Yamanaka, M. Mori, Y. Nagata, A. Chiba, Effects of post-processing on cyclic fatigue response of a titanium alloy additively manufactured by electron beam melting, Mater. Sci. Eng. A 680 (2017) 239–248, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.msea. 2016.10.059. [18] C. Wang, X.H. Zhao, Y.C. Ma, Q.X. Wang, Y.J. Lai, S.J. Liang, Study of the spherical HoCu powders prepared by supreme-speed plasma rotating electrode process, Powder Metallurgy Technology 38 (3) (2020) 227–233, https://doi.org/10.19591/ j.cnki.cn11-1974/tf.2020.03.011 (in Chinese). [19] G. Chen, S.Y. Zhao, P. Tan, J. Wang, C.S. Xiang, H.P. Tang, A comparative study of Ti6Al-4V powders for additive manufacturing by gas atomization, plasma rotating electrode process and plasma atomization, Powder Technol. 333 (2018) 38–46, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2018.04.013. [20] Y. Zhao, K. Aoyagi, Y. Daino, K. Yamanaka, A. Chiba, Significance of powder feedstock characteristics in defect suppression of additively manufactured Inconel 718, Addit. Manuf. 34 (2020) 101277, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2020.101277. [21] Y. Nie, J. Tang, B. Yang, Q. Lei, S. Yu, Y. Li, Comparison in characteristic and atomization behavior of metallic powders produced by plasma rotating electrode process, Adv. Powder Technol. 31 (2020) 2152–2160, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apt.2020.03. 006. [22] Y. Cui, Y. Zhao, H. Numata, H. Bian, K. Wako, K. Yamanaka, K. Aoyagi, C. Zhang, A. Chiba, Effects of plasma rotating electrode process parameters on the particle size distribution and microstructure of Ti-6Al-4 V alloy powder, Powder Technol 376 (2020) 363–372, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2020.08.027. [23] J. Tang, Y. Nie, Q. Lei, Y. Li, Characteristics and atomization behavior of Ti-6Al-4V powder produced by plasma rotating electrode process Adv, Powder Technol. 10 (2019) 2330–2337, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apt.2019.07.015. [24] M. Zdujić, D. Uskoković, Production of atomized metal and alloy powders by the rotating electrode process, Sov. Powder Metall. Met. Ceram. 29 (1990) 673–683, https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00795571. [25] L. Zhang, Y. Zhao, Particle size distribution of tin powder produced by centrifugal atomisation using rotating cups, Powder Technol. 318 (2017) 62–67, https://doi. org/10.1016/j.powtec.2017.05.038. [26] Y. Liu, S. Liang, Z. Han, J. Song, Q. Wang, A novel model of calculating particle sizes in plasma rotating electrode process for superalloys, Powder Technol. 336 (2018) 406–414, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2018.06.002. [27] Y. Zhao, Y. Cui, H. Numata, H. Bian, K. Wako, K. Yamanaka, Centrifugal granulation behavior in metallic powder fabrication by plasma rotating electrode process, Sci. Rep. (2020) 1–15, https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-020-75503-w. [28] T. Hsu, C. Wei, L. Wu, Y. Li, A. Chiba, M. Tsai, Nitinol powders generate from plasma rotation electrode process provide clean powder for biomedical devices used with suitable size, spheroid surface and pure composition, Sci. Rep. 8 (2018) 1–8, https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-018-32101-1. [29] M. Wei, S. Chen, M. Sun, J. Liang, C. Liu, M. Wang, Atomization simulation and preparation of 24CrNiMoY alloy steel powder using VIGA technology at high gas pressure, Powder Technol. 367 (2020) 724–739, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec. 2020.04.030. [30] Y. Tan, X. Zhu, X.Y. He, B. Ding, H. Wang, Q. Liao, H. Li, Granulation characteristics of molten blast furnace slag by hybrid centrifugal-air blast technique, Powder Technol. 323 (2018) 176–185, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2017.09.040. [31] P. Xu, D.H. Liu, J. Hu, G.Y. Lin, Synthesis of Ni-Ti composite powder by radio frequency plasma spheroidization process, Nonferrous Metals Science and Engineering 39 (1) (2020) 67–71 , (in Chinese) 10.13264/j.cnki.ysjskx.2020.01.011. [32] H. Mehboob, F. Tarlochan, A. Mehboob, S.H. Chang, S. Ramesh, W.S.W. Harun, K. Kadirgama, A novel design, analysis and 3D printing of Ti-6Al-4V alloy bioinspired porous femoral stem, J. Mater. Sci. Mater. Med. 31 (2020) 78, https://doi. org/10.1007/s10856-020-06420-7. [33] FLOW-3D® Version 11.2 [Computer software]. , Flow Science, Inc., Santa Fe, NM, 2017https://www.flow3d.com. [34] M. Boivineau, C. Cagran, D. Doytier, V. Eyraud, M.H. Nadal, B. Wilthan, G. Pottlacher, Thermophysical properties of solid and liquid Ti-6Al-4V (TA6V) alloy, Int. J. Thermophys. 27 (2006) 507–529, https://doi.org/10.1007/PL00021868. [35] J. Liu, Q. Qin, Q. Yu, The effect of size distribution of slag particles obtained in dry granulation on blast furnace slag cement strength, Powder Technol. 362 (2020) 32–36, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2019.11.115. [36] M. Tanaka, S. Tashiro, A study of thermal pinch effect of welding arcs, J. Japan Weld. Soc. 25 (2007) 336–342, https://doi.org/10.2207/qjjws.25.336 (in Japanese). [37] T. Kamiya, A. Kayano, Disintegration of viscous fluid in the ligament state purged from a rotating disk, J. Chem. Eng. JAPAN. 4 (1971) 364–369, https://doi.org/10. 1252/jcej.4.364. [38] T. Kamiya, An analysis of the ligament-type disintegration of thin liquid film at the edge of a rotating disk, J. Chem. Eng. Japan. 5 (1972) 391–396, https://doi.org/10. 1252/jcej.5.391. [39] J. Burns, C. Ramshaw, R. Jachuck, Measurement of liquid film thickness and the determination of spin-up radius on a rotating disc using an electrical resistance technique, Chem. Eng. Sci. 58 (2003) 2245–2253, https://doi.org/10.1016/S0009-2509 (03)00091-5. [40] J. Rauscher, R. Kelly, J. Cole, An asymptotic solution for the laminar flow of a thin film on a rotating disk, J. Appl. Mech. Trans. ASME 40 (1973) 43–47, https://doi.org/10. 1115/1.3422970
CFD Simulation of an exhaust system in chainsaw cutting test room
Área de Concentração: Energia e Fenômenos de Transporte Orientador: Prof. Diogo Elias da Vinha Andrade Comissão de Avaliação: Profa . Letícia Jenisch Rodrigues Prof. Francis Henrique Ramos França Prof. Paulo Smith Schneider
Abstract
The objective of the present work is to improve an exhaust system for a chain saw cutting test room through a fluid dynamic computational simulation (CFD). The purpose of the designed system is to remove combustion gases, such as carbon monoxide (CO), which is extremely toxic, colourless and inodorous. The current system consists of a set of exhaust fans, a hood and an insufflation set. From experimental tests, the input data of the simulation were collected to define the variables and boundary conditions such as volumetric flow of CO, its temperature and density and the supply of fresh air in the room. The necessary means of instrumentation are presented so that it is possible to obtain the correlation with the results of the simulation and, once validated, a study of mesh refinement was carried out. With this, the possible solutions to the problem are evaluated through a case study involving the geometry of the hood and the exhaust and insufflation systems. By changing the hood geometry, the most satisfactory result was obtained for the problem, as it was shown to be able to remove all CO from the room, respecting the proposed operational limits.
현재 연구의 목적은 유체 역학 계산 시뮬레이션(CFD)을 통해 체인 톱 절단 시험실의 배기 시스템을 개선하는 것입니다. 설계된 시스템의 목적은 매우 유독하고 무색이며 냄새가 나는 일산화탄소(CO)와 같은 연소 가스를 제거하는 것입니다. 현재 시스템은 배기 팬 세트, 후드 및 흡입 세트로 구성됩니다. 실험 테스트에서 시뮬레이션의 입력 데이터는 CO의 체적 유량, 온도 및 밀도, 실내의 신선한 공기 공급과 같은 변수 및 경계 조건을 정의하기 위해 수집되었습니다. 시뮬레이션 결과와의 상관관계를 얻을 수 있도록 필요한 계측 수단을 제시하고 검증 후 메쉬 미세화 연구를 수행했습니다. 이를 통해 후드의 기하학적 구조와 배기 및 흡입 시스템과 관련된 사례 연구를 통해 문제에 대한 가능한 솔루션을 평가합니다. 후드 형상을 변경함으로써 제안된 작동 한계를 준수하면서 실내에서 모든 CO를 제거할 수 있는 것으로 나타났기 때문에 문제에 대해 가장 만족스러운 결과를 얻었습니다.
Keywords
carbon monoxide, exhaust system, CFD simulation.
Figura 3.2 – Geometria simplificada da sala de testes da primeira versão.Figura 3.4 – Velocidade nos sensores de velocidade para verificar independência de malha
para cada refino após 20 s do acionamento da motosserra.Figura 3.4 – Velocidade nos sensores de velocidade para verificar independência de malha
para cada refino após 20 s do acionamento da motosserra.Figura 3.5 – Vista em detalhe da coifa e os elementos que a compõe.Figura 3.6 – Geometrias das versões simuladas do Teste de Casos.Figura 4.1 – Concentração de CO medida pelos sensores da simulação.Figura 4.2 – Plano indicando os três cortes realizados na simulação para as superfícies de
contorno sendo (1) a altura do escape da máquina, (2) a altura dos detectores de CO e (3) a
altura dos exaustoresFigura 4.3 – Superfície de contorno de velocidades a 1,3 m do piso após 20 s de
acionamento da motosserra.Figura 4.4 – Superfície de contorno de velocidades a 1,5 m do piso após 20 s de
acionamento da motosserra.Figura 4.5 – Superfície de contorno de velocidades a 3,9 m do piso após 20 s de
acionamento da motosserra.Figura 4.6 – Superfície de contorno de massas específicas a 1,3 m do piso após 20 s de
acionamento da motosserra.Figura 4.7 – Superfície de contorno de massas específicas a 1,5 m do piso após 20 s de
acionamento da motosserra.Figura 4.8 – Superfície de contorno de massas específicas a 3,9 m do piso após 20 s de
acionamento da motosserra.Figura 4.9 – Volume total de monóxido ao longo do tempo na sala.Figura 4.9 – Vazão volumétrica de CO ao longo do tempo através da superfície de
controle. As linhas contínuas representam curvas de ajuste aos dados simulados.
REFERENCIAS
CROWL, Daniel A.; LOUVAR, Joseph F. Chemical process safety: fundamentals with applications. Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2001. BURNETT, J.; CHAN, M. Y. Criteria for air quality in enclosed car parks. Em: Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers-Transport. Thomas Telford-ICE Virtual Library, 1997. Disponível em: < http://www.icevirtuallibrary.com/doi/10.1680/itran.1997.29379> SITTISAK, P.; CHARINPANITKUL T.; CHALERMSINSUWAN, B. Enhancement of carbon monoxide removal in an underground car park using ventilation system with single and twin jet fans. Em: Tunnelling and Underground Space Technology. Volume 97, 2020. VERSTEEG, H.K.; MALALASEKERA, W. Computational Fluid Dynamics: The Finite Volume Method. Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2007. BULIŃSKA, A.; POPIOŁEK, Z.; BULIŃSKI, Z.; Experimentally validated CFD analysis on sampling region determination of average indoor carbon dioxide concentration in occupied space. Em: Building and Environment. Volume 72, 2014. KARIMI, H.; RIAZI, B.; MOHHAMMADI, M. Application of Computational Fluid Dynamics in the Simulation of Carbon Monoxide Distribution, a Case Study: Sayad Underground Tunnel in Tehran. Disponível em: YAKHOT, V.; ORSZAG, S. Renormalization group analysis of turbulence. I. Basic theory. Journal of scientific computing, v. 1, n. 1, p. 3-51, 1986. VAN HOOFF, T.; BLOCKEN, B. CFD evaluation of natural ventilation of indoor environments by the concentration decay method: CO2 gas dispersion from a semi-enclosed stadium. Building and Environment, v. 61, p. 1-17, 2013. Disponível em: < https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0360132312003216> YANG, L., YE, M., HE, B. CFD simulation research on residential indoor air quality. Em Science of The Total Environment. Volume 472, 2014. Disponível em: < https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0048969713014228> Flow-3D. Flow-3D User’s Guide. Versão 12, 2020. LAUNDER, B. E. e SPALDING, D. B. The numerical computation of turbulent flows. Em Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering, vol. 3, 1974. pp. 269-289 MALISKA, Clovis R. Transferência de Calor e Mecânica dos Fluidos Computacional: fundamentos e coordenadas generalizadas. Segunda Edição. Rio de Janeiro, LTC, 2004. ROACHE, P. J. Perspective: A Method for Uniform Reporting of Grid Refinement Studies, Journal of Fluids Engineering, Vol. 116, 1994; 405-413.
Investigating the breach outflow hydrograph is an essential task to conduct mitigation plans and flood warnings. In the present study, the spatial dam breach is simulated by using a three-dimensional computational fluid dynamics model, FLOW-3D. The model parameters were adjusted by making a comparison with a previous experimental model. The different parameters (initial breach shape, dimensions, location, and dam slopes) are studied to investigate their effects on dam breaching. The results indicate that these parameters have a significant impact. The maximum erosion rate and peak outflow for the rectangular shape are higher than those for the V-notch by 8.85% and 5%, respectively. Increasing breach width or decreasing depth by 5% leads to increasing maximum erosion rate by 11% and 15%, respectively. Increasing the downstream slope angle by 4° leads to an increase in both peak outflow and maximum erosion rate by 2.0% and 6.0%, respectively.
유출 유출 수문곡선을 조사하는 것은 완화 계획 및 홍수 경보를 수행하는 데 필수적인 작업입니다. 본 연구에서는 3차원 전산유체역학 모델인 FLOW-3D를 사용하여 공간 댐 붕괴를 시뮬레이션합니다. 이전 실험 모델과 비교하여 모델 매개변수를 조정했습니다.
다양한 매개변수(초기 붕괴 형태, 치수, 위치 및 댐 경사)가 댐 붕괴에 미치는 영향을 조사하기 위해 연구됩니다. 결과는 이러한 매개변수가 상당한 영향을 미친다는 것을 나타냅니다. 직사각형 형태의 최대 침식율과 최대 유출량은 V-notch보다 각각 8.85%, 5% 높게 나타났습니다.
위반 폭을 늘리거나 깊이를 5% 줄이면 최대 침식률이 각각 11% 및 15% 증가합니다. 하류 경사각을 4° 증가시키면 최대 유출량과 최대 침식률이 각각 2.0% 및 6.0% 증가합니다.
Keywords
Spatial dam breach; FLOW-3D; Overtopping erosion; Computational fluid dynamics (CFD)
1. Introduction
There are many purposes for dam construction, such as protection from flood disasters, water storage, and power generation. Embankment failures may have a catastrophic impact on lives and infrastructure in the downstream regions. One of the most common causes of embankment dam failure is overtopping. Once the overtopping of the dam begins, the breach formation will start in the dam body then end with the dam failure. This failure occurs within a very short time, which threatens to be very dangerous. Therefore, understanding and modeling the embankment breaching processes is essential for conducting mitigation plans, flood warnings, and forecasting flood damage.
The analysis of the dam breaching process is implemented by different techniques: comparative methods, empirical models with dimensional and dimensionless solutions, physical-based models, and parametric models. These models were described in detail [1]. Parametric modeling is commonly used to simulate breach growth as a time-dependent linear process and calculate outflow discharge from the breach using hydraulics principles [2]. Alhasan et al. [3] presented a simple one-dimensional mathematical model and a computer code to simulate the dam breaching process. These models were validated by small dams breaching during the floods in 2002 in the Czech Republic. Fread [4] developed an erosion model (BREACH) based on hydraulics principles, sediment transport, and soil mechanics to estimate breach size, time of formation, and outflow discharge. Říha et al. [5] investigated the dam break process for a cascade of small dams using a simple parametric model for piping and overtopping erosion, as well as a 2D shallow-water flow model for the flood in downstream areas. Goodarzi et al. [6] implemented mathematical and statistical methods to assess the effect of inflows and wind speeds on the dam’s overtopping failure.
Dam breaching studies can be divided into two main modes of erosion. The first mode is called “planar dam breach” where the flow overtops the whole dam width. While the second mode is called “spatial dam breach” where the flow overtops through the initial pilot channel (i.e., a channel created in the dam body). Therefore, the erosion will be in both vertical and horizontal directions [7].
The erosion process through the embankment dams occurs due to the shear stress applied by water flows. The dam breaching evolution can be divided into three stages [8], [9], but Y. Yang et al. [10] divided the breach development into five stages: Stage I, the seepage erosion; Stage II, the initial breach formation; Stage III, the head erosion; Stage IV, the breach expansion; and Stage V, the re-equilibrium of the river channel through the breach. Many experimental tests have been carried out on non-cohesive embankment dams with an initial breach to examine the effect of upstream inflow discharges on the longitudinal profile evolution and the time to inflection point[11].
Zhang et al. [12] studied the effect of changing downstream slope angle, sediment grain size, and dam crest length on erosion rates. They noticed that increasing dam crest length and decreasing downstream slope angle lead to decreasing sediment transport rate. While the increase in sediment grain size leads to an increased sediment transport rate at the initial stages. Höeg et al. [13] presented a series of field tests to investigate the stability of embankment dams made of various materials. Overtopping and piping were among the failure tests carried out for the dams composed of homogeneous rock-fill, clay, or gravel with a height of up to 6.0 m. Hakimzadeh et al. [14] constructed 40 homogeneous cohesive and non-cohesive embankment dams to study the effect of changing sediment diameter and dam height on the breaching process. They also used genetic programming (GP) to estimate the breach outflow. Refaiy et al. [15] studied different scenarios for the downstream drain geometry, such as length, height, and angle, to minimize the effect of piping phenomena and therefore increase dam safety.
Zhu et al. [16] examined the effect of headcut erosion on dam breach growth, especially in the case of cohesive dams. They found that the breach growth in non-cohesive embankments is slower than cohesive embankments due to the little effect of headcut. Schmocker and Hager [7] proposed a relationship for estimating peak outflow from the dam breach process.(1)QpQin-1=1.7exp-20hc23d5013H0
where: Qp = peak outflow discharge.
Qin = inflow discharge.
hc = critical flow depth.
d50 = mean sediment diameter.
Ho = initial dam height.
Yu et al. [17] carried out an experimental study for homogeneous non-cohesive embankment dams in a 180° bending rectangular flume to determine the effect of overtopping flows on breaching formation. They found that the main factors influencing breach formation are water level, river discharge, and embankment material diameter.
Wu et al. [18] carried out a series of experiments to investigate the effect of breaching geometry on both non-cohesive and cohesive embankment dams in a U-bend flume due to overtopping flows. In the case of non-cohesive embankments, the non-symmetrical lateral expansion was noticed during the breach formation. This expansion was described by a coefficient ranging from 2.7 to 3.3.
The numerical models of the dam breach can be categorized according to different parameters, such as flow dimensions (1D, 2D, or 3D), flow governing equations, and solution methods. The 1D models are mainly used to predict the outflow hydrograph from the dam breach. Saberi et al. [19] applied the 1D Saint-Venant equation, which is solved by the finite difference method to investigate the outflow hydrograph during dam overtopping failure. Because of the ability to study dam profile evolution and breach formation, 2D models are more applicable than 1D models. Guan et al. [20] and Wu et al. [21] employed both 2D shallow water equations (SWEs) and sediment erosion equations, which are solved by the finite volume method to study the effect of the dam’s geometry parameters on outflow hydrograph and dam profile evolution. Wang et al. [22] also proposed a second-order hybrid-type of total variation diminishing (TVD) finite-difference to estimate the breach outflow by solving the 2D (SWEs). The accuracy of (SWEs) for both vertical flow contraction and surface roughness has been assessed [23]. They noted that the accuracy of (SWEs) is acceptable for milder slopes, but in the case of steeper slopes, modelers should be more careful. Generally, the accuracy of 2D models is still low, especially with velocity distribution over the flow depth, lateral momentum exchange, density-driven flows, and bottom friction[24]. Therefore, 3D models are preferred. Larocque et al. [25] and Yang et al. [26] started to use three-dimensional (3D) models that depend on the Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) equations.
Previous experimental studies concluded that there is no clear relationship between the peak outflow from the dam breach and the initial breach characteristics. Some of these studies depend on the sharp-crested weir fixed at the end of the flume to determine the peak outflow from the breach, which leads to a decrease in the accuracy of outflow calculations at the microscale. The main goals of this study are to carry out a numerical simulation for a spatial dam breach due to overtopping flows by using (FLOW-3D) software to find an empirical equation for the peak outflow discharge from the breach and determine the worst-case that leads to accelerating the dam breaching process.
2. Numerical simulation
The current study for spatial dam breach is simulated by using (FLOW-3D) software [27], which is a powerful computational fluid dynamics (CFD) program.
2.1. Geometric presentations
A stereolithographic (STL) file is prepared for each change in the initial breach geometry and dimensions. The CAD program is useful for creating solid objects and converting them to STL format, as shown in Fig. 1.
2.2. Governing equations
The governing equations for water flow are three-dimensional Reynolds Averaged Navier-Stokes equations (RANS).
The momentum equation:(3)∂ui∂t+1VFuj∂ui∂xj=1ρ∂∂xj-pδij+ν∂ui∂xj+∂uj∂xi-ρu`iu`j¯
where u is time-averaged velocity,ν is kinematic viscosity, VF is fractional volume open to flow, p is averaged pressure and -u`iu`j¯ are components of Reynold’s stress. The Volume of Fluid (VOF) technique is used to simulate the free surface profile. Hirt et al. [28] presented the VOF algorithm, which employs the function (F) to express the occupancy of each grid cell with fluid. The value of (F) varies from zero to unity. Zero value refers to no fluid in the grid cell, while the unity value refers to the grid cell being fully occupied with fluid. The free surface is formed in the grid cells having (F) values between zero and unity.(4)∂F∂t+1VF∂∂xFAxu+∂∂yFAyv+∂∂zFAzw=0
where (u, v, w) are the velocity components in (x, y, z) coordinates, respectively, and (Ax, Ay, Az) are the area fractions.
2.3. Boundary and initial conditions
To improve the accuracy of the results, the boundary conditions should be carefully determined. In this study, two mesh blocks are used to minimize the time consumed in the simulation. The boundary conditions for mesh block 1 are as follows: The inlet and sides boundaries are defined as a wall boundary condition (wall boundary condition is usually used for bound fluid by solid regions. In the case of viscous flows, no-slip means that the tangential velocity is equal to the wall velocity and the normal velocity is zero), the outlet is defined as a symmetry boundary condition (symmetry boundary condition is usually used to reduce computational effort during CFD simulation. This condition allows the flow to be transferred from one mesh block to another. No inputs are required for this boundary condition except that its location should be defined accurately), the bottom boundary is defined as a uniform flow rate boundary condition, and the top boundary is defined as a specific pressure boundary condition with assigned atmospheric pressure. The boundary conditions for mesh block 2 are as follows: The inlet is defined as a symmetry boundary condition, the outlet is defined as a free flow boundary condition, the bottom and sides boundaries are defined as a wall boundary condition, and the top boundary is defined as a specific pressure boundary condition with assigned atmospheric pressure as shown in Fig. 2. The initial conditions required to be set for the fluid (i.e., water) inside of the domain include configuration, temperature, velocities, and pressure distribution. The configuration of water depends on the dimensions and shape of the dam reservoir. While the other conditions have been assigned as follows: temperature is normal water temperature (25 °c) and pressure distribution is hydrostatic with no initial velocity.
2.4. Numerical method
FLOW-3D uses the finite volume method (FVM) to solve the governing equation (Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes) over the computational domain. A finite-volume method is an Eulerian approach for representing and evaluating partial differential equations in algebraic equations form [29]. At discrete points on the mesh geometry, values are determined. Finite volume expresses a small volume surrounding each node point on a mesh. In this method, the divergence theorem is used to convert volume integrals with a divergence term to surface integrals. After that, these terms are evaluated as fluxes at each finite volume’s surfaces.
2.5. Turbulent models
Turbulence is the chaotic, unstable motion of fluids that occurs when there are insufficient stabilizing viscous forces. In FLOW-3D, there are six turbulence models available: the Prandtl mixing length model, the one-equation turbulent energy model, the two-equation (k – ε) model, the Renormalization-Group (RNG) model, the two-equation (k – ω) models, and a large eddy simulation (LES) model. For simulating flow motion, the RNG model is adopted to simulate the motion behavior better than the k – ε and k – ω.
models [30]. The RNG model consists of two main equations for the turbulent kinetic energy KT and its dissipation.εT(5)∂kT∂t+1VFuAx∂kT∂x+vAy∂kT∂y+wAz∂kT∂z=PT+GT+DiffKT-εT(6)∂εT∂t+1VFuAx∂εT∂x+vAy∂εT∂y+wAz∂εT∂z=C1.εTKTPT+c3.GT+Diffε-c2εT2kT
where KT is the turbulent kinetic energy, PT is the turbulent kinetic energy production, GT is the buoyancy turbulence energy, εT is the turbulent energy dissipation rate, DiffKT and Diffε are terms of diffusion, c1, c2 and c3 are dimensionless parameters, in which c1 and c3 have a constant value of 1.42 and 0.2, respectively, c2 is computed from the turbulent kinetic energy (KT) and turbulent production (PT) terms.
2.6. Sediment scour model
The sediment scour model available in FLOW-3D can calculate all the sediment transport processes including Entrainment transport, Bedload transport, Suspended transport, and Deposition. The erosion process starts once the water flows remove the grains from the packed bed and carry them into suspension. It happens when the applied shear stress by water flows exceeds critical shear stress. This process is represented by entrainment transport in the numerical model. After entrained, the grains carried by water flow are represented by suspended load transport. After that, some suspended grains resort to settling because of the combined effect of gravity, buoyancy, and friction. This process is described through a deposition. Finally, the grains sliding motions are represented by bedload transport in the model. For the entrainment process, the shear stress applied by the fluid motion on the packed bed surface is calculated using the standard wall function as shown in Eq.7.(7)ks,i=Cs,i∗d50
where ks,i is the Nikuradse roughness and Cs,i is a user-defined coefficient. The critical bed shear stress is defined by a dimensionless parameter called the critical shields number as expressed in Eq.8.(8)θcr,i=τcr,i‖g‖diρi-ρf
where θcr,i is the critical shields number, τcr,i is the critical bed shear stress, g is the absolute value of gravity acceleration, di is the diameter of the sediment grain, ρi is the density of the sediment species (i) and ρf is the density of the fluid. The value of the critical shields number is determined according to the Soulsby-Whitehouse equation.(9)θcr,i=0.31+1.2d∗,i+0.0551-exp-0.02d∗,i
where d∗,i is the dimensionless diameter of the sediment, given by Eq.10.(10)d∗,i=diρfρi-ρf‖g‖μf213
where μf is the fluid dynamic viscosity. For the sloping bed interface, the value of the critical shields number is modified according to Eq.11.(11)θ`cr,i=θcr,icosψsinβ+cos2βtan2φi-sin2ψsin2βtanφi
where θ`cr,i is the modified critical shields number, φi is the angle of repose for the sediment, β is the angle of bed slope and ψ is the angle between the flow and the upslope direction. The effects of the rolling, hopping, and sliding motions of grains along the packed bed surface are taken by the bedload transport process. The volumetric bedload transport rate (qb,i) per width of the bed is expressed in Eq.12.(12)qb,i=Φi‖g‖ρi-ρfρfdi312
where Φi is the dimensionless bedload transport rate is calculated by using Meyer Peter and Müller equation.(13)Φi=βMPM,iθi-θ`cr,i1.5cb,i
where βMPM,i is the Meyer Peter and Müller user-defined coefficient and cb,i is the volume fraction of species i in the bed material. The suspended load transport is calculated as shown in Eq.14.(14)∂Cs,i∂t+∇∙Cs,ius,i=∇∙∇DCs,i
where Cs,i is the suspended sediment mass concentration, D is the diffusivity, and us,i is the grain velocity of species i. Entrainment and deposition are two opposing processes that take place at the same time. The lifting and settling velocities for both entrainment and deposition processes are calculated according to Eq.15 and Eq.16, respectively.(15)ulifting,i=αid∗,i0.3θi-θ`cr,igdiρiρf-1(16)usettling,i=υfdi10.362+1.049d∗,i3-10.36
where αi is the entrainment coefficient of species i and υf is the kinematic viscosity of the fluid.
2.7. Grid type
Using simple rectangular orthogonal elements in planes and hexahedral in volumes in the (FLOW-3D) program makes the mesh generation process easier, decreases the required memory, and improves numerical accuracy. Two mesh blocks were used in a joined form with a size ratio of 2:1. The first mesh block is coarser, which contains the reservoir water, and the second mesh block is finer, which contains the dam. For achieving accuracy and efficiency in results, the mesh size is determined by using a grid convergence test. The optimum uniform cell size for the first mesh block is 0.012 m and for the second mesh block is 0.006 m.
2.8. Time step
The maximum time step size is determined by using a Courant number, which controls the distance that the flow will travel during the simulation time step. In this study, the Courant number was taken equal to 0.25 to prevent the flow from traveling through more than one cell in the time step. Based on the Courant number, a maximum time step value of 0.00075 s was determined.
2.9. Numerical model validation
The numerical model accuracy was achieved by comparing the numerical model results with previous experimental results. The experimental study of Schmocker and Hager [7] was based on 31 tests with changes in six parameters (d50, Ho, Bo, Lk, XD, and Qin). All experimental tests were conducted in a straight open glass-sided flume. The horizontal flume has a rectangular cross-section with a width of 0.4 m and a height of 0.7 m. The flume was provided with a flow straightener and an intake with a length of 0.66 m. All tested dams were inserted at various distances (XD) from the intake. Test No.1 from this experimental program was chosen to validate the numerical model. The different parameters used in test No.1 are as follows:
(1) uniform sediment with a mean diameter (d50 = 0.31 mm), (2) Ho = 0.2 m, (3) Bo = 0.2 m, (4) Lk = 0.1 m,
(5) XD = 1.0 m, (6) Qin = 6.0 lit/s, (7) Su and Sd = 2:1, (8) mass density (ρs = 2650 kg/m3) (9) Homogenous and non-cohesive embankment dam. As shown in Fig. 2, the simulation is contained within a rectangular grid with dimensions: 3.56 m in the x-direction (where 0.66 m is used as inlet, 0.9 m as dam base width, and 1.0 m as outlet), in y-direction 0.2 m (dam length), and in the z-direction 0.3 m, which represents the dam height (0.2 m) with a free distance (0.1 m) above the dam. There are two main reasons that this experimental program is preferred for the validation process. The first reason is that this program deals with homogenous, non-cohesive soil, which is available in FLOW-3D. The second reason is that this program deals with small-scale models which saves time for numerical simulation. Finally, some important assumptions were considered during the validation process. The flow is assumed to be incompressible, viscous, turbulent, and three-dimensional.
By comparing dam profiles at different time instants for the experimental test with the current numerical model, it appears that the numerical model gives good agreement as shown in Fig. 3 and Fig. 4, with an average error percentage of 9% between the experimental results and the numerical model.
3. Analysis and discussions
The current model is used to study the effects of different parameters such as (initial breach shapes, dimensions, locations, upstream and downstream dam slopes) on the peak outflow discharge, QP, time of peak outflow, tP, and rate of erosion, E.
This study consists of a group of scenarios. The first scenario is changing the shapes of the initial breach according to Singh [1], the most predicted shapes are rectangular and V-notch as shown in Fig. 5. The second scenario is changing the initial breach dimensions (i.e., width and depth). While the third scenario is changing the location of the initial breach. Eventually, the last scenario is changing the upstream and downstream dam slopes.
All scenarios of this study were carried out under the same conditions such as inflow discharge value (Qin=1.0lit/s), dimensions of the tested dam, where dam height (Ho=0.20m), crest width.
(Lk=0.1m), dam length (Bo=0.20m), and homogenous & non-cohesive soil with a mean diameter (d50=0.31mm).
3.1. Dam breaching process evolution
The dam breaching process is a very complex process due to the quick changes in hydrodynamic conditions during dam failure. The dam breaching process starts once water flows reach the downstream face of the dam. During the initial stage of dam breaching, the erosion process is relatively quiet due to low velocities of flow. As water flows continuously, erosion rates increase, especially in two main zones: the crest and the downstream face. As soon as the dam crest is totally eroded, the water levels in the dam reservoir decrease rapidly, accompanied by excessive erosion in the dam body. The erosion process continues until the water levels in the dam reservoir equal the remaining height of the dam.
According to Zhou et al. [11], the breaching process consists of three main stages. The first stage starts with beginning overtopping flow, then ends when the erosion point directed upstream and reached the inflection point at the inflection time (ti). The second stage starts from the end of the stage1 until the occurrence of peak outflow discharge at the peak outflow time (tP). The third stage starts from the end of the stage2 until the value of outflow discharge becomes the same as the value of inflow discharge at the final time (tf). The outflow discharge from the dam breach increases rapidly during stage1 and stage2 because of the large dam storage capacity (i.e., the dam reservoir is totally full of water) and excessive erosion. While at stage3, the outflow values start to decrease slowly because most of the dam’s storage capacity was run out. The end of stage3 indicates that the dam storage capacity was totally run out, so the outflow equalized with the inflow discharge as shown in Fig. 6 and Fig. 7.
3.2. The effect of initial breach shape
To identify the effect of the initial breach shape on the evolution of the dam breaching process. Three tests were carried out with different cross-section areas for each shape. The initial breach is created at the center of the dam crest. Each test had an ID to make the process of arranging data easier. The rectangular shape had an ID (Rec5h & 5b), which means that its depth and width are equal to 5% of the dam height, and the V-notch shape had an ID (V-noch5h & 1:1) which means that its depth is equal to 5% of the dam height and its side slope is equal to 1:1. The comparison between rectangular and V-notch shapes is done by calculating the ratio between maximum dam height at different times (ZMax) to the initial dam height (Ho), rate of erosion, and hydrograph of outflow discharge for each test. The rectangular shape achieves maximum erosion rate and minimum inflection time, in addition to a rapid decrease in the dam reservoir levels. Therefore, the dam breaching is faster in the case of a rectangular shape than in a V-notch shape, which has the same cross-section area as shown in Fig. 8.
Also, by comparing the hydrograph for each test, the peak outflow discharge value in the case of a rectangular shape is higher than the V-notch shape by 5% and the time of peak outflow for the rectangular shape is shorter than the V-notch shape by 9% as shown in Fig. 9.
3.3. The effect of initial breach dimensions
The results of the comparison between the different initial breach shapes indicate that the worst initial breach shape is rectangular, so the second scenario from this study concentrated on studying the effect of a change in the initial rectangular breach dimensions. Groups of tests were carried out with different depths and widths for the rectangular initial breach. The first group had a depth of 5% from the dam height and with three different widths of 5,10, and 15% from the dam height, the second group had a depth of 10% with three different widths of 5,10, and 15%, the third group had a depth of 15% with three different widths of 5,10, and 15% and the final group had a width of 15% with three different heights of 5, 10, and 15% for a rectangular breach shape. The comparison was made as in the previous section to determine the worst case that leads to the quick dam failure as shown in Fig. 10.
The results show that the (Rec 5 h&15b) test achieves a maximum erosion rate for a shorter period of time and a minimum ratio for (Zmax / Ho) as shown in Fig. 10, which leads to accelerating the dam failure process. The dam breaching process is faster with the minimum initial breach depth and maximum initial breach width. In the case of a minimum initial breach depth, the retained head of water in the dam reservoir is high and the crest width at the bottom of the initial breach (L`K) is small, so the erosion point reaches the inflection point rapidly. While in the case of the maximum initial breach width, the erosion perimeter is large.
3.4. The effect of initial breach location
The results of the comparison between the different initial rectangular breach dimensions indicate that the worst initial breach dimension is (Rec 5 h&15b), so the third scenario from this study concentrated on studying the effect of a change in the initial breach location. Three locations were checked to determine the worst case for the dam failure process. The first location is at the center of the dam crest, which was named “Center”, the second location is at mid-distance between the dam center and dam edge, which was named “Mid”, and the third location is at the dam edge, which was named “Edge” as shown in Fig. 11. According to this scenario, the results indicate that the time of peak outflow discharge (tP) is the same in the three cases, but the maximum value of the peak outflow discharge occurs at the center location. The difference in the peak outflow values between the three cases is relatively small as shown in Fig. 12.
The rates of erosion were also studied for the three cases. The results show that the maximum erosion rate occurs at the center location as shown in Fig. 13. By making a comparison between the three cases for the dam storage volume. The results show that the center location had the minimum values for the dam storage volume, which means that a large amount of water has passed to the downstream area as shown in Fig. 14. According to these results, the center location leads to increased erosion rate and accelerated dam failure process compared with the two other cases. Because the erosion occurs on both sides, but in the case of edge location, the erosion occurs on one side.
3.5. The effect of upstream and downstream dam slopes
The results of the comparison between the different initial rectangular breach locations indicate that the worst initial breach location is the center location, so the fourth scenario from this study concentrated on studying the effect of a change in the upstream (Su) and downstream (Sd) dam slopes. Three slopes were checked individually for both upstream and downstream slopes to determine the worst case for the dam failure process. The first slope value is (2H:1V), the second slope value is (2.5H:1V), and the third slope value is (3H:1V). According to this scenario, the results show that the decreasing downstream slope angle leads to increasing time of peak outflow discharge (tP) and decreasing value of peak outflow discharge. The difference in the peak outflow values between the three cases for the downstream slope is 2%, as shown in Fig. 15, but changing the upstream slope has a negligible impact on the peak outflow discharge and its time as shown in Fig. 16.
The rates of erosion were also studied in the three cases for both upstream and downstream slopes. The results show that the maximum erosion rate increases by 6.0% with an increasing downstream slope angle by 4°, as shown in Fig. 17. The results also indicate that the erosion rates aren’t affected by increasing or decreasing the upstream slope angle, as shown in Fig. 18. According to these results, increasing the downstream slope angle leads to increased erosion rate and accelerated dam failure process compared with the upstream slope angle. Because of increasing shear stress applied by water flows in case of increasing downstream slope.
According to all previous scenarios, the dimensionless peak outflow discharge QPQin is presented for a fixed dam height (Ho) and inflow discharge (Qin). Fig. 19 illustrates the relationship between QP∗=QPQin and.
Lr=ho2/3∗bo2/3Ho. The deduced relationship achieves R2=0.96.(17)QP∗=2.2807exp-2.804∗Lr
4. Conclusions
A spatial dam breaching process was simulated by using FLOW-3D Software. The validation process was performed by making a comparison between the simulated results of dam profiles and the dam profiles obtained by Schmocker and Hager [7] in their experimental study. And also, the peak outflow value recorded an error percentage of 12% between the numerical model and the experimental study. This model was used to study the effect of initial breach shape, dimensions, location, and dam slopes on peak outflow discharge, time of peak outflow, and the erosion process. By using the parameters obtained from the validation process, the results of this study can be summarized in eight points as follows.1.
The rectangular initial breach shape leads to an accelerating dam failure process compared with the V-notch.2.
The value of peak outflow discharge in the case of a rectangular initial breach is higher than the V-notch shape by 5%.3.
The time of peak outflow discharge for a rectangular initial breach is shorter than the V-notch shape by 9%.4.
The minimum depth and maximum width for the initial breach achieve maximum erosion rates (increasing breach width, b0, or decreasing breach depth, h0, by 5% from the dam height leads to an increase in the maximum rate of erosion by 11% and 15%, respectively), so the dam failure is rapid.5.
The center location of the initial breach leads to an accelerating dam failure compared with the edge location.6.
The initial breach location has a negligible effect on the peak outflow discharge value and its time.7.
Increasing the downstream slope angle by 4° leads to an increase in both peak outflow discharge and maximum rate of erosion by 2.0% and 6.0%, respectively.8.
The upstream slope has a negligible effect on the dam breaching process.
References
[1]V. SinghDam breach modeling technologySpringer Science & Business Media (1996)Google Scholar[2]Wahl TL. Prediction of embankment dam breach parameters: a literature review and needs assessment. 1998.Google Scholar[3]Z. Alhasan, J. Jandora, J. ŘíhaStudy of dam-break due to overtopping of four small dams in the Czech RepublicActa Universitatis Agriculturae et Silviculturae Mendelianae Brunensis, 63 (3) (2015), pp. 717-729 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[4]D. FreadBREACH, an erosion model for earthen dam failures: Hydrologic Research LaboratoryNOAA, National Weather Service (1988)Google Scholar[5]J. Říha, S. Kotaška, L. PetrulaDam Break Modeling in a Cascade of Small Earthen Dams: Case Study of the Čižina River in the Czech RepublicWater, 12 (8) (2020), p. 2309, 10.3390/w12082309 View PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[6]E. Goodarzi, L. Teang Shui, M. ZiaeiDam overtopping risk using probabilistic concepts–Case study: The Meijaran DamIran Ain Shams Eng J, 4 (2) (2013), pp. 185-197ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[7]L. Schmocker, W.H. HagerPlane dike-breach due to overtopping: effects of sediment, dike height and dischargeJ Hydraul Res, 50 (6) (2012), pp. 576-586 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[8]J.S. Walder, R.M. Iverson, J.W. Godt, M. Logan, S.A. SolovitzControls on the breach geometry and flood hydrograph during overtopping of noncohesive earthen damsWater Resour Res, 51 (8) (2015), pp. 6701-6724View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[9]H. Wei, M. Yu, D. Wang, Y. LiOvertopping breaching of river levees constructed with cohesive sedimentsNat Hazards Earth Syst Sci, 16 (7) (2016), pp. 1541-1551 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[10]Y. Yang, S.-Y. Cao, K.-J. Yang, W.-P. LiYang K-j, Li W-p. Experimental study of breach process of landslide dams by overtopping and its initiation mechanismsJ Hydrodynamics, 27 (6) (2015), pp. 872-883ArticleDownload PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[11]G.G.D. Zhou, M. Zhou, M.S. Shrestha, D. Song, C.E. Choi, K.F.E. Cui, et al.Experimental investigation on the longitudinal evolution of landslide dam breaching and outburst floodsGeomorphology, 334 (2019), pp. 29-43ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[12]J. Zhang, Z.-x. Guo, S.-y. CaoYang F-g. Experimental study on scour and erosion of blocked damWater Sci Eng, 5 (2012), pp. 219-229ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[13]K. Höeg, A. Løvoll, K. VaskinnStability and breaching of embankment dams: Field tests on 6 m high damsInt J Hydropower Dams, 11 (2004), pp. 88-92View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[14]H. Hakimzadeh, V. Nourani, A.B. AminiGenetic programming simulation of dam breach hydrograph and peak outflow dischargeJ Hydrol Eng, 19 (4) (2014), pp. 757-768View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[15]A.R. Refaiy, N.M. AboulAtta, N.Y. Saad, D.A. El-MollaModeling the effect of downstream drain geometry on seepage through earth damsAin Shams Eng J, 12 (3) (2021), pp. 2511-2531ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[16]Y. Zhu, P.J. Visser, J.K. Vrijling, G. WangExperimental investigation on breaching of embankmentsScience China Technological Sci, 54 (1) (2011), pp. 148-155 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[17]M.-H. Yu, H.-Y. Wei, Y.-J. Liang, Y. ZhaoInvestigation of non-cohesive levee breach by overtopping flowJ Hydrodyn, 25 (4) (2013), pp. 572-579ArticleDownload PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[18]S. Wu, M. Yu, H. Wei, Y. Liang, J. ZengNon-symmetrical levee breaching processes in a channel bend due to overtoppingInt J Sedim Res, 33 (2) (2018), pp. 208-215ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[19]O. Saberi, G. ZenzNumerical investigation on 1D and 2D embankment dams failure due to overtopping flowInt J Hydraulic Engineering, 5 (2016), pp. 9-18View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[20]M. Guan, N.G. Wright, P.A. Sleigh2D Process-Based Morphodynamic Model for Flooding by Noncohesive Dyke BreachJ Hydraul Eng, 140 (7) (2014), p. 04014022, 10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000861 View PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[21]W. Wu, R. Marsooli, Z. HeDepth-Averaged Two-Dimensional Model of Unsteady Flow and Sediment Transport due to Noncohesive Embankment Break/BreachingJ Hydraul Eng, 138 (6) (2012), pp. 503-516View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[22]Z. Wang, D.S. BowlesThree-dimensional non-cohesive earthen dam breach model. Part 1: Theory and methodologyAdv Water Resour, 29 (10) (2006), pp. 1528-1545ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[23]Říha J, Duchan D, Zachoval Z, Erpicum S, Archambeau P, Pirotton M, et al. Performance of a shallow-water model for simulating flow over trapezoidal broad-crested weirs. J Hydrology Hydromechanics. 2019;67:322-8.Google Scholar[24]C.B. VreugdenhilNumerical methods for shallow-water flowSpringer Science & Business Media (1994)Google Scholar[25]L.A. Larocque, J. Imran, M.H. Chaudhry3D numerical simulation of partial breach dam-break flow using the LES and k–∊ turbulence modelsJ Hydraul Res, 51 (2) (2013), pp. 145-157 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[26]C. Yang, B. Lin, C. Jiang, Y. LiuPredicting near-field dam-break flow and impact force using a 3D modelJ Hydraul Res, 48 (6) (2010), pp. 784-792 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[27]FLOW-3D. Version 11.1.1 Flow Science, Inc., Santa Fe, NM. https://wwwflow3dcom.Google Scholar[28]C.W. Hirt, B.D. NicholsVolume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundariesJ Comput Phys, 39 (1) (1981), pp. 201-225ArticleDownload PDFGoogle Scholar[29]S.V. PatankarNumerical heat transfer and fluid flow, Hemisphere PublCorp, New York, 58 (1980), p. 288View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[30]M. Alemi, R. MaiaNumerical simulation of the flow and local scour process around single and complex bridge piersInt J Civil Eng, 16 (5) (2018), pp. 475-487 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar
측면 분기기(흡입구)의 상류 측에서 흐름 분리는 분기기 입구에서 와류를 일으키는 중요한 문제입니다. 이는 흐름의 유효 폭, 출력 용량 및 효율성을 감소시킵니다. 따라서 분리지대의 크기를 파악하고 크기를 줄이기 위한 방안을 제시하는 것이 필수적이다. 본 연구에서는 분리 구역의 치수를 줄이기 위한 방법으로 7가지 유형의 거칠기 요소를 분기구 입구에 설치하고 4가지 다른 배출(총 84번의 실험을 수행)과 함께 3개의 서로 다른 베드 반전 레벨을 조사했습니다. 또한 3D CFD(Computational Fluid Dynamics) 모델을 사용하여 분리 영역의 흐름 패턴과 치수를 평가했습니다. 결과는 거칠기 계수를 향상시키면 분리 영역 치수를 최대 38%까지 줄일 수 있는 반면, 드롭 구현 효과는 사용된 거칠기 계수를 기반으로 이 영역을 다르게 축소할 수 있음을 보여주었습니다. 두 가지 방법을 결합하면 분리 영역 치수를 최대 63%까지 줄일 수 있습니다.
Flow separation at the upstream side of lateral turnouts (intakes) is a critical issue causing eddy currents at the turnout entrance. It reduces the effective width of flow, turnout capacity and efficiency. Therefore, it is essential to identify the dimensions of the separation zone and propose remedies to reduce its dimensions. Installation of 7 types of roughening elements at the turnout entrance and 3 different bed invert levels, with 4 different discharges (making a total of 84 experiments) were examined in this study as a method to reduce the dimensions of the separation zone. Additionally, a 3-D Computational Fluid Dynamic (CFD) model was utilized to evaluate the flow pattern and dimensions of the separation zone. Results showed that enhancing the roughness coefficient can reduce the separation zone dimensions up to 38% while the drop implementation effect can scale down this area differently based on the roughness coefficient used. Combining both methods can reduce the separation zone dimensions up to 63%.
Turnouts or intakes are amongst the oldest and most widely used hydraulic structures in irrigation networks. Turnouts are also used in water distribution, transmission networks, power generation facilities, and waste water treatment plants etc. The flows that enter a turnout have a strong momentum in the direction of the main waterway and that is why flow separation occurs inside the turnout. The horizontal vortex formed in the separation area is a suitable place for accumulation and deposition of sediments. The separation zone is a vulnerable area for sedimentation and for reduction of effective flow due to a contracted flow region in the lateral channel. Sedimentaion in the entrance of the intake can gradually be transfered into the lateral channel and decrease the capacity of the higher order channels over time (Jalili et al. 2011). On the other hand, the existence of coarse-grained materials causes erosion and destruction of the waterway side walls and bottom. In addition, sedimentation creates conditions for vegetation to take root and damage the waterway cover, which causes water to leak from its perimeter. Therefore, it is important to investigate the pattern of the flow separation area in turnouts and provide solutions to reduce the dimensions of this area.
The three-dimensional flow structure at turnouts is quite complex. In an experimental study by Neary & Odgaard (1993) in a 90-degree water turnout it was found that the secondary currents and separation zone varies from the bed to the water surface. They also found that at a 90-degree water turnout, the bed roughness and discharge ratio play a critical role in flow structure. They asserted that an explanation of sediment behavior at a diversion entrance requires a comprehensive understanding of 3D flow patterns around the lateral-channel entrance. In addition, they suggested that there is a strong similarity between flow in a channel bend and a diversion channel, and that this similarity can rationalize the use of bend flow models for estimation of 3D flow structures in diversion channels.
Some of the distinctive characteristics of dividing flow in a turnout include a zone of separation immediately near the entrance of the lateral turnout (separation zone), a contracted flow region in the branch channel (contracted flow), and a stagnation point near the downstream corner of the junction (stagnation zone). In the region downstream of the junction, along the continuous far wall, separation due to flow expansion may occur (Ramamurthy et al. 2007), that is, a separation zone. This can both reduce the turnout efficiency and the effective width of flow while increasing the sediment deposition in the turnout entrance (Jalili et al. 2011). Installation of submerged vanes in the turnout entrance is a method which is already applied to reduce the size of flow separation zones. The separation zone draws sediments and floating materials into themselves. This reduces effective cross-section area and reduces transmission capacity. These results have also been obtained in past studies, including by Ramamurthy et al. (2007) and in Jalili et al. (2011). Submerged vanes (Iowa vanes) are designed in order to modify the near-bed flow pattern and bed-sediment motion in the transverse direction of the river. The vanes are installed vertically on the channel bed, at an angle of attack which is usually oriented at 10–25 degrees to the local primary flow direction. Vane height is typically 0.2–0.5 times the local water depth during design flow conditions and vane length is 2–3 times its height (Odgaard & Wang 1991). They are vortex-generating devices that generate secondary circulation, thereby redistributing sediment within the channel cross section. Several factors affect the flow separation zone such as the ratio of lateral turnout discharge to main channel discharge, angle of lateral channel with respect to the main channel flow direction and size of applied submerged vanes. Nakato et al. (1990) found that sediment management using submerged vanes in the turnout entrance to Station 3 of the Council Bluffs plant, located on the Missouri River, is applicable and efficient. The results show submerged vanes are an appropriate solution for reduction of sediment deposition in a turnout entrance. The flow was treated as 3D and tests results were obtained for the flow characteristics of dividing flows in a 90-degree sharp-edged, junction. The main and lateral channel were rectangular with the same dimensions (Ramamurthy et al., 2007).
Keshavarzi & Habibi (2005) carried out experiments on intake with angles of 45, 67, 79 and 90 degrees in different discharge ratios and reported the optimum angle for inlet flow with the lowest flow separation area to be about 55 degrees. The predicted flow characteristics were validated using experimental data. The results indicated that the width and length of the separation zone increases with the increase in the discharge ratio Qr (ratio of outflow per unit width in the turnout to inflow per unit width in the main channel).
Abbasi et al. (2004) performed experiments to investigate the dimensions of the flow separation zone at a lateral turnout entrance. They demonstrated that the length and width of the separation zone decreases with the increasing ratio of lateral turn-out discharge. They also found that with a reducing angle of lateral turnout, the length of the separation zone scales up and width of separation zone reduces. Then they compared their observations with results of Kasthuri & Pundarikanthan (1987) who conducted some experiments in an open-channel junction formed by channels of equal width and an angle of lateral 90 degree turnout, which showed the dimensions of the separation zone in their experiments to be smaller than in previous studies. Kasthuri & Pundarikanthan (1987) studied vortex and flow separation dimensions at the entrance of a 90 degree channel. Results showed that increasing the diversion discharge ratio can reduce the length and width of the vortex area. They also showed that the length and width of the vortex area remain constant at diversion ratios greater than 0.7. Karami Moghaddam & Keshavarzi (2007) analyzed the flow characteristics in turnouts with angles of 55 and 90 degrees. They reported that the dimensions of the separation zone decrease by increasing the discharge ratio and reducing the turnout angle with respect to the main channel. Studies about flow separation zone can be found in Jalili et al. (2011), Nikbin & Borghei (2011), Seyedian et al. (2008).
Jamshidi et al. (2016) measured the dimensions of a flow separation zone in the presence of submerged vanes with five arrangements (parallel, stagger, compound, piney and butterflies). Results showed that the ratio of the width to the length of the separation zone (shape index) was between 0.2 and 0.28 for all arrangements.
Karami et al. (2017) developed a 3D computational fluid dynamic (CFD) code which was calibrated by measured data. They used the model to evaluate flow pattern, diversion ratio of discharge, strength of the secondary flow, and dimensions of the vortex inside the channel in various dikes and submerged vane installation scenarios. Results showed that the diversion ratio of discharge in the diversion channel is dependent on the width of the flow separation area in the main channel. A dike, perpendicular to the flow, doubles the ratio of diverted discharge and reduces the suspended sediment load compared with the base-line situation by creating outer arch conditions. In addition, increasing the longitudinal distance between vanes increases the velocity gradient between the vanes and leads to a more severe erosion of the bed near the vanes.Figure 1VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE
Laboratory channel dimensions.
Al-Zubaidy & Hilo (2021) used the Navier–Stokes equation to study the flow of incompressible fluids. Using the CFD software ANSYS Fluent 19.2, 3D flow patterns were simulated at a diversion channel. Their results showed good agreement using the comparison between the experimental and numerical results when the k-omega turbulence viscous model was employed. Simulation of the flow pattern was then done at the lateral channel junction using a variety of geometry designs. These improvements included changing the intake’s inclination angle and chamfering and rounding the inner corner of the intake mouth instead of the sharp edge. Flow parameters at the diversion including velocity streamlines, bed shear stress, and separation zone dimensions were computed in their study. The findings demonstrated that changing the 90° lateral intake geometry can improve the flow pattern and bed shear stress at the intake junction. Consequently, sedimentation and erosion problems are reduced. According to the conclusions of their study, a branching angle of 30° to 45° is the best configuration for increasing branching channel discharge, lowering branching channel sediment concentration.
The review of the literature shows that most of the studies deal with turnout angle, discharge ratio and implementation of vanes as techniques to reduce the area of the separation zone. This study examines the effect of roughness coefficient and drop implementation at the entrance of a 90-degree lateral turnout on the dimensions of the separation zone. As far as the authors are aware, these two variables have never been studied as a remedy to decrease the separation zone dimensions whilst enhancing turnout efficiency. Additionally, a three-dimensional numerical model is applied to simulate the flow pattern around the turnout. The numerical results are verified against experimental data.
The experiments were conducted in a 90 degree dividing flow laboratory channel. The main channel is 15 m long, 0.5 m wide and 0.4 m high and the branch channel is 3 m long, 0.35 m wide and 0.4 m high, as shown in Figure 1. The tests were carried out at 9.65 m from the beginning of the flume and were far enough from the inlet, so we were sure that the flow was fully developed. According to Kirkgöz & Ardiçlioğlu (1997) the length of the developing region would be approximantly 65 and 72 times the flow depth. In this study, the depth is 9 cm, which makes this condition.
Both the main and lateral channel had a slope of 0.0003 with side walls of concrete. A 100 hp pump discharged the water into a stilling basin at the entrance of the main flume. The discharge was measured using an ultrasonic discharge meter around the discharge pipe. Eighty-four experiments in total were carried out at range of 0.1<Fr<0.4 (Froude numbers in main channel and upstream of turnout). The depth of water in the main channel in the experiments was 9 cm, in which case the effect of surface tension can be considered; according to research by Zolghadr & Shafai Bejestan (2020) and Zolghadr et al. (2021), when the water depth is more than 6 cm, the effect of surface tension is reduced and can be ignored given that the separation phenomenon occurs in the boundary layer, the height of the roughness creates disturbances in growth and development of the boundary layer and, as a result, separation growth is also faced with disruption and its dimensions grow less compared to smooth surfaces. Similar conditions occur in case of drop implementation. A disturbance occurs in the growth of the boundary layer and as a result the separation zone dimensions decrease. In order to investigate the effect of roughness coefficient and drop implementation on the separation zone dimensions, four different discharges (16, 18, 21, 23 l/s) in subcritical conditions, seven Manning (Strickler) roughness coefficients (0.009, 0.011, 0.017, 0.023, 0.028, 0.030, 0.032) as shown in Figure 2 and three invert elevation differences between the main channel and lateral turnout invert (0, 5 and 10 cm) at the entrance of the turnout were considered. The Manning roughness coefficient values were selected based on available and feasible values for real conditions, so that 0.009 is equivalent to galvanized sheet roughness and selected for the baseline tests. 0.011 is for concrete with neat surface, 0.017 and 0.023 are for unfinished and gunite concrete respectively. 0.030 and 0.032 values are for concrete on irregular excavated rock (Chow 1959). The roughness coefficients were created by gluing sediment particles on a thin galvanized sheet which was installed at the upstream side of the lateral turnout. The values of roughness coefficients were calculated based on the Manning-Strickler formula. For this purpose, some uniformly graded sediment samples were prepared and the Manning roughness coefficient of each sample was determined with respect to the median size (D50) value pasted into the Manning-Strickler formula. Some KMnO4 was sifted in the main channel upstream to visualize and measure the dimensions of the separation zone. Consequently, when KMnO4 approached the lateral turnout a photo of the separation zone was taken from a top view. All the experiments were recorded and several photos were taken during the experiment after stablishment of steady flow conditions. The photos were then imported to AutoCAD to measure the separation zone dimensions. Because all the shooting was done with a high-definition camera and it was possible to zoom in, the results are very accurate.Figure 2VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE
Roughness plates.
The velocity values were also recorded by a one-dimensional velocity meter at 15 cm distance from the turnout entrance and in transverse direction (perpendicular to the flow direction).
The water level was also measured by depth gauges with a accuracy of 0.1 mm, and velocity in one direction with a single-dimensional KENEK LP 1100 with an accuracy of ±0.02 m/s (0–1 m/s), ± 0.04 m/s (1–2 m/s), ± 0.08 m/s (2–4 m/s), ±0.10 m/s (4–5 m/s).
Numerical simulation
ListenA FLOW-3D numerical model was utilized as a solver of the Navier-Stokes equation to simulate the three-dimensional flow field at the entrance of the turnout. The governing equations included continuity momentum equations. The continuity equation, regardless of the density of the fluid in the form of Cartesian coordinates x, y, and z, is as follows:
(1)where u, v, and w represent the velocity components in the x, y, and z directions, respectively; Ax, Ay, and Az are the surface flow fractions in the x, y, and z directions, respectively; VF denotes flow volume fraction; r is the density of the fluid; t is time; and Rsor refers to the source of the mass. Equations (2)–(4) show momentum equations in x, y and z dimensions respectively :
(2)
(3)
(4)where Gx, Gy, and Gz are the accelerations caused by gravity in the x, y, and z directions, respectively; and fx, fy, and fz are the accelerations caused by viscosity in the x, y, and z directions, respectively.
The turbulence models used in this study were the renormalized group (RNG) models. Evaluation of the concordance of the mentioned models with experimental studies showed that the RNG model provides more accurate results.
Two blocks of mesh were used to simulate the main channels and lateral turnout. The meshes were denser in the vicinity of the entrance of the turnout in order to increase the accuracy of computations. Boundary conditions for the main mesh block included inflow for the channel entrance (volumetric flow rate), outflow for the channel exit, ‘wall’ for the bed and the right boundary and ‘symmetry’ for the top (free surface) and left boundaries (turnout). The side wall roughness coefficient was given to the software as the Manning number in surface roughness of any component. Considering the restrictions in the available processor, a main mesh block with appropriate mesh size was defined to simulate the main flow field in the channel, while the nested mesh-block technique was utilized to create a very dense solution field near the roughness plate in order to provide accurate results around the plates and near the entrance of the lateral turnout. This technique reduced the number of required mesh elements by up to 60% in comparison with the method in which the mesh size of the main solution field was decreased to the required extent.
The numerical outputs are verified against experimental data. The hydraulic characteristics of the experiment are shown in Table 1.Table 1
During the experiments, the dimensions of the separation zone were recorded with an HD camera. Some photos were imported to AutoCad software. Then, the separation zones dimensions were measured and compared in different scenarios.
At the beginning, the flow pattern in the separation zone for four different hydraulic conditions was studied for seven different Manning roughness coefficients from 0.009 to 0.032. To compare the obtained results, roughness of 0.009 was considered as the base line. The percentage of reduction in separation zone area in different roughness coefficients is shown in Figure 3. According to this figure, by increasing the roughness of the turnout side wall, the separation zone area ratio reduces (ratio of separation zone area to turnout area). In other words, in any desired Froud number, the highest dimensions of the separation zone area are related to the lowest roughness coefficients. In Figure 3, ‘A’ is the area of the separation zone and ‘Ai’ represents the total area of the turnout.Figure 3VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE
Effect of roughness on separation zone dimensions.Figure 4VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE
Effect of roughness on separation zone dimensions.
It should be mentioned that the separation zone dimensions change with depth, so that the area is larger at the surface than near the bed. This study measured the dimensions of this area at the surface. Figure 4 show exactly where the roughness elements were located.Figure 5VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE
Comparison of separation zone for n=0.023 and n=0.032.
Figure 5 shows images of the separation zone at n=0.023 and n=0.032 as examples, and show that the separation area at n=0.032 is smaller than that of n=0.023.
The difference between the effect of the two 0.032 and 0.030 roughnesses is minor. In other words, the dimensions of the separation zone decreased by increasing roughness up to 0.030 and then remained with negligable changes.
In the next step, the effect of intake invert relative to the main stream (drop) on the dimensions of the separation zone was investigated. To do this, three different invert levels were considered: (1) without drop; (2) a 5 cm drop between the main canal and intake canal; and (3) a 10 cm drop between the main canal and intake canal. The without drop mode was considered as the control state. Figure 6 shows the effect of drop implementation on separation zone dimensions. Tables 2 and 3 show the reduced percentage of separation zone areas in 5 and 10 cm drop compared to no drop conditions as the base line. It was found that the best results were obtained when a 10 cm drop was implemented.Table 2
Decrease percentage of separation zone area in 5 cm drop
Fr
n=0.011
n=0.017
n=0.023
n=0.028
n=0.030
n=0.032
0.08
10.56
11.06
25.27
33.03
35.57
36.5
0.121
7.66
11.14
11.88
15.93
34.59
36.25
0.353
1.38
2.63
8.17
14.39
31.20
31.29
0.362
3
11.54
19.56
25.73
37.89
38.31
Table 3
Decrease percentage of separation zone area in 10 cm drop
Effect of drop implementation on separation zone dimensions.
The combined effect of drop and roughness is shown in Figure 7. According to this figure, by installing a drop structure at the entrance of the intake, the dimensions of the separation zone scales down in any desired roughness coefficient. Results indicated that by increasing the roughness coefficient or drop implementation individually, the separation zone area decreases up to 38 and 25% respectively. However, employing both techniques simultaneously can reduce the separation zone area up to 63% (Table 4). The reason for the reduction of the dimensions of the separation zone area by drop implementation can be attributed to the increase of discharge ratio. This reduces the dimensions of the separation zone area.Table 4
Reduction in percentage of combined effect of roughness and 10 cm drop
Qi
n=0.011
n=0.017
n=0.023
n=0.028
n=0.030
n=0.032
16
32.3
35.07
37.2
45.7
58.01
59.1
18
44.5
34.15
36.18
48.13
54.2
56.18
21
43.18
32.33
42.30
37.79
57.16
63.2
23
40.56
34.5
34.09
46.25
50.12
57.2
Figure 7VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE
Combined effect of roughness and drop on separation zone dimensions.
This method increases the discharge ratio (ratio of turnout to main channel discharge). The results are compatible with the literature. Some other researchers reported that increasing the discharge ratio can scale down the separation zone dimensions (Karami Moghaddam & Keshavarzi 2007; Ramamurthy et al. 2007). However, these researchers employed other methods to enhance the discharge ratio. Drop implementation is simple and applicable in practice, since there is normally an elevation difference between the main and lateral canal in irrigation networks to ensure gravity flow occurance.
Table 4 depicts the decrease in percentage of the separation zone compared to base line conditions in different arrangements of the combined tests.Figure 8VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE
Velocity profiles for various roughness coefficients along turnout width.
A comparison between the proposed methods introduced in this paper and traditional methods such as installation of submerged vanes, and changing the inlet geometry (angle, radius) was performed. Figure 8 shows the comparison of the results. The comparison shows that the new techniques can be highly influential and still practical. In this research, with no change in structural geometry (enhancement of roughness coefficient) or minor changes with respect to drop implementation, the dimensions of the separation zone are decreased noticeably. The velocity values were also recorded by a one-dimensional velocity meter at 15 cm distance from the turnout entrance and in a transverse direction (perpendicular to the flow direction). The results are shown in Figure 9.Figure 9VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE
Effect of roughness on separation zone dimensions in numerical study.
This study examined the flow patterns around the entrance of a diversion channel due to various wall roughnesses in the diversion channel. Results indicated that increasing the discharge ratio in the main channel and diversion channel reduces the area of the separation zone in the diversion channel.Figure 10VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE
Comparision of the vortex area (software output) for three roughnesses (0.009, 0.023 and 0.032).A laboratory and numerical error rate of 0.2605 was calculated from the following formula,
where Uexp is the experimental result, Unum is the numerical result, and N is the number of data.
Figure 9 shows the effect of roughness on separation zone dimensions in numerical study. Figure 10 compares the vortex area (software output) for three roughnesses, 0.009, 0.023 and 0.032 and Figure 11 shows the flow lines (tecplot output) that indicate the effect of roughness on flow in the separation zone. Numerical analysis shows that by increasing the roughness coefficient, the dimensions of the separation zone area decrease, as shown in Figure 10 where the separation zone area at n=0.032 is less than the separation zone area at n=0.009.Figure 11VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE
Comparison of vortex area in 3D mode (tecplot output) with two roughnesses (a) 0.009 and (b) 0.032.Figure 12VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE
Velocity vector for flow condition Q1/422 l/s, near surface.
The velocities intensified moving midway toward the turnout showing that the effective area is scaled down. The velocity values were almost equal to zero near the side walls as expected. As shown in Figure 12 the approach vortex area velocity decreases. Experimental and numerical measured velocity at x=0.15 m of the diversion channel compared in Figure 13 shows that away from the separation zone area, the velocity increases. All longitudinal velocity contours near the vortex area are distinctly different between different roughnesses. The separation zone is larger at less roughness both in length and width.Figure 13VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE
This study introduces practical and feasible methods for enhancing turnout efficiency by reducing the separation zone dimensions. Increasing the roughness coefficient and implementation of inlet drop were considered as remedies for reduction of separation zone dimensions. A data set has been compiled that fully describes the complex, 3D flow conditions present in a 90 degree turnout channel for selected flow conditions. The aim of this numerical model was to compare the results of a laboratory model in the area of the separation zone and velocity. Results showed that enhancing roughness coefficient reduce the separation zone dimensions up to 38% while the drop implementation effect can scale down this area differently based on roughness coefficient used. Combining both methods can reduce the separation zone dimensions up to 63%. Further research is proposed to investigate the effect of roughness and drop implementation on sedimentation pattern at lateral turnouts. The dimensions of the separation zone decreases with the increase of the non-dimensional parameter, due to the reduction ratio of turnout discharge increasing in all the experiments.
This method increases the discharge ratio (ratio of turnout to main channel discharge). The results are compatible with the literature. Other researchers have reported that intensifying the discharge ratio can scale down the separation zone dimensions (Karami Moghaddam & Keshavarzi 2007; Ramamurthy et al. 2007). However, they employed other methods to enhance the discharge ratio. Employing both techniques simultaneously can decrease the separation zone dimensions up to 63%. A comparison between the new methods introduced in this paper and traditional methods such as installation of submerged vanes, and changing the inlet geometry (angle, radius) was performed. The comparison shows that the new techniques can be highly influential and still practical. The numerical and laboratory models are in good agreement and show that the method used in this study has been effective in reducing the separation area. This method is simple, economical and can prevent sediment deposition in the intake canal. Results show that CFD prediction of the fluid through the separation zone at the canal intake can be predicted reasonably well and the RNG model offers the best results in terms of predictability.
레이저 분말 베드 퓨전(L-PBF) 적층 제조(AM)는 우수한 기계적 특성으로 그물 모양에 가까운 복잡한 부품을 생산할 수 있습니다. 그러나 빌드 실패 및 다공성과 같은 결함으로 이어지는 원치 않는 잔류 응력 및 왜곡이 L-PBF의 광범위한 적용을 방해하고 있습니다.
L-PBF의 잠재력을 최대한 실현하기 위해 잔류 변형, 용융 풀 및 다공성 형성을 예측하는 다중 규모 모델링 방법론이 개발되었습니다. L-PBF의 잔류 변형 및 응력을 부품 규모에서 예측하기 위해 고유 변형 방법을 기반으로 하는 다중 규모 프로세스 모델링 프레임워크가 제안됩니다.
고유한 변형 벡터는 마이크로 스케일에서 충실도가 높은 상세한 다층 프로세스 시뮬레이션에서 추출됩니다. 균일하지만 이방성인 변형은 잔류 왜곡 및 응력을 예측하기 위해 준 정적 평형 유한 요소 분석(FEA)에서 레이어별로 L-PBF 부품에 적용됩니다.
부품 규모에서의 잔류 변형 및 응력 예측 외에도 분말 규모의 다중물리 모델링을 수행하여 공정 매개변수, 예열 온도 및 스패터링 입자에 의해 유도된 용융 풀 변동 및 결함 형성을 연구합니다. 이러한 요인과 관련된 용융 풀 역학 및 다공성 형성 메커니즘은 시뮬레이션 및 실험을 통해 밝혀졌습니다.
제안된 부품 규모 잔류 응력 및 왜곡 모델을 기반으로 경로 계획 방법은 큰 잔류 변형 및 건물 파손을 방지하기 위해 주어진 형상에 대한 레이저 스캐닝 경로를 조정하기 위해 개발되었습니다.
연속 및 아일랜드 스캐닝 전략을 위한 기울기 기반 경로 계획이 공식화되고 공식화된 컴플라이언스 및 스트레스 최소화 문제에 대한 전체 감도 분석이 수행됩니다. 이 제안된 경로 계획 방법의 타당성과 효율성은 AconityONE L-PBF 시스템을 사용하여 실험적으로 입증되었습니다.
또한 기계 학습을 활용한 데이터 기반 프레임워크를 개발하여 L-PBF에 대한 부품 규모의 열 이력을 예측합니다. 본 연구에서는 실시간 열 이력 예측을 위해 CNN(Convolutional Neural Network)과 RNN(Recurrent Neural Network)을 포함하는 순차적 기계 학습 모델을 제안합니다.
유한 요소 해석과 비교하여 100배의 예측 속도 향상이 달성되어 실제 제작 프로세스보다 빠른 예측이 가능하고 실시간 온도 프로파일을 사용할 수 있습니다.
Laser powder bed fusion (L-PBF) additive manufacturing (AM) is capable of producing complex parts near net shape with good mechanical properties. However, undesired residual stress and distortion that lead to build failure and defects such as porosity are preventing broader applications of L-PBF. To realize the full potential of L-PBF, a multiscale modeling methodology is developed to predict residual deformation, melt pool, and porosity formation. To predict the residual deformation and stress in L-PBF at part-scale, a multiscale process modeling framework based on inherent strain method is proposed.
Inherent strain vectors are extracted from detailed multi-layer process simulation with high fidelity at micro-scale. Uniform but anisotropic strains are then applied to L-PBF part in a layer-by-layer fashion in a quasi-static equilibrium finite element analysis (FEA) to predict residual distortion and stress. Besides residual distortion and stress prediction at part scale, multiphysics modeling at powder scale is performed to study the melt pool variation and defect formation induced by process parameters, preheating temperature and spattering particles. Melt pool dynamics and porosity formation mechanisms associated with these factors are revealed through simulation and experiments.
Based on the proposed part-scale residual stress and distortion model, path planning method is developed to tailor the laser scanning path for a given geometry to prevent large residual deformation and building failures. Gradient based path planning for continuous and island scanning strategy is formulated and full sensitivity analysis for the formulated compliance- and stress-minimization problem is performed.
The feasibility and effectiveness of this proposed path planning method is demonstrated experimentally using the AconityONE L-PBF system. In addition, a data-driven framework utilizing machine learning is developed to predict the thermal history at part-scale for L-PBF.
In this work, a sequential machine learning model including convolutional neural network (CNN) and recurrent neural network (RNN), long shortterm memory unit, is proposed for real-time thermal history prediction. A 100x prediction speed improvement is achieved compared to the finite element analysis which makes the prediction faster than real fabrication process and real-time temperature profile available.
Figure 1.1: Schematic Overview of Metal Laser Powder Bed Fusion Process [2]Figure 1.2: Commercial Powder Bed Fusion SystemsFigure 1.3: Commercial Metal Components Fabricated by Powder Bed Fusion Additive Manufacturing: (a) GE Fuel Nozzle; (b) Stryker Hip Biomedical Implant.Figure 2.1: Proposed Multiscale Process Simulation FrameworkFigure 2.2: (a) Experimental Setup for In-situ Thermocouple Measurement in the EOS M290 Build Chamber; (b) Themocouple Locations on the Bottom Side of the Substrate.Figure 2.3: (a) Finite Element Model for Single Layer Thermal Analysis; (b) Deposition LayerFigure 2.4: Core-skin layer: (a) Surface Morphology; (b) Scanning Strategy; (c) Transient Temperature Distribution and Temperature History at (d) Point 1; (e) Point 2 and (f) Point 3Figure 2.5: (a) Scanning Orientation of Each Layer; (b) Finite Element Model for Micro-scale Representative VolumeFigure 2.6: Bottom Layer (a) Thermal History; (b) Plastic Strain and (c) Elastic Strain Evolution HistoryFigure 2.7: Bottom Layer Inherent Strain under Default Process Parameters along Horizontal Scanning PathFigure 2.8: Snapshots of the Element Activation ProcessFigure 2.9: Double Cantilever Beam Structure Built by the EOS M290 DMLM Process (a) Before and (b)
After Cutting off; (c) Faro Laser ScanArm V3 for Distortion MeasurementFigure 2.10: Square Canonical Structure Built by the EOS M290 DMLM ProcessFigure 2.11: Finite Element Mesh for the Square Canonical and Snapshots of Element Activation ProcessFigure 2.12: Simulated Distortion Field for the Double Cantilever Beam before Cutting off the Supports: (a) Inherent Strain Method; (b) Simufact Additive 3.1Figure 3.10: Snapshots of Temperature Profile for Single Track in Keyhole Regime (P = 250W and V = 0.5m/s) at the Preheating Temperature of 100 °Cs) at the Preheating Temperature of 500 °CFigure 3.15: Melt Pool Cross Section Comparison Between Simulation and Experiment for Single Track
Bibliography
[1] I. Astm, ASTM52900-15 Standard Terminology for Additive Manufacturing—General Principles—Terminology, ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA 3(4) (2015) 5. [2] W.E. King, A.T. Anderson, R.M. Ferencz, N.E. Hodge, C. Kamath, S.A. Khairallah, A.M. Rubenchik, Laser powder bed fusion additive manufacturing of metals; physics, computational, and materials challenges, Applied Physics Reviews 2(4) (2015) 041304. [3] W. Yan, Y. Lu, K. Jones, Z. Yang, J. Fox, P. Witherell, G. Wagner, W.K. Liu, Data-driven characterization of thermal models for powder-bed-fusion additive manufacturing, Additive Manufacturing (2020) 101503. [4] K. Dai, L. Shaw, Thermal and stress modeling of multi-material laser processing, Acta Materialia 49(20) (2001) 4171-4181. [5] K. Dai, L. Shaw, Distortion minimization of laser-processed components through control of laser scanning patterns, Rapid Prototyping Journal 8(5) (2002) 270-276. [6] S.S. Bo Cheng, Kevin Chou, Stress and deformation evaluations of scanning strategy effect in selective laser melting, Additive Manufacturing (2017). [7] C. Fu, Y. Guo, Three-dimensional temperature gradient mechanism in selective laser melting of Ti-6Al-4V, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 136(6) (2014) 061004. [8] P. Prabhakar, W.J. Sames, R. Dehoff, S.S. Babu, Computational modeling of residual stress formation during the electron beam melting process for Inconel 718, Additive Manufacturing 7 (2015) 83-91. [9] A. Hussein, L. Hao, C. Yan, R. Everson, Finite element simulation of the temperature and stress fields in single layers built without-support in selective laser melting, Materials & Design (1980-2015) 52 (2013) 638-647. [10] P.Z. Qingcheng Yang, Lin Cheng, Zheng Min, Minking Chyu, Albert C. To, articleFinite element modeling and validation of thermomechanicalbehavior of Ti-6Al-4V in directed energy deposition additivemanufacturing, Additive Manufacturing (2016). [11] E.R. Denlinger, J. Irwin, P. Michaleris, Thermomechanical Modeling of Additive Manufacturing Large Parts, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 136(6) (2014) 061007. [12] E.R. Denlinger, M. Gouge, J. Irwin, P. Michaleris, Thermomechanical model development and in situ experimental validation of the Laser Powder-Bed Fusion process, Additive Manufacturing 16 (2017) 73-80. [13] V.J. Erik R Denlinger, G.V. Srinivasan, Tahany EI-Wardany, Pan Michaleris, Thermal modeling of Inconel 718 processed with powder bed fusionand experimental validation using in situ measurements, Additive Manufacturing 11 (2016) 7-15. [14] N. Patil, D. Pal, H.K. Rafi, K. Zeng, A. Moreland, A. Hicks, D. Beeler, B. Stucker, A Generalized Feed Forward Dynamic Adaptive Mesh Refinement and Derefinement Finite Element Framework for Metal Laser Sintering—Part I: Formulation and Algorithm Development, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 137(4) (2015) 041001. [15] D. Pal, N. Patil, K.H. Kutty, K. Zeng, A. Moreland, A. Hicks, D. Beeler, B. Stucker, A Generalized Feed-Forward Dynamic Adaptive Mesh Refinement and Derefinement FiniteElement Framework for Metal Laser Sintering—Part II: Nonlinear Thermal Simulations and Validations, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 138(6) (2016) 061003. [16] N. Keller, V. Ploshikhin, New method for fast predictions of residual stress and distortion of AM parts, Solid Freeform Fabrication Symposium, Austin, Texas, 2014, pp. 1229-1237. [17] S.A. Khairallah, A.T. Anderson, A. Rubenchik, W.E. King, Laser powder-bed fusion additive manufacturing: Physics of complex melt flow and formation mechanisms of pores, spatter, and denudation zones, Acta Materialia 108 (2016) 36-45. [18] M.J. Matthews, G. Guss, S.A. Khairallah, A.M. Rubenchik, P.J. Depond, W.E. King, Denudation of metal powder layers in laser powder bed fusion processes, Acta Materialia 114 (2016) 33-42. [19] A.A. Martin, N.P. Calta, S.A. Khairallah, J. Wang, P.J. Depond, A.Y. Fong, V. Thampy, G.M. Guss, A.M. Kiss, K.H. Stone, Dynamics of pore formation during laser powder bed fusion additive manufacturing, Nature communications 10(1) (2019) 1987. [20] R. Shi, S.A. Khairallah, T.T. Roehling, T.W. Heo, J.T. McKeown, M.J. Matthews, Microstructural control in metal laser powder bed fusion additive manufacturing using laser beam shaping strategy, Acta Materialia (2019). [21] S.A. Khairallah, A.A. Martin, J.R. Lee, G. Guss, N.P. Calta, J.A. Hammons, M.H. Nielsen, K. Chaput, E. Schwalbach, M.N. Shah, Controlling interdependent meso-nanosecond dynamics and defect generation in metal 3D printing, Science 368(6491) (2020) 660-665. [22] W. Yan, W. Ge, Y. Qian, S. Lin, B. Zhou, W.K. Liu, F. Lin, G.J. Wagner, Multi-physics modeling of single/multiple-track defect mechanisms in electron beam selective melting, Acta Materialia 134 (2017) 324-333. [23] S. Shrestha, Y. Kevin Chou, A Numerical Study on the Keyhole Formation During Laser Powder Bed Fusion Process, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 141(10) (2019). [24] S. Shrestha, B. Cheng, K. Chou, An Investigation into Melt Pool Effective Thermal Conductivity for Thermal Modeling of Powder-Bed Electron Beam Additive Manufacturing. [25] D. Rosenthal, Mathematical theory of heat distribution during welding and cutting, Welding journal 20 (1941) 220-234. [26] P. Promoppatum, S.-C. Yao, P.C. Pistorius, A.D. Rollett, A comprehensive comparison of the analytical and numerical prediction of the thermal history and solidification microstructure of Inconel 718 products made by laser powder-bed fusion, Engineering 3(5) (2017) 685-694. [27] M. Tang, P.C. Pistorius, J.L. Beuth, Prediction of lack-of-fusion porosity for powder bed fusion, Additive Manufacturing 14 (2017) 39-48. [28] T. Moran, P. Li, D. Warner, N. Phan, Utility of superposition-based finite element approach for part-scale thermal simulation in additive manufacturing, Additive Manufacturing 21 (2018) 215-219. [29] Y. Yang, M. Knol, F. van Keulen, C. Ayas, A semi-analytical thermal modelling approach for selective laser melting, Additive Manufacturing 21 (2018) 284-297. [30] B. Cheng, S. Shrestha, K. Chou, Stress and deformation evaluations of scanning strategy effect in selective laser melting, Additive Manufacturing 12 (2016) 240-251. [31] L.H. Ahmed Hussein, Chunze Yan, Richard Everson, Finite element simulation of the temperature and stress fields in single layers built without-support in selective laser melting, Materials and Design 52 (2013) 638-647. [32] H. Peng, D.B. Go, R. Billo, S. Gong, M.R. Shankar, B.A. Gatrell, J. Budzinski, P. Ostiguy, R. Attardo, C. Tomonto, Part-scale model for fast prediction of thermal distortion in DMLS additive manufacturing; Part 2: a quasi-static thermo-mechanical model, Austin, Texas (2016). [33] M.F. Zaeh, G. Branner, Investigations on residual stresses and deformations in selective laser melting, Production Engineering 4(1) (2010) 35-45. [34] C. Li, C. Fu, Y. Guo, F. Fang, A multiscale modeling approach for fast prediction of part distortion in selective laser melting, Journal of Materials Processing Technology 229 (2016) 703- 712. [35] C. Li, Z. Liu, X. Fang, Y. Guo, On the Simulation Scalability of Predicting Residual Stress and Distortion in Selective Laser Melting, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 140(4) (2018) 041013. [36] S. Afazov, W.A. Denmark, B.L. Toralles, A. Holloway, A. Yaghi, Distortion Prediction and Compensation in Selective Laser Melting, Additive Manufacturing 17 (2017) 15-22. [37] Y. Lee, W. Zhang, Modeling of heat transfer, fluid flow and solidification microstructure of nickel-base superalloy fabricated by laser powder bed fusion, Additive Manufacturing 12 (2016) 178-188. [38] L. Scime, J. Beuth, A multi-scale convolutional neural network for autonomous anomaly detection and classification in a laser powder bed fusion additive manufacturing process, Additive Manufacturing 24 (2018) 273-286. [39] L. Scime, J. Beuth, Using machine learning to identify in-situ melt pool signatures indicative of flaw formation in a laser powder bed fusion additive manufacturing process, Additive Manufacturing 25 (2019) 151-165. [40] X. Xie, J. Bennett, S. Saha, Y. Lu, J. Cao, W.K. Liu, Z. Gan, Mechanistic data-driven prediction of as-built mechanical properties in metal additive manufacturing, npj Computational Materials 7(1) (2021) 1-12. [41] C. Wang, X. Tan, S. Tor, C. Lim, Machine learning in additive manufacturing: State-of-theart and perspectives, Additive Manufacturing (2020) 101538. [42] J. Li, R. Jin, Z.Y. Hang, Integration of physically-based and data-driven approaches for thermal field prediction in additive manufacturing, Materials & Design 139 (2018) 473-485. [43] M. Mozaffar, A. Paul, R. Al-Bahrani, S. Wolff, A. Choudhary, A. Agrawal, K. Ehmann, J. Cao, Data-driven prediction of the high-dimensional thermal history in directed energy deposition processes via recurrent neural networks, Manufacturing letters 18 (2018) 35-39. [44] A. Paul, M. Mozaffar, Z. Yang, W.-k. Liao, A. Choudhary, J. Cao, A. Agrawal, A real-time iterative machine learning approach for temperature profile prediction in additive manufacturing processes, 2019 IEEE International Conference on Data Science and Advanced Analytics (DSAA), IEEE, 2019, pp. 541-550. [45] S. Clijsters, T. Craeghs, J.-P. Kruth, A priori process parameter adjustment for SLM process optimization, Innovative developments on virtual and physical prototyping, Taylor & Francis Group., 2012, pp. 553-560. [46] R. Mertens, S. Clijsters, K. Kempen, J.-P. Kruth, Optimization of scan strategies in selective laser melting of aluminum parts with downfacing areas, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 136(6) (2014) 061012. [47] J.-P. Kruth, J. Deckers, E. Yasa, R. Wauthlé, Assessing and comparing influencing factors of residual stresses in selective laser melting using a novel analysis method, Proceedings of the institution of mechanical engineers, Part B: Journal of Engineering Manufacture 226(6) (2012) 980-991. [48] Y. Lu, S. Wu, Y. Gan, T. Huang, C. Yang, L. Junjie, J. Lin, Study on the microstructure, mechanical property and residual stress of SLM Inconel-718 alloy manufactured by differing island scanning strategy, Optics & Laser Technology 75 (2015) 197-206. [49] E. Foroozmehr, R. Kovacevic, Effect of path planning on the laser powder deposition process: thermal and structural evaluation, The International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology 51(5-8) (2010) 659-669. [50] L.H. Ahmed Hussein, Chunze Yan, Richard Everson, Finite element simulation of the temperature and stress fields in single layers built without-support in selective laser melting, Materials and Design (2013). [51] J.-P. Kruth, M. Badrossamay, E. Yasa, J. Deckers, L. Thijs, J. Van Humbeeck, Part and material properties in selective laser melting of metals, Proceedings of the 16th international symposium on electromachining, 2010, pp. 1-12. [52] L. Thijs, K. Kempen, J.-P. Kruth, J. Van Humbeeck, Fine-structured aluminium products with controllable texture by selective laser melting of pre-alloyed AlSi10Mg powder, Acta Materialia 61(5) (2013) 1809-1819. [53] D. Ding, Z.S. Pan, D. Cuiuri, H. Li, A tool-path generation strategy for wire and arc additive manufacturing, The international journal of advanced manufacturing technology 73(1-4) (2014) 173-183. [54] B.E. Carroll, T.A. Palmer, A.M. Beese, Anisotropic tensile behavior of Ti–6Al–4V components fabricated with directed energy deposition additive manufacturing, Acta Materialia 87 (2015) 309-320. [55] D. Ding, Z. Pan, D. Cuiuri, H. Li, A practical path planning methodology for wire and arc additive manufacturing of thin-walled structures, Robotics and Computer-Integrated Manufacturing 34 (2015) 8-19. [56] D. Ding, Z. Pan, D. Cuiuri, H. Li, S. van Duin, N. Larkin, Bead modelling and implementation of adaptive MAT path in wire and arc additive manufacturing, Robotics and Computer-Integrated Manufacturing 39 (2016) 32-42. [57] R. Ponche, O. Kerbrat, P. Mognol, J.-Y. Hascoet, A novel methodology of design for Additive Manufacturing applied to Additive Laser Manufacturing process, Robotics and ComputerIntegrated Manufacturing 30(4) (2014) 389-398. [58] D.E. Smith, R. Hoglund, Continuous fiber angle topology optimization for polymer fused fillament fabrication, Annu. Int. Solid Free. Fabr. Symp. Austin, TX, 2016. [59] J. Liu, J. Liu, H. Yu, H. Yu, Concurrent deposition path planning and structural topology optimization for additive manufacturing, Rapid Prototyping Journal 23(5) (2017) 930-942. [60] Q. Xia, T. Shi, Optimization of composite structures with continuous spatial variation of fiber angle through Shepard interpolation, Composite Structures 182 (2017) 273-282. [61] C. Kiyono, E. Silva, J. Reddy, A novel fiber optimization method based on normal distribution function with continuously varying fiber path, Composite Structures 160 (2017) 503-515. [62] C.J. Brampton, K.C. Wu, H.A. Kim, New optimization method for steered fiber composites using the level set method, Structural and Multidisciplinary Optimization 52(3) (2015) 493-505. [63] J. Liu, A.C. To, Deposition path planning-integrated structural topology optimization for 3D additive manufacturing subject to self-support constraint, Computer-Aided Design 91 (2017) 27- 45. [64] H. Shen, J. Fu, Z. Chen, Y. Fan, Generation of offset surface for tool path in NC machining through level set methods, The International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology 46(9-12) (2010) 1043-1047. [65] C. Zhuang, Z. Xiong, H. Ding, High speed machining tool path generation for pockets using level sets, International Journal of Production Research 48(19) (2010) 5749-5766. [66] K.C. Mills, Recommended values of thermophysical properties for selected commercial alloys, Woodhead Publishing2002. [67] S.S. Sih, J.W. Barlow, The prediction of the emissivity and thermal conductivity of powder beds, Particulate Science and Technology 22(4) (2004) 427-440. [68] L. Dong, A. Makradi, S. Ahzi, Y. Remond, Three-dimensional transient finite element analysis of the selective laser sintering process, Journal of materials processing technology 209(2) (2009) 700-706. [69] J.J. Beaman, J.W. Barlow, D.L. Bourell, R.H. Crawford, H.L. Marcus, K.P. McAlea, Solid freeform fabrication: a new direction in manufacturing, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Norwell, MA 2061 (1997) 25-49. [70] G. Bugeda Miguel Cervera, G. Lombera, Numerical prediction of temperature and density distributions in selective laser sintering processes, Rapid Prototyping Journal 5(1) (1999) 21-26. [71] T. Mukherjee, W. Zhang, T. DebRoy, An improved prediction of residual stresses and distortion in additive manufacturing, Computational Materials Science 126 (2017) 360-372. [72] A.J. Dunbar, E.R. Denlinger, M.F. Gouge, P. Michaleris, Experimental validation of finite element modeling for laser powderbed fusion deformation, Additive Manufacturing 12 (2016) 108-120. [73] J. Goldak, A. Chakravarti, M. Bibby, A new finite element model for welding heat sources, Metallurgical and Materials Transactions B 15(2) (1984) 299-305. [74] J. Liu, Q. Chen, Y. Zhao, W. Xiong, A. To, Quantitative Texture Prediction of Epitaxial Columnar Grains in Alloy 718 Processed by Additive Manufacturing, Proceedings of the 9th International Symposium on Superalloy 718 & Derivatives: Energy, Aerospace, and Industrial Applications, Springer, 2018, pp. 749-755. [75] J. Irwin, P. Michaleris, A line heat input model for additive manufacturing, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 138(11) (2016) 111004. [76] M. Gouge, J. Heigel, P. Michaleris, T. Palmer, Modeling forced convection in the thermal simulation of laser cladding processes, International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology 79 (2015). [77] J. Heigel, P. Michaleris, E. Reutzel, Thermo-mechanical model development and validation of directed energy deposition additive manufacturing of Ti–6Al–4V, Additive manufacturing 5 (2015) 9-19. [78] E.R. Denlinger, J.C. Heigel, P. Michaleris, Residual stress and distortion modeling of electron beam direct manufacturing Ti-6Al-4V, Proceedings of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers, Part B: Journal of Engineering Manufacture 229(10) (2015) 1803-1813. [79] X. Liang, Q. Chen, L. Cheng, Q. Yang, A. To, A modified inherent strain method for fast prediction of residual deformation in additive manufacturing of metal parts, 2017 Solid Freeform Fabrication Symposium Proceedings, Austin, Texas, 2017. [80] X. Liang, L. Cheng, Q. Chen, Q. Yang, A. To, A Modified Method for Estimating Inherent Strains from Detailed Process Simulation for Fast Residual Distortion Prediction of Single-Walled Structures Fabricated by Directed Energy Deposition, Additive Manufacturing 23 (2018) 471-486. [81] L. Sochalski-Kolbus, E.A. Payzant, P.A. Cornwell, T.R. Watkins, S.S. Babu, R.R. Dehoff, M. Lorenz, O. Ovchinnikova, C. Duty, Comparison of residual stresses in Inconel 718 simple parts made by electron beam melting and direct laser metal sintering, Metallurgical and Materials Transactions A 46(3) (2015) 1419-1432. [82] P. Mercelis, J.-P. Kruth, Residual stresses in selective laser sintering and selective laser melting, Rapid Prototyping Journal 12(5) (2006) 254-265. [83] N. Hodge, R. Ferencz, J. Solberg, Implementation of a thermomechanical model for the simulation of selective laser melting, Computational Mechanics 54(1) (2014) 33-51. [84] A.S. Wu, D.W. Brown, M. Kumar, G.F. Gallegos, W.E. King, An experimental investigation into additive manufacturing-induced residual stresses in 316L stainless steel, Metallurgical and Materials Transactions A 45(13) (2014) 6260-6270. [85] C. Li, J. liu, Y. Guo, Efficient predictive model of part distortion and residual stress in selective laser melting, Solid Freeform Fabrication 2016, 2017. [86] Y. Zhao, Y. Koizumi, K. Aoyagi, D. Wei, K. Yamanaka, A. Chiba, Molten pool behavior and effect of fluid flow on solidification conditions in selective electron beam melting (SEBM) of a biomedical Co-Cr-Mo alloy, Additive Manufacturing 26 (2019) 202-214. [87] J.-H. Cho, S.-J. Na, Implementation of real-time multiple reflection and Fresnel absorption of laser beam in keyhole, Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics 39(24) (2006) 5372. [88] Q. Guo, C. Zhao, M. Qu, L. Xiong, L.I. Escano, S.M.H. Hojjatzadeh, N.D. Parab, K. Fezzaa, W. Everhart, T. Sun, In-situ characterization and quantification of melt pool variation under constant input energy density in laser powder-bed fusion additive manufacturing process, Additive Manufacturing (2019). [89] E. Assuncao, S. Williams, D. Yapp, Interaction time and beam diameter effects on the conduction mode limit, Optics and Lasers in Engineering 50(6) (2012) 823-828. [90] R. Cunningham, C. Zhao, N. Parab, C. Kantzos, J. Pauza, K. Fezzaa, T. Sun, A.D. Rollett, Keyhole threshold and morphology in laser melting revealed by ultrahigh-speed x-ray imaging, Science 363(6429) (2019) 849-852. [91] W. Tan, N.S. Bailey, Y.C. Shin, Investigation of keyhole plume and molten pool based on a three-dimensional dynamic model with sharp interface formulation, Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics 46(5) (2013) 055501. [92] W. Tan, Y.C. Shin, Analysis of multi-phase interaction and its effects on keyhole dynamics with a multi-physics numerical model, Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics 47(34) (2014) 345501. [93] R. Fabbro, K. Chouf, Keyhole modeling during laser welding, Journal of applied Physics 87(9) (2000) 4075-4083. [94] Q. Guo, C. Zhao, M. Qu, L. Xiong, S.M.H. Hojjatzadeh, L.I. Escano, N.D. Parab, K. Fezzaa, T. Sun, L. Chen, In-situ full-field mapping of melt flow dynamics in laser metal additive manufacturing, Additive Manufacturing 31 (2020) 100939. [95] Y. Ueda, K. Fukuda, K. Nakacho, S. Endo, A new measuring method of residual stresses with the aid of finite element method and reliability of estimated values, Journal of the Society of Naval Architects of Japan 1975(138) (1975) 499-507. [96] M.R. Hill, D.V. Nelson, The inherent strain method for residual stress determination and its application to a long welded joint, ASME-PUBLICATIONS-PVP 318 (1995) 343-352. [97] H. Murakawa, Y. Luo, Y. Ueda, Prediction of welding deformation and residual stress by elastic FEM based on inherent strain, Journal of the society of Naval Architects of Japan 1996(180) (1996) 739-751. [98] M. Yuan, Y. Ueda, Prediction of residual stresses in welded T-and I-joints using inherent strains, Journal of Engineering Materials and Technology, Transactions of the ASME 118(2) (1996) 229-234. [99] L. Zhang, P. Michaleris, P. Marugabandhu, Evaluation of applied plastic strain methods for welding distortion prediction, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 129(6) (2007) 1000-1010. [100] M. Bugatti, Q. Semeraro, Limitations of the Inherent Strain Method in Simulating Powder Bed Fusion Processes, Additive Manufacturing 23 (2018) 329-346. [101] L. Cheng, X. Liang, J. Bai, Q. Chen, J. Lemon, A. To, On Utilizing Topology Optimization to Design Support Structure to Prevent Residual Stress Induced Build Failure in Laser Powder Bed Metal Additive Manufacturing, Additive Manufacturing (2019). [102] Q. Chen, X. Liang, D. Hayduke, J. Liu, L. Cheng, J. Oskin, R. Whitmore, A.C. To, An inherent strain based multiscale modeling framework for simulating part-scale residual deformation for direct metal laser sintering, Additive Manufacturing 28 (2019) 406-418. [103] S. Osher, J.A. Sethian, Fronts propagating with curvature-dependent speed: algorithms based on Hamilton-Jacobi formulations, Journal of computational physics 79(1) (1988) 12-49. [104] M.Y. Wang, X. Wang, D. Guo, A level set method for structural topology optimization, Computer methods in applied mechanics and engineering 192(1) (2003) 227-246. [105] G. Allaire, F. Jouve, A.-M. Toader, Structural optimization using sensitivity analysis and a level-set method, Journal of computational physics 194(1) (2004) 363-393. [106] Y. Wang, Z. Luo, Z. Kang, N. Zhang, A multi-material level set-based topology and shape optimization method, Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering 283 (2015) 1570-1586. [107] P. Dunning, C. Brampton, H. Kim, Simultaneous optimisation of structural topology and material grading using level set method, Materials Science and Technology 31(8) (2015) 884-894. [108] P. Liu, Y. Luo, Z. Kang, Multi-material topology optimization considering interface behavior via XFEM and level set method, Computer methods in applied mechanics and engineering 308 (2016) 113-133. [109] J. Liu, Q. Chen, Y. Zheng, R. Ahmad, J. Tang, Y. Ma, Level set-based heterogeneous object modeling and optimization, Computer-Aided Design (2019). [110] J. Liu, Q. Chen, X. Liang, A.C. To, Manufacturing cost constrained topology optimization for additive manufacturing, Frontiers of Mechanical Engineering 14(2) (2019) 213-221. [111] Z. Kang, Y. Wang, Integrated topology optimization with embedded movable holes based on combined description by material density and level sets, Computer methods in applied mechanics and engineering 255 (2013) 1-13. [112] P.D. Dunning, H. Alicia Kim, A new hole insertion method for level set based structural topology optimization, International Journal for Numerical Methods in Engineering 93(1) (2013) 118-134. [113] J.A. Sethian, A fast marching level set method for monotonically advancing fronts, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 93(4) (1996) 1591-1595. [114] J.A. Sethian, Level set methods and fast marching methods: evolving interfaces in computational geometry, fluid mechanics, computer vision, and materials science, Cambridge university press1999. [115] C. Le, J. Norato, T. Bruns, C. Ha, D. Tortorelli, Stress-based topology optimization for continua, Structural and Multidisciplinary Optimization 41(4) (2010) 605-620. [116] A. Takezawa, G.H. Yoon, S.H. Jeong, M. Kobashi, M. Kitamura, Structural topology optimization with strength and heat conduction constraints, Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering 276 (2014) 341-361. [117] S. Hochreiter, J. Schmidhuber, Long short-term memory, Neural computation 9(8) (1997) 1735-1780. [118] A. Krizhevsky, I. Sutskever, G.E. Hinton, Imagenet classification with deep convolutional neural networks, Advances in neural information processing systems 25 (2012) 1097-1105. [119] K. Simonyan, A. Zisserman, Very deep convolutional networks for large-scale image recognition, arXiv preprint arXiv:1409.1556 (2014). [120] K. He, X. Zhang, S. Ren, J. Sun, Deep residual learning for image recognition, Proceedings of the IEEE conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, 2016, pp. 770-778. [121] O. Russakovsky, J. Deng, H. Su, J. Krause, S. Satheesh, S. Ma, Z. Huang, A. Karpathy, A. Khosla, M. Bernstein, Imagenet large scale visual recognition challenge, International journal of computer vision 115(3) (2015) 211-252. [122] S. Ren, K. He, R. Girshick, J. Sun, Faster r-cnn: Towards real-time object detection with region proposal networks, Advances in neural information processing systems 28 (2015) 91-99. [123] E.J. Schwalbach, S.P. Donegan, M.G. Chapman, K.J. Chaput, M.A. Groeber, A discrete source model of powder bed fusion additive manufacturing thermal history, Additive Manufacturing 25 (2019) 485-498. [124] D.G. Duffy, Green’s functions with applications, Chapman and Hall/CRC2015. [125] J. Martínez-Frutos, D. Herrero-Pérez, Efficient matrix-free GPU implementation of fixed grid finite element analysis, Finite Elements in Analysis and Design 104 (2015) 61-71. [126] F. Dugast, P. Apostolou, A. Fernandez, W. Dong, Q. Chen, S. Strayer, R. Wicker, A.C. To, Part-scale thermal process modeling for laser powder bed fusion with matrix-free method and GPU computing, Additive Manufacturing 37 (2021) 101732. [127] A. Vaswani, N. Shazeer, N. Parmar, J. Uszkoreit, L. Jones, A.N. Gomez, Ł. Kaiser, I. Polosukhin, Attention is all you need, Advances in neural information processing systems, 2017, pp. 5998-6008. [128] J. Devlin, M.-W. Chang, K. Lee, K. Toutanova, Bert: Pre-training of deep bidirectional transformers for language understanding, arXiv preprint arXiv:1810.04805 (2018).
Optimization of Solar CCHP Systems with Collector Enhanced by Porous Media and Nanofluid
Navid Tonekaboni,1Mahdi Feizbahr,2 Nima Tonekaboni,1Guang-Jun Jiang,3,4 and Hong-Xia Chen3,4
Abstract
태양열 집열기의 낮은 효율은 CCHP(Solar Combined Cooling, Heating, and Power) 사이클의 문제점 중 하나로 언급될 수 있습니다. 태양계를 개선하기 위해 나노유체와 다공성 매체가 태양열 집열기에 사용됩니다.
다공성 매질과 나노입자를 사용하는 장점 중 하나는 동일한 조건에서 더 많은 에너지를 흡수할 수 있다는 것입니다. 이 연구에서는 평균 일사량이 1b인 따뜻하고 건조한 지역의 600 m2 건물의 전기, 냉방 및 난방을 생성하기 위해 다공성 매질과 나노유체를 사용하여 태양열 냉난방 복합 발전(SCCHP) 시스템을 최적화했습니다.
본 논문에서는 침전물이 형성되지 않는 lb = 820 w/m2(이란) 정도까지 다공성 물질에서 나노유체의 최적량을 계산하였다. 이 연구에서 태양열 집열기는 구리 다공성 매체(95% 다공성)와 CuO 및 Al2O3 나노 유체로 향상되었습니다.
나노유체의 0.1%-0.6%가 작동 유체로 물에 추가되었습니다. 나노유체의 0.5%가 태양열 집열기 및 SCCHP 시스템에서 가장 높은 에너지 및 엑서지 효율 향상으로 이어지는 것으로 밝혀졌습니다.
본 연구에서 포물선형 집열기(PTC)의 최대 에너지 및 엑서지 효율은 각각 74.19% 및 32.6%입니다. 그림 1은 태양 CCHP의 주기를 정확하게 설명하기 위한 그래픽 초록으로 언급될 수 있습니다.
The low efficiency of solar collectors can be mentioned as one of the problems in solar combined cooling, heating, and power (CCHP) cycles. For improving solar systems, nanofluid and porous media are used in solar collectors. One of the advantages of using porous media and nanoparticles is to absorb more energy under the same conditions. In this research, a solar combined cooling, heating, and power (SCCHP) system has been optimized by porous media and nanofluid for generating electricity, cooling, and heating of a 600 m2 building in a warm and dry region with average solar radiation of Ib = 820 w/m2 in Iran. In this paper, the optimal amount of nanofluid in porous materials has been calculated to the extent that no sediment is formed. In this study, solar collectors were enhanced with copper porous media (95% porosity) and CuO and Al2O3 nanofluids. 0.1%–0.6% of the nanofluids were added to water as working fluids; it is found that 0.5% of the nanofluids lead to the highest energy and exergy efficiency enhancement in solar collectors and SCCHP systems. Maximum energy and exergy efficiency of parabolic thermal collector (PTC) riches in this study are 74.19% and 32.6%, respectively. Figure 1 can be mentioned as a graphical abstract for accurately describing the cycle of solar CCHP.
1. Introduction
Due to the increase in energy consumption, the use of clean energy is one of the important goals of human societies. In the last four decades, the use of cogeneration cycles has increased significantly due to high efficiency. Among clean energy, the use of solar energy has become more popular due to its greater availability [1]. Low efficiency of energy production, transmission, and distribution system makes a new system to generate simultaneously electricity, heating, and cooling as an essential solution to be widely used. The low efficiency of the electricity generation, transmission, and distribution system makes the CCHP system a basic solution to eliminate waste of energy. CCHP system consists of a prime mover (PM), a power generator, a heat recovery system (produce extra heating/cooling/power), and thermal energy storage (TES) [2]. Solar combined cooling, heating, and power (SCCHP) has been started three decades ago. SCCHP is a system that receives its propulsive force from solar energy; in this cycle, solar collectors play the role of propulsive for generating power in this system [3].
Increasing the rate of energy consumption in the whole world because of the low efficiency of energy production, transmission, and distribution system causes a new cogeneration system to generate electricity, heating, and cooling energy as an essential solution to be widely used. Building energy utilization fundamentally includes power required for lighting, home electrical appliances, warming and cooling of building inside, and boiling water. Domestic usage contributes to an average of 35% of the world’s total energy consumption [4].
Due to the availability of solar energy in all areas, solar collectors can be used to obtain the propulsive power required for the CCHP cycle. Solar energy is the main source of energy in renewable applications. For selecting a suitable area to use solar collectors, annual sunshine hours, the number of sunny days, minus temperature and frosty days, and the windy status of the region are essentially considered [5]. Iran, with an average of more than 300 sunny days, is one of the suitable countries to use solar energy. Due to the fact that most of the solar radiation is in the southern regions of Iran, also the concentration of cities is low in these areas, and transmission lines are far apart, one of the best options is to use CCHP cycles based on solar collectors [6]. One of the major problems of solar collectors is their low efficiency [7]. Low efficiency increases the area of collectors, which increases the initial cost of solar systems and of course increases the initial payback period. To increase the efficiency of solar collectors and improve their performance, porous materials and nanofluids are used to increase their workability.
There are two ways to increase the efficiency of solar collectors and mechanical and fluid improvement. In the first method, using porous materials or helical filaments inside the collector pipes causes turbulence of the flow and increases heat transfer. In the second method, using nanofluids or salt and other materials increases the heat transfer of water. The use of porous materials has grown up immensely over the past twenty years. Porous materials, especially copper porous foam, are widely used in solar collectors. Due to the high contact surface area, porous media are appropriate candidates for solar collectors [8]. A number of researchers investigated Solar System performance in accordance with energy and exergy analyses. Zhai et al. [9] reviewed the performance of a small solar-powered system in which the energy efficiency was 44.7% and the electrical efficiency was 16.9%.
Abbasi et al. [10] proposed an innovative multiobjective optimization to optimize the design of a cogeneration system. Results showed the CCHP system based on an internal diesel combustion engine was the applicable alternative at all regions with different climates. The diesel engine can supply the electrical requirement of 31.0% and heating demand of 3.8% for building.
Jiang et al. [11] combined the experiment and simulation together to analyze the performance of a cogeneration system. Moreover, some research focused on CCHP systems using solar energy. It integrated sustainable and renewable technologies in the CCHP, like PV, Stirling engine, and parabolic trough collector (PTC) [2, 12–15].
Wang et al. [16] optimized a cogeneration solar cooling system with a Rankine cycle and ejector to reach the maximum total system efficiency of 55.9%. Jing et al. analyzed a big-scale building with the SCCHP system and auxiliary heaters to produced electrical, cooling, and heating power. The maximum energy efficiency reported in their work is 46.6% [17]. Various optimization methods have been used to improve the cogeneration system, minimum system size, and performance, such as genetic algorithm [18, 19].
Hirasawa et al. [20] investigated the effect of using porous media to reduce thermal waste in solar systems. They used the high-porosity metal foam on top of the flat plate solar collector and observed that thermal waste decreased by 7% due to natural heat transfer. Many researchers study the efficiency improvement of the solar collector by changing the collector’s shapes or working fluids. However, the most effective method is the use of nanofluids in the solar collector as working fluid [21]. In the experimental study done by Jouybari et al. [22], the efficiency enhancement up to 8.1% was achieved by adding nanofluid in a flat plate collector. In this research, by adding porous materials to the solar collector, collector efficiency increased up to 92% in a low flow regime. Subramani et al. [23] analyzed the thermal performance of the parabolic solar collector with Al2O3 nanofluid. They conducted their experiments with Reynolds number range 2401 to 7202 and mass flow rate 0.0083 to 0.05 kg/s. The maximum efficiency improvement in this experiment was 56% at 0.05 kg/s mass flow rate.
Shojaeizadeh et al. [24] investigated the analysis of the second law of thermodynamic on the flat plate solar collector using Al2O3/water nanofluid. Their research showed that energy efficiency rose up to 1.9% and the exergy efficiency increased by a maximum of 0.72% compared to pure water. Tiwari et al. [25] researched on the thermal performance of solar flat plate collectors for working fluid water with different nanofluids. The result showed that using 1.5% (optimum) particle volume fraction of Al2O3 nanofluid as an absorbing medium causes the thermal efficiency to enhance up to 31.64%.
The effect of porous media and nanofluids on solar collectors has already been investigated in the literature but the SCCHP system with a collector embedded by both porous media and nanofluid for enhancing the ratio of nanoparticle in nanofluid for preventing sedimentation was not discussed. In this research, the amount of energy and exergy of the solar CCHP cycles with parabolic solar collectors in both base and improved modes with a porous material (copper foam with 95% porosity) and nanofluid with different ratios of nanoparticles was calculated. In the first step, it is planned to design a CCHP system based on the required load, and, in the next step, it will analyze the energy and exergy of the system in a basic and optimize mode. In the optimize mode, enhanced solar collectors with porous material and nanofluid in different ratios (0.1%–0.7%) were used to optimize the ratio of nanofluids to prevent sedimentation.
2. Cycle Description
CCHP is one of the methods to enhance energy efficiency and reduce energy loss and costs. The SCCHP system used a solar collector as a prime mover of the cogeneration system and assisted the boiler to generate vapor for the turbine. Hot water flows from the expander to the absorption chiller in summer or to the radiator or fan coil in winter. Finally, before the hot water wants to flow back to the storage tank, it flows inside a heat exchanger for generating domestic hot water [26].
For designing of solar cogeneration system and its analysis, it is necessary to calculate the electrical, heating (heating load is the load required for the production of warm water and space heating), and cooling load required for the case study considered in a residential building with an area of 600 m2 in the warm region of Iran (Zahedan). In Table 1, the average of the required loads is shown for the different months of a year (average of electrical, heating, and cooling load calculated with CARRIER software).Table 1The average amount of electric charges, heating load, and cooling load used in the different months of the year in the city of Zahedan for a residential building with 600 m2.
According to Table 1, the maximum magnitude of heating, cooling, and electrical loads is used to calculate the cogeneration system. The maximum electric load is 96 kW, the maximum amount of heating load is 62 kW, and the maximum cooling load is 118 kW. Since the calculated loads are average, all loads increased up to 10% for the confidence coefficient. With the obtained values, the solar collector area and other cogeneration system components are calculated. The cogeneration cycle is capable of producing 105 kW electric power, 140 kW cooling capacity, and 100 kW heating power.
2.1. System Analysis Equations
An analysis is done by considering the following assumptions:(1)The system operates under steady-state conditions(2)The system is designed for the warm region of Iran (Zahedan) with average solar radiation Ib = 820 w/m2(3)The pressure drops in heat exchangers, separators, storage tanks, and pipes are ignored(4)The pressure drop is negligible in all processes and no expectable chemical reactions occurred in the processes(5)Potential, kinetic, and chemical exergy are not considered due to their insignificance(6)Pumps have been discontinued due to insignificance throughout the process(7)All components are assumed adiabatic
Schematic shape of the cogeneration cycle is shown in Figure 1 and all data are given in Table 2.
Figure 1Schematic shape of the cogeneration cycle.Table 2Temperature and humidity of different points of system.
Based on the first law of thermodynamic, energy analysis is based on the following steps.
First of all, the estimated solar radiation energy on collector has been calculated:where α is the heat transfer enhancement coefficient based on porous materials added to the collector’s pipes. The coefficient α is increased by the porosity percentage, the type of porous material (in this case, copper with a porosity percentage of 95), and the flow of fluid to the collector equation.
Collector efficiency is going to be calculated by the following equation [9]:
Total energy received by the collector is given by [9]
In the last step based on thermodynamic second law, exergy efficiency has been calculated from the following equation and the above-mentioned calculated loads [9]:
3. Porous Media
The porous medium that filled the test section is copper foam with a porosity of 95%. The foams are determined in Figure 2 and also detailed thermophysical parameters and dimensions are shown in Table 3.
Figure 2Copper foam with a porosity of 95%.Table 3Thermophysical parameters and dimensions of copper foam.
In solar collectors, copper porous materials are suitable for use at low temperatures and have an easier and faster manufacturing process than ceramic porous materials. Due to the high coefficient conductivity of copper, the use of copper metallic foam to increase heat transfer is certainly more efficient in solar collectors.
Porous media and nanofluid in solar collector’s pipes were simulated in FLOW-3D software using the finite-difference method [27]. Nanoparticles Al2O3 and CUO are mostly used in solar collector enhancement. In this research, different concentrations of nanofluid are added to the parabolic solar collectors with porous materials (copper foam with porosity of 95%) to achieve maximum heat transfer in the porous materials before sedimentation. After analyzing PTC pipes with the nanofluid flow in FLOW-3D software, for energy and exergy efficiency analysis, Carrier software results were used as EES software input. Simulation PTC with porous media inside collector pipe and nanofluids sedimentation is shown in Figure 3.
Figure 3Simulation PTC pipes enhanced with copper foam and nanoparticles in FLOW-3D software.
3.1. Nano Fluid
In this research, copper and silver nanofluids (Al2O3, CuO) have been added with percentages of 0.1%–0.7% as the working fluids. The nanoparticle properties are given in Table 4. Also, system constant parameters are presented in Table 4, which are available as default input in the EES software.Table 4Properties of the nanoparticles [9].
System constant parameters for input in the software are shown in Table 5.Table 5System constant parameters.
The thermal properties of the nanofluid can be obtained from equations (18)–(21). The basic fluid properties are indicated by the index (bf) and the properties of the nanoparticle silver with the index (np).
The density of the mixture is shown in the following equation [28]:where ρ is density and ϕ is the nanoparticles volume fraction.
The specific heat capacity is calculated from the following equation [29]:
The thermal conductivity of the nanofluid is calculated from the following equation [29]:
The parameter β is the ratio of the nanolayer thickness to the original particle radius and, usually, this parameter is taken equal to 0.1 for the calculated thermal conductivity of the nanofluids.
The mixture viscosity is calculated as follows [30]:
In all equations, instead of water properties, working fluids with nanofluid are used. All of the above equations and parameters are entered in the EES software for calculating the energy and exergy of solar collectors and the SCCHP cycle. All calculation repeats for both nanofluids with different concentrations of nanofluid in the solar collector’s pipe.
4. Results and Discussion
In the present study, relations were written according to Wang et al. [16] and the system analysis was performed to ensure the correctness of the code. The energy and exergy charts are plotted based on the main values of the paper and are shown in Figures 4 and 5. The error rate in this simulation is 1.07%.
Figure 4Verification charts of energy analysis results.
Figure 5Verification charts of exergy analysis results.
We may also investigate the application of machine learning paradigms [31–41] and various hybrid, advanced optimization approaches that are enhanced in terms of exploration and intensification [42–55], and intelligent model studies [56–61] as well, for example, methods such as particle swarm optimizer (PSO) [60, 62], differential search (DS) [63], ant colony optimizer (ACO) [61, 64, 65], Harris hawks optimizer (HHO) [66], grey wolf optimizer (GWO) [53, 67], differential evolution (DE) [68, 69], and other fusion and boosted systems [41, 46, 48, 50, 54, 55, 70, 71].
At the first step, the collector is modified with porous copper foam material. 14 cases have been considered for the analysis of the SCCHP system (Table 6). It should be noted that the adding of porous media causes an additional pressure drop inside the collector [9, 22–26, 30, 72]. All fourteen cases use copper foam with a porosity of 95 percent. To simulate the effect of porous materials and nanofluids, the first solar PTC pipes have been simulated in the FLOW-3D software and then porous media (copper foam with porosity of 95%) and fluid flow with nanoparticles (AL2O3 and CUO) are generated in the software. After analyzing PTC pipes in FLOW-3D software, for analyzing energy and exergy efficiency, software outputs were used as EES software input for optimization ratio of sedimentation and calculating energy and exergy analyses.Table 6Collectors with different percentages of nanofluids and porous media.
In this research, an enhanced solar collector with both porous media and Nanofluid is investigated. In the present study, 0.1–0.5% CuO and Al2O3 concentration were added to the collector fully filled by porous media to achieve maximum energy and exergy efficiencies of solar CCHP systems. All steps of the investigation are shown in Table 6.
Energy and exergy analyses of parabolic solar collectors and SCCHP systems are shown in Figures 6 and 7.
Figure 6Energy and exergy efficiencies of the PTC with porous media and nanofluid.
Figure 7Energy and exergy efficiency of the SCCHP.
Results show that the highest energy and exergy efficiencies are 74.19% and 32.6%, respectively, that is achieved in Step 12 (parabolic collectors with filled porous media and 0.5% Al2O3). In the second step, the maximum energy efficiency of SCCHP systems with fourteen steps of simulation are shown in Figure 7.
In the second step, where 0.1, −0.6% of the nanofluids were added, it is found that 0.5% leads to the highest energy and exergy efficiency enhancement in solar collectors and SCCHP systems. Using concentrations more than 0.5% leads to sediment in the solar collector’s pipe and a decrease of porosity in the pipe [73]. According to Figure 7, maximum energy and exergy efficiencies of SCCHP are achieved in Step 12. In this step energy efficiency is 54.49% and exergy efficiency is 18.29%. In steps 13 and 14, with increasing concentration of CUO and Al2O3 nanofluid solution in porous materials, decreasing of energy and exergy efficiency of PTC and SCCHP system at the same time happened. This decrease in efficiency is due to the formation of sediment in the porous material. Calculations and simulations have shown that porous materials more than 0.5% nanofluids inside the collector pipe cause sediment and disturb the porosity of porous materials and pressure drop and reduce the coefficient of performance of the cogeneration system. Most experience showed that CUO and AL2O3 nanofluids with less than 0.6% percent solution are used in the investigation on the solar collectors at low temperatures and discharges [74]. One of the important points of this research is that the best ratio of nanofluids in the solar collector with a low temperature is 0.5% (AL2O3 and CUO); with this replacement, the cost of solar collectors and SCCHP cycle is reduced.
5. Conclusion and Future Directions
In the present study, ways for increasing the efficiency of solar collectors in order to enhance the efficiency of the SCCHP cycle are examined. The research is aimed at adding both porous materials and nanofluids for estimating the best ratio of nanofluid for enhanced solar collector and protecting sedimentation in porous media. By adding porous materials (copper foam with porosity of 95%) and 0.5% nanofluids together, high efficiency in solar parabolic collectors can be achieved. The novelty in this research is the addition of both nanofluids and porous materials and calculating the best ratio for preventing sedimentation and pressure drop in solar collector’s pipe. In this study, it was observed that, by adding 0.5% of AL2O3 nanofluid in working fluids, the energy efficiency of PTC rises to 74.19% and exergy efficiency is grown up to 32.6%. In SCCHP cycle, energy efficiency is 54.49% and exergy efficiency is 18.29%.
In this research, parabolic solar collectors fully filled by porous media (copper foam with a porosity of 95) are investigated. In the next step, parabolic solar collectors in the SCCHP cycle were simultaneously filled by porous media and different percentages of Al2O3 and CuO nanofluid. At this step, values of 0.1% to 0.6% of each nanofluid were added to the working fluid, and the efficiency of the energy and exergy of the collectors and the SCCHP cycle were determined. In this case, nanofluid and the porous media were used together in the solar collector and maximum efficiency achieved. 0.5% of both nanofluids were used to achieve the biggest efficiency enhancement.
In the present study, as expected, the highest efficiency is for the parabolic solar collector fully filled by porous material (copper foam with a porosity of 95%) and 0.5% Al2O3. Results of the present study are as follows:(1)The average enhancement of collectors’ efficiency using porous media and nanofluids is 28%.(2)Solutions with 0.1 to 0.5% of nanofluids (CuO and Al2O3) are used to prevent collectors from sediment occurrence in porous media.(3)Collector of solar cogeneration cycles that is enhanced by both porous media and nanofluid has higher efficiency, and the stability of output temperature is more as well.(4)By using 0.6% of the nanofluids in the enhanced parabolic solar collectors with copper porous materials, sedimentation occurs and makes a high-pressure drop in the solar collector’s pipe which causes decrease in energy efficiency.(5)Average enhancement of SCCHP cycle efficiency is enhanced by both porous media and nanofluid 13%.
Nomenclature
:
Solar radiation
a:
Heat transfer augmentation coefficient
A:
Solar collector area
Bf:
Basic fluid
:
Specific heat capacity of the nanofluid
F:
Constant of air dilution
:
Thermal conductivity of the nanofluid
:
Thermal conductivity of the basic fluid
:
Viscosity of the nanofluid
:
Viscosity of the basic fluid
:
Collector efficiency
:
Collector energy receives
:
Auxiliary boiler heat
:
Expander energy
:
Gas energy
:
Screw expander work
:
Cooling load, in kilowatts
:
Heating load, in kilowatts
:
Solar radiation energy on collector, in Joule
:
Sanitary hot water load
Np:
Nanoparticle
:
Energy efficiency
:
Heat exchanger efficiency
:
Sun exergy
:
Collector exergy
:
Natural gas exergy
:
Expander exergy
:
Cooling exergy
:
Heating exergy
:
Exergy efficiency
:
Steam mass flow rate
:
Hot water mass flow rate
:
Specific heat capacity of water
:
Power output form by the screw expander
Tam:
Average ambient temperature
:
Density of the mixture.
Greek symbols
ρ:
Density
ϕ:
Nanoparticles volume fraction
β:
Ratio of the nanolayer thickness.
Abbreviations
CCHP:
Combined cooling, heating, and power
EES:
Engineering equation solver.
Data Availability
For this study, data were generated by CARRIER software for the average electrical, heating, and cooling load of a residential building with 600 m2 in the city of Zahedan, Iran.
Conflicts of Interest
The authors declare that they have no conflicts of interest.
Acknowledgments
This work was partially supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Contract no. 71761030 and Natural Science Foundation of Inner Mongolia under Contract no. 2019LH07003.
References
A. Fudholi and K. Sopian, “Review on solar collector for agricultural produce,” International Journal of Power Electronics and Drive Systems (IJPEDS), vol. 9, no. 1, p. 414, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
G. Yang and X. Zhai, “Optimization and performance analysis of solar hybrid CCHP systems under different operation strategies,” Applied Thermal Engineering, vol. 133, pp. 327–340, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. Wang, Z. Han, and Z. Guan, “Hybrid solar-assisted combined cooling, heating, and power systems: a review,” Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, vol. 133, p. 110256, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Y. Tian and C. Y. Zhao, “A review of solar collectors and thermal energy storage in solar thermal applications,” Applied Energy, vol. 104, pp. 538–553, 2013.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. M. Hassan, Q. J. Abdul-Ghafour, and M. F. Mohammed, “CFD simulation of enhancement techniques in flat plate solar water collectors,” Al-Nahrain Journal for Engineering Sciences, vol. 20, no. 3, pp. 751–761, 2017.View at: Google Scholar
M. Jahangiri, O. Nematollahi, A. Haghani, H. A. Raiesi, and A. Alidadi Shamsabadi, “An optimization of energy cost of clean hybrid solar-wind power plants in Iran,” International Journal of Green Energy, vol. 16, no. 15, pp. 1422–1435, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
I. H. Yılmaz and A. Mwesigye, “Modeling, simulation and performance analysis of parabolic trough solar collectors: a comprehensive review,” Applied Energy, vol. 225, pp. 135–174, 2018.View at: Google Scholar
F. Wang, J. Tan, and Z. Wang, “Heat transfer analysis of porous media receiver with different transport and thermophysical models using mixture as feeding gas,” Energy Conversion and Management, vol. 83, pp. 159–166, 2014.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
H. Zhai, Y. J. Dai, J. Y. Wu, and R. Z. Wang, “Energy and exergy analyses on a novel hybrid solar heating, cooling and power generation system for remote areas,” Applied Energy, vol. 86, no. 9, pp. 1395–1404, 2009.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. H. Abbasi, H. Sayyaadi, and M. Tahmasbzadebaie, “A methodology to obtain the foremost type and optimal size of the prime mover of a CCHP system for a large-scale residential application,” Applied Thermal Engineering, vol. 135, pp. 389–405, 2018.View at: Google Scholar
R. Jiang, F. G. F. Qin, X. Yang, S. Huang, and B. Chen, “Performance analysis of a liquid absorption dehumidifier driven by jacket-cooling water of a diesel engine in a CCHP system,” Energy and Buildings, vol. 163, pp. 70–78, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
F. A. Boyaghchi and M. Chavoshi, “Monthly assessments of exergetic, economic and environmental criteria and optimization of a solar micro-CCHP based on DORC,” Solar Energy, vol. 166, pp. 351–370, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
F. A. Boyaghchi and M. Chavoshi, “Multi-criteria optimization of a micro solar-geothermal CCHP system applying water/CuO nanofluid based on exergy, exergoeconomic and exergoenvironmental concepts,” Applied Thermal Engineering, vol. 112, pp. 660–675, 2017.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
B. Su, W. Han, Y. Chen, Z. Wang, W. Qu, and H. Jin, “Performance optimization of a solar assisted CCHP based on biogas reforming,” Energy Conversion and Management, vol. 171, pp. 604–617, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
F. A. Al-Sulaiman, F. Hamdullahpur, and I. Dincer, “Performance assessment of a novel system using parabolic trough solar collectors for combined cooling, heating, and power production,” Renewable Energy, vol. 48, pp. 161–172, 2012.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. Wang, Y. Dai, L. Gao, and S. Ma, “A new combined cooling, heating and power system driven by solar energy,” Renewable Energy, vol. 34, no. 12, pp. 2780–2788, 2009.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Y.-Y. Jing, H. Bai, J.-J. Wang, and L. Liu, “Life cycle assessment of a solar combined cooling heating and power system in different operation strategies,” Applied Energy, vol. 92, pp. 843–853, 2012.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J.-J. Wang, Y.-Y. Jing, and C.-F. Zhang, “Optimization of capacity and operation for CCHP system by genetic algorithm,” Applied Energy, vol. 87, no. 4, pp. 1325–1335, 2010.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
L. Ali, “LDA–GA–SVM: improved hepatocellular carcinoma prediction through dimensionality reduction and genetically optimized support vector machine,” Neural Computing and Applications, vol. 87, pp. 1–10, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
S. Hirasawa, R. Tsubota, T. Kawanami, and K. Shirai, “Reduction of heat loss from solar thermal collector by diminishing natural convection with high-porosity porous medium,” Solar Energy, vol. 97, pp. 305–313, 2013.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
E. Bellos, C. Tzivanidis, and Z. Said, “A systematic parametric thermal analysis of nanofluid-based parabolic trough solar collectors,” Sustainable Energy Technologies and Assessments, vol. 39, p. 100714, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
H. J. Jouybari, S. Saedodin, A. Zamzamian, M. E. Nimvari, and S. Wongwises, “Effects of porous material and nanoparticles on the thermal performance of a flat plate solar collector: an experimental study,” Renewable Energy, vol. 114, pp. 1407–1418, 2017.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. Subramani, P. K. Nagarajan, S. Wongwises, S. A. El-Agouz, and R. Sathyamurthy, “Experimental study on the thermal performance and heat transfer characteristics of solar parabolic trough collector using Al2O3 nanofluids,” Environmental Progress & Sustainable Energy, vol. 37, no. 3, pp. 1149–1159, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
E. Shojaeizadeh, F. Veysi, and A. Kamandi, “Exergy efficiency investigation and optimization of an Al2O3-water nanofluid based Flat-plate solar collector,” Energy and Buildings, vol. 101, pp. 12–23, 2015.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
A. K. Tiwari, P. Ghosh, and J. Sarkar, “Solar water heating using nanofluids–a comprehensive overview and environmental impact analysis,” International Journal of Emerging Technology and Advanced Engineering, vol. 3, no. 3, pp. 221–224, 2013.View at: Google Scholar
D. R. Rajendran, E. Ganapathy Sundaram, P. Jawahar, V. Sivakumar, O. Mahian, and E. Bellos, “Review on influencing parameters in the performance of concentrated solar power collector based on materials, heat transfer fluids and design,” Journal of Thermal Analysis and Calorimetry, vol. 140, no. 1, pp. 33–51, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. Feizbahr, C. Kok Keong, F. Rostami, and M. Shahrokhi, “Wave energy dissipation using perforated and non perforated piles,” International Journal of Engineering, vol. 31, no. 2, pp. 212–219, 2018.View at: Google Scholar
K. Khanafer and K. Vafai, “A critical synthesis of thermophysical characteristics of nanofluids,” International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, vol. 54, no. 19-20, pp. 4410–4428, 2011.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
K. Farhana, K. Kadirgama, M. M. Rahman et al., “Improvement in the performance of solar collectors with nanofluids – a state-of-the-art review,” Nano-Structures & Nano-Objects, vol. 18, p. 100276, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. Turkyilmazoglu, “Condensation of laminar film over curved vertical walls using single and two-phase nanofluid models,” European Journal of Mechanics-B/Fluids, vol. 65, pp. 184–191, 2017.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
X. Zhang, J. Wang, T. Wang, R. Jiang, J. Xu, and L. Zhao, “Robust feature learning for adversarial defense via hierarchical feature alignment,” Information Sciences, vol. 2020, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
X. Zhang, T. Wang, W. Luo, and P. Huang, “Multi-level fusion and attention-guided CNN for image dehazing,” IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems for Video Technology, vol. 1, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
X. Zhang, M. Fan, D. Wang, P. Zhou, and D. Tao, “Top-k feature selection framework using robust 0-1 integer programming,” IEEE Transactions on Neural Networks and Learning Systems, vol. 1, pp. 1–15, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
X. Zhang, D. Wang, Z. Zhou, and Y. Ma, “Robust low-rank tensor recovery with rectification and alignment,” IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, vol. 43, no. 1, pp. 238–255, 2019.View at: Google Scholar
X. Zhang, R. Jiang, T. Wang, and J. Wang, “Recursive neural network for video deblurring,” IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems for Video Technology, vol. 1, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
X. Zhang, T. Wang, J. Wang, G. Tang, and L. Zhao, “Pyramid channel-based feature attention network for image dehazing,” Computer Vision and Image Understanding, vol. 1, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
M. Mirmozaffari, “Machine learning algorithms based on an optimization model,” 2020.View at: Google Scholar
M. Mirmozaffari, M. Yazdani, A. Boskabadi, H. Ahady Dolatsara, K. Kabirifar, and N. Amiri Golilarz, “A novel machine learning approach combined with optimization models for eco-efficiency evaluation,” Applied Sciences, vol. 10, no. 15, p. 5210, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. Vosoogha and A. Addeh, “An intelligent power prediction method for wind energy generation based on optimized fuzzy system,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering (CRPASE), vol. 5, pp. 34–43, 2019.View at: Google Scholar
A. Javadi, N. Mikaeilvand, and H. Hosseinzdeh, “Presenting a new method to solve partial differential equations using a group search optimizer method (GSO),” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science and Engineering, vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 22–26, 2018.View at: Google Scholar
F. J. Golrokh, Gohar Azeem, and A. Hasan, “Eco-efficiency evaluation in cement industries: DEA malmquist productivity index using optimization models,” ENG Transactions, vol. 1, pp. 1–8, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
H. Yu, “Dynamic Gaussian bare-bones fruit fly optimizers with abandonment mechanism: method and analysis,” Engineering with Computers, vol. 1, pp. 1–29, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
C. Yu, “SGOA: annealing-behaved grasshopper optimizer for global tasks,” Engineering with Computers, vol. 1, pp. 1–28, 2021.View at: Google Scholar
W. Shan, Z. Qiao, A. A. Heidari, H. Chen, H. Turabieh, and Y. Teng, “Double adaptive weights for stabilization of moth flame optimizer: balance analysis, engineering cases, and medical diagnosis,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 1, p. 106728, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
J. Tu, H. Chen, J. Liu et al., “Evolutionary biogeography-based whale optimization methods with communication structure: towards measuring the balance,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 212, p. 106642, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Y. Zhang, “Towards augmented kernel extreme learning models for bankruptcy prediction: algorithmic behavior and comprehensive analysis,” Neurocomputing, vol. 1, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
Y. Zhang, R. Liu, X. Wang, H. Chen, and C. Li, “Boosted binary Harris hawks optimizer and feature selection,” Engineering with Computers, vol. 1, pp. 1–30, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
H.-L. Chen, G. Wang, C. Ma, Z.-N. Cai, W.-B. Liu, and S.-J. Wang, “An efficient hybrid kernel extreme learning machine approach for early diagnosis of Parkinson’s disease,” Neurocomputing, vol. 184, pp. 131–144, 2016.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
L. Hu, G. Hong, J. Ma, X. Wang, and H. Chen, “An efficient machine learning approach for diagnosis of paraquat-poisoned patients,” Computers in Biology and Medicine, vol. 59, pp. 116–124, 2015.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
L. Shen, H. Chen, Z. Yu et al., “Evolving support vector machines using fruit fly optimization for medical data classification,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 96, pp. 61–75, 2016.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. Xia, H. Chen, Q. Li et al., “Ultrasound-based differentiation of malignant and benign thyroid Nodules: an extreme learning machine approach,” Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine, vol. 147, pp. 37–49, 2017.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
C. Li, L. Hou, B. Y. Sharma et al., “Developing a new intelligent system for the diagnosis of tuberculous pleural effusion,” Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine, vol. 153, pp. 211–225, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
X. Zhao, X. Zhang, Z. Cai et al., “Chaos enhanced grey wolf optimization wrapped ELM for diagnosis of paraquat-poisoned patients,” Computational Biology and Chemistry, vol. 78, pp. 481–490, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. Wang and H. Chen, “Chaotic multi-swarm whale optimizer boosted support vector machine for medical diagnosis,” Applied Soft Computing Journal, vol. 88, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
X. Xu and H.-L. Chen, “Adaptive computational chemotaxis based on field in bacterial foraging optimization,” Soft Computing, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 797–807, 2014.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
R. U. Khan, X. Zhang, R. Kumar, A. Sharif, N. A. Golilarz, and M. Alazab, “An adaptive multi-layer botnet detection technique using machine learning classifiers,” Applied Sciences, vol. 9, no. 11, p. 2375, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
A. Addeh, A. Khormali, and N. A. Golilarz, “Control chart pattern recognition using RBF neural network with new training algorithm and practical features,” ISA Transactions, vol. 79, pp. 202–216, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
N. Amiri Golilarz, H. Gao, R. Kumar, L. Ali, Y. Fu, and C. Li, “Adaptive wavelet based MRI brain image de-noising,” Frontiers in Neuroscience, vol. 14, p. 728, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
N. A. Golilarz, H. Gao, and H. Demirel, “Satellite image de-noising with Harris hawks meta heuristic optimization algorithm and improved adaptive generalized Gaussian distribution threshold function,” IEEE Access, vol. 7, pp. 57459–57468, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. Eisazadeh and J. Rezapour, “Multi-objective optimization of the composite sheets using PSO algorithm,” 2017.View at: Google Scholar
I. Bargegol, M. Nikookar, R. V. Nezafat, E. J. Lashkami, and A. M. Roshandeh, “Timing optimization of signalized intersections using shockwave theory by genetic algorithm,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering, vol. 1, pp. 160–167, 2015.View at: Google Scholar
B. Bai, Z. Guo, C. Zhou, W. Zhang, and J. Zhang, “Application of adaptive reliability importance sampling-based extended domain PSO on single mode failure in reliability engineering,” Information Sciences, vol. 546, pp. 42–59, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. Liu, C. Wu, G. Wu, and X. Wang, “A novel differential search algorithm and applications for structure design,” Applied Mathematics and Computation, vol. 268, pp. 246–269, 2015.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
X. Zhao, D. Li, B. Yang, C. Ma, Y. Zhu, and H. Chen, “Feature selection based on improved ant colony optimization for online detection of foreign fiber in cotton,” Applied Soft Computing, vol. 24, pp. 585–596, 2014.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
D. Zhao, “Chaotic random spare ant colony optimization for multi-threshold image segmentation of 2D Kapur entropy,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 24, p. 106510, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
H. Chen, A. A. Heidari, H. Chen, M. Wang, Z. Pan, and A. H. Gandomi, “Multi-population differential evolution-assisted Harris hawks optimization: framework and case studies,” Future Generation Computer Systems, vol. 111, pp. 175–198, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. Hu, H. Chen, A. A. Heidari et al., “Orthogonal learning covariance matrix for defects of grey wolf optimizer: insights, balance, diversity, and feature selection,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 213, p. 106684, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
G. Sun, B. Yang, Z. Yang, and G. Xu, “An adaptive differential evolution with combined strategy for global numerical optimization,” Soft Computing, vol. 24, pp. 1–20, 2019.View at: Google Scholar
G. Sun, C. Li, and L. Deng, “An adaptive regeneration framework based on search space adjustment for differential evolution,” Neural Computing and Applications, vol. 24, pp. 1–17, 2021.View at: Google Scholar
A. Addeh and M. Iri, “Brain tumor type classification using deep features of MRI images and optimized RBFNN,” ENG Transactions, vol. 2, pp. 1–7, 2021.View at: Google Scholar
F. J. Golrokh and A. Hasan, “A comparison of machine learning clustering algorithms based on the DEA optimization approach for pharmaceutical companies in developing countries,” Soft Computing, vol. 1, pp. 1–8, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
H. Tyagi, P. Phelan, and R. Prasher, “Predicted efficiency of a low-temperature nanofluid-based direct absorption solar collector,” Journal of Solar Energy Engineering, vol. 131, no. 4, 2009.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
S. Rashidi, M. Bovand, and J. A. Esfahani, “Heat transfer enhancement and pressure drop penalty in porous solar heat exchangers: a sensitivity analysis,” Energy Conversion and Management, vol. 103, pp. 726–738, 2015.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
N. Akram, R. Sadri, S. N. Kazi et al., “A comprehensive review on nanofluid operated solar flat plate collectors,” Journal of Thermal Analysis and Calorimetry, vol. 139, no. 2, pp. 1309–1343, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
The low efficiency of Collectors that absorb energy can be mentioned as one of the drawbacks in solar cogeneration cycles. In the present study, solar systems have been improved by adding porous media and Nanofluid to collectors. One advantage of using porous media and nanomaterials is to absorb more energy while the surface area is reduced. In this study, first, solar collectors are enhanced using 90% porosity copper in solar combined cooling, heating and power systems (SCCHP). Second, different percentages of CuO and Al2O3 nano-fluids are added to a flat plate and parabolic collectors to enhance thermal properties. Simulations are performed in different modes (simple parabolic collectors, simple flat plate collectors, improved flat plate collectors, parabolic collectors with porous media, and flat plate and parabolic collectors with different density of CuO and Al2O3 nanofluids). A case study is investigated for warm and dry regions with mean solar radiation Ib = 820 w / m2 in Iran. The maximum energy and exergy efficiencies are 60.12% and 18.84%, respectively, that is related to enhanced parabolic solar collectors with porous media and nanofluids. Adding porous media and nano-fluids increases an average 14.4% collector energy efficiency and 8.08% collector exergy efficiency.
[1] Center TU. Annual report on China building energy efficiency. China Construction Industry Press (In Chinese). 2016.
[2] Tonekaboni N, Salarian H, Fatahian E, Fatahian H. Energy and exergy economic analysis of cogeneration cycle of homemade CCHP with PVT collector. Canadian Journal of Basic and Applied Sciences 2015;3:224-233.
[3] Hassan JM, Abdul-Ghafour QJ, Mohammed MF. CFD simulation of enhancement techniques in flat plate solar water collectors. Al-Nahrain Journal for Engineering Sciences 2017;20:751-761.
[4] Sopian K, Daud WR, Othman MY, Yatim B. Thermal performance of the double-pass solar collector with and without porous media. Renewable Energy 1999;18:557-564. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0960-1481(99)00007-5
[5] Feizbahr M, Kok Keong C, Rostami F, Shahrokhi M. Wave energy dissipation using perforated and non perforated piles. International Journal of Engineering 2018;31:212-219. https://doi.org/10.5829/ije.2018.31.02b.04
[6] Tian Y, Zhao CY. A review of solar collectors and thermal energy storage in solar thermal applications. Applied Energy 2013;104:538-553. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apenergy.2012.11.051
[7] Wang F, Tan J, Wang Z. Heat transfer analysis of porous media receiver with different transport and thermophysical models using mixture as feeding gas. Energy Conversion and Management 2014;83:159-166. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.enconman.2014.03.068
[8] Korti AI. Numerical 3-D heat flow simulations on double-pass solar collector with and without porous media. Journal of Thermal Engineering 2015;1:10-23. https://doi.org/10.18186/jte.86295
[9] Sharma N, Diaz G. Performance model of a novel evacuated-tube solar collector based on minichannels. Solar Energy 2011;85:881-890. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.solener.2011.02.001
[10] Tyagi VV, Kaushik SC, Tyagi SK. Advancement in solar photovoltaic/thermal (PV/T) hybrid collector technology. Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews 2012;16:1383-1398. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rser.2011.12.013
[11] Zhai H, Dai YJ, Wu JY, Wang RZ. Energy and exergy analyses on a novel hybrid solar heating, cooling and power generation system for remote areas. Applied Energy 2009;86:1395-1404. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apenergy.2008.11.020
[12] Wang J, Dai Y, Gao L, Ma S. A new combined cooling, heating and power system driven by solar energy. Renewable Energy 2009;34:2780-2788. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.renene.2009.06.010
[13] Jing YY, Bai H, Wang JJ, Liu L. Life cycle assessment of a solar combined cooling heating and power system in different operation strategies. Applied Energy 2012;92:843-853. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apenergy.2011.08.046
[14] Temir G, Bilge D. Thermoeconomic analysis of a trigeneration system. applied thermal engineering. Applied Thermal Engineering 2004;24:2689-2699. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2004.03.014
[15] Wang JJ, Jing YY, Zhang CF. Optimization of capacity and operation for CCHP system by genetic algorithm. Applied Energy 2010;87:1325-1335. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apenergy.2009.08.005
[16] Kleinstreuer C, Chiang H. Analysis of a porous-medium solar collector. Heat Transfer Engineering 1990;11:45-55. https://doi.org/10.1080/01457639008939728
[17] Mbaye M, Bilgen E. Natural convection and conduction in porous wall, solar collector systems without vents. Jornal of Solar Energy Engineering 1992;114:40-46. https://doi.org/10.1115/1.2929980
[18] Hirasawa S, Tsubota R, Kawanami T, Shirai K. Reduction of heat loss from solar thermal collector by diminishing natural convection with high-porosity porous medium. Solar Energy 2013;97:305-313. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.solener.2013.08.035
[19] Jouybari HJ, Saedodin S, Zamzamian A, Nimvari ME, Wongwises S. Effects of porous material and nanoparticles on the thermal performance of a flat plate solar collector: an experimental study. Renewable Energy 2017;114:1407-1418. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.renene.2017.07.008
[20] Subramani J, Nagarajan PK, Wongwises S, El‐Agouz SA, Sathyamurthy R. Experimental study on the thermal performance and heat transfer characteristics of solar parabolic trough collector using Al2O3 nanofluids. Environmental Progress & Sustainable Energy 2018;37:1149-1159. https://doi.org/10.1002/ep.12767
[21] Yousefi T, Veysi F, Shojaeizadeh E, Zinadini S. An experimental investigation on the effect of Al2O3–H2O nanofluid on the efficiency of flat-plate solar collectors. Renewable Energy 2012;39:293-298. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.renene.2011.08.056
[22] Tyagi H, Phelan P, Prasher R. Predicted efficiency of a low-temperature nanofluid-based direct absorption solar collector. Journal of Solar Energy Engineering 2009;131:041004. https://doi.org/10.1115/1.3197562
[23] Shojaeizadeh E, Veysi F, Kamandi A. Exergy efficiency investigation and optimization of an Al2O3–water nanofluid based Flat-plate solar collector. Energy and Buildings 2015;101:12-23. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.enbuild.2015.04.048
[24] Tiwari AK, Ghosh P, Sarkar J. Solar water heating using nanofluids–a comprehensive overview and environmental impact analysis. International Journal of Emerging Technology and Advanced Engineering 2013;3:221-224. [25] Akram N, Sadri R, Kazi SN, Zubir MN, Ridha M, Ahmed W, et al. A comprehensive review on nanofluid operated solar flat plate collectors. Journal of Thermal Analysis and Calorimetry 2020;139:1309-1343. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10973-019-08514-z
[26] Lemington N. Study of solar driven adsorption cooling potential in Indonesia. Journal of Thermal Engineering 2017;3:1044-1051. https://doi.org/10.18186/thermal.290257
[27] Tong Y, Lee H, Kang W, Cho H. Energy and exergy comparison of a flat-plate solar collector using water, Al2O3 nanofluid, and CuO nanofluid. Applied Thermal Engineering 2019;159:113959. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2019.113959
[28] Khanafer K, Vafai K. A critical synthesis of thermophysical characteristics of nanofluids. International Journal of Heat And Mass Transfer 2011;54:4410-4428. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2011.04.048
[29] Farhana K, Kadirgama K, Rahman MM, Ramasamy D, Noor MM, Najafi G, et al. Improvement in the performance of solar collectors with nanofluids—A state-of-the-art review. Nano-Structures & Nano-Objects 2019;18:100276. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nanoso.2019.100276
[30] Turkyilmazoglu M. Condensation of laminar film over curved vertical walls using single and two-phase nanofluid models. European Journal of Mechanics-B/Fluids 2017;65:184-91. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.euromechflu.2017.04.007
[31] Chen CC, Huang PC. Numerical study of heat transfer enhancement for a novel flat-plate solar water collector using metal-foam blocks. International Journal of Heat And Mass Transfer 2012;55:6734-6756. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2012.06.082
[32] Huang PC, Chen CC, Hwang HY. Thermal enhancement in a flat-plate solar water collector by flow pulsation and metal-foam blocks. International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer 2013;61:696-720. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2013.02.037
[33] Hajipour M, Dehkordi AM. Mixed-convection flow of Al2O3–H O nanofluid in a channel partially filled with porous metal foam: experimental and numerical study. Experimental Thermal and Fluid Science 2014;53:49-56. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.expthermflusci.2013.11.002
[34] Rashidi S, Bovand M, Esfahani JA. Heat transfer enhancement and pressure drop penalty in porous solar heat exchangers: a sensitivity analysis. Energy Conversion and Management 2015;103:726-738. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.enconman.2015.07.019
[35] Manikandan GK, Iniyan S, Goic R. Enhancing the optical and thermal efficiency of a parabolic trough collector–A review. Applied Energy 2019;235:1524-1540. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apenergy.2018.11.048
Keyhole Formation by Laser Drilling in Laser Powder Bed Fusion of Ti6Al4V Biomedical Alloy: Mesoscopic Computational Fluid Dynamics Simulation versus Mathematical Modelling Using Empirical Validation
Asif Ur Rehman 1,2,3,* ,† , Muhammad Arif Mahmood 4,* ,† , Fatih Pitir 1 , Metin Uymaz Salamci 2,3 , Andrei C. Popescu 4 and Ion N. Mihailescu 4
Abstract
LPBF(Laser Powder Bed fusion) 공정에서 작동 조건은 열 분포를 기반으로 레이저 유도 키홀 영역을 결정하는 데 필수적입니다. 얕은 구멍과 깊은 구멍으로 분류되는 이러한 영역은 LPBF 프로세스에서 확률과 결함 형성 강도를 제어합니다.
LPBF 프로세스의 핵심 구멍을 연구하고 제어하기 위해 수학적 및 CFD(전산 유체 역학) 모델이 제공됩니다. CFD의 경우 이산 요소 모델링 기법을 사용한 유체 체적 방법이 사용되었으며, 분말 베드 보이드 및 표면에 의한 레이저 빔 흡수를 포함하여 수학적 모델이 개발되었습니다.
동적 용융 풀 거동을 자세히 살펴봅니다. 실험적, CFD 시뮬레이션 및 분석적 컴퓨팅 결과 간에 정량적 비교가 수행되어 좋은 일치를 얻습니다.
LPBF에서 레이저 조사 영역 주변의 온도는 높은 내열성과 분말 입자 사이의 공기로 인해 분말층 주변에 비해 급격히 상승하여 레이저 횡방향 열파의 이동이 느려집니다. LPBF에서 키홀은 에너지 밀도에 의해 제어되는 얕고 깊은 키홀 모드로 분류될 수 있습니다. 에너지 밀도를 높이면 얕은 키홀 구멍 모드가 깊은 키홀 구멍 모드로 바뀝니다.
깊은 키홀 구멍의 에너지 밀도는 다중 반사와 키홀 구멍 내의 2차 반사 빔의 집중으로 인해 더 높아져 재료가 빠르게 기화됩니다.
깊은 키홀 구멍 모드에서는 온도 분포가 높기 때문에 액체 재료가 기화 온도에 가까우므로 얕은 키홀 구멍보다 구멍이 형성될 확률이 훨씬 높습니다. 온도가 급격히 상승하면 재료 밀도가 급격히 떨어지므로 비열과 융해 잠열로 인해 유체 부피가 증가합니다.
그 대가로 표면 장력을 낮추고 용융 풀 균일성에 영향을 미칩니다.
In the laser powder bed fusion (LPBF) process, the operating conditions are essential in determining laser-induced keyhole regimes based on the thermal distribution. These regimes, classified into shallow and deep keyholes, control the probability and defects formation intensity in the LPBF process. To study and control the keyhole in the LPBF process, mathematical and computational fluid dynamics (CFD) models are presented. For CFD, the volume of fluid method with the discrete element modeling technique was used, while a mathematical model was developed by including the laser beam absorption by the powder bed voids and surface. The dynamic melt pool behavior is explored in detail. Quantitative comparisons are made among experimental, CFD simulation and analytical computing results leading to a good correspondence. In LPBF, the temperature around the laser irradiation zone rises rapidly compared to the surroundings in the powder layer due to the high thermal resistance and the air between the powder particles, resulting in a slow travel of laser transverse heat waves. In LPBF, the keyhole can be classified into shallow and deep keyhole mode, controlled by the energy density. Increasing the energy density, the shallow keyhole mode transforms into the deep keyhole mode. The energy density in a deep keyhole is higher due to the multiple reflections and concentrations of secondary reflected beams within the keyhole, causing the material to vaporize quickly. Due to an elevated temperature distribution in deep keyhole mode, the probability of pores forming is much higher than in a shallow keyhole as the liquid material is close to the vaporization temperature. When the temperature increases rapidly, the material density drops quickly, thus, raising the fluid volume due to the specific heat and fusion latent heat. In return, this lowers the surface tension and affects the melt pool uniformity.
Keywords: laser powder bed fusion; computational fluid dynamics; analytical modelling; shallow and deep keyhole modes; experimental correlation
Figure 1. Powder bed schematic with voids.Figure 2. (a) Scanning electron microscopy images of Ti6Al4V powder particles and (b) simulated powder bed using
discrete element modellingFigure 3. Temperature field contour formation at various time intervals (a) 0.695 ms, (b) 0.795 ms,
(c) 0.995 ms and (d) 1.3 ms.Figure 4. Detailed view of shallow depth melt mode with temperature field at 0.695 msFigure 5. Melt flow stream traces formation at various time intervals (a) 0.695 ms, (b) 0.795 ms,
(c) 0.995 ms and (d) 1.3 msFigure 6. Density evolution of the melt pool at various time intervals (a) 0.695 ms, (b) 0.795 ms,
(c) 0.995 ms and (d) 1.3 ms.Figure 7. Un-melted and melted regions at different time intervals (a) 0.695 ms, (b) 0.795 ms,
(c) 0.995 ms and (d) 1.3 msFigure 8. Transformation from shallow depth melt flow to deep keyhole formation when laser power increased from
(a) 170 W to (b) 200 WFigure 9. Stream traces and laser beam multiple reflections in deep keyhole melt flow modeFigure 10. A comparison between analytical and CFD simulation results for peak thermal distribution value in the deep
keyhole formationFigure 11. A comparison among experiments [49], CFD and analytical simulations for deep keyhole
top width and bottom width
References
Kok, Y.; Tan, X.P.; Wang, P.; Nai, M.L.S.; Loh, N.H.; Liu, E.; Tor, S.B. Anisotropy and heterogeneity of microstructure and mechanical properties in metal additive manufacturing: A critical review. Mater. Des. 2018, 139, 565–586. [CrossRef]
Ansari, P.; Salamci, M.U. On the selective laser melting based additive manufacturing of AlSi10Mg: The process parameter investigation through multiphysics simulation and experimental validation. J. Alloys Compd. 2022, 890, 161873. [CrossRef]
Guo, N.; Leu, M.C. Additive manufacturing: Technology, applications and research needs. Front. Mech. Eng. 2013, 8, 215–243. [CrossRef]
Mohsin Raza, M.; Lo, Y.L. Experimental investigation into microstructure, mechanical properties, and cracking mechanism of IN713LC processed by laser powder bed fusion. Mater. Sci. Eng. A 2021, 819, 141527. [CrossRef]
Dezfoli, A.R.A.; Lo, Y.L.; Raza, M.M. Prediction of Epitaxial Grain Growth in Single-Track Laser Melting of IN718 Using Integrated Finite Element and Cellular Automaton Approach. Materials 2021, 14, 5202. [CrossRef]
Tiwari, S.K.; Pande, S.; Agrawal, S.; Bobade, S.M. Selection of selective laser sintering materials for different applications. Rapid Prototyp. J. 2015, 21, 630–648. [CrossRef]
Liu, F.H. Synthesis of bioceramic scaffolds for bone tissue engineering by rapid prototyping technique. J. Sol-Gel Sci. Technol. 2012, 64, 704–710. [CrossRef]
Ur Rehman, A.; Sglavo, V.M. 3D printing of geopolymer-based concrete for building applications. Rapid Prototyp. J. 2020, 26, 1783–1788. [CrossRef]
Ur Rehman, A.; Sglavo, V.M. 3D printing of Portland cement-containing bodies. Rapid Prototyp. J. 2021. ahead of print. [CrossRef]
Popovich, A.; Sufiiarov, V. Metal Powder Additive Manufacturing. In New Trends in 3D Printing; InTech: Rijeka, Croatia, 2016.
Jia, T.; Zhang, Y.; Chen, J.K.; He, Y.L. Dynamic simulation of granular packing of fine cohesive particles with different size distributions. Powder Technol. 2012, 218, 76–85. [CrossRef]
Ansari, P.; Ur Rehman, A.; Pitir, F.; Veziroglu, S.; Mishra, Y.K.; Aktas, O.C.; Salamci, M.U. Selective Laser Melting of 316L Austenitic Stainless Steel: Detailed Process Understanding Using Multiphysics Simulation and Experimentation. Metals 2021, 11, 1076. [CrossRef]
Ur Rehman, A.; Tingting, L.; Liao, W. 4D Printing; Printing Ceramics from Metals with Selective Oxidation. Patent No. W0/2019/052128, 21 March 2019.
Ullah, A.; Wu, H.; Ur Rehman, A.; Zhu, Y.; Liu, T.; Zhang, K. Influence of laser parameters and Ti content on the surface morphology of L-PBF fabricated Titania. Rapid Prototyp. J. 2021, 27, 71–80. [CrossRef]
Ur Rehman, A. Additive Manufacturing of Ceramic Materials and Combinations with New Laser Strategies. Master’s Thesis, Nanjing University of Science and Technology, Nanjing, China, 2017.
Wong, K.V.; Hernandez, A. A Review of Additive Manufacturing. ISRN Mech. Eng. 2012, 2012, 1–10. [CrossRef]
Körner, C. Additive manufacturing of metallic components by selective electron beam melting—A review. Int. Mater. Rev. 2016, 61, 361–377. [CrossRef]
Fayazfar, H.; Salarian, M.; Rogalsky, A.; Sarker, D.; Russo, P.; Paserin, V.; Toyserkani, E. A critical review of powder-based additive manufacturing of ferrous alloys: Process parameters, microstructure and mechanical properties. Mater. Des. 2018, 144, 98–128. [CrossRef]
Everton, S.K.; Hirsch, M.; Stavroulakis, P.I.; Leach, R.K.; Clare, A.T. Review of in-situ process monitoring and in-situ metrology for metal additive manufacturing. Mater. Des. 2016, 95, 431–445. [CrossRef]
Sing, S.L.; An, J.; Yeong, W.Y.; Wiria, F.E. Laser and electron-beam powder-bed additive manufacturing of metallic implants: A review on processes, materials and designs. J. Orthop. Res. 2016, 34, 369–385. [CrossRef] [PubMed]
Olakanmi, E.O.; Cochrane, R.F.; Dalgarno, K.W. A review on selective laser sintering/melting (SLS/SLM) of aluminium alloy powders: Processing, microstructure, and properties. Prog. Mater. Sci. 2015, 74, 401–477. [CrossRef]
Mahmood, M.A.; Popescu, A.C.; Hapenciuc, C.L.; Ristoscu, C.; Visan, A.I.; Oane, M.; Mihailescu, I.N. Estimation of clad geometry and corresponding residual stress distribution in laser melting deposition: Analytical modeling and experimental correlations. Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 2020, 111, 77–91. [CrossRef]
Mahmood, M.A.; Popescu, A.C.; Oane, M.; Ristoscu, C.; Chioibasu, D.; Mihai, S.; Mihailescu, I.N. Three-jet powder flow and laser–powder interaction in laser melting deposition: Modelling versus experimental correlations. Metals 2020, 10, 1113. [CrossRef]
King, W.; Anderson, A.T.; Ferencz, R.M.; Hodge, N.E.; Kamath, C.; Khairallah, S.A. Overview of modelling and simulation of metal powder bed fusion process at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory. Mater. Sci. Technol. 2015, 31, 957–968. [CrossRef]
Gong, H.; Rafi, K.; Gu, H.; Starr, T.; Stucker, B. Analysis of defect generation in Ti-6Al-4V parts made using powder bed fusion additive manufacturing processes. Addit. Manuf. 2014, 1, 87–98. [CrossRef]
Frazier, W.E. Metal additive manufacturing: A review. J. Mater. Eng. Perform. 2014, 23, 1917–1928. [CrossRef]
Panwisawas, C.; Qiu, C.L.; Sovani, Y.; Brooks, J.W.; Attallah, M.M.; Basoalto, H.C. On the role of thermal fluid dynamics into the evolution of porosity during selective laser melting. Scr. Mater. 2015, 105, 14–17. [CrossRef]
Qian, Y.; Yan, W.; Lin, F. Parametric study and surface morphology analysis of electron beam selective melting. Rapid Prototyp. J. 2018, 24, 1586–1598. [CrossRef]
Panwisawas, C.; Perumal, B.; Ward, R.M.; Turner, N.; Turner, R.P.; Brooks, J.W.; Basoalto, H.C. Keyhole formation and thermal fluid flow-induced porosity during laser fusion welding in titanium alloys: Experimental and modelling. Acta Mater. 2017, 126, 251–263. [CrossRef]
Panwisawas, C.; Sovani, Y.; Turner, R.P.; Brooks, J.W.; Basoalto, H.C.; Choquet, I. Modelling of thermal fluid dynamics for fusion welding. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 2018, 252, 176–182. [CrossRef]
Martin, A.A.; Calta, N.P.; Hammons, J.A.; Khairallah, S.A.; Nielsen, M.H.; Shuttlesworth, R.M.; Sinclair, N.; Matthews, M.J.; Jeffries, J.R.; Willey, T.M.; et al. Ultrafast dynamics of laser-metal interactions in additive manufacturing alloys captured by in situ X-ray imaging. Mater. Today Adv. 2019, 1, 100002. [CrossRef]
Cunningham, R.; Zhao, C.; Parab, N.; Kantzos, C.; Pauza, J.; Fezzaa, K.; Sun, T.; Rollett, A.D. Keyhole threshold and morphology in laser melting revealed by ultrahigh-speed x-ray imaging. Science 2019, 363, 849–852. [CrossRef] [PubMed]
Tang, C.; Tan, J.L.; Wong, C.H. A numerical investigation on the physical mechanisms of single track defects in selective laser melting. Int. J. Heat Mass Transf. 2018, 126, 957–968. [CrossRef]
Mirkoohi, E.; Ning, J.; Bocchini, P.; Fergani, O.; Chiang, K.-N.; Liang, S. Thermal Modeling of Temperature Distribution in Metal Additive Manufacturing Considering Effects of Build Layers, Latent Heat, and Temperature-Sensitivity of Material Properties. J. Manuf. Mater. Process. 2018, 2, 63. [CrossRef]
Oane, M.; Sporea, D. Temperature profiles modeling in IR optical components during high power laser irradiation. Infrared Phys. Technol. 2001, 42, 31–40. [CrossRef]
Cleary, P.W.; Sawley, M.L. DEM modelling of industrial granular flows: 3D case studies and the effect of particle shape on hopper discharge. Appl. Math. Model. 2002, 26, 89–111. [CrossRef]
Parteli, E.J.R.; Pöschel, T. Particle-based simulation of powder application in additive manufacturing. Powder Technol. 2016, 288, 96–102. [CrossRef]
Cao, L. Numerical simulation of the impact of laying powder on selective laser melting single-pass formation. Int. J. Heat Mass Transf. 2019, 141, 1036–1048. [CrossRef]
Tian, Y.; Yang, L.; Zhao, D.; Huang, Y.; Pan, J. Numerical analysis of powder bed generation and single track forming for selective laser melting of SS316L stainless steel. J. Manuf. Process. 2020, 58, 964–974. [CrossRef]
Lee, Y.S.; Zhang, W. Modeling of heat transfer, fluid flow and solidification microstructure of nickel-base superalloy fabricated by laser powder bed fusion. Addit. Manuf. 2016, 12, 178–188. [CrossRef]
Tang, M.; Pistorius, P.C.; Beuth, J.L. Prediction of lack-of-fusion porosity for powder bed fusion. Addit. Manuf. 2017, 14, 39–48. [CrossRef]
Promoppatum, P.; Yao, S.C.; Pistorius, P.C.; Rollett, A.D. A Comprehensive Comparison of the Analytical and Numerical Prediction of the Thermal History and Solidification Microstructure of Inconel 718 Products Made by Laser Powder-Bed Fusion. Engineering 2017, 3, 685–694. [CrossRef]
Rosenthal, D. Mathematical Theory of Heat Distribution During Welding and Cutting. Weld. J. 1941, 20, 220–234.
Chen, Q.; Zhao, Y.Y.; Strayer, S.; Zhao, Y.Y.; Aoyagi, K.; Koizumi, Y.; Chiba, A.; Xiong, W.; To, A.C. Elucidating the Effect of Preheating Temperature on Melt Pool Morphology Variation in Inconel 718 Laser Powder Bed Fusion via Simulation and Experiment. Available online: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S2214860420310149#bb8 (accessed on 30 April 2021).
Ur Rehman, A.; Pitir, F.; Salamci, M.U. Laser Powder Bed Fusion (LPBF) of In718 and the Impact of Pre-Heating at 500 and 1000 ◦C: Operando Study. Materials 2021, 14, 6683. [CrossRef] [PubMed]
Ur Rehman, A.; Pitir, F.; Salamci, M.U. Full-Field Mapping and Flow Quantification of Melt Pool Dynamics in Laser Powder Bed Fusion of SS316L. Materials 2021, 14, 6264. [CrossRef] [PubMed]
Gong, H.; Gu, H.; Zeng, K.; Dilip, J.J.S.; Pal, D.; Stucker, B.; Christiansen, D.; Beuth, J.; Lewandowski, J.J. Melt Pool Characterization for Selective Laser Melting of Ti-6Al-4V Pre-alloyed Powder. In Proceedings of the International Solid Freeform Fabrication Symposium, Austin, TX, USA, 10–12 August 2014; 2014; pp. 256–267.
Song, B.; Dong, S.; Liao, H.; Coddet, C. Process parameter selection for selective laser melting of Ti6Al4V based on temperature distribution simulation and experimental sintering. Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 2012, 61, 967–974. [CrossRef]
NesreenTahabMaged M.El-FekyaAtef A.El-SaiadaIsmailFathya aDepartment of Water and Water Structures Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, Zagazig University, Zagazig 44519, Egypt bLab Manager, Faculty of Engineering, Zagazig University, Zagazig 44519, Egypt
Abstract
횡단 구조물을 통한 막힘은 안정성을 위협하는 위험한 문제 중 하나입니다. 암거의 막힘 형상 및 하류 세굴 특성에 미치는 영향에 관한 연구는 거의 없습니다.
이 연구의 목적은 수면과 세굴 모두에서 상자 암거를 통한 막힘의 작용을 수치적으로 논의하는 것입니다. 이를 위해 FLOW 3D v11.1.0을 사용하여 퇴적물 수송 모델을 조사했습니다.
상자 암거를 통한 다양한 차단 비율이 연구되었습니다. FLOW 3D 모델은 실험 데이터로 보정되었습니다. 결과는 FLOW 3D 프로그램이 세굴 다운스트림 상자 암거를 정확하게 시뮬레이션할 수 있음을 나타냅니다.
막힌 경우에 대한 속도 분포, 최대 세굴 깊이 및 수심을 플롯하고 비차단된 사례(기본 사례)와 비교했습니다.
그 결과 암거 높이의 70% 차단율은 상류의 수심을 암거 높이의 2.3배 증가시키고 평균 유속은 기본 경우보다 3배 더 증가시키는 것으로 입증되었다. 막힘 비율의 함수로 상대 최대 세굴 깊이를 추정하는 방정식이 만들어졌습니다.
Blockage through crossing structures is one of the dangerous problems that threaten its stability. There are few researches concerned with blockage shape in culverts and its effect on characteristics of scour downstream it.
The study’s purpose is to discuss the action of blockage through box culvert on both water surface and scour numerically. A sediment transport model has been investigated for this purpose using FLOW 3D v11.1.0. Different ratios of blockage through box culvert have been studied. The FLOW 3D model was calibrated with experimental data.
The results present that the FLOW 3D program was capable to simulate accurately the scour downstream box culvert. The velocity distribution, maximum scour depth and water depths for blocked cases have been plotted and compared with the non-blocked case (base case).
The results proved that the blockage ratio 70% of culvert height makes the water depth upstream increases by 2.3 times of culvert height and mean velocity increases by 3 times more than in the base case. An equation has been created to estimate the relative maximum scour depth as a function of blockage ratio.
1. Introduction
Local scour is the removal of granular bed material by the action of hydrodynamic forces. As the depth of scour hole increases, the stability of the foundation of the structure may be endangered, with a consequent risk of damage and failure [1]. So the prediction and control of scour is considered to be very important for protecting the water structures from failure. Most previous studies were designed to study the different factors that impact on scour and their relationship with scour hole dimensions like fluid characteristics, flow conditions, bed properties, and culvert geometry. Many previous researches studied the effect of flow rate on scour hole by information Froude number or modified Froude number [2], [3], [4], [5], [6]. Cesar Mendoza [6] found a good correlation between the scour depth and the discharge Intensity (Qg−.5D−2.5). Breusers and Raudkiv [7] used shear velocity in the outlet-scour prediction procedure. Ali and Lim [8] used the densimetric Froude number in estimation of the scour depth [1], [8], [9], [10], [11], [12], [13], [14]. “The densimetric Froude number presents the ratio of the tractive force on sediment particle to the submerged specific weight of the sediment” [15](1)Fd=uρsρ-1gD50
Ali and Lim [8] pointed to the consequence of tailwater depth on scour behavior [1], [2], [8], [13]. Abida and Townsend [2] indicated that the maximum depth of local scour downstream culvert was varying with the tailwater depth in three ways: first, for very shallow tailwater depths, local scouring decreases with a decrease in tailwater depth; second, when the ratio of tailwater depth to culvert height ranged between 0.2 and 0.7, the scour depth increases with decreasing tailwater depth; and third for a submerged outlet condition. The tailwater depth has only a marginal effect on the maximum depth of scour [2]. Ruff et al. [16] observed that for materials having similar mean grain sizes (d50) but different standard deviations (σ). As (σ) increased, the maximum scour hole depth decreased. Abt et al. [4] mentioned to role of soil type of maximum scour depth. It was noticed that local scour was more dangerous for uniform sands than for well-graded mixtures [1], [2], [4], [9], [17], [18]. Abt et al [3], [19] studied the culvert shape effect on scour hole. The results evidenced that the culvert shape has a limited effect on outlet scour. Under equivalent discharge conditions, it was noted that a square culvert with height equal to the diameter of a circular culvert would reduce scour [16], [20]. The scour hole dimension was also effected by the culvert slope. Abt et al. [3], [21] showed that the culvert slope is a key element in estimating the culvert flow velocity, the discharge capacity, and sediment transport capability. Abt et al. [21], [22] tested experimentally culvert drop height effect on maximum scour depth. It was observed that as the drop height was increasing, the depth of scour was also increasing. From the previous studies, it could have noticed that the most scour prediction formula downstream unblocked culvert was the function of densimetric Froude number, soil properties (d50, σ), tailwater depth and culvert opening size. Blockage is the phenomenon of plugging water structures due to the movement of water flow loaded with sediment and debris. Water structures blockage has a bad effect on water flow where it causes increasing of upstream water level that may cause flooding around the structure and increase of scour rate downstream structures [23], [24]. The blockage phenomenon through was studied experimentally and numerical [15], [25], [26], [27], [28], [29], [30], [31], [32], [33]. Jaeger and Lucke [33] studied the debris transport behavior in a natural channel in Australia. Froude number scale model of an existing culvert was used. It was noticed that through rainfall event, the mobility of debris was impressed by stream shape (depth and width). The condition of the vegetation (size and quantities) through the catchment area was the main factor in debris transport. Rigby et al. [26] reported that steep slope was increasing the ability to mobilize debris that form field data of blocked culverts and bridges during a storm in Wollongong city.
Streftaris et al. [32] studied the probability of screen blockage by debris at trash screens through a numerical model to relate between the blockage probability and nature of the area around. Recently, many commercial computational fluid programs (CFD) such as SSIIM, Fluent, and FLOW 3D are used in the analysis of the scour process. Scour and sediment transport numerical model need to validate by using experimental data or field data [34], [35], [36], [37], [38]. Epely-Chauvin et al. [36] investigated numerically the effect of a series of parallel spur diked. The experimental data were compared by SSIIM and FLOW 3D program. It was found that the accuracy of calibrated FLOW 3D model was better than SSIIM model. Nielsen et al. [35] used the physical model and FLOW 3D model to analyze the scour process around the pile. The soil around the pile was uniform coarse stones in the physical models that were simulated by regular spheres, porous media, and a mixture of them. The calibrated porous media model can be used to determine the bed shear stress. In partially blocked culverts, there aren’t many studies that explain the blockage impact on scour dimensions. Sorourian et al. [14], [15] studied the effect of inlet partial blockage on scour characteristics downstream box culvert. It resulted that the partial blockage at the culvert inlet could be the main factor in estimating the depth of scour. So, this study is aiming to investigate the effects of blockage through a box culvert on flow and scour characteristics by different blockage ratios and compares the results with a non-blocked case. Create a dimensionless equation relates the blockage ratio of the culvert with scour characteristics downstream culvert.
2. Experimental data
The experimental work of the study was conducted in the Hydraulics and Water Engineering Laboratory, Faculty of Engineering, Zagazig University, Egypt. The flume had a rectangular cross-section of 66 cm width, 65.5 cm depth, and 16.2 m long. A rectangular culvert was built with 0.2 m width, 0.2 m height and 3.00 m long with θ = 25° gradually outlet and 0.8 m fixed apron. The model was located on the mid-point of the channel. The sediment part was extended for a distance 2.20 m with 0.66 m width and 0.20 m depth of coarse sand with specific weight 1.60 kg/cm3, d50 = 2.75 mm and σ (d90/d50) = 1.50. The particle size distribution was as shown in Fig. 1. The experimental model was tested for different inlet flow (Q) of 25, 30, 34, 40 l/s for different submerged ratio (S) of 1.25, 1.50, 1.75.
3. Dimensional analysis
A dimensional analysis has been used to reduce the number of variables which affecting on the scour pattern downstream partial blocked culvert. The main factors affecting the maximum scour depth are:(2)ds=f(b.h.L.hb.lb.Q.ud.hu.hd.D50.ρ.ρs.g.ls.dd.ld)
Fig. 2 shows a definition sketch of the experimental model. The maximum scour depth can be written in a dimensionless form as:(3)dsh=f(B.Fd.S)where the ds/h is the relative maximum scour depth.
4. Numerical work
The FLOW 3D is (CFD) program used by many researchers and appeared high accuracy in solving hydrodynamic and sediment transport models in the three dimensions. Numerical simulation with FLOW 3D was performed to study the impacts of blockage ratio through box culvert on shear stress, velocity distribution and the sediment transport in terms of the hydrodynamic features (water surface, velocity and shear stress) and morphological parameters (scour depth and sizes) conditions in accurately and efficiently. The renormalization group (RNG) turbulence model was selected due to its high ability to predict the velocity profiles and turbulent kinetic energy for the flow through culvert [39]. The one-fluid incompressible mode was used to simulate the water surface. Volume of fluid (VOF) method was employed in FLOW 3D to tracks a liquid interface through arbitrary deformations and apply the correct boundary conditions at the interface [40].1.
Governing equations
Three-dimensional Reynolds-averaged Navier Stokes (RANS) equation was applied for incompressible viscous fluid motion. The continuity equation is as following:(4)VF∂ρ∂t+∂∂xρuAx+∂∂yρvAy+∂∂zρwAz=RDIF(5)∂u∂t+1VFuAx∂u∂x+vAy∂u∂y+ωAz∂u∂z=-1ρ∂P∂x+Gx+fx(6)∂v∂t+1VFuAx∂v∂x+vAy∂v∂y+ωAz∂v∂z=-1ρ∂P∂y+Gy+fy(7)∂ω∂t+1VFuAx∂ω∂x+vAy∂ω∂y+ωAz∂ω∂z=-1ρ∂P∂z+Gz+fz
ρ is the fluid density,
VF is the volume fraction,
(x,y,z) is the Cartesian coordinates,
(u,v,w) are the velocity components,
(Ax,Ay,Az) are the area fractions and
RDIF is the turbulent diffusion.
P is the average hydrodynamic pressure,
(Gx, Gy, Gz) are the body accelerations and
(fx, fy, fz) are the viscous accelerations.
The motion of sediment transport (suspended, settling, entrainment, bed load) is estimated by predicting the erosion, advection and deposition process as presented in [41].
The critical shields parameter is (θcr) is defined as the critical shear stress τcr at which sediments begin to move on a flat and horizontal bed [41]:(8)θcr=τcrgd50(ρs-ρ)
The Soulsby–Whitehouse [42] is used to predict the critical shields parameter as:(9)θcr=0.31+1.2d∗+0.0551-e(-0.02d∗)(10)d∗=d50g(Gs-1ν3where:
d* is the dimensionless grain size
Gs is specific weight (Gs = ρs/ρ)
The entrainment coefficient (0.005) was used to scale the scour rates and fit the experimental data. The settling velocity controls the Soulsby deposition equation. The volumetric sediment transport rate per width of the bed is calculated using Van Rijn [43].2.
Meshing and geometry of model
After many trials, it was found that the uniform cell size with 0.03 m cell size is the closest to the experimental results and takes less time. As shown in Fig. 3. In x-direction, the total model length in this direction is 700 cm with mesh planes at −100, 0, 300, 380 and 600 cm respectively from the origin point, in y-direction, the total model length in this direction is 66 cm at distances 0, 23, 43 and 66 cm respectively from the origin point. In z-direction, the total model length in this direction is 120 cm. with mesh planes at −20, 0, 20 and 100 cm respectively.3.
Boundary condition
As shown in Fig. 4, the boundary conditions of the model have been defined to simulate the experimental flow conditions accurately. The upstream boundary was defined as the volume flow rate with a different flow rate. The downstream boundary was defined as specific pressure with different fluid elevation. Both of the right side, the left side, and the bottom boundary were defined as a wall. The top boundary defined as specified pressure with pressure value equals zero.
5. Validation of experimental results and numerical results
The experimental results investigated the flow and scour characteristics downstream culvert due to different flow conditions. The measured value of maximum scour depth is compared with the simulated depth from FLOW 3D model as shown in Fig. 5. The scour results show that the simulated results from the numerical model is quite close to the experimental results with an average error of 3.6%. The water depths in numerical model results is so close to the experimental results as shown in Fig. 6 where the experiment and numerical results are compared at different submerged ratios and flow rates. The results appear maximum error percentage in water depths upstream and downstream the culvert is about 2.37%. This indicated that the FLOW 3D is efficient for the prediction of maximum scour depth and the flow depths downstream box culvert.
6. Computation time
The run time was chosen according to reaching to the stability limit. Hydraulic stability was achieved after 50 s, where the scour development may still go on. For run 1, the numerical simulation was run for 1000 s as shown in Fig. 7 where it mostly reached to scour stability at 800 s. The simulation time was taken 500 s at about 95% of scour stability.
7. Analysis and discussions
Fig. 8 shows the study sections where sec 1 represents to upstream section, sec2 represents to inside section and sec3 represents to downstream stream section. Table 1 indicates the scour hole dimensions at different blockage case. The symbol (B) represents to blockage and the number points to blockage ratio. B0 case signifies to the non-blocked case, B30 is that blockage height is 30% to the culvert height and so on.
Table 1. The scour results of different blockage ratio.
Case
hb cm
B = hb/h
Q lit/s
S
Fd
d50 mm
ds/h measured
ls/h
dd/h
ld/h
ds/h estimated
B0
0
0
35
1.26
1.69
2.5
0.58
1.50
0.27
5.00
0.46
B30
6
0.30
35
1.26
1.68
2.5
0.48
1.25
0.27
4.25
0.40
B50
10
0.50
35
1.22
1.74
2.5
0.45
1.10
0.24
4.00
0.37
B70
14
0.70
35
1.23
1.73
2.5
0.43
1.50
0.16
5.50
0.33
7.1. Scour hole geometry
The scour hole geometry mainly depends on the properties of soil of the bed downstream the fixed apron. From Table 1, the results show that the maximum scour depth in B0 case is about 0.58 of culvert height while the maximum deposition in B0 is 0.27 culvert height. There is a symmetric scour hole as shown in Fig. 9 in B0 case. An asymmetric scour hole is created in B50 and B70 due to turbulences that causes the deviation of the jet direction from the center of the flume where appear in Fig. 11 and Fig. 19.
7.2. Flow water surface
Fig. 10 presents the relative free surface water (hw/h) along the x-direction at center of the box culvert. From the mention Figure, it is easy to release the effect of different blockage ratios. The upstream water level rises by increasing the blockage ratio. Increasing upstream water level may cause flooding over the banks of the waterway. In the 70% blockage case, the upstream water level rises to 2.3 times of culvert height more than the non-blocked case at the same discharge and submerged ratio. The water surface profile shows an increase in water level upstream the culvert due to a decrease in transverse velocity. Because of decreasing velocity downstream culvert, there is an increase in water level before it reaches its uniform depth.
7.3. Velocity vectors
Scour downstream hydraulic structures mainly affects by velocities distribution and bed shear stress. Fig. 11 shows the velocity vectors and their magnitude in xz plane at the same flow conditions. The difference in the upstream water level due to the different blockage ratios is so clear. The maximum water level is in B70 and the minimum level is in B0. The inlet mean velocity value is about 0.88 m/s in B0 increases to 2.86 m/s in B70. As the blockage ratio increases, the inlet velocity increases. The outlet velocity in B0 case makes downward jet causes scour hole just after the fixed apron in the middle of the bed while the blockage causes upward water flow that appears clearly in B70. The upward jet decreases the scour depth to 0.13 culvert height less than B0 case. After the scour hole, the velocity decreases and the flow becomes uniform.
7.4. Velocity distribution
Fig. 12 represents flow velocity (Vx) distribution along the vertical depth (z/hu) upstream the inlet for the different blockage ratios at the same flow conditions. From the Figure, the maximum velocity creates closed to bed in B0 while in blocked case, the maximum horizontal velocity creates at 0.30 of relative vertical depth (z/hu). Fig. 13 shows the (Vz) distribution along the vertical depth (z/hu) upstream culvert at sec 1. From the mentioned Figure, it is easy to note that the maximum vertical is in B70 which appears that as the blockage ratio increases the vertical ratio also increases. In the non-blocked case. The vertical velocity (Vz) is maximum at (z/hu) equals 0.64. At the end of the fixed apron (sec 3), the horizontal velocity (Vx) is slowly increasing to reach the maximum value closed to bed in B0 and B30 while the maximum horizontal velocity occurs near to the top surface in B50 and B70 as shown in Fig. 14. The vertical velocity component along the vertical depth (z/hd) is presented in Fig. 15. The vertical velocity (Vz) is maximum in B0 at vertical depth (z/hd) 0.3 with value 0.45 m/s downward. Figs. 16 and 17 observe velocity components (Vx, Vz) along the vertical depth just after the end of blockage length at the centerline of the culvert barrel. It could be noticed the uniform velocity distribution in B0 case with horizontal velocity (Vx) closed to 1.0 m/s and vertical velocity closed to zero. In the blocked case, the maximum horizontal velocity occurs in depth more than the blockage height.
7.5. Bed velocity distribution
Fig. 18 presents the x-velocity vectors at 1.5 cm above the bed for different blockage ratios from the velocity vectors distribution and magnitude, it is easy to realize the position of the scour hole and deposition region. In B0 and B30, the flow is symmetric so that the scour hole is created around the centerline of flow while in B50 and B70 cases, the flow is asymmetric and the scour hole creates in the right of flow direction in B50. The maximum scour depth is found in the left of flow direction in B70 case where the high velocity region is found.
8. Maximum scour depth prediction
Regression analysis is used to estimate maximum scour depth downstream box culvert for different ratios of blockage by correlating the maximum relative scour by other variables that affect on it in one formula. An equation is developed to predict maximum scour depth for blocked and non-blocked. As shown in the equation below, the relative maximum scour depth(ds/hd) is a function of densimetric Froude number (Fd), blockage ratio (B) and submerged ratio (S)(11)dsh=0.56Fd-0.20B+0.45S-1.05
In this equation the coefficient of correlation (R2) is 0.82 with standard error equals 0·08. The developed equation is valid for Fd = [0.9 to 2.10] and submerged ratio (S) ≥ 1.00. Fig. 19 shows the comparison between relative maximum scour depths (ds/h) measured and estimated for different blockage ratios. Fig. 20 clears the comparison between residuals and ds/h estimated for the present study. From these figures, it could be noticed that there is a good agreement between the measured and estimated relative scour depth.
9. Comparison with previous scour equations
Many previous scour formulae have been produced for calculation the maximum scour depth downstream non-blockage culvert. These equations have been included the effect of flow regime, culvert shape, soil properties and the flow rate on maximum scour depth. Two of previous experimental studies data have been chosen to be compared with the present study results in non-blocked study data. Table 2 shows comparison of culvert shape, densmetric Froude number, median particle size and scour equations for these previous studies. By applying the present study data in these studies scour formula as shown in Fig. 21, it could be noticed that there are a good agreement between present formula results and others empirical equations results. Where that Lim [44] and Abt [4] are so closed to the present study data.
Table 2. Comparison of some previous scour formula.
The present study has shown that the FLOW 3D model can accurately simulate water surface and the scour hole characteristics downstream the box culvert with error percentage in water depths does not exceed 2.37%. Velocities distribution through and outlets culvert barrel helped on understanding the scour hole shape.
The blockage through culvert had caused of increasing of water surface upstream structure where the upstream water level in B70 was 2.3 of culvert height more than non-blocked case at the same discharge that could be dangerous on the stability of roads above. The depth averaged velocity through culvert barrel increased by 3 times its value in non-blocked case.
On the other hand, blockage through culvert had a limited effect on the maximum scour depth. The little effect of blockage on maximum scour depth could be noticed in Fig. 11. From this Figure, it could be noted that the residual part of culvert barrel after the blockage part had made turbulences. These turbulences caused the deviation of the flow resulting in the formation of asymmetric scour hole on the side of channel. This not only but in B70 the blockage height caused upward jet which made a wide far scour hole as cleared from the results in Table 1.
An empirical equation was developed from the results to estimate the maximum scour depth relative to culvert height function of blockage ratio (B), submerged ratio (S), and densimetric Froude number (Fd). The equation results was compared with some scour formulas at the same densimetric Froude number rang where the present study results was in between the other equations results as shown in Fig. 21.
Declaration of Competing Interest
The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.
References
[1]P. Sarathi, M. Faruque, R. BalachandarInfluence of tailwater depth, sediment size and densimetric Froude number on scour by submerged square wall jetsJ. Hydraul. Res., 46 (2) (2008), pp. 158-175CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[2]H. Abida, R. TownsendLocal scour downstream of box-culvert outletsJ. Irrig. Drain. Eng., 117 (3) (1991), pp. 425-440CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[3]S.R. Abt, C.A. Donnell, J.F. Ruff, F.K. DoehringCulvert Slope and Shape Effects on Outlet ScourTransp. Res. Rec., 1017 (1985), pp. 24-30View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[4]S.R. Abt, R.L. Kloberdanz, C. MendozaUnified culvert scour determinationJ. Hydraul. Eng., 110 (10) (1984), pp. 1475-1479CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[5]J.P. Bohan, Erosion And Riprap Requirements At Culvert And Storm-Drain Outlets, ARMY ENGINEER WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION VICKSBURG MISS1970.Google Scholar[6]C. Mendoza, S.R. Abt, J.F. RuffHeadwall influence on scour at culvert outletsJ. Hydraul. Eng., 109 (7) (1983), pp. 1056-1060CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[7]H. Breusers, A. Raudkivi, Scouring, hydraulic structures design manual, vol. 143, IAHR, AA Balkema, Rotterdam, 1991.Google Scholar[8]K. Ali, S. LimLocal scour caused by submerged wall jetsProc. Inst. Civ. Eng., 81 (4) (1986), pp. 607-645CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[9]O. Aderibigbe, N. RajaratnamEffect of sediment gradation on erosion by plane turbulent wall jetsJ. Hydraul. Eng., 124 (10) (1998), pp. 1034-1042View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[10]F.W. Blaisdell, C.L. AndersonA comprehensive generalized study of scour at cantilevered pipe outletsJ. Hydraul. Res., 26 (4) (1988), pp. 357-376CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[11]Y.-M. Chiew, S.-Y. LimLocal scour by a deeply submerged horizontal circular jetJ. Hydraul. Eng., 122 (9) (1996), pp. 529-532View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[12]R.A. Day, S.L. Liriano, W.R. WhiteEffect of tailwater depth and model scale on scour at culvert outletsProc. Instit. Civil Eng. – Water Marit. Eng., 148 (3) (2001), pp. 189-198http://www.icevirtuallibrary.com/doi/10.1680/wame.2001.148.3.189, 10.1680/wame.2001.148.3.189View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[13]S. Emami, A.J. SchleissPrediction of localized scour hole on natural mobile bed at culvert outletsScour and Erosion (2010), pp. 844-853CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[14]S. Sorourian, A. Keshavarzi, J. Ball, B. SamaliStudy of Blockage Effect on Scouring Pattern Downstream of a Box Culvert under Unsteady FlowAustr. J Water Resor. (2013)Google Scholar[15]S. Sorourian, Turbulent Flow Characteristics At The Outlet Of Partially Blocked Box Culverts, in: 36th IAHR World Congress, The Hague, the Netherlands, 2015.Google Scholar[16]J. Ruff, S. Abt, C. Mendoza, A. Shaikh, R. KloberdanzScour at culvert outlets in mixed bed materialsUnited States. Federal Highway Administration. Office of Research and Development (1982)Google Scholar[17]S.A. Ansari, U.C. Kothyari, K.G.R. RajuInfluence of cohesion on scour under submerged circular vertical jetsJ. Hydraul. Eng., 129 (12) (2003), pp. 1014-1019View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[18]B. Crookston B. Tullis, Scour and Riprap Protection in a Bottomless Arch Culvert, in: World Environmental and Water Resources Congress 2008: Ahupua’A, 2008, pp. 1–10.Google Scholar[19]S.R. Abt, J. Ruff, F. Doehring, C. DonnellInfluence of culvert shape on outlet scourJ. Hydraul. Eng., 113 (3) (1987), pp. 393-400View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[20]Y.H. Chen, Scour at outlets of box culverts, Colorado State University, 1970.Google Scholar[21]S. Abt, P. Thompson, T. LewisEnhancement of the culvert outlet scour estimation equationsTransp. Res. Rec. J. Transp. Res. Board, 1523 (1996), pp. 178-185View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[22]F.K. Doehring, S.R. AbtDrop height influence on outlet scourJ. Hydraul. Eng., 120 (12) (1994), pp. 1470-1476CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[23]W. Weeks, A. Barthelmess, E. Rigby, G. Witheridge, R. Adamson, Australian rainfall and runoff revison project 11: blockage of hydraulic structures, 2009.Google Scholar[24]W. Weeks, G. Witheridge, E. Rigby, A. BarthelmessProject 11: blockage of hydraulic structuresEngineers Australia (2013)Google Scholar[25]S.R. Abt, T.E. Brisbane, D.M. Frick, C.A. McKnightTrash rack blockage in supercritical flowJ. Hydraul. Eng., 118 (12) (1992), pp. 1692-1696View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[26]E. Rigby, M. Boyd, S. Roso, P. Silveri, A. Davis, Causes and effects of culvert blockage during large storms, in: Global solutions for urban drainage, 2002, pp. 1–16.Google Scholar[27]S. Roso, M. Boyd, E. Rigby, R. VanDrie“Prediction of increased flooding in urban catchments due to debris blockage and flow diversionsProceedings Novatech (2004), pp. 8-13View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[28]C.-D. Jan, C.-L. ChenDebris flows caused by Typhoon Herb in Taiwanin Debris-Flow Hazards and Related Phenomena, Springer (2005), pp. 539-563CrossRefGoogle Scholar[29]L.W. Zevenbergen, P.F. Lagasse, P.E. Clopper, Effects of debris on bridge pier scour, in: World Environmental and Water Resources Congress 2007: Restoring Our Natural Habitat, 2007, pp. 1–10.Google Scholar[30]A. Barthelmess, E. Rigby, Estimating Culvert and Bridge Blockages-a Simplified Procedure, in: Proceedings of the 34th World Congress of the International Association for Hydro-Environment Research and Engineering: 33rd Hydrology and Water Resources Symposium and 10th Conference on Hydraulics in Water Engineering, Engineers Australia, 2011, pp. 39.Google Scholar[31]E. Rigby, A. Barthelmess, Culvert Blockage Mechanisms and their Impact on Flood Behaviour, in: Proceedings of the 34th World Congress of the International Association for Hydro-Environment Research and Engineering: 33rd Hydrology and Water Resources Symposium and 10th Conference on Hydraulics in Water Engineering, Engineers Australia, 2011, pp. 380.Google Scholar[32]G. Streftaris, N. Wallerstein, G. Gibson, S. ArthurModeling probability of blockage at culvert trash screens using Bayesian approachJ. Hydraul. Eng., 139 (7) (2012), pp. 716-726Google Scholar[33]R. Jaeger, T. LuckeInvestigating the relationship between rainfall intensity, catchment vegetation and debris mobilityInt. J. GEOMATE, 12 (33) (2017), pp. 22-29 Download PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[34]S. Amiraslani, J. Fahimi, H. Mehdinezhad, The Numerical Investigation of Free Falling Jet’s Effect On the Scour of Plunge Pool, in: XVIII International conference on water resources, Tehran University, Iran, 2008.Google Scholar[35]A.W. Nielsen, X. Liu, B.M. Sumer, J. FredsøeFlow and bed shear stresses in scour protections around a pile in a currentCoast. Eng., 72 (2013), pp. 20-38ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[36]G. Epely-Chauvin, G. De Cesare, S. SchwindtNumerical modelling of plunge pool scour evolution in non-cohesive sedimentsEng. Appl. Comput. Fluid Mech., 8 (4) (2014), pp. 477-487 Download PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[37]H. Karami, H. Basser, A. Ardeshir, S.H. HosseiniVerification of numerical study of scour around spur dikes using experimental dataWater Environ. J., 28 (1) (2014), pp. 124-134CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[38]S.-H. Oh, K.S. Lee, W.-M. JeongThree-dimensional experiment and numerical simulation of the discharge performance of sluice passageway for tidal power plantRenew. Energy, 92 (2016), pp. 462-473ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[39]M.A. Khodier, B.P. TullisExperimental and computational comparison of baffled-culvert hydrodynamics for fish passageJ. Appl. Water Eng. Res. (2017), pp. 1-9CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[40]F.S. Inc., FLOW-3D user’s manual, Flow Science, Inc., 2009.Google Scholar[41]G. Wei, J. Brethour, M. Grünzner, J. BurnhamSedimentation scour modelFlow Science Report, 7 (2014), pp. 1-29View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[42]R. Soulsby, R. Whitehouse, Threshold of sediment motion in coastal environments, in: Pacific Coasts and Ports’ 97: Proceedings of the 13th Australasian Coastal and Ocean Engineering Conference and the 6th Australasian Port and Harbour Conference, vol. 1, Centre for Advanced Engineering, University of Canterbury, 1997, pp. 145.Google Scholar[43]L.C.v. RijnSediment transport, part II: suspended load transportJ. Hydraul. Eng., 110 (11) (1984), pp. 1613-1641View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[44]S Y LIMScour below unsubmerged full-flowing culvert outletsProc. Instit. Civil Eng. – Water Marit. Energy, 112 (2) (1995), pp. 136-149http://www.icevirtuallibrary.com/doi/10.1680/iwtme.1995.27659, 10.1680/iwtme.1995.27659View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar
Peer review under responsibility of Faculty of Engineering, Alexandria University.
Mahdi Feizbahr,1 Navid Tonekaboni,2Guang-Jun Jiang,3,4 and Hong-Xia Chen3,4Show moreAcademic Editor: Mohammad YazdiReceived08 Apr 2021Revised18 Jun 2021Accepted17 Jul 2021Published11 Aug 2021
Abstract
Vegetation along the river increases the roughness and reduces the average flow velocity, reduces flow energy, and changes the flow velocity profile in the cross section of the river. Many canals and rivers in nature are covered with vegetation during the floods. Canal’s roughness is strongly affected by plants and therefore it has a great effect on flow resistance during flood. Roughness resistance against the flow due to the plants depends on the flow conditions and plant, so the model should simulate the current velocity by considering the effects of velocity, depth of flow, and type of vegetation along the canal. Total of 48 models have been simulated to investigate the effect of roughness in the canal. The results indicated that, by enhancing the velocity, the effect of vegetation in decreasing the bed velocity is negligible, while when the current has lower speed, the effect of vegetation on decreasing the bed velocity is obviously considerable.
강의 식생은 거칠기를 증가시키고 평균 유속을 감소시키며, 유속 에너지를 감소시키고 강의 단면에서 유속 프로파일을 변경합니다. 자연의 많은 운하와 강은 홍수 동안 초목으로 덮여 있습니다. 운하의 조도는 식물의 영향을 많이 받으므로 홍수시 유동저항에 큰 영향을 미칩니다. 식물로 인한 흐름에 대한 거칠기 저항은 흐름 조건 및 식물에 따라 다르므로 모델은 유속, 흐름 깊이 및 운하를 따라 식생 유형의 영향을 고려하여 현재 속도를 시뮬레이션해야 합니다. 근관의 거칠기의 영향을 조사하기 위해 총 48개의 모델이 시뮬레이션되었습니다. 결과는 유속을 높임으로써 유속을 감소시키는 식생의 영향은 무시할 수 있는 반면, 해류가 더 낮은 유속일 때 유속을 감소시키는 식생의 영향은 분명히 상당함을 나타냈다.
1. Introduction
Considering the impact of each variable is a very popular field within the analytical and statistical methods and intelligent systems [1–14]. This can help research for better modeling considering the relation of variables or interaction of them toward reaching a better condition for the objective function in control and engineering [15–27]. Consequently, it is necessary to study the effects of the passive factors on the active domain [28–36]. Because of the effect of vegetation on reducing the discharge capacity of rivers [37], pruning plants was necessary to improve the condition of rivers. One of the important effects of vegetation in river protection is the action of roots, which cause soil consolidation and soil structure improvement and, by enhancing the shear strength of soil, increase the resistance of canal walls against the erosive force of water. The outer limbs of the plant increase the roughness of the canal walls and reduce the flow velocity and deplete the flow energy in vicinity of the walls. Vegetation by reducing the shear stress of the canal bed reduces flood discharge and sedimentation in the intervals between vegetation and increases the stability of the walls [38–41].
One of the main factors influencing the speed, depth, and extent of flood in this method is Manning’s roughness coefficient. On the other hand, soil cover [42], especially vegetation, is one of the most determining factors in Manning’s roughness coefficient. Therefore, it is expected that those seasonal changes in the vegetation of the region will play an important role in the calculated value of Manning’s roughness coefficient and ultimately in predicting the flood wave behavior [43–45]. The roughness caused by plants’ resistance to flood current depends on the flow and plant conditions. Flow conditions include depth and velocity of the plant, and plant conditions include plant type, hardness or flexibility, dimensions, density, and shape of the plant [46]. In general, the issue discussed in this research is the optimization of flood-induced flow in canals by considering the effect of vegetation-induced roughness. Therefore, the effect of plants on the roughness coefficient and canal transmission coefficient and in consequence the flow depth should be evaluated [47, 48].
Current resistance is generally known by its roughness coefficient. The equation that is mainly used in this field is Manning equation. The ratio of shear velocity to average current velocity is another form of current resistance. The reason for using the ratio is that it is dimensionless and has a strong theoretical basis. The reason for using Manning roughness coefficient is its pervasiveness. According to Freeman et al. [49], the Manning roughness coefficient for plants was calculated according to the Kouwen and Unny [50] method for incremental resistance. This method involves increasing the roughness for various surface and plant irregularities. Manning’s roughness coefficient has all the factors affecting the resistance of the canal. Therefore, the appropriate way to more accurately estimate this coefficient is to know the factors affecting this coefficient [51].
To calculate the flow rate, velocity, and depth of flow in canals as well as flood and sediment estimation, it is important to evaluate the flow resistance. To determine the flow resistance in open ducts, Manning, Chézy, and Darcy–Weisbach relations are used [52]. In these relations, there are parameters such as Manning’s roughness coefficient (n), Chézy roughness coefficient (C), and Darcy–Weisbach coefficient (f). All three of these coefficients are a kind of flow resistance coefficient that is widely used in the equations governing flow in rivers [53].
The three relations that express the relationship between the average flow velocity (V) and the resistance and geometric and hydraulic coefficients of the canal are as follows:where n, f, and c are Manning, Darcy–Weisbach, and Chézy coefficients, respectively. V = average flow velocity, R = hydraulic radius, Sf = slope of energy line, which in uniform flow is equal to the slope of the canal bed, = gravitational acceleration, and Kn is a coefficient whose value is equal to 1 in the SI system and 1.486 in the English system. The coefficients of resistance in equations (1) to (3) are related as follows:
Based on the boundary layer theory, the flow resistance for rough substrates is determined from the following general relation:where f = Darcy–Weisbach coefficient of friction, y = flow depth, Ks = bed roughness size, and A = constant coefficient.
On the other hand, the relationship between the Darcy–Weisbach coefficient of friction and the shear velocity of the flow is as follows:
By using equation (6), equation (5) is converted as follows:
Investigation on the effect of vegetation arrangement on shear velocity of flow in laboratory conditions showed that, with increasing the shear Reynolds number (), the numerical value of the ratio also increases; in other words the amount of roughness coefficient increases with a slight difference in the cases without vegetation, checkered arrangement, and cross arrangement, respectively [54].
Roughness in river vegetation is simulated in mathematical models with a variable floor slope flume by different densities and discharges. The vegetation considered submerged in the bed of the flume. Results showed that, with increasing vegetation density, canal roughness and flow shear speed increase and with increasing flow rate and depth, Manning’s roughness coefficient decreases. Factors affecting the roughness caused by vegetation include the effect of plant density and arrangement on flow resistance, the effect of flow velocity on flow resistance, and the effect of depth [45, 55].
One of the works that has been done on the effect of vegetation on the roughness coefficient is Darby [56] study, which investigates a flood wave model that considers all the effects of vegetation on the roughness coefficient. There are currently two methods for estimating vegetation roughness. One method is to add the thrust force effect to Manning’s equation [47, 57, 58] and the other method is to increase the canal bed roughness (Manning-Strickler coefficient) [45, 59–61]. These two methods provide acceptable results in models designed to simulate floodplain flow. Wang et al. [62] simulate the floodplain with submerged vegetation using these two methods and to increase the accuracy of the results, they suggested using the effective height of the plant under running water instead of using the actual height of the plant. Freeman et al. [49] provided equations for determining the coefficient of vegetation roughness under different conditions. Lee et al. [63] proposed a method for calculating the Manning coefficient using the flow velocity ratio at different depths. Much research has been done on the Manning roughness coefficient in rivers, and researchers [49, 63–66] sought to obtain a specific number for n to use in river engineering. However, since the depth and geometric conditions of rivers are completely variable in different places, the values of Manning roughness coefficient have changed subsequently, and it has not been possible to choose a fixed number. In river engineering software, the Manning roughness coefficient is determined only for specific and constant conditions or normal flow. Lee et al. [63] stated that seasonal conditions, density, and type of vegetation should also be considered. Hydraulic roughness and Manning roughness coefficient n of the plant were obtained by estimating the total Manning roughness coefficient from the matching of the measured water surface curve and water surface height. The following equation is used for the flow surface curve:where is the depth of water change, S0 is the slope of the canal floor, Sf is the slope of the energy line, and Fr is the Froude number which is obtained from the following equation:where D is the characteristic length of the canal. Flood flow velocity is one of the important parameters of flood waves, which is very important in calculating the water level profile and energy consumption. In the cases where there are many limitations for researchers due to the wide range of experimental dimensions and the variety of design parameters, the use of numerical methods that are able to estimate the rest of the unknown results with acceptable accuracy is economically justified.
FLOW-3D software uses Finite Difference Method (FDM) for numerical solution of two-dimensional and three-dimensional flow. This software is dedicated to computational fluid dynamics (CFD) and is provided by Flow Science [67]. The flow is divided into networks with tubular cells. For each cell there are values of dependent variables and all variables are calculated in the center of the cell, except for the velocity, which is calculated at the center of the cell. In this software, two numerical techniques have been used for geometric simulation, FAVOR™ (Fractional-Area-Volume-Obstacle-Representation) and the VOF (Volume-of-Fluid) method. The equations used at this model for this research include the principle of mass survival and the magnitude of motion as follows. The fluid motion equations in three dimensions, including the Navier–Stokes equations with some additional terms, are as follows:where are mass accelerations in the directions x, y, z and are viscosity accelerations in the directions x, y, z and are obtained from the following equations:
Shear stresses in equation (11) are obtained from the following equations:
The standard model is used for high Reynolds currents, but in this model, RNG theory allows the analytical differential formula to be used for the effective viscosity that occurs at low Reynolds numbers. Therefore, the RNG model can be used for low and high Reynolds currents.
Weather changes are high and this affects many factors continuously. The presence of vegetation in any area reduces the velocity of surface flows and prevents soil erosion, so vegetation will have a significant impact on reducing destructive floods. One of the methods of erosion protection in floodplain watersheds is the use of biological methods. The presence of vegetation in watersheds reduces the flow rate during floods and prevents soil erosion. The external organs of plants increase the roughness and decrease the velocity of water flow and thus reduce its shear stress energy. One of the important factors with which the hydraulic resistance of plants is expressed is the roughness coefficient. Measuring the roughness coefficient of plants and investigating their effect on reducing velocity and shear stress of flow is of special importance.
Roughness coefficients in canals are affected by two main factors, namely, flow conditions and vegetation characteristics [68]. So far, much research has been done on the effect of the roughness factor created by vegetation, but the issue of plant density has received less attention. For this purpose, this study was conducted to investigate the effect of vegetation density on flow velocity changes.
In a study conducted using a software model on three density modes in the submerged state effect on flow velocity changes in 48 different modes was investigated (Table 1).Table 1The studied models.
The number of cells used in this simulation is equal to 1955888 cells. The boundary conditions were introduced to the model as a constant speed and depth (Figure 1). At the output boundary, due to the presence of supercritical current, no parameter for the current is considered. Absolute roughness for floors and walls was introduced to the model (Figure 1). In this case, the flow was assumed to be nonviscous and air entry into the flow was not considered. After seconds, this model reached a convergence accuracy of .
Figure 1The simulated model and its boundary conditions.
Due to the fact that it is not possible to model the vegetation in FLOW-3D software, in this research, the vegetation of small soft plants was studied so that Manning’s coefficients can be entered into the canal bed in the form of roughness coefficients obtained from the studies of Chow [69] in similar conditions. In practice, in such modeling, the effect of plant height is eliminated due to the small height of herbaceous plants, and modeling can provide relatively acceptable results in these conditions.
48 models with input velocities proportional to the height of the regular semihexagonal canal were considered to create supercritical conditions. Manning coefficients were applied based on Chow [69] studies in order to control the canal bed. Speed profiles were drawn and discussed.
Any control and simulation system has some inputs that we should determine to test any technology [70–77]. Determination and true implementation of such parameters is one of the key steps of any simulation [23, 78–81] and computing procedure [82–86]. The input current is created by applying the flow rate through the VFR (Volume Flow Rate) option and the output flow is considered Output and for other borders the Symmetry option is considered.
Simulation of the models and checking their action and responses and observing how a process behaves is one of the accepted methods in engineering and science [87, 88]. For verification of FLOW-3D software, the results of computer simulations are compared with laboratory measurements and according to the values of computational error, convergence error, and the time required for convergence, the most appropriate option for real-time simulation is selected (Figures 2 and 3 ).
Figure 2Modeling the plant with cylindrical tubes at the bottom of the canal.
Figure 3Velocity profiles in positions 2 and 5.
The canal is 7 meters long, 0.5 meters wide, and 0.8 meters deep. This test was used to validate the application of the software to predict the flow rate parameters. In this experiment, instead of using the plant, cylindrical pipes were used in the bottom of the canal.
The conditions of this modeling are similar to the laboratory conditions and the boundary conditions used in the laboratory were used for numerical modeling. The critical flow enters the simulation model from the upstream boundary, so in the upstream boundary conditions, critical velocity and depth are considered. The flow at the downstream boundary is supercritical, so no parameters are applied to the downstream boundary.
The software well predicts the process of changing the speed profile in the open canal along with the considered obstacles. The error in the calculated speed values can be due to the complexity of the flow and the interaction of the turbulence caused by the roughness of the floor with the turbulence caused by the three-dimensional cycles in the hydraulic jump. As a result, the software is able to predict the speed distribution in open canals.
2. Modeling Results
After analyzing the models, the results were shown in graphs (Figures 4–14 ). The total number of experiments in this study was 48 due to the limitations of modeling. (a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)Figure 4Flow velocity profiles for canals with a depth of 1 m and flow velocities of 3–3.3 m/s. Canal with a depth of 1 meter and a flow velocity of (a) 3 meters per second, (b) 3.1 meters per second, (c) 3.2 meters per second, and (d) 3.3 meters per second.
Figure 5Canal diagram with a depth of 1 meter and a flow rate of 3 meters per second.
Figure 6Canal diagram with a depth of 1 meter and a flow rate of 3.1 meters per second.
Figure 7Canal diagram with a depth of 1 meter and a flow rate of 3.2 meters per second.
Figure 8Canal diagram with a depth of 1 meter and a flow rate of 3.3 meters per second. (a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)Figure 9Flow velocity profiles for canals with a depth of 2 m and flow velocities of 4–4.3 m/s. Canal with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of (a) 4 meters per second, (b) 4.1 meters per second, (c) 4.2 meters per second, and (d) 4.3 meters per second.
Figure 10Canal diagram with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of 4 meters per second.
Figure 11Canal diagram with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of 4.1 meters per second.
Figure 12Canal diagram with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of 4.2 meters per second.
Figure 13Canal diagram with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of 4.3 meters per second. (a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)Figure 14Flow velocity profiles for canals with a depth of 3 m and flow velocities of 5–5.3 m/s. Canal with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of (a) 4 meters per second, (b) 4.1 meters per second, (c) 4.2 meters per second, and (d) 4.3 meters per second.
To investigate the effects of roughness with flow velocity, the trend of flow velocity changes at different depths and with supercritical flow to a Froude number proportional to the depth of the section has been obtained.
According to the velocity profiles of Figure 5, it can be seen that, with the increasing of Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases.
According to Figures 5 to 8, it can be found that, with increasing the Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the models 1 to 12, which can be justified by increasing the speed and of course increasing the Froude number.
According to Figure 10, we see that, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases.
According to Figure 11, we see that, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of Figures 5–10, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.
With increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases (Figure 12). But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the higher models (Figures 5–8 and 10, 11), which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.
According to Figure 13, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of Figures 5 to 12, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.
According to Figure 15, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases.
Figure 15Canal diagram with a depth of 3 meters and a flow rate of 5 meters per second.
According to Figure 16, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the higher model, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.
Figure 16Canal diagram with a depth of 3 meters and a flow rate of 5.1 meters per second.
According to Figure 17, it is clear that, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the higher models, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.
Figure 17Canal diagram with a depth of 3 meters and a flow rate of 5.2 meters per second.
According to Figure 18, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the higher models, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.
Figure 18Canal diagram with a depth of 3 meters and a flow rate of 5.3 meters per second.
According to Figure 19, it can be seen that the vegetation placed in front of the flow input velocity has negligible effect on the reduction of velocity, which of course can be justified due to the flexibility of the vegetation. The only unusual thing is the unexpected decrease in floor speed of 3 m/s compared to higher speeds. (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c)Figure 19Comparison of velocity profiles with the same plant densities (depth 1 m). Comparison of velocity profiles with (a) plant densities of 25%, depth 1 m; (b) plant densities of 50%, depth 1 m; and (c) plant densities of 75%, depth 1 m.
According to Figure 20, by increasing the speed of vegetation, the effect of vegetation on reducing the flow rate becomes more noticeable. And the role of input current does not have much effect in reducing speed. (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c)Figure 20Comparison of velocity profiles with the same plant densities (depth 2 m). Comparison of velocity profiles with (a) plant densities of 25%, depth 2 m; (b) plant densities of 50%, depth 2 m; and (c) plant densities of 75%, depth 2 m.
According to Figure 21, it can be seen that, with increasing speed, the effect of vegetation on reducing the bed flow rate becomes more noticeable and the role of the input current does not have much effect. In general, it can be seen that, by increasing the speed of the input current, the slope of the profiles increases from the bed to the water surface and due to the fact that, in software, the roughness coefficient applies to the channel floor only in the boundary conditions, this can be perfectly justified. Of course, it can be noted that, due to the flexible conditions of the vegetation of the bed, this modeling can show acceptable results for such grasses in the canal floor. In the next directions, we may try application of swarm-based optimization methods for modeling and finding the most effective factors in this research [2, 7, 8, 15, 18, 89–94]. In future, we can also apply the simulation logic and software of this research for other domains such as power engineering [95–99]. (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c)Figure 21Comparison of velocity profiles with the same plant densities (depth 3 m). Comparison of velocity profiles with (a) plant densities of 25%, depth 3 m; (b) plant densities of 50%, depth 3 m; and (c) plant densities of 75%, depth 3 m.
3. Conclusion
The effects of vegetation on the flood canal were investigated by numerical modeling with FLOW-3D software. After analyzing the results, the following conclusions were reached:(i)Increasing the density of vegetation reduces the velocity of the canal floor but has no effect on the velocity of the canal surface.(ii)Increasing the Froude number is directly related to increasing the speed of the canal floor.(iii)In the canal with a depth of one meter, a sudden increase in speed can be observed from the lowest speed and higher speed, which is justified by the sudden increase in Froude number.(iv)As the inlet flow rate increases, the slope of the profiles from the bed to the water surface increases.(v)By reducing the Froude number, the effect of vegetation on reducing the flow bed rate becomes more noticeable. And the input velocity in reducing the velocity of the canal floor does not have much effect.(vi)At a flow rate between 3 and 3.3 meters per second due to the shallow depth of the canal and the higher landing number a more critical area is observed in which the flow bed velocity in this area is between 2.86 and 3.1 m/s.(vii)Due to the critical flow velocity and the slight effect of the roughness of the horseshoe vortex floor, it is not visible and is only partially observed in models 1-2-3 and 21.(viii)As the flow rate increases, the effect of vegetation on the rate of bed reduction decreases.(ix)In conditions where less current intensity is passing, vegetation has a greater effect on reducing current intensity and energy consumption increases.(x)In the case of using the flow rate of 0.8 cubic meters per second, the velocity distribution and flow regime show about 20% more energy consumption than in the case of using the flow rate of 1.3 cubic meters per second.
Nomenclature
n:
Manning’s roughness coefficient
C:
Chézy roughness coefficient
f:
Darcy–Weisbach coefficient
V:
Flow velocity
R:
Hydraulic radius
g:
Gravitational acceleration
y:
Flow depth
Ks:
Bed roughness
A:
Constant coefficient
:
Reynolds number
∂y/∂x:
Depth of water change
S0:
Slope of the canal floor
Sf:
Slope of energy line
Fr:
Froude number
D:
Characteristic length of the canal
G:
Mass acceleration
:
Shear stresses.
Data Availability
All data are included within the paper.
Conflicts of Interest
The authors declare that they have no conflicts of interest.
Acknowledgments
This work was partially supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Contract no. 71761030 and Natural Science Foundation of Inner Mongolia under Contract no. 2019LH07003.
References
H. Yu, L. Jie, W. Gui et al., “Dynamic Gaussian bare-bones fruit fly optimizers with abandonment mechanism: method and analysis,” Engineering with Computers, vol. 20, pp. 1–29, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
X. Zhao, D. Li, B. Yang, C. Ma, Y. Zhu, and H. Chen, “Feature selection based on improved ant colony optimization for online detection of foreign fiber in cotton,” Applied Soft Computing, vol. 24, pp. 585–596, 2014.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. Hu, H. Chen, A. A. Heidari et al., “Orthogonal learning covariance matrix for defects of grey wolf optimizer: insights, balance, diversity, and feature selection,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 213, Article ID 106684, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
C. Yu, M. Chen, K. Chen et al., “SGOA: annealing-behaved grasshopper optimizer for global tasks,” Engineering with Computers, vol. 4, pp. 1–28, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
W. Shan, Z. Qiao, A. A. Heidari, H. Chen, H. Turabieh, and Y. Teng, “Double adaptive weights for stabilization of moth flame optimizer: balance analysis, engineering cases, and medical diagnosis,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 8, Article ID 106728, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
J. Tu, H. Chen, J. Liu et al., “Evolutionary biogeography-based whale optimization methods with communication structure: towards measuring the balance,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 212, Article ID 106642, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Y. Zhang, R. Liu, X. Wang et al., “Towards augmented kernel extreme learning models for bankruptcy prediction: algorithmic behavior and comprehensive analysis,” Neurocomputing, vol. 430, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
H.-L. Chen, G. Wang, C. Ma, Z.-N. Cai, W.-B. Liu, and S.-J. Wang, “An efficient hybrid kernel extreme learning machine approach for early diagnosis of Parkinson׳s disease,” Neurocomputing, vol. 184, pp. 131–144, 2016.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. Xia, H. Chen, Q. Li et al., “Ultrasound-based differentiation of malignant and benign thyroid Nodules: an extreme learning machine approach,” Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine, vol. 147, pp. 37–49, 2017.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
C. Li, L. Hou, B. Y. Sharma et al., “Developing a new intelligent system for the diagnosis of tuberculous pleural effusion,” Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine, vol. 153, pp. 211–225, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
X. Xu and H.-L. Chen, “Adaptive computational chemotaxis based on field in bacterial foraging optimization,” Soft Computing, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 797–807, 2014.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. Wang, H. Chen, B. Yang et al., “Toward an optimal kernel extreme learning machine using a chaotic moth-flame optimization strategy with applications in medical diagnoses,” Neurocomputing, vol. 267, pp. 69–84, 2017.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
L. Chao, K. Zhang, Z. Li, Y. Zhu, J. Wang, and Z. Yu, “Geographically weighted regression based methods for merging satellite and gauge precipitation,” Journal of Hydrology, vol. 558, pp. 275–289, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
F. J. Golrokh, G. Azeem, and A. Hasan, “Eco-efficiency evaluation in cement industries: DEA malmquist productivity index using optimization models,” ENG Transactions, vol. 1, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
D. Zhao, L. Lei, F. Yu et al., “Chaotic random spare ant colony optimization for multi-threshold image segmentation of 2D Kapur entropy,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 8, Article ID 106510, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
Y. Zhang, R. Liu, X. Wang, H. Chen, and C. Li, “Boosted binary Harris hawks optimizer and feature selection,” Engineering with Computers, vol. 517, pp. 1–30, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
L. Hu, G. Hong, J. Ma, X. Wang, and H. Chen, “An efficient machine learning approach for diagnosis of paraquat-poisoned patients,” Computers in Biology and Medicine, vol. 59, pp. 116–124, 2015.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
L. Shen, H. Chen, Z. Yu et al., “Evolving support vector machines using fruit fly optimization for medical data classification,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 96, pp. 61–75, 2016.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
X. Zhao, X. Zhang, Z. Cai et al., “Chaos enhanced grey wolf optimization wrapped ELM for diagnosis of paraquat-poisoned patients,” Computational Biology and Chemistry, vol. 78, pp. 481–490, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Y. Xu, H. Chen, J. Luo, Q. Zhang, S. Jiao, and X. Zhang, “Enhanced Moth-flame optimizer with mutation strategy for global optimization,” Information Sciences, vol. 492, pp. 181–203, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. Wang and H. Chen, “Chaotic multi-swarm whale optimizer boosted support vector machine for medical diagnosis,” Applied Soft Computing Journal, vol. 88, Article ID 105946, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Y. Chen, J. Li, H. Lu, and P. Yan, “Coupling system dynamics analysis and risk aversion programming for optimizing the mixed noise-driven shale gas-water supply chains,” Journal of Cleaner Production, vol. 278, Article ID 123209, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
H. Tang, Y. Xu, A. Lin et al., “Predicting green consumption behaviors of students using efficient firefly grey wolf-assisted K-nearest neighbor classifiers,” IEEE Access, vol. 8, pp. 35546–35562, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
H.-J. Ma and G.-H. Yang, “Adaptive fault tolerant control of cooperative heterogeneous systems with actuator faults and unreliable interconnections,” IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control, vol. 61, no. 11, pp. 3240–3255, 2015.View at: Google Scholar
H.-J. Ma and L.-X. Xu, “Decentralized adaptive fault-tolerant control for a class of strong interconnected nonlinear systems via graph theory,” IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control, vol. 66, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
H. J. Ma, L. X. Xu, and G. H. Yang, “Multiple environment integral reinforcement learning-based fault-tolerant control for affine nonlinear systems,” IEEE Transactions on Cybernetics, vol. 51, pp. 1–16, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. Hu, M. Wang, C. Zhao, Q. Pan, and C. Du, “Formation control and collision avoidance for multi-UAV systems based on Voronoi partition,” Science China Technological Sciences, vol. 63, no. 1, pp. 65–72, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
C. Zhang, H. Li, Y. Qian, C. Chen, and X. Zhou, “Locality-constrained discriminative matrix regression for robust face identification,” IEEE Transactions on Neural Networks and Learning Systems, vol. 99, pp. 1–15, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
X. Zhang, D. Wang, Z. Zhou, and Y. Ma, “Robust low-rank tensor recovery with rectification and alignment,” IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, vol. 43, no. 1, pp. 238–255, 2019.View at: Google Scholar
X. Zhang, J. Wang, T. Wang, R. Jiang, J. Xu, and L. Zhao, “Robust feature learning for adversarial defense via hierarchical feature alignment,” Information Sciences, vol. 560, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
X. Zhang, R. Jiang, T. Wang, and J. Wang, “Recursive neural network for video deblurring,” IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems for Video Technology, vol. 03, p. 1, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
X. Zhang, T. Wang, J. Wang, G. Tang, and L. Zhao, “Pyramid channel-based feature attention network for image dehazing,” Computer Vision and Image Understanding, vol. 197-198, Article ID 103003, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
X. Zhang, T. Wang, W. Luo, and P. Huang, “Multi-level fusion and attention-guided CNN for image dehazing,” IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems for Video Technology, vol. 3, p. 1, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
L. He, J. Shen, and Y. Zhang, “Ecological vulnerability assessment for ecological conservation and environmental management,” Journal of Environmental Management, vol. 206, pp. 1115–1125, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Y. Chen, W. Zheng, W. Li, and Y. Huang, “Large group Activity security risk assessment and risk early warning based on random forest algorithm,” Pattern Recognition Letters, vol. 144, pp. 1–5, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. Hu, H. Zhang, Z. Li, C. Zhao, Z. Xu, and Q. Pan, “Object traversing by monocular UAV in outdoor environment,” Asian Journal of Control, vol. 25, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
P. Tian, H. Lu, W. Feng, Y. Guan, and Y. Xue, “Large decrease in streamflow and sediment load of Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau driven by future climate change: a case study in Lhasa River Basin,” Catena, vol. 187, Article ID 104340, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
A. Stokes, C. Atger, A. G. Bengough, T. Fourcaud, and R. C. Sidle, “Desirable plant root traits for protecting natural and engineered slopes against landslides,” Plant and Soil, vol. 324, no. 1, pp. 1–30, 2009.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
T. B. Devi, A. Sharma, and B. Kumar, “Studies on emergent flow over vegetative channel bed with downward seepage,” Hydrological Sciences Journal, vol. 62, no. 3, pp. 408–420, 2017.View at: Google Scholar
G. Ireland, M. Volpi, and G. Petropoulos, “Examining the capability of supervised machine learning classifiers in extracting flooded areas from Landsat TM imagery: a case study from a Mediterranean flood,” Remote Sensing, vol. 7, no. 3, pp. 3372–3399, 2015.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
L. Goodarzi and S. Javadi, “Assessment of aquifer vulnerability using the DRASTIC model; a case study of the Dezful-Andimeshk Aquifer,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering, vol. 2, no. 1, pp. 17–22, 2016.View at: Google Scholar
K. Zhang, Q. Wang, L. Chao et al., “Ground observation-based analysis of soil moisture spatiotemporal variability across a humid to semi-humid transitional zone in China,” Journal of Hydrology, vol. 574, pp. 903–914, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
L. De Doncker, P. Troch, R. Verhoeven, K. Bal, P. Meire, and J. Quintelier, “Determination of the Manning roughness coefficient influenced by vegetation in the river Aa and Biebrza river,” Environmental Fluid Mechanics, vol. 9, no. 5, pp. 549–567, 2009.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. Fathi-Moghadam and K. Drikvandi, “Manning roughness coefficient for rivers and flood plains with non-submerged vegetation,” International Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 1–4, 2012.View at: Google Scholar
F.-C. Wu, H. W. Shen, and Y.-J. Chou, “Variation of roughness coefficients for unsubmerged and submerged vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 125, no. 9, pp. 934–942, 1999.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. K. Wood, “Rangeland vegetation-hydrologic interactions,” in Vegetation Science Applications for Rangeland Analysis and Management, vol. 3, pp. 469–491, Springer, 1988.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
C. Wilson, O. Yagci, H.-P. Rauch, and N. Olsen, “3D numerical modelling of a willow vegetated river/floodplain system,” Journal of Hydrology, vol. 327, no. 1-2, pp. 13–21, 2006.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
R. Yazarloo, M. Khamehchian, and M. R. Nikoodel, “Observational-computational 3d engineering geological model and geotechnical characteristics of young sediments of golestan province,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering (CRPASE), vol. 03, 2017.View at: Google Scholar
G. E. Freeman, W. H. Rahmeyer, and R. R. Copeland, “Determination of resistance due to shrubs and woody vegetation,” International Journal of River Basin Management, vol. 19, 2000.View at: Google Scholar
N. Kouwen and T. E. Unny, “Flexible roughness in open channels,” Journal of the Hydraulics Division, vol. 99, no. 5, pp. 713–728, 1973.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
S. Hosseini and J. Abrishami, Open Channel Hydraulics, Elsevier, Amsterdam, Netherlands, 2007.
C. S. James, A. L. Birkhead, A. A. Jordanova, and J. J. O’Sullivan, “Flow resistance of emergent vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Research, vol. 42, no. 4, pp. 390–398, 2004.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
F. Huthoff and D. Augustijn, “Channel roughness in 1D steady uniform flow: Manning or Chézy?,,” NCR-days, vol. 102, 2004.View at: Google Scholar
M. S. Sabegh, M. Saneie, M. Habibi, A. A. Abbasi, and M. Ghadimkhani, “Experimental investigation on the effect of river bank tree planting array, on shear velocity,” Journal of Watershed Engineering and Management, vol. 2, no. 4, 2011.View at: Google Scholar
A. Errico, V. Pasquino, M. Maxwald, G. B. Chirico, L. Solari, and F. Preti, “The effect of flexible vegetation on flow in drainage channels: estimation of roughness coefficients at the real scale,” Ecological Engineering, vol. 120, pp. 411–421, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
S. E. Darby, “Effect of riparian vegetation on flow resistance and flood potential,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 125, no. 5, pp. 443–454, 1999.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
V. Kutija and H. Thi Minh Hong, “A numerical model for assessing the additional resistance to flow introduced by flexible vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Research, vol. 34, no. 1, pp. 99–114, 1996.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
T. Fischer-Antze, T. Stoesser, P. Bates, and N. R. B. Olsen, “3D numerical modelling of open-channel flow with submerged vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Research, vol. 39, no. 3, pp. 303–310, 2001.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
U. Stephan and D. Gutknecht, “Hydraulic resistance of submerged flexible vegetation,” Journal of Hydrology, vol. 269, no. 1-2, pp. 27–43, 2002.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
F. G. Carollo, V. Ferro, and D. Termini, “Flow resistance law in channels with flexible submerged vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 131, no. 7, pp. 554–564, 2005.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
W. Fu-sheng, “Flow resistance of flexible vegetation in open channel,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. S1, 2007.View at: Google Scholar
P.-f. Wang, C. Wang, and D. Z. Zhu, “Hydraulic resistance of submerged vegetation related to effective height,” Journal of Hydrodynamics, vol. 22, no. 2, pp. 265–273, 2010.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. K. Lee, L. C. Roig, H. L. Jenter, and H. M. Visser, “Drag coefficients for modeling flow through emergent vegetation in the Florida Everglades,” Ecological Engineering, vol. 22, no. 4-5, pp. 237–248, 2004.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
G. J. Arcement and V. R. Schneider, Guide for Selecting Manning’s Roughness Coefficients for Natural Channels and Flood Plains, US Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, USA, 1989.
Y. Ding and S. S. Y. Wang, “Identification of Manning’s roughness coefficients in channel network using adjoint analysis,” International Journal of Computational Fluid Dynamics, vol. 19, no. 1, pp. 3–13, 2005.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
E. T. Engman, “Roughness coefficients for routing surface runoff,” Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering, vol. 112, no. 1, pp. 39–53, 1986.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. Feizbahr, C. Kok Keong, F. Rostami, and M. Shahrokhi, “Wave energy dissipation using perforated and non perforated piles,” International Journal of Engineering, vol. 31, no. 2, pp. 212–219, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. Farzadkhoo, A. Keshavarzi, H. Hamidifar, and M. Javan, “Sudden pollutant discharge in vegetated compound meandering rivers,” Catena, vol. 182, Article ID 104155, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
V. T. Chow, Open-channel Hydraulics, Mcgraw-Hill Civil Engineering Series, Chennai, TN, India, 1959.
X. Zhang, R. Jing, Z. Li, Z. Li, X. Chen, and C.-Y. Su, “Adaptive pseudo inverse control for a class of nonlinear asymmetric and saturated nonlinear hysteretic systems,” IEEE/CAA Journal of Automatica Sinica, vol. 8, no. 4, pp. 916–928, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
C. Zuo, Q. Chen, L. Tian, L. Waller, and A. Asundi, “Transport of intensity phase retrieval and computational imaging for partially coherent fields: the phase space perspective,” Optics and Lasers in Engineering, vol. 71, pp. 20–32, 2015.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
C. Zuo, J. Sun, J. Li, J. Zhang, A. Asundi, and Q. Chen, “High-resolution transport-of-intensity quantitative phase microscopy with annular illumination,” Scientific Reports, vol. 7, no. 1, pp. 7654–7722, 2017.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
B.-H. Li, Y. Liu, A.-M. Zhang, W.-H. Wang, and S. Wan, “A survey on blocking technology of entity resolution,” Journal of Computer Science and Technology, vol. 35, no. 4, pp. 769–793, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Y. Liu, B. Zhang, Y. Feng et al., “Development of 340-GHz transceiver front end based on GaAs monolithic integration technology for THz active imaging array,” Applied Sciences, vol. 10, no. 21, p. 7924, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. Hu, H. Zhang, L. Liu, X. Zhu, C. Zhao, and Q. Pan, “Convergent multiagent formation control with collision avoidance,” IEEE Transactions on Robotics, vol. 36, no. 6, pp. 1805–1818, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. B. Movahhed, J. Ayoubinejad, F. N. Asl, and M. Feizbahr, “The effect of rain on pedestrians crossing speed,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering (CRPASE), vol. 6, no. 3, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
A. Li, D. Spano, J. Krivochiza et al., “A tutorial on interference exploitation via symbol-level precoding: overview, state-of-the-art and future directions,” IEEE Communications Surveys & Tutorials, vol. 22, no. 2, pp. 796–839, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
W. Zhu, C. Ma, X. Zhao et al., “Evaluation of sino foreign cooperative education project using orthogonal sine cosine optimized kernel extreme learning machine,” IEEE Access, vol. 8, pp. 61107–61123, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
G. Liu, W. Jia, M. Wang et al., “Predicting cervical hyperextension injury: a covariance guided sine cosine support vector machine,” IEEE Access, vol. 8, pp. 46895–46908, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Y. Wei, H. Lv, M. Chen et al., “Predicting entrepreneurial intention of students: an extreme learning machine with Gaussian barebone harris hawks optimizer,” IEEE Access, vol. 8, pp. 76841–76855, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
A. Lin, Q. Wu, A. A. Heidari et al., “Predicting intentions of students for master programs using a chaos-induced sine cosine-based fuzzy K-Nearest neighbor classifier,” Ieee Access, vol. 7, pp. 67235–67248, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Y. Fan, P. Wang, A. A. Heidari et al., “Rationalized fruit fly optimization with sine cosine algorithm: a comprehensive analysis,” Expert Systems with Applications, vol. 157, Article ID 113486, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
E. Rodríguez-Esparza, L. A. Zanella-Calzada, D. Oliva et al., “An efficient Harris hawks-inspired image segmentation method,” Expert Systems with Applications, vol. 155, Article ID 113428, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
S. Jiao, G. Chong, C. Huang et al., “Orthogonally adapted Harris hawks optimization for parameter estimation of photovoltaic models,” Energy, vol. 203, Article ID 117804, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Z. Xu, Z. Hu, A. A. Heidari et al., “Orthogonally-designed adapted grasshopper optimization: a comprehensive analysis,” Expert Systems with Applications, vol. 150, Article ID 113282, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
A. Abbassi, R. Abbassi, A. A. Heidari et al., “Parameters identification of photovoltaic cell models using enhanced exploratory salp chains-based approach,” Energy, vol. 198, Article ID 117333, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. Mahmoodi and K. K. Aminjan, “Numerical simulation of flow through sukhoi 24 air inlet,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering (CRPASE), vol. 03, 2017.View at: Google Scholar
F. J. Golrokh and A. Hasan, “A comparison of machine learning clustering algorithms based on the DEA optimization approach for pharmaceutical companies in developing countries,” ENG Transactions, vol. 1, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
H. Chen, A. A. Heidari, H. Chen, M. Wang, Z. Pan, and A. H. Gandomi, “Multi-population differential evolution-assisted Harris hawks optimization: framework and case studies,” Future Generation Computer Systems, vol. 111, pp. 175–198, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. Guo, H. Zheng, B. Li, and G.-Z. Fu, “Bayesian hierarchical model-based information fusion for degradation analysis considering non-competing relationship,” IEEE Access, vol. 7, pp. 175222–175227, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
J. Guo, H. Zheng, B. Li, and G.-Z. Fu, “A Bayesian approach for degradation analysis with individual differences,” IEEE Access, vol. 7, pp. 175033–175040, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. M. A. Malakoutian, Y. Malakoutian, P. Mostafapour, and S. Z. D. Abed, “Prediction for monthly rainfall of six meteorological regions and TRNC (case study: north Cyprus),” ENG Transactions, vol. 2, no. 2, 2021.View at: Google Scholar
H. Arslan, M. Ranjbar, and Z. Mutlum, “Maximum sound transmission loss in multi-chamber reactive silencers: are two chambers enough?,,” ENG Transactions, vol. 2, no. 1, 2021.View at: Google Scholar
N. Tonekaboni, M. Feizbahr, N. Tonekaboni, G.-J. Jiang, and H.-X. Chen, “Optimization of solar CCHP systems with collector enhanced by porous media and nanofluid,” Mathematical Problems in Engineering, vol. 2021, Article ID 9984840, 12 pages, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Z. Niu, B. Zhang, J. Wang et al., “The research on 220GHz multicarrier high-speed communication system,” China Communications, vol. 17, no. 3, pp. 131–139, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
B. Zhang, Z. Niu, J. Wang et al., “Four‐hundred gigahertz broadband multi‐branch waveguide coupler,” IET Microwaves, Antennas & Propagation, vol. 14, no. 11, pp. 1175–1179, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
Z.-Q. Niu, L. Yang, B. Zhang et al., “A mechanical reliability study of 3dB waveguide hybrid couplers in the submillimeter and terahertz band,” Journal of Zhejiang University Science, vol. 1, no. 1, 1998.View at: Google Scholar
B. Zhang, D. Ji, D. Fang, S. Liang, Y. Fan, and X. Chen, “A novel 220-GHz GaN diode on-chip tripler with high driven power,” IEEE Electron Device Letters, vol. 40, no. 5, pp. 780–783, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
M. Taleghani and A. Taleghani, “Identification and ranking of factors affecting the implementation of knowledge management engineering based on TOPSIS technique,” ENG Transactions, vol. 1, no. 1, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
Probabilistic investigation of cavitation occurrence in chute spillway based on the results of Flow-3D numerical modeling
Amin Hasanalipour Shahrabadi1*, Mehdi Azhdary Moghaddam2
1-University of Sistan and Baluchestan،amin.h.shahrabadi@gmail.com
2-University of Sistan and Baluchestan،Mazhdary@eng.usb.ac.ir
Abstract
Probabilistic designation is a powerful tool in hydraulic engineering. The uncertainty caused by random phenomenon in hydraulic design may be important. Uncertainty can be expressed in terms of probability density function, confidence interval, or statistical torques such as standard deviation or coefficient of variation of random parameters. Controlling cavitation occurrence is one of the most important factors in chute spillways designing due to the flow’s high velocity and the negative pressure (Azhdary Moghaddam & Hasanalipour Shahrabadi, ۲۰۲۰). By increasing dam’s height, overflow velocity increases on the weir and threats the structure and it may cause structural failure due to cavitation (Chanson, ۲۰۱۳). Cavitation occurs when the fluid pressure reaches its vapor pressure. Since high velocity and low pressure can cause cavitation, aeration has been recognized as one of the best ways to deal with cavitation (Pettersson, ۲۰۱۲). This study, considering the extracted results from the Flow-۳D numerical model of the chute spillway of Darian dam, investigates the probability of cavitation occurrence and examines its reliability. Hydraulic uncertainty in the design of this hydraulic structure can be attributed to the uncertainty of the hydraulic performance analysis. Therefore, knowing about the uncertainty characteristics of hydraulic engineering systems for assessing their reliability seems necessary (Yen et al., ۱۹۹۳). Hence, designation and operation of hydraulic engineering systems are always subject to uncertainties and probable failures. The reliability, ps, of a hydraulic engineering system is defined as the probability of safety in which the resistance, R, of the system exceeds the load, L, as follows (Chen, ۲۰۱۵): p_s=P(L≤R) (۱) Where P(۰) is probability. The failure probability, p_f, is a reliability complement and is expressed as follows: p_f=P[(L>R)]=۱- p_s (۲) Reliability development based on analytical methods of engineering applications has come in many references (Tung & Mays, ۱۹۸۰ and Yen & Tung, ۱۹۹۳). Therefore, based on reliability, in a control method, the probability of cavitation occurrence in the chute spillway can be investigated. In reliability analysis, the probabilistic calculations must be expressed in terms of a limited conditional function, W(X)=W(X_L ,X_R)as follows: p_s=P[W(X_L ,X_R)≥۰]= P[W(X)≥۰] (۳) Where X is the vector of basic random variables in load and resistance functions. In the reliability analysis, if W(X)> ۰, the system will be secure and in the W(X) <۰ system will fail. Accordingly, the eliability index, β, is used, which is defined as the ratio of the mean value, μ_W, to standard deviation, σ_W, the limited conditional function W(X) is defined as follows (Cornell, ۱۹۶۹): β=μ_W/σ_W (۴) The present study was carried out using the obtained results from the model developed by ۱:۵۰ scale plexiglass at the Water Research Institute of Iran. In this laboratory model, which consists of an inlet channel and a convergent thrower chute spillway, two aerators in the form of deflector were used at the intervals of ۲۱۱ and ۲۷۰ at the beginning of chute, in order to cope with cavitation phenomenon during the chute. An air duct was also used for air inlet on the left and right walls of the spillway. To measure the effective parameters in cavitation, seven discharges have been passed through spillway. As the pressure and average velocity are determined, the values of the cavitation index are calculated and compared with the values of the critical cavitation index, σ_cr. At any point when σ≤σ_cr, there is a danger of corrosion in that range (Chanson, ۱۹۹۳). In order to obtain uncertainty and calculate the reliability index of cavitation occurrence during a chute, it is needed to extract the limited conditional function. Therefore, for a constant flow between two points of flow, there would be the Bernoulli (energy) relation as follows (Falvey, ۱۹۹۰): σ= ( P_atm/γ- P_V/γ+h cosθ )/(〖V_۰〗^۲/۲g) (۵) Where P_atm is the atmospheric pressure, γ is the unit weight of the water volume, θ is the angle of the ramp to the horizon, r is the curvature radius of the vertical arc, and h cosθ is the flow depth perpendicular to the floor. Therefore, the limited conditional function can be written as follows: W(X)=(P_atm/γ- P_V/γ+h cosθ )/(〖V_۰〗^۲/۲g) -σ_cr (۶) Flow-۳D is a powerful software in fluid dynamics. One of the major capabilities of this software is to model free-surface flows using finite volume method for hydraulic analysis. The spillway was modeled in three modes, without using aerator, ramp aerator, and ramp combination with aeration duct as detailed in Flow-۳D software. For each of the mentioned modes, seven discharges were tested. According to Equation (۶), velocity and pressure play a decisive and important role in the cavitation occurrence phenomenon. Therefore, the reliability should be evaluated with FORM (First Order Reliable Method) based on the probability distribution functions For this purpose, the most suitable probability distribution function of random variables of velocity and pressure on a laboratory model was extracted in different sections using Easy fit software. Probability distribution function is also considered normal for the other variables in the limited conditional function. These values are estimated for the constant gravity at altitudes of ۵۰۰ to ۷۰۰۰ m above the sea level for the unit weight, and vapor pressure at ۵ to ۳۵° C. For the critical cavitation index variable, the standard deviation is considered as ۰.۰۱. According to the conducted tests, for the velocity random variable, GEV (Generalized Extreme Value) distribution function, and for the pressure random variable, Burr (۴P) distribution function were presented as the best distribution function. The important point is to not follow the normal distribution above the random variables. Therefore, in order to evaluate the reliability with the FORM method, according to the above distributions, they should be converted into normal variables based on the existing methods. To this end, the non-normal distributions are transformed into the normal distribution by the method of Rackwitz and Fiiessler so that the value of the cumulative distribution function is equivalent to the original abnormal distribution at the design point of x_(i*). This point has the least distance from the origin in the standardized space of the boundary plane or the same limited conditional function. The reliability index will be equal to ۰.۴۲۰۴ before installing the aerator. As a result, reliability, p_s, and failure probability, p_f, are ۰.۶۶۲۹ and ۰.۳۳۷۱, respectively. This number indicates a high percentage for cavitation occurrence. Therefore, the use of aerator is inevitable to prevent imminent damage from cavitation. To deal with cavitation as planned in the laboratory, two aerators with listed specifications are embedded in a location where the cavitation index is critical. In order to analyze the reliability of cavitation occurrence after the aerator installation, the steps of the Hasofer-Lind algorithm are repeated. The modeling of ramps was performed separately in Flow-۳D software in order to compare the performance of aeration ducts as well as the probability of failure between aeration by ramp and the combination of ramps and aeration ducts. Installing an aerator in combination with a ramp and aerator duct greatly reduces the probability of cavitation occurrence. By installing aerator, the probability of cavitation occurrence will decrease in to about ۴ %. However, in the case of aeration only through the ramp, the risk of failure is equal to ۱۰%.
확률적 지정은 수력 공학에서 강력한 도구입니다. 유압 설계에서 임의 현상으로 인한 불확실성이 중요할 수 있습니다. 불확실성은 확률 밀도 함수, 신뢰 구간 또는 표준 편차 또는 무작위 매개변수의 변동 계수와 같은 통계적 토크로 표현될 수 있습니다. 캐비테이션 발생을 제어하는 것은 흐름의 높은 속도와 음압으로 인해 슈트 여수로 설계에서 가장 중요한 요소 중 하나입니다(Azhdary Moghaddam & Hasanalipour Shahrabadi, ۲۰۲۰). 댐의 높이를 높이면 둑의 범람속도가 증가하여 구조물을 위협하고 캐비테이션으로 인한 구조물의 파손을 유발할 수 있다(Chanson, ۲۰۱۳). 캐비테이션은 유체 압력이 증기압에 도달할 때 발생합니다. 높은 속도와 낮은 압력은 캐비테이션을 유발할 수 있으므로, 통기는 캐비테이션을 처리하는 가장 좋은 방법 중 하나로 인식되어 왔습니다(Pettersson, ۲۰۱۲). 본 연구에서는 Darian 댐의 슈트 여수로의 Flow-۳D 수치모델에서 추출된 결과를 고려하여 캐비테이션 발생 확률을 조사하고 그 신뢰성을 조사하였다. 이 수력구조의 설계에서 수력학적 불확실성은 수력성능 해석의 불확실성에 기인할 수 있다. 따라서 신뢰성을 평가하기 위해서는 수력공학 시스템의 불확도 특성에 대한 지식이 필요해 보인다(Yen et al., ۱۹۹۳). 따라서 수력 공학 시스템의 지정 및 작동은 항상 불확실성과 가능한 고장의 영향을 받습니다. 유압 공학 시스템의 신뢰성 ps는 저항 R, 시스템의 부하 L은 다음과 같이 초과됩니다(Chen, ۲۰۱۵): p_s=P(L≤R)(۱) 여기서 P(۰)은 확률입니다. 고장 확률 p_f는 신뢰도 보완이며 다음과 같이 표현됩니다. Mays, ۱۹۸۰ 및 Yen & Tung, ۱۹۹۳). 따라서 신뢰성을 기반으로 제어 방법에서 슈트 여수로의 캐비테이션 발생 확률을 조사할 수 있습니다. 신뢰도 분석에서 확률적 계산은 제한된 조건부 함수 W(X)=W(X_L , X_R)은 다음과 같습니다. p_s=P[W(X_L,X_R)≥۰]= P[W(X)≥۰] (۳) 여기서 X는 부하 및 저항 함수의 기본 랜덤 변수 벡터입니다. 신뢰도 분석에서 W(X)> ۰이면 시스템은 안전하고 W(X) <۰에서는 시스템이 실패합니다. 따라서 표준편차 σ_W에 대한 평균값 μ_W의 비율로 정의되는 신뢰도 지수 β가 사용되며, 제한된 조건부 함수 W(X)는 다음과 같이 정의됩니다(Cornell, ۱۹۶۹). β= μ_W/σ_W (۴) 본 연구는 이란 물연구소의 ۱:۵۰ scale plexiglass로 개발된 모델로부터 얻은 결과를 이용하여 수행하였다. 이 실험 모델에서, 입구 수로와 수렴형 투수 슈트 여수로로 구성되며 슈트 중 캐비테이션 현상에 대처하기 위해 슈트 초기에 ۲۱۱과 ۲۷۰ 간격으로 편향기 형태의 2개의 에어레이터를 사용하였다. 여수로 좌우 벽의 공기 유입구에도 공기 덕트가 사용되었습니다. 캐비테이션의 효과적인 매개변수를 측정하기 위해 7번의 배출이 방수로를 통과했습니다. 압력과 평균 속도가 결정되면 캐비테이션 지수 값이 계산되고 임계 캐비테이션 지수 σ_cr 값과 비교됩니다. σ≤σ_cr일 때 그 범위에서 부식의 위험이 있다(Chanson, ۱۹۹۳). 슈트 중 캐비테이션 발생의 불확실성을 구하고 신뢰도 지수를 계산하기 위해서는 제한된 조건부 함수를 추출할 필요가 있다. 따라서 두 지점 사이의 일정한 흐름에 대해 다음과 같은 Bernoulli(에너지) 관계가 있습니다(Falvey, ۱۹۹۰). σ= ( P_atm/γ- P_V/γ+h cosθ )/(〖V_۰〗 ^۲/۲g) (۵) 여기서 P_atm은 대기압, γ는 물의 단위 중량, θ는 수평선에 대한 경사로의 각도, r은 수직 호의 곡률 반경, h cos θ는 바닥에 수직인 흐름 깊이입니다. 따라서 제한된 조건부 함수는 다음과 같이 쓸 수 있습니다. W(X)=(P_atm/γ- P_V/γ+h cosθ )/(〖V_۰〗^۲/۲g) -σ_cr (۶) Flow-۳D는 유체 역학의 강력한 소프트웨어. 이 소프트웨어의 주요 기능 중 하나는 수리학적 해석을 위해 유한 체적 방법을 사용하여 자유 표면 흐름을 모델링하는 것입니다. 방수로는 Flow-۳D 소프트웨어에 자세히 설명된 바와 같이 폭기 장치, 램프 폭기 장치 및 폭기 덕트가 있는 램프 조합을 사용하지 않고 세 가지 모드로 모델링되었습니다. 언급된 각 모드에 대해 7개의 방전이 테스트되었습니다. 식 (۶)에 따르면 속도와 압력은 캐비테이션 발생 현상에 결정적이고 중요한 역할을 합니다. 따라서 확률분포함수에 기반한 FORM(First Order Reliable Method)으로 신뢰도를 평가해야 한다 이를 위해 실험실 모델에 대한 속도와 압력의 확률변수 중 가장 적합한 확률분포함수를 Easy fit을 이용하여 구간별로 추출하였다. 소프트웨어. 확률 분포 함수는 제한된 조건부 함수의 다른 변수에 대해서도 정상으로 간주됩니다. 이 값은 단위 중량의 경우 해발 ۵۰۰ ~ ۷۰۰۰ m 고도에서의 일정한 중력과 ۵ ~ ۳۵ ° C에서의 증기압으로 추정됩니다. 임계 캐비테이션 지수 변수의 표준 편차는 ۰.۰۱으로 간주됩니다. . 수행된 시험에 따르면 속도 확률변수는 GEV(Generalized Extreme Value) 분포함수로, 압력변수는 Burr(۴P) 분포함수가 가장 좋은 분포함수로 제시되었다. 중요한 점은 확률 변수 위의 정규 분포를 따르지 않는 것입니다. 따라서 FORM 방법으로 신뢰도를 평가하기 위해서는 위의 분포에 따라 기존 방법을 기반으로 정규 변수로 변환해야 합니다. 이를 위해, 비정규분포를 Rackwitz와 Fiiessler의 방법에 의해 정규분포로 변환하여 누적분포함수의 값이 x_(i*)의 설계점에서 원래의 비정상분포와 같도록 한다. 이 점은 경계면의 표준화된 공간 또는 동일한 제한된 조건부 함수에서 원점으로부터 최소 거리를 갖습니다. 신뢰성 지수는 폭기 장치를 설치하기 전의 ۰.۴۲۰۴과 같습니다. 그 결과 신뢰도 p_s와 고장확률 p_f는 각각 ۰.۶۶۲۹과 ۰.۳۳۷۱이다. 이 숫자는 캐비테이션 발생의 높은 비율을 나타냅니다. 따라서 캐비테이션으로 인한 즉각적인 손상을 방지하기 위해 폭기 장치의 사용이 불가피합니다. 실험실에서 계획한 대로 캐비테이션을 처리하기 위해, 나열된 사양을 가진 두 개의 폭기 장치는 캐비테이션 지수가 중요한 위치에 내장되어 있습니다. 폭기장치 설치 후 캐비테이션 발생의 신뢰성을 분석하기 위해 Hasofer-Lind 알고리즘의 단계를 반복합니다. 경사로의 모델링은 폭기 덕트의 성능과 경사로에 의한 폭기 및 경사로와 폭기 덕트의 조합 사이의 실패 확률을 비교하기 위해 Flow-۳D 소프트웨어에서 별도로 수행되었습니다. 경사로 및 폭기 덕트와 함께 폭기 장치를 설치하면 캐비테이션 발생 가능성이 크게 줄어듭니다. 에어레이터를 설치하면 캐비테이션 발생 확률이 약 ۴%로 감소합니다. 그러나 램프를 통한 폭기의 경우 실패 위험은 ۱۰%와 같습니다. 폭기 설치 후 캐비테이션 발생의 신뢰성을 분석하기 위해 Hasofer-Lind 알고리즘의 단계를 반복합니다. 경사로의 모델링은 폭기 덕트의 성능과 경사로에 의한 폭기 및 경사로와 폭기 덕트의 조합 사이의 실패 확률을 비교하기 위해 Flow-۳D 소프트웨어에서 별도로 수행되었습니다. 경사로 및 폭기 덕트와 함께 폭기 장치를 설치하면 캐비테이션 발생 가능성이 크게 줄어듭니다. 에어레이터를 설치하면 캐비테이션 발생 확률이 약 ۴%로 감소합니다. 그러나 램프를 통한 폭기의 경우 실패 위험은 ۱۰%와 같습니다. 폭기장치 설치 후 캐비테이션 발생의 신뢰성을 분석하기 위해 Hasofer-Lind 알고리즘의 단계를 반복합니다. 경사로의 모델링은 폭기 덕트의 성능과 경사로에 의한 폭기 및 경사로와 폭기 덕트의 조합 사이의 실패 확률을 비교하기 위해 Flow-۳D 소프트웨어에서 별도로 수행되었습니다. 경사로 및 폭기 덕트와 함께 폭기 장치를 설치하면 캐비테이션 발생 가능성이 크게 줄어듭니다. 에어레이터를 설치하면 캐비테이션 발생 확률이 약 ۴%로 감소합니다. 그러나 램프를 통한 폭기의 경우 실패 위험은 ۱۰%와 같습니다. 경사로의 모델링은 폭기 덕트의 성능과 경사로에 의한 폭기 및 경사로와 폭기 덕트의 조합 사이의 실패 확률을 비교하기 위해 Flow-۳D 소프트웨어에서 별도로 수행되었습니다. 경사로 및 폭기 덕트와 함께 폭기 장치를 설치하면 캐비테이션 발생 가능성이 크게 줄어듭니다. 에어레이터를 설치하면 캐비테이션 발생 확률이 약 ۴%로 감소합니다. 그러나 램프를 통한 폭기의 경우 실패 위험은 ۱۰%와 같습니다. 경사로의 모델링은 폭기 덕트의 성능과 경사로에 의한 폭기 및 경사로와 폭기 덕트의 조합 사이의 실패 확률을 비교하기 위해 Flow-۳D 소프트웨어에서 별도로 수행되었습니다. 경사로 및 폭기 덕트와 함께 폭기 장치를 설치하면 캐비테이션 발생 가능성이 크게 줄어듭니다. 에어레이터를 설치하면 캐비테이션 발생 확률이 약 ۴%로 감소합니다. 그러나 램프를 통한 폭기의 경우 실패 위험은 ۱۰%와 같습니다. 에어레이터를 설치하면 캐비테이션 발생 확률이 약 ۴%로 감소합니다. 그러나 램프를 통한 폭기의 경우 실패 위험은 ۱۰%와 같습니다. 에어레이터를 설치하면 캐비테이션 발생 확률이 약 ۴%로 감소합니다. 그러나 램프를 통한 폭기의 경우 실패 위험은 ۱۰%와 같습니다.
Keywords
Aerator Probable Failure Reliability Method FORM Flow ۳D.
이 논문은 FLOW-3D를 적용하여 다양한 흐름 배출 및 식생 시나리오가 유속(종방향, 횡방향 및 수직 속도 포함)에 미치는 영향을 조사합니다.
실험적 측정을 통한 검증 후 식생직경, 식생높이, 유출량에 대한 민감도 분석을 수행하였습니다. 종방향 속도의 경우 흐름 구조에 대한 가장 큰 영향은 배출보다는 식생 직경에서 비롯됩니다.
그러나 식생 높이는 수직 분포의 변곡점을 결정합니다. 식생 지역, 즉 상류와 하류의 두 위치에서 횡단 속도를 비교하면 수심을 따라 대칭 패턴이 식별됩니다. 식생 지역의 횡단 및 수직 유체 순환 패턴을 포함하여 흐름 또는 식생 시나리오에 관계없이 수직 속도에서도 동일한 패턴이 관찰됩니다.
또한 식생 직경이 클수록 이러한 패턴이 더 분명해집니다. 상부 순환은 식생 캐노피 근처에서 발생합니다. 식생 지역의 가로 세로 방향 순환에 관한 이러한 발견은 수중 식생을 통한 3차원 흐름 구조를 밝혀줍니다.
This paper applies the Flow-3D to investigate the impacts of different flow discharge and vegetation scenarios on the flow velocity (including the longitudinal, transverse and vertical velocities). After the verification by using experimental measurements, a sensitivity analysis is conducted for the vegetation diameter, the vegetation height and the flow discharge. For the longitudinal velocity, the greatest impact on the flow structure originates from the vegetation diameter, rather than the discharge. The vegetation height, however, determines the inflection point of the vertical distribution. Comparing the transverse velocities at two positions in the vegetated area, i.e., the upstream and the downstream, a symmetric pattern is identified along the water depth. The same pattern is also observed for the vertical velocity regardless of the flow or vegetation scenario, including both transverse and vertical fluid circulation patterns in the vegetated area. Moreover, the larger the vegetation diameter is, the more evident these patterns become. The upper circulation occurs near the vegetation canopy. These findings regarding the circulations along the transverse and vertical directions in the vegetated region shed light on the 3-D flow structure through the submerged vegetation.
Key words
Submerged rigid vegetation
longitudinal velocity
transverse velocity
vertical velocity
References
[1]Angelina A., Jordanova C. S. J. Experimental study of bed load transport through emergent vegetation [J]. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, 2003, 129(6): 474–478.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[2]Li Y., Wang Y., Anim D. O. et al. Flow characteristics in different densities of submerged flexible vegetation from an open-channel flume study of artificial plants [J]. Geomorphology, 2014, 204: 314–324.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[3]Bai F., Yang Z., Huai W. et al. A depth-averaged two dimensional shallow water model to simulate flow-rigid vegetation interactions [J]. Procedia Engineering, 2016, 154: 482–489.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[4]Huai W. X., Song S., Han J. et al. Prediction of velocity distribution in straight open-channel flow with partial vegetation by singular perturbation method [J]. Applied Mathematics and Mechanics (Engilsh Editon), 2016, 37(10): 1315–1324.MathSciNetArticleGoogle Scholar
[5]Wang P. F., Wang C. Numerical model for flow through submerged vegetation regions in a shallow lake [J]. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 2011, 23(2): 170–178.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[6]Wang W. J., Cui X. Y., Dong F. et al. Predictions of bulk velocity for open channel flow through submerged vegetation [J]. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 2020, 32(4): 795–799.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[7]Zhang M., Li C. W., Shen Y. Depth-averaged modeling of free surface flows in open channels with emerged and submerged vegetation [J]. Applied Mathematical Modelling, 2013, 37(1–2): 540–553.MathSciNetArticleGoogle Scholar
[8]Huai W., Wang W., Hu Y. et al. Analytical model of the mean velocity distribution in an open channel with double-layered rigid vegetation [J]. Advances in Water Resources, 2014, 69: 106–113.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[9]Panigrahi K., Khatua K. K. Prediction of velocity distribution in straight channel with rigid vegetation [J]. Aquatic Procedia, 2015, 4: 819–825.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[10]Huai W. X., Zeng Y. H., Xu Z. G. et al. Three-layer model for vertical velocity distribution in open channel flow with submerged rigid vegetation [J]. Advances in Water Resources, 2009, 32(4): 487–492.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[11]Chen S. C., Kuo Y. M., Li Y. H. Flow characteristics within different configurations of submerged flexible vegetation [J]. Journal of Hydrology, 2011, 398(1–2): 124–134.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[12]Yagci O., Tschiesche U., Kabdasli M. S. The role of different forms of natural riparian vegetation on turbulence and kinetic energy characteristics [J]. Advances in Water Resources, 2010, 33(5): 601–614.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[13]Wu F. S. Characteristics of flow resistance in open channels with non-submerged rigid vegetation [J]. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 2008, 20(2): 239–245.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[14]Huai W., Hu Y., Zeng Y. et al. Velocity distribution for open channel flows with suspended vegetation [J]. Advances in Water Resources, 2012, 49: 56–61.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[15]Pu J. H., Hussain A., Guo Y. K. et al. Submerged flexible vegetation impact on open channel flow velocity distribution: An analytical modelling study on drag and friction [J]. Water Science and Engineering, 2019, 12(2): 121–128.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[16]Zhang M. L., Li C. W., Shen Y. M. A 3D non-linear k-ε turbulent model for prediction of flow and mass transport in channel with vegetation [J]. Applied Mathematical Modelling, 2010, 34(4): 1021–1031.MathSciNetArticleGoogle Scholar
[17]Anjum N., Tanaka N. Numerical investigation of velocity distribution of turbulent flow through vertically double-layered vegetation [J]. Water Science and Engineering, 2019, 12(4): 319–329.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[18]Wang W., Huai W. X., Gao M. Numerical investigation of flow through vegetated multi-stage compound channel [J]. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 2014, 26(3): 467–473.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[19]Ghani U., Anjum N., Pasha G. A. et al. Numerical investigation of the flow characteristics through discontinuous and layered vegetation patches of finite width in an open channel [J]. Environmental Fluid Mechanics, 2019, 19(6): 1469–1495.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[20]Aydin M. C., Emiroglu M. E. Determination of capacity of labyrinth side weir by CFD [J]. Flow Measurement and Instrumentation, 2013, 29: 1–8.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[21]Hao W. L., Wu W. Q., Zhu C. J. et al. Experimental study on vertical distribution of flow velocity in vegetated river channel [J]. Water Resources and Power, 2015, 33(2): 85–88(in Chinese).Google Scholar
[22]Pietri L., Petroff A., Amielh M. et al. Turbulent flows interacting with varying density canopies [J]. Mécanique and Industries, 2009, 10(3–4): 181–185.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[23]Li Y., Du W., Yu Z. et al. Impact of flexible emergent vegetation on the flow turbulence and kinetic energy characteristics in a flume experiment [J]. Journal of Hydro-environment Research, 2015, 9(3): 354–367.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[24]Li W. Q., Wang D., Jiao J. L. et al. Effects of vegetation patch density on flow velocity characteristics in an open channel [J]. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 2018, 31(5): 1052–1059.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[25]Langre E. D., Gutierrez A., Cossé J. On the scaling of drag reduction by reconfiguration in plants [J]. Comptes Rendus Mécanique, 2012, 340(1–2): 35–40.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[26]Fathi-Maghadam M., Kouwen N. Nonrigid, nonsubmerged, vegetative roughness on floodplains [J]. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, 1997, 123(1): 51–57.ArticleGoogle Scholar
[27]Liang D., Wu X. A random walk simulation of scalar mixing in flows through submerged vegetations [J]. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 2014, 26(3): 343–350.MathSciNetArticleGoogle Scholar
[28]Ghisalberti M., Nepf H. Mass transport in vegetated shear flows [J]. Environmental Fluid Mechanics, 2005, 5(6): 527–551.
2 Water Engineering Department, Faculty of Civil Engineering, Tabriz University, Tabriz, Iran
Abstract
A stepped spillway is a hydraulic and cost-effective measure to dissipate the energy of large water flow over the spillway. Due to some limitations in stepped spillways, this study has intended a plan to increase and improve the effectiveness of energy depreciation. For this purpose, the effect of the wedge-shaped elements on the velocity and pressure changes over the steps, water level, and energy dissipation downstream the stepped spillway are evaluated.In this regard, several forms of wedge elements are studied with changes in wedge arrangement and the rate of discharge by using a numerical model of Flow-3D, and the appropriate models from the aspect of the most energy depreciation are selected and studied in the laboratory.In the laboratory, 25 experiments were performed on 5 physical models. Numerical and experimental results show that the addition of wedge elements on the stepped spillway has reduced the velocity and water depth downstream of the spillway to about 80% and 30%, respectively, and the energy dissipation over the stepped spillway increased by about 2.7 times. Also, by drawing the distribution profiles of pressure on the edge and the floor of steps, it was observed that the negative pressure in the horizontal section turned into a positive one. Also, negative pressure in the vertical section decreased up to 96% and positive pressure increased about 2 times. As well as increasing the density of the elements, the results that increase the energy dissipation are going to be more remarkable.
요약계단식 배수로는 배수로를 통해 큰 물 흐름의 에너지를 분산시키는 유압적이고 비용 효율적인 조치입니다. 계단식 배수로의 일부 한계로 인해 본 연구는 에너지 감가 상각의 효과를 높이고 개선하기위한 계획을 세웠습니다. 이를 위해 계단, 수위 및 계단식 배수로 하류의 에너지 소실에 대한 속도 및 압력 변화에 대한 쐐기 모양 요소의 영향을 평가합니다. 이와 관련하여 Flow-3D의 수치 모델을 이용하여 쐐기 배열 및 배출 속도의 변화로 여러 형태의 쐐기 요소를 연구하고 가장 에너지 감가 상각 측면에서 적절한 모델을 선택하여 실험실에서 연구합니다. .실험실에서는 5 개의 물리적 모델에 대해 25 개의 실험이 수행되었습니다. 수치 및 실험 결과에 따르면 계단식 배수로에 쐐기 요소를 추가하면 배수로 하류의 속도와 수심이 각각 약 80 % 및 30 %로 감소했으며 계단식 배수로에 대한 에너지 소산은 약 2.7 배 증가했습니다. 또한 계단의 가장자리와 바닥의 압력 분포 프로파일을 그려서 수평 단면의 부압이 양압으로 변하는 것을 관찰했습니다. 또한 수직 부의 부압은 96 %까지 감소했고 양압은 약 2 배 증가했습니다. 요소의 밀도를 높이는 것 외에도 에너지 소산을 증가시키는 결과가 더욱 두드러 질 것입니다.
키워드
Stepped spillway Wedge elements Change of the velocity and pressure Energy dissipation Flow-3D, 계단식 방수로, 웨지 요소 , 속도와 압력의 변화 , 에너지 소산
Fig. 1. Geometry and alignment of the wedges in the numerical study Fig. 2. Secondary water depth versus unit flow rate in the simple stepped spillway and stepped spillway with wedge elements.Fig6. 실험실 연구에서 계단식 오버 플로우에 대한 쐐기 요소의 선택된 형상 및 배열
[1] H. CHANSON. Comparison of energy dissipation between nappe and skimming flow regimes on stepped chutes. Journal of hydraulic research, 32.1994, 213-218. [2] M. R. CHAMANI & N. RAJARATNAM. Jet flow on stepped spillways. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 120.1994, 254-259. [3] J.A. KELLS. Comparison of energy dissipation between nappe and skimming flow regimes on stepped chutes discussion. IAHR Journal of Hydraulic Research 33.1995, 128-133. [4] M. TABBARA, J. CHATILA & R. AWWAD. Computational simulation of flow over stepped spillways. Computers & structures, 83.2005, 2215-2224. [5] S. RAZI, F. SALMASI & A. H. DALIR. Laboratory Study of the Effects of Step Number, Slope and Particle Size on Energy Dissipation in Gabion Stepped Spillways. Amir Kabir Civil Engineering Journal, 2018.
Surface roughness of laser powder bed fusion (L-PBF) printed overhang regions is a major contributor to deteriorated shape accuracy/surface quality. This study investigates the mechanisms behind the evolution of surface roughness (Ra) in overhang regions. The evolution of surface morphology is the result of a combination of border track contour, powder adhesion, warp deformation, and dross formation, which is strongly related to the overhang angle (θ). When 0° ≤ θ ≤ 15°, the overhang angle does not affect Ra significantly since only a small area of the melt pool boundaries contacts the powder bed resulting in slight powder adhesion. When 15° < θ ≤ 50°, powder adhesion is enhanced by the melt pool sinking and the increased contact area between the melt pool boundary and powder bed. When θ > 50°, large waviness of the overhang contour, adhesion of powder clusters, severe warp deformation and dross formation increase Ra sharply.
레이저 파우더 베드 퓨전 (L-PBF) 프린팅 오버행 영역의 표면 거칠기는 형상 정확도 / 표면 품질 저하의 주요 원인입니다. 이 연구 는 오버행 영역에서 표면 거칠기 (Ra ) 의 진화 뒤에 있는 메커니즘을 조사합니다 . 표면 형태의 진화는 오버행 각도 ( θ ) 와 밀접한 관련이있는 경계 트랙 윤곽, 분말 접착, 뒤틀림 변형 및 드로스 형성의 조합의 결과입니다 . 0° ≤ θ ≤ 15° 인 경우 , 용융풀 경계의 작은 영역 만 분말 베드와 접촉하여 약간의 분말 접착이 발생하기 때문에 오버행 각도가 R a에 큰 영향을 주지 않습니다 . 15° < θ 일 때 ≤ 50°, 용융 풀 싱킹 및 용융 풀 경계와 분말 베드 사이의 증가된 접촉 면적으로 분말 접착력이 향상됩니다. θ > 50° 일 때 오버행 윤곽의 큰 파형, 분말 클러스터의 접착, 심한 휨 변형 및 드 로스 형성이 Ra 급격히 증가 합니다.
KEYWORDS: Laser powder bed fusion (L-PBF), melt pool dynamics, overhang region, shape deviation, surface roughness
1. Introduction
레이저 분말 베드 융합 (L-PBF)은 첨단 적층 제조 (AM) 기술로, 집중된 레이저 빔을 사용하여 금속 분말을 선택적으로 융합하여 슬라이스 된 3D 컴퓨터 지원에 따라 층별로 3 차원 (3D) 금속 부품을 구축합니다. 설계 (CAD) 모델 (Chatham, Long 및 Williams 2019 ; Tan, Zhu 및 Zhou 2020 ). 재료가 인쇄 층 아래에 존재하는지 여부에 따라 인쇄 영역은 각각 솔리드 영역 또는 돌출 영역으로 분류 될 수 있습니다. 따라서 오버행 영역은 고체 기판이 아니라 분말 베드 바로 위에 건설되는 특수 구조입니다 (Patterson, Messimer 및 Farrington 2017). 오버행 영역은지지 구조를 포함하거나 포함하지 않고 구축 할 수 있으며, 지지대가있는 돌출 영역의 L-PBF는 지지체가 더 낮은 밀도로 구축된다는 점을 제외 하고 (Wang and Chou 2018 ) 고체 기판의 공정과 유사합니다 (따라서 기계적 강도가 낮기 때문에 L-PBF 공정 후 기계적으로 쉽게 제거 할 수 있습니다. 따라서지지 구조로 인쇄 된 오버행 영역은 L-PBF 공정 후 지지물 제거, 연삭 및 연마와 같은 추가 후 처리 단계가 필요합니다.
수평 내부 채널의 제작과 같은 일부 특정 경우에는 공정 후 지지대를 제거하기가 어려우므로 채널 상단 절반의 돌출부 영역을 지지대없이 건설해야합니다 (Hopkinson and Dickens 2000 ). 수평 내부 채널에 사용할 수없는지지 구조 외에도 내부 표면, 특히 등각 냉각 채널 (Feng, Kamat 및 Pei 2021 ) 에서 발생하는 복잡한 3D 채널 네트워크의 경우 표면 마감 프로세스를 구현하는 것도 어렵습니다 . 결과적으로 오버행 영역은 (i) 잔류 응력에 의한 변형, (ii) 계단 효과 (Kuo et al. 2020 ; Li et al. 2020 )로 인해 설계된 모양에서 벗어날 수 있습니다 .) 및 (iii) 원하지 않는 분말 소결로 인한 향상된 표면 거칠기; 여기서, 앞의 두 요소는 일반적으로 mm 길이 스케일에서 ‘매크로’편차로 분류되고 후자는 일반적으로 µm 길이 스케일에서 ‘마이크로’편차로 인식됩니다.
열 응력에 의한 변형은 오버행 영역에서 발생하는 중요한 문제입니다 (Patterson, Messimer 및 Farrington 2017 ). 국부적 인 용융 / 냉각은 용융 풀 내부 및 주변에서 큰 온도 구배를 유도하여 응고 된 층에 집중적 인 열 응력을 유발합니다. 열 응력에 의한 뒤틀림은 고체 영역을 현저하게 변형하지 않습니다. 이러한 영역은 아래의 여러 레이어에 의해 제한되기 때문입니다. 반면에 오버행 영역은 구속되지 않고 공정 중 응력 완화로 인해 상당한 변형이 발생합니다 (Kamat 및 Pei 2019 ). 더욱이 용융 깊이는 레이어 두께보다 큽니다 (이전 레이어도 재용 해되어 빌드 된 레이어간에 충분한 결합을 보장하기 때문입니다 [Yadroitsev et al. 2013 ; Kamath et al.2014 ]),응고 된 두께가 설계된 두께보다 크기 때문에형태 편차 (예 : 드 로스 [Charles et al. 2020 ; Feng et al. 2020 ])가 발생합니다. 마이크로 스케일에서 인쇄 된 표면 (R a 및 S a ∼ 10 μm)은 기계적으로 가공 된 표면보다 거칠다 (Duval-Chaneac et al. 2018 ; Wen et al. 2018 ). 이 문제는고형화 된 용융 풀의 가장자리에 부착 된 용융되지 않은 분말의 결과로 표면 거칠기 (R a )가 일반적으로 약 20 μm인 오버행 영역에서 특히 심각합니다 (Mazur et al. 2016 ; Pakkanen et al. 2016 ).
오버행 각도 ( θ , 빌드 방향과 관련하여 측정)는 오버행 영역의 뒤틀림 편향과 표면 거칠기에 영향을 미치는 중요한 매개 변수입니다 (Kamat and Pei 2019 ; Mingear et al. 2019 ). θ ∼ 45 ° 의 오버행 각도 는 일반적으로지지 구조없이 오버행 영역을 인쇄 할 수있는 임계 값으로 합의됩니다 (Pakkanen et al. 2016 ; Kadirgama et al. 2018 ). θ 일 때이 임계 값보다 크면 오버행 영역을 허용 가능한 표면 품질로 인쇄 할 수 없습니다. 오버행 각도 외에도 레이저 매개 변수 (레이저 에너지 밀도와 관련된)는 용융 풀의 모양 / 크기 및 용융 풀 역학에 영향을줌으로써 오버행 영역의 표면 거칠기에 영향을줍니다 (Wang et al. 2013 ; Mingear et al . 2019 ).
용융 풀 역학은 고체 (Shrestha 및 Chou 2018 ) 및 오버행 (Le et al. 2020 ) 영역 모두에서 수행되는 L-PBF 공정을 포함한 레이저 재료 가공의 일반적인 물리적 현상입니다 . 용융 풀 모양, 크기 및 냉각 속도는 잔류 응력으로 인한 변형과 표면 거칠기에 모두 영향을 미치므로 처리 매개 변수와 표면 형태 / 품질 사이의 다리 역할을하며 용융 풀을 이해하기 위해 수치 시뮬레이션을 사용하여 추가 조사를 수행 할 수 있습니다. 거동과 표면 거칠기에 미치는 영향. 현재까지 고체 영역의 L-PBF 동안 용융 풀 동작을 시뮬레이션하기 위해 여러 연구가 수행되었습니다. 유한 요소 방법 (FEM)과 같은 시뮬레이션 기술 (Roberts et al. 2009 ; Du et al.2019 ), 유한 차분 법 (FDM) (Wu et al. 2018 ), 전산 유체 역학 (CFD) (Lee and Zhang 2016 ), 임의의 Lagrangian-Eulerian 방법 (ALE) (Khairallah and Anderson 2014 )을 사용하여 증발 반동 압력 (Hu et al. 2018 ) 및 Marangoni 대류 (Zhang et al. 2018 ) 현상을포함하는 열 전달 (온도 장) 및 물질 전달 (용융 흐름) 프로세스. 또한 이산 요소법 (DEM)을 사용하여 무작위 분산 분말 베드를 생성했습니다 (Lee and Zhang 2016 ; Wu et al. 2018 ). 이 모델은 분말 규모의 L-PBF 공정을 시뮬레이션했습니다 (Khairallah et al. 2016) 메조 스케일 (Khairallah 및 Anderson 2014 ), 단일 트랙 (Leitz et al. 2017 )에서 다중 트랙 (Foroozmehr et al. 2016 ) 및 다중 레이어 (Huang, Khamesee 및 Toyserkani 2019 )로.
그러나 결과적인 표면 거칠기를 결정하는 오버행 영역의 용융 풀 역학은 문헌에서 거의 관심을받지 못했습니다. 솔리드 영역의 L-PBF에 대한 기존 시뮬레이션 모델이 어느 정도 참조가 될 수 있지만 오버행 영역과 솔리드 영역 간의 용융 풀 역학에는 상당한 차이가 있습니다. 오버행 영역에서 용융 금속은 분말 입자 사이의 틈새로 아래로 흘러 용융 풀이 다공성 분말 베드가 제공하는 약한 지지체 아래로 가라 앉습니다. 이것은 중력과 표면 장력의 영향이 용융 풀의 결과적인 모양 / 크기를 결정하는 데 중요하며, 결과적으로 오버행 영역의 마이크로 스케일 형태의 진화에 중요합니다. 또한 분말 입자 사이의 공극, 열 조건 (예 : 에너지 흡수,2019 ; Karimi et al. 2020 ; 노래와 영 2020 ). 표면 거칠기는 (마이크로) 형상 편차를 증가시킬뿐만 아니라 주기적 하중 동안 미세 균열의 시작 지점 역할을함으로써 기계적 강도를 저하시킵니다 (Günther et al. 2018 ). 오버행 영역의 높은 표면 거칠기는 (마이크로) 정확도 / 품질에 대한 엄격한 요구 사항이있는 부품 제조에서 L-PBF의 적용을 제한합니다.
본 연구는 실험 및 시뮬레이션 연구를 사용하여 오버행 영역 (지지물없이 제작)의 미세 형상 편차 형성 메커니즘과 표면 거칠기의 기원을 체계적이고 포괄적으로 조사합니다. 결합 된 DEM-CFD 시뮬레이션 모델은 경계 트랙 윤곽, 분말 접착 및 뒤틀림 변형의 효과를 고려하여 오버행 영역의 용융 풀 역학과 표면 형태의 형성 메커니즘을 나타 내기 위해 개발되었습니다. 표면 거칠기 R의 시뮬레이션 및 단일 요인 L-PBF 인쇄 실험을 사용하여 오버행 각도의 함수로 연구됩니다. 용융 풀의 침몰과 관련된 오버행 영역에서 분말 접착의 세 가지 메커니즘이 식별되고 자세히 설명됩니다. 마지막으로, 인쇄 된 오버행 영역에서 높은 표면 거칠기 문제를 완화 할 수 있는 잠재적 솔루션에 대해 간략하게 설명합니다.
The shape and size of the L-PBF printed samples are illustrated in Figure 1Figure 2. Borders in the overhang region depending on the overhang angle θFigure 3. (a) Profile of the volumetric heat source, (b) the model geometry of single-track printing on a solid substrate (unit: µm), and (c) the comparison of melt pool dimensions obtained from the experiment (right half) and simulation (left half) for a calibrated optical penetration depth of 110 µm (laser power 200 W and scan speed 800 mm/s, solidified layer thickness 30 µm, powder size 10–45 µm).Figure 4. The model geometry of an overhang being L-PBF processed: (a) 3D view and (b) right view.Figure 5. The cross-sectional contour of border tracks in a 45° overhang region.Figure 6. Evolution of melt pool in the overhang region (θ = 45°, P = 100 W, v = 1000 mm/s, the streamlines are shown by arrows).Figure 7. The overhang contour is contributed by (a) only outer borders when θ ≤ 60° (b) both inner borders and outer borders when θ > 60°.Figure 8. Schematic of powder adhesion on a 45° overhang region.Figure 9. The L-PBF printed samples with various overhang angle (a) θ = 0° (cube), (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45°, (d) θ = 55° and (e) θ = 60°.Figure 10. Two mechanisms of powder adhesion related to the overhang angle: (a) simulation-predicted, θ = 45°; (b) simulation-predicted, θ = 60°; (c, e) optical micrographs, θ = 45°; (d, f) optical micrographs, θ = 60°. (e) and (f) are partial enlargement of (c) and (d), respectively.Figure 11. Simulation-predicted surface morphology in the overhang region at different overhang angle: (a) θ = 15°, (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45°, (d) θ = 60° and (e) θ = 80° (Blue solid lines: simulation-predicted contour; red dashed lines: the planar profile of designed overhang region specified by the overhang angles).Figure 12. Effect of overhang angle on surface roughness Ra in overhang regionsFigure 13. Surface morphology of L-PBF printed overhang regions with different overhang angle: (a) θ = 15°, (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45° and (d) θ = 60° (overhang border parameters: P = 100 W, v = 1000 mm/s).Figure 14. Effect of (a) laser power (scan speed = 1000 mm/s) and (b) scan speed (lase power = 100 W) on surface roughness Ra in overhang regions (θ = 45°, laser power and scan speed referred to overhang border parameters, and the other process parameters are listed in Table 2).
References
Cai, Chao, Chrupcala Radoslaw, Jinliang Zhang, Qian Yan, Shifeng Wen, Bo Song, and Yusheng Shi. 2019. “In-Situ Preparation and Formation of TiB/Ti-6Al-4V Nanocomposite via Laser Additive Manufacturing: Microstructure Evolution and Tribological Behavior.” Powder Technology 342: 73–84. doi:10.1016/j.powtec.2018.09.088. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Cai, Chao, Wei Shian Tey, Jiayao Chen, Wei Zhu, Xingjian Liu, Tong Liu, Lihua Zhao, and Kun Zhou. 2021. “Comparative Study on 3D Printing of Polyamide 12 by Selective Laser Sintering and Multi Jet Fusion.” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 288 (August 2020): 116882. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2020.116882. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Cai, Chao, Xu Wu, Wan Liu, Wei Zhu, Hui Chen, Jasper Dong Qiu Chua, Chen Nan Sun, Jie Liu, Qingsong Wei, and Yusheng Shi. 2020. “Selective Laser Melting of Near-α Titanium Alloy Ti-6Al-2Zr-1Mo-1V: Parameter Optimization, Heat Treatment and Mechanical Performance.” Journal of Materials Science and Technology 57: 51–64. doi:10.1016/j.jmst.2020.05.004. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Charles, Amal, Ahmed Elkaseer, Lore Thijs, and Steffen G. Scholz. 2020. “Dimensional Errors Due to Overhanging Features in Laser Powder Bed Fusion Parts Made of Ti-6Al-4V.” Applied Sciences 10 (7): 2416. doi:10.3390/app10072416. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
Chatham, Camden A., Timothy E. Long, and Christopher B. Williams. 2019. “A Review of the Process Physics and Material Screening Methods for Polymer Powder Bed Fusion Additive Manufacturing.” Progress in Polymer Science 93: 68–95. doi:10.1016/j.progpolymsci.2019.03.003. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Du, Yang, Xinyu You, Fengbin Qiao, Lijie Guo, and Zhengwu Liu. 2019. “A Model for Predicting the Temperature Field during Selective Laser Melting.” Results in Physics 12 (November 2018): 52–60. doi:10.1016/j.rinp.2018.11.031. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Duval-Chaneac, M. S., S. Han, C. Claudin, F. Salvatore, J. Bajolet, and J. Rech. 2018. “Experimental Study on Finishing of Internal Laser Melting (SLM) Surface with Abrasive Flow Machining (AFM).” Precision Engineering 54 (July 2017): 1–6. doi:10.1016/j.precisioneng.2018.03.006. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Feng, Shaochuan, Shijie Chen, Amar M. Kamat, Ru Zhang, Mingji Huang, and Liangcai Hu. 2020. “Investigation on Shape Deviation of Horizontal Interior Circular Channels Fabricated by Laser Powder Bed Fusion.” Additive Manufacturing 36 (December): 101585. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2020.101585. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Feng, Shaochuan, Chuanzhen Huang, Jun Wang, Hongtao Zhu, Peng Yao, and Zhanqiang Liu. 2017. “An Analytical Model for the Prediction of Temperature Distribution and Evolution in Hybrid Laser-Waterjet Micro-Machining.” Precision Engineering 47: 33–45. doi:10.1016/j.precisioneng.2016.07.002. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Feng, Shaochuan, Amar M. Kamat, and Yutao Pei. 2021. “Design and Fabrication of Conformal Cooling Channels in Molds: Review and Progress Updates.” International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer. doi:10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2021.121082. [Crossref], [PubMed], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Flow-3D V11.2 Documentation. 2016. Flow Science, Inc. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
Foroozmehr, Ali, Mohsen Badrossamay, Ehsan Foroozmehr, and Sa’id Golabi. 2016. “Finite Element Simulation of Selective Laser Melting Process Considering Optical Penetration Depth of Laser in Powder Bed.” Materials and Design 89: 255–263. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2015.10.002. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
“Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) — Surface Texture: Profile Method — Rules and Procedures for the Assessment of Surface Texture (ISO 4288).” 1996. International Organization for Standardization. https://www.iso.org/standard/2096.html. [Google Scholar]
Günther, Johannes, Stefan Leuders, Peter Koppa, Thomas Tröster, Sebastian Henkel, Horst Biermann, and Thomas Niendorf. 2018. “On the Effect of Internal Channels and Surface Roughness on the High-Cycle Fatigue Performance of Ti-6Al-4V Processed by SLM.” Materials & Design 143: 1–11. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2018.01.042. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Hopkinson, Neil, and Phill Dickens. 2000. “Conformal Cooling and Heating Channels Using Laser Sintered Tools.” In Solid Freeform Fabrication Conference, 490–497. Texas. doi:10.26153/tsw/3075. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
Hu, Zhiheng, Haihong Zhu, Changchun Zhang, Hu Zhang, Ting Qi, and Xiaoyan Zeng. 2018. “Contact Angle Evolution during Selective Laser Melting.” Materials and Design 139: 304–313. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2017.11.002. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Hu, Cheng, Kejia Zhuang, Jian Weng, and Donglin Pu. 2019. “Three-Dimensional Analytical Modeling of Cutting Temperature for Round Insert Considering Semi-Infinite Boundary and Non-Uniform Heat Partition.” International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 155 (October 2018): 536–553. doi:10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2019.03.019. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Huang, Yuze, Mir Behrad Khamesee, and Ehsan Toyserkani. 2019. “A New Physics-Based Model for Laser Directed Energy Deposition (Powder-Fed Additive Manufacturing): From Single-Track to Multi-Track and Multi-Layer.” Optics & Laser Technology 109 (August 2018): 584–599. doi:10.1016/j.optlastec.2018.08.015. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Kadirgama, K., W. S. W. Harun, F. Tarlochan, M. Samykano, D. Ramasamy, Mohd Zaidi Azir, and H. Mehboob. 2018. “Statistical and Optimize of Lattice Structures with Selective Laser Melting (SLM) of Ti6AL4V Material.” International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology 97 (1–4): 495–510. doi:10.1007/s00170-018-1913-1. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Kamat, Amar M, and Yutao Pei. 2019. “An Analytical Method to Predict and Compensate for Residual Stress-Induced Deformation in Overhanging Regions of Internal Channels Fabricated Using Powder Bed Fusion.” Additive Manufacturing 29 (March): 100796. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2019.100796. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Kamath, Chandrika, Bassem El-Dasher, Gilbert F. Gallegos, Wayne E. King, and Aaron Sisto. 2014. “Density of Additively-Manufactured, 316L SS Parts Using Laser Powder-Bed Fusion at Powers up to 400 W.” International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology 74 (1–4): 65–78. doi:10.1007/s00170-014-5954-9. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Karimi, J., C. Suryanarayana, I. Okulov, and K. G. Prashanth. 2020. “Selective Laser Melting of Ti6Al4V: Effect of Laser Re-Melting.” Materials Science and Engineering A (July): 140558. doi:10.1016/j.msea.2020.140558. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Khairallah, Saad A., and Andy Anderson. 2014. “Mesoscopic Simulation Model of Selective Laser Melting of Stainless Steel Powder.” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 214 (11): 2627–2636. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2014.06.001. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Khairallah, Saad A., Andrew T. Anderson, Alexander Rubenchik, and Wayne E. King. 2016. “Laser Powder-Bed Fusion Additive Manufacturing: Physics of Complex Melt Flow and Formation Mechanisms of Pores, Spatter, and Denudation Zones.” Edited by Adedeji B. Badiru, Vhance V. Valencia, and David Liu. Acta Materialia 108 (April): 36–45. doi:10.1016/j.actamat.2016.02.014. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Kuo, C. N., C. K. Chua, P. C. Peng, Y. W. Chen, S. L. Sing, S. Huang, and Y. L. Su. 2020. “Microstructure Evolution and Mechanical Property Response via 3D Printing Parameter Development of Al–Sc Alloy.” Virtual and Physical Prototyping 15 (1): 120–129. doi:10.1080/17452759.2019.1698967. [Taylor & Francis Online], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Le, K. Q., C. H. Wong, K. H. G. Chua, C. Tang, and H. Du. 2020. “Discontinuity of Overhanging Melt Track in Selective Laser Melting Process.” International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer 162 (December): 120284. doi:10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2020.120284. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Lee, Y. S., and W. Zhang. 2016. “Modeling of Heat Transfer, Fluid Flow and Solidification Microstructure of Nickel-Base Superalloy Fabricated by Laser Powder Bed Fusion.” Additive Manufacturing 12: 178–188. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2016.05.003. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Leitz, K. H., P. Singer, A. Plankensteiner, B. Tabernig, H. Kestler, and L. S. Sigl. 2017. “Multi-Physical Simulation of Selective Laser Melting.” Metal Powder Report 72 (5): 331–338. doi:10.1016/j.mprp.2016.04.004. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
Li, Jian, Jing Hu, Yi Zhu, Xiaowen Yu, Mengfei Yu, and Huayong Yang. 2020. “Surface Roughness Control of Root Analogue Dental Implants Fabricated Using Selective Laser Melting.” Additive Manufacturing 34 (September 2019): 101283. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2020.101283. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Li, Yingli, Kun Zhou, Pengfei Tan, Shu Beng Tor, Chee Kai Chua, and Kah Fai Leong. 2018. “Modeling Temperature and Residual Stress Fields in Selective Laser Melting.” International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 136 (February): 24–35. doi:10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2017.12.001. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Mazur, MacIej, Martin Leary, Matthew McMillan, Joe Elambasseril, and Milan Brandt. 2016. “SLM Additive Manufacture of H13 Tool Steel with Conformal Cooling and Structural Lattices.” Rapid Prototyping Journal 22 (3): 504–518. doi:10.1108/RPJ-06-2014-0075. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Mingear, Jacob, Bing Zhang, Darren Hartl, and Alaa Elwany. 2019. “Effect of Process Parameters and Electropolishing on the Surface Roughness of Interior Channels in Additively Manufactured Nickel-Titanium Shape Memory Alloy Actuators.” Additive Manufacturing 27 (October 2018): 565–575. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2019.03.027. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Pakkanen, Jukka, Flaviana Calignano, Francesco Trevisan, Massimo Lorusso, Elisa Paola Ambrosio, Diego Manfredi, and Paolo Fino. 2016. “Study of Internal Channel Surface Roughnesses Manufactured by Selective Laser Melting in Aluminum and Titanium Alloys.” Metallurgical and Materials Transactions A 47 (8): 3837–3844. doi:10.1007/s11661-016-3478-7. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Patterson, Albert E., Sherri L. Messimer, and Phillip A. Farrington. 2017. “Overhanging Features and the SLM/DMLS Residual Stresses Problem: Review and Future Research Need.” Technologies 5 (4): 15. doi:10.3390/technologies5020015. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Roberts, I. A., C. J. Wang, R. Esterlein, M. Stanford, and D. J. Mynors. 2009. “A Three-Dimensional Finite Element Analysis of the Temperature Field during Laser Melting of Metal Powders in Additive Layer Manufacturing.” International Journal of Machine Tools and Manufacture 49 (12–13): 916–923. doi:10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2009.07.004. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Shrestha, Subin, and Kevin Chou. 2018. “Computational Analysis of Thermo-Fluid Dynamics with Metallic Powder in SLM.” In CFD Modeling and Simulation in Materials Processing 2018, edited by Laurentiu Nastac, Koulis Pericleous, Adrian S. Sabau, Lifeng Zhang, and Brian G. Thomas, 85–95. Cham, Switzerland: Springer Nature. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-72059-3_9. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
Sing, S. L., and W. Y. Yeong. 2020. “Laser Powder Bed Fusion for Metal Additive Manufacturing: Perspectives on Recent Developments.” Virtual and Physical Prototyping 15 (3): 359–370. doi:10.1080/17452759.2020.1779999. [Taylor & Francis Online], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Šmilauer, Václav, Emanuele Catalano, Bruno Chareyre, Sergei Dorofeenko, Jérôme Duriez, Nolan Dyck, Jan Eliáš, et al. 2015. Yade Documentation. 2nd ed. The Yade Project. doi:10.5281/zenodo.34073. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
Tan, Pengfei, Fei Shen, Biao Li, and Kun Zhou. 2019. “A Thermo-Metallurgical-Mechanical Model for Selective Laser Melting of Ti6Al4V.” Materials & Design 168 (April): 107642. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2019.107642. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Tan, Lisa Jiaying, Wei Zhu, and Kun Zhou. 2020. “Recent Progress on Polymer Materials for Additive Manufacturing.” Advanced Functional Materials 30 (43): 1–54. doi:10.1002/adfm.202003062. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Wang, Xiaoqing, and Kevin Chou. 2018. “Effect of Support Structures on Ti-6Al-4V Overhang Parts Fabricated by Powder Bed Fusion Electron Beam Additive Manufacturing.” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 257 (February): 65–78. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2018.02.038. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Wang, Di, Yongqiang Yang, Ziheng Yi, and Xubin Su. 2013. “Research on the Fabricating Quality Optimization of the Overhanging Surface in SLM Process.” International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology 65 (9–12): 1471–1484. doi:10.1007/s00170-012-4271-4. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Wen, Peng, Maximilian Voshage, Lucas Jauer, Yanzhe Chen, Yu Qin, Reinhart Poprawe, and Johannes Henrich Schleifenbaum. 2018. “Laser Additive Manufacturing of Zn Metal Parts for Biodegradable Applications: Processing, Formation Quality and Mechanical Properties.” Materials and Design 155: 36–45. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2018.05.057. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Wu, Yu-che, Cheng-hung San, Chih-hsiang Chang, Huey-jiuan Lin, Raed Marwan, Shuhei Baba, and Weng-Sing Hwang. 2018. “Numerical Modeling of Melt-Pool Behavior in Selective Laser Melting with Random Powder Distribution and Experimental Validation.” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 254 (November 2017): 72–78. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2017.11.032. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Yadroitsev, I., P. Krakhmalev, I. Yadroitsava, S. Johansson, and I. Smurov. 2013. “Energy Input Effect on Morphology and Microstructure of Selective Laser Melting Single Track from Metallic Powder.” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 213 (4): 606–613. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2012.11.014. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Yu, Wenhui, Swee Leong Sing, Chee Kai Chua, and Xuelei Tian. 2019. “Influence of Re-Melting on Surface Roughness and Porosity of AlSi10Mg Parts Fabricated by Selective Laser Melting.” Journal of Alloys and Compounds 792: 574–581. doi:10.1016/j.jallcom.2019.04.017. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Zhang, Dongyun, Pudan Zhang, Zhen Liu, Zhe Feng, Chengjie Wang, and Yanwu Guo. 2018. “Thermofluid Field of Molten Pool and Its Effects during Selective Laser Melting (SLM) of Inconel 718 Alloy.” Additive Manufacturing 21 (100): 567–578. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2018.03.031. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
1Faculty of Navigation, Gdynia Maritime University, 81-225 Gdynia, Poland 2AREX Ltd., 81-212 Gdynia, Poland 3Institute of Hydro-Engineering of Polish Academy of Sciences, 80-328 Gdansk, Poland *Author to whom correspondence should be addressed. Academic Editor: Remco J. WiegerinkSensors2021, 21(6), 2216; https://doi.org/10.3390/s21062216 Received: 20 January 2021 / Revised: 9 March 2021 / Accepted: 18 March 2021 / Published: 22 March 2021(This article belongs to the Special Issue Sensing in Flow Analysis)
Abstract
본 논문은 자유 표면 효과를 포함한 균일한 흐름 하에서 회전하는 실린더 (로터)에 발생하는 유체 역학적 힘의 실험 테스트 설정 및 측정 방법을 제시합니다. 실험 테스트 설정은 고급 유량 생성 및 측정 시스템을 갖춘 수로 탱크에 설치된 고유 한 구조였습니다.
테스트 설정은 로터 드라이브가 있는 베어링 장착 플랫폼과 유체 역학적 힘을 측정하는 센서로 구성되었습니다. 낮은 길이 대 직경 비율 실린더는 얕은 흘수 강 바지선의 선수 로터 방향타 모델로 선택되었습니다. 로터 역학은 최대 550rpm의 회전 속도와 최대 0.85m / s의 수류 속도에 대해 테스트되었습니다.
실린더의 낮은 종횡비와 자유 표면 효과는 생성 된 유체 역학적 힘에 영향을 미치는 현상에 상당한 영향을 미쳤습니다. 회전자 길이 대 직경 비율, 회전 속도 대 유속 비율 및 양력에 대한 레이놀즈 수의 영향을 분석했습니다. 실험 결과에 대한 계산 모델의 유효성이 표시됩니다. 결과는 시뮬레이션 및 실험에 대한 결과의 유사한 경향을 보여줍니다.
The paper presents the experimental test setup and measurement method of hydrodynamic force generated on the rotating cylinder (rotor) under uniform flow including the free surface effect. The experimental test setup was a unique construction installed in the flume tank equipped with advanced flow generating and measuring systems.
The test setup consisted of a bearing mounted platform with rotor drive and sensors measuring the hydrodynamic force. The low length to diameter ratio cylinders were selected as models of bow rotor rudders of a shallow draft river barge. The rotor dynamics was tested for the rotational speeds up to 550 rpm and water current velocity up to 0.85 m/s. The low aspect ratio of the cylinder and free surface effect had significant impacts on the phenomena influencing the generated hydrodynamic force. The effects of the rotor length to diameter ratio, rotational velocity to flow velocity ratio, and the Reynolds number on the lift force were analyzed. The validation of the computational model against experimental results is presented. The results show a similar trend of results for the simulation and experiment.
Figure 1. The push barge model in 1:20 geometrical scale during field experiments.Figure 2. Scheme of the measurement area.Figure 3. The force measuring part of the experimental test setup: (a) side view: 1—bearing-mounted platform, 2—drive system, 3—cylinder, 4—support frame, 5—force sensors, and 6—adjusting screw; (b) top view.Figure 4. Location of the rotor, rotor drive, and supporting frame in the wave flume.Figure 5. Lift force obtained from the measurements in the wave flume for different flow velocities and cylinder diameters.Figure 6. Variation of the lift coefficient with rotation rate for various free stream velocities and various cylinder diameters—experimental results.Figure 7. Boundary conditions for rotor-generated flow field simulation—computing domain with free surface level.Figure 8. General view and the close-up of the rotor wall sector applied for the rotor simulation.Figure 9. Structured mesh used in FLOW-3D and the FAVORTM technique—the original shape of the rotor and the shape of the object after FAVOR discretization technique for 3 mesh densities.Figure 10. Parameter y+ for the studied turbulence models and meshes.Figure 11. Results of numerical computations in time for the cylinder with D2 diameter at 500 rpm rotational speed and current speed V = 0.82 m/s using LES model in dependence of mesh density: (a) FX and (b) FYFigure 12. Results of 3D flow simulation for V = 0.40 m/s: (a) perspective view of velocity field on the free surface, (b) top view of velocity field on the free surface, (c) velocity field in the horizontal plane at half-length section of the rotor, and (d) velocity field in the rotor symmetry plane.Figure 13. Results of 3D flow simulation for V = 0.50 m/s: (a) perspective view of velocity field on the free surface, (b) top view of velocity field on the free surface, (c) velocity field in the horizontal plane at half-length section of the rotor, and (d) velocity field in the rotor symmetry plane.Figure 14. Results of 3D flow simulation for V = 0.82 m/s: (a) perspective view of velocity field on the free surface, (b) top view of velocity field on the free surface, (c) velocity field in the horizontal plane at half-length section of the rotor, and (d) velocity field in the rotor symmetry plane.Figure 15. Flow chart of validation of the computational model against experimental results.Figure 16. Measured (EXP) and computed (CFD) lift force values.
결론
결론은 다음과 같습니다. 계산 결과가 일반적으로 실험 데이터와 일치하는 경우 계산 결과는 검증 된 것으로 간주되며 추가 예측에 사용할 수 있습니다. 검증 실험을 통해 메쉬 밀도와 난류 모델을 결정할 수있었습니다. 작은 전류 속도 0.4m / s 및 0.5m / s에서 직경 D3의 로터에 대해 계산 된 양력 값은 회전 속도가 200rpm 이상일 때의 실험 값과 달랐습니다. 그 이유는 실험 중에 관찰 된 강한 진동과 수치 시뮬레이션에서 모델링되지 않은 유동 분리 때문이었습니다. D2 직경을 가진 로터의 경우 작은 rpm에서 양력의 반대 부호가 관찰되었습니다. 이 현상은 시뮬레이션 중에 관찰되지 않았습니다. 제시된 실험 테스트 설정은 드라이브,지지 구조물 및 측정 장치에 손상을 주지 않고 진동을 포함한 모든 현상을 관찰 할 수 있도록 구성되었습니다. Wang et al. [14]는 동일한 α 값에서 실린더 종횡비가 증가함에 따라 와류 유발 진동이 증가하는 것을 관찰했습니다. 실험의 원활한 진행은 장치 손상 가능성과 함께 약 4의 α에 영향을 미쳤습니다. 본 연구에서는 α = 4.8에서 시작하는 가장 큰 직경의 실린더에서 가장 강한 진동이 관찰되었습니다. 제시된 연구는 로터 생성 흐름의 능동적 제어에 대한 추가 연구의 첫 번째 부분으로 유체 역학적 힘의 신뢰할 수 있는 실험적 예측 방법을 설명했습니다 [22]. , 바람, 파도 [23]. 논문의 참신함은 저상 실린더에 대해 회 전자에서 생성 된 유체 역학적 힘을 모델링 할 수있는 가능성에 대한 조사입니다. 이 방법의 주요 장점은 자유 표면 효과 및 유동 유도 회 전자 진동과 관련된 현상을 포함하여 회 전자 생성 유동장 및 유체 역학적 힘을 관찰 할 수 있다는 것입니다. 제안 된 테스트 설정 구성은 유체 역학적 힘의 매개 변수 연구, 스케일 효과 조사 및 낮은 전류 속도와 큰 회전 속도에서 큰 불일치가 확인 된 CFD 시뮬레이션 모델의 검증에 사용될 것입니다.
References
Abramowicz-Gerigk, T.; Burciu, Z.; Jachowski, J. An Innovative Steering System for a River Push Barge Operated in Environmentally Sensitive Areas. Pol. Marit. Res.2017, 24, 27–34. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Abramowicz-Gerigk, T.; Burciu, Z.; Krata, P.; Jachowski, J. Steering system for a waterborne inland unit. Patent 420664, 2017. [Google Scholar]
Abramowicz-Gerigk, T.; Burciu, Z.; Jachowski, J. Parametric study on the flow field generated by river barge bow steering systems. Sci. J. Marit. Univ. Szczec.2019, 60, 9–17. [Google Scholar]
Gerigk, M.; Wójtowicz, S. An Integrated Model of Motion, Steering, Positioning and Stabilization of an Unmanned Autonomous Maritime Vehicle. TransnavInt. J. Mar. Navig. Saf. Sea Transp.2015, 9, 591–596. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Thouault, N.; Breitsamter, C.; Adams, N.A.; Seifert, J.; Badalamenti, C.; Prince, S.A. Numerical Analysis of a Rotating Cylinder with Spanwise Disks. AIAA J.2012, 50, 271–283. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Badr, H.M.; Coutanceau, M.; Dennis, S.C.R.; Menard, C. Unsteady flow past a rotating circular cylinder at Reynolds numbers 10 3 and 10 4. J. Fluid Mech.1990, 220, 459. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Karabelas, S.; Koumroglou, B.; Argyropoulos, C.; Markatos, N. High Reynolds number turbulent flow past a rotating cylinder. Appl. Math. Model.2012, 36, 379–398. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Chen, W.; Rheem, C.-K. Experimental investigation of rotating cylinders in flow. J. Mar. Sci. Technol.2019, 24, 111–122. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Zhou, B.; Wang, X.; Guo, W.; Gho, W.M.; Tan, S.K. Experimental study on flow past a circular cylinder with rough surface. Ocean Eng.2015, 109, 7–13. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Tokumaru, P.T.; Dimotakis, P.E. The lift of a cylinder executing rotary motions in a uniform flow. J. Fluid Mech.1993, 255, 1–10. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Wong, K.W.L.; Zhao, J.; Jacono, D.L.; Thompson, M.C.; Sheridan, J. Experimental investigation of flow-induced vibration of a rotating circular cylinder. J. Fluid Mech.2017, 829, 486–511. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Bourguet, R.; Jacono, D.L. Flow-induced vibrations of a rotating cylinder. J. Fluid Mech.2014, 740, 342–380. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Carstensen, S.; Mandviwalla, X.; Vita, L.; Schmidt, P. Lift of a Rotating Circular Cylinder in Unsteady Flows. J. Ocean Wind Energy2014, 1, 41–49. Available online: http://www.isope.org/publications (accessed on 15 January 2021).
Wang, W.; Wang, Y.; Zhao, D.; Pang, Y.; Guo, C.; Wang, Y. Numerical and Experimental Analysis of the Hydrodynamic Performance of a Three-Dimensional Finite-Length Rotating Cylinder. J. Mar. Sci. Appl.2020, 19, 388–397. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Babarit, A.; Delvoye, S.; Arnal, V.; Davoust, L.; Wackers, J. Wave and Current Generation in Wave Flumes Using Axial-Flow Pumps. In Proceedings of the 36th International Conference on Ocean, Offshore and Artic Engineering (OMAE2017), Trondheim, Norway, 25–30 June 2017; pp. 1–10. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Stachurska, B.; Majewski, D. Propagation of Surface waves under currents—Analysis of measurements in wave flume of IBW PAN. IMiG2014, 4, 280–290. [Google Scholar]
Lohrmann, A.; Cabrera, R.; Kraus, N. Acoustic-Doppler Velocimeter (ADV) for laboratory use. In Fundamentals and Advancements in Hydraulic Measuremensts and Experimentation; Buffalo: New York, NY, USA, 1994. [Google Scholar]
Stachurska, B.; Majewski, D. Experimental Measurements of Current Velocity in Wave Flume of IBW PAN; Internal Report; Institute of Hydro-Engineering of Polish Academy of Sciences: Gdańsk, Poland, 2013. (In Polish) [Google Scholar]
He, J.W.; Glowinski, R.; Metcalfe, R.; Nordlander, A.; Periaux, J. Active control and drag optimization for flow past a circular cylinder: Oscillatory cylinder rotation. J. Comput. Phys.2000, 163, 83–117. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Lebkowski, A. Analysis of the Use of Electric Drive Systems for Crew Transfer Vessels Servicing Offshore Wind Farms. Energies2020, 13, 1466. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
1 Water resource expert Khuzestan Water and Power Authority 2 shahid chamran univercity of ahwaz
Since the characteristics of density current is affected by different parameters, the effect of discharge rate changes, gradient and the concentration of density current on speed of the forehead and also the speed distribution in density current’s body have been investigated by physical and three-dimensional mathematical model (Flow-3d) in this research. For these purposes, different tests in the form of salty density current were done with three inflow discharge rates (0.7, 1 and 1.3 liters per second) and three different slopes (0, 1 and 2.2 percent). As well as to evaluate the effect of density changes on the flow characteristics, the concentration of 10, 15 and 20 grams per liter were used. In order to measure the speed of the forehead, velocity distribution in the body and its changes with flow, density and different slopes, video camera and ultrasound profiler speedometer were used in this study. Then, forehead speed and velocity distribution in the current’s body were achieved using six different turbulence models which are available on the software of “Flow-3D”. Comparing the results of physical and mathematical model showed that Eddy turbulence model and laminar flow mode have better accuracy in relation to other turbulent models. It should be noted that Reynolds number on experiments are at the range of 2000-4000.
밀도 흐름의 특성은 서로 다른 파라미터에 의해 영향을 받기 때문에 방출 속도 변화, 구배 및 밀도 흐름의 농도가 수두 속도에 미치는 영향과 밀도 흐름의 볼륨 속도 분포도 물리적 및 3차원 수학 모델(Flow-3d)에 의해 조사되었습니다.
이러한 목적을 위해 세 가지 유입 배출 속도(초당 0.7, 1 및 1.3L)와 세 가지 다른 경사도(0, 1, 2.2%)로 염분 밀도 흐름 형태의 다른 테스트가 수행되었습니다.
밀도 변화가 흐름 특성에 미치는 영향을 평가하기 위해 리터당 10, 15, 20g의 농도를 사용했습니다. 이 연구에서는 수두의 속도를 측정하기 위해 체내의 속도 분포와 흐름, 밀도 및 다양한 기울기와 함께 변화된 속도, 비디오 카메라 및 초음파 프로파일러 속도계를 사용했습니다.
그런 다음, “Flow-3D” 소프트웨어에서 사용할 수 있는 6가지 난류 모델을 사용하여 현재 볼륨의 수두 속도와 속도 분포를 달성했습니다.
물리적 모델과 수학적 모델의 결과를 비교한 결과, 에디 난류 모델과 층류 모드가 다른 난류 모델과 비교하여 더 나은 정확도를 가지고 있다는 것을 보여주었습니다.
레이놀즈 실험 번호는 2000-4000 범위라는 점에 유의해야 합니다.
Figure 1 – General diagram of the forehead and body of the concentratedFigure 2 – Dimensional profile of velocity distribution in concentrated flow (Graph and Altinacar, 1662)Figure 1 – Schematic drawing of the physical model usedFigure 0 – Sample of the concentrated flow created in the laboratory (front and body of concentrated flow)Figure 6 – Mixing intensity values against Richardson number and comparing it with the results of other researchers
Reference
1- حقی آبی، ا. 1383. بررسی اثر شیب کف بر پروفیل سرعت جریان غلیظ رساله دکتری رشته سازه های آبی ، دانشکده مهندسی علوم آب، دانشگاه شهید چمران اهواز.
2- کاهه، م. قمشی، م. و س، ح، موسوی جهرمی، 1391. بررسی آزمایشگاهی سرعت پیشروی جریان غلیظ بر روی سطوح زبر. علوم و مهندسی آبیاری، 35(1): 101-110.
3- کشتکار، ش. ایوب زاده، س ع. و ب، فیروزآبادی، 1389 . بررسی پروفیل سرعت و غلظت جریان گل آلود با استفاده از مدل فیزیکی. پژوهشهای آبخیزداری،87(2): 43-36.
4- کوتی، ف. کاشفی پور، س، م. و م قمشی، 1391. تجزیه و تحلیل پروفیل های سرعت در جریان غلیظ. مجله ی علوم و فنون کشاورزی و منابع طبیعی، علوم آب و خاک، 59: 29-15.
5- Altinakar, M.S., Graf, W.H. and , E.J, Hopfinger. 1990. Weakly depositing turbidity current on a small slope. Journal of Hydraulic Research. 28(1): 55-80.
6- Baas, J.H. McCaffrey, W.D. Haughton P.D.W. and C, Choux. 2005. Coupling between suspended sediment distribution and turbulence structure in a laboratory turbidity current. Journal of Geophysics Research, 110: 20-32.
7- Barahmand, N. and A, Shamsai. 2010. Experimental and theoretical study of density jumps on smooth and rough beds”. Lakes and Reservoirs: Research and Management, 15(4): 285-307.
8- Britter, R.E. and P, Linden. 1980.The motion of the front of a gravity current traveling down an incline. Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 99(3): 531- 543.
9- Buckee, C. Kneller, B. and J, Peakall. 2001. Turbulence structure in steady solute-driven gravity currents Blackwell Oxford pp, 173-188.
10- Choux, C.M.A. Baas, J.H. McCaffrey, W.D. and P.D.W, Haughton. 2005. Comparison of spatio–temporal evolution of experimental particulate gravity flows at two different initial concentrations based on velocity grain size and density data. Sedimentary Geology, 179: 49-69.
11- FathiMoghadam, M. TorabiPoudeh, H. Ghomshi, M. and M, Shafaei. 2008. The density current head velocity in expansion reaches. Lakes & Reservoirs: Research & Management, 13(1): 63-68.
12- Ghomeshi, M. 1995. Reservoir sedimentationmodeling. Ph.D. Thesis. University of Wollongong. Australia.
Graf, W.H. and M, S, Altinakar. 1998. Fluvial Hydraulics, Flow and Transport Processes in Channels of Simple Geometry. John Wiley and Sons, Ltd, England.
14- Ieong, K, K. Mok, K,M. and H, Yeh. 2006. Fluctuation of the front propagation speed of developed gravity current. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 18(3): 351-355.
15- LaRocca, M. Adduce, C. Sciortino, G. And A, B, Pinzon. 2008. Experimental and numerical simulation of three-dimensional gravity currents on smooth and rough bottom. Physics of Fluids, 20, 106603.
16- McCaffrey, W, D. Choux, C, M. Baas, J, H. And P, D, W, Haughton. 2003. Spatio-temporal evolution of velocity structure concentration and grainsize stratification within experimental particulate gravity currents. Marine and Petroleum Geology. 20: 851-860.
17- Sequeiros, O, E. Spinewine, B. Beaubouef, R, T. Sun, T. Garcia, H. M., and G, Parker. 2010. Characteristics of Velocity and Excess Density Profiles of Saline Underflows and Turbidity Currents Flowing over a Mobile Bed”. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 136(7): 167-180.
18- Turner, J, S. 1973. Buoyancy Effects in Fluids. Cambridge University Press London, U.K, pp. 178-181.
19- Yu, W, S. Lee, H, Y. And M, S, Hsu. 2000. Experiments on deposition behavior of fine in a reservoir. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 126(12): 912-920.
세예드 아마드가 헤리 네 자드1 , Mehdi Behdarvandi Askar2 , 모하마드 안사리 고이 가르3, 에산 파르시4 1 공학, 해안, 항만 및 & amp; 해양 구조물 _ 코람 샤르 해양 과학 기술 대학교 2 코람 샤르 해양 과학 기술 대학교 해양 공학부 해양 구조학과 3 이란 카라 지 테헤란 대학교 농업 및 천연 자원 대학 관개 및 매립 공학과. 4 연구 전문가, Arvand Water and Energy Consulting Engineers Company, Ahvaz, Iran.
Abstract
The development of water waves through submerged and non-submerged vegetation is accompanied by a loss of energy through the resistive force of the vegetation, resulting in a decrease in wave height. Wave damping by vegetation is a function of cover characteristics such as geometry and structure, immersion ratio, density, hardness, and spatial arrangement, as well as wave conditions such as input wave height, duration, and wave direction. In the present study, the effect of geometric arrangement of vegetation with variable height on wave damping has been investigated using the Flow 3D numerical model. For this purpose, a channel with a length of 480 cm and a width of 10.8 cm, which has been previously used by Cox and Wu (2015) to study the effect of plant density with variable height on wave damping, is modeled. The operation of the three arrangements, including long to short arrangement, short to long arrangement, and zigzag arrangement, is examined under four different waves, all of which are linear waves. It should be noted that in this study, wave height is considered as an damping index. The results obtained by measuring the height of the waves at four different points along the channel show that the behavior of the waves in dealing with different arrangements follows a fixed pattern and also changes in the geometry of the vegetation can greatly lead to Increase the damping of the waves. The results show that a change in height arrangement can cause a change in damping of up to 7.1%.
물에 잠긴 초목과 물에 잠기지 않은 초목을 통한 물결의 발달은 초목의 저항력을 통한 에너지 손실을 동반하여 파고가 감소합니다. 식생에 의한 파동감쇠는 기하와 구조, 몰입도, 밀도, 경도, 공간배열 등 커버 특성과 입력파동 높이, 지속시간, 파동방향 등의 파동조건의 함수입니다.
본 연구에서는 Flow 3D 수치 모델을 사용하여 가변 높이 식물이 파동 댐핑에 미치는 기하학적 배치가 조사되었습니다. 이를 위해 Cox와 Wu (2015)가 이전에 파동 댐핑에 대한 가변 높이의 발전소 밀도가 미치는 영향을 연구하기 위해 사용한 길이 480cm, 폭 10.8cm의 채널을 모델링합니다.
장파에서 단파, 단파에서 장파까지, 지그재그 배열을 포함한 세 가지 배열의 작동은 4개의 다른 파장에서 조사됩니다. 모두 선형파입니다.
본 연구에서는 파고가 감쇠 지수로 간주된다는 점에 유의해야 합니다.
채널을 따라 네 곳의 서로 다른 지점에서 파도의 높이를 측정하여 얻은 결과는 다른 배열을 다루는 파도의 동작이 고정된 패턴을 따르며 또한 초목의 기하학적인 변화가 파도의 감쇠를 증가 시키는 것으로 크게 이어질 수 있다는 것을 보여줍니다.
결과는 높이 배열의 변화가 최대 7.1%의 댐핑 변화를 일으킬 수 있음을 보여줍니다.
Figure 1 – Geometry used by Cox and Wu (2015) to study the effect of plant density on wave dampingFigure 2 – Schematic of Erie waveAbf – Three-dimensional view of the abbot from short to long to short
References
خلیلی نفتچالی، آ. خزیمهنژاد، ح. اکبرپور، ا. ورجاوند، پ. 1394. بررسی آزمایشگاهی تأثیر تراکم پوشش گیاهی بر مشخصههای جریان غلیظ. نشریه آبیاری و زهکشی ایران. 9 (1): 95-83. زارعی، م. فتحیمقدم، م. داوودی، ل. 1395. بررسی اثر پوشش گیاهی ساحلی بر میرایی نیروی مخرب امواج منفرد ناشکنا در سواحل شیبدار. نشریه مهندسی آبیاری و آب ایران. 7 (26): 75-62. گرمئی، ا. امامی، ح. خراسانی، ر. 1396. اثر تراکم سه نوع پوشش گیاهی بر میزان رواناب و رسوب در حاشیه شهر مشهد. نشریه آبیاری و زهکشی ایران. 11 (1): 20-11. فضلی، س. نور، ح. 1396. شبیهسازی و ارزیابی اثر سناریوهای مختلف درصد پوشش گیاهی بر فرسایش خاک. نشریه آبیاری و زهکشی ایران. 11 (4): 571-562. قنبری عدیوی، ا. فتحی مقدم، م. 1393. مروری بر تحقیقات استهلاک و میرایی امواج دریا از طریق پوشش گیاهی ساحلی. فصلنامه علوم و فناوری دریا. 18 (70): 62-54. معتمدینژاد، ع. فتحیمقدم، م. زارعی، م. 1394. بررسی آزمایشگاهی اثر پوشش گیاهی ساحلی بر کاهش نیروی امواج شکنا. دهمین سمینار بین المللی مهندسی رودخانه. دانشگاه شهید چمران اهواز، اهواز، ایران. میرزاخانی، گ. قنبری عدیوی، ا. فتاحینافچی، ر. 1398. میرایی موج توسط پوشش گیاهی صلب در سواحل. دومین همایش ملی مدیریت منابع طبیعی با محوریت آب، سیل و محیط زیست. دانشگاه گنبد کاووس، گنبد کاووس، ایران. Asano, T. S. Sutsui, T. and Sakai.T. 1988. Wave damping characteristics due to seaweed. Proceedings of the 35th Coastal Engineering Conference in Japan. JSCE. 138-142 (in Japanese). Asano, T., Deguchi, H. and N. Kobayashi. 1992. Interactions between water waves and vegetation. Proceedings of the 23rd International Conference on Coastal Engineering. ASCE. 2710-2723. Augustin, L.N., Irish, J.L. and Lynett, P. 2009. Laboratory and numerical studies of wave damping by emergent and nearemergent wetland vegetation. Coastal Engineering. 56(3): 332-340. Cavallaro L., Re, C.L., Paratore, G., Viviano, A. and Foti, E. 2010. Response of Posidonia oceanic to wave motion in shallowwaters: Preliminary experimental results. Proceedings of the 32nd International Conference on Coastal Engineering. Coastal Engineering Research Council. 1-10. Cook, H.L. and Campbell, F.B. 1939. Characteristics of some meadow strip vegetation. Agricultural Engineering. 20:345-348. Cooper, N.J. 2005. Wave dissipation across intertidal surfaces in the Wash Tidal inlet, Eastern England. Journal of Coastal Research. 21(1): 28-40. Dean, R.G. 1979. Effects of vegetation on shoreline erosional processes. Wetland Function and Values: The State of Our Understanding. 1: 415-426. Dean, R.G., and Dalrymple, R.A. 1991. Water Wave Mechanics for Engineers and Scientist. World Scientific Publishing.Singapore. Dubi, A. 1995. Damping of water waves by submerged vegetation: A case study on Laminaria hyperborea. PhD thesis. University of Trondheim, the Norwegian Institute of Technology, Trondheim, Norway. Fathi Moghadam, M., Drikundi, K.h., Masjidi, A. and M. 2012. Investigation of the Effect of Vegetation Density and Flexibility on Roughness Coefficients in Riverside and Flood Plains, Iranian Water Resources Research Quarterly, Year 8, Issue 2, Fall 91. Fathi Moghadam, M. and Zaraei, M. 2016. Investigation of the Effect of Coastal Vegetation on the Damping of Destructive Force of Unbreakable Individual Waves on Shabidar Coasts, Journal of Irrigation and Water Engineering, Year 7, No. 26. Furukawa, K., Wolanski, E. and Mueller, H. 1997. Currents and sediment transport in mangrove forests. Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 44:301–310. Harada, K. and Imamura, F. 2006. Experimental study on the resistance by mangrove under unsteady flow, Proc. Congress. Asian and Pacific Coastal Engineering Dalia, 984-975. Jellilund, R., M. Zeid Ali, L. Nouri Hindi and M. 2012. Investigating the advantages and disadvantages of protection and organization of beaches with vegetation against morphological changes, Fifth National Conference and Specialized Environment Exhibition, 90. Journal 629, Guide to the Design and Implementation of a Coastal Protection Structure. Kongko, W. 2004. Study on tsunami energy dissipation in mangrove forest, Master Thesis Report, wate University, Japan, 43 pages. Kutija, V. and Erduran, K. S. 2003. Quasi-three-dimensional numerical model for flow through flexible, rigid, submerged and non-sub merged vegetation. Journal of Hydro informatics. 35(3): 189-202. Li, R.M. and Shen, H.W. 1973. Effect of tall vegetations on flow and sediment. Journal of the Hydraulics Division, ASCE. 99(5):739-814. Wu, W.C. and Cox, D, T. 2015. Effects of Vertical Variation in Vegetation Density on Wave Attenuation. Journal of Waterway, Port, Coastal and Ocean Engineering. Volume 142 Issue 2.